Table of Contents

As publicly filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 10, 2013

Registration No. 333-192680

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Constellium N.V.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

The Netherlands   3341   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

Tupolevlaan 41-61

1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk

The Netherlands

+31 20 654 97 80

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Corporation Service Company

80 State Street

Albany, NY 12207-2543

(518) 433-4740

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

Andrew J. Nussbaum

Karessa L. Cain

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz

51 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

Phone: (212) 403-1000

Fax: (212) 403-2000

 

Keith L. Halverstam

Christopher R. Plaut

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: (212) 906-1200

Fax: (212) 751-4864

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public : As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated December 10, 2013

PROSPECTUS

8,345,713 Class A Ordinary Shares

 

LOGO

Constellium N.V.

(Incorporated in the Netherlands)

$             per share

 

 

Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited (“Rio Tinto”), as selling shareholder, is offering 8,345,713 of our Class A ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to our Class A ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share, as “ordinary shares.” The underwriters may also purchase up to 1,251,847 Class A ordinary shares from Rio Tinto at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling shareholder in this offering.

Our ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and Euronext Paris under the symbol “CSTM.” The last reported closing price of our ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange on December 9, 2013 was $21.48 per share.

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Investing in our ordinary shares involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 26 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

     Per
Ordinary
Share
     Total  

Public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds to selling shareholder before expenses

   $                    $                

 

  (1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 186 of this prospectus for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

Our ordinary shares will be ready for delivery on or about             , 2013.

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

The date of this prospectus is             , 2013.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

SUMMARY

     1   

THE OFFERING

     20   

RISK FACTORS

     26   

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     47   

USE OF PROCEEDS

     48   

DIVIDEND POLICY

     49   

PRICE RANGE OF ORDINARY SHARES

     50   

CAPITALIZATION

     51   

OUR HISTORY AND CORPORATE STRUCTURE

     52   

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     55   

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     57   

BUSINESS

     94   

MANAGEMENT

     127   

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

     142   

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     144   

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

     149   

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     153   

ORDINARY SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     175   

MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

     177   

UNDERWRITING

     186   

LEGAL MATTERS

     193   

EXPERTS—SUCCESSOR

     193   

EXPERTS—PREDECESSOR

     193   

ENFORCEMENTS OF JUDGMENTS

     194   

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     194   

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

We, the selling shareholder and the underwriter have not authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we may have referred you. We, the selling shareholder and the underwriter do not take any responsibility for, and cannot provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the selling shareholder and the underwriter have not authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information, and none of us are making an offer to sell the ordinary shares in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. This offering is being made in the United States and elsewhere solely on the basis of the information contained in this prospectus. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of the prospectus or any sale of the ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since the date on the front cover of this prospectus.

For investors outside of the United States, neither we, the selling shareholder nor the underwriter have done anything that would permit the offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

 

ii


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus includes estimates of market share and industry data and forecasts that we have obtained from industry publications, surveys and forecasts, as well as from internal company sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. However, we, the selling shareholder and the underwriter have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources, nor have we, the selling shareholder or the underwriter ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. In addition, this prospectus includes market share and industry data that we have prepared primarily based on our knowledge of the industry in which we operate. Statements as to our market position relative to our competitors are based on volume (by tons) for the year ended December 31, 2012, and unless otherwise noted, internal analysis and estimates may not have been verified by independent sources. Our estimates, in particular as they relate to market share and our general expectations, involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

All information regarding our market and industry is based on the latest data currently available to us, which in some cases may be several years old. In addition, some of the data and forecasts that we have obtained from industry publications and surveys and/or internal company sources are provided in foreign currencies.

BASIS OF PREPARATION

Unless the context indicates otherwise, when we refer to “we,” “our,” “us,” “Constellium” and “the Company” in this prospectus, we are referring to Constellium N.V. and its subsidiaries.

On January 4, 2011, Omega Holdco B.V., which later changed its name to Constellium Holdco B.V., and then again to Constellium N.V. (the “Successor”), acquired the Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products business unit (the “AEP Business” or the “Predecessor”) from affiliates of Rio Tinto (the “Acquisition”). The Predecessor’s financial information has been derived from the audited combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The Predecessor’s financial information has been prepared on a carve-out basis from the accounting records of Rio Tinto to present the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of the combined AEP Business up to the date of the divestment. For more information regarding arrangements between Constellium and Rio Tinto regarding preparation of the financial statements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Agreement Relating to 2009 and 2010 Financial Statements.”

The financial information of Constellium N.V. and its subsidiaries after the Acquisition has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and from the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2013 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For comparison purposes, our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 are presented alongside the results of operations of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2010. However, it should be noted that the comparability of our Successor periods to the Predecessor periods are impacted by the application of purchase accounting and the fact that the Predecessor accounts were prepared on a carve-out basis. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor do not necessarily reflect what our financial position or results of operations would have been if we had been operated as a standalone entity during the periods covered by the audited combined financial statements and are not indicative of our future results of operations and financial position.

As of December 30, 2011, we disposed of a number of entities in one of our operating segments, the specialty chemicals and raw materials supply chain services division, Alcan International Network (“AIN”). These operations have been classified as discontinued operations in the audited financial statements for the year

 

iii


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 and also represented as discontinued operations in the audited combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010. The assets and liabilities of AIN have not been presented as held for sale in the combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 as AIN did not meet the criteria for such classification as of December 31, 2010.

TRADEMARKS

We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this prospectus which are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the “ ® ” or “ ” symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus is the property of its respective holder.

 

iv


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

The following summary highlights certain information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is a summary, it may not contain all of the information that is important to you in making a decision to invest in our ordinary shares. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” and “Important Information and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” sections, our audited combined and consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, when we refer to “we,” “our,” “us,” “successor” and “the Company” for purposes of this prospectus, we are referring to Constellium N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

On January 4, 2011, Omega Holdco B.V., which later changed its name to Constellium Holdco B.V., and then again to Constellium N.V., acquired the Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products business unit (the “AEP Business” or the “Predecessor”) from affiliates of Rio Tinto (the “Acquisition”). For comparison purposes, our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 are presented alongside the results of operations of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2010. However, our Successor and Predecessor periods are not directly comparable due to the impact of the application of purchase accounting and the preparation of the Predecessor accounts on a carve-out basis. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor do not necessarily reflect what our financial position or results of operations would have been if we had been operated as a standalone entity during the periods covered by the Predecessor financial statements and are not indicative of our future results of operations and financial position.

Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are defined and discussed in footnotes (2) and (3) to the “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.” Management Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators.” Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Covenant Compliance and Financial Ratios.”

The Company

Overview

We are a global leader in the design and manufacture of a broad range of innovative specialty rolled and extruded aluminum products, serving primarily the aerospace, packaging and automotive end-markets. We have a strategic footprint of manufacturing facilities located in the United States, Europe and China. Our business model is to add value by converting aluminum into semi-fabricated products. We believe we are the supplier of choice to numerous blue-chip customers for many value-added products with performance-critical applications. Our product portfolio commands higher margins as compared to less differentiated, more commoditized fabricated aluminum products, such as common alloy coils, paintstock, foilstock and soft alloys for construction and distribution.

We operate 23 production facilities, 10 administrative and commercial sites and one research and development (“R&D”) center and have approximately 8,400 employees. We believe our portfolio of flexible and integrated facilities is among the most technologically advanced in the industry. It is our view that our established presence in the United States and Europe and our growing presence in China strategically position us to service our global customer base. For example, based on information available to us as a market participant, we believe we are one of only two suppliers of aluminum products to the aerospace market with facilities in both

 

 

-1-


Table of Contents

the United States and Europe. We believe this gives us a key competitive advantage in servicing the needs of our aerospace customers, including Airbus S.A.S. and The Boeing Company. We believe our well-invested facilities combined with more than 50 years of manufacturing experience, quality and innovation and pre-eminent R&D capabilities have put us in a leadership position in our core markets.

We seek to sell to end-markets that have attractive characteristics for aluminum, including (i) higher margin products, (ii) stability through economic cycles and (iii) favorable growth fundamentals, such as customer order backlogs in aerospace and substitution trends in automotive and European can sheet. We are the leading global supplier of aerospace plates, the leading European supplier of can body stock and a leading global supplier of automotive structures. Our unique platform has enabled us to develop a stable and diversified customer base and to enjoy long-standing relationships with our largest customers. Our relationships with our top 20 customers average over 25 years, with more than 32% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2015 or later. Our customer base includes market leading firms in aerospace, packaging, and automotive including Airbus, Boeing, Rexam PLC, Ball Corporation, Crown Holdings, Inc., and several premium automotive original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, including BMW AG, Mercedes-Benz and Volkswagen AG. We believe that we are a “mission critical” supplier to many of our customers due to our technological and R&D capabilities as well as the lengthy and complex qualification process required for many of our products. Our core products require close collaboration and, in many instances, joint development with our customers.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we shipped approximately 1,033 kt, 1,058 kt and 972 kt of finished products, generated revenues of €3,610 million, €3,556 million and €2,957 million, generated profits of €134 million and incurred losses of €174 million and €207 million for the periods, respectively, and generated Adjusted EBITDA of €228 million, €160 million and €48 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we shipped 791 kt and 798 kt of finished products, generated revenues of €2,689 million and €2,796 million, generated profits of €67 million and €85 million and generated Adjusted EBITDA of €221 million and €181 million, respectively. The financial performance for the year ended December 31, 2012 represented a 2% decrease in shipments, a 2% increase in revenues and a 43% increase in Adjusted EBITDA from the prior year. The financial performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 represented a 1% decrease in shipments, a 4% decrease in revenues and a 22% increase in Adjusted EBITDA in comparison to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. Please see the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Management Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation” and footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Our Operating Segments

Our business is organized into three operating segments: (i) Aerospace & Transportation, (ii) Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products, and (iii) Automotive Structures & Industry.

 

 

-2-


Table of Contents

The following charts present our revenues by operating segment and geography for the six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

LOGO

 

1  

Revenue by geographic zone is based on the destination of the shipment.

Aerospace & Transportation Operating Segment (“A&T”)

Our Aerospace & Transportation operating segment has market leadership positions in technologically advanced aluminum and specialty materials products with wide applications across the global aerospace, defense, transportation, and industrial sectors. We offer a wide range of products including plate, sheet, extrusions and precision casting products which allows us to offer tailored solutions to our customers. We seek to differentiate our products and act as a key partner to our customers through our broad product range, advanced R&D capabilities, extensive recycling capabilities and portfolio of plants with an extensive range of capabilities across North America and Europe. In order to reinforce the competitiveness of our metal solutions, we design our processes and alloys with a view to optimizing our customers’ operations and costs. This includes offering services such as customizing alloys to our customers’ processing requirements, processing short lead time orders and providing vendor managed inventories or tolling arrangements. The Aerospace & Transportation operating segment accounted for 33% of our revenues and 45% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 34% of our revenues and 43% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

Eight of our manufacturing facilities produce products that are sold via our Aerospace & Transportation operating segment. Our aerospace plate manufacturing facilities in Ravenswood (West Virginia, United States), Issoire (France) and Sierre (Switzerland) offer the full spectrum of plate required by the aerospace industries (alloys, temper, dimensions, pre-machined) and have unique capabilities such as producing some wide and very high gauge plates required for some aerospace programs (civil and commercial). Sierre is in the process of becoming a new qualified aerospace heat treat plate mill. A step in this process was successfully achieved with the agreement in February 2013 by one of the largest commercial aircraft manufacturers to authorize Sierre to become a rolling and heat treat subcontractor of Issoire. We expect Sierre to become a fully qualified source for aerospace plate in 2015.

Downstream aluminum products for the aerospace market require relatively high levels of R&D investment and advanced technological capabilities, and therefore tend to command higher margins compared to more

 

 

-3-


Table of Contents

commoditized products. We work in close collaboration with our customers to develop highly engineered solutions to fulfill their specific requirements. For example, we developed AIRWARE ® , a lightweight specialty aluminum-lithium alloy, for our aerospace customers to address demand for lighter and more environmentally sound aircraft; it combines optimized density, corrosion resistance and strength in order to achieve up to 25% weight reduction compared to other aluminum products and significantly higher corrosion and fatigue resistance than equivalent composite products. In addition, unlike composite products, any scrap produced in the AIRWARE ® manufacturing process can be fully recycled, which reduces production costs. Since the opening of our AIRWARE ® casthouse in Issoire, we are the first company to commercialize and produce AIRWARE ® on an industrial scale, and the material is currently being used on a number of major aircraft models, including the newest Airbus A350 XWB aircraft, the fuselage of Bombardier’s single-aisle twinjet C-Series short-haul planes, the Airbus A380 and the Boeing 787 Dreamliner. Our customer base includes Airbus, Boeing, Embraer, Dassault, Bombardier and Lockheed Martin.

Aerospace products are typically subject to long qualification, development and supply lead times and the majority of our contracts with our largest aerospace customers have a term of five years or longer, which provides excellent volume and profitability visibility. In addition, demand for our aerospace products typically correlates directly with aircraft backlogs and build rates. As of August 2013, the backlog reported by Airbus and Boeing for commercial aircraft reached 9,935 units on a combined basis, representing approximately eight years of production at current build rates.

The following table summarizes our volume, revenues, Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for our Aerospace & Transportation operating segment for the periods presented:

 

(€ in millions, unless otherwise noted)

  Predecessor
for the year ended
December 31,
        Successor
for the
year ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the nine  months
ended

September 30,
 
      2010                   2011             2012             2012             2013      

Aerospace & Transportation:

             

Segment Revenues

    810            1,016        1,182        916        904   

Segment Shipments (kt)

    195            216        223.7        171        183   

Segment Revenues (€/ton)

    4,154            4,704        5,284        5,357        4,953   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (1)

    35            26        92        65        80   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton)

    179            120        411        380        438   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) (2)

    4         3     8     7     9

Segment Adjusted EBITDA (3)

    36            41        105        78        91   

 

(1) Management Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Please see the reconciliation in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators” and also in footnote (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”
(2) Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is not a measure defined under IFRS. Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenue.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation.” Please see the reconciliation in that section and in footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products Operating Segment (“P&ARP”)

In our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment, we produce and develop customized aluminum sheet and coil solutions. Approximately 79% of operating segment volume for the year ended December 31, 2012 was in packaging applications, which primarily include beverage and food can stock, as well

 

 

-4-


Table of Contents

as closure stock and foil stock. The remaining 21% of operating segment volume for that period was in automotive and customized solutions, which include technologically advanced products for the automotive and industrial sectors. Our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment accounted for 43% of revenues and 39% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 43% of our revenues and 34% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

We are the leading European supplier of can body stock and the leading worldwide supplier of closure stock. We are also a major European player in automotive rolled products for Auto Body Sheet (the structural framework of a car) and heat exchangers. We have a diverse customer base, consisting of many of the world’s largest beverage and food can manufacturers, specialty packaging producers, leading automotive firms and global industrial companies. Our customer base includes Rexam PLC, Audi AG, Daimler AG, Peugeot S.A., Ball Corporation, Can-Pack S.A., Crown Holdings, Inc., Alanod GmbH & Co. KG, Ardagh Group S.A., Amcor Ltd. and ThyssenKrupp AG.

We have two integrated rolling operations located in Europe’s industrial heartland. Neuf-Brisach, our facility on the border of France and Germany, is, in our view, a uniquely integrated aluminum rolling and finishing facility. Singen, located in Germany, is specialized in high-margin niche applications and has an integrated hot/cold rolling line and high-grade cold mills with special surfaces capabilities that facilitate unique metallurgy and lower production costs. We believe Singen has enhanced our reputation in many product areas, most notably in the area of functional high-gloss surfaces for the automotive, lighting, solar and cosmetic industries, other decorative applications, closure stock, paintstock and foilstock.

Our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment has historically been relatively resilient during periods of economic downturn and has had relatively limited exposure to economic cycles and periods of financial instability. According to CRU, during the 2008-2009 economic crisis, can stock volumes decreased by 10% in 2009 versus 2007 levels as compared to a 24% decline for flat rolled aluminum products volumes in aggregate during the same period. This demonstrates that demand for beverage cans tends to be less correlated with general economic cycles. In addition, we believe European can body stock has an attractive long-term growth outlook due to the following trends: (i) end-market growth in beer, soft drinks and energy drinks, (ii) increasing use of cans versus glass in the beer market, (iii) increasing use of aluminum in can body stock in the European market, at the expense of steel, and (iv) increasing consumption in eastern Europe linked to purchasing power growth.

The following table summarizes our volume, revenues, Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment for the periods presented:

 

(€ in millions, unless otherwise noted)   Predecessor
for the year ended
December 31,
        Successor
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the  nine
months
ended
September 30,
 
              2010                            2011             2012             2012             2013      

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products:

             

Segment Revenues

    1,373            1,625        1,554        1,205        1,159   

Segment Shipments (kt)

    588            621        606        468        464   

Segment Revenues (€/ton)

    2,335            2,617        2,566        2,575        2,501   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (1)

    74            63        80        64        64   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton)

    126            101        132        137        138   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA margin(%) (2)

    5         4     5     5     6

Segment Adjusted EBITDA (3)

    46            95        92        74        85   

 

 

-5-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Management Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Please see the reconciliation in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators” and also in footnote (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”
(2) Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is not a measure defined under IFRS. Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenue.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation.” Please see the reconciliation in that section and in footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Automotive Structures & Industry Operating Segment (“AS&I”)

Our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment produces (i) technologically advanced structures for the automotive industry including crash management systems, side impact beams and cockpit carriers and (ii) soft and hard alloy extrusions and large profiles for automotive, rail, road, energy, building and industrial applications. We complement our products with a comprehensive offering of downstream technology and services, which include pre-machining, surface treatment, R&D and technical support services. Our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment accounted for 24% of revenues and 20% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 23% of our revenues and 21% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Adjusting for the disposal of our plants in Ham and Saint-Florentin, AS&I revenues increased by 4%.

We believe that we are the second largest provider of automotive structures in the world and the leading supplier of hard alloys and large profiles for industrial and other transportation markets in Europe. We manufacture automotive structures products for some of the largest European and North American car manufacturers supplying a global market, including Daimler AG, BMW AG, Audi AG, Chrysler Group LLC and Ford Motor Co. We also have a strong presence in soft alloys in France and Germany, with customized solutions for a diversity of end-markets.

Fifteen of our manufacturing facilities, located in Germany, the United States, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, France, Switzerland and China, produce products sold in our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment. We believe our local presence, downstream services and industry leading cycle times help to ensure that we respond to our customer demands in a timely and consistent fashion. Our two integrated remelt and casting centers in Switzerland and the Czech Republic both provide security of metal supply and contribute to our recycling efforts.

The following table summarizes our volume, revenues, Management Adjusted EBITDA and Segment Adjusted EBITDA for our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment for the periods presented:

 

(€ in millions, unless otherwise noted)    Predecessor
for the year
ended
December 31,
         Successor
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the nine months
ended
September 30,
 
   2010            2011     2012       2012         2013    

Automotive Structures & Industry:

               

Segment Revenues

     754             910        861        663        612   

Segment Shipments (kt)

     212             219        206        159        146   

Segment Revenues (€/ton)

     3,557             4,155        4,180        4,170        4,206   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (1)

     -4             20        40        32        40   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton)

     -19             91        194        201        275   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) (2)

     -1          2     5     5     7

Segment Adjusted EBITDA (3)

     -11             37        46        39        46   

 

 

-6-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Management Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Please see the reconciliation in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators” and also in footnote (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”
(2) Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is not a measure defined under IFRS. Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenue.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation.” Please see the reconciliation in that section and in footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Holdings and Corporate

Our Holdings and Corporate segment includes the net cost of our head offices in Schiphol-Rijk, the Netherlands, our treasury center in Zurich and our corporate support services functions in Paris. Our Holdings and Corporate segment accounted for 0% of revenues, (4%) of Management Adjusted EBITDA and (7%) of Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 1% of revenues, 2% of Management Adjusted EBITDA and 0% of Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Our Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of operations—Key Performance Indicators—Management Adjusted EBITDA” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Management Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation,” respectively.

Voreppe Research & Development Center

Voreppe is our dedicated R&D center in Grenoble, France and, as of September 2013, employs approximately 90 scientists and 92 technicians. Voreppe uses its full-scale facilities, which include a pilot casthouse that enables process and alloy development on an industrial scale, and external links with several universities and other research facilities to develop new solutions and meet customers’ needs. Our scientists and technicians are active in the development of aluminum product metallurgy and casting, rolling and extrusion technologies. Voreppe’s proven track record includes development of an intellectual property portfolio with approximately 875 active patents organized into over 148 patent families.

We believe that a major factor in our R&D success has been the close interaction with key customers in our most technically demanding markets at the early stages of the development and innovation process. This collaborative effort with long-term customers has led to the in-house development of advanced alloys and solutions that have applications for products sold to multiple end-markets. This collaboration often takes the form of formal partnership or co-development arrangements or the formation of joint teams with our customers.

An example of such a development is our Surfalex ® alloy, which was developed for the demanding specifications of the auto body market. We believe the alloy’s superior surface appearance combined with high mechanical resistance level and optimized formability make it an alloy of choice for this sector. This alloy is already used at premium OEM’s like Audi, Porsche and Daimler.

Our Industry

The specialty metals industry is comprised of producers of a variety of high performance metals and semi-fabricated products manufactured from those metals, which include stainless steel and titanium in addition to aluminum. We also compete with producers of other materials that can be used in our target end-markets, such as composites in aerospace or copper in certain automotive applications, as well as traditional carbon steel in automotive and packaging. Aluminum is lightweight, has a high strength-to-weight ratio and is resistant to

 

 

-7-


Table of Contents

corrosion. It compares favorably to several alternative materials, such as steel, in these respects. Aluminum is also unique in the respect that it can also be recycled repeatedly without any material decline in performance or quality. The recycling of aluminum delivers energy and capital investment savings relative to the cost of producing both primary aluminum and many other competing materials. Due to these qualities, the penetration of aluminum into a wide variety of applications continues to increase. We believe that long-term growth in aluminum consumption generally, and demand for those products we produce specifically, will be supported by factors that include growing populations, continued urbanization in emerging markets and increasing focus globally on sustainability and environmental issues. Aluminum is increasingly seen as the material of choice in a number of applications, including aerospace, packaging and automotive.

The following charts illustrate expected global demand for aluminum extruded and rolled products. The expected growth through 2017 for the extruded products market and the flat rolled products market is 6.2% and 5.4%, respectively.

Projected Aluminum Demand 2012-2017 (in thousand metric tons)

 

LOGO

The global aluminum industry consists of (i) mining companies that produce bauxite, the ore from which aluminum is ultimately derived, (ii) primary aluminum producers that refine bauxite into alumina and smelt alumina into aluminum, (iii) aluminum semi-fabricated products manufacturers, including aluminum casters, recyclers, extruders and flat rolled products producers (such as Constellium) and (iv) integrated companies that are present across multiple stages of the aluminum production chain.

The price of aluminum, quoted on the London Metal Exchange (which we refer to in this prospectus as “LME”), is subject to global supply and demand dynamics and moves independently of the costs of many of its inputs. Producers of primary aluminum have limited ability to manage the volatility of aluminum prices and can experience a high degree of volatility in their cash flows and profitability. We do not smelt aluminum, nor do we participate in other upstream activities such as mining or refining bauxite. We recycle aluminum, both for our own use and as a service to our customers.

Rolled and extruded aluminum product prices are generally based on price of metal plus a conversion fee ( i.e. , the cost incurred to convert the aluminum into its semi-finished product). The price of aluminum is not a significant driver of our financial performance, in contrast to the more direct relationship of the price of

 

 

-8-


Table of Contents

aluminum to the financial performance of primary aluminum producers. Instead, the financial performance of producers of rolled and extruded aluminum products, such as Constellium, is driven by the dynamics in the end-markets that they serve, their relative positioning in those markets and the efficiency of their industrial operations.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths differentiate our business and will allow us to maintain and build upon our strong industry position:

Leading positions in each of our attractive and complementary end-markets

In our core industries—aerospace, packaging and automotive—we have market leading positions and established relationships with many of the main manufacturers. Within these attractive and diverse end-markets, we are particularly focused on product lines that require expertise, advanced R&D, and technology capabilities to produce. The drivers of demand in our core industries are varied and largely unrelated to one another.

We are the largest supplier globally of aerospace plates. We believe that our ability to fulfill the technical, R&D and quality requirements needed to supply the aerospace market gives us a significant competitive advantage. In addition, based on our knowledge as a market participant, we are one of only two suppliers of aerospace plate to have qualified facilities on two continents, which enables us to more effectively supply both Airbus and Boeing. We have sought to develop our strategic platform by making significant investments to increase our capacity and improve our capabilities and to develop our proprietary AIRWARE ® material solution. We believe we are well-positioned to benefit from strong demand in the aerospace sector, as demonstrated by the currently high backlogs for Boeing and Airbus that are driven by increased global demand for air travel, especially in Asia.

We are the largest supplier of European can body stock by volume with approximately 36% of the market and, in our view, we have benefited from our strong relationships with the leading European can manufacturers, our recycling capabilities and our fully integrated Neuf-Brisach facility, which has full production capabilities ranging from recycling and casting to rolling and finishing. As the leader in the European market, we believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the ongoing trend of steel being replaced by aluminum as the material of choice for can sheet. Packaging provides a stable cash flow stream through the economic cycle that can be used to invest in attractive opportunities in the aerospace and automotive industries to drive longer-term growth.

In automotive, we believe our leading positions in the supply of aluminum products are due to our advanced design capabilities, efficient production systems and established relationships with leading automotive OEMs. This includes being the second largest global supplier of auto crash management systems by volume. We expect that E.U. and U.S. regulations requiring reductions in carbon emissions and fuel efficiency, as well as relatively high fuel prices, will continue to drive aluminum demand in the automotive industry. Whereas growth in aluminum use in vehicles has historically been driven by increased use of aluminum castings, we anticipate that future growth will be primarily in the kinds of extruded and rolled products that we supply to the OEMs.

 

 

-9-


Table of Contents

In addition, we hold market leading positions in a number of other attractive product lines.

 

LOGO

 

(a) CRU International Limited, based on data regarding the year ended 2011
(b) Based on Company internal market analysis
* Based on volumes

Advanced R&D and technological capabilities

We have made substantial investments to develop unique R&D and technological capabilities, which we believe give us a competitive advantage as a supplier of the high value-added, specialty products on which we focus and which make up the majority of our product portfolio. In particular, our R&D facility in Voreppe, France has given us a leading position in the development of proprietary next-generation specialty alloys, as evidenced by our robust intellectual property portfolio. We use our technological capabilities to develop tailored products in close partnerships with our customers, with the aim of building long-term and synergistic relationships.

One of our hallmark R&D achievements was the recent development of AIRWARE ® , a lightweight specialty aluminum-lithium alloy developed for our aerospace customers to enable them to reduce fuel consumption and costs. AIRWARE ® was developed for certain customers using our pilot cast-house in Voreppe, and following a substantial capital expenditure investment, is now being produced on an industrial scale in our aerospace facility in Issoire, France. AIRWARE ® combines optimized density, corrosion resistance and strength in order to achieve up to 25% weight reduction compared to other aluminum products and significantly higher corrosion and fatigue resistance than equivalent composite products. This technology drives incremental margin compared to tradition aluminum alloys.

 

 

-10-


Table of Contents

Global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce

We operate a network of strategically located facilities that we believe allows us to compete effectively in our selected end-markets across numerous geographies. With an estimated replacement value of over €6.5 billion without inventories, our facilities have enabled us to reliably produce a broad range of high-quality products. They are operated by a highly skilled workforce with decades of accumulated operational experience. We believe this collective knowledge base would be very difficult to replicate and is a key contributing factor to our ability to produce consistently high-quality products.

Our six key production sites feature industry-leading manufacturing capabilities with required industry qualifications that are, in our view, difficult for market outsiders to accomplish. For example, we believe that Neuf-Brisach is the most integrated downstream aluminum production facility in Europe, with capabilities spanning the recycling, casting, rolling and finishing phases of production. In July 2013, we completed two projects to enhance the capacity and performance of one of our main rolling mills at Neuf-Brisach, representing a total investment of €23 million. The first project modernized a casting complex dedicated to rolling slab production, delivering safety and quality improvements and increasing casting capacity, and the second project involved the complete replacement of a pusher furnace, dedicated to the homogenization and preheating of slabs before rolling. Our Issoire, France and Ravenswood, West Virginia, United States plants have unique capabilities for producing the specialized wide and very high gauge plates required for the aerospace sector. We spent €20 million in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012 at Ravenswood, mainly to complete significant equipment upgrades, including a hot mill and new stretcher that we believe is the most powerful stretcher in our industry. Additionally, our network of small extrusion and automotive structures plants enables us to serve many of our customers on a localized basis, allowing us to more rapidly meet demand through close proximity. We believe our portfolio of facilities provides us with a strong platform to retain and grow our global customer base.

Long-standing relationships with a diversified and blue-chip customer base

Our customer base includes some of the largest manufacturers in the aerospace, packaging and automotive end-markets. We believe that our ability to produce tailored, high value-added products fosters longer-term and synergistic relationships with this blue-chip customer base. We regard our relationships with our customers as partnerships in which we work together to utilize our unique R&D and technological capabilities to develop customized solutions to meet evolving requirements. This includes developing products together through long-term R&D partnerships. In addition, we collaborate with our customers to complete a rigorous process for qualifying our products, which requires substantial time and investment and creates high switching costs.

We have a relatively diverse customer base with our 10 largest customers representing approximately 47% of our revenues and approximately 52% of our volumes for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The average length of our relationships with our top 20 customers exceeds 25 years, and in some cases goes back as far as 40 years, particularly with our aerospace and packaging customers. Most of our major aerospace, packaging and automotive customers have multi-year contracts with us ( i.e. , contracts with terms of three to five years), making us critical partners to our customers. As a result, we estimate that approximately 50% of our half-year 2013 volumes are generated under multi-year contracts, with more than 42% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2014 or later and more than 32% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2015 or later. In addition, more than 69% of our half-year 2013 packaging volumes are contracted until 2014 or later. We believe this provides us with stability and significant visibility into our future volumes and earnings.

Stable business model that delivers robust free cash flow across the cycle

There are several ways in which our business model is designed to produce stable and consistent cash flows and profitability. For example, we seek to limit our exposure to commodity metal price volatility primarily by utilizing pass-through mechanisms or contractual arrangements and financial derivatives.

 

 

-11-


Table of Contents

Our business also features relatively countercyclical cash flows. During an economic downturn, lower demand causes our sales volumes to decrease, which results in a corresponding reduction in our inventory purchases and a reduction in our working capital requirements. As a result, operating cash flows become positive. We believe this helps to drive robust free cash flow across cycles and provides significant downside protection for our liquidity position in the event of a downturn. For example, in 2009 during the last prolonged downturn in demand, our volumes declined from 1,058 kt to 868 kt. This decline resulted in a €276 million reduction of our total working capital, mainly driven by inventory purchases reductions of €213 million and a positive operating cash flow from continuing operations of €181 million.

In addition, we have a significant presence in what have proved to be relatively stable, recession-resilient end-markets with 47% of volumes in the year ended December 31, 2012 sold into the can sheet and packaging end-markets, and 9% of volumes in that period sold into the aerospace end-market, which is driven by global demand trends rather than regional trends. Our automotive products are predominantly used in premium models manufactured by the German OEMs, which are not as dependent on the European economy and continue to benefit from rising demand in developing economies, particularly China.

We are also focused on optimizing the cost efficiency of our operations. In 2010, we implemented a rigorous continuous improvement program with the annual goal of outperforming inflation in our non-metal cost base (labor, energy, maintenance) and lowering our breakeven level. As a result of this program, we reduced our costs by €49 million in 2010, €67 million in 2011 and €57 million in 2012.

Strong and experienced management team

We have a strong and experienced management team led by Pierre Vareille, our Chief Executive Officer, who has more than 30 years of experience in the manufacturing industry and a successful track record of leading global manufacturing companies, particularly in the domain of metal transformation for industries such as aerospace and automotive. Both Mr. Vareille and our Chief Financial Officer, Didier Fontaine, have previously been involved in the management of public companies. Our executive officers and other key members of our management team have an average of more than 15 years of relevant industry experience. Our team has expertise across the commercial, technical and management aspects of our business and industry, which provides for strong customer service, rigorous quality and cost controls, and focus on health, safety and environmental improvements. Our board of directors includes current and former executives of Alcan, Rio Tinto, Bosch, Kaiser Aluminum and automotive suppliers such as Faurecia, who bring extensive experience in operations, finance, governance and corporate strategy.

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to expand our leading position as a supplier of high value-added, technologically advanced products in which we believe that we have a competitive advantage. Our strategy to achieve this objective has three pillars: (i) selective participation, (ii) global leadership position and (iii) best-in-class efficiency and operational performance.

Selective Participation

Continue to target investment in high-return opportunities in our core markets (aerospace, packaging and automotive), with the goal of driving growth and profitability

We are focused on our three strategic end-markets—aerospace, packaging and automotive—which we believe have attractive growth prospects for aluminum. These are also markets where we believe that we can differentiate ourselves through our high value-added products, our strong customer relationships and our R&D and technological capabilities. Our capital expenditures and R&D spend are focused on these three strategic end-

 

 

-12-


Table of Contents

markets and are made in response to specific volume requirements from long-term customer contracts, which ensures relatively short payback periods and good visibility into return on investment. Examples of this focused approach include a new casthouse at Issoire to support growing demand for AIRWARE ® , a new state-of-the-art press at Singen to increase capacity for automotive extrusions and a heat treatment and conversion line at Neuf-Brisach to serve growing demand for aluminum automotive sheet.

As part of our focus on our core end-markets and our strategy to improve our profitability, we also consider potential divestitures of non-strategic businesses. For example, we divested the vast majority of our Alcan International Network (“AIN”) specialty chemicals and raw materials supply chain services division in 2011 to CellMark AB. In each of 2011 and 2012, the discontinued operations of our AIN business generated losses of €8 million.

Focus on higher margin, technologically advanced products that facilitate long-term relationships as a “mission critical” supplier to our customers

Our product portfolio is predominantly focused on high value-added products, which we believe we are particularly well-suited to developing and manufacturing for our customers. These products tend to require close collaboration with our customers to develop tailored solutions, as well as significant effort and investment to adhere to rigorous qualification procedures, which enables us to foster long-term relationships with our customers. Our products typically command higher margins than more commoditized products, and are supplied to end-markets that we believe have highly attractive characteristics and long-term growth trends.

Global Leadership Position

Continue to differentiate our products, with the goal of maintaining our leading market positions and remaining a supplier of choice to our customers

We aim to deepen our ties with our customers by consistently providing best-in-class quality, market leading supply chain integration, joint product development projects, customer technical support and scrap and recycling solutions. We believe that our product offering is differentiated by our market leading R&D capabilities. Our key R&D programs are focused on high growth and high margin areas such as specialty material solutions, next generation alloys and sustainable engineered solutions / manufacturing technologies. Recent examples of market leading breakthroughs include our AIRWARE ® lithium alloy technology and our Solar Surface ® Selfclean, a coating solution used in the solar industry which provides additional performance and functionality of the aluminum by chemically breaking down dirt and contaminants in contact with the surface.

Build a global footprint with a focus on expansion in Asia, particularly in China, and work to gain scale through acquisitions in Europe and the United States

We intend to selectively expand our global operations where we see opportunities to enhance our manufacturing capabilities, grow with current customers and gain new customers, or penetrate higher-growth regions. We believe disciplined expansion focused on these objectives will allow us to achieve attractive returns for our shareholders. In line with these principles, our recent expansions include:

 

   

the formation of a joint venture in China, Engley Automotive Structures Co., Ltd., which is currently producing aluminum crash-management systems in Changchun and Kunshan, China; and

 

   

the successful expansion of our Constellium Automotive USA, LLC plant, located in Novi, Michigan, which is producing highly innovative crash-management systems for the automotive market.

 

 

-13-


Table of Contents

Best-in-Class Performance

Contain our fixed costs and offset inflation with increased productivity

We have been executing an extensive cost savings program focusing on selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”), conversion costs and purchasing. In 2010, 2011 and 2012, we realized a structural realignment of our cost structure and achieved annual costs savings of €49, €67, and €57 million, respectively. This represents approximately 4% of our estimated addressable cost base in 2012 ( i.e. , excluding raw material cost). These savings are split between operating expenses (48%), SG&A savings (21%) and procurement savings (31%). This program was designed to right-size our cost structure, increase our profitability and provide a competitive advantage against our peers. Our cost savings program will continue to be a priority as we focus on optimizing our cost base and offsetting inflation.

Establish best-in-class operations through Lean manufacturing

We believe that there are significant opportunities to improve our services and quality and to reduce our manufacturing costs by implementing Lean manufacturing initiatives. “Lean manufacturing” is a production practice that improves efficiency of operations by identifying and removing tasks and process steps that do not contribute to value creation for the end customer. We continually evaluate debottlenecking opportunities globally through modifications of, and investments in, existing equipment and processes. We aim to establish best-in-class operations and achieve cost reductions by standardizing manufacturing processes and the associated upstream and downstream production elements where possible, while still allowing the flexibility to respond to local market demands and volatility.

To focus our efforts, we have launched a Lean manufacturing program that is designed to improve the flow of value to customers by eliminating waste in both processes and resources. We measure operational success of this program in five key areas: (i) safety, (ii) quality, (iii) working capital, (iv) delivery performance and (v) innovation.

Our Lean manufacturing program is overseen by a dedicated team, headed by Yves Mérel. Mr. Mérel reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer, Pierre Vareille. Mr. Vareille and Mr. Mérel have long track records of successfully implementing Lean manufacturing programs at other companies they have managed in the past.

Recent Developments

Third Quarter 2013 Results

In addition to the results reported in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, this section includes information regarding certain non-GAAP financial measures. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Free Cash Flow and Net Debt are measures not defined under IFRS. Please see the reconciliations in footnotes (4) and (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Group results

Total shipments for the three months ended September 30, 2013 were 257 kt, which represented an increase of 1 kt, or 0.4%, from the three months ended September 30, 2012, which quarter was negatively affected by the strike at our Ravenswood facility. The increase reflects higher shipment volumes in aerospace and automotive partially offset by lower volumes in soft alloys and packaging. Revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2013 were €862 million, which represented a decrease of €23 million, or 2.6%, from the three months ended September 30, 2012; however after adjusting for constant LME prices, exchange rates and the divestiture of two soft alloy plants in France, revenues for the three months ended September 30, 2013 calculated on a comparable basis were 6% ahead of the three months ended September 30, 2012.

 

 

-14-


Table of Contents

Total shipments in the nine months to September 30, 2013 were 791 kt, which represented a decrease of 7 kt, or 1%, from the nine months to September 30, 2012. The decrease reflects higher shipment volumes in our aerospace and transportation segment more than offset by lower volumes in our packaging and automotive rolled products segment and the impact of the sale of Ham and Saint-Florentin, two of our soft alloy plants in France. Revenues in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 were €2,689 million, which represented a decrease of €107 million, or 4%, from the nine month period ended September 30, 2012; however after adjusting for constant LME prices, exchange rates and the divestiture of the two soft alloy plants in France, revenues for the nine months to September 30, 2013 calculated on a comparable basis were 3% ahead of the nine months ended September 30, 2012.

Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was €64 million, which represented an increase of €25 million, or 64%, from the three months ended September 30, 2012. This improvement in Adjusted EBITDA reflected improved results from all three reporting segments driven by increased shipment volumes in the aerospace and automotive markets combined with production and cost efficiencies. For the three months ended September 30, 2013 performance in our Aerospace & Transportation reporting segment was affected by brief outages at our Issoire plant and a less favorable product mix.

Adjusted EBITDA per ton for the three months ended September 30, 2013 of €247 per ton which represents an increase of €94 per ton, or 61%, from the three months ended September 30, 2012, reflecting higher Adjusted EBITDA on stable volumes.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, Adjusted EBITDA was €221 million which represented an increase of €40 million, or 22%, over the nine months ended September 30, 2012. This increase reflects the improved product mix favoring the aerospace sector, strong results from the automotive sector, and continuing benefits from production and cost efficiencies and improvements achieved at our major manufacturing locations.

Aerospace and Transportation segment

Shipments in Aerospace and Transportation for the three months ended September 30, 2013 were 62 kt, which represented an increase of 10 kt, or 19%, from the three months ended September 30, 2012. This resulted in Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2013 of €19 million, which represented an increase of €6 million, or 46%, from the three months ended September 30, 2012. Adjusted EBITDA per ton for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was €316 per ton, which represented an increase of €60 per ton, or 23% over the same period in the prior year. Comparisons of the three months ended September 30, 2013 with the three months ended September 30, 2012 in this reporting segment are impacted by the employee strike last year at our Ravenswood facility during collective bargaining agreement negotiations, which had an adverse effect on sales, production and Adjusted EBITDA during the three months ended September 30, 2012. Q3 was affected by brief outages at our Issoire plant (due to exceptional weather conditions) and a less favorable product mix.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, sales volumes for Aerospace and Transportation were 183 kt which represented an increase of 12 kt, or 7%, over the same period in 2012. Although there is evidence of higher inventory levels at some of our major customers this had a limited impact on sales and we continue to see increases in market share including from our multi-year contract with Airbus. Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was €91 million, representing an increase of €13 million, or nearly 17%, over the same period in 2012 and Adjusted EBITDA per ton was €497 per ton, which represented an increase of €38 per ton, or 8% over the same period in the prior year.

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products segment

Adjusted EBITDA in our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products reporting segment for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was €29 million which represented an increase of €2 million, or 7%, over the three months ended September 30, 2012 and shipments were 152 kt, which represented a decrease of 3 kt from the

 

 

-15-


Table of Contents

three months ended September 30, 2012. Adjusted EBITDA per ton for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was €193 per ton, which represented an increase of €16 per ton, or 9% over the same period in the prior year. Auto body sheet volumes were strong in the third quarter as we continue to gain market share and win business at major European car manufacturers. In the three months ended September 30, 2013, we were selected as the largest aluminum supplier for a new model for a German car manufacturer which is scheduled to begin production in 2014. Overall demand for canstock was stable in the three months ended September 30, 2013 with volumes in Europe growing in line with the market offset by lower exports. Inventory levels remain high at can manufacturers following the bad weather in Europe earlier in the year. Our foil stock business continues to perform well.

Shipments for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 of 464 kt were 4 kt lower than for the same period in 2012. This represented a decrease of 0.9% with higher auto body sheet sales offset by lower canstock volumes. Cost and productivity improvements contributed to the increased Adjusted EBITDA of €85 million, which represented an increase of €11 million, or nearly 15%, over the same period for the prior year. Adjusted EBITDA per ton for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was €182 per ton, which represented an increase of €24 per ton, or 15% over the same period in the prior year.

Automotive Structures & Industry segment

Shipment volumes in Automotive Structures & Industry for the three months ended September 30, 2013 were 45 kt which represented a decrease of 4 kt, or 8%, from the three months ended September 30, 2012 reflecting the sale of our Ham and Saint Florentin soft alloy plants in France. Adjusting for the sale of these two plants, volumes were 1 kt, or 2%, higher than the three months ended September 30, 2012 and revenues were €3 million, or 1%, higher than the three months ended September 30, 2012. Automotive structures continued to perform well with higher volumes reflecting stronger demand particularly from the European and Chinese markets. However, volumes of soft alloys were down quarter-over-quarter due to poor market conditions within the building and construction sectors. Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended September 30, 2013, which included the benefit of production efficiencies achieved since last year, was €16 million, which was nearly 46% or €5 million higher than the three months ended September 30, 2012. Adjusted EBITDA per ton for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was €352 per ton, which represented an increase of €125 per ton or 55%, over the same period in 2012.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, shipments and revenue in Automotive Structures & Industry were 146 kt and €654 million respectively, representing a decrease of approximately 8% and 7% respectively, from the same period for the prior year.

Adjusted EBITDA in Automotive Structures & Industry for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was €46 million, which represented an increase of €7 million, or nearly 18%, over the same period in 2012, reflecting the strong sales to the automotive market and the continued cost and productivity improvements. Adjusted EBITDA per ton for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was €314 per ton, which represented an increase of €69 per ton or 28%, over the same period in 2012.

Net income

Net income from continuing operations in the three months ended September 30, 2013 of €41 million was €9 million lower than in the three months ended September 30, 2012, mainly as a result of lower unrealized gains on derivatives. Unrealized gains on derivatives (reflecting principally the weakening of the US dollar relative to

 

 

-16-


Table of Contents

the Euro) were €34 million in the three months ended September 30, 2013 compared with €58 million in the three months ended September 30, 2012.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2013, net income from continuing operations was €63 million which represented a decrease of €24 million over the same period in 2012. This mainly results from lower unrealized gains on derivatives (€48 million lower in the nine months ended September 30, 2013 compared with the same period in 2012). Net income for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 also includes costs of €24 million incurred during the three months ended June 30, 2013 in connection with Constellium’s initial public offering.

Cash flow and liquidity

Adjusted Free Cash Flow for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was €41 million, which represented an increase of €29 million over the previous quarter and was due to strong operating performance of the business and a reduction in working capital. Adjusted Free Cash Flow for the three months ended September 30, 2013 was, however, €18 million lower than the three months ended September 30 ,2012, which mainly results from an increase in capital expenditures of €14 million during the three months ended September 30, 2013.

Adjusted Free Cash Flow for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was an outflow of €17 million, compared to an €8 million outflow in the comparable period in 2012. This resulted from higher capital investment in the business with capital expenditures for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 totaling €92 million, which was an increase of €22 million over the same period in 2012. Cash flow from operating activities, excluding margin calls, for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 was €75 million, which represents an increase of €13 million over the same period in 2012.

Net Debt as of September 30, 2013, was €181 million which represented an increase of €164 million from December 31, 2012. This increase reflects distributions totaling approximately €250 million made to shareholders prior to the completion of our initial public offering in May 2013, with these distributions being partly offset by the proceeds from our initial public offering and the cash flow of the business over the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Net Debt as of September 30, 2013 was 0.7 times the last twelve months’ Adjusted EBITDA.

As of September 30, 2013, liquidity, which we calculate as the unutilized balance on our long-term financing facilities plus cash and cash equivalents, was €377 million, comprised of €141 million available under our factoring facilities, €37 million under our Asset Based Loan (ABL) facility and €199 million of cash and cash equivalents.

Multi-year Boeing Contract

On November 21, 2013, we announced that we have been awarded a multi-year agreement with The Boeing Company to support all of The Boeing Company’s leading commercial airplane programs. With this agreement, we will increase both the scope and range of products we supply. Under the new agreement, we will supply Boeing aluminum products for airframes utilizing our current and advanced-generation aluminum alloys. The products will be supplied from our two major A&T manufacturing sites in Ravenswood, WV and in Issoire, France.

Corporate History and Information

Constellium Holdco B.V. (formerly known as Omega Holdco B.V.) was incorporated as a Dutch private limited liability company on May 14, 2010. Constellium Holdco B.V. was formed to serve as the holding company for various entities comprising the Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products business unit (the “AEP Business”), which it acquired from affiliates of Rio Tinto on January 4, 2011.

 

 

-17-


Table of Contents

Our principal shareholders are investment funds affiliated with, or co-investment vehicles that are managed (or the general partners of which are managed) by subsidiaries of, Apollo Global Management, LLC (Apollo Global Management, LLC and its subsidiaries collectively, or any one of such entities individually, “Apollo”), a leading global alternative investment manager; affiliates of Rio Tinto, a leading international mining group, combining Rio Tinto plc, a London listed public company headquartered in the United Kingdom, and Rio Tinto Limited, which is listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, with executive offices in Melbourne (the two companies are joined in a dual listed companies (“DLC”) structure as a single economic entity, called the Rio Tinto Group (“Rio Tinto”)); and Bpifrance Participations (f/k/a Fonds Stratégique d’Investissements), a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of the Republic of France, which is a French public investment fund specializing in the business of equity financing via direct investments or fund of funds (“Bpifrance”). Bpifrance is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPI-Groupe (bpifrance), a French financial institution jointly owned and controlled by the Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations, a French special public entity ( établissement special ) and EPIC BPI-Groupe, a French public institution of industrial and commercial nature. As used in this prospectus, the term “Apollo Funds” means investment funds affiliated with, or co-investment vehicles that are managed (or the general partners of which are managed) by, Apollo; the term “Rio Tinto” refers to Rio Tinto or an affiliate of Rio Tinto; and the term “Bpifrance” means Bpifrance Participations (f/k/a Fonds Stratégique d’Investissements) or other entities affiliated with Bpifrance.

On December 30, 2011, we disposed of substantially all of our interests in AIN, our specialty chemicals and raw materials supply chain services division, to CellMark AB. The remaining entities have ceased operations.

On March 28, 2013, we made a distribution of share premium to our Class A and Class B1 shareholders of €103 million (and an additional distribution to our class B2 shareholders of €392,000 on May 21, 2013).

Our board of directors further approved a distribution of profits of an additional €147 million to our existing Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 shareholders. Due to certain European tax and accounting restrictions, however, we did not anticipate being able to pay such additional distribution to such shareholders until after the completion of the initial public offering. Consequentially, in order to facilitate the payment of such distribution, we issued preference shares to our existing pre-IPO Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 shareholders. These preference shares entitled them to receive distributions in priority to ordinary shareholders in the aggregate amount of €147 million in proportion to their percentage immediately prior to the completion of the initial public offering. We were able to make such distribution of €147 million on May 21, 2013 and the preference shares were acquired by the Company for no consideration on May 29, 2013. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and Dutch law provide that so long as the preference shares are held by the Company, they will have no voting rights and no right to profits.

On May 16, 2013, we effected a pro rata share issuance of Class A ordinary shares, Class B1 ordinary shares and Class B2 ordinary shares to our existing shareholders, which we implemented through the issuance of 22.8 new Class A ordinary shares, 22.8 Class B1 ordinary shares and 22.8 Class B2 ordinary shares for each outstanding Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 ordinary share, respectively. As a result, the Company issued an aggregate amount of 83,945,965 additional Class A ordinary shares, 815,252 additional Class B1 ordinary shares and 923,683 additional Class B2 ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share, prior to consummation of the initial public offering. The pro rata share issuance was undertaken in order to provide an appropriate per-share valuation in respect of the offering price for our initial public offering.

On May 21, 2013, Constellium Holdco B.V. was converted into a Dutch public limited liability company and renamed Constellium N.V. Any references to Dutch law and the Amended and Restated Articles of Association are references to Dutch law and the articles of association of the Company as applicable following the conversion.

On May 29, 2013, we completed our initial public offering of 22,222,222 of our ordinary shares at a price to the public of $15.00 per share. A total of 13,333,333 shares were offered by us and a total of 8,888,889 shares

 

 

-18-


Table of Contents

were offered by Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto. On June 24, 2013, the underwriters of our initial public offering exercised their over-allotment option to purchase from us an additional 2,251,306 Class A ordinary shares at a public offering price of $15.00 per share less the underwriting discount. The exercise of the over-allotment option brought the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in the initial public offering to 24,473,528.

In connection with our initial public offering, Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto entered into an agreement with Bpifrance pursuant to which Bpifrance agreed to place an order to purchase approximately 4.4 million ordinary shares at a per share price equal to the public offering price (the “Bpifrance share purchase”). Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto agreed to use best efforts to cause the underwriters to allocate such number of shares to Bpifrance. The agreement further provides that for one year following the closing of our initial public offering, Bpifrance is restricted from buying additional shares in the Company unless this restriction is waived by both Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto or certain specified events occur.

On November 14, 2013, we completed a secondary public offering of 17,500,000 of our ordinary shares at a price to the public of $17.00 per share. The shares were offered by Rio Tinto and Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG (“Management KG”). On November 8, 2013, the underwriters of this secondary public offering exercised their option to purchase from Rio Tinto an additional 2,625,000 Class A ordinary shares at a public offering price of $17.00 per share less the underwriting discount. The exercise of the purchase option brought the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in the secondary public offering to 20,125,000.

Following the completion of this current offering, the public shareholders, Apollo Funds, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance are expected to hold approximately 46.8%, 35.8%, 1.2% and 12.2%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of Constellium N.V and approximately 4.0% of the outstanding shares of Constellium N.V. are expected to be held by Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG (“Management KG”), which was formed in connection with a management equity plan to facilitate equity ownership by Constellium’s management team. The partnership agreement of Management KG provides that the Constellium shares held by Management KG will be voted in the discretion of the advisory board at the level of the general partner of Management KG.

Risk Factors

Investing in our ordinary shares involves substantial risk. The risks described under the heading “Risk Factors” immediately following this summary may cause us not to realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges include the following:

 

   

our potential failure to implement our business strategy, including our productivity and cost reduction initiatives;

 

   

our susceptibility to cyclical fluctuations in the metals industry, our end-markets and our customers’ industries and changes in general economic conditions;

 

   

the highly competitive nature of the industry in which we operate and the risk that aluminum will become less competitive compared to alternative materials;

 

   

the possibility of unplanned business interruptions; and

 

   

adverse conditions and disruptions in European economies.

You should carefully consider all of the information included in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Important Information and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

 

 

-19-


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Constellium N.V.

 

Ordinary shares offered by the selling shareholder

The selling shareholder is offering 8,345,713 Class A ordinary shares.

 

Offering price

$         per ordinary share.

 

Voting rights

Our ordinary shares have one vote per share.

 

Purchase option

The underwriter may also purchase up to an additional 1,251,847 Class A ordinary shares from Rio Tinto at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our ordinary shares by the selling shareholder. The selling shareholder will receive all of the net proceeds and bear all commissions and discounts, if any, from the sale of our ordinary shares pursuant to this prospectus. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

 

Dividend policy

Our board of directors is currently exploring adoption of a dividend program beginning in 2014; however, no assurances can be made that any future dividends will be paid on the ordinary shares. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Listing

Our Class A ordinary shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and Euronext Paris under the symbol “CSTM”.

 

Tax considerations

See “Material Tax Consequences,” beginning on page 177.

 

Risk factors

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references in this prospectus to the number and percentages of shares outstanding following this offering:

 

   

reflect the offering price of $         per ordinary share;

 

   

assume no exercise of the underwriter’s option to purchase up to an additional 1,251,847 Class A ordinary shares from Rio Tinto;

 

   

do not give effect to 5,292,291 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under the Constellium N.V. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 

-20-


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data

The following tables set forth our summary historical combined and consolidated financial and other data.

On January 4, 2011, Omega Holdco B.V., which later changed its name to Constellium Holdco B.V., and then again to Constellium N.V., acquired the Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products business unit (the “AEP Business” or the “Predecessor”) from affiliates of Rio Tinto (the “Acquisition”). For comparison purposes, our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and 2013 are presented alongside the results of operations of the Predecessor for the year ended December 31, 2010. However, our Successor and Predecessor periods are not directly comparable due to the impact of the application of purchase accounting and the preparation of the Predecessor accounts on a carve-out basis. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor do not necessarily reflect what our financial position or results of operations would have been if we had been operated as a standalone entity during the periods covered by the Predecessor financial statements and are not indicative of our future results of operations and financial position.

Unless otherwise indicated, all share and per share numbers have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the issuance of 22.8 additional shares for each outstanding share at the time of our initial public offering in May 2013, as if it had occurred on January 4, 2011.

Effective January 1, 2013, we have adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised) (IAS 19) in our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended September 30, 2013 and in accordance with transition rules in IAS 19 we have retrospectively applied this standard to the nine months ended September 30, 2012. We have not restated our audited combined and consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 as the impact of this revised standard is not material to our results of operations and financial position.

You should base your investment decision on a review of the entire prospectus. In particular, you should read the following data in conjunction with “Selected Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined and consolidated financial statements, and the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements including the notes to those combined, consolidated and condensed interim consolidated financial statements, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Predecessor
as of and for
the year
ended
December 31,
        Successor
as of and for
the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
as of and for
the nine months period
ended
September 30,
 

(€ in millions unless otherwise stated)

  2010           2011     2012     2012     2013  
                            (unaudited)  

Statement of income data:

             

Revenue

    2,957            3,556        3,610        2,796        2,689   

Gross profit

    242            321        478        373        369   

Operating profit/(loss)

    (248         (59     257        181        171   

Profit/(loss) for the period—continuing operations

    (209         (166     142        87        63   

Profit/(loss) for the period

    (207         (174     134        85        67   

Profit/(loss) per share—basic and diluted

    n/a            (2.0     1.5        0.94        0.69   

Profit/(loss) per share—basic and diluted—continuing operations

    n/a            (1.9     1.6        0.97        0.65   
 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic)

    n/a            89,338,433        89,442,416        89,442,416        96,784,238   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (diluted)

    n/a            89,338,433        89,442,416        89,442,416        105,027,055   
 

Dividends per ordinary share (euro)

    —              —                 —          —     
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet data:

             

Total assets

    1,837            1,612        1,631        n/a        1,819   

Net liabilities or total invested equity

    199            (113     (47     n/a        (6

Share capital

    n/a            —          —          —          2   
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

-21-


Table of Contents
    Predecessor
as of and for
the year
ended
December 31,
        Successor
as of and for
the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
as of and for
the nine months period
ended
September 30,
 

(€ in millions unless otherwise stated)

  2010           2011     2012     2012     2013  

Other operational and financial data (unaudited):

             

Net trade working capital (1)

    519            381        289        463        320   

Adjusted Free Cash Flow (2)

    (117         (105     114        (8     (17

Capital expenditure

    51            97        126        70        92   

Volumes (in kt)

    972            1,058        1,033        798        791   

Revenue per ton (€/ton)

    3,042            3,361        3,495        3,504        3,399   

Profit/(loss) per ton (€/ton)

    (213         (164     130        107        85   

Management Adjusted EBITDA (3)

    58            103        203        160        187   

Management Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton) (3)

    60            97        197        201        236   

Adjusted EBITDA (4)

    48            160        228        181        221   

Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton) (4)

    49            151        221        227        279   

 

(1) Net trade working capital represents total inventories plus trade receivables less trade payables.
(2) Adjusted free cash flow represents cash flow from / (used in) operating activities, excluding margin calls, less capital expenditures. The following table reconciles our cash flow from operations to our adjusted free cash flow for the periods presented:

 

     Predecessor
for the year
ended
December 31,
         Successor
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the nine
months
ended
September 30,
 

(€ in millions unless otherwise stated)

   2010            2011     2012     2012     2013  
                              (unaudited)  

Net cash flows from (used in) operating activities

     (66          (29     246        59        79   

Margin calls

     —               21        (6     3        (4

Net cash flows from (used in) operating activities, excluding margin calls

     (66        (8     240        62        75   

Purchases of property, plant & equipment

     (51          (97     (126     (70     (92
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted free cash flow

     (117          (105     114        (8     (17
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(3) In considering the financial performance of the business, management and our chief operational decision maker in accordance with IFRS analyze the primary financial performance measure of Management Adjusted EBITDA in all of our business segments. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Management Adjusted EBITDA is our profit or loss for the period. We believe Management Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below, is useful to investors and is used by our management for measuring profitability because it excludes the impact of certain non-cash charges, such as depreciation, amortization, impairment and unrealized gains and losses on derivatives as well as items that do not impact the day-to-day operations and that management in many cases does not directly control or influence. Therefore such adjustments eliminate items which have less bearing on our core operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of Constellium and in comparison to other companies, many of which present an adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Management Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before results from joint ventures, net financial expense, income taxes and depreciation, amortization and impairment, as adjusted to exclude losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment, acquisition and separation costs, restructuring costs and unrealized gains or losses on derivatives and on foreign exchange differences. Management Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition, liquidity or profitability, and should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the year determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS.

 

 

-22-


Table of Contents

The following table reconciles our profit or loss for the period from continuing operations to our Management Adjusted EBITDA for the years presented:

 

     Predecessor
for the year
ended
December 31,
         Successor
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the nine
months
ended
September 30,
 

(€ in millions unless otherwise stated)

   2010            2011     2012     2012      2013  
                              (unaudited)  

Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations

     (209          (166     142        87        63   

Finance costs—net

     7             39        60        49        44   

Income tax

     (44          (34     47        42        43   

Share of profit from joint ventures

     (2          —          5        —          (3

Depreciation and amortization

     38             2        11        7        19   

Impairment charges

     224             —          3        —          —     

Expenses related to the acquisition and separation (a)

     —               102        3        3        —     

Restructuring costs (b)

     6             20        25        15        6   

Unrealized losses on derivatives at fair value and exchange gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities

     38             140        (60     (49     (2

Swiss pension plan settlement (c)

     —               —          8        8        —     

Ravenswood benefit plan amendment (d)

     —               —          (48     (10     (11 )

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation (e)

     —               —          7        8        —     

Net losses on disposals (f)

     —               —          —          —          4   

Other (g)

     —               —          —          —          24  
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management Adjusted EBITDA

     58             103        203        160        187   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Represents expenses related to the Acquisition and separation of the Company from its previous owners.
  (b) Restructuring costs represent one-time termination benefits or severance, plus contract termination costs, primarily related to equipment and facility lease obligations.
  (c) Represents a loss generated by a settlement on withdrawal from the foundation that administered its employee benefit plan in Switzerland of €8 million.
  (d) Represents a €48 million gain due to amendments of our Ravenswood plan in H2 2012 and a gain of €11 million related to our amendment to our Ravenswood benefit plan in the nine months ended September 30, 2013.
  (e) Represents non-recurring professional fees, including legal expenses and bonuses in relation to the successful renegotiation of the five-year collective bargaining agreement at our Ravenswood manufacturing site in September 2012.
  (f) Represents the net loss on disposal of our plants in Ham and Saint Florentin, France which were completed on May 31, 2013 and other European assets.
  (g) Represents costs incurred in connection with our initial public offering in May 2013.

 

(4) Adjusted EBITDA is an additional performance measure used by management as an important supplemental measure in evaluating our operating performance, in preparing internal forecasts and budgets necessary for managing our business and, specifically in relation to the exclusion of the effect of favorable or unfavorable metal price lag, this measure allows management and the investor to assess operating results and trends without the impact of our accounting for inventories. We use the weighted average cost method in accordance with IFRS which leads to the purchase price paid for metal impacting our cost of goods sold and therefore profitability in the period subsequent to when the related sales price impacts our revenues.

Management also believes this measure provides additional information used by our lending facilities providers with respect to the ongoing performance of our underlying business activities. We use Adjusted EBITDA in calculating our compliance with the financial covenants under the Term Loan Agreement.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA further adjusted for favorable (unfavorable) metal price lag, exceptional consulting costs, effects of purchase accounting adjustment, standalone costs and Apollo management fees, application of our post-Acquisition hedging policy, gain on forgiveness of a related party loan, and exceptional employee bonuses in relation to cost saving implementation and targets. Adjusted

 

 

-23-


Table of Contents

EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition, liquidity or profitability and should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the year determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS.

As explained in footnote 2 and above, we believe Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are important supplemental measures of operating performance because they provide a measure of our operations. By providing these measures, together with the reconciliations, we believe we are enhancing investors’ understanding of our business and our results of operations, as well as assisting investors in evaluating how well we are executing our strategic initiatives.

The following table reconciles our Management Adjusted EBITDA to our Adjusted EBITDA for the years presented:

 

     Predecessor    Successor      Successor  
     Year ended December 31,      Nine months ended September 30,  
         2010          2011          2012          2012          2013    
                  

(€ in millions)

(unaudited)

 

Management Adjusted EBITDA

     58              103         203         160         187   

Favorable / (unfavorable) metal price lag (a)

     (47           12         16         16         21   

Exceptional consulting costs (b)

     30              —           —           —           —     

Transition and start-up costs (c)

     —                21         —           —           —     

Effects of purchase accounting adjustment (d)

     —                12         —           —           —     

Standalone costs (e)

     (7           1         —           —           —     

Apollo management fee (f)

     —                1         3         2         2   

Transition to new hedging policy (g)

     11              —           —           —           —     

Exceptional employee bonuses in relation to cost savings and turnaround plans (h)

     —                2         2         3         —     

Other (i)

     3              8         4         —           11   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     48              160         228         181         221   

 

  (a) Represents the financial impact of the timing difference between when aluminum prices included within our revenues are established and when aluminum purchase prices included in our cost of sales are established. We account for inventory using a weighted average price basis and this adjustment is to remove the effect of volatility in London Metal Exchange (“LME”) prices. This lag will, generally, increase our earnings and Adjusted EBITDA in times of rising primary aluminum prices and decrease our earnings and Adjusted EBITDA in times of declining primary aluminum prices. The calculation of our metal price lag adjustment is based on an internal standardized methodology calculated at each of our manufacturing sites and is calculated as the average value of product recorded in inventory, which approximates the spot price in the market, less the average value transferred out of inventory, which is the weighted average of the metal element of our cost of goods sold, by the quantity sold in the period.
  (b) Represents exceptional external consultancy costs which relate to the preparation of the divestment of the AEP Business in 2010.
  (c) Represents exceptional external consultancy costs related to the implementation of our cost savings program and set up of our IT infrastructure in 2011.
  (d) Represents the non-cash step up in inventory costs on the Acquisition.
  (e) Represents the incremental standalone costs that would have been incurred if the Predecessor had operated as a standalone entity. The corporate head office costs include finance, legal, human resources and other corporate services that are now provided to our reporting segments and are principally provided at our corporate support services functions in Paris.
  (f) Represents the Apollo management fee, payable annually post-Acquisition, which is equal to the greater of $2 million per annum or one percent of our Adjusted EBITDA measure before such fees, as defined in the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, plus related expenses. Upon consummation of the initial public offering the Company and Apollo agreed to terminate the management agreement.
  (g)

Prior to the Acquisition, the Predecessor did not hedge U.S. dollar denominated aerospace contracts, which resulted in exposures to fluctuating euro-to-U.S. dollar exchange rates. Following completion of the Acquisition, we have implemented a policy to fully hedge foreign currency transactions against fluctuations in foreign currency. This adjustment is calculated based on the revenues generated by our aerospace contracts

 

 

-24-


Table of Contents
  and assumes a U.S dollar: euro exchange rate of 1.2253 to 1, which is the average exchange rate for the first six months of 2006 when such contract volumes became committed and therefore this rate has been applied to revenue recorded throughout the Predecessor Period. If the U.S. dollar had weakened/strengthened by 8% against the euro, our adjustment would have been €12 million higher or lower in 2010.
  (h) Represents one-off bonuses under a two-year plan, paid to selected employees in relation to the achievement of cost savings targets and the costs of a bonus plan in relation to the turnaround program at our Ravenswood site.
  (i) Other adjustments are as follows: (i) in 2010, the adjustment of €3 million relates to exceptional scrap costs resulting from processing issues directly resulting from quality issues in the supply of raw materials at our Ravenswood plant; (ii) in 2011, €8 million of losses on metal purchases were attributable to the initial invoicing in U.S. dollars instead of euros by a metal supplier at inception of the contract. All invoices are now received and paid in euros. As this U.S. dollar-to-euro exposure from January through November 2011 was not effectively hedged, we consider this to be an exceptional loss and not part of our underlying trading; (iii) in 2012, the exceptional costs incurred in respect of efforts in contemplation of our initial public offering; and (iv) in the nine months ended September 30, 2013, fees associated with the set up of our management equity program and scoping costs on the sale of existing sites and of potential new sites.

 

 

-25-


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information contained in this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited combined and consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before investing in our ordinary shares. If any of the following risks materialize, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Important Information and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements.

Risks Related to Our Business

If we fail to implement our business strategy, including our productivity and cost reduction initiatives, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our future financial performance and success depend in large part on our ability to successfully implement our business strategy, including investing in high-return opportunities in our core markets, focusing on higher-margin, technologically advanced products, differentiating our products, expanding our strategic relationships with customers in selected international regions, fixed-cost containment and cash management, and executing on our Lean manufacturing program. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully implement our business strategy or be able to continue improving our operating results. Implementation of our business strategy could be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, such as increased competition, legal and regulatory developments, general economic conditions or an increase in operating costs. Any failure to successfully implement our business strategy could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may decide to alter or discontinue certain aspects of our business strategy at any time. Although we have undertaken and expect to continue to undertake productivity and cost reduction initiatives to improve performance, such as the Lean manufacturing program, we cannot assure you that all of these initiatives will be completed or that any estimated cost savings from such activities will be fully realized. Even when we are able to generate new efficiencies in the short- to medium-term, we may not be able to continue to reduce cost and increase productivity over the long term.

The cyclical and seasonal nature of the metals industry, our end-use markets and our customers’ industries, in particular our aerospace, automotive, heavy duty truck and trailer industries, could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

The metals industry is generally cyclical in nature, and these cyclical fluctuations tend to directly correlate with changes in general and local economic conditions. These conditions include the level of economic growth, financing availability, the availability of affordable energy sources, employment levels, interest rates, consumer confidence and housing demand. Historically, in periods of recession or periods of minimal economic growth, metals companies have often tended to underperform other sectors. In addition, economic downturns in regional and global economies, including in Europe, or a prolonged recession in our principal industry segments, have had a negative impact on our operations in the past and could have a negative impact on our future financial condition or results of operations. Although we continue to seek to diversify our business on a geographic basis, we cannot assure you that diversification would mitigate the effect of cyclical downturns.

We are particularly sensitive to cycles in the aerospace, defense, automotive, other transportation, building and construction and general engineering end-markets, which are highly cyclical. During recessions or periods of low growth, these industries typically experience major cutbacks in production, resulting in decreased demand for aluminum products. This leads to significant fluctuations in demand and pricing for our products and services. Because our operations are capital intensive and we generally have high fixed costs and may not be able

 

-26-


Table of Contents

to reduce costs and production capacity on a sufficiently rapid basis, our near-term profitability may be significantly affected by decreased processing volumes. Accordingly, reduced demand and pricing pressures may significantly reduce our profitability and materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

In particular, we derive a significant portion of our revenues from products sold to the aerospace industry, which is highly cyclical and tends to decline in response to overall declines in the general economy. The commercial aerospace industry is historically driven by the demand from commercial airlines for new aircraft. Demand for commercial aircraft is influenced by airline industry profitability, trends in airline passenger traffic, the state of the U.S. and global economies and numerous other factors, including the effects of terrorism. In recent years, a number of major airlines have undergone chapter 11 bankruptcy or comparable insolvency proceedings and experienced financial strain from volatile fuel prices. The aerospace industry also suffered significantly in the wake of the events of September 11, 2001, resulting in a sharp decrease globally in new commercial aircraft deliveries and order cancellations or deferrals by the major airlines. Despite existing backlogs, continued financial uncertainty in the industry, inadequate liquidity of certain airline companies, production issues and delays in the launch of new aircraft programs at major aircraft manufacturers, stock variations in the supply chain, terrorist acts or the increased threat of terrorism may lead to reduced demand for new aircraft that utilize our products, which could materially adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Further, the demand for our automotive extrusions and rolled products and many of our general engineering and other industrial products is dependent on the production of cars, light trucks, and heavy duty vehicles and trailers. The automotive industry is highly cyclical, as new vehicle demand is dependent on consumer spending and is tied closely to the strength of the overall economy. We note that the demand for luxury vehicles in China has become significant over the past several years and therefore fluctuations in the Chinese economy may adversely affect the demand for our products. Production cuts by manufacturers may adversely affect the demand for our products. Many automotive related manufacturers and first tier suppliers are burdened with substantial structural costs, including pension, healthcare and labor costs that have resulted in severe financial difficulty, including bankruptcy, for several of them. A worsening of these companies’ financial condition or their bankruptcy could have further serious effects on the conditions of the markets, which directly affects the demand for our products. In addition, the loss of business with respect to, or a lack of commercial success of, one or more particular vehicle models for which we are a significant supplier could have a materially adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Customer demand in the aluminum industry is also affected by holiday seasons, weather conditions, economic and other factors beyond our control. Our volumes are impacted by the timing of the holiday seasons in particular, with August and December typically being the lowest months and January to June being the strongest months. Our business is also impacted by seasonal slowdowns and upturns in certain of our customers’ industries. Historically, the can industry is strongest in the spring and summer season, whereas the automotive and construction sectors encounter slowdowns in both the third and fourth quarters of the calendar year. Therefore, our quarterly financial results could fluctuate as a result of climatic or other seasonal changes, and a prolonged period of unusually cool summers in different regions in which we conduct our business could have a negative effect on our financial results and cash flows.

We are subject to unplanned business interruptions that may materially adversely affect our business.

Our operations may be materially adversely affected by unplanned events such as explosions, fires, war or terrorism, inclement weather, accidents, equipment, IT systems and process failures, electrical blackouts, transportation interruptions and supply interruptions. Operational interruptions at one or more of our production facilities could cause substantial losses in our production capacity or increase our operating costs. In addition, replacement of assets damaged by such events could be difficult or expensive, and to the extent these losses are not covered by insurance or our insurance policies have significant deductibles, our financial position, results of

 

-27-


Table of Contents

operations and cash flows may be materially adversely affected by such events. For example, in 2008, a stretcher at Constellium’s Ravenswood facility was damaged due to a defect in its hydraulic system, causing a substantial outage at that facility that had a material impact on our production volumes at this facility and on our financial results for the affected period.

Furthermore, because customers may be dependent on planned deliveries from us, customers that have to reschedule their own production due to our delivery delays may be able to pursue financial claims against us, and we may incur costs to correct such problems in addition to any liability resulting from such claims. Interruptions may also harm our reputation among actual and potential customers, potentially resulting in a loss of business.

Our business involves significant activity in Europe, and adverse conditions and disruptions in European economies could have a material adverse effect on our operations or financial performance.

A material portion of our sales are generated by customers located in Europe. The financial markets remain concerned about the ability of certain European countries, particularly Greece, Ireland and Portugal, but also others such as Spain and Italy, to finance their deficits and service growing debt burdens amidst difficult economic conditions. This loss of confidence has led to rescue measures for Spain, Greece, Portugal and Ireland by Eurozone countries and the International Monetary Fund. Despite these measures, concerns persist regarding the debt burden of certain Eurozone countries and their ability to meet future financial obligations, the overall stability of the euro and the suitability of the euro as a single currency given the diverse economic and political circumstances in individual Eurozone countries. In addition, the actions required to be taken by those countries as a condition to rescue packages, and by other countries to mitigate similar developments in their economies, have resulted in increased political discord within and among Eurozone countries. The interdependencies among European economies and financial institutions have also exacerbated concern regarding the stability of European financial markets generally. These concerns could lead to the re-introduction of individual currencies in one or more Eurozone countries, or, in more extreme circumstances, the possible dissolution of the euro currency entirely. Should the euro dissolve entirely, the legal and contractual consequences for holders of euro-denominated obligations would be determined by laws in effect at such time. These potential developments, or market perceptions concerning these and related issues, could materially adversely affect the value of the Company’s euro-denominated assets and obligations. In addition, concerns over the effect of this financial crisis on financial institutions in Europe and globally could have a material adverse impact on the capital markets generally. Persistent disruptions in the European financial markets, the overall stability of the euro and the suitability of the euro as a single currency or the failure of a significant European financial institution, could have a material adverse impact on our operations or financial performance.

In addition, there can be no assurance that the actions we have taken or may take in response to the economic conditions may be sufficient to counter any continuation or reoccurrence of the downturn or disruptions. A significant global economic downturn or disruptions in the financial markets would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Adverse changes in currency exchange rates could negatively affect our financial results.

The financial condition and results of operations of some of our operating entities are reported in various currencies and then translated into euros at the applicable exchange rate for inclusion in our historical combined and consolidated financial statements. As a result, the appreciation of the euro against the currencies of our operating local entities may have a negative impact on reported revenues and operating profit, and the resulting accounts receivable, while depreciation of the euro against these currencies may generally have a positive effect on reported revenues and operating profit. We do not hedge translation of forecasted results or actual results.

In addition, while the majority of costs incurred are denominated in local currencies, a portion of the revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, appreciation in the U.S. dollar may have a positive impact on earnings while depreciation of the U.S. dollar may have a negative impact on earnings. While we engage in

 

-28-


Table of Contents

significant hedging activity to attempt to mitigate this foreign transactions currency risk, this may not fully protect us from adverse effects due to currency fluctuations on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

A portion of our revenues is derived from our international operations, which exposes us to certain risks inherent in doing business abroad.

We have operations primarily in the United States, Germany, France, Slovakia, Switzerland, the Czech Republic and China and primarily sell our products across Europe, Asia and North America. We also continue to explore opportunities to expand our international operations, particularly in other parts of Asia. Our operations generally are subject to financial, political, economic and business risks in connection with our global operations, including:

 

   

changes in international governmental regulations, trade restrictions and laws, including those relating to taxes, employment and repatriation of earnings;

 

   

currency exchange rate fluctuations;

 

   

tariffs and other trade barriers;

 

   

the potential for nationalization of enterprises or government policies favoring local production;

 

   

renegotiation or nullification of existing agreements;

 

   

interest rate fluctuations;

 

   

high rates of inflation;

 

   

currency restrictions and limitations on repatriation of profits;

 

   

differing protections for intellectual property and enforcement thereof;

 

   

divergent environmental laws and regulations; and

 

   

political, economic and social instability.

The occurrence of any of these events could cause our costs to rise, limit growth opportunities or have a negative effect on our operations and our ability to plan for future periods. In certain emerging markets, the degree of these risks may be higher due to more volatile economic conditions, less developed and predictable legal and regulatory regimes and increased potential for various types of adverse governmental action.

Our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity could be adversely affected if we are unable to execute on our hedging policy, if counterparties to our derivative instruments fail to honor their agreements or if we are unable to purchase derivative instruments.

We purchase and sell LME and other forwards, futures and options contracts as part of our efforts to reduce our exposure to changes in currency exchange rates, aluminum prices and other raw materials prices. Our ability to realize the benefit of our hedging program is dependent upon many factors, including factors that are beyond our control. For example, our foreign exchange hedges are scheduled to mature on the expected payment date by the customer; therefore, if the customer fails to pay an invoice on time and does not warn us in advance, we may be unable to reschedule the maturity date of the foreign exchange hedge, which could result in an outflow of foreign currency that will not be offset until the customer makes the payment. We may realize a gain or a loss in unwinding such hedges. In addition, our metal-price hedging programs depend on our ability to match our monthly exposure to sold and purchased metal, which can be made difficult by seasonal variations in metal demand, unplanned changes in metal delivery dates by either us or by our customers and other disruptions to our inventories, including for maintenance.

 

-29-


Table of Contents

We may also be exposed to losses if the counterparties to our derivative instruments fail to honor their agreements. Further, if major financial institutions continue to consolidate and are forced to operate under more restrictive capital constraints and regulations, there could be less liquidity in the derivative markets, which could have a negative effect on our ability to hedge and transact with creditworthy counterparties.

To the extent our hedging transactions fix prices or exchange rates and primary aluminum prices, energy costs or foreign exchange rates are below the fixed prices or rates established by our hedging transactions, our income and cash flows will be lower than they otherwise would have been. Further, we do not apply hedge accounting to our forwards, futures or option contracts. As a result, unrealized gains and losses on our derivative financial instruments must be reported in our consolidated results of operations. The inclusion of such unrealized gains and losses in earnings may produce significant period to period earnings volatility that is not necessarily reflective of our underlying operating performance. In addition, in certain scenarios when market price movements result in a decline in value of our current derivatives position, our mark-to-market expense may exceed our credit line and counterparties may request the posting of cash collateral which, in turn, can be a significant demand on our liquidity.

At certain times, hedging instruments may simply be unavailable or not available on terms acceptable to us. In addition, recent legislation has been adopted to increase the regulatory oversight of over-the-counter derivatives markets and derivative transactions. Final regulations pursuant to this legislation defining which companies will be subject to the legislation have not yet been adopted. If future regulations subject us to additional capital or margin requirements or other restrictions on our trading and commodity positions, they could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Aluminum may become less competitive with alternative materials, which could reduce our share of industry sales, lower our selling prices and reduce our sales volumes.

Our fabricated aluminum products compete with products made from other materials—such as steel, glass, plastics and composites—for various applications. Higher aluminum prices relative to substitute materials tend to make aluminum products less competitive with these alternative materials. Environmental and other regulations may also increase our costs and may be passed on to our customers, and may restrict the use of chemicals needed to produce aluminum products. These regulations may make our products less competitive as compared to materials that are subject to fewer regulations.

Customers in our end-markets, including the aerospace, automotive and can sectors, use and continue to evaluate the further use of alternative materials to aluminum in order to reduce the weight and increase the efficiency of their products. Although trends in “lightweighting” have generally increased rates of using aluminum as a substitution of other materials, the willingness of customers to accept substitutions for aluminum, or the ability of large customers to exert leverage in the marketplace to reduce the pricing for fabricated aluminum products, could adversely affect the demand for our products, and thus materially adversely affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are dependent on a limited number of suppliers for a substantial portion of our primary and scrap aluminum.

We have supply arrangements with a limited number of suppliers for aluminum and other raw materials. Our top 10 suppliers (which include Rio Tinto) accounted for approximately 46% of our total purchases at December 31, 2012. Increasing aluminum demand levels have caused regional supply constraints in the industry, and further increases in demand levels could exacerbate these issues. We maintain long-term contracts for a majority of our supply requirements, and for the remainder we depend on annual and spot purchases. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew, or obtain replacements for, any of our long-term contracts when they expire on terms that are as favorable as our existing agreements or at all. Additionally, if any of our key suppliers is unable to deliver sufficient quantities of this material on a timely basis, our production may be disrupted and we could be forced to purchase primary metal and other supplies from alternative sources, which

 

-30-


Table of Contents

may not be available in sufficient quantities or may only be available on terms that are less favorable to us. As a result, an interruption in key supplies required for our operations could have a material adverse effect on our ability to produce and deliver products on a timely or cost-efficient basis and therefore on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, a significant downturn in the business or financial condition of our significant suppliers exposes us to the risk of default by the supplier on our contractual agreements, and this risk is increased by weak and deteriorating economic conditions on a global, regional or industry sector level.

We also depend on scrap aluminum for our operations and acquire our scrap inventory from numerous sources. These suppliers generally are not bound by long-term contracts and have no obligation to sell scrap metal to us. In periods of low inventory prices, suppliers may elect to hold scrap until they are able to charge higher prices. In addition, the slowdown in industrial production and consumer consumption during the recent economic crisis reduced and may continue to reduce the supply of scrap metal available. If an adequate supply of scrap metal is not available to us, we would be unable to recycle metals at desired volumes and our results of operation, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

If we were to lose order volumes from any of our largest customers, our sales volumes, revenues and cash flows would be reduced.

Our business is exposed to risks related to customer concentration. Our ten largest customers accounted for approximately 43% of our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 47% of our consolidated revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013. A significant downturn in the business or financial condition of our significant customers exposes us to the risk of default on contractual agreements and trade receivables, and this risk is increased by weak and deteriorating economic conditions on a global, regional or industry sector level.

We have long-term contracts with a significant number of our customers, some of which are subject to renewal, renegotiation or re-pricing at periodic intervals or upon changes in competitive supply conditions. Our failure to successfully renew, renegotiate or re-price such agreements, or a material deterioration in or termination of these customer relationships, could result in a reduction or loss in customer purchase volume or revenue, and if we are not successful in replacing business lost from such customers, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, our strategy of having dedicated facilities and arrangements with customers subjects us to the inherent risk of increased dependence on a single or a few customers with respect to these facilities. In such cases, the loss of such a customer, or the reduction of that customer’s business at one or more of our facilities, could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations, and we may be unable to timely replace, or replace at all, lost order volumes and revenue.

We may not be able to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate, and new competitors could emerge, which could negatively impact our share of industry sales, sales volumes and selling prices.

We are engaged in a highly competitive industry. We compete in the production and sale of rolled aluminum products with a number of other aluminum rolling mills, including large, single-purpose sheet mills, continuous casters and other multi-purpose mills, some of which are larger and have greater financial and technical resources than we do. Producers with a different cost basis may, in certain circumstances, have a competitive pricing advantage. Our competitors may be better able to withstand reductions in price or other adverse industry or economic conditions.

In addition, a current or new competitor may also add or build new capacity, which could diminish our profitability by decreasing the equilibrium prices in our markets. New competitors could emerge from within Europe or North America or globally, including from China, Russia and the Middle East. Emerging or transitioning markets in these regions with abundant natural resources, low-cost labor and energy, and lower

 

-31-


Table of Contents

environmental and other standards may pose a significant competitive threat to our business. Our competitive position may also be affected by exchange rate fluctuations that may make our products less competitive in relation to the products of companies based in other countries and economies of scale in purchasing, production and sales. Changes in regulation that have a disproportionately negative effect on us or our methods of production may also diminish our competitive advantage and industry position. In addition, technological innovation is important to our customers who require us to lead or keep pace with new innovations to address their needs. If we do not compete successfully, our share of industry sales, sales volumes and selling prices may be negatively impacted.

In addition, the aluminum industry has experienced consolidation over the past years and there may be further industry consolidation in the future. Although industry consolidation has not yet had a significant negative impact on our business, if we do not have sufficient market presence or are unable to differentiate ourselves from our competitors, we may not be able to compete successfully against other companies. If as a result of consolidation, our competitors are able to obtain more favorable terms from suppliers or otherwise take actions that could increase their competitive strengths, our competitive position and therefore our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

The price volatility of energy costs may adversely affect our profitability.

Our operations use natural gas and electricity, which represent the third largest component of our cost of sales, after metal and labor costs. We purchase part of our natural gas and electricity on a spot-market basis. The volatility in costs of fuel, principally natural gas, and other utility services, principally electricity, used by our production facilities affect operating costs. Fuel and utility prices have been, and will continue to be, affected by factors outside our control, such as supply and demand for fuel and utility services in both local and regional markets as well as governmental regulation and imposition of further taxes on energy. Although we have secured some of our natural gas and electricity under fixed price commitments, future increases in fuel and utility prices, or disruptions in energy supply, may have an adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Regulations regarding carbon dioxide emissions, and unfavorable allocation of rights to emit carbon dioxide or other air emission related issues, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Substantial quantities of greenhouse gases are released as a consequence of our operations. Compliance with existing, new or proposed regulations governing such emissions tend to become more stringent over time and could lead to a need for us to further reduce such greenhouse gas emissions, to purchase rights to emit from third parties, or to make other changes to our business, all of which could result in significant additional costs or could reduce demand for our products. In addition, we are a significant purchaser of energy. Existing, new and proposed regulations relating to the emission of carbon dioxide by our energy suppliers could result in materially increased energy costs for our operations, and we may be unable to pass along these increased energy costs to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Measures to reduce carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions that could directly or indirectly affect us or our suppliers are currently being developed or may be developed in the future. Many scientists, legislators and others attribute climate change to increased levels of greenhouse gases, including carbon dioxide, which has led to significant legislative and regulatory efforts to limit greenhouse gas emissions. Existing and possible new regulations regarding carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gas emissions, especially a revised European emissions trading system or a successor to the Kyoto Protocol under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

-32-


Table of Contents

Our fabrication process is subject to regulations that may hinder our ability to manufacture our products. Some of the chemicals we use on our fabrication processes are subject to government regulation, such as REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals substances) in the European Union. Under REACH, we are required to register some of our products with the European Chemicals Agency, and this process could cause significant delays or costs. If we fail to comply with these or similar laws and regulations, we may be required to make significant expenditures to reformulate the chemicals that we use in our products and materials or incur costs to register such chemicals to gain and/or regain compliance, and we may lose customers or revenue as a result. Additionally, we could be subject to significant fines or other civil and criminal penalties should we not achieve such compliance. To the extent that other nations in which we operate also require chemical registration, potential delays similar to those in Europe may delay our entry into these markets. Any failure to obtain or delay in obtaining regulatory approvals for chemical products used in our facilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to successfully develop and implement new technology initiatives and other strategic investments in a timely manner.

We invested in, and are involved with, a number of technology and process initiatives, including the development of new aluminum-lithium products. Being at the forefront of technological development is important to remain competitive. Several technical aspects of certain of these initiatives are still unproven and/or the eventual commercial outcomes and feasibility cannot be assessed with any certainty. Even if we are successful with these initiatives, we may not be able to bring them to market as planned before our competitors or at all, and the initiatives may end up costing more than expected. As a result, the costs and benefits from our investments in new technologies and the impact on our financial results may vary from present expectations.

In addition, we have undertaken and may continue to undertake growth, streamlining and productivity initiatives to improve performance, including with respect to our AIRWARE ® material solution. We cannot assure you that these initiatives will be completed or that they will have their intended benefits, such as the realization of estimated cost saving from such activities. Capital investments in debottlenecking or other organic growth initiatives may not produce the returns we anticipate. Even if we are able to generate new efficiencies successfully in the short- to medium-term, we may not be able to continue to reduce cost and increase productivity over the long term.

Our business requires substantial capital investments that we may be unable to fulfill.

Our operations are capital intensive. Our total capital expenditures were €55 million and €47 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, €126 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and €97 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. We may not generate sufficient operating cash flows and our external financing sources may not be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to make anticipated capital expenditures, service or refinance our indebtedness or fund other liquidity needs. If we are unable to make upgrades or purchase new plants and equipment, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by higher maintenance costs, lower sales volumes due to the impact of reduced product quality, and other competitive factors.

As part of our ongoing evaluation of our operations, we may undertake additional restructuring efforts in the future which could in some instances result in significant severance-related costs and other restructuring charges.

We recorded restructuring charges of €2 million and €10 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively, €25 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, and €20 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The 2012 costs are primarily in relation to an efficiency improvement program ongoing at our Sierre, Switzerland facility and corporate restructuring. Restructuring costs in 2011 were primarily in relation to corporate restructuring and full-time employee reductions throughout our operations. We may pursue

 

-33-


Table of Contents

additional restructuring activities in the future, which could result in significant severance-related costs, impairment charges, restructuring charges and related costs and expenses, including resulting labor disputes, which could materially adversely affect our profitability and cash flows.

A deterioration in our financial position or a downgrade of our ratings by a credit rating agency could increase our borrowing costs and our business relationships could be adversely affected.

A deterioration of our financial position or a downgrade of our credit ratings for any reason could increase our borrowing costs and have an adverse effect on our business relationships with customers, suppliers and hedging counterparties. As discussed above, we enter into various forms of hedging arrangements against currency, interest rate or metal price fluctuations and trade metal contracts on the LME. Financial strength and credit ratings are important to the availability and pricing of these hedging and trading activities. As a result, any downgrade of our credit ratings may make it more costly for us to engage in these activities, and changes to our level of indebtedness may make it more difficult or costly for us to engage in these activities in the future.

In addition, a downgrade could adversely affect our existing financing, limit access to the capital or credit markets, or otherwise adversely affect the availability of other new financing on favorable terms, if at all, result in more restrictive covenants in agreements governing the terms of any future indebtedness that we incur, increase our borrowing costs, or otherwise impair our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our indebtedness could materially adversely affect our ability to invest in or fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry or force us to take alternative measures.

Our indebtedness impacts our flexibility in operating our business and could have important consequences for our business and operations, including the following: (i) it may make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or the economy; (ii) a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations will be dedicated to the repayment of our indebtedness and will not be available for other purposes; (iii) it may restrict us from making strategic acquisitions, introducing new technologies or exploiting business opportunities; and (iv) it may adversely affect the terms under which suppliers provide goods and services to us. As further described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness,” we recently refinanced our $200 million Original Term Loan (€151 million at the year-end exchange rate) by entering into a seven-year term loan in the aggregate principal amount of $360 million and €75 million (equivalent to €347 million in the aggregate at the year-end exchange rate). By increasing our indebtedness as a result of the refinancing, we have made ourselves more susceptible to the risks discussed above.

If we are unable to meet our debt service obligations and pay our expenses, we may be forced to reduce or delay business activities and capital expenditures, sell assets, obtain additional debt or equity capital, restructure or refinance all or a portion of our debt before maturity or take other measures. Such measures may materially adversely affect our business. If these alternative measures are unsuccessful, we could default on our obligations, which could result in the acceleration of our outstanding debt obligations and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The terms of our indebtedness contain covenants that restrict our current and future operations, and a failure by us to comply with those covenants may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our indebtedness contains, and any future indebtedness we may incur would likely contain, a number of restrictive covenants that will impose significant operating and financial restrictions on our ability to, among other things: (i) incur or guarantee additional debt; (ii) pay dividends and make other restricted payments; (iii) create or incur certain liens; (iv) make certain loans, acquisitions or investments; (v) engage in sale of assets and subsidiary stock; (vi) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vii) transfer all or substantially all of our assets or enter into merger or consolidation transactions; and (viii) enter into sale and lease-back transactions. In

 

-34-


Table of Contents

addition, our Term Loan requires us to maintain a consolidated secured net leverage ratio of no more than 3.00 to 1.00. As a result of these covenants, we may be limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance future operations or capital needs.

A failure to comply with our debt covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we default under our indebtedness, our lenders may not be required to lend additional amounts to us and could in certain circumstances elect to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued and unpaid interest and fees, to be due and payable, or take other remedial actions. Our existing indebtedness also contains cross-default provisions, which means that if an event of default occurs under certain material indebtedness, such event of default will trigger an event of default under our other indebtedness. If our indebtedness were to be accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay such indebtedness in full and our lenders could foreclose on our pledged assets. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our annual debt service obligations to increase significantly.

A portion of our indebtedness is subject to variable rates of interest and exposes us to interest rate risk. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase, resulting in a reduction of our net income, even though the amount borrowed would remain the same.

We could be required to make unexpected contributions to our defined benefit pension plans as a result of adverse changes in interest rates and the capital markets.

Most of our pension obligations relate to funded defined benefit pension plans for our employees in the United States, unfunded pension benefits in France, Switzerland and Germany, and lump sum indemnities payable to our employees in France and Germany upon retirement or termination. Our pension plan assets consist primarily of funds invested in listed stocks and bonds. Our estimates of liabilities and expenses for pensions and other post-retirement benefits incorporate a number of assumptions, including expected long-term rates of return on plan assets and interest rates used to discount future benefits. Our results of operations, liquidity or shareholders’ equity in a particular period could be materially adversely affected by capital market returns that are less than their assumed long-term rate of return or a decline in the rate used to discount future benefits. If the assets of our pension plans do not achieve assumed investment returns for any period, such deficiency could result in one or more charges against our earnings for that period. In addition, changing economic conditions, poor pension investment returns or other factors may require us to make unexpected cash contributions to the pension plans in the future, preventing the use of such cash for other purposes.

We could experience labor disputes that disrupt our business.

A significant number of our employees (approximately 80% of our total headcount) are represented by unions or equivalent bodies or are covered by collective bargaining or similar agreements that are subject to periodic renegotiation. Although we believe that we will be able to successfully negotiate new collective bargaining agreements when the current agreements expire, these negotiations may not prove successful, may result in a significant increase in the cost of labor, or may break down and result in the disruption or cessation of our operations. For example, we experienced work stoppages and labor disturbances at our Ravenswood facility in early August 2012 in conjunction with the renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement; the Ravenswood employees returned to work in mid-September 2012. Additionally, we experienced work stoppages and labor disturbances at our Issoire and Neuf-Brisach facilities in November 2013; the employees of both facilities returned to work in early December 2013. In addition, and mainly in Europe, existing collective bargaining agreements may not prevent a strike or work stoppage at our facilities in the future. Any such stoppages or disturbances may have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations by limiting plant production, sales volumes, profitability and operating costs.

 

-35-


Table of Contents

The loss of certain members of our management team may have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our success will depend, in part, on the efforts of our senior management and other key employees. These individuals possess sales, marketing, engineering, technical, manufacturing, financial and administrative skills that are critical to the operation of our business. If we lose or suffer an extended interruption in the services of one or more of our senior officers or other key employees, our ability to operate and expand our business, improve our operations, develop new products, and, as a result, our financial condition and results of operations, may be negatively affected. Moreover, the pool of qualified individuals is highly competitive, and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed members of our senior management or other key employees, should the need arise.

In addition, in light of demographic trends in the labor markets where we operate, we expect that our factories will be confronted with high levels of natural attrition in the coming years due to retirements. Strategic workforce planning will be a challenge to ensure a controlled exit of skills and competencies and the timely acquisition of new talent and competencies, in line with changing technological and industrial needs.

We have a short history as a standalone company which may pose operational challenges to our management.

Following the closing of the Acquisition, we are no longer owned by Rio Tinto. Our management team has faced and could continue to face operational and organizational challenges and costs related to establishing ourselves as a standalone company, such as establishing various corporate functions, formulating policies, preparing standalone financial statements and integrating the management team. These challenges may divert their attention from running our core business or otherwise materially adversely affect our operating results.

If we do not adequately maintain and evolve our financial reporting and internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud and may, as a result, become subject to sanctions by the SEC. Establishing effective internal controls may also result in higher than anticipated operating expenses.

We expect that we will need to continue to improve existing, and implement new, financial reporting and management systems, procedures and controls to manage our business effectively and support our growth in the future, especially because we lack a history of operations as a standalone entity. Any delay in the implementation of, or disruption in the transition to, new or enhanced systems, procedures and controls, or the obsolescence of existing financial control systems, could harm our ability to accurately forecast sales demand and record and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis.

Moreover, to comply with our obligations as a public company under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we must enhance and maintain our internal controls. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and prevent fraud. We are in the process of refining and enhancing our internal controls to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments starting with our annual report for the year ending December 31, 2014. We are working to establish internal controls that will facilitate compliance with these requirements, and we may accordingly experience higher than anticipated operating expenses, as well as increased independent auditor fees as we continue our compliance efforts.

If we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we might be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities such as the SEC. If we do not adequately implement improvements to our disclosure controls and procedures or to our internal controls in a timely manner, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This may subject us to adverse regulatory consequences or a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

 

-36-


Table of Contents

We could also suffer a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements if our independent registered public accounting firm reports a material weakness in our internal controls, if we do not develop and maintain effective controls and procedures or if we are otherwise unable to deliver timely and reliable financial information. Any loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements or other negative reaction to our failure to develop timely or adequate disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls could result in a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares. In addition, if we fail to remedy any material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and the price of our ordinary shares may be materially adversely affected.

We may not be able to adequately protect proprietary rights to our technology.

Our success depends in part upon our proprietary technology and processes. We believe that our intellectual property has significant value and is important to the marketing of our products and maintaining our competitive advantage. Although we attempt to protect our intellectual property rights both in the United States and in foreign countries through a combination of patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws, as well as through confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other measures, these measures may not be adequate to fully protect our rights. For example, we have a growing presence in China, which historically has afforded less protection to intellectual property rights than the United States or the Netherlands. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have applied for patent protection relating to certain existing and proposed products and processes. While we generally apply for patents in those countries where we intend to make, have made, use or sell patented products, we may not accurately predict all of the countries where patent protection will ultimately be desirable. If we fail to timely file a patent application in any such country, we may be precluded from doing so at a later date. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that any of our patent applications will be approved. We also cannot assure you that the patents issuing as a result of our foreign patent applications will have the same scope of coverage as our United States patents. The patents we own could be challenged, invalidated or circumvented by others and may not be of sufficient scope or strength to provide us with any meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents.

We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise obtain access to our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, we could be materially adversely affected.

We rely on our trademarks, trade names and brand names to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors, and have registered or applied to register many of these trademarks. We cannot assure you that our trademark applications will be approved. Third parties may also oppose our trademark applications, or otherwise challenge our use of the trademarks. In the event that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we could be forced to rebrand our products, which could result in loss of brand recognition, and could require us to devote resources to advertising and marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

We may institute or be named as a defendant in litigation regarding our intellectual property and such litigation may be costly and divert management’s attention and resources.

Any attempts to enforce our intellectual property rights, even if successful, could result in costly and prolonged litigation, divert management’s attention and resources, and materially adversely affect our results of

 

-37-


Table of Contents

operations and cash flows. The unauthorized use of our intellectual property may adversely affect our results of operations as our competitors would be able to utilize such property without having had to incur the costs of developing it, thus potentially reducing our relative profitability.

Furthermore, we may be subject to claims that we have infringed the intellectual property rights of another. Even if without merit, such claims could result in costly and prolonged litigation, cause us to cease making, licensing or using products or technologies that incorporate the challenged intellectual property, require us to redesign, reengineer or rebrand our products, if feasible, divert management’s attention and resources, and materially adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. We may also be required to enter into licensing agreements in order to continue using technology that is important to our business, or we may be unable to obtain license agreements on acceptable terms, either of which could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Failure to protect our information systems against cyber-attacks or information security breaches could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. A failure in or breach of our information systems as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches could disrupt our business, result in the disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information, damage our reputation, increase our costs or cause losses. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend additional resources to continue to enhance our information security measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

Current liabilities under, as well as the cost of compliance with, environmental, health and safety laws could increase our operating costs and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations in the jurisdictions where we do business, which govern, among other things, air emissions, wastewater discharges, the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances and wastes, the remediation of contaminated sites, and employee health and safety. At December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had close-down and environmental restoration costs provisions of €56 million and €49 million, respectively. Future environmental regulations could impose stricter compliance requirements on the industries in which we operate. Additional pollution control equipment, process changes, or other environmental control measures may be needed at some of our facilities to meet future requirements. If we are unable to comply with these laws and regulations, we could incur substantial costs, including fines and civil or criminal sanctions, or costs associated with upgrades to our facilities or changes in our manufacturing processes in order to achieve and maintain compliance.

Financial responsibility for contaminated property can be imposed on us where current operations have had an environmental impact. Such liability can include the cost of investigating and remediating contaminated soil or ground water, fines and penalties sought by environmental authorities, and damages arising out of personal injury, contaminated property and other toxic tort claims, as well as lost or impaired natural resources. Certain environmental laws impose strict, and in certain circumstances joint and several, liability for certain kinds of matters, such that a person can be held liable without regard to fault for all of the costs of a matter even though others were also involved or responsible.

We have accrued, and expect to accrue, costs relating to the above matters that are reasonably expected to be incurred based on available information. However, it is possible that actual costs may differ, perhaps significantly, from the amounts expected or accrued. Similarly, the timing of those expenditures may occur faster than anticipated. These differences could negatively affect our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

-38-


Table of Contents

Other legal proceedings or investigations, or changes in applicable laws and regulations, could increase our operating costs and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to the matters described above, we may from time to time be involved in, or be the subject of, disputes, proceedings and investigations with respect to a variety of matters, including matters related to personal injury, intellectual property, employees, taxes, contracts, anti-competitive or anti-corruption practices as well as other disputes and proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. It could be costly to address these claims or any investigations involving them, whether meritorious or not, and legal proceedings and investigations could divert management’s attention as well as operational resources, negatively affecting our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. Additionally, as with the environmental laws and regulations, other laws and regulations which govern our business are subject to change at any time. Compliance with changes to existing laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Product liability claims against us could result in significant costs and could materially adversely affect our reputation and our business.

If any of the products that we sell are defective or cause harm to any of our customers, we could be exposed to product liability lawsuits and/or warranty claims. If we were found liable under product liability claims or are obligated under warranty claims, we could be required to pay substantial monetary damages. We believe we possess adequate product liability insurance to match our level of exposure. However, even if we successfully defend ourselves against these types of claims, we could still be forced to spend a substantial amount of money in litigation expenses, our management could be required to devote significant time and attention to defending against these claims, and our reputation could suffer, any of which could harm our business.

Our operations present significant risk of injury or death.

Because of the heavy industrial activities conducted at our facilities, there exists a risk of injury or death to our employees or other visitors, notwithstanding the safety precautions we take. Our operations are subject to regulation by national, state and local agencies responsible for employee health and safety, which has from time to time levied fines against us for certain isolated incidents. While such fines have not been material and we have in place policies to minimize such risks, we may nevertheless be unable to avoid material liabilities for any employee death or injury that may occur in the future, and any such incidents may materially adversely impact our reputation. Over the last three years, none of the incidents resulting in employee fatalities or significant injuries have resulted in significant disruptions of operations, losses or liabilities.

The insurance that we maintain may not fully cover all potential exposures.

We maintain property, casualty and workers’ compensation insurance, but such insurance does not cover all risks associated with the hazards of our business and is subject to limitations, including deductibles and maximum liabilities covered. We may incur losses beyond the limits, or outside the coverage, of our insurance policies, including liabilities for environmental compliance or remediation. In addition, from time to time, various types of insurance for companies in our industries have not been available on commercially acceptable terms or, in some cases, have not been available at all. In the future, we may not be able to obtain coverage at current levels, and our premiums may increase significantly on coverage that we maintain.

Increases in our effective tax rate and exposures to additional income tax liabilities due to audits could materially adversely affect our business.

We operate in multiple tax jurisdictions and pay tax on our income according to the tax laws of these jurisdictions. Various factors, some of which are beyond our control, determine our effective tax rate and/or the amount we are required to pay, including changes in or interpretations of tax laws in any given jurisdiction, our ability to use net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards and other tax attributes, changes in geographical

 

-39-


Table of Contents

allocation of income and expense, and our judgment about the realizability of deferred tax assets. Such changes to our effective tax rate could materially adversely affect our financial position, liquidity, results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, due to the size and nature of our business, we are subject to ongoing reviews by taxing jurisdictions on various tax matters, including challenges to positions we assert on our income tax and withholding tax returns. We accrue income tax liabilities and tax contingencies based upon our best estimate of the taxes ultimately expected to be paid after considering our knowledge of all relevant facts and circumstances, existing tax laws, our experience with previous audits and settlements, the status of current tax examinations and how the tax authorities view certain issues. Such amounts are included in income taxes payable, other non-current liabilities or deferred income tax liabilities, as appropriate, and updated over time as more information becomes available. We record additional tax expense in the period in which we determine that the recorded tax liability is less than the ultimate assessment we expect. We are currently subject to audit and review in a number of jurisdictions in which we operate, and further audits may commence in the future.

Our historical and adjusted financial information presented in this prospectus may not be representative of results we would have achieved as an independent company or of our future results.

The historical and adjusted financial information we have included in this prospectus does not necessarily reflect what our results of operations, financial position or cash flows would have been had we been an independent company during the periods presented. For this reason, as well as the inherent uncertainties of our business, the historical and adjusted financial information does not necessarily indicate what our results of operations, financial position, cash flows or costs and expenses will be in the future. Past performance is not necessarily an indicator of future performance. In addition, our financial results as a subsidiary of Rio Tinto may not be indicative of our results as a standalone company, as they may not be directly comparable.

We are principally owned by Apollo Funds and Bpifrance, and their interests may conflict with or differ from your interests as a shareholder.

After the completion of this offering, Apollo Funds and Bpifrance will continue to own a significant amount of our equity and their interests may not always be aligned with yours. In addition, our directors will be elected by our shareholders at a General Meeting upon a binding nomination by the non-executive directors as described in “Management—Board Structure.” The General Meeting may at all times overrule the binding nature of such nomination by a resolution adopted by a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, provided that such majority represents more than 50% of our issued share capital. Therefore, so long as Apollo Funds and Bpifrance in the aggregate hold more than one-third of our outstanding ordinary shares, and vote such shares at the general meeting in accordance with the voting arrangements pursuant to an agreement among the shareholders, the binding nomination of the non-executive directors cannot be overruled by the other holders of our ordinary shares. If the binding nomination is overruled, the non-executive directors may then make a new nomination. If such a nomination has not been made or has not been made in time, this shall be stated in the notice and the General Meeting shall be free to appoint a director in its discretion. Such a resolution of the General Meeting must be adopted by at least two-thirds of the votes cast, provided that such majority represents more than 50% of our issued share capital. As noted above, Apollo Funds and Bpifrance will be required to vote the ordinary shares held by them at the general meeting in respect of the election of directors in accordance with certain voting arrangements pursuant to their shareholders agreement with Constellium. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement.” These shareholders may have interests that are different from yours and they may exercise their voting and other rights in a manner that may be adverse to your interests.

In addition, this concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control or otherwise discouraging a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, which could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline or prevent our shareholders from realizing a premium over the market price for their ordinary shares.

 

-40-


Table of Contents

Apollo Funds make investments in companies in the ordinary course of Apollo’s business and Apollo Funds currently hold, and may from time to time in the future acquire, controlling interests in businesses engaged in the metals industry that complement or directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business. So long as Apollo Funds continue to indirectly own a significant amount of our equity, even if such amount is less than 50%, Apollo Funds will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our business decisions.

We are a foreign private issuer under the U.S. securities laws within the meaning of the NYSE rules. As a result, we qualify for and rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements and may rely on other exemptions available to us in the future.

As a “foreign private issuer,” as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, we are permitted to follow our home country practice in lieu of certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, including that (i) a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors; (ii) the nominating and corporate governance committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and (iii) the compensation committee be composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from certain U.S. securities law requirements applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including the requirement to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and to distribute a proxy statement pursuant to Exchange Act Section 14 in connection with the solicitation of proxies for shareholders meetings.

We rely on the exemptions for foreign private issuers and follow Dutch corporate governance practices in lieu of some of the NYSE corporate governance rules specified above. We currently rely on exemptions from the requirements set out in (i), (ii) and (iii) above, but in the future, we may change what home country corporate governance practices we follow, and, accordingly, which exemptions we rely on from the NYSE requirements. So long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

Although we expect that we will continue to maintain our status as a foreign private issuer, we could cease to be a foreign private issuer if a majority of our outstanding voting securities are directly or indirectly held of record by U.S. residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly more than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, including proxy statements pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act. These SEC disclosure requirements are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. In addition, our directors, officers and 10% owners would become subject to insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery rules under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications would involve additional costs.

In addition, we would lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements that are available to foreign private issuers. In particular, within six months of losing our foreign private issuer status we would be required to have a majority of independent directors and a nominating/corporate governance committee and a compensation committee comprised entirely of independent directors, unless other exemptions are available under the NYSE rules. Any of these changes would likely increase our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

-41-


Table of Contents

We do not comply with all the provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. This may affect your rights as a shareholder.

We are subject to the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, which applies to all Dutch companies listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, whether in the Netherlands or elsewhere, including the NYSE and Euronext Paris. The Dutch Corporate Governance Code contains principles and best practice provisions for boards of directors, shareholders and general meetings of shareholders, financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards. The Dutch Corporate Governance Code is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual reports, filed in the Netherlands, whether they comply with the provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code and, if they do not comply with those provisions, to give the reasons for such non-compliance. The principles and best practice provisions apply to the board (relating to, among other matters, the board’s role and composition, conflicts of interest and independence requirements, board committees and remuneration), shareholders and the general meeting of shareholders (for example, regarding anti-takeover protection and obligations of a company to provide information to its shareholders), and financial reporting (such as external auditor and internal audit requirements). We have decided not to comply with a number of the provisions of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code because such provisions conflict, in whole or in part, with the corporate governance rules of NYSE and U.S. securities laws that apply to our company whose ordinary shares are traded on the NYSE, or because such provisions do not reflect best practices of global companies listed on the NYSE. This may affect your rights as a shareholder and you may not have the same level of protection as a shareholder in a Dutch company that fully complies with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. See “Description of Capital Stock—Dutch Corporate Governance Code.”

Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and the Offering

The market price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The market price of our ordinary shares may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control and could result in significant fluctuations, including: (i) the failure of financial analysts to cover our ordinary shares, changes in financial estimates by analysts or any failure by us to meet or exceed any of these estimates; (ii) actual or anticipated variations in our operating results; (iii) announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or acquisitions; (iv) the recruitment or departure of key personnel; (v) regulatory and litigation developments; (vi) developments in our industry; (vii) future sales of our ordinary shares; and (viii) investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we operate.

In addition, the stock market in general has experienced substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies affected. These broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of certain companies’ securities, securities class action litigation has been instituted against these companies. If any such litigation is instituted against us, it could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our recent transformation into a public company may significantly increase our operating costs and disrupt the regular operations of our business.

Prior to our initial public offering completed in May 2013, our business historically operated as a privately owned company, and therefore we have incurred and expect to incur significant additional legal, accounting, reporting and other expenses as a result of having publicly traded ordinary shares. We have incurred and will continue to incur increased costs or costs which we have not incurred previously, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses for directors’ fees, directors and officers liability insurance, investor relations and various other costs of a public company. The additional demands associated with being a public company may disrupt the regular operations of our business by diverting the attention of our senior management team away from

 

-42-


Table of Contents

revenue producing activities to management and administrative oversight, adversely affecting our ability to identify and complete business opportunities and increasing the difficulty we face in both retaining professionals and managing and growing our businesses. Any of these effects could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We also anticipate that we will incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and make some management and corporate governance activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. This could have a material adverse impact on our ability to recruit and bring on qualified independent directors.

Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline.

Sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales may occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. This could also impair our ability to raise additional capital through the sale of our equity securities. In addition, the sale of our ordinary shares by our officers and directors in this offering and in the public market after expiration of the lock-up agreements entered into by them in connection with this offering, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to decline. Prior to the completion of our initial public offering, we amended our Amended and Restated Articles of Association to provide authorization to issue up to 398,500,000 Class A ordinary shares and 1,500,000 Class B ordinary shares. A total of 104,076,718 Class A ordinary shares and 950,337 Class B ordinary shares will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering. All of the ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely transferrable without restriction or further registration. We may issue ordinary shares or other securities from time to time as consideration for, or to finance, future acquisitions and investments or for other capital needs. We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our shares or the effect, if any, that future sales and issuances of shares would have on the market price of our ordinary shares. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of ordinary shares or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial and may result in additional dilution to our shareholders. We may also grant registration rights covering ordinary shares or other securities that we may issue in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

Any shareholder acquiring 30% or more of our voting rights may be required to make a mandatory takeover bid or be subject to voting restrictions.

Under Dutch law, if a party directly or indirectly acquires control of a Dutch company, all or part of whose shares are admitted to trading on a regulated market, that party may be required to make a public offer for all other shares of the company (mandatory takeover bid). “Control” is defined as the ability to exercise, whether or not in concert with others, at least 30% of the voting rights at a general meeting of shareholders. Controlling shareholders existing before this offering are generally exempt from this requirement, unless their controlling interest drops below 30% and then increases again to 30% or more. The purpose of this requirement is to protect the interests of minority shareholders. Any shareholder acquiring 30% or more of our voting rights may be limited in its ability to vote on our ordinary shares.

Provisions of our organizational documents and applicable law may impede or discourage a takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium for their ordinary shares or to make changes in our board of directors.

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and the laws of the Netherlands could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors, thereby

 

-43-


Table of Contents

preventing them from changing the composition of our management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, consolidation or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. Provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for shareholders to effect certain corporate actions. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of our shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may materially adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

Our general meeting of shareholders has empowered our board of directors to issue shares and restrict or exclude preemptive rights on those shares for a period of five years. Accordingly, an issue of new shares may make it more difficult for a shareholder to obtain control over our general meeting of shareholders.

In addition, because certain of our products may have applications in the defense sector, we may be subject to rules and regulations in France and other jurisdictions that could impede or discourage a takeover or other change in control of Constellium or its subsidiaries. In particular, Constellium supplies aluminum alloy products, such as plates, sheets, profiles, tubes and castings, and related services and R&D activities in connection with aerospace and defense programs in France. As a result, a controlling investment in Constellium or certain of Constellium’s French subsidiaries, or the purchase of assets constituting a business which produces products or provides services with applications in the defense sector, by a company or individual that is considered to be foreign or non-resident in France may be subject to the French Monetary and Financial Code, which requires prior authorization of the French Ministry of Economy.

United States civil liabilities may not be enforceable against us.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and substantial portions of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, certain members of our board, our officers and certain experts named herein reside outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such other persons residing outside the United States, or to enforce outside the United States judgments obtained against such persons in U.S. courts in any action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult for investors to enforce, in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States, rights predicated upon the U.S. federal securities laws.

There is no treaty between the United States and the Netherlands for the mutual recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any federal or state court in the United States based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be enforceable in the Netherlands unless the underlying claim is re-litigated before a Dutch court. Under current practice however, a Dutch court will generally grant the same judgment without a review of the merits of the underlying claim if (i) that judgment resulted from legal proceedings compatible with Dutch notions of due process, (ii) that judgment does not contravene public policy of the Netherlands and (iii) the jurisdiction of the United States federal or state court has been based on internationally accepted principles of private international law.

Based on the foregoing, there can be no assurance that U.S. investors will be able to enforce against us or members of our board of directors, officers or certain experts named herein who are residents of the Netherlands or countries other than the United States any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.

In addition, there is doubt as to whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us, the members of our board of directors, our officers or certain experts named herein in an original action predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands against us or such members, officers or experts, respectively.

 

-44-


Table of Contents

The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and by the laws governing companies incorporated in the Netherlands. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights and obligations of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of its duties, our board of directors is required by Dutch law to consider the interests of our company, its shareholders, its employees and other stakeholders, in all cases with due observation of the principles of reasonableness and fairness. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, your interests as a shareholder. See “Description of Capital Stock—Dutch Corporate Governance Code” and “Description of Capital Stock—Differences in Corporate Law.”

Although shareholders have the right to approve legal mergers or demergers, Dutch law does not grant appraisal rights to a company’s shareholders who wish to challenge the consideration to be paid upon a legal merger or demerger of a company. In addition, if a third party is liable to a Dutch company, under Dutch law shareholders generally do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the company or to bring an action on their own behalf to recover damages sustained as a result of a decrease in value, or loss of an increase in value, of their stock. Only in the event that the cause of liability of such third party to the company also constitutes a tortious act directly against such stockholder and the damages sustained are permanent, may that stockholder have an individual right of action against such third party on its own behalf to recover damages. The Dutch Civil Code provides for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively. A foundation or an association whose objective, as stated in its articles of association, is to protect the rights of persons having similar interests, may institute a collective action. The collective action cannot result in an order for payment of monetary damages but may result in a declaratory judgment ( verklaring voor recht ), for example, declaring that a party has acted wrongfully or has breached a fiduciary duty. The foundation or association and the defendant are permitted to reach (often on the basis of such declaratory judgment) a settlement which provides for monetary compensation for damages. A designated Dutch court may declare the settlement agreement binding upon all the injured parties with an opt-out choice for an individual injured party. An individual injured party, within the period set by the court, may also individually institute a civil claim for damages if such injured party is not bound by a collective agreement.

The provisions of Dutch corporate law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Association have the effect of concentrating control over certain corporate decisions and transactions in the hands of our board of directors. As a result, holders of our shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by members of the board of directors than if we were incorporated in the United States.

Exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect the foreign currency value of the ordinary shares and any dividends.

The ordinary shares are quoted in U.S. dollars on the NYSE and in euros on Euronext Paris. Our financial statements are prepared in euros. Fluctuations in the exchange rate between euros and the U.S. dollar will affect, among other matters, the U.S. dollar value and the euro value of the ordinary shares and of any dividends.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ordinary shares depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us, our business or our industry. We may have limited, and may never obtain significant, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no additional securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our shares could be negatively affected. In the event we obtain additional securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us

 

-45-


Table of Contents

downgrades our stock, our share price will likely decline. If one or more of these analysts, or those who currently cover us, ceases to cover us or fails to publish regular reports on us, interest in the purchase of our shares could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We may be classified as a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could subject U.S. investors in our ordinary shares to significant adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

A foreign corporation will be a passive foreign investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “PFIC”) in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to applicable “look-through rules,” either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income,” or (ii) at least 50% of its assets produce or are held for the production of “passive income.” For this purpose, “passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents and certain other categories of income, subject to certain exceptions. We believe that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year and that we have not been a PFIC for prior taxable years and we expect that we will not become a PFIC in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination that includes ascertaining the fair market value (or, in certain circumstances, tax basis) of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn. This determination is made annually and cannot be completed until the close of a taxable year. It depends upon the portion of our assets (including goodwill) and income characterized as passive under the PFIC rules. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC due to changes in our income or asset composition or a decline in the market value of our equity. Because PFIC status is a fact-intensive determination, no assurance can be given that we are not, have not been, or will not become, classified as a PFIC.

If we were to be classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, U.S. Holders (as defined in “Material Tax Consequences—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences”) generally would be subject to special tax rules that could result in materially adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. Further, prospective investors should assume that a “qualified electing fund” election, which, if made, could serve as an alternative to the general PFIC rules and could reduce any adverse consequences to U.S. Holders if we were to be classified as a PFIC, will not be available because we do not intend to provide U.S. Holders with the information needed to make such an election. A mark-to-market election may be available, however, if our ordinary shares are regularly traded. For more information, see the section titled “Material Tax Consequences—Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences—Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences” and consult your tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our ordinary shares if we are or become classified as a PFIC.

 

-46-


Table of Contents

IMPORTANT INFORMATION AND CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements” with respect to our business, results of operations and financial condition, and our expectations or beliefs concerning future events and conditions. You can identify certain forward-looking statements because they contain words such as, but not limited to, “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “should,” “approximately,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “likely,” “will,” “would,” “could” and similar expressions (or the negative of these terminologies or expressions). All forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties. Many risks and uncertainties are inherent in our industry and markets. Others are more specific to our business and operations. The occurrence of the events described and the achievement of the expected results depend on many events, some or all of which are not predictable or within our control. Actual results may differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements are disclosed under the heading “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, including, without limitation, in conjunction with the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus. All forward-looking statements in this prospectus and subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us, or persons acting on our behalf, are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements. Some of the factors that we believe could materially affect our results include:

 

   

our ability to implement our business strategy, including our productivity and cost reduction initiatives;

 

   

our susceptibility to cyclical fluctuations in the metals industry, our end-markets and our customers’ industries, and changes in general economic conditions;

 

   

the highly competitive nature of the metals industry and the risk that aluminum will become less competitive compared to alternative materials;

 

   

the possibility of unplanned business interruptions and equipment failure;

 

   

adverse conditions and disruptions in European economies;

 

   

the risk associated with being dependent on a limited number of suppliers for a substantial portion of our primary and scrap aluminum;

 

   

the risk that we may be required to bear increases in operating costs under our multi-year contracts with customers, or certain fixed costs in the event of early termination of contracts;

 

   

competition and consolidation in the industries in which we operate;

 

   

our ability to maintain and continuously improve our information technology and operational systems and financial reporting and internal controls;

 

   

our ability to manage our labor costs and labor relations and attract and retain qualified employees;

 

   

the risk that regulation and litigation pose to our business, including our ability to maintain required licenses and regulatory approvals and comply with applicable laws and regulations, and the effects of potential changes in governmental regulations;

 

   

risk associated with our global operations, including natural disasters and currency fluctuations;

 

   

changes in our effective income tax rate or accounting standards;

 

   

costs or liabilities associated with environmental, health and safety matters; and

 

   

the other factors presented under the heading “Risk Factors.”

We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. In addition, in light of these risks and uncertainties, the matters referred to in the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus may not in fact occur. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

 

-47-


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling shareholder will receive all of the net proceeds from the sales of our ordinary shares offered by them pursuant to this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these ordinary shares, but we will bear the costs associated with this registration in accordance with the amended and restated shareholders agreement. The selling shareholder will bear any underwriting commissions and discounts attributable to their sale of our ordinary shares and we will bear the remaining expenses. See “Principal and Selling Shareholders.”

 

-48-


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our board of directors is currently exploring adoption of a dividend program beginning in 2014; however, no assurances can be made that any future dividends will be paid on the ordinary shares. Any declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our ordinary shares will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on many factors, including our financial condition, earnings, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory future prospects and contractual restrictions applying to the payment of dividends and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. In general, any payment of dividends must be made in accordance with our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and the requirements of Dutch law. Under Dutch law, payment of dividends and other distributions to shareholders may be made only if our shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of our called up and paid-in share capital plus the reserves required to be maintained by law and by our Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

Generally, we rely on dividends paid to us, or funds otherwise distributed or advanced to us, by our subsidiaries to fund the payment of dividends, if any, to our shareholders. In addition, restrictions contained in the agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness limit our ability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares and limit the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. Future indebtedness that we may incur may contain similar restrictions.

 

-49-


Table of Contents

PRICE RANGE OF ORDINARY SHARES

Our ordinary shares began trading on the NYSE and Euronext Paris under the symbol “CSTM” following our initial public offering on May 23, 2013. Before then, there was no public market for our ordinary shares. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low closing prices of our ordinary shares as reported by the NYSE since May 23, 2013.

 

     High      Low  

Second Quarter 2013 (beginning May 23, 2013)

   $ 16.15       $ 14.53   

Third Quarter 2013

   $ 20.13       $ 15.86   

Fourth Quarter 2013 (through December 9, 2013)

   $ 21.93       $ 16.69   

On December 9, 2013, the closing price as reported on the NYSE of our ordinary shares was $21.48 per share. As of December 9, 2013, we had one holder of record of our ordinary shares.

 

-50-


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2013 on an historical basis:

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. Applicable exchange rates are as of September 30, 2013 of €1 to $1.3505.

 

     Historical
September  30,
2013
 
    

(€ in millions)

(unaudited)

 

Cash and cash equivalents (1)

     203   

Current borrowings (2)

     34   
  

 

 

 

Non-current borrowings

  

Term Loan due March 2020 (3)

     328   

ABL facility

     —    

Other long-term borrowings (4)

     4   
  

 

 

 

Total long-term borrowings

     332   
  

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     366   
  

 

 

 

Share capital

     2   

Share premium

     162   

Retained deficit

     (173
  

 

 

 

Total deficit

     (9
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization (5)

     357   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and in bank accounts, short-term deposits held on call with banks and highly liquid investments, which are readily convertible into cash, less bank overdrafts repayable on demand if there is a right of offset.
(2) Represents amounts drawn under the Ravenswood LLC revolving credit facility of €29 million and €3 million drawn under the Term Loan facility due March 2020.
(3) Represents amounts drawn under the Term Loan facility due 2020 totaling €340 million net of financing costs related to the issuance of the debt totaling €9 million at September 30, 2013.
(4) Represents other miscellaneous borrowings.
(5) Total capitalization is total borrowings and total deficit.

As of September 30, 2013, €366 million of our borrowings are secured and guaranteed.

 

-51-


Table of Contents

OUR HISTORY AND CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Our History

Constellium Holdco B.V. (formerly known as Omega Holdco B.V.) was incorporated as a Dutch private limited liability company on May 14, 2010. Constellium Holdco B.V. was formed to serve as the holding company for various entities comprising the Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products business unit (the “AEP Business”), which Constellium acquired from affiliates of Rio Tinto on January 4, 2011 (the “Acquisition”).

Upon completion of the Acquisition on January 4, 2011, Constellium Holdco B.V.’s principal shareholders were investment funds affiliated with, or co-investment vehicles that were managed (or the general partners of which were managed) by subsidiaries of, Apollo Global Management, LLC (Apollo Global Management, LLC and its subsidiaries collectively, or any one of such entities individually, “Apollo”), a leading global alternative investment manager; affiliates of Rio Tinto, a leading international mining group, combining Rio Tinto plc, a London listed public company headquartered in the United Kingdom, and Rio Tinto Limited, which is listed on the Australian Stock Exchange, with executive offices in Melbourne (the two companies are joined in a dual listed companies (“DLC”) structure as a single economic entity, called the Rio Tinto Group (“Rio Tinto”)); and Bpifrance Participations (f/k/a Fonds Stratégique d’Investissements), a société anonyme incorporated under the laws of the Republic of France, which is a French public investment fund specializing in the business of equity financing via direct investments or fund of funds (“Bpifrance”). Bpifrance is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPI-Groupe (bpifrance), a French financial institution jointly owned and controlled by the Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations, a French special public entity ( établissement special ) and EPIC BPI-Groupe, a French public institution of industrial and commercial nature. As used in this prospectus, the term “Apollo Funds” means investment funds affiliated with, or co-investment vehicles that are managed (or the general partners of which are managed) by, Apollo; the term “Rio Tinto” refers to Rio Tinto or an affiliate of Rio Tinto; and the term “Bpifrance” means Bpifrance Participations (f/k/a Fonds Stratégique d’Investissements) or other entities affiliated with Bpifrance. Apollo Funds, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance held 51%, 39% and 10%, respectively, of the outstanding shares of Constellium Holdco B.V. at the closing of the Acquisition and in the aggregate subscribed for a total of $125 million of equity in Constellium. Apollo Funds, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance continue to be our principal shareholders.

As of December 31, 2012, approximately 6.85% of the outstanding shares of Constellium Holdco B.V. were held by Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG (“Management KG”), which was formed in connection with a management equity plan to facilitate equity ownership by Constellium’s management team. Under the terms of the management equity plan described in “Management—Management Equity Plan,” a total of 55 of our current and former directors, officers and employees invested in the company. The partnership agreement of Management KG provides that the Constellium shares held by Management KG will be voted in the discretion of the advisory board at the level of the general partner of Management KG.

At the closing of the Acquisition, Apollo Omega (Lux) S.à r.l. (“Apollo Omega”) and Bpifrance also committed to provide a $275 million (€212 million) delayed draw bridge term loan to Constellium Holdco B.V., of which $185 million (€143 million at the year-end exchange rate) was drawn at and following such closing to fund various one-time, non-recurring costs expected in the first 18-months post-closing. The amounts outstanding under this term loan were subsequently repaid in full, and this term loan was terminated in connection with Constellium’s entry into the Original Term Loan described below.

On October 10, 2011, we and Rio Tinto agreed on certain post-closing purchase price adjustments that resulted in a net payment by Rio Tinto to Constellium Holdco B.V. of $6 million (€4 million) plus a settlement of inter-company balances of $6 million (€4 million). We received a net amount of $12 million (€9 million). On December 30, 2011, we disposed of substantially all of our interests in AIN, our specialty chemicals and raw materials supply chain services division, to CellMark AB. We are currently engaged in discussions with CellMark regarding certain post-closing purchase price adjustments relating to the disposition.

 

-52-


Table of Contents

On May 25, 2012, we secured external financing from a group of lenders in the form of a six-year term loan for $200 million (€151 million at the year-end exchange rate). Proceeds from the Original Term Loan were used to repay the term loan facility provided by Apollo Omega and Bpifrance discussed above. Concurrently, we entered into a new revolving credit facility (“ABL”) in the United States replacing the previous facility. See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.”

On March 25, 2013, we refinanced the Original Term Loan with the proceeds of a seven-year term loan in the aggregate amount of $360 million and €75 million borrowed by Constellium Holdco B.V. and Constellium France S.A.S. from a group of lenders. The proceeds from the Term Loan were used to repay the Original Term Loan (which facility was thereafter terminated) and pay fees and expenses associated with the refinancing and the remainder was used to fund distributions to our shareholders of record prior to completion of our initial public offering of approximately €250 million in the aggregate.

On March 28, 2013, we made a distribution of share premium to our Class A and Class B1 shareholders of €103 million and an additional distribution to our Class B2 shareholders of €392,000 on May 21, 2013.

Our board of directors further approved a distribution of profits of an additional €147 million to our existing pre-IPO Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 shareholders. Due to certain European tax and accounting restrictions, however, we did not anticipate being able to pay such additional distribution to such shareholders until after the completion of the initial public offering. Consequentially, in order to facilitate the payment of such distribution, we issued preference shares to our existing Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 shareholders. These preference shares entitled them to receive distributions in priority to ordinary shareholders in the aggregate amount of approximately €147 million in proportion to their percentage immediately prior to the completion of the initial public offering. We were able to make such distribution of €147 million on May 21, 2013 and the preference shares were acquired by the Company for no consideration on May 29, 2013. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and Dutch law provide that so long as the preference shares are held by the Company, they will have no voting rights and no right to profits.

On May 16, 2013, we effected a pro rata share issuance of Class A ordinary shares, Class B1 ordinary shares and Class B2 ordinary shares to our existing shareholders, which we implemented through the issuance of 22.8 new Class A ordinary shares, 22.8 Class B1 ordinary shares and 22.8 Class B2 ordinary shares for each outstanding Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 ordinary share, respectively. As a result, the Company issued an aggregate amount of 83,945,965 additional Class A ordinary shares, 815,252 additional Class B1 ordinary shares and 923,683 additional Class B2 ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share, prior to consummation of the initial public offering. The pro rata share issuance was undertaken in order to provide an appropriate per-share valuation in respect of the offering price for our initial public offering.

On May 21, 2013, Constellium Holdco B.V. was converted into a Dutch public limited liability company and renamed Constellium N.V. Any references to Dutch law and the Amended and Restated Articles of Association are references to Dutch law and the articles of association of the Company as applicable following the conversion.

On May 29, 2013, we completed our initial public offering of 22,222,222 of our ordinary shares at a price to the public of $15.00 per share. A total of 13,333,333 shares were offered by us and a total of 8,888,889 shares were offered by Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto. On June 24, 2013, the underwriters of our initial public offering exercised their over-allotment option to purchase from us an additional 2,251,306 Class A ordinary shares at a public offering price of $15.00 per share less the underwriting discount. The exercise of the over-allotment option brought the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in the initial public offering to 24,473,528.

In connection with our initial public offering, Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto entered into an agreement with Bpifrance pursuant to which Bpifrance agreed to place an order to purchase approximately 4.4 million ordinary shares at a per share price equal to the public offering price (the “Bpifrance share purchase”). Apollo Funds and

 

-53-


Table of Contents

Rio Tinto agreed to use best efforts to cause the underwriters to allocate such number of shares to Bpifrance. The agreement further provides that for one year following the closing of our initial public offering, Bpifrance is restricted from buying additional shares in the Company unless this restriction is waived by both Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto or certain specified events occur.

On November 14, 2013, we completed a secondary public offering of 17,500,000 of our ordinary shares at a price to the public of $17.00 per share. The shares were offered by Rio Tinto and Management KG. On November 8, 2013, the underwriters of this secondary public offering exercised their option to purchase from Rio Tinto an additional 2,625,000 Class A ordinary shares at a public offering price of $17.00 per share less the underwriting discount. The exercise of the purchase option brought the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in the secondary public offering to 20,125,000.

The business address (head office) of Constellium N.V. is Tupolevlaan 41-61, 1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk, the Netherlands, and our telephone number is +31 20 654 97 80. The address for our agent for service in the United States is Corporation Service Company, 80 State Street, Albany, NY 12207-2543, and its telephone number is (518) 433-4740.

Corporate Structure

The following diagram summarizes our corporate structure (including our significant subsidiaries) after giving effect to this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares:

 

LOGO

 

-54-


Table of Contents

SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth our historical combined and consolidated financial data.

On January 4, 2011, Omega Holdco B.V., which later changed its name to Constellium Holdco B.V., and then again to Constellium N.V. (referred to in this prospectus as the “Successor”) acquired the Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products business unit (the “AEP Business” or the “Predecessor”) from affiliates of Rio Tinto (the “Acquisition”). For comparison purposes, our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 are presented alongside the results of operations of the Predecessor for the years ended December 31, 2010. However, our Successor and Predecessor periods are not directly comparable due to the impact of the application of purchase accounting and the preparation of the Predecessor accounts on a carve-out basis. The financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Predecessor do not necessarily reflect what our financial position or results of operations would have been if we had been operated as a standalone entity during the periods covered by the Predecessor financial statements and are not indicative of our future results of operations and financial position.

The selected historical financial information of the Predecessor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 has been derived from the audited combined financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The Predecessor financial information has been prepared to present the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of the combined AEP Business on a standalone basis up to the date of divestment from Rio Tinto.

The selected historical financial information of the Successor as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The audited combined, consolidated and unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared according to the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB.

Effective January 1, 2013, we have adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised) (IAS 19) in our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended June 30, 2013 and in accordance with the transition rules in IAS 19 we have retrospectively applied this standard to the six months ended June 30, 2012. We have not restated our audited combined and consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 as the impact of this revised standard is not material to our results of operations and financial position.

Unless otherwise indicated, all share and per share numbers have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the issuance of 22.8 additional shares for each outstanding share at the time of our initial public offering in May 2013, as if it had occurred on January 4, 2011.

 

-55-


Table of Contents

You should base your investment decision on a review of the entire prospectus. In particular, you should read the following data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the historical combined and consolidated financial statements, including the notes to those combined and consolidated financial statements, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Predecessor
as of and for the year ended

December 31,
        Successor
as of and
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
as of and for
the six months

ended
June 30,
 
(€ in millions other than per share and per
ton data)
      2008             2009             2010               2011     2012     2012     2013  
                                        (unaudited)  

Statement of income data:

                 

Revenue

    3,318        2,292        2,957            3,556        3,610        1,911        1,827   

Gross profit

    50        42        242            321        478        274        255   

Operating profit/(loss)

    (825     (240     (248         (59     257        100        102   

Profit/(loss) for the period—continuing operations

    (639     (215     (209         (166     142        37        22   

Profit/(loss) for the period

    (644     (218     (207         (174     134        36        22   

Profit/(loss) per share—basic and diluted

    n/a        n/a        n/a            (2.0     1.5        0.4        0.2   

Profit/(loss) per share—basic and diluted—continuing operations

    n/a        n/a        n/a            (1.9     1.6        0.4        0.2   

Pro forma profit per share—basic and diluted—continuing operations

    —         —         —             —         1.4        —          —     
 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (basic)

    n/a        n/a        n/a            89,338,433        89,442,416        89,442,416        92,273,677   

Weighted average number of shares outstanding (diluted)

    n/a        n/a        n/a            89,338,433        89,442,416        89,442,416        92,513,392   
 

Dividends per ordinary share (euro)

    —         —         —             —         —         —          —     

Balance sheet data:

                 

Total assets

    2,583        2,040        1,837            1,612        1,631        1,631        1,849   

Net liabilities or total invested equity

    227        108        199            (113     (47     (37     (62

Share capital

    n/a        n/a        n/a            —         —         —          2   

Other operational and financial data (unaudited):

                 

Net trade working capital (1)

    n/a        416        519            381        289        514        373   

Capital expenditure

    127        61        51            97        126        47        55   

Volumes (in KT)

    1,058        868        972            1,058        1,033        542        534   

Revenue per ton

    3,136        2,641        3,042            3,361        3,495        3,526        3,421   

 

 

(1) Net trade working capital represents total inventories plus trade receivables less trade payables.

 

-56-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis, or MD&A, is based principally on our audited combined financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010, which we refer to in this section as the “Predecessor Period,” and our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, which we refer to in this section as the “Successor Period” which appear elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion is to be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Information,” “Business” and our audited combined and consolidated financial statements, our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following discussion and analysis includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus. See in particular “Important Information and Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Introduction

The following MD&A is provided to supplement the audited combined and consolidated financial statements, our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus to help provide an understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of our operations. The MD&A is organized as follows:

 

   

Basis of Preparation. This section provides a description of the financial statements included in this prospectus, detailing the method of preparation of the period prior to the Acquisition in the audited combined financial statements of the Predecessor (as defined below) and after the Acquisition (as defined below) on January 4, 2011 in our audited consolidated financial statements and unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

   

Company Overview. This section provides a general description of our business as well as an introduction to our operating segments, key factors influencing our financial condition and results of operations, and our Key Performance Indicators, in addition to recent developments that we believe are necessary to understand our financial condition and results of operations and to anticipate future trends in our business.

 

   

Results of Operations. This section provides a discussion of the results of operations on a historical basis for each of our fiscal periods in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013.

 

   

Covenant Compliance and Financial Ratios. This section provides a reconciliation of our Adjusted EBITDA to our net income/loss for the period as required under our financing facilities.

 

   

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our cash flows for each of our fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013.

 

   

Contractual Obligations and Contingencies. This section provides a discussion of our commitments as of December 31, 2012.

 

   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk. This section discusses our exposure to potential losses arising from adverse changes in interest rates and commodity prices.

 

   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section discusses the accounting policies and estimates that we consider to be important to our financial condition and results of operations and that require significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in their application.

 

-57-


Table of Contents

Basis of Presentation

On January 4, 2011, Omega Holdco B.V., which later changed its name to Constellium Holdco B.V., and then again to Constellium N.V. (the “Successor”), and which, together with its subsidiaries, are referred to in this section as the “Successor,” acquired the Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products business unit (the “AEP Business” or the “Predecessor”) from affiliates of Rio Tinto (the “Acquisition”). Apollo Funds and Bpifrance acquired 51% and 10%, respectively, of Constellium Holdco B.V., and Rio Tinto retained 39%.

The following table represents the fair value adjustments recorded by us on completion of the acquisition of the AEP Business:

 

     € millions  

Total consideration

     (4

Less book value of assets acquired and liabilities acquired

  

Total book value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed

     199   

Less discontinued operation assets and liabilities (1)

     (9

Book value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed subject to purchase price adjustments

     190   

Purchase price adjustments

  

Intangible assets excluding goodwill

     —    

Property, plant and equipment (2)

     (123

Other current assets and liabilities (3)

     64   

Provisions (4)

     (34

Deferred tax liabilities—net (5)

     (112

Net assets acquired at fair value

     (15

Goodwill

     11   

 

(1) We acquired the assets and liabilities of the AIN business exclusively with a view to its subsequent disposal and a sale process commenced as of January 4, 2011. Therefore, the AIN assets and liabilities did not form part of the purchase price allocation exercise as they were classified as held for sale. The assets of the AIN business of €103 million were comprised predominantly of €44 million of trade receivables, €43 million of inventories and €10 million of cash and cash equivalents. The AIN business liabilities of €94 million were comprised of €50 million of trade payables, €26 million of related party borrowings and €18 million of pension liabilities.

 

(2) Reflects the overall decrease in valuation of property, plant and equipment. Both the impairment model (IAS 36) used by the Predecessor and our application of purchase accounting (IFRS 3R) use the concept of fair value. However, the application results in different values.

 

  i. The impairment model of the Predecessor resulted in a €216 million impairment charge recorded in the 2010 financial statements which reduced the net book value of property plant and equipment to €214 million. The fair value less cost to sell was derived from the enterprise value agreed between buyer and seller. The fair value of each cash-generating unit was determined using a discounted cash flow model utilizing discount rates of 11.5%-14%. Where fair value less cost to sell is less than the carrying value, then the carrying value of property, plant and equipment is written down to no less than nil. In addition to this, where the fair value was higher than the carrying value, the Predecessor did not increase the net book value of the property, plant and equipment.

 

  ii. In purchase accounting the fair value of property plant and equipment is determined on an individual asset basis. In determining fair value, the Company also used a discounted cash flow model with assumed discount rates in a range of 17%-18.5%. Additionally, our business plan on an individual site basis resulted in different cash flow assumptions from the Predecessor. Additionally, management of the buyer and seller had different perspectives of the future cash flows of various locations which will have an impact on the allocation of fair value.

 

-58-


Table of Contents

The main difference between the discount rates noted above relates to the size premium reflected in the cost of equity for the Predecessor and the Company. Both the Predecessor and Company management used independent research published by investment research firms regarding historically observed size premiums over the return indicated by the capital asset pricing model to determine an appropriate size premium to include in the estimated discount rates.

 

(3) Reflects a step-up in value of our inventory as well as other adjustments to working capital mainly related to short-term loans receivable from the Predecessor, which were subsequently outside the scope of the Acquisition as receivables were forgiven, repaid or remained with Rio Tinto and its subsidiaries prior to the Acquisition on January 4, 2011.

 

(4) Reflects increased legal claims and other costs of approximately €26 million and marginal increases in close-down and environmental restoration costs and restructuring costs. Reflects increased provisions resulting from the Company analysis of the risks and associated probability of occurrence. In addition, in the Predecessor financial statements, a provision is recognized when there is a present obligation that arises from past events, its fair value can be measured reliably and there is a probable outflow of resources. In contrast, in purchase price allocation we recognize the provision at fair value when the fair value can be measured reliably, even if it is not probable that there will be an outflow of resources.

 

(5) Represents changes in deferred tax liabilities and assets reflecting (i) tax effect of fair value adjustments and (ii) changes in tax consolidation structure occurring at the acquisition.

For comparison purposes, our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 are presented alongside the Predecessor results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010. These results are not prepared on the same basis of accounting and therefore may not be directly comparable as the Predecessor Period has been prepared using the principles of carve-out accounting. The carve-out combined financial statements present a group of entities, divisions and businesses which were acquired and these did not constitute a separate legal entity. Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the allocations from the previous owner, are reasonable, the combined financial statements may not be representative of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what it or they would have been had we been a standalone entity during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Company Overview

We are a global leader in the development, manufacture and sale of a broad range of highly engineered, value-added specialty plate, coil, sheet and extruded aluminum products to the aerospace, packaging, automotive, other transportation and industrial end-markets. Our leadership positions include a joint number one position in global aerospace plates and a number one position in European can sheet. This global leadership is supported by our well-invested facilities in Europe and the United States, as well as more than 50 years of proven manufacturing quality and innovation, a global sales network and pre-eminent R&D capabilities.

We have approximately 8,400 employees and 23 state-of-the-art, integrated production facilities, ten administrative and commercial sites, and one R&D center.

Our product portfolio is predominantly focused on high value-added, technologically advanced specialty products that command higher margins than less differentiated aluminum products. This portfolio serves a broad range of end-markets that exhibit attractive growth trends in future periods such as aerospace or automotive. Our technological advantage and relationship with our customers is driven by our pre-eminent R&D capabilities. We believe that our R&D capabilities are a key attraction for our customers. Many projects are designed to support specific commercial opportunities at the request of our customers and are carried out in partnership with them.

This regular interaction and partnership with our customers also help us maintain our leading market positions. We have long-standing, established relationships with some of the largest companies in the aerospace,

 

-59-


Table of Contents

packaging, automotive and other transportation industries including Boeing, Airbus, Rexam, Crown, Ball and Amcor, as well as a number of leading automotive firms. The average length of our customer relationships with our top 20 customers exceeds 25 years.

Our primary metal supply is secured through long-term contracts with several upstream companies, including affiliates of Rio Tinto, one of our shareholders. In addition, a material portion of our slab and billet supply is produced in our own casthouses. This provides a cost advantage compared to our competitors.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the last twelve months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated revenues of €1,827 million, €3,526 million and €3,610 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the last twelve months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 we generated net income from continuing operations of €22 million, €127 million, and €142 million, respectively. We also generated Management Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013, the last twelve months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012 of €137 million, €211 million and €203 million. Please see the reconciliation in “Key Performance Indicators” and also in footnote (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Our Operating Segments

We serve a diverse set of customers across a broad range of end-markets with very different product needs, specifications and requirements. As a result, we have organized our business into the following three segments to better serve our customer base:

Aerospace & Transportation Segment

Our global Aerospace & Transportation segment has market leadership positions in technologically advanced aluminum and specialty materials products with wide applications across the global aerospace, defense, transportation, and industrial sectors. We offer a wide range of products including plate, sheet, extrusions and precision casting products which allows us to offer tailored solutions to our customers. We seek to differentiate our products and act as a key partner to our customers through our broad product range, advanced R&D capabilities, extensive recycling capabilities and portfolio of plants with an extensive range of capabilities across Europe and North America. In order to reinforce the competitiveness of our metal solutions, we design our processes and alloys with a view to optimizing our customers’ operations and costs. This includes offering services such as customizing alloys to our customers’ processing requirements, processing short lead time orders and providing vendor managed inventories or tolling arrangements. Aerospace & Transportation accounted for 34% of our revenues and 47% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products Segment

In our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products segment, we produce and develop customized aluminum sheet and coil solutions. Approximately 83% of segment volume for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was in packaging applications, which primarily include beverage and food can stock as well as closure stock and foil stock. The remaining 17% of segment volume for that period was in automotive and customized solutions, which include technologically advanced products for the automotive and industrial sectors. Our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products segment accounted for 43% of revenues and 31% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Automotive Structures & Industry Segment

Our Automotive Structures & Industry segment produces (i) technologically advanced structures for the automotive industry, including crash management systems, side impact beams and cockpit carriers and (ii) soft and hard alloy extrusions and large profiles for automotive, rail, road, energy, building and industrial

 

-60-


Table of Contents

applications. We complement our products with a comprehensive offering of downstream technology and service activities, which include pre-machining, surface treatment, R&D and technical support services. Our Automotive Structures & Industry segment accounted for 23% of revenues and 20% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Discontinued Operations

At December 30, 2011, we disposed of the vast majority of our specialty chemicals and raw materials supply chain services division, AIN. As at December 31, 2012, we have ceased operations in the remaining entities, therefore abandoning them.

In the six months ended June 30, 2013 we sold two of our soft alloy plants in France, Ham and Saint Florentin, which have not met the criteria of discontinued operations in accordance with IFRS and therefore have not been classified or disclosed as such. We have excluded the revenue or shipments from these plants in some of our analysis, where indicated, to allow comparison of period on period production.

Key Factors Influencing Constellium’s Financial Condition and Results from Operations

The Aluminum Industry

We participate in select segments of the aluminum semi-fabricated products industry, including rolled and extruded products. Aluminum is lightweight, has a high strength-to-weight ratio and is resistant to corrosion. It compares favorably to several alternative materials, such as steel, in these respects. Aluminum is also unique in the respect that it recycled repeatedly without any material decline in performance or quality. The recycling of aluminum delivers energy and capital investment savings relative to the cost of producing both primary aluminum and many other competing materials. Due to these qualities, the penetration of aluminum into a wide variety of applications continues to increase. We believe that long-term growth in aluminum consumption generally, and demand for those products we produce specifically, will be supported by factors that include growing populations, continued urbanization in emerging markets and increasing focus globally on sustainability and environmental issues. Aluminum is increasingly seen as the material of choice in a number of applications, including packaging, aerospace and automotive.

We do not mine bauxite, refine alumina, or smelt primary aluminum as part of our business. Our industry is cyclical and is affected by global economic conditions, industry competition and product development.

The financial performance of our operations is dependent on several factors, the most critical of which are as follows:

Volumes

The profitability of our businesses is determined, in part, by the volume of tons invoiced and processed. Increased production volumes will result in lower per unit costs, while higher invoiced volumes will result in additional revenues and associated margins.

Price and Margin

For all contracts, we continuously seek to eliminate the impact of aluminum price fluctuations in order to protect our net income and cash flows against the LME price variations of aluminum that we buy and sell, with the following methods:

 

   

In cases where we are able to align the price and quantity of physical aluminum purchases with that of physical aluminum sales, we do not need to employ derivative instruments to further mitigate our exposure, regardless of whether the LME portion of the price is fixed or floating.

 

-61-


Table of Contents
   

However, when we are unable to align the price and quantity of physical aluminum purchases with that of physical aluminum sales, we enter into derivative financial instruments to pass through the exposure to financial institutions at the time the price is set.

 

   

For a small portion of our volumes, the metal is owned by our customers and we bear no metal price risk.

We do not apply hedge accounting and therefore any mark-to-market movements are recognized in the “Other gains/losses (net).” Our risk management practices aim to reduce, but do not eliminate, our exposure to changing primary aluminum prices and, while we have limited our exposure to unfavorable price changes, we have also limited our ability to benefit from favorable price changes.

In addition, our operations require that a significant amount of inventory be kept on hand to meet future production requirements. The value of the base level of inventory is also susceptible to changing primary aluminum prices. In order to reduce these exposures, we focus on reducing inventory levels and offsetting future physical purchases and sales.

We refer to the timing difference between the price of primary aluminum included in our revenues and the price of aluminum impacting our cost of sales as “metal price lag.”

Also included in our results is the impact of differences between changes in the prices of primary and scrap aluminum. As we price our product using the prevailing price of primary aluminum but purchase large amounts of scrap aluminum to produce our products, we benefit when primary aluminum price increases exceed scrap price increases. Conversely, when scrap price increases exceed primary aluminum price increases, our results will be negatively impacted. The difference between the price of primary aluminum and scrap prices is referred to as the “scrap spread” and is impacted by the effectiveness of our scrap purchasing activities, the supply of scrap available and movements in the terminal commodity markets.

Seasonality

Customer demand in the aluminum industry is cyclical due to a variety of factors, including holiday seasons, weather conditions, economic and other factors beyond our control. Our volumes are impacted by the timing of the holiday seasons in particular, with August and December typically being the lowest months and January to June being the strongest months. Our business is also impacted by seasonal slowdowns and upturns in certain of our customers’ industries. Historically, the can industry is strongest in the spring and summer seasons, whereas the automotive and construction sectors encounter slowdowns in both the third and fourth quarters of the calendar year. In response to this seasonality, we seek to scale back and may even temporarily close some operations to reduce our operating costs during these periods.

Economic Conditions, Markets and Competition

We are directly affected by the economic conditions which impact our customers and the markets in which they operate. General economic conditions in the geographic regions in which our customers operate—such as the level of disposable income, the level of inflation, the rate of economic growth, the rate of unemployment, exchange rates and currency devaluation or revaluation—influence consumer confidence and consumer purchasing power. These factors, in turn, influence the demand for our products in terms of total volumes and the price that can be charged. In some cases we are able to mitigate the risk of a downturn in our customers’ businesses by building committed minimum volume thresholds into our commercial contracts. We further seek to mitigate the risk of a downturn by utilizing a temporary workforce for certain operations, which allows us to match our resources with the demand for our services. We also have an “asset-light” policy and seek to purchase transportation and logistics services from third parties, to the extent possible, in order to manage our fixed costs base.

 

-62-


Table of Contents

Although the metals industry and our end-markets are cyclical in nature and expose us to related risks, we believe that our portfolio is relatively resistant to these economic cycles in each of our three main end-markets (aerospace, packaging and automotive):

 

   

We believe that the aerospace industry is currently insulated from the economic cycle through a combination of drivers sustaining its growth. These drivers include increasing passenger traffic and the replacement of the fleet fueled by the age of the planes in service and the need for more efficient planes in an environment of high oil prices. These factors have materialized in the form of historically high backlogs for the aircraft manufacturers; the combined order backlog for Boeing and Airbus currently represents approximately eight years of manufacturing at current delivery rates.

 

   

Can packaging is a seasonal market peaking in the summer because of the increased consumption of soft drinks during the summer months. It tends not to be highly correlated to the general economic cycle and in addition, we believe European can body stock has an attractive long-term growth outlook due to ongoing trends in (i) end-market growth in beer, soft drinks and energy drinks, (ii) increasing use of cans versus glass in the beer market, (iii) increasing penetration of aluminum in can body stock at the expense of steel, and (iv) Eastern European consumption increase linked to purchasing power growth.

 

   

Although the automotive industry as a whole is a cyclical industry, its demand for aluminum has been increasing in recent years. According to a study done by the research firm Frost & Sullivan, the global market in Automotive applications for aluminum is expected to more than double by 2017 from $13 billion in 2010 to $28 billion in 2017. This was due to the lightweighting requirement for new car models, which drove a positive substitution of heavier metals in favor of aluminum.

In addition to the counter-cyclicality of our key end-markets, we believe our cash flows are also largely protected from variations in LME prices due to the fact that we hedge our sales based on their replacement cost, by setting the maturity of our futures on the delivery date to our customers. As a result, when LME prices increase, we have limited additional cash requirements to finance the increased replacement cost of our inventory. Aluminum prices are determined by worldwide forces of supply and demand, and, as a result, aluminum prices are volatile. The average LME transaction price per ton of primary aluminum in 2010, 2011, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 was €1,638, €1,720, €1,569 and €1,461, respectively. After high levels of volatility, LME aluminum price volatility stabilized during 2010 before returning again in 2011. LME prices reached a peak in the second quarter of 2011, before declining for the remainder of the year. Average LME aluminum prices per ton remained approximately 9% lower than the average 2011 levels and relatively constant during much of 2012. Prices continued to decline throughout 2013 with the average quarterly LME per ton in June 2013 decreasing to €1,405 per ton.

Average quarterly LME per ton using U.S. dollar prices converted to euros using the applicable European Central Bank rates:

 

(Euros/ton)

   2010      2011      2012      2013  

First quarter

     1,566         1,829         1,660         1,516   

Second quarter

     1,644         1,808         1,541         1,405   

Third quarter

     1,617         1,698         1,533      

Fourth quarter

     1,724         1,549         1,540      

Average for the year

     1,638         1,720         1,569      

Average for the six month period ended 2013

              1,461   

A portion of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars while the majority of our costs incurred are denominated in local currencies. We engage in significant hedging activity to attempt to mitigate the effects of foreign transaction currency fluctuations on our profitability.

 

-63-


Table of Contents

We mark-to-market open derivatives at the period end giving rise to unrealized gains or losses which are classified as non-cash items. These unrealized gains/losses have no bearing on the underlying performance of the business and are removed when calculating Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

Currency

We are a global company with operations as of June 30, 2013 in France, the United States, Germany, Switzerland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia and China. As a result, our revenue and earnings have exposure to a number of currencies, primarily the U.S. dollar, the euro and the Swiss Franc. Our consolidated or combined revenue and results of operations are affected by fluctuations in the exchange rates of the currencies of the countries in which we operate. We have implemented a strategy from mid-2011 onwards to hedge all highly probable or committed foreign currency cash flows. As we have a multiple-year sale agreement for the sale of fabricated metal products in U.S. dollars, the Company has entered into derivative contracts to forward sell U.S. dollars to match these future sales. Hedge accounting is not applied and therefore the mark-to-market impact is recorded in “Other gains/losses (net).”

Personnel Costs

Our operations are labor intensive and, as a result, our personnel costs represent 21% and 20% of our costs of operation for the year ended December 31, 2012 and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. Personnel costs generally increase and decrease proportionately with the expansion, addition or closing of operating facilities. Personnel costs include the salaries, wages and benefits of our employees, as well as costs related to temporary labor. During our seasonal peaks and especially during summer months, we have historically increased our temporary workforce to compensate for staff on holiday and increased volume of activity.

Separation from Rio Tinto and Other Acquisition Considerations

Our results since the Acquisition have been affected by certain additional factors that may make our historical results not indicative of our likely future performance.

The costs and expenses reflected in our combined financial statements include historical management fees for certain corporate functions which were provided to the Predecessor by Rio Tinto, including legal, finance, human resources and other administrative functions. These management fees were based on what Rio Tinto considered to be reasonable reflections of the historical utilization levels of these functions required in support of the AEP Business. Moreover, our combined financial statements and other historical financial information included in this prospectus do not necessarily indicate what our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows will be in the future. In particular, the Predecessor combined financial statements do not reflect the costs of borrowing funds as a separate entity.

Presentation of Financial Information

Constellium acquired the AEP Business from Rio Tinto on January 4, 2011. The financial information presented herein therefore consists of audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 (the Successor Period) and audited combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 (the Predecessor Period).

The Predecessor combined financial statements were specifically prepared on a carve-out basis in connection with the disposal by Rio Tinto for the purposes of presenting, as far as practicable, the assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses of the AEP Business on a standalone basis. The Predecessor combined financial statements of Constellium are an aggregation of financial information from the individual companies that made up the AEP Business and include allocations of certain expenses from the previous owner.

 

-64-


Table of Contents

Accordingly, the combined financial statements of the Predecessor are not necessarily representative nor indicative of the financial position, results of operations or cash flows that would have been obtained had the AEP Business operated independently or under separate ownership.

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and as endorsed by the European Union. The Predecessor combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

Our presentation currency is the euro.

Effective January 1, 2013 we have adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised) (IAS 19) in our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended June 30, 2013 and in accordance with the transition rules in IAS 19 we have retrospectively applied this standard to the six months ended June 30, 2012. We have not restated our audited combined and consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 as the impact of this revised standard is not material to our results of operations and financial position.

Results of Operations

Description of Key Line Items of the Historical Combined and Consolidated Statements of Income

Set forth below is a brief description of the composition of the key line items of our historical combined and consolidated statements of income for continuing operations:

 

   

Revenue. Revenue represents the income recognized from the delivery of goods to third parties, including the sale of scrap metal and tooling, less discounts, credit notes and taxes levied on sales.

 

   

Cost of sales. Cost of sales include the costs of materials directly attributable to the normal operating activities of the business, including raw material and energy costs, personnel costs for those involved in production, depreciation and the maintenance of producing assets, packaging and freight on-board costs, tooling, dyes and utility costs.

 

   

Selling and administrative expenses. Selling and administrative expenses include depreciation of non-producing assets, amortization, personnel costs of those personnel involved in sales and corporate functions such as finance and IT.

 

   

Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses are costs in relation to bringing new products to market. Included in such expenses are personnel costs and depreciation and maintenance of assets offset by tax credits for research activities where applicable.

 

   

Restructuring costs. Restructuring costs are the expenses incurred in implementing management initiatives for cost-cutting and efficiency improvements. These costs primarily relate to severance payments, pension curtailment costs and contract termination costs.

 

   

Impairment charges. Impairment charges relate to the diminution in value of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets.

 

   

Other gains/ (losses), net . Other expenses or income include unusual infrequent or non-recurring items, realized and unrealized gains or losses on derivative instruments and exchange gains or losses on remeasurements of monetary assets or liabilities.

 

   

Other expenses. Other expenses mainly comprise acquisition and separation costs, which are costs incurred in relation to the acquisition by Constellium of substantially all of the entities, divisions and businesses of the AEP Business on January 4, 2011 and expenses related to our initial public offering in May 2013.

 

   

Finance income or expenses. Interest income mainly relates to interest earned on loans and deposits and lease payments received in relation to finance leases. Interest and similar expenses relate to interest and amortized set up fees charged on loans, factoring and other borrowings.

 

-65-


Table of Contents
   

Share of profit in joint ventures . A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control. Results from investments in joint ventures represents Constellium’s share of results of Rhenaroll S.A., a company specializing in chrome plating, grinding and repairing of rolling mills rolls and rollers and Stojmetal Kamenice, which forges products for the automotive industry. The results of these joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

 

   

Income taxes . Income tax represents the aggregate amount included in the determination of profit or loss for the year in respect of current tax and deferred tax. Current tax is the amount of income taxes payable (recoverable) in respect of the taxable profit/(loss) for a year. Deferred tax represents the amounts of income taxes payable/(recoverable) in future periods in respect of taxable (deductible) temporary differences and unused tax losses.

 

     Predecessor
combined for the year
ended
December 31,
         Successor
consolidated
for the year
ended December 31,
    Successor
consolidated
for the six months
ended June 30,
 
         2010                    2011             2012             2012             2013      
     (€ in millions)                      (unaudited)  

Continuing operations

               

Revenue

     2,957             3,556        3,610        1,911        1,827   

Cost of sales

     (2,715          (3,235     (3,132     (1,637     (1,572
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     242             321        478        274        255   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

     (190          (216     (212     (101     (102

Research and development expenses

     (53          (33     (36     (20     (18

Restructuring costs

     (6          (20     (25     (10     (2

Impairment charges

     (224          —          —          —          —     

Other gains/(losses) net

     (17          (111     52        (43     (31
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from operations

     (248          (59     257        100        102   

Other expenses

     —               (102     (3     (2     (24

Finance costs net

     (7          (39     (60     (37     (34

Share of profit/(loss) of joint ventures

     2             —          (5     —          —     
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) before income taxes

     (253          (200     189        61        44   

Income tax

     44             34        (47     (24     (22
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income/(loss) from continuing operations

     (209          (166     142        37        22   

Net income/(loss) from discontinued operations

     2             (8     (8     (1     —     
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income/(loss)

     (207          (174     134        36        22   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

-66-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and June 30, 2012

 

     Successor Consolidated
for the six months ended
June 30,
 
             2012                          2013          
     (€ millions and as a % of revenues)  
     (unaudited)  

Continuing operations

                           

Revenue

     1,911        100          1,827        100

Cost of sales

     (1,637     86          (1,572     86
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     274        14          255        14
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

     (101     5          (102     6

Research and development expenses

     (20     1          (18     1

Restructuring costs

     (10     1          (2     0

Other gains/(losses) net

     (43     2          (31     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (loss) from operations

     100        5          102        6

Other expenses

     (2     —               (24     1

Finance costs, net

     (37     2          (34     2
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (Loss) before income taxes

     61        3          44        2

Income tax

     (24     1          (22     1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) from continuing operations

     37        2          22        1

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (1     —               —          —     

Net Income / (Loss)

     36        2          22        1
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue from continuing operations decreased by 4%, or €84 million, to €1,827 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €1,911 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This decrease can be attributed to declining LME prices across all of our segments, coupled with a marginal decline in volumes shipped. The disposal of two soft alloy plants in France in May 2013 led to a 7.6 kt decrease in volumes shipped in our AS&I segment. Revenues per ton decreased by 3%, or €105 per ton, to €3,421 per ton, in the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €3,526 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Lower LME prices in the first six months of 2013 decreased our revenues by approximately €76 million. In the first half of 2013, the average spot rate for LME per ton was €1,461 per ton in comparison to €1,603 per ton for the corresponding period of 2012. On a constant LME price basis, utilizing the average LME price for the six months ended June 30, 2012 of €1,601 per ton, our revenue would have remained stable at €1,903 million.

Our volumes remained stable as shipments marginally decreased by 1%, or 8 kt, to 534 kt for the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to shipments of 542 kt for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Decreased volumes resulted in revenue decreasing by €6 million. Excluding revenue from our soft alloys plants which were disposed of in May 2013, our volumes would have been stable for the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Our A&T segment increased production during the first six months of 2013 with a 2%, or 3 kt, increase in shipment volumes as a result of increased shipments to our customers in the aerospace industry, also aided by our new multi-year contract with Airbus. However, segment revenue decreased by €20 million, or 3%, with revenue per ton decreasing by 6% to €5,033 per ton in the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €5,328 per ton in the six months ended June 30, 2012. This decrease was as a result of weakened pricing and a weakening of the U.S. dollar in the first half of 2013.

 

-67-


Table of Contents

AS&I volumes and revenues were impacted by the disposal of two factories. Excluding production from our disposed soft alloy plants, our AS&I volume decreased by 1 kt. Segment revenue per ton for our AS&I segment increased to €4,178 per ton in the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €4,145 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2012, benefiting from an increase in volumes in our higher value added products.

Our P&ARP segment volumes remained constant, although revenues declined by €20 million or 2% as a result of decreasing LME prices. P&ARP’s stable production coupled with lower LME prices in 2013 has contributed to segment revenue per ton decreasing to € 2,529 per ton in the first six months of 2013 from €2,585 per ton in the first six months of 2012.

Our segment revenues are discussed in more detail in the “Key Performance Indicators” section.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Cost of sales decreased by 4%, or €65 million, to €1,572 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €1,637 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, in line with our decrease in shipment volumes and also as a reflection of lower input prices of metal. Falling LME prices contributed to a 5%, or €49 million, decrease in raw materials and consumable expenses to €982 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, as compared to €1,031 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Depreciation increased by €7 million, to €9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, as we incurred a full period of depreciation of our 2012 investments.

On a per ton basis, cost of sales decreased by 3% to €2,944 per ton in the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €3,020 per ton in the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to lower spot prices for aluminum. Our raw materials cost per ton decreased by 3% to €1,839 per ton. We also incurred lower energy costs per ton. The costs of energy decreased by €9 million in line with decreased production volumes and the continued impact of our productivity initiatives.

Gross profit decreased by 7%, or €19 million, to €255 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €274 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our gross profit margin remained flat at 14% of revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013.

Our gross profit margin was also negatively impacted by our accounting for inventory under the weighted average cost method. Due to LME price movements and the timing of transfers from inventory to cost of sales this decreased our gross profit by €12 million compared to a decrease of €9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses remained relatively stable with an increase of 1%, or €1 million, to €102 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €101 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

External consulting expenses increased by 10%, or €2 million, to €22 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €20 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. External consulting expenses related primarily to costs incurred in preparing to become a publicly traded company.

Other selling and administrative expenses decreased by 1%, or €1 million, to €80 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €81 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This stability reflects our continuing efforts to rationalize our support functions.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by 10%, or €2 million, to €18 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €20 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, which reflects higher AIRWARE ® related costs in 2012.

 

-68-


Table of Contents

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring expenses decreased by 80%, or €8 million, to €2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €10 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 as the restructuring initiatives have either completed or are in their final phase.

Other Losses - Net

 

      (in millions of Euros)    Six months ended
June 30,
2012
    Six months ended
June 30,
2013
 

Realized losses on derivatives

     (24     (12

Unrealized losses on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss—net

     (8     (32

Unrealized exchange (losses) / gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     (1     1   

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     —          11   

Swiss pension plan settlement

     (8     —     

Loss on disposal

     —          (4

Other—net

     (2     5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other losses—net

     (43     (31

Other losses—net were €31 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to a loss of €43 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Unrealized losses on derivatives held at fair value through profit and loss increased by €24 million to €32 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our losses increased due to unrealized losses on derivatives entered into with the purpose of mitigating exposure to volatility in LME prices compounded by losses as the U.S. dollar weakened against the euro.

In the six months ended June 30, 2013, the impact of our hedging strategy in relation to foreign currency led to unrealized losses on derivatives of €4 million mainly driven by the leveling of the €/USD curve in 2013, whereas in the six months ended June 30, 2012 the impact of these derivatives was an unrealized loss of €3 million. In the six months ended June 30, 2013, €28 million of unrealized losses were recorded in relation to LME futures entered into to minimize the exposure to LME price volatility, compared to €4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, as the LME market decreased more in 2013 than in the same period of 2012.

Realized losses on derivatives decreased by €12 million to €12 million loss in the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €24 million loss for the six months ended June 30, 2012, as the matured deals on euro/USD showed less volatility against their hedges than in the first half of 2012.

In the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recognized an €11 million gain and in the six months ended June 30, 2012, an €8 million loss associated with amendments to our Ravenswood pension plan and a pension plan settlement in Switzerland, respectively. The gain at Ravenswood is a result of certain plan amendments reducing employee benefits resulting in recognition of negative past service cost. The loss of €8 million was recognized in relation to the plan in Switzerland due to the transfer of the pension plans to a new foundation and adjustments of assets and employee benefits. This led to a partial liquidation and triggered a settlement.

Loss on disposal in the six months ended June 30, 2013 relates primarily to the net loss on the disposal of our Saint Florentin and Ham plants. Other gains in the six months ended June 30, 2013 of €5 million reflects primarily reversals of our environmental provisions.

Other Expenses

Other expenses were €24 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to €2 million of expenses in the six months ended June 30, 2012. In the six months ended June 30, 2013 these expenses relate to fees associated with our initial public offering in May 2013.

 

-69-


Table of Contents

Finance Cost - Net

Finance costs—net decreased by 8%, or €3 million, to €34 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €37 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Interest expense on borrowings and factoring arrangements increased by €13 million or 54%, to €37 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €24 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, due to interest payable on our New Term Loan which we entered into in March 2013. Our New Term Loan replaced the Original Term Loan entered into in May 2012 which in turn repaid our Shareholder Loan. In the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recognized €8 million and €13 million of unamortized exit and arrangement fees respectively on the termination of the Original Term Loan.

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we recognized €7 million of unamortized fees associated with the termination of the Shareholder Loan as interest expense. Over the period, the expenses associated with our factoring arrangements remained stable, at €5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

This increase in interest expense was offset by the decrease in realized and unrealized losses on debt derivatives at fair value which we entered into to minimize our exposure to interest rate volatility. The realized and unrealized gains and losses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was €4 million gain and €3 million loss respectively in comparison to a loss of €11 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Income Tax

An income tax charge of €22 million was recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from €24 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The effective rate of tax for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was 50% compared to 39% for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2013 reflects an estimated weighted average annual tax rate of 30%, the impact of certain exceptional transactions and a country mix effect.

Net Income for the Year from Continuing Operations

Net income for the year from continuing operations was €22 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013, compared to €37 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, representing a decrease of €15 million. Gross profit margin remained stable and operating profit increased slightly benefitting from lower restructuring costs. Net income was impacted by €24 million of IPO related expenses.

Discontinued Operations

Losses from discontinued operations of €1 million were incurred in the six months ended June 30, 2012 in respect of our AIN segment. All AIN operations were ceased in 2012.

 

-70-


Table of Contents

Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011

 

     Successor consolidated
for the year ended
December 31,
 
                          2011                                                   2012                      
     (€ in millions and as a % of revenues)  

Continuing operations

             

Revenue

     3,556        100          3,610        100

Cost of sales

     (3,235     91          (3,132     87
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     321        9          478        13
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

     (216     6          (212     6

Research and development expenses

     (33     1          (36     1

Restructuring costs

     (20     1          (25     1

Other gains/(losses)—net

     (111     3          52        1
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) from operations

     (59     2          257        7

Other expenses

     (102     3          (3     —    

Finance costs, net

     (39     1          (60     2

Share of profit of joint ventures

     —         —              (5     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income/(loss) before income taxes

     (200     6          189        5

Income tax (expense)/benefit

     34        1          (47     1
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income/(loss) for the year from continuing operations

     (166     5          142        4

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (8     —              (8     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income/(loss) for the year

     (174     5          134        4
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shipment volumes (in kt)

     1,058        n/a             1,033        n/a   

Revenue per ton (€ per ton)

     3,362        n/a             3,495        n/a   

Gross profit margin

     9     n/a             13     n/a   
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

Revenue from continuing operations increased by 2%, or €54 million, to €3,610 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €3,556 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase was attributed to stronger pricing as we benefited from foreign currency movements and also an advantageous product mix in our Aerospace and Packaging products. Our A&T segment performed strongly during 2012 as revenues increased by €166 million, primarily due to increased pricing as a result of foreign currency movements and higher spreads coupled with a 4% increase in shipment volumes as we encountered strong demand for aerospace products.

Our revenue growth was achieved against a background of lower LME prices in 2012. In 2012, the average spot rate for LME per ton was €1,569 per ton in comparison to €1,720 per ton in the year ended December 31, 2011.

Our volumes remained relatively stable as shipments marginally decreased by 2%, or 25 kt, to 1,033 kt for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to shipments of 1,058 kt for the year ended December 31, 2011 resulting in a decline in revenue of €87 million. Our A&T segment performed strongly during 2012 with a 4%, or 8 kt, increase in shipment volumes as a result of increased activity in the aerospace industry whereas our other two operating segments suffered decreased volumes.

Revenues per ton increased by 4%, or €133 per ton, to €3,495 per ton in the year ended December 31, 2012 from €3,362 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our A&T segment saw revenue per ton increase by

 

-71-


Table of Contents

12% to €5,278 per ton in the year ended December 31, 2012 from €4,704 per ton in the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of improved pricing mix; new products and the strengthening of the U.S. dollar in 2012 as a significant portion of our aerospace revenues are invoiced in U.S. dollars. The average € to U.S. dollar exchange rate for the year was 1.2847 $/€ in 2012 in comparison to 1.3905 $/€ in 2011.

Our other segments encountered more challenging trading conditions with declining shipments coupled with lower LME prices in 2012. Segment revenue for our P&ARP and AS&I segments decreased by €71 million and €49 million, respectively. Our P&ARP and AS&I segment volumes decreased by 2% or 15 kt and 6% or 13 kt, respectively.

Our segment revenues are discussed in more detail in the “Key Performance Indicators” section.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Cost of sales decreased by 3%, or €103 million, to €3,132 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €3,235 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decrease in shipment volumes of 25 kt and lower input prices of metal which has led to an 8% or €174 million decrease in raw materials and consumable expenses over the period, to €1,987 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to €2,161 million in the year ended December 31, 2011.

On a per ton basis, cost of sales decreased marginally by 1% to €3,032 per ton in the year ended December 31, 2012 from €3,058 per ton in the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease was impacted by lower spot prices for aluminum, which contributed to our raw materials per ton decreasing by 6% to €1,924 per ton. These factors are offset by inflationary increases in employee remuneration across our segments.

Gross profit increased by 49%, or €157 million, to €478 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from €321 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our gross profit margin increased to 13% in the year ended December 31, 2012 from 9% in the year ended December 31, 2011. Our margins were positively impacted by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar which increased our aerospace products revenues invoiced in U.S. dollars and margins where costs of goods sold were incurred primarily in euros and the overall impact of all our cost reduction initiatives which contributed to decreased maintenance costs. Our gross profit margin was negatively impacted by our accounting for inventory under the weighted average cost method. Due to LME price movements and the timing of transfers from inventory to cost of sales this decreased our gross profit by €16 million compared to a negative impact of €12 million in December 31, 2011.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses remained relatively stable with a decrease of 2%, or €4 million, to €212 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €216 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

External consulting expenses decreased by 20%, or €11 million, to €43 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €54 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. External consulting expenses in the year ended December 31, 2012 related primarily to corporate tax and accounting advice, IT and other support related services and our pre-IPO costs of €4 million. In the year ended December 31, 2011, non-recurring consulting costs of €21 million related to the establishment of head office, IT and treasury functions which are fully operational in 2012.

The decrease in external consulting expenses was offset by an above inflationary increase in labor costs which were in part due to increased bonuses linked to the success of our cost reduction initiatives.

 

-72-


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased by 9%, or €3 million, to €36 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €33 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as we continued to develop and expand our AIRWARE ® offering.

Research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2012 were primarily incurred in our A&T segment of which €24 million was in relation to further development of our AIRWARE ® product. Our P&ARP segment incurred €12 million across a number of various development projects which are ongoing and our AS&I segment reduced its research and development spend by €2 million as part of its cost efficiency program.

Research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2011 related to various projects, primarily in the A&T segment of €13 million and the P&ARP segment of €11 million.

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring expenses increased by 25%, or €5 million, to €25 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €20 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our expenses in the year ended December 31, 2012 were due to initiatives at our sites, primarily in Sierre, Switzerland, where we incurred €7 million during the period, as well as restructuring in other sites and at our corporate support services location in Paris.

The 2011 costs were related to restructuring programs put in place at our Ham and Singen facilities amounting to €14 million and €3 million, respectively and at the corporate level amounting to €3 million.

Other Gains/(Losses) - Net

 

       (in millions of Euros)    Year ended
December 31,
2011
    Year ended
December 31,
2012
 

Realized gains (losses) on derivatives

     31        (45

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss—net

     (144     61   

Unrealized exchange (losses) / gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     4        (1

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     —         48   

Swiss pension plan settlement

     —         (8

Ravenswood CBA negotiation

     —         (7

Other—net

     (2     4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other gains/(losses)—net

     (111     52   

Other gains (net) were €52 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to other losses (net) of €111 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Unrealized gains on derivatives held at fair value through profit and loss in the year ended December 31, 2012 was €61 million compared to €144 million of unrealized losses for the year ended December 31, 2011, which is made up of unrealized losses or gains on derivatives entered into with the purpose of mitigating exposure to volatility in foreign currency and LME prices.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, the impact of our hedging strategy in relation to foreign currency led to unrealized losses on derivatives of €59 million which related primarily to the exposure on the multiple year sale agreement for fabricated products in U.S. dollars by a euro functional subsidiary of the group. In the year ended December 31, 2012 the impact of these derivatives was an unrealized gain of €35 million as the U.S. dollar weakened against the euro in the second half of 2012.

 

-73-


Table of Contents

In the year ended December 31, 2011, €86 million of unrealized losses were recorded in relation to LME futures entered into to minimize the exposure to LME price volatility. A steep decline in LME prices of aluminum led to unrealized losses with the revaluation of the underlying transaction continuing to be off balance sheet as the sales had not yet been invoiced and recognized as revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2012 this resulted in an unrealized gain of €25 million. Hedges which had a significant negative mark-to-market at year end 2011 expired and offset the underlying commercial transactions during 2012. Further, the aluminum market traded sideways during 2012 and the mark-to-market at year end of derivatives related to aluminum hedging was close to zero.

In the year ended December 31, 2012, we also recognized a €48 million gain and an €8 million loss associated with changes in pension plans at Ravenswood and in Switzerland. The gain at Ravenswood was a result of certain plan amendments altering employee benefits resulting in recognition of negative past service cost. The loss in Switzerland resulted from the transfer of the pension plans to a new foundation and adjustments of assets and employee benefits.

During the third quarter of 2012, the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) regulating working conditions at Ravenswood was renegotiated and a new five-year CBA was put in place. Costs of €7 million during these renegotiations related to professional fees including legal expenses and bonuses related to the successful resolution of this renewed five-year agreement.

Other Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded non-recurring acquisition costs of €3 million incurred at the beginning of 2012 in relation to the ongoing separation. In the year ended December 31, 2011, these costs amounted to €102 million in relation to the costs of the transaction itself as well as costs of separation.

Finance Cost - Net

Finance costs (net) increased by 54%, or €21 million, to €60 million in the year ended December 31, 2012, from €39 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The increase in net finance costs can be attributed to the Original Term Loan which we entered into in May 2012. Our interest payable on borrowings and factoring arrangements increased by 26% or €8 million to €39 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €31 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, as we incurred €7 million of arrangement fees in respect of the Original Term Loan.

The Original Term Loan had a variable interest rate and we entered into a cross currency interest rate swap to minimize our exposure to interest rate volatility. The realized and unrealized loss related to the cross currency interest rate swap on the Original Term Loan amounted to €18 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Income Tax

An income tax charge of €47 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an income tax benefit of €34 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The effective rate of tax for the year ended December 31, 2012 was a 25% charge compared to a 17% benefit for the year ended December 31, 2011. In 2011 non-recurring Acquisition costs were considered nondeductible in some jurisdictions and deferred tax assets in 2011 were not recognized as it was determined to be more likely than not that sufficient future taxable profits would be generated in certain countries to allow the utilization of these tax losses or deferred tax assets.

 

-74-


Table of Contents

Net Income/(Loss) for the Year from Continuing Operations

Net income for the year from continuing operations was €142 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to a loss of €166 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was driven by an increase in gross profit and gross profit margin as a result of increased spreads, better product mix and a reduced cost base, as well as other gains. These were partially offset by higher finance costs associated with the 2012 refinancing.

Discontinued Operations

Losses from discontinued operations of €8 million were incurred in both years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The loss was attributable to restructuring, separation and completion costs.

Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010

 

     Predecessor combined
for the year ended
December 31,
         Successor consolidated
for the year ended
December 31,
 
                              2010                                                        2011                       
     (€ in millions and as a % of revenues)  

Continuing operations

             

Revenue

     2,957        100          3,556        100

Cost of sales

     (2,715     92          (3,235     91
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     242        8          321        9
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

     (190     6          (216     6

Research and development expenses

     (53     2          (33     1

Restructuring costs

     (6     —              (20     1

Impairment charges

     (224     8         

Other gains/(losses)—net

     (17     1          (111     3
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (loss) from operations

     (248     8          (59     2

Other expenses

     —         —              (102     3

Finance costs, net

     (7     —              (39     1

Share of profit of joint ventures

     2        —              —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (loss) before income taxes

     (253     9          (200     6

Income tax (expense)/benefit

     44        1          34        1
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (loss) for the year from continuing operations

     (209     7          (166     5

Net Income / (loss) from discontinued operations

     2        —              (8     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (loss) for the year

     (207     7          (174     5
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shipment volumes (in kt)

     972        n/a           1,058        n/a   

Revenue per ton (€ per ton)

     3,042        n/a           3,362        n/a   

Gross profit margin

     8     n/a           9     n/a   

Revenue

Revenue from continuing operations increased by 20%, or €599 million, to €3,556 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €2,957 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. As discussed in more detail in the “Key Performance Indicators” section, this increase in consolidated revenues was driven by higher volumes which increased by 9% or 86 kt in 2011 and contributed €288 million to revenue growth. We also encountered stronger pricing supported by higher LME prices which increased to an average of €1,720 per ton in

 

-75-


Table of Contents

2011 from €1,638 per ton in 2010 and also a more favorable mix of products. Consequently, our revenue per ton increased by 11% or €320 per ton to €3,362 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2011, from €3,042 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenues from our A&T, P&ARP and AS&I segments increased by €206 million, €252 million and €156 million, respectively. The 25% or €206 million increase in our A&T segment revenues can be attributed to an 11% or 21 kt increase in volumes coupled with LME price increases passed on to our end customers. Our volumes have increased due to a pick up in the aerospace sector and also increased demand for our transportation products. The A&T volume increases have contributed €99 million to the group revenue growth. These volume and price increases were offset by the impact of the weakening U.S. dollar as the average U.S. dollar to euro exchange rate declined to 1.3905 in 2011 from 1.33 in 2010. Revenues per ton were 11% higher in 2011.

Our P&ARP and AS&I segments increased volumes by 6%, or 33 kt, and 3% and 7kt, respectively with a 12% and 17% increase in revenues per ton again benefiting from strong demand and pricing.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Cost of sales increased by 19%, or €520 million, to €3,235 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €2,715 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, due to an increase in volumes of 9% coupled with increasing LME prices specifically in the first half of 2011.

Raw materials and consumables expenses increased by 18%, or €324 million, to €2,161 million in 2011 from €1,837 million in 2010. This represents a 10% increase in cost of goods sold per ton to €2,043 per ton in 2011 from €1,850 in 2010.

Inflationary factors also contributed to the overall increase in raw materials as energy costs increased by 26% to €139 million in 2011 and repairs and maintenance costs by 7% or €6 million to €98 million in 2011. These increases were partly offset by the impact of cost reduction initiatives.

Gross profit margin improved to 9% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 8% for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to increases in volumes sold and increases in selling prices as we saw a general recovery in our end-markets. We also encountered productivity gains and the realization of cost savings which offset the negative impact of timing differences in LME price movements and the transfers out of inventory, which had a negative impact of €12 million.

Our gross profit margin was improved by these timing differences, or the metal price lag impact, as we encountered a €47 million positive impact in 2010. This positive impact was marginally offset by the ongoing labor negotiations at Ravenswood where a settlement was reached in August 2010 and €8 million costs were incurred in relation thereto.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses increased by 14%, or €26 million, to €216 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €190 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Prior to the Acquisition, €17 million of general corporate expense allocations were allocated by the previous owner based on a combination of average headcount and capital employed. Post-Acquisition, as we transitioned to operating as a standalone group, we have incurred expenses in relation to the establishment of new central corporate functions as well as increased consulting fees associated with the set up of these functions. These costs represent €21 million in the year ended December 31, 2011.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses decreased by 38%, or €20 million, to €33 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €53 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Research and development

 

-76-


Table of Contents

expenses incurred prior to the winning of a new project or launch of a new product have decreased due to management’s ongoing cost optimization measures implemented during 2010 and throughout 2011. Research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2010 also contained the expenses of the Predecessor’s facility in Neuhausen, which was not part of the Acquisition. Research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to €39 million net of a tax research credit of €6 million. Research and development expenses related to various projects, primarily in the A&T segment of €13 million and the P&ARP segment of €11 million.

Restructuring Costs

Restructuring expenses increased by 233%, or €14 million, to €20 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The 2011 costs were related to restructuring programs put in place at the Ham and Singen facilities amounting to €14 million and €3 million, respectively, and at the corporate level amounting to €3 million. In 2010, restructuring costs were lower due to certain historical restructuring programs coming to completion.

Impairment Charges

No impairment charges were incurred in the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with €224 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The impairment charges in 2010 relate to property, plant and equipment write-downs of €216 million, comprising €106 million in machinery and equipment, €54 million in land and buildings and €56 million in construction work in progress and an €8 million write-down to intangible assets recognized in the A&T operating segment.

Other Losses—Net

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2010
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Realized gains on derivatives

     —         31   

Unrealized losses on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss – net

     (31     (144

Unrealized exchange gain/(losses) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities – net

     (7     4   

Other – net

     21        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other losses – net

     (17     (111
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other losses (net) were €111 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with other losses (net) of €17 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In the year ended December 31, 2011, we have entered into financial instruments with the purpose of minimizing our exposure to currency and metal price volatility. In 2011, we incurred €144 million of unrealized net losses on derivative instruments at fair value through profit and loss in comparison to €31 million in the year ended December 31, 2010 as a result of derivatives entered into to minimize exposure to foreign currency volatility on multiple year contracts and LME futures for aluminum spot price volatility. Offsetting this is €31 million of realized gains on derivatives on metal and foreign exchanges in the year ended December 31, 2011.

Other Expenses

In the year ended December 31, 2011, we recorded acquisition costs of €102 million in relation to the Acquisition and the costs of the transaction itself as well as costs of separation. These are exceptional non-recurring costs.

 

-77-


Table of Contents

Finance Costs (Net)

Finance costs (net) of €39 million were incurred in the year ended December 31, 2011, which represents an increase from €7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase is mainly attributed to the €31 million of interest expense on the Shareholder Loan and credit facilities and the factoring arrangements put in place at the time of the Acquisition to provide financing for Constellium.

Income Tax

An income tax benefit of €34 million was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011, which represents a decrease from the income tax benefit of €44 million in December 31, 2010. The effective rate of tax was 17% in the two years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011.

Loss for the Year from Continuing Operations

Loss for the year from continuing operations decreased by 21%, or €43 million, to a loss of €166 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from a loss of €209 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is attributable to a reduction in impairment charges from €224 million to zero, offset by costs of Acquisition and separation and unrealized losses associated with derivatives in 2011.

Discontinued Operations

Losses from discontinued operations of €8 million were incurred in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to an income of €2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This is attributable to restructuring and separation costs related to the disposal of the AIN business in 2011.

Segment Revenue

The following table sets forth the revenues for our operating segments for the periods presented:

 

    Predecessor combined
for  the year ended
December 31,
        Successor consolidated
for the year ended
December 31,
    Successor for the six months
ended June 30,
 
                    2010                            2011             2012                     2012                     2013          
    (millions of € and as a % of revenue) (Unaudited)  

A&T

    810        27         1,016        28     1,182        33     634        33     614        34

P&ARP

    1,373        46         1,625        46     1,554        43     809        42     789        43

AS&I

    754        26         910        26     861        24     456        24     422        23

Holdings and corporate

    20        1         5        —         13        —         12        1     2        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenues from continuing operations

    2,957        100         3,556        100     3,610        100     1,911        100     1,827        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A&T. Revenues in our A&T segment decreased by 3% or €20 million, to €614 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to €634 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our volumes increased slightly by 3% or 3kt, to 122kt for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from 119 kt for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Shipments to our customers in our aerospace industry from our Issoire plant increased in the six months ended June 30, 2013, although shipments decreased in respect of alloys. The second quarter of the year saw a planned maintenance program at Ravenswood impact production negatively. Pricing remained relatively stable in relation to our Aerospace applications but declined in other applications as a result of the negative mix achieved in the U.S. coil business.

Revenues in our A&T segment increased by 16%, or €166 million, to €1,182 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to €1,016 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

 

-78-


Table of Contents

Our volumes increased by 4%, or 8kt, to 224kt for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 216 kt for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our volume increases can be attributed to increased aerospace demand produced at our Ravenswood facility and achievable due to our increased capacity following the operational turnaround of the facility. Offsetting this is a general softening of our transportation volumes, specifically in automotive products as the sector has suffered from oversupply in all geographic regions.

Revenues per ton increased by 12%, or €574 per ton, to €5,278 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €4,704 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2011. This was driven by improved pricing mix, new products and a stronger U.S. dollar and a better product mix, especially in aerospace although these positive factors are partially offset by lower aluminum prices and the lowered production capacity at Ravenswood while the CBA was being renegotiated.

Revenues in our A&T segment increased by 25%, or €206 million, to €1,016 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €810 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in volumes combined with higher selling prices. 2011 volumes increased by 11% resulting in an increase in revenues of approximately €99 million. This increase is mainly attributable to an increase in our Aerospace business as a result of higher demand from our main aerospace customers. An increase in the selling prices contributed to revenue per ton increasing by 13% year over year, from €4,154 per ton in 2010 to €4,704 per ton in 2011. This is primarily attributed to a favorable mix of products sold and higher aluminum prices.

P&ARP. Revenues in our P&ARP segment decreased by 2% or €20 million, to €789 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €809 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. As volumes were constant at 312kt for the six months ended June 30, 2013, from 313kt for the six months ended June 30, 2012, the driver of revenue decreasing was falling LME prices.

Revenues in our P&ARP segment decreased by 4%, or €71 million, to €1,554 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €1,625 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. This decrease is the result of a marginal decrease of volumes by 2% to 606 kt for the year ended December 31, 2012, from 621 kt for the year ended December 31, 2011. Decreases in LME prices contributed to a marginal decrease of 2% in our prices to revenues per ton of €2,566 in 2012.

Volumes in our rigid packaging segment were stable over the year but our Automotive & Customized Solutions decreased marginally due to weak demand in the construction market. This was partially offset by a better product mix with volumes increasing in some of our higher value added product lines as our food can volumes increased by 11% compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 and improving margins.

Revenues in our P&ARP segment increased by 18% or €252 million to €1,625 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €1,373 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our volumes increased in addition to higher selling prices being attained. Increased volumes of 6% contributed to an increase in revenues of approximately €86 million and were due to record shipment volumes driven by increased demand in the can stock market in Europe, the winning of additional long-term contracts and favorable market conditions for most of the year. An increase in selling prices contributed to an increase in revenues per ton of 12% to €2,617 revenue per ton in 2011.

AS&I . Revenues in our AS&I segment decreased by 7% or €34 million, to €422 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €456 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our segment volumes decreased by 8% to 101kt for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from 110kt for the six months ended June 30, 2012. If volumes are adjusted to reflect the disposal of our two soft alloy plants in France, shipment volumes were in line with the same period in the prior year. Our automotive structures business remained strong, with an increase in volumes of 11% from the equivalent period in the prior year; offset by lower soft alloy volumes mainly on depressed building and solar markets.

 

-79-


Table of Contents

Revenues in our AS&I segment decreased by 5%, or €49 million, to €861 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €910 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. Our segment volume decreased by 6% to 206 kt for the year December 31, 2012 from 219kt for the year ended December 31, 2011 as our Soft Alloys products suffered from continued slowdowns in the construction industry specifically in France. This was partially offset by increased demand in Europe, North America and China for automotive products leading to a 19% increase in volumes shipped in our Automotive Structures.

Revenues per ton remained stable at €4,180 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to €4,155 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2011 due to a more advantageous product mix associated with better conversion prices for our higher value added products. The impact of foreign exchange rates volatility on AS&I revenues was minimal and instead revenues continued to be impacted by aluminum prices which decreased by 13% over the period.

Revenues in our AS&I segment increased by 21% or €156 million to €910 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €754 million in the year ended December 31, 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in volumes combined with higher selling prices. Volumes increased by 3% resulting in an increase in revenues of approximately €29 million. This increase is primarily attributed to an increase in shipment volumes as a result of the ongoing strength in the hard alloy and rail markets and automotive sales in Germany. This was offset by weaker building and construction markets in France. Selling prices contributed to an increase in revenue per ton of 17% year over year, from €3,557 per ton in 2010 to €4,155 per ton in 2011. This was primarily attributed to a favorable mix of products sold and higher aluminum prices.

Holdings and Corporate. Revenues in our Holdings and Corporate segment decreased by €10 million to €2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €12 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to a reduction in revenues generated from our forging business.

Revenues in our Holdings and Corporate segment increased by €8 million, to €13 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €5 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. Included in our Intersegment revenues are revenues generated from our forging businesses.

Revenues in our Holdings and Corporate segment decreased 75% or €15 million, to €5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €20 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.

Key Performance Indicators

In considering the financial performance of the business, management analyzes the primary financial performance measure of Management Adjusted EBITDA in all of our business segments and Adjusted EBITDA as defined and required under the covenants contained in our financing facilities. Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is our profit or loss for the relevant period.

We believe Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below, are useful to investors as they exclude items which do not impact our day-to-day operations and which management in many cases does not directly control or influence. Similar concepts of adjusted EBITDA are frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties in their evaluation of our company and in comparison to other companies, many of which present an adjusted EBITDA-related performance measure when reporting their results.

Management Adjusted EBITDA is defined as profit for the period from continuing operations before results from joint venture, net financial expenses, income taxes and depreciation, amortization and impairment as adjusted to exclude losses on disposal of property, plant and equipment, acquisition and separation costs, restructuring costs and unrealized gains or losses on derivatives and on foreign exchange differences.

 

-80-


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA further adjusted for favorable (unfavorable) metal price lag, exceptional consulting costs, effects of purchase accounting adjustment, standalone costs and Apollo management fees, application of our post-Acquisition hedging policy, gain on forgiveness of related party loan, and exceptional employee bonuses in relation to cost saving implementation and targets.

Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical tools. They are not recognized terms under IFRS and therefore do not purport to be an alternative to operating profit as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity.

Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider these performance measures in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations.

Management Adjusted EBITDA

The following tables show Constellium’s combined and consolidated Management Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

    Predecessor
for the year ended
December 31,
        Successor
for the year ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the six months ended
June 30,
 
                2010                        2011     2012                 2012                          2013      
    (millions of € and as a % of segment revenue)    

(unaudited)

 

A&T

    35        4         26        3     92        8     56         9     65         11

P&ARP

    74        5         63        4     80        5     41         5     43         5

AS&I

    (4     (1 %)          20        2     40        5     23         5     27         6

Holdings and corporate

    (47     (235 %)          (6     (120 %)      (9     (69 %)      9         75     2         100
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Management Adjusted EBITDA

    58        2         103        3     203        6     129         7     137         7
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

A&T. Management Adjusted EBITDA in our A&T segment increased by 16% or €9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €65 million, compared to €56 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Management Adjusted EBITDA in our A&T segment increased to €533 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €471 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase reflected increased shipments within the aerospace sector, including the new multi-year contract entered into with Airbus, combined with higher productivity and increased cost control. This positive trend is partly offset by weaker prices in our non-aero segment and less attractive product mix in aero application.

Management Adjusted EBITDA in our A&T segment more than tripled to €92 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 compared to €26 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Management Adjusted EBITDA in our A&T segment increased to €411 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €120 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2011. This increase included €44 million related to pricing and spreads on our aerospace products as well as €34 million related to favorable product mix. Management Adjusted EBITDA further benefitted from lower overhead expenses and labor costs of €1 million following the restructuring plan in Sierre, but suffered from the lowered productivity at Ravenswood while the CBA was being renegotiated. The increase was marginally offset by increased R&D costs of €4 million associated with the development of AIRWARE ® and the negative impact of the Swiss franc weakening by €9 million.

Management Adjusted EBITDA in our A&T segment decreased by 26%, or €9 million, to €26 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €35 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease can be attributed to increasing inflation which had a negative impact of €8 million and negative foreign exchange impacts of €14 million and other one-offs of €14 million. These negative factors were partially offset by increased segment volumes and mix and positive pricing impacts which contributed €29 million and €24 million respectively to Management Adjusted EBITDA.

 

-81-


Table of Contents

P&ARP. Management Adjusted EBITDA in our P&ARP segment increased slightly by 5% or €2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €43 million, compared to €41 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Management Adjusted EBITDA in our P&ARP segment increased to €138 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €131 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This is due to a positive volume and mix impact in our automotive & customized solutions and the continuation of our cost reduction initiatives, offset by inflationary increases to labor and energy costs and the €12 million negative impact of metal price lag.

Management Adjusted EBITDA in our P&ARP segment increased by 27% or €17 million to €80 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €63 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Management Adjusted EBITDA per ton increased by 30% to €132 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €101 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our Management Adjusted EBITDA improved due to better pricing and mix, mostly in can stock, which impacted Management Adjusted EBITDA by €21 million, and the impacts of the various cost reduction initiatives contributing €7 million to Management Adjusted EBITDA. This was partially offset by €6 million of inflation on labor and energy costs and the effect of declining volumes of €7 million. Foreign exchange variations had limited effect over the period as had our metal price lag adjustment.

Management Adjusted EBITDA in our P&ARP segment decreased by 15% or €11 million to €63 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from €74 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease is driven by a €16 million negative impact on prices following LME fluctuations, as well as a €19 million higher inflation, mainly on energy and raw materials associated expenses. Central costs were also €11 million higher and foreign exchange had a negative impact of €4 million. This was however partially offset by €8 million associated with volume and mix and €22 million of cost productivity improvements.

AS&I. Management Adjusted EBITDA in our AS&I segment increased by 17% or €4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 to €27 million, compared to €23 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Management Adjusted EBITDA in our AS&I segment increased to €267 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €209 per ton for the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase reflects the good performance of our hard alloys and automotive structures solutions, lower tooling expenses, the continuing effect of our cost reduction and productivity initiatives which compensated for the constrained activity in soft alloys.

Management Adjusted EBITDA in our AS&I segment increased by 100%, or €20 million, to €40 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 from €20 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Over the same period, Management Adjusted EBITDA per ton increased by 113%, to €194 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2012, from €91 per ton for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Although inflationary impacts on labor and energy costs negatively impacted Management Adjusted EBITDA by €9 million, this was more than offset by a lower cost base of €19 million resulting from productivity improvements and effects of our previous and current restructuring programs at Sierre, Ham, Levice and Singen being realized. Management Adjusted EBITDA was also impacted in 2012 by €4 million due to better mix and prices and a lower spend on R&D.

Management Adjusted EBITDA in our AS&I segment increased by €24 million, to €20 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from a loss of €4 million in December 31, 2010. The increase in Management Adjusted EBITDA is due to an increase in volumes shipped which contributed €14 million positively to Management Adjusted EBITDA coupled with increased pricing and product mix and the positive impact of cost saving initiatives.

Holdings and Corporate. Our Holdings and Corporate segment generated Management Adjusted EBITDA gains of €2 million and €9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. These gains are derived from management, procurement and treasury fees invoiced to the operating segments.

 

-82-


Table of Contents

Management Adjusted EBITDA losses of €9 million and €6 million were incurred for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, in our Holdings and Corporate segment. These losses were incurred due to non-integral operating entities such as our forging businesses, pass-through entities for import/export or income tax purposes, corporate and head office costs, non-service related pension and other post-retirement benefit costs and other non-operating items. The increase in our 2012 Management Adjusted EBITDA loss is primarily attributed to an increase in costs accrued centrally for employees in our corporate and head office function.

We recorded a Management Adjusted EBITDA loss of €47 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to exceptional consulting costs of €30 million as we prepared for the Acquisition.

The following table reconciles our profit or loss for the period from continuing operations to our Management Adjusted EBITDA for the years presented:

 

    Predecessor
for the year
ended
December 31,
        Successor
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the six months
ended
June 30,
 
(€ in millions unless otherwise stated)       2010                   2011             2012             2012             2013      
            (unaudited)   

Profit/(loss) for the period from continuing operations

    (209         (166     142        37        22   

Finance costs—net

    7            39        60        37        34   

Income tax

    (44         (34     47        24        22   

Share of profit from joint ventures

    (2         —         5        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

    38            2        11        2        9   

Impairment charges

    224            —         3        —          —     

Expenses related to the acquisition and separation (a)

    —             102        3        2          

Restructuring costs (b)

    6            20        25        10        2   

Unrealized losses on derivatives at fair value and exchange gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities

    38            140        (60     9        31   

Swiss pension plan settlement (c)

    —             —         8        8        —     

Ravenswood benefit plan amendment (d)

    —             —         (48     —         (11 )

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation (e)

    —             —         7        —          —     

Net losses on disposals (f)

    —             —         —          —          4   

Other (g)

    —             —         —          —          24  
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management Adjusted EBITDA

    58            103        203        129        137   
 

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents expenses related to the Acquisition and separation of the Company from its previous owners.
(b) Restructuring costs represent one-time termination benefits or severance, plus contract termination costs, primarily related to equipment and facility lease obligations.
(c) Represents a loss generated by a settlement on withdrawal from the foundation that administered its employee benefit plan in Switzerland of €8 million.
(d) Represents a €48 million gain due to amendments of our Ravenswood plan in H2 2012 and a gain of €11 million related to our amendment to our Ravenswood benefit plan in the six months ended June 30, 2013.
(e) Represents non-recurring professional fees, including legal expenses and bonuses in relation to the successful renegotiation of the five-year collective bargaining agreement at our Ravenswood manufacturing site in September 2012.
(f) Represents losses on disposal of our plants in Ham and Saint Florentin, France which were completed on May 31, 2013 and other European assets.
(g) Represents costs incurred in connection with our initial public offering in May 2013.

 

-83-


Table of Contents

Quarterly Financial Information

The table below presents summary financial and operating data for our quarters in the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 and the period ended June 30, 2013:

 

     2012     2013  
(€ in millions unless otherwise stated) (unaudited)    Q1     Q2     Q3     Q4     Q1     Q2  
        

Statement of income data (continuing operations):

          

Revenue

     935        976        885        814        911        916   

Cost of sales

     (813     (822     (785     (712     (784     (788

Gross profit

     122        154        100        102        127        128   

Income from operations

     89        13        73        82        29        73   

Income before income taxes

     79        (16     59        67        4        40   

Net Income/(loss) for the year from continuing operations

     56        (17     41        62        (2     24   

Other operational and financial data:

          

Net trade working capital

     470        514        463        289        402        373   

Change in net trade working capital

     (89     (44     51        174        (113     29   

Capital expenditure

     32        15        23        56        23        32   

Volumes (in kt)

     265        277        256        235        260        274   

Revenue per ton (€/ kt)

     3,528        3,523        3,457        3,464        3,504        3,343   

Management Adjusted EBITDA

     58        73        32        40        67        70   

Management Adjusted EBITDA per ton (€/ kt)

     219        264        129        166        258        255   

Adjusted EBITDA

     61        83        40        44        72        85   

Adjusted EBITDA per ton (€/ kt)

     230        300        160        183        277        310   

Continuing operations*

          

Net Income/(loss) for the year from continuing operations

     56        (17     41        62        (2     24   

Finance costs—net

     9        28        12        11        25        9   

Income tax

     23        1        18        5        6        16   

Share of loss from joint ventures

     —          —          —          5        —          —     

Depreciation and amortization

     1        1        5        7        4        5   

Restructuring costs

     1        9        5        10        2        —     

Expenses related to the acquisition and separation

     1        1        1        —          —          —     

Unrealized/(gains) losses on derivatives at fair value and exchange gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities

     (41     50        (58     (11     32        (1

Pension settlement and amendment

     8        —            (48     —          (11

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation

     —          —          8        (1     —          —     

Losses /gains on disposals

     —          —          —          —          —          4   

Other

     —          —          —          —          —          24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management Adjusted EBITDA

     58        73        32        40        67        70   

Favorable/(unfavorable) metal price lag

     1        8        7        —          2        10   

Apollo management fee

     1        —          1        1        1        1   

Exceptional employee bonuses in relation to cost savings and turnaround plans

     1        2        —          (1     —          —     

Other

     —          —          —          4        2        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     61        83        40        44        72        85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* See footnotes (3) and (4) to the “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

 

-84-


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2013, we have adopted IAS 19 Employee Benefits (revised) (IAS 19) in our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the period ended June 30, 2013 and in accordance with transition rules in IAS 19 we have retrospectively applied this standard to the six months ended June 30, 2012. We have not restated our audited combined and consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and the quarterly financial information presented in the table above for fiscal year 2012 as the impact of this revised standard is not material to our results of operations and financial position.

Covenant Compliance and Financial Ratios

Our debt agreements contain customary covenants and events of default that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of our subsidiaries, to incur indebtedness, sell assets, make investments, engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations and make dividends and other restricted payments. In addition, our floating rate term loan agreement (the “Term Loan Agreement”) contains a covenant that, after the initial public offering, requires us to maintain a consolidated secured net leverage ratio of no more than 3.0 to 1.0, tested on a quarterly basis (as determined under our Term Loan Agreement). The ratio is calculated on a pro forma basis as consolidated secured debt (including receivables financing) less unrestricted cash divided by Adjusted EBITDA. The definition of Adjusted EBITDA allows us to adjust certain non-cash or exceptional income, expenses, gains or losses that are deducted in determining net income (for example, restructuring costs) and to add the future benefit of identified cost reduction programs.

We were in compliance with our covenants as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013 and June 30, 2013 and expect to be in compliance when we report at September 30, 2013.

The Term Loan Agreement contains other customary affirmative and negative covenants including with respect to liens, incurrence of indebtedness, investments, asset sales and transactions and restricted payments.

Our ABL Facility described in “Description of Certain Indebtedness—U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (the “ABL Facility”)” contains a financial maintenance covenant that requires Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC to maintain excess availability of the greater of (i) $10 million and (ii) 10% of the aggregate revolving loan commitments. Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC is currently in compliance with this financial maintenance covenant. The ABL Facility also contains customary negative covenants on liens, investments and restricted payments related to Ravenswood, LLC.

Management Adjusted EBITDA Reconciliation

The following tables show Constellium’s combined and consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012:

 

     Predecessor for
the year
ended
December 31,
         Successor for
the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor for
the six  months
ended
June 30,
 
     2010                2011             2012             2012              2013      
    

(€ in millions)

(unaudited)

 

A&T

     36             41        105        65         72   

P&ARP

     46             95        92        47         55   

AS&I

     (11          37        46        28         30   

Intersegment and Other

     (23          (13     (15     4         —     
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Adjusted EBITDA

     48             160        228        144         157   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, but we believe it provides investors and other users of our financial information with useful information. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a performance

 

-85-


Table of Contents

measure as management believes this measure provides additional information used by our lending facilities providers with respect to the ongoing performance of our underlying business activities. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is a component of our financial covenants under the Term Loan Agreement.

Adjusted EBITDA is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA further adjusted for favorable (unfavorable) metal price lag, exceptional consulting costs, effects of purchase accounting adjustment, standalone costs and Apollo management fees, application of our post-Acquisition hedging policy, gain on forgiveness of a related party loan, and exceptional employee bonuses in relation to cost saving implementation and targets. Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition, liquidity or profitability, and should not be considered as an alternative to profit or loss for the year determined in accordance with IFRS or operating cash flows determined in accordance with IFRS.

The following table reconciles our Management Adjusted EBITDA to our Adjusted EBITDA for the years presented:

 

     Predecessor          Successor    

 

   Successor  
     Year ended December 31,    

 

   Six months ended June 30,  
     2010                2011              2012        

 

   2012      2013  
    

(€ in millions)

(unaudited)

 
Management Adjusted EBITDA    58            103      203          129      137  

Favorable / (unfavorable) metal price lag (a)

     (47          12         16           9         12   

Exceptional consulting costs (b)

     30             —          —            —          —    

Transition and start-up costs (c)

     —              21         —            —          —    

Effects of Purchase Accounting adjustment (d)

     —              12         —            —          —    

Standalone costs (e)

     (7          1         —            —          —    

Apollo management fee (f)

     —              1         3           1         2  

Transition to new hedging policy (g)

     11             —          —            —          —    

Exceptional employee bonuses in relation to cost savings and turnaround plans (h)

     —              2         2           3        —    

Other (i)

     3             8         4           2         6   
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     48             160         228           144         157   
  

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Represents the financial impact of the timing difference between when aluminum prices included within our revenues are established and when aluminum purchase prices included in our cost of sales are established. We account for inventory using a weighted average price basis and this adjustment is to remove the effect of volatility in London Metal Exchange (“LME”) prices. This lag will, generally, increase our earnings and Adjusted EBITDA in times of rising primary aluminum prices and decrease our earnings and Adjusted EBITDA in times of declining primary aluminum prices. The calculation of our metal price lag adjustment is based on an internal standardized methodology calculated at each of our manufacturing sites and is calculated as the average value of product recorded in inventory, which approximates the spot price in the market, less the average value transferred out of inventory, which is the weighted average of the metal element of our cost of goods sold, by the quantity sold in the period.
(b) Represents exceptional external consultancy costs which relate to the preparation of the divestment of the AEP Business in 2010.
(c) Represents exceptional external consultancy costs related to the implementation of our cost savings program and set up of our IT infrastructure in 2011.
(d) Represents the non-cash step up in inventory costs on the Acquisition of €12 million.
(e)

Represents the incremental standalone costs that would have been incurred if the Predecessor had operated as a standalone entity. This €19 million of corporate head office costs incurred in the six months ended June 30, 2012 was pro-rated for a twelve-month period after adjustment to remove the Predecessor corporate costs. The corporate head office costs include finance, legal, human resources and other corporate

 

-86-


Table of Contents
  services that are now provided to our reporting segments and are principally provided at our corporate support services functions in Paris.
(f) Represents the Apollo management fee, payable annually post-Acquisition, which is equal to the greater of $2 million per annum or 1% of our Adjusted EBITDA measure before such fees, as defined in the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, plus related expenses. Upon consummation of the initial public offering the Company and Apollo agreed to terminate the management agreement.
(g) Prior to the Acquisition, the Predecessor did not hedge U.S. dollar denominated aerospace contracts, which resulted in exposures to fluctuating euro-to-U.S. dollar exchange rates. Following completion of the Acquisition, we have implemented a policy to fully hedge foreign currency transactions against fluctuations in foreign currency. This adjustment is calculated based on the revenues generated by our aerospace contracts and assumes a U.S dollar: euro exchange rate of 1.2253 to 1, which is the average exchange rate for the first six months of 2006 when such contract volumes became committed and therefore this rate has been applied to revenue recorded throughout the Predecessor Period. If the U.S. dollar had weakened/strengthened by 8% against the euro, our adjustment would have been €12 million higher or lower in 2010.
(h) Represents one-off bonuses under a two-year plan, paid to selected employees in relation to the achievement of cost savings targets and the costs of a bonus plan in relation to the turnaround program at our Ravenswood site.
(i) Other adjustments are as follows: (i) in 2010, the adjustment of €3 million relates to exceptional scrap costs resulting from processing issues directly resulting from quality issues in the supply of raw materials at our Ravenswood plant; (ii) in 2011, €8 million of losses on metal purchases were attributable to the initial invoicing in U.S. dollars instead of euros by a metal supplier at inception of the contract. All invoices are now received and paid in euros. As this U.S. dollar-to-euro exposure from January through November 2011 was not effectively hedged, we consider this to be an exceptional loss and not part of our underlying trading; (iii) in 2012, the exceptional costs incurred in respect of our IPO efforts; and (iv) in the six months ended June 30, 2013, fees associated with the set up of our management equity program and scoping costs on the sale of existing sites and of potential new sites.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of cash flow have historically been cash flows from operating activities and funding or borrowings from external parties and related parties.

As part of our cash flow management, we have improved our net working capital through procurement initiatives designed to leverage economies of scale and improve terms of payment to suppliers, as well as through collection initiatives designed to improve our billings and collections processes to reduce outstanding receivables. Our net working capital as a percentage of last twelve months revenue decreased from 18% in 2010 to 8% in 2012 and 11% as at June 2013. We define net working capital days, days of inventories, days of payables and days of sales outstanding as net trade working capital, inventories, trade payables and trade receivables divided by revenues for the last quarter, multiplied by 90, respectively. Net trade working capital is inventories plus trade receivables net, less trade payables. We believe this measure helps users of the financial statements compare our cash management from period to period and against our peers in respect to our efficiency of working capital employed and the ability to provide sufficient liquidity in the short and long term.

Based on our current and anticipated levels of operations, excluding certain one-time costs such as the 2011 costs relating to the acquisition and separation of the Company, and the condition in our markets and industry, we believe that our cash on hand, cash flows from operations, and availability under our Term Loan and revolving credit facilities will enable us to meet our working capital, capital expenditures, debt service and other funding requirements for the foreseeable future. However, our ability to fund working capital needs, debt payments and other obligations, and to comply with the financial covenants in the Term Loan Agreement, depends on our future operating performance and cash flows and many factors outside of our control, including the costs of raw materials, the state of the overall industry and financial and economic conditions and other factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.”

 

-87-


Table of Contents

It is our policy to hedge all highly probable or committed foreign currency operating cash flows. As we have significant third party future receivables denominated in U.S. dollars, we enter into combinations of contracts and currency options with financial institutions, selling forward U.S. dollars against euros. In addition, as discussed in “Business—The Company—Managing our Metal Price Exposure,” when we are unable to align the price and quantity of physical aluminum purchases with that of physical aluminum sales, we enter into derivative financial instruments to pass through the exposure to metal price fluctuations to financial institutions at the time the price is set. As the U.S. dollar appreciates versus the euro or the LME price for aluminum falls, the derivative contracts entered into with financial institution counterparties have a negative mark-to-market. Our financial institution counterparties may require margin calls should our negative mark-to-market exceed a pre-agreed contractual limit. In order to protect the Company from the potential margin calls for significant market movements, we hold a significant liquidity buffer in cash or in availability under our various borrowing facilities, we enter into derivatives with a large number of financial counterparties and we monitor margin requirements on a daily basis for adverse movements in the U.S. dollar versus the euro and in aluminum prices.

At June 30, 2013, the margin requirement related to foreign exchange hedges amounted to €13 million comprising €11 million of fixed margin and €2 million of variable margin (December 31, 2012: €15 million). As of June 30, 2013, the margin requirement related to aluminum hedges was zero (as of December 31, 2012, margin posted on aluminum hedges was also zero). The highest margin made in 2012 related to foreign exchange derivatives and aluminum hedges was €60 million on July 26, 2012 and €2 million on June 29, 2012, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2013, the highest margin posted was €15 million related to foreign exchange derivatives and zero related to aluminum derivatives.

At June 30, 2013, we had €404 million of total liquidity, comprised of €163 million in cash and cash equivalents, €42 million of undrawn credit facilities under our ABL Facility and €199 million available under our factoring arrangements. As of June 30, 2013 we have drawn €21 million under the ABL Facility, have no letters of credit outstanding and fully utilized €340 million under the New Term Loan facility entered into on March 25, 2013. At December 31, 2012, we had €353 million of total liquidity, comprised of €142 million in cash and cash equivalents €50 million of undrawn credit facilities under our ABL Facility and €161 million available under our factoring arrangements. As of December 31, 2012 we have drawn €16 million under the ABL Facility, have no letters of credit outstanding and fully utilized $200 million or €151 million under our Original Term Loan facility entered into on May 25, 2012.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012:

 

     Predecessor combined
for the year ended
December 31,
         Successor
consolidated for the
year ended December 31,
    Successor
consolidated for the
six months ended June 30,
 
(€ in millions)    2010                  2011                 2012           2012     2013  
                              (unaudited)  

Net cash provided by /(used) in:

               

Operating activities

     (66          (29     246        (34     (1

Investing activities

     161             (69     (131     (49     (45

Financing activities

     (86          201        (86     85        66   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     9             103        29        2        20   
  

 

 

        

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash from operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities decreased by €33 million, from an outflow of €34 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012 to an outflow of €1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Cash generated

 

-88-


Table of Contents

in the six months ended June 30, 2013 from net income from continuing operations was €21 million compared to €37 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012, coupled with a decrease in net working capital of €47 million. Net working capital days decreased by 16 days to 39 days in the six months ended June 30, 2013, from 54 days in the six months ended June 30, 2012. Of the decrease in net working capital days, a 10-day decrease was driven by lower inventories across all our segments. A further 3-day decrease was associated with lower receivables, following lower sales and lower LME, especially in our P&ARP segment and another 3-day decrease came from lower payables, mainly in our A&T segment.

Net cash provided / (used) by operating activities increased by €275 million, to an inflow of €246 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an outflow of €29 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Cash generated in the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected cash generated from net income from continuing operations as well as a decrease in net working capital of €117 million. Net working capital days decreased by 11 days to 32 days for the year ended December 31, 2012 from 43 days in the year ended December 31, 2011. Of the decrease in net working capital days, a 5-day decrease was driven by the implementation of the lean approach and specific actions to reduce inventories in our AS&I and P&ARP segments, and was partially offset by increased inventories in our A&T segment in preparation of the ramp-up of sales in Q1 2013 at Issoire. Net working capital days decreased by one more day due to the increase in days of payables outstanding associated with favorable negotiations with suppliers to our A&T segment. Our days sales outstanding metric decreased by 5 days reflecting favorable payment terms related to new contracts and early and prepayments on specific contracts in our A&T segment and significant cash collection and reduction in cash overdue at AS&I.

Net cash used in operating activities decreased by 56%, or €37 million, to an outflow of €29 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from an outflow of €66 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. In the year ended December 31, 2011 the net cash used primarily reflected a cash outflow of €102 million related to acquisition and separation costs from the previous owner offset by a small decrease in working capital of €32 million. Net working capital days decreased by 19 days to 43 days for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 62 days in the year ended December 31, 2010. Net working capital days decreased by 5 days related to days of sales outstanding primarily associated with successful cash collection efforts in our A&T segment, partially offset by specific contract payment conditions in P&ARP. Inventory days decreased by 12 days due to record low levels of inventories at P&ARP, which was only partially offset by higher inventory at Issoire.

Net cash from investing activities

Cash flows used in investing activities remained fairly flat at €45 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to €49 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Cash flows used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 related to €55 million of capital expenditure and €3 million proceeds received from the disposal of Saint Florentin and Ham and other activities. Our capital expenditures projects for the six months ended June 30, 2013 included assets reflected in construction and work in progress. Our projects included €9 million spent in Neuf-Brisach for a heat treatment and conversion line, €4 million spent on our new Singen press line and €10 million spent on Automotive Structures projects.

Cash flows used in investing activities increased by €62 million to an outflow of €131 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an outflow of €69 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. Cash flows used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2012 were primarily due to €126 million of capital expenditures and other activities. Significant capital expenditure projects for the year ended December 31, 2012 included the furnace at Issoire, the new press line at Singen and the Tube Center at Aviatube.

Cash flows used in investing activities was an outflow of €69 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to €97 million of capital expenditures. This was partially offset by the proceeds from disposal of our AIN business of €9 million and purchase of net assets on acquisition—net of cash acquired of €13 million.

 

-89-


Table of Contents

Significant capital expenditure projects included the AIRWARE ® industrial facility at Issoire France in 2011 and 2012 and the stretcher at Ravenswood in 2011. For further details on capital expenditures projects, see the “Historical Capital Expenditures” section below.

Net cash provided by investing activities was an inflow of €161 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, primarily due to the receipt of €178 million relating to the repayment of related party loans, mainly by Alcan Holdings Switzerland AG, offset by €51 million of capital expenditure on property, plant and equipment.

Net cash from financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased from €85 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to €66 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2013 reflected the €162 million of proceeds received from the issuance of shares and the €351 million proceeds from the New Term Loan offset by the €147 million of dividends paid, €155 million of repayments of the Original Term Loan and €103 million of net cash transfers to the Owner.

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased to an outflow of €86 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, from an inflow of €201 million for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Net cash used in financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2012 reflected the €154 million of proceeds from the Original Term Loan, offset by €148 million of repayment of the term loan facility provided by Apollo Omega and Bpifrance, outflows from factoring of €49 million and €28 million of interest paid. Net cash provided by financing activities in the year ended December 31, 2011 is due to the financing associated with the Acquisition described above.

Net cash provided by financing activities resulted in an inflow of €201 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from an outflow of €86 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 as cash was utilized in 2010 to repay related party borrowings.

Financing Arrangements

Historical Capital Expenditures

The following table provides a breakdown of the historical capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment by segment for the periods indicated:

 

     Predecessor combined
for the year ended
December 31,
          Successor
consolidated
for the year
ended
December 31,
     Successor
consolidated
for the six months
ended
June  30,
 
(€ in millions)    2010             2011      2012      2012      2013  
                                 (unaudited)  

A&T

     26              40         42         19         19   

AS&I

     14              20         40         11         12   

P&ARP

     10              26         39         16         22   

Intersegment and Other

     1              11         5         1         2   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total from continuing operations

     51              97         126         47         55   
  

 

 

         

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital expenditure in the Company predominantly relates to development, maintenance and health & safety expenditures.

Main projects undertaken during the period included the equipment upgrades completed in 2011 and 2012 at Ravenswood (hot mill and new stretcher), the first phase of the AIRWARE ® casthouse at Issoire, completed in the second half of 2012, the electrical revamping of the Neuf-Brisach cold mills started in 2011 and the new Singen press line started in 2012.

 

-90-


Table of Contents

Our principal capital expenditures currently in progress are expected to total approximately €295 million, for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 in the aggregate. We currently expect all of our capital expenditures to be financed internally.

Capital expenditures increased by €8 million or 17% to €55 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 from €47 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012, as a result of the continuation of existing projects and a number of new projects, including €10 million spent on Automotive Structures projects, €9 million relating to upgrades at our Neuf-Brisach plant and €4 million spent on our new Singen press.

Capital expenditures increased by €29 million or 30%, to €126 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 from €97 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, as a result of the continuation of existing projects and a number of new projects, including the furnace at Issoire, the new press line in Singen and the Tube Center Project at Aviatube.

As at December 31, 2012 we had €115 million of construction in progress which relates to our continued modernization and rebuilding projects at our Neuf Brisach, Issoire, Ravenswood and Singen sites.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no significant off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our estimated material contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments at December 31, 2012:

 

            Cash payments due by period  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3-5
years
     After 5
years
 
     (unaudited, € in millions)  

Borrowings (1)

     168         18         3         3         144   

Interest (2)

     74         14         28         27         5   

Derivatives relating to currencies and aluminum

     53         24         19         10         —    

Operating lease obligations (3)

     58         16         24         15         3   

Capital expenditures

     49         49         —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (4)

     402         121         74         55         152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Borrowings include revolving credit facilities which are considered short-term in nature and are included in the category “Less than 1 year.”
(2) For this table, we have assumed a U.S. dollar LIBOR rate of 1.25% per annum, i.e. the floor rate plus 8%. Both the ABL facility and the factoring facility carry variable interest rates and variable outstanding amounts for which estimating future interest payments are not practicable. After the initial public offering and the delivery to the administrative agent of our financial statements for the period ending March 31, 2013, the interest on the Term Loan will be equal to the aggregate of (i) the greater of the applicable euro currency rate (LIBOR) for the interest period multiplied by the statutory reserve rate and a floor of 1.25% per annum, plus (ii) a margin of 4.75% per annum for dollar-denominated borrowings and 5.25% per annum for euro-denominated borrowings.
(3) Operating leases relate to buildings, machinery and equipment.
(4) Retirement benefit obligations of €621 million are not presented above as the timing of the settlement of this obligation is uncertain.

 

-91-


Table of Contents

Environmental Contingencies

Our operations, like those of other basic industries, are subject to federal, state, local and international laws, regulations and ordinances. These laws and regulations (i) govern activities or operations that may have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water, as well as waste handling and disposal practices and (ii) impose liability for costs of cleaning up, and certain damages resulting from, spills, disposals or other releases or regulated materials. From time to time, our operations have resulted, or may result, in certain non-compliance with applicable requirements under such environmental laws. To date, any such non-compliance with such environmental laws has not had a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Pension Obligations

Constellium operates various pension plans for the benefit of its employees across a number of countries. Some of these plans are defined benefit plans and others are defined contribution plans. The largest of these plans are in the United States, Switzerland, Germany and France. Pension benefits are generally based on the employee’s service and highest average eligible compensation before retirement, and are periodically adjusted for cost of living increases, either by practice, collective agreement or statutory requirement.

We also provide health and life insurance benefits to retired employees and in some cases to their beneficiaries and covered dependents. These plans are predominantly in the United States.

United States pensions and healthcare plans

In the United States, we operate defined benefit plans, which, as of December 31, 2012, covered 1,972 active, 308 deferred and 3,772 retired employees.

There is a defined contribution (401(k)) savings plan and an unfunded post-employment benefit scheme.

Switzerland

In 2012, and as part of the separation agreement with Rio Tinto, we withdrew from the foundation that previously had administered our employee benefit plans in Switzerland and joined a new commercial multi-employee foundation for our Swiss employees. This change led to a partial liquidation of the previous scheme which triggered a settlement. At the same time there was a change in employee benefit entitlements that resulted in a decrease in past service costs. The net effect of the settlement and the change in benefits resulted in a €8 million loss recorded within other gains/losses in the income statement. As of December 31, 2012, there were 843 employees and 7 retired employees in the Swiss pension plan.

Germany

In Germany, there are a number of defined benefit and defined contribution pension schemes, which, as of December 31, 2012, covered a total of 1,580 active, 472 deferred and 2,839 retired employees.

France

In France, there are unfunded defined benefit pension plans, which, as of December 31, 2012, covered 4,253 active and 310 retired employees.

Our pension liabilities and other post-retirement healthcare obligations are reviewed regularly by a firm of qualified external actuaries and are revalued taking into account changes in actuarial assumptions and experience. The assumptions include assumed discount rates on plan liabilities and expected rates of return on plan assets. Both of these require estimates and projections on a variety of factors and these can fluctuate from period to period.

 

-92-


Table of Contents

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the total expense recognized in the income statement in relation to all our pension and post-retirement benefits was €9 million (compared to €31 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 which was before the non-recurring pension plan settlements and amendments gains or losses). At June 30, 2013, the fair value of the plans assets was €270 million (compared to €267 million as of December 31, 2012), compared to a present value of our obligations of €817 million (compared to €878 million as of December 31, 2012), resulting in an aggregate plan deficit of €547 million (compared to €621 million as of December 31, 2012). Contributions to pension plans totaled €14 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 (compared to €14 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012). Contributions for other benefits totaled €8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 (compared to €7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012).

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the total expense recognized in the income statement in relation to all our pension and post-retirement benefits was €44 million before the non-recurring pension plan settlements and amendments gains or losses of €40 million net (compared to €39 million for the year ended December 31, 2011). At December 31, 2012, the fair value of the plans assets was €267 million (compared to €287 million as of December 31, 2011), compared to a present value of our obligations of €878 million (compared to €865 million as of December 31, 2011), resulting in an aggregate plan deficit of €621 million (compared to €578 million as of December 31, 2011). Contributions to pension plans totaled €26 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (compared to €28 million for the year ended December 31, 2011). Contributions for other benefits totaled €14 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (compared to €13 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

Our estimated funding for our funded pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans is based on actuarial estimates using benefit assumptions for discount rates, expected long-term rates of return on assets, rates of compensation increases, and healthcare cost trend rates. The deficit in the pension plan and the unfunded post-retirement healthcare obligation as of June 30, 2013 were €233 million and €314 million, respectively. The deficit in the pension plan and the unfunded post-retirement healthcare obligation as of December 31, 2012 were €266 million and €345 million, respectively. Estimating when the obligations will require settlement is not practicable and therefore these have not been included in the Contractual Obligations table above.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

In addition to the risks inherent in our operations, we are exposed to a variety of financial risks, such as market risk (including foreign currency exchange, interest rate and commodity price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk, and further information can be found in Note 21 to our audited combined financial statements, Note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 21 to our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

Principal Accounting Policies, Critical Accounting Estimates and Key Judgments

Our principal accounting policies are set out in Note 2 to the audited combined and consolidated financial statements which all appear elsewhere in this prospectus. New standards and interpretations not yet adopted are also disclosed in Note 2 to the audited combined financial statements, Note 2.7 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 2 to our unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

-93-


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

The Company

Overview

We are a global leader in the design and manufacture of a broad range of innovative specialty rolled and extruded aluminum products, serving primarily the aerospace, packaging and automotive end-markets. We have a strategic footprint of manufacturing facilities located in the United States, Europe and China. Our business model is to add value by converting aluminum into semi-fabricated products. We believe we are the supplier of choice to numerous blue-chip customers for many value-added products with performance-critical applications. Our product portfolio commands higher margins as compared to less differentiated, more commoditized fabricated aluminum products, such as common alloy coils, paintstock, foilstock and soft alloys for construction and distribution.

We operate 23 production facilities, 10 administrative and commercial sites and one R&D center, and have approximately 8,400 employees. We believe our portfolio of flexible and integrated facilities is among the most technologically advanced in the industry. It is our view that our established presence in the United States and Europe and our growing presence in China strategically position us to service our global customer base. For example, based on information available to us as an industry participant, we believe we are one of only two suppliers of aluminum products to the aerospace market with facilities in both the United States and Europe. We believe this gives us a key competitive advantage in servicing the needs of our aerospace customers, including Airbus S.A.S. and The Boeing Company. We believe our well-invested facilities combined with more than 50 years of manufacturing experience, quality and innovation and pre-eminent R&D capabilities have put us in a leadership position in our core markets.

We seek to sell to end-markets that have attractive characteristics for aluminum, including (i) higher margin products, (ii) stability through economic cycles, and (iii) favorable growth fundamentals supported by customer order backlogs in aerospace and substitution trends in automotive and European can sheet. We are the leading global supplier of aerospace plates, the leading European supplier of can body stock and a leading global supplier of automotive structures. Our unique platform has enabled us to develop a stable and diversified customer base and to enjoy long-standing relationships with our largest customers. Our relationships with our top 20 customers average over 25 years, with more than 32% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2015 or later. Our customer base includes market leading firms in aerospace, automotive, and packaging, like Airbus, Boeing, Rexam PLC, Ball Corporation, Crown Holdings, Inc. and several premium automotive original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, including BMW AG, Mercedes-Benz and Volkswagen AG. We believe that we are a “mission critical” supplier to many of our customers due to our technological and R&D capabilities as well as the long and complex qualification process required for many of our products. Our core products require close collaboration and, in many instances, joint development with our customers.

For the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, we shipped approximately 1,033 kt, 1,058 kt and 972 kt of finished products, generated revenues of €3,610 million, €3,556 million and €2,957 million, generated gains of €134 million and incurred losses of €174 million and €207 million respectively, and generated Adjusted EBITDA of €228 million, €160 million and €48 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012, we shipped 791 kt and 798 kt of finished products, generated revenues of €2,689 million and €2,796 million, generated gains of €67 million and €85 million and generated Adjusted EBITDA of €221 million and €181 million, respectively. The financial performance for the year ended December 31, 2012 represented a 2% decrease in shipments, a 2% increase in revenues and a 43% increase in Adjusted EBITDA from the prior year. The financial performance for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 represented a 1% decrease in shipments, a 4% decrease in revenues and a 22% increase in Adjusted EBITDA from the prior period. Please see the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Covenant Compliance and Financial Ratios” and footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

 

-94-


Table of Contents

Table: Overview of Operating Segments (as of June 30, 2013)

 

    

Aerospace &

Transportation

   Packaging & Automotive
Rolled Products
   Automotive Structures &
Industry

Commercial and Manufacturing Sites

  

• 15 (France, United States, Switzerland)

  

• 3 (France, Germany, Switzerland)

  

• 16 (France, Germany, Switzerland, Czech Republic, Slovakia, United States, China)

Employees (as of June 30, 2013)

  

• 3,821

  

• 2,002

  

• 1,816

Key products

  

• Aerospace plates and sheets

 

• Aerospace wingskins

 

• Aerospace extruded products

 

• Plates for general engineering

 

• Sheets for transportation applications

  

• Can Body Stock

 

• Can End Stock

 

• Auto Body Sheet

 

• Closure Stock

 

• Heat Exchangers

 

• Specialty reflective sheet (Bright)

  

• Extruded products

 

• Soft alloys

 

• Hard alloys

 

• Large profiles

 

• Automotive structures

Key customers

  

• Aerospace : Airbus, Boeing, Embraer, Dassault, Bombardier, Lockheed Martin

 

• Transport : Ryerson, ThyssenKrupp, FreightCar America, Amari

  

• Packaging : Rexam, Can-Pack, Ball, Crown, Amcor, Ardagh Group

 

 Automotive : Daimler, Audi, Volkswagen, Valeo, Peugeot S.A.

  

• Automotive : Audi, BMW, Daimler, Porsche, General Motors, Ford, Benteler, Peugeot S.A., Strojmetal Kamenice

 

• Rail : Stadler, CAF

Key facilities

  

• Ravenswood (USA)

 

• Issoire (FR)

 

• Sierre (CH)

  

• Neuf-Brisach (FR)

 

• Singen (DE)

  

• Děčín (CZ)

 

• Levice (SK)

 

• Gottmadingen (DE)

 

-95-


Table of Contents

Our Operating Segments

Our business is organized into three operating segments: (i) Aerospace & Transportation, (ii) Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products, and (iii) Automotive Structures & Industry.

 

Operating Segment

  

Products

  

Description

Aerospace & Transportation    Rolled Products and Extrusion    Includes the production of rolled and extruded aluminum products for the aerospace market, as well as rolled products for transport and industry end-uses. We produce aluminum plate, sheet and fabricated products in our European and North American facilities. Substantially all of these aluminum products are manufactured to specific customer requirements using direct-chill ingot cast technologies that allow us to use and offer a variety of alloys and products.
Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products    Rolled Products    Includes the production of rolled aluminum products in our French and German facilities. We supply the packaging market with can stock and closure stock for the beverage and food industry, as well as foil stock for the flexible packaging market. In addition we supply products for a number of technically sophisticated applications such as automotive sheet, heat exchangers, and sheet and coils for the building and constructions markets.
Automotive Structures & Industry    Extrusions    Includes the production of hard and soft aluminum alloy extruded profiles in Germany, France, the Czech Republic and Slovakia. Our extruded products are targeted at high demand end-uses in the automotive, engineering, building and construction and other transportation markets (rail and shipbuilding). In addition, we perform the value-added fabrication of highly advanced crash-management systems in Germany, the United States and China.

The following charts present our revenues by operating segment and geography for the six months ended June 30, 2013:

 

LOGO

 

1  

Revenue by geographic zone is based on the destination of the shipment.

 

-96-


Table of Contents

The following charts present our revenues by operating segment and geography for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

LOGO

 

1  

Revenue by geographic zone is based on the destination of the shipment.

The following charts present the percentage of our revenues by operating segment and geography for the year ended December 31, 2011:

 

LOGO

 

1  

Revenue by geographic zone is based on the destination of the shipment.

 

-97-


Table of Contents

The following charts present the percentage of our revenues by operating segment and geography for the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

LOGO

 

1  

Revenue by geographic zone is based on the destination of the shipment.

Aerospace & Transportation Operating Segment

Our Aerospace & Transportation operating segment has market leadership positions in technologically advanced aluminum and specialty materials products with wide applications across the global aerospace, defense, transportation, and industrial sectors. We offer a wide range of products including plate, sheet, extrusions and precision casting products which allows us to offer tailored solutions to our customers. We seek to differentiate our products and act as a key partner to our customers through our broad product range, advanced R&D capabilities, extensive recycling capabilities and portfolio of plants with an extensive range of capabilities across Europe and North America. In order to reinforce the competitiveness of our metal solutions, we design our processes and alloys with a view to optimizing our customers’ operations and costs. This includes offering services such as customizing alloys to our customers’ processing requirements, processing short lead time orders and providing vendor managed inventories or tolling arrangements. The Aerospace & Transportation operating segment accounted for 33% of our revenues and 45% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 34% of our revenues and 43% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

Principal end-use/product

category

  

Major Customers

  

Competitors

• Aerospace plates

  

• Airbus, Boeing, Dassault, Bombardier, Embraer, Lockheed Martin

  

• Alcoa, Aleris, Kaiser Aluminum

• General engineering and armor plate

  

• Thyssenkrupp

  

• Alcoa, Aleris, Austria Metall

• Sheets for aerospace and transportation

  

• Airbus, Boeing, Dassault, Ryerson, Amari

  

• Alcoa, Aleris, Kaiser Aluminum

• Other extrusions and precision casting

  

• Airbus, Boeing

  

• Universal Alloy Corporation

 

-98-


Table of Contents

Eight of our manufacturing facilities produce products that are sold via our Aerospace & Transportation operating segment. Our aerospace plate manufacturing facilities in Ravenswood (West Virginia, United States), Issoire (France) and Sierre (Switzerland) offer the full spectrum of plate required by the aerospace industries (alloys, temper, dimensions, pre-machined) and have unique capabilities such as producing some wide and very high gauge plates required for some aerospace programs (civil & commercial). Sierre is in the process of becoming a new qualified aerospace heat treat plate mill. A step in this process was successfully achieved with the agreement in February 2013 by one of the largest commercial aircraft manufacturers to authorize Sierre to become a rolling and heat treat subcontractor of Issoire. We expect Sierre to become a fully qualified source for aerospace plate in 2015.

Downstream aluminum products for the aerospace market require relatively high levels of R&D investment and advanced technological capabilities, and therefore tend to command higher margins compared to more commoditized products. We work in close collaboration with our customers to develop highly engineered solutions to fulfill their specific requirements. For example, we developed AIRWARE ® , a lightweight specialty aluminum-lithium alloy for our aerospace customers to address increasing demand for lighter and more environmentally sound aircraft; it combines optimized density, corrosion resistance and strength in order to achieve up to 25% weight reduction compared to other aluminum products and significantly higher corrosion and fatigue resistance than equivalent composite products. In addition, unlike composite products, any scrap produced in the AIRWARE ® manufacturing process can be fully recycled, which reduces production costs. Since the opening of our AIRWARE ® casthouse in Issoire, we are the first company to commercialize and produce AIRWARE ® , on an industrial scale, and the material is currently being used on a number of major aircraft models, including the newest Airbus A350 XWB aircraft, the fuselage of Bombardier’s single-aisle twinjet C-Series short-haul planes, the Airbus A380 and the Boeing 787 Dreamliner.

Aerospace products are typically subject to long development and supply lead times and the majority of our contracts with our largest aerospace customers have a term of five years or longer, which provides excellent volume and profitability visibility. In addition, demand for our aerospace products typically correlates directly with aircraft backlogs and build rates. As of August 2013, the backlog reported by Airbus and Boeing for commercial aircraft reached 9,935 units on a combined basis, representing approximately eight years of production at the current build rates.

Additionally, aerospace products are generally subject to long qualification periods. Aerospace production sites are regularly audited by external certification organizations including the National Aerospace and Defense Contractors Accreditation Program (“NADCAP”) and/or the International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”). NADCAP is a cooperative organization of numerous aerospace OEMs that defines industry-wide manufacturing standards. The NADCAP appoints private auditors who grant suppliers like Constellium a NADCAP certification, which customers tend to require. New products or alloys are certified by the OEM that uses the product. Our sites have been qualified by external certification organizations and our products have been qualified by our customers. We are typically able to obtain qualification within 6 months to one year. We believe we are able to obtain such qualifications within that time frame for two main reasons. First, some new product qualifications depend on having older qualifications regarding their alloy, temper or shape which we have already obtained through our long history of working with the main aircraft OEMs. This range of qualifications includes in excess of 100 specifications, some of which we obtained during programs dating back to the 1960s. Second, over the course of the decades that we have been working with the aerospace OEMs, we have invested in a number of capital intensive equipment and R&D programs to be able to qualify to the current industry norms and standards.

Our Ravenswood facility is a critical asset to Constellium and a central element of our strategy. A qualified AIRWARE ® platform, it runs what is in our view the industry’s most powerful stretcher and wide coil hot rolling capabilities. Despite losses in recent years, it has been subject to a very successful, three-prong turnaround plan:

 

(1) Top line : We have reduced the volumes of our low-profitability Common Alloy Coils, to rebalance our mix towards our more profitable end-markets, such as aerospace. This action was supported by our recent entry into a contract with Airbus for the provision of innovative aluminum solutions.

 

-99-


Table of Contents
(2) Productivity : We have made significant investments in our stretcher ($37 million between 2008 and 2012) and we have improved the productivity of our plate shop by approximately 36% between 2010 and 2012.

 

(3) People : A significant portion of the local leadership has been replaced and a long-term incentive plan has been set up. A five-year collective bargaining agreement was signed in September 2012, thereby reducing the risk of strike in the plant over that period.

Based on these improvements, the plant’s Adjusted EBITDA has significantly improved from a loss of (€31 million) in 2010 to a €34 million gain in 2012.

The following table summarizes our volume, revenues, Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for our Aerospace & Transportation operating segment for the periods presented:

 

    Predecessor
for the year ended
December 31,
         Successor
for the

year ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the nine months
ended September 30,
 

(€ in millions, unless otherwise noted)

  2010              2011         2012         2012         2013    

Aerospace & Transportation:

              

Segment Revenues

    810             1,016        1,182        916        904   

Segment Shipments (kt)

    195             216        223.7        171        183   

Segment Revenues (€/ton)

    4,154             4,704        5,284        5,357        4,953   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (1)

    35             26        92        65        80   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton)

    179             120        411        380        438   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) (2)

    4          3     8     7     9

Segment Adjusted EBITDA (3)

    36             41        105        78        91   

 

(1) Management Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Please see the reconciliation in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators” and also in footnote (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”
(2) Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is not a measure defined under IFRS. Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenue.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Covenant Compliance and Financial Ratios.” Please see the reconciliation in that section and in footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

 

-100-


Table of Contents

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products Operating Segment

In our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment, we produce and develop customized aluminum sheet and coil solutions. Approximately 79% of operating segment volume for the year ended December 31, 2012 was in packaging applications, which primarily include beverage and food can stock as well as closure stock and foil stock. The remaining 21% of operating segment volume for that period was in automotive and customized solutions, which include technologically advanced products for the automotive and industrial sectors. Our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment accounted for 43% of revenues and 39% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 43% of our revenues and 34% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

Principal end-use/ product

category

  

Major Customers

  

Competitors

• Can stock

  

• Rexam, Crown, Ball, Can-Pack, Ardagh Group

  

• Novelis, Hydro, Alcoa

• Brazing coil and sheet ( e.g. , heat exchangers)

  

• Valeo, Denso, Behr, Visteon

  

• Aleris, Alcoa, Sapa, Hydro

• Automotive body sheet (inner, outer, and structural parts)

  

• Audi, BMW, Daimler, Peugeot S.A., Renault

  

• Novelis, Aleris, Hydro

• Foilstock

  

• Amcor, Comital, Carcano

  

• Hydro, Novelis

We are the leading European supplier of can body stock and the leading worldwide supplier of closure stock. We are also a major European player in automotive rolled products for Auto Body Sheet, and heat exchangers. We have a diverse customer base, consisting of many of the world’s largest beverage and food can manufacturers, specialty packaging producers, leading automotive firms and global industrial companies. Our customer base includes Rexam PLC, Audi AG, Daimler AG, Peugeot S.A., Ball Corporation, Can-Pack S.A., Crown Holdings, Inc., Alanod GmbH & Co. KG, Ardagh Group S.A., Amcor Ltd. and ThyssenKrupp AG. Our automotive contracts are usually valid for the lifetime of a model, which is typically six to seven years.

We have two integrated rolling operations located in Europe’s industrial heartland. Neuf-Brisach, our facility on the border of France and Germany, is, in our view, a uniquely integrated aluminum rolling and finishing facility. Singen, located in Germany, is specialized in high-margin niche applications and has an integrated hot/cold rolling line and high-grade cold mills with special surfaces capabilities that facilitate unique metallurgy and lower production costs. We believe Singen has enhanced our reputation in many product areas, most notably in the area of functional high-gloss surfaces for the automotive, lighting, solar and cosmetic industries, other decorative applications, closure stock, paintstock and foilstock.

Our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment has historically been relatively resilient during periods of economic downturn and has had relatively limited exposure to economic cycles and periods of financial instability. According to CRU, during the 2008-2009 economic crisis, can stock volumes decreased by 10% in 2009 versus 2007 levels as compared to a 24% decline for flat rolled aluminum products volumes in aggregate during the same period. This demonstrates that demand for beverage cans tends to be less correlated with general economic cycles. In addition, we believe European can body stock has an attractive long-term growth outlook due to the following trends: (i) end-market growth in beer, soft drinks and energy drinks, (ii) increasing use of cans versus glass in the beer market, (iii) increasing use of aluminum in can body stock in the European market, at the expense of steel, and (iv) increasing consumption in eastern Europe linked to purchasing power growth.

 

-101-


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our volume, revenues, Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment for the periods presented:

 

     Predecessor
for the year ended
December 31,
         Successor
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the nine months
ended
September 30,
 

(€ in millions, unless otherwise noted)

   2010              2011         2012         2012         2013    

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products:

               

Segment Revenues

     1,373             1,625        1,554        1,205        1,159   

Segment Shipments (kt)

     588             621        606        468        464   

Segment Revenues (€/ton)

     2,335             2,617        2,566        2,575        2,501   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (1)

     74             63        80        64        64   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton)

     126             101        132        137        138   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) (2)

     5          4     5     5     6

Segment Adjusted EBITDA (3)

     46             95        92        74        85   

 

(1) Management Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Please see the reconciliation in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators” and also in footnote (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”
(2) Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is not a measure defined under IFRS. Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenue.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Covenant Compliance and Financial Ratios.” Please see the reconciliation in that section and in footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Automotive Structures & Industry Operating Segment

Our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment produces (i) technologically advanced structures for the automotive industry including crash management systems, side impact beams and cockpit carriers and (ii) soft and hard alloy extrusions and large profiles for automotive, rail, road, energy, building and industrial applications. We complement our products with a comprehensive offering of downstream technology and services, which include pre-machining, surface treatment, R&D and technical support services. Our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment accounted for 24% of revenues and 20% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2012 and 23% of our revenues and 21% of Management Adjusted EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Adjusting for the disposal of our plants in Ham and Saint-Florentin, AS&I revenues increased by 4%.

 

Principal end-use/ product

category

  

Major Customers

  

Competitors

• Soft alloy extrusions

  

• Peugeot S.A., Renault

  

• Hydro Aluminum, Sapa Group

• Hard alloy extrusions

  

• Strojmetal Kamenice, Bosch, Daimler, TRW

  

• Alcoa, Aleris, Eural, Fuchs, Impol

• Large profiles (urban transport systems, high speed trains, etc.)

  

• Alstom, AnsaldoBreda, Bombardier, Siemens; Stadler; CAF

  

• Aleris, Sapa Group

• Automotive Structures

  

• Audi, Daimler, BMW, Peugeot S.A., Renault, Ford, Chrysler; Porsche; General Motors; Benteler

  

• Benteler, YKK

 

-102-


Table of Contents

We believe that we are the second largest provider of automotive structures in the world and the leading supplier of hard alloys and large profiles for industrial and other transportation markets in Europe. We manufacture automotive structures products for some of the largest European and North American car manufacturers supplying a global market, including Daimler AG, BMW AG, Audi AG, Chrysler Group LLC and Ford Motor Co. We also have a strong presence in soft alloys in France and Germany, with customized solutions for a diversity of end-markets.

Fifteen of our manufacturing facilities, located in Germany, the United States, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, France, Switzerland and China, produce products sold in our AS&I operating segment. We believe our local presence, downstream services and industry leading cycle times help to ensure that we respond to our customer demands in a timely and consistent fashion. Our two integrated remelt and casting centers in Switzerland and the Czech Republic both provide security of metal supply and contribute to our recycling efforts.

The following table summarizes our volume, revenues, Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment for the periods presented:

 

     Predecessor
for the year
ended
December 31,
         Successor
for the year
ended
December 31,
    Successor
for the nine months
ended
September 30,
 

(€ in millions, unless otherwise noted)

   2010              2011         2012         2012         2013    

Automotive Structures & Industry:

               

Segment Revenues

     754             910        861        663        612   

Segment Shipments (kt)

     212             219        206        159        146   

Segment Revenues (€/ton)

     3,557             4,155        4,180        4,170        4,206   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (1)

     -4             20        40        32        40   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA (€/ton)

     -19             91        194        201        275   

Segment Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) (2)

     -1          2     5     5     7

Segment Adjusted EBITDA (3)

     -11             37        46        39        46   

 

(1) Management Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Please see the reconciliation in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Performance Indicators” and also in footnote (2) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”
(2) Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is not a measure defined under IFRS. Management Adjusted EBITDA margin (%) is defined as Management Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of Segment Revenue.
(3) Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined under IFRS. Adjusted EBITDA is defined and discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Covenant Compliance and Financial Ratios.” Please see the reconciliation in that section and in footnote (3) to “Summary Consolidated Historical Financial Data.”

Our Industry

Aluminum sector value chain

The global aluminum industry consists of (i) mining companies that produce bauxite, the ore from which aluminum is ultimately derived, (ii) primary aluminum producers that refine bauxite into alumina and smelt alumina into aluminum, (iii) aluminum semi-fabricated products manufacturers, including aluminum casters, recyclers, extruders and flat rolled products producers, and (iv) integrated companies that are present across multiple stages of the aluminum production chain.

The price of aluminum, quoted on the London Metal Exchange (which we refer to in this prospectus as “LME”), is subject to global supply and demand dynamics and moves independently of the costs of many of its

 

-103-


Table of Contents

inputs. Producers of primary aluminum have limited ability to manage the volatility of aluminum prices and can experience a high degree of volatility in their cash flows and profitability. We do not smelt aluminum, nor do we participate in other upstream activities such as mining or refining bauxite. We recycle aluminum, both for our own use and as a service to our customers.

Rolled and extruded aluminum product prices are generally based on the price of metal plus a conversion fee ( i.e. , the cost incurred to convert the aluminum into its semi-finished product). The price of aluminum is not a significant driver of our financial performance, in contrast to the more direct relationship of the price of aluminum to the financial performance of primary aluminum producers. Instead, the financial performance of producers of rolled and extruded aluminum products, and of Constellium as one such producer, is driven by the dynamics in the end-markets that they serve, their relative positioning in those markets and the efficiency of their industrial operations.

Aluminum rolled products overview

According to CRU International Limited, aluminum rolled products, i.e. , sheet, plate and foil, are semi-finished products that constitute almost 50% of all aluminum volumes used. They provide the raw material for the manufacture of finished goods ranging from packaging to automotive body panels. The packaging industry is a major consumer of the majority of sheet and foil for making beverage cans, foil containers and foil wrapping. Sheet is also used extensively in transport for airframes, road and rail vehicles, in marine applications, including offshore platforms, and superstructures and hulls of boats and in building for roofing and siding. Plate is used for airframes, military vehicles and bridges, ships and other large vessels and as tooling plate for the production of plastic products. Foil applications outside packaging include electrical equipment, insulation for buildings, lithographic plate and foil for heat exchangers.

Independent aluminum rolled products producers and integrated aluminum companies alike participate in this market. Our rolling process consists of passing aluminum through a hot-rolling mill and then transferring it to a cold-rolling mill, which can gradually reduce the thickness of the metal down to approximately 0.2-6 mm for sheet or plates, which are thicker than 6 mm.

There are three sources of input metal for aluminum rolled products:

 

   

Primary aluminum, which is primarily in the form of standard ingot

 

   

Sheet ingot or rolling slab

 

   

Recycled aluminum, which comes either from scrap from fabrication processes, known as recycled process material, or from recycled end products in their end of life phase, such as beverage cans.

We buy various types of metal, including primary metal from smelters in the form of ingots, rolling slabs or extrusion billets, remelted metal from external casthouses (in addition to our own casthouses) in the form of rolling slabs or extrusion billets, production scrap from our customers, and end of life scrap.

Primary aluminum and sheet ingot can generally be purchased at prices set on the LME plus a premium that varies by geographic region on delivery, alloying material, form (ingot or molten metal) and purity.

Recycled aluminum is also an important source of input material and is tied to LME pricing (typically sold at a 7.5%–15% discount). Aluminum is indefinitely recyclable and recycling it requires only approximately 5% of the energy required to produce primary aluminum. As a result, in regions where aluminum is widely used, manufacturers and customers are active in setting up collection processes in which used beverage cans and other end-of-life aluminum products are collected for re-melting at purpose-built plants. Manufacturers may also enter into agreements with customers who return recycled process material and pay to have it re-melted and rolled into the same product again.

 

-104-


Table of Contents

The following charts illustrate expected global demand for aluminum extruded and rolled products. The expected growth through 2017 for the extruded products market and the flat rolled products market is 6.2% and 5.4%, respectively.

Projected Aluminum Demand 2012-2017 (in thousand metric tons)

 

LOGO

The market for aluminum rolled products tends to be less subject to demand cyclicality than the markets for primary aluminum and sheet ingot, which are affected by commodity price movements. A significant share of aluminum rolled products is used in the production of consumer staples, which have historically experienced relatively stable demand characteristics. These factors combine to create an industry that has lower cyclicality than the primary aluminum industry.

As the aluminum rolled products industry is characterized by economies of scale, significant capital investments required to achieve and maintain technological capabilities and demanding customer qualification standards. The service and efficiency demands of large customers have encouraged consolidation among suppliers of aluminum rolled products.

The supply of aluminum rolled products has historically been affected by production capacity, alternative technology substitution and trade flows between regions. The demand for aluminum rolled products has historically been affected by economic growth, substitution trends, down-gauging, cyclicality and seasonality.

Aluminum extrusions overview

Aluminum extrusion is a technique used to transform aluminum billets into objects with a definitive cross-sectional profile for a wide range of uses. Extrusions can be manufactured in many sizes and in almost any shape for which a die can be created. The extrusion process makes the most of aluminum’s unique combination of physical characteristics. Its malleability allows it to be easily machined and cast, and yet aluminum is one-third the density and stiffness of steel so the resulting products offer strength and stability, particularly when alloyed with other metals.

The process of aluminum extrusion consists of the following steps:

 

   

After designing and creating the shape of the die, a cylindrical billet of aluminum alloy is heated to 800°F-925°F.

 

-105-


Table of Contents
   

The aluminum billet is then transferred to a loader, where a lubricant is added to prevent it from sticking to the extrusion machine, the ram or the handle.

 

   

Substantial pressure is applied to a dummy block using a ram, which pushes the aluminum billet into the container, forcing it through the die.

 

   

To avoid the formation of oxides, nitrogen in liquid or gaseous form is introduced and allowed to flow through the sections of the die. This creates an inert atmosphere and increases the life of the die.

 

   

The extruded part passes onto a run-out table as an elongated piece that is now the same shape as the die opening. It is then pulled to the cooling table where fans cool the newly created aluminum extrusion.

 

   

When the cooling is completed, the extruded aluminum is moved to a stretcher, for straightening and work hardening.

 

   

The hardened extrusions are brought to the saw table and cut according to the required lengths.

 

   

The final step is to treat the extrusions with heat in age ovens, which hardens the aluminum by speeding the ageing process.

Additional complexities may be applied during this process to further customize the extruded parts. For example, to create hollow sections, pins or piercing mandrels are placed inside the die. After the extrusion process, a variety of options are available to adjust the color, texture and brightness of the aluminum’s finish. This may include aluminum anodizing or painting.

Today, aluminum extrusion is used for a wide range of purposes, including components of the transportation and industrial markets. Virtually every type of vehicle contains aluminum extrusions, including cars, boats, bicycles and trains. Home appliances and tools take advantage of aluminum’s excellent strength-to-weight ratio. The increased focus on green building is also leading contractors and architects to use more extruded aluminum products, as aluminum extrusions are flexible and corrosion-resistant. These diverse applications are possible due to the advantageous attributes of aluminum, from its particular blend of strength and ductility to its conductivity, its non-magnetic properties and its ability to be recycled repeatedly without loss of integrity. All of these capabilities make aluminum extrusions a viable and adaptable solution for a growing number of manufacturing needs.

 

-106-


Table of Contents

Our Key End-markets

Within the downstream aluminum market, we have chosen to focus our product portfolio on selected end-markets that we believe have particularly attractive characteristics for aluminum and favorable growth fundamentals, including aerospace, packaging and automotive.

Aerospace

Demand for aerospace plates is primarily driven by the build rate of aircraft, which we believe will be supported for the foreseeable future by (i) necessary replacement of ageing fleets by airline operators, particularly in the United States and Western Europe, (ii) increasing global passenger air traffic (the aerospace industry publication The Airline Monitor estimates that global revenue passenger miles will grow at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of approximately 6.0% from 2013 to 2020) and iii) “lightweighting” (the substitution for lighter metals) to improve fuel efficiency and address increasingly rigorous environmental requirements. Due to a combination of these factors, in 2012, both Boeing and Airbus predict the need for approximately 34,000 new aircraft over the next 20 years across all categories of large commercial aircraft.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

Data Source: Boeing publicly available information

 

-107-


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

We believe the mix shift towards larger planes is benefitting aluminum demand due to aluminum’s compelling strength-to-weight characteristics, and has been driving an increased use of aluminum in a wide spectrum of aeronautical applications. Specifically, the growth in demand of larger planes is driving average aluminum content. For example, according to Davenport & Company, wide body planes growth between 2012-2017 is estimated at 9.7% compared to narrow body planes of 2.9%. In addition, our proprietary AIRWARE ® material solution is increasingly being used by aircraft manufacturers to improve fuel efficiency of their aircraft. According to Davenport & Company, the aluminum demand for large commercial aircraft plates is expected to grow at approximately 10% per year between 2012 and 2016.

 

-108-


Table of Contents

Rigid Packaging

Aluminum beverage cans represented approximately 19% of the total global aluminum flat rolled demand by volume in 2012. Aluminum is a preferred material for beverage packaging as it allows drinks to chill faster, can be stacked for transportation and storage more densely than competing formats (such as glass bottles), is highly formable for unique or differentiated branding, and offers the environmental advantage of easy, cost- and energy-efficient recycling. As a result of these benefits, aluminum is displacing glass as the preferred packaging material in certain markets, such as beer. In our core European market, aluminum is replacing steel as the standard for beverage cans. Between 2001 and 2012, aluminum’s penetration of the European can stock market versus tinplate increased from 58% to 77%, while the number of aluminum cans produced increased from 34 billion to 37 billion. In addition, we are benefitting from increased consumption in Eastern Europe and growth in high margin products such as the specialty cans used for energy drinks.

 

LOGO

In addition to expected growth, demand for can sheet has been highly resilient across economic cycles. Between 2007 and 2009, during the economic crisis, European can body stock volumes decreased by less than 9% as compared to a 24% decline for total European flat rolled products volumes.

According to the CRU, the aluminum demand for the can stock market in Western and Eastern Europe is expected to grow by 2% per year between 2012 and 2015.

Automotive

We supply the automotive sector with flat rolled products out of our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment and extrusions and automotive structures out of our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment.

In our view, the main drivers of automotive sales are overall economic growth, credit availability, consumer prices and consumer confidence. According to LMC Automotive, light vehicle production is expected to grow from 50.7 million units in 2011 to 70.8 million units in 2017 in Europe, China and North America. We estimate that the U.S. market for aluminum auto body sheet is expected to grow from <100kt in 2012 to approximately 450kt by 2015 and approximately 1000kt by 2020.

Within the automotive sector, the demand for aluminum has been increasing faster than the underlying demand for light vehicles due to recent growth in the use of aluminum products in automotive applications. We believe a main reason for this is aluminum’s high strength-to-weight ratio in comparison to steel. This lightweighting facilitates better fuel economy and improved emissions performance. As a result, manufacturers are seeking additional applications where aluminum can be used in place of steel and an increased number of cars

 

-109-


Table of Contents

are being manufactured with aluminum panels and crash management systems. We believe that this trend will continue as increasingly stringent E.U. and U.S. regulations relating to reductions in carbon emissions, as well as high fuel prices, will force the automotive industry to increase its use of aluminum to “lightweight” vehicles. European automakers must reduce average carbon emissions across their fleets, from 135g/km currently to 130g/km, between 2012 and 2015, while similar rules in the United States are driving increases in average fleet efficiency. According to a study done by research firm Frost & Sullivan, the global market in automotive applications for aluminum is expected to more than double by 2017 from $13 billion in 2010 to $28 billion in 2017. We believe that this is a result of demanding new fuel-efficiency standards in the European Union, the United States and Japan. As an example, in the United States, the new Ford F-150 is expected to use aluminum in order to reduce its weight.

 

LOGO

We believe that Constellium is one of only a limited number of companies that is able to produce the quality and quantity required by car manufacturers for both flat rolled products and automotive structures, and that we are therefore well positioned to take advantage of these market trends.

Our R&D-focused approach led to the development of a number of innovative automotive product solutions; for example, Constellium worked with Mercedes-Benz to develop an all-aluminum crash management system that reduced the system’s weight by 50%. In addition, increasing demand for European luxury cars in emerging markets, particularly in China, is expected to enhance the long-term growth prospects for our automotive products given our strong established relationships with the major German car manufacturers, who are particularly well placed in this region.

 

LOGO

 

-110-


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

According to the CRU, the aluminum demand for the Auto Body market in Western Europe and North America is expected to grow by 18% per year between 2012 and 2015 1 .

 

1  

Defined as NA Passenger Cars and Western Europe Auto Body

Our Competitive Strengths

Aluminum is a widely used, attractive industrial material, and several factors support fundamental long-term growth in aluminum consumption generally, including urbanization in emerging economies, economic recovery in developed economies and a global focus on sustainability. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from this growth and increase our market share due to (i) our leading positions in attractive and complementary end-markets (aerospace, packaging and automotive), (ii) our advanced R&D technological capabilities, (iii) our global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce, (iv) our long-standing relationships with a diversified and blue-chip customer base, (v) our stable business model that delivers robust free cash flow across the cycle and (vi) our strong and experienced management team.

We believe that the following competitive strengths differentiate our business and will allow us to maintain and build upon our strong industry position:

Leading positions in each of our attractive and complementary end-markets

In our core industries—aerospace, packaging and automotive—we have market leading positions and established relationships with many of the main manufacturers. Within these attractive and diverse end-markets,

 

-111-


Table of Contents

we are particularly focused on product lines that require expertise, advanced R&D, and technology capabilities to produce. The drivers of demand in our core industries are varied and largely unrelated to one another.

We are the largest supplier globally of aerospace plates. We believe that our ability to fulfill the technical, R&D and quality requirements needed to supply the aerospace market gives us a significant competitive advantage. In addition, based on our knowledge as a market participant, we are one of only two suppliers of aerospace plate to have qualified facilities on two continents, which enables us to more effectively supply both Airbus and Boeing. We have sought to develop our strategic platform by making significant investments to increase our capacity and improve our capabilities and to develop our proprietary AIRWARE ® material solution. We believe we are well positioned to benefit from strong demand in the aerospace sector, as demonstrated by the currently high backlogs for Boeing and Airbus that are driven by increased global demand for air travel, especially in Asia. For example, Boeing estimates that between 2012 and 2031, 38% of sales of new airplanes will be to Asia Pacific, 22% to Europe and 18% to North America.

We are the largest supplier of European can body stock by volume with approximately 36% of the market and, in our view, we have benefited from our strong relationships with the leading European can manufacturers, our recycling capabilities and our fully integrated Neuf-Brisach facility, which has full production capabilities ranging from recycling and casting to rolling and finishing. As the leader in the European market, we believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from the ongoing trend of steel being replaced by aluminum as the material of choice for can sheet. Packaging provides a stable cash flow stream through the economic cycle that can be used to invest in attractive opportunities in the aerospace and automotive industries to drive longer term growth.

In Automotive, we believe our leading positions in the supply of aluminum products are due to our advanced design capabilities, efficient production systems and established relationships with leading automotive OEMs. This includes being the second largest global supplier of auto crash management systems by volume. We expect that E.U. and U.S. regulations requiring reductions in carbon emissions and fuel efficiency, as well as relatively high fuel prices, will continue to drive aluminum demand in the automotive industry. Whereas growth in aluminum use in vehicles has historically been driven by increased use of aluminum castings, we anticipate that future growth will be primarily in the kinds of extruded and rolled products that we supply to the OEMs.

 

-112-


Table of Contents

In addition, we hold market leading positions in a number of other attractive product lines.

 

LOGO

 

(a) CRU International Limited, based on data regarding the year ended 2011
(b) Based on Company internal market analysis
* Based on volumes

Advanced R&D and technological capabilities

We have made substantial investments to develop unique R&D and technological capabilities, which we believe give us a competitive advantage as a supplier of the high value-added, specialty products on which we focus and which make up the majority of our product portfolio. In particular, our R&D facility in Voreppe, France, has given us a leading position in the development of proprietary next-generation specialty alloys, as evidenced by our robust intellectual property portfolio. We use our technological capabilities to develop tailored products in close partnerships with our customers, with the aim of building long-term and synergistic relationships.

 

-113-


Table of Contents

One of our hallmark R&D achievements was the recent development of AIRWARE ® , a lightweight specialty aluminum-lithium alloy developed for our aerospace customers to enable them to reduce fuel consumption and costs. AIRWARE ® was developed for certain customers using our pilot cast-house in Voreppe, and following a substantial capital expenditure investment, is now being produced on an industrial scale in our aerospace facility in Issoire, France. AIRWARE ® combines optimized density, corrosion resistance and strength in order to achieve up to 25% weight reduction compared to other aluminum products and significantly higher corrosion and fatigue resistance than equivalent composite products. This technology drives incremental margin compared to tradition aluminum alloys.

 

LOGO

Global network of efficient facilities with a broad range of capabilities operated by a highly skilled workforce

We operate a network of strategically located facilities that we believe allows us to compete effectively in our selected end-markets across numerous geographies. With an estimated replacement value of over €6.5 billion without inventories, our facilities have enabled us to reliably produce a broad range of high-quality products. They are operated by a highly skilled workforce with decades of accumulated operational experience. We believe this collective knowledge base would be very difficult to replicate and is a key contributing factor to our ability to produce consistently high-quality products.

Our six key production sites feature industry-leading manufacturing capabilities with required industry qualifications that are in our view difficult for market outsiders to accomplish. For example, Neuf-Brisach is the most integrated downstream aluminum production facility in Europe, with capabilities spanning the recycling, casting, rolling and finishing phases of production. In July 2013, we completed two projects to enhance the capacity and performance of one of our main rolling mills at Neuf-Brisach, representing a total investment of €23 million. The first project modernized a casting complex dedicated to rolling slab production, delivering safety and quality improvements and increasing casting capacity, and the second project involved the complete replacement of a pusher furnace, dedicated to the homogenization and preheating of slabs before rolling. Our Issoire, France and Ravenswood, West Virginia, United States plants have unique capabilities for producing the specialized wide and very high gauge plates required for the aerospace sector. We spent €20 million in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012 at Ravenswood, mainly to complete significant equipment upgrades, including a hot mill and new stretcher that we believe is the most powerful stretcher in our industry. Additionally, our network of small extrusion and automotive structures plants enables us to serve many of our customers on a localized basis, allowing us to more rapidly meet demand through close proximity. We believe our portfolio of facilities provides us with a strong platform to retain and grow our global customer base.

 

-114-


Table of Contents

Long-standing relationships with a diversified and blue-chip customer base

 

LOGO   

Our customer base includes some of the largest manufacturers in the aerospace, packaging and automotive end-markets. We believe that our ability to produce tailored, high value-added products fosters longer-term and synergistic relationships with this blue-chip customer base. We regard our relationships with our customers as partnerships in which we work together to utilize our unique R&D and technological capabilities to develop customized solutions to meet evolving requirements. This includes developing products together through long-term R&D partnerships. In addition, we collaborate with our customers to complete a rigorous process for qualifying our products, which requires substantial time and investment and creates high switching costs.

 

We have a relatively diverse customer base with our 10 largest customers representing approximately 47% of our revenues and approximately 52% of our volumes for the six months ended June 30, 2013. The average length of our relationships with our top 20 customers exceeds 25 years, and in some cases goes

back as far as 40 years, particularly with our aerospace and packaging customers. Most of our major aerospace, packaging and automotive customers have multi-year contracts with us ( i.e ., contracts with terms of three to five years), making us critical partners to our customers. As a result, we estimate that approximately 50% of our half-year 2013 volumes are generated under multi-year contracts, with more than 42% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2014 or later and more than 32% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2015 or later. In addition, more than 69% of our half-year 2013 packaging volumes are contracted until 2014 or later. We believe this provides us with stability and significant visibility into our future volumes and earnings.

Stable business model that delivers robust free cash flow across the cycle

There are several ways in which our business model is designed to produce stable and consistent cash flows and profitability. For example, we seek to limit our exposure to commodity metal price volatility primarily by utilizing pass-through mechanisms or contractual arrangements and financial derivatives.

Our business also features relatively countercyclical cash flows. During an economic downturn, lower demand causes our sales volumes to decrease, which results in a corresponding reduction in our inventory purchases and a reduction in our working capital requirements. As a result, operating cash flows become positive. We believe this helps to drive robust free cash flow across cycles and provides significant downside protection for our liquidity position in the event of a downturn. For example, in 2009 during the last prolonged downturn in demand, our volumes declined from 1,058 kt to 868 kt. This decline resulted in a €276 million reduction of our total working capital, mainly driven by inventory purchases reductions of €213 million and a positive operating cash flow from continuing operations of approximately €181 million.

In addition, we have a significant presence in what have proved to be relatively stable, recession-resilient end-markets with 47% of volumes in the year ended December 31, 2012 sold into the can sheet and packaging end-markets, and 9% of volumes in that period sold into the aerospace end-market, which is driven by global demand trends rather than regional trends. Our automotive products are predominantly used in premium models manufactured by the German OEMs, which are not as dependent on the European economy and continue to

 

-115-


Table of Contents

benefit from rising demand in developing economies, particularly China. For example, LMC Automotive reports that in 2012, 42% of global light vehicles were sold in Asia Pacific, 22% were sold in Europe and 21% were sold in North America.

We are also focused on optimizing the cost efficiency of our operations. In 2010, we implemented a rigorous continuous improvement program with the annual goal of outperforming inflation in our non-metal cost base (labor, energy, maintenance) and lowering our breakeven level. As a result of this program, we reduced our costs by €49 million in 2010, €67 million in 2011 and €57 million in 2012.

Strong and experienced management team

We have a strong and experienced management team led by Pierre Vareille, our Chief Executive Officer, who has more than 30 years of experience in the manufacturing industry and a successful track record of leading global manufacturing companies particularly in the domain of metal transformation for industries such as automotive and aerospace. Both Mr. Vareille and our Chief Financial Officer, Didier Fontaine, have previously been involved in the management of public companies. Our executive officers and other key members of our management team have an average of more than 15 years of relevant industry experience. Our team has expertise across the commercial, technical and management aspects of our business and industry, which provides for strong customer service, rigorous quality and cost controls, and focus on health, safety and environmental improvements. Our board of directors includes current and former executives of Alcan, Rio Tinto, Bosch, Kaiser Aluminum and automotive suppliers such as Faurecia, who bring extensive experience in operations, finance, governance and corporate strategy.

Our Business Strategies

Our objective is to expand our leading position as a supplier of high value-added, technologically advanced products in which we believe that we have a competitive advantage. Our strategy to achieve this objective has three pillars: (i) selective participation, (ii) global leadership position and (iii) best-in-class efficiency and operational performance.

Selective Participation

Continue to target investment in high-return opportunities in our core markets (aerospace, packaging and automotive), with the goal of driving growth and profitability

We are focused on our three strategic end-markets—aerospace, packaging and automotive—which we believe have attractive growth prospects for aluminum. These are also markets where we believe that we can differentiate ourselves through our high value-added products, our strong customer relationships and our R&D and technological capabilities. Our capital expenditures and R&D spend are focused on these three strategic end-markets and are made in response to specific volume requirements from long-term customer contracts, which ensures relatively short payback periods and good visibility into return on investment.

For example, in aerospace, we continue to invest in expanding the capabilities of our two leading aerospace plate mills, Issoire and Ravenswood. At Issoire and Voreppe, approximately €52 million is being invested for the construction of a state-of-the-art AIRWARE ® casthouse in order to meet the strong growing volume demands for AIRWARE ® from our customers, of which approximately €21 million has been spent as of December 31, 2012. The construction is expected to be completed in 2015.

We are also investing in an expansion of our global Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment, including by making a significant investment in a new state-of-the-art 40 MegaNewton automotive extrusion press in Singen, Germany. In addition, at our Neuf-Brisach facility, we have completed substantial investments in a heat treatment and conversion line to serve growing customer demand for aluminum automotive sheets, as well as investments focused on productivity improvements, debottlenecking and recycling, each of which has helped us reinforce our presence in the European can body sheet market.

 

-116-


Table of Contents

As part of our focus on our core end-markets and our strategy to improve our profitability, we also consider potential divestitures of non-strategic businesses. For example, we divested the vast majority of our AIN specialty chemicals and raw materials supply chain services division in 2011 to CellMark AB. In each of 2011 and 2012, the discontinued operations of our AIN business generated losses of €8 million, related to restructuring, separation and completion costs in 2011 and abandonment costs in 2012.

Focus on higher margin, technologically advanced products that facilitate long-term relationships as a “mission critical” supplier to our customers

Our product portfolio is predominantly focused on high value-added products, which we believe we are particularly well-suited to developing and manufacturing for our customers. These products tend to require close collaboration with our customers to develop tailored solutions, as well as significant effort and investment to adhere to rigorous qualification procedures, which enables us to foster long-term relationships with our customers. Our products typically command higher margins than more commoditized products, and are supplied to end-markets that we believe have highly attractive characteristics and long-term growth trends.

2012 Constellium Product Focus

 

LOGO

Global Leadership Position

Continue to differentiate our products, with the goal of maintaining our leading market positions and remaining a supplier of choice to our customers

We aim to deepen our ties with our customers by consistently providing best-in-class quality, market leading supply chain integration, joint product development projects, customer technical support and scrap and recycling solutions. We believe that our product offering is differentiated by our market-leading R&D

 

-117-


Table of Contents

capabilities. Our key R&D programs are focused on high growth and high margin areas such as specialty material solutions, next generation alloys and sustainable engineered solutions / manufacturing technologies. Recent examples of market-leading breakthroughs include our AIRWARE ® lithium alloy technology and our Solar Surface ® Selfclean, a coating solution used in the solar industry which provides additional performance and functionality of the aluminum by chemically breaking down dirt and contaminants in contact with the surface.

Build a global footprint with a focus on expansion in Asia, particularly in China, and work to gain scale through acquisitions in Europe and the United States

We intend to selectively expand our global operations where we see opportunities to enhance our manufacturing capabilities, grow with current customers and gain new customers, or penetrate higher-growth regions. We believe disciplined expansion focused on these objectives will allow us to achieve attractive returns for our shareholders. In line with these principles, our recent expansions include:

 

   

the formation of a joint venture in China, Engley Automotive Structures Co., Ltd., which is currently producing aluminum crash-management systems in Changchun and Kunshan, China; and

 

   

the successful expansion of our Constellium Automotive USA, LLC plant, located in Novi, Michigan, which is producing highly innovative crash-management systems for the automotive market.

Best-in-Class Performance

Contain our fixed costs and offset inflation with increased productivity

We have been executing an extensive cost savings program focusing on selling, general and administrative expenses (“SG&A”), conversion costs and purchasing. In 2010, 2011 and 2012, we realized a structural realignment of our cost structure and achieved annual costs savings of €49, €67 and €57 million, respectively. This represents approximately 4% of our estimated addressable cost base in 2012 ( i.e. , excluding raw material costs). These savings are split between operating expenses (48%), SG&A savings (21%) and procurement savings (31%). This program was designed to right-size our cost structure, increase our profitability and provide a competitive advantage against our peers. Our cost savings program will continue to be a priority as we focus on optimizing our cost base and offsetting inflation.

Establish best-in-class operations through Lean manufacturing

We believe that there are significant opportunities to improve our services and quality and to reduce our manufacturing costs by implementing Lean manufacturing initiatives. “Lean manufacturing” is a production practice that improves efficiency of operations by identifying and removing tasks and process steps that do not contribute to value creation for the end customer. We continually evaluate debottlenecking opportunities globally through modifications of and investments in existing equipment and processes. We aim to establish best-in-class operations and achieve cost reductions by standardizing manufacturing processes and the associated upstream and downstream production elements where possible, while still allowing the flexibility to respond to local market demands and volatility.

To focus our efforts, we have launched a Lean manufacturing program that is designed to improve the flow of value to customers by eliminating waste in both processes and resources. We measure operational success of this program in five key areas: (i) safety, (ii) quality, (iii) working capital, (iv) delivery performance and (v) innovation.

Our Lean manufacturing program is overseen by a dedicated team, headed by Yves Mérel. Mr. Mérel reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer, Pierre Vareille. Mr. Vareille and Mr. Mérel have long track records of successfully implementing Lean manufacturing programs at other companies they have managed in the past.

 

-118-


Table of Contents

Managing Our Metal Price Exposure

Our business model is to add value by converting aluminum into semi-fabricated products. It is our policy not to speculate on metal price movements.

For all contracts, we continuously seek to eliminate the impact of aluminum price fluctuations in order to protect our net income and cash flows against the LME price variations of aluminum that we buy and sell, with the following methods:

 

•   In cases where we are able to align the price and quantity of physical aluminum purchases with that of physical aluminum sales, we do not need to employ derivative instruments to further mitigate our exposure, regardless of whether the LME portion of the price is fixed or floating.

 

•   However, when we are unable to align the price and quantity of physical aluminum purchases with that of physical aluminum sales, we enter into derivative financial instruments to pass through the exposure to financial institutions at the time the price is set.

 

•   For a small portion of our volumes, the metal is owned by our customers and we bear no metal price risk.

   LOGO

We mark-to-market open derivatives at the period end giving rise to unrealized gains or losses which are classified as non-cash items. These unrealized gains/losses have no bearing on the underlying performance of the business and are removed when calculating Management Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA.

 

-119-


Table of Contents

Our Facilities

We operate 23 production sites serving both global and local customers, including six major facilities and one world class R&D center. Our top six sites (Ravenswood, Neuf-Brisach, Issoire, Singen, Děčín and Sierre) make up a total of approximately 990,000 square meters. A summary of the six major facilities and our R&D center is provided below:

Our Principal Industrial Facilities

 

LOGO

Source: Company Information as of September 2013

Note: Headcount does not include temporary employees, except when otherwise noted

(1) Temporary employees only
(2) Novi only.

 

   

The Ravenswood, West Virginia facility has significant assets for producing aerospace plates and is a recognized supplier to the defense industry. The facility has wide-coil capabilities and stretchers that make it the only facility in the world capable of producing plates of a size needed for the largest commercial aircraft. We spent approximately €20 million from 2011 to December 31, 2012 on significant equipment upgrades (including a hot mill and new state-of-the-art stretcher), which are in the completion stages.

 

   

The Issoire, France facility is one of the world’s two leading aerospace plate mills based on volumes. It contains our AIRWARE ® industrial casthouse and currently uses recycling capabilities to take back scrap along the entire fabrication chain. Issoire works as an integrated platform with Ravenswood, providing a significant competitive advantage for us as a global supplier to the aerospace industry. We invested €43 million in the facility in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012.

 

   

The Neuf-Brisach, France facility is an integrated aluminum rolling, finishing and recycling facility in Europe. Our recent investments in a can body stock slitter and recycling furnace has enabled us to secure long-term can stock contracts. Additionally, the facility’s automotive furnace has allowed it to become a significant supplier of aluminum Auto Body Sheet in the automotive market. We invested €46 million in the facility in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012.

 

   

The Děčín, Czech Republic facility is a large extrusion facility, mainly focusing on hard alloy extrusions for industrial applications, with significant recycling capabilities. It is located near the

 

-120-


Table of Contents
 

German border, strategically positioning it to supply the German OEMs. Its integrated casthouse allows it to offer high value-add customized hard alloys to our customers. We invested €12 million in the facility in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012.

 

   

The Singen, Germany facility has one of the largest extrusion presses in the world as well as advanced and highly productive integrated bumper manufacturing lines. We recently invested €11 million into a new state-of-the-art 40 MegaNewton automotive extrusion press. We invested €30 million in the facility in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012. The rolling part has industry leading cycle times and high-grade cold mills with special surfaces capabilities.

 

   

The Sierre, Switzerland facility is dedicated to precision plates for general engineering and is a leading supplier for high-speed train railway manufacturers. Sierre has the capacity to produce non-standard billets and a wide range of extrusions. Its recent qualification as an aerospace plate plant increases our aerospace production and will help us to support the increased build rates of commercial aircraft OEMs. We invested €10 million in the facility in the two-year period ended December 31, 2012.

Our production facilities are listed below by operating segment:

 

Operating Segment

  

Location

 

Country

  

Owned/
Leased

Aerospace & Transportation

   Ravenswood, WV   United States    Owned

Aerospace & Transportation

   Carquefou   France    Owned

Aerospace & Transportation

   Issoire   France    Owned

Aerospace & Transportation

   Montreuil-Juigné   France    Owned

Aerospace & Transportation

   Tarascon sur Ariège   France    Leased (2)

Aerospace & Transportation

   Ussel   France    Owned

Aerospace & Transportation

   Steg   Switzerland    Owned

Aerospace & Transportation

   Sierre   Switzerland    Owned

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products

   Biesheim, Neuf-Brisach   France    Owned

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products

   Singen   Germany    Owned/Leased (1)

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Novi, MI   United States    Leased

Automotive Structures & Industry

   van Buren   United States    Leased

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Changchun, Jilin Province (JV)   China    Leased

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Kunshan, Jiangsu Province (JV)   China    Leased

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Děčín   Czech Republic    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Nuits-Saint-Georges   France    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Burg   Germany    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Crailsheim   Germany    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Neckarsulm   Germany    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Gottmadingen   Germany    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Landau/Pfalz   Germany    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Singen   Germany    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Levice   Slovakia    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Chippis   Switzerland    Owned

Automotive Structures & Industry

   Sierre   Switzerland    Owned

 

(1) While a majority of the land is owned by us, certain plots of land are subject to a lease agreement.
(2) While the land is owned by a third party, we own the structures on the land.

 

-121-


Table of Contents

The approximate production capacity, utilization rate and planned near-term capacity expansion for our main plants for the first half 2013 are listed below:

 

Plant

   Capacity    Utilization Rate   Planned capacity
expansion by 2014
 

Neuf-Brisach

   450-460kt    80-85%     —    

Singen

   290-310kt    70-75%     —    

Issoire

   85-90kt    90-95%     10kt   

Ravenswood

   125-130kt    90-95%     10kt   

Sierre

   60kt    70-75%     —    

Děčín

   55kt    70-75%     —    
*Estimates assume currently operating equipment, current staffing configuration and current product mix.

As part of our strategy to refocus our resources on core activities—rolling and extrusion—we are exploring the potential sale of our plants in Sabart, France and Ussel, France. We are considering the potential divestitures with the objective of finding suitable buyers committed to the future development of the plants.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales force is based in Europe (France, Germany, Czech Republic, United Kingdom and Italy), the United States and Asia (Tokyo, Shanghai, Seoul, and Singapore). In addition to the markets in which our sales force is physically based, we deliver to more than 60 countries globally. We serve our customers either directly or through distributors.

Sales of rolled and extruded products are made through our sales force, which is located to provide international coverage, and through a network of sales offices and agents in Europe, North America, Asia, Australia, the Middle East and Africa.

Raw Materials and Supplies

Our primary metal supply is secured through long-term contracts with several upstream companies, including affiliates of Rio Tinto, one of our shareholders. In addition, approximately two-thirds of our slab supply is produced in our casthouses. All of our top 10 suppliers have been long-standing suppliers to our plants (in most cases for more than 10 years) and in aggregate accounted for approximately 46% of our total purchases at December 31, 2012. We typically enter into multi-year contracts with these metal suppliers pursuant to which we purchase various types of metal, including:

 

   

Primary metal from smelters in the form of ingots, rolling slabs or extrusion billets.

 

   

Remelted metal in the form of rolling slabs or extrusion billets from external casthouses, as an addition to its own casthouses.

 

   

Production scrap from customers.

 

   

End-of-life scrap ( e.g. , used beverage cans).

 

   

Specific alloying elements and prime ingots from metal traders.

Our operations use natural gas and electricity, which represent the third largest component of our cost of sales, after metal and labor costs. We purchase part of our natural gas and electricity on a spot-market basis. However, in an effort to acquire the most favorable energy costs, we have secured some of our natural gas and electricity pursuant to fixed-price commitments. In order to reduce the risks associated with our natural gas and electricity requirements, we use forward contracts with our suppliers to fix the price of energy cost. Furthermore, in our longer-term sales contracts, we try to include indexation clauses on energy prices.

 

-122-


Table of Contents

Our Customers

Our customer base includes some of the largest leading manufacturers in the aerospace, packaging and automotive end-markets. We have a relatively diverse customer base with our 10 largest customers representing approximately 47% of our revenues and approximately 52% of our volumes for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

The average length of our relationships with each of our top 20 customers exceeds 25 years, and in some cases goes back as far as 40 years, particularly with our aerospace and packaging customers.

Most of our major aerospace, packaging and automotive customers have multi-year contracts with us ( i.e. , contracts with terms of three to five years), making us critical partners to our customers. As a result, we estimate that approximately 50% of our half-year 2013 volumes are generated under multi-year contracts, with more than 42% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2014 or later and more than 32% of half-year 2013 volumes governed by contracts valid until 2015 or later. In addition, more than 69% of our half-year 2013 packaging volumes are contracted until 2014 or later. We believe this provides us with stability and significant visibility into our future volumes and earnings.

We see our relationships with our customers as partnerships where we work together to find customized solutions to meet their evolving requirements. In addition, we collaborate with our customers to complete a rigorous process for qualifying our products in each of our end-markets, which requires substantial time and investment and creates high switching costs, resulting in longer-term, mutually-beneficial relationships with our customers. For example, in the packaging industry, where qualification happens on a plant-by-plant basis, we are currently the exclusive qualified supplier to several facilities of our customers.

Competition

The worldwide aluminum industry is highly competitive and we expect this dynamic to continue for the foreseeable future. We believe the most important competitive factors in our industry are: product quality, price, timeliness of delivery and customer service, geographic coverage and product innovation. Aluminum competes with other materials such as steel, plastic, composite materials and glass for various applications. Our key competitors in our Aerospace & Transportation operating segment are Alcoa Inc., Aleris International, Inc., Kaiser Aluminum Corp., Austria Metall AG, and Universal Alloy Corporation. Our key competitors in our Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products operating segment are Novelis Inc., Norsk Hydro ASA, Alcoa, Inc., and Sapa AB. Our key competitors in our Automotive Structures & Industry operating segment are Norsk Hydro ASA, Sapa AB, Alcoa, Inc., Aleris International, Inc., Eural Gnutti S.p.A., Otto Fuchs KG, Impol Aluminum Corp., Benteler International AG and YKK.

Employees

As of December 31, 2012, we employed 8,845 employees of which approximately 7,300 were engaged in production and maintenance activities and approximately 1,500 were employed in support functions. Approximately 4,400 of our employees were employed in France, 1,900 in Germany, 1,000 in the United States, 900 in Switzerland, and 700 in Eastern Europe and other regions. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, we employed approximately 8,900 and 9,300 employees, respectively.

The vast majority of non-U.S. employees and approximately 60% of U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. These agreements are negotiated on site, regionally or on a national level and are of different durations. Except in connection with prior negotiations around our plan to restructure our plant in Ham, France (which has since been disposed of), completed during the fourth quarter 2011, we have not experienced a prolonged labor stoppage in any of our production facilities in the past 10 years.

In addition to our employees, we employed 814, 847 and 691 temporary employees as of December 31, 2010, 2011, and 2012, respectively.

 

-123-


Table of Contents

Research and Development

We believe that our research and development capabilities coupled with our integrated, long-standing customer relationships create a distinctive competitive advantage versus our competition. Our R&D center is based in Voreppe, France and provides services and support to all of our facilities. The R&D center focuses on product and process development, provides technical assistance to our plants and works with our customers to develop new products. In developing new products, we focus on increased performance that aims to lower the total cost of ownership for the end users of our products, e.g. , by developing materials that decrease maintenance costs of aircraft or increase fuel efficiency in cars. As of September 2013, the research and development center employs 256 employees, including approximately 90 scientists and 92 technicians.

Within the Voreppe facility, we also focus on the development, improvement, and testing of processes used in our plants such as melting, casting, rolling, extruding, finishing and recycling. We also develop and test technologies used by our customers, such as friction stir welding and automotive hoods bumping and provide technological support to our customers.

The key contributors to our success in establishing our R&D capabilities include:

 

   

Close interaction with key customers, including through formal partnerships or joint development teams—examples include Strongalex ® , Formalex ® and Surfalex ® , which were developed with automotive Auto Body Sheet customers (mainly Daimler and Audi) and the Fusion bottle, a draw wall ironed technology created in partnership with Rexam.

 

   

Technologically advanced equipment.

 

   

Long-term partnerships with European universities—for example, Swiss Technology Partners and École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne in Switzerland generate significant innovation opportunities and foster new ideas.

In the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, we invested €53 million, €33 million and €36 million in research and development, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, we invested €20 million and €18 million in research and development, respectively. Research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2010 included the expenses of the AEP Business facility in Neuhausen which was not part of the Acquisition.

Trademarks, Patents, Licenses and IT

In connection with the Acquisition, Rio Tinto assigned or licensed to us certain patents, trademarks and other intellectual property rights. In connection with our collaborations with universities such as the École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne and other third parties, we occasionally obtain royalty-bearing licenses for the use of third party technologies in the ordinary course of business.

We actively review intellectual property arising from our operations and our research and development activities and, when appropriate, apply for patents in the appropriate jurisdictions. We currently hold approximately 148 active patent families and regularly apply for new ones. While these patents and patent applications are important to the business on an aggregate basis, we do not believe any single patent family or patent application is critical to the business.

We are from time to time involved in opposition and re-examination proceedings that we consider to be part of the ordinary course of our business, in particular at the European Patent Office, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, and the State Intellectual Property Office of the People’s Republic of China. We believe that the outcome of existing proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

-124-


Table of Contents

Insurance

We have implemented a corporate-wide insurance program consisting of both corporate-wide master policies with worldwide coverage and local policies where required by applicable regulations. Our insurance coverage includes: (i) property damage and business interruption; (ii) general liability including operation, professional, product and environment liability; (iii) aviation product liability; (iv) marine cargo (transport); (v) business travel and personal accident; (vi) construction all risk (EAR/CAR); (vii) automobile liability and motor contingency (France); (viii) trade credit; and (ix) other specific coverages for management, employment and business practice liability.

We believe that our insurance coverage terms and conditions are customary for a business such as Constellium and are sufficient to protect us against catastrophic losses.

Governmental Regulations and Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

Our operations are subject to a number of federal, state and local regulations relating to the protection of the environment and to workplace health and safety. Our operations involve the use, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of hazardous substances, and accordingly we are subject to extensive federal, state and local laws and regulations governing emissions to air, discharges to water emissions, the generation, storage, transportation, treatment or disposal of hazardous materials or wastes and employee health and safety matters. In addition, prior operations at certain of our properties have resulted in contamination of soil and groundwater which we are required to investigate and remediate pursuant to applicable environmental, health and safety (“EH&S”) laws. Environmental compliance at our key facilities is overseen by the Direction Régionale de l’Environnement de l’Aménagement et du Logement in France, the Umweltbundesamt in Germany, the Service de Protection de l’Environnement in Switzerland, the West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection in the United States and the Regional Authority of the Usti Region in the Czech Republic. Violations of EH&S laws, and remediation obligations arising under such laws, may result in restrictions being imposed on our operating activities as well as fines, penalties, damages or other costs. Accordingly, we have implemented EH&S policies and procedures to protect the environment and ensure compliance with these laws, and incorporate EH&S considerations into our planning for new projects. We perform regular risk assessments and EH&S reviews. We closely and systematically monitor and manage situations of non-compliance with EH&S laws and cooperate with authorities to redress any non-compliance issues. We believe that we have made adequate reserves with respect to our remediation obligations. Nevertheless, new regulations or other unforeseen increases in the number of our non-compliant situations may impose costs on us that may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

Our operations also result in the emission of substantial quantities of carbon dioxide, a greenhouse gas that is regulated under the European Union’s Emissions Trading System (“ETS”). Although compliance with the ETS to date has not resulted in material costs to our business, compliance with ETS requirements currently being developed for the 2013—2020 period, and increased energy costs due to ETS requirements imposed on our energy suppliers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We may also be liable for personal injury claims or workers’ compensation claims relating to exposure to hazardous substances. In addition, we are, from time to time, subject to environmental reviews and investigations by relevant governmental authorities.

Additionally, some of the chemicals we use in our fabrication processes are subject to REACH (Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation, and Restriction of Chemicals substances) in the European Union. Under REACH, we are required to register some of our products with the European Chemicals Agency, and this process could cause significant delays or costs. We are currently compliant with REACH, and expect to stay in compliance, but if the nature of the regulation changes in the future, we may be required to make significant expenditures to reformulate the chemicals that we use in our products and materials or incur costs to register such chemicals to gain and/or regain compliance. Future non-compliance could also subject us to significant fines or other civil and criminal penalties. Obtaining regulatory approvals for chemical products used in our facilities is an important part of our operations.

 

-125-


Table of Contents

We accrue for costs associated with environmental investigations and remedial efforts when it becomes probable that we are liable and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. The aggregate close down and environmental restoration costs provisions at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 were €56 million and €49 million, respectively. All accrued amounts have been recorded without giving effect to any possible future recoveries. With respect to ongoing environmental compliance costs, including maintenance and monitoring, we expense the costs when incurred.

We have incurred, and in the future will continue to incur, operating expenses related to environmental compliance. As part of the general capital expenditure plan, we expect to incur capital expenditures for other capital projects that may, in addition to improving operations, reduce certain environmental impacts.

Litigation and Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are party to a variety of claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company is currently not involved, nor has it been involved during the twelve-month period immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, in any governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings which may have or have had a significant effect on the Company’s business, financial position or profitability, and the Company is not aware of any such proceedings which are currently pending or threatened.

In recent years, asbestos-related claims have been filed against us relating to historic asbestos exposure in our production process. Constellium has implemented internal controls to comply with applicable environmental law. We have made reserves for potential occupational disease claims in France of €7 million as of December 31, 2012, which we believe is adequate. It is not anticipated that the reduction of such litigation and proceedings will have a material effect on the future results of the Company.

On February 20, 2013, five retirees of Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood LLC and the United Steelworkers union filed a class action lawsuit against Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood LLC in a federal district court in West Virginia, alleging that Ravenswood improperly modified retiree health benefits. Specifically, the complaint alleges that Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood LLC was obligated to provide retirees with health benefits throughout their retirement at no cost, and that Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood LLC improperly capped, through changes that went into effect in January 2013, the amount it would pay annually toward those benefits. In 2013, the caps will result in additional costs of $5 per month for approximately 1,800 retiree health plan participants. The parties are currently engaged in discovery, which will end in January 2014 and dispositive motions are due in February 2014. We believe that these claims are unfounded, and that Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood LLC had a legal and contractual right to make the applicable modifications.

 

-126-


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Board of Directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and the members of our board of directors as of the date of this prospectus (ages are given as of December 10, 2013). The business address of each of our executive officers and directors listed below is c/o Constellium, Tupolevlaan 41-61, 1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk, the Netherlands.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

  

Date of
Appointment

Richard B. Evans

     66       Chairman    January 5, 2011

Pierre Vareille

     56       Director    March 1, 2012

Gareth N. Turner

     49       Director    May 14, 2010

Guy Maugis

     60       Director    January 5, 2011

Matthew H. Nord

     34       Director    May 14, 2010

Bret Clayton

     51       Director    January 5, 2011

Philippe Guillemot

     54       Director    May 21, 2013

Pieter Oosthoek

     50       Director    May 21, 2013

Werner P. Paschke

     63       Director    May 21, 2013

Pursuant to a shareholders agreement between the Company, Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto, Bpifrance and the other parties thereto, Messrs. Turner and Nord were selected to serve as directors by Apollo Omega, Mr. Clayton was selected to serve as a director by Rio Tinto, and Mr. Maugis was selected to serve as a director by Bpifrance.

Richard B. Evans. Mr. Evans has served as our Chairman since December 2012. Mr. Evans is currently an independent director of Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation, an independent director of CGI, an IT consulting and outsourcing company and a director of Tyhee Gold Corp., a gold development company. He retired in May 2013 as Non-Executive Chairman and director of Resolute Forest Products, a Forest Products company based in Montreal. He retired in April 2009 as an Executive Director of London-based Rio Tinto plc and Melbourne-based Rio Tinto Ltd., and as Chief Executive Officer of Rio Tinto Alcan Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Rio Tinto. Previously, Mr. Evans was President and Chief Executive Officer of Montreal-based Alcan Inc. from March 2006 to October 2007, and led the negotiation of the acquisition of Alcan by Rio Tinto in October 2007. He was Alcan’s Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer from September 2005 to March 2006. Prior to joining Alcan in 1997, he held various senior management positions with the Kaiser Aluminum and Chemical Company during his 27 years with that company. Mr. Evans also is currently a member of the Advisory Board of the Global Economic Symposium based in Kiel, Germany. He is a past Chairman of the International Aluminum Institute (IAI) and is a past Chairman of the Washington, DC-based U.S. Aluminum Association. He previously served as Co-Chairman of the Environmental and Climate Change Committee of the Canadian Council of Chief Executives and as a member of the Board of USCAP, a Washington, DC-based coalition concerned with climate change.

Pierre Vareille . Mr. Vareille has been the Chief Executive Officer of Constellium since March 2012. Prior to joining Constellium, Mr. Vareille was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of FCI, a world-leading manufacturer of connectors. Mr. Vareille is a graduate of the French engineering school Ecole Centrale de Paris and the Sorbonne University (economics and finance). He started his career in 1982 with Vallourec, holding various positions in manufacturing, controlling, sales and strategy before being appointed Chief Executive Officer of several subsidiaries. From 1995 to 2000 Mr. Vareille was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GFI Aerospace (now LISI Aerospace), after which he joined Faurecia as a member of the executive committee and Chief Executive Officer of the Exhaust Systems business. In 2002, he moved to Pechiney as a member of the executive committee in charge of the aluminum conversion sector and as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Rhenalu. He was then named in 2004 as Group Chief Executive of Wagon Automotive, a company listed on the London Stock Exchange, where he stayed until 2008. Mr. Vareille has been a member of the Société Bic board since 2009.

 

-127-


Table of Contents

Gareth N. Turner . Mr. Turner is a senior partner of Apollo, having joined Apollo in 2005. From 1997 to 2005, Mr. Turner was employed by Goldman Sachs and from 2003 to 2005 as a Managing Director in its investment banking group. Mr. Turner was head of the Goldman Sachs Global Metals and Mining Group and managed the firm’s investment banking relationships with major companies in the metals and mining sector. He has a broad range of experience in both capital markets and mergers and acquisitions transactions. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs, Mr. Turner was employed at Lehman Brothers from 1992 to 1997. He also worked for Salomon Brothers from 1991 to 1992 and RBC Dominion Securities from 1986 to 1989. Mr. Turner serves on the board of directors of The Monier Group, Ascometal SAS, and Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation. Mr. Turner received an MBA, with distinction, from the University of Western Ontario in 1991 and a BA from the University of Toronto in 1986. Mr. Turner has been actively involved in the metals sector as an advisor to many of the major metals and mining companies during his career and has over 20 years of experience in financing, analyzing and investing in public and private companies, including many in the metals and mining sector.

Guy Maugis . Mr. Maugis has been the President of Robert Bosch France SAS since January 2004. The French subsidiary covers all the activities of the Bosch Group, a leader in the domains of the Automotive Equipments, Industrial Techniques and Consumer Goods and Building Techniques. Mr. Maugis is a former graduate of École Polytechnique, Engineer of “Corps des Ponts et Chaussées” and has worked for several years at the Equipment Ministry. At Pechiney, he managed the flat rolled products factory of Rhenalu Neuf-Brisach. At PPG Industries, he became President of the European Flat Glass activities. With the purchase of PPG Glass Europe by ASAHI Glass, Mr. Maugis assumed the function of Vice-President in charge of the business development and European activities of the automotive branch of the Japanese group.

Matthew H. Nord. Mr. Nord is a partner of Apollo, having joined Apollo in 2003. Prior to that time, Mr. Nord was a member of the Investment Banking division of Salomon Smith Barney Inc. Mr. Nord serves on the board of directors of Affinion Group Inc., Novitex Enterprise Solutions, Evertec, Inc., and Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation. Mr. Nord also serves on the Board of Overseers of the University of Pennsylvania’s School of Design. Mr. Nord graduated summa cum laude with a BS in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business. Mr. Nord has over 10 years of experience in financing, analyzing and investing in public and private companies, including significant experience making and managing private equity investments on behalf of Apollo Funds. He has worked on numerous metals industry transactions at Apollo, particularly in the aluminum sector.

Bret Clayton . Mr. Clayton is a Group Executive for Rio Tinto. He joined Rio Tinto in 1994 and has held a series of senior management positions, including being a member of the group’s Executive Committee from 2006 through 2013. Mr. Clayton was the Chief Executive of Copper and Diamonds, the President and Chief Executive Officer of U.S. coal operations, and the Chief Financial Officer of the group’s iron ore operations. Most recently Mr. Clayton was a Group Executive with responsibilities for procurement, IS&T, shared services and several strategic areas (economics and markets, business evaluation, risk management and internal audit). Prior to joining Rio Tinto, Mr. Clayton worked for PricewaterhouseCoopers for approximately nine years, auditing and consulting to the mining industry. Mr. Clayton is a non-executive director of Praxair Inc. and a member of its audit and governance and nominating committees since April 2012. Mr. Clayton also has been a non-executive director of Ivanhoe Mines Ltd. between 2007 and 2009, a member of the board of directors and the executive committee of the International Copper Association between 2006 and 2009, a member of the Coal Industry Advisory Board to the International Energy Agency between 2003 and 2006, and a member of the board of directors of the U.S. National Mining Association between 2002 and 2006. Mr. Clayton is also a member of the National Advisory Council for Brigham Young University.

Philippe Guillemot . Mr. Guillemot is Chief Operating Officer of Alcatel-Lucent and Chairman of Ascometal’s Strategic Committee. He has nearly thirty years of experience in quality control and management, particularly with automotive components manufacturers and power distribution product manufacturers. From April 2010 to February 2012, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Europcar Group, the leading provider of

 

-128-


Table of Contents

car rental services in Europe with a presence in 150 countries. Mr. Guillemot served as Chairman and CEO of Areva T&D from 2004 to 2010, and previously served in management positions at Valeo and Faurecia. Mr. Guillemot began his career at Michelin, where he was initially responsible for production quality and plant quality at sites in Canada, France and Italy. He was a member of Booz Allen Hamilton’s Automotive Practice from 1991 to 1993 before returning to Michelin to serve as an operations manager, director of Michelin Group’s restructuring in 1995-1996, Group Quality Executive Vice-President, and Chief Information Officer. Mr. Guillemot received his undergraduate degree in 1982 from Ecole des Mines in Nancy and received his MBA from Harvard University in Cambridge, MA in 1991.

Pieter Oosthoek . Mr. Oosthoek is General Counsel of Intertrust (Netherlands) B.V., which provides trust and corporate management services. Mr. Oosthoek has served in this role since 2010. From 2000 to 2010, he was head of Intertrust’s Financial Governance product team, administering a broad range of securitization transactions, and from 2000 to 2002 led Intertrust’s Asian and Middle East regional team, performing trust services for clients in those regions. Prior to joining Intertrust, Mr. Oosthoek was an account manager for Equity Trust Co. N.V., responsible for a client portfolio of royalty, holding and finance companies. Mr. Oosthoek received his master’s degree in Dutch law from the University of Groningen (Rijksuniversiteit Groningen) in 1988.

Werner P. Paschke. Mr. Paschke is an independent director of several companies including Monier Holding GP S.A., Conergy AG, and Schustermann & Borenstein GmbH. He is chair of the Audit Committee and a member of the Remuneration Committee of the board of Monier Holdings. Between 2002 and 2006, Mr. Paschke served as Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer of Demag Holding in Luxembourg, where he was responsible for actively enhancing the value of seven former Siemens and Mannesmann units. From 1973 to 1987 and from 1992 to 2003, Mr. Paschke was employed by Continental AG, holding different positions in finance, distribution, marketing, corporate controlling and accounting. He served as Chief Financial Officer of General Tire Inc. in Akron, Ohio from 1988 to 1992. Mr. Paschke studied economics at Universities Hannover, Hamburg and Münster/Westphalia and is a 1993 graduate of the International Senior Managers Program at Harvard University.

The following persons are our officers:

 

Name

   Age     

Title

Pierre Vareille

     56       Chief Executive Officer

Didier Fontaine

     52       Chief Financial Officer

Laurent Musy

     47       President, Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products

Paul Warton

     53       President, Automotive Structures & Industry

Marc Boone

     51       Vice-President, Human Resources

Jeremy Leach

     51       Vice President and Group General Counsel

Nicolas Brun

     47       Vice President, Communications

Yves Merel

     47       Vice President, EHS & Lean Transformation

Jean-Christophe Figueroa

     50       President, Aerospace & Transportation

Simon Laddychuk

     47       Vice President, Manufacturing & Technology Director

The following paragraphs set forth biographical information regarding our officers:

Didier Fontaine . Mr. Fontaine has been the Chief Financial Officer of Constellium since September 2012. Prior to joining Constellium, Mr. Fontaine was from March 2009 Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer and Information Technology Director of the Plastic Omnium, a world-leading automotive supplier present in 27 countries with over 20,000 employees, which is listed on Euronext Paris and is part of the CAC Mid 60. Mr. Fontaine was also a member of the executive committee during his time at Plastic Omnium and was instrumental in orchestrating the company’s post-2008 recovery by generating a strong cash position and operating margin. In 2010, Plastic Omnium was recognized as the company with the highest share price improvement on Euronext Paris. Mr. Fontaine started his career in 1987 with Crédit Lyonnais, holding various positions in Canada, France and Brazil in corporate and structured finance. From 1995 to 2001, he worked for the

 

-129-


Table of Contents

Schlumberger Group where he held various positions in the Treasury and Controller departments. In 2001, he joined Faurecia Exhaust System as Vice President of Finance and IT and managed the South American and South African operations up to 2004. In 2005, Mr. Fontaine joined Inergy Automotive System, a fuel tank business and a joint venture between Solvay Group and Plastic Omnium as the Chief Financial Officer and IT director (and was also a member of the company’s executive committee). Mr. Fontaine is a graduate of L’Institut d’Études Politiques of Paris “Sciences Po” (with a major in finance and tax) and has a master’s degree in econometrics from Lyon University.

Laurent Musy . Mr. Musy has served as President, Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products since January 2011 and had held the same position at Alcan Engineered products since April 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Musy worked in the upstream aluminium industry, including as General Manager of the Pechinery St-Jean smelter in France, CEO of Tomago Aluminium in Australia and President of Alcan Bauxite & Alumina’s Atlantic Operations. He led the worldwide integration of Rio Tinto and Alcan in bauxite and alumina. Earlier in his career, he worked for Bull Japan, Saint-Gobain and McKinsey. At the EAA, Mr. Musy is currently the chairman of both the packaging board and the rollers’ division. He chairs Constellium’s sustainability council. Mr. Musy is a graduate of the Ecole des Mines de Paris and holds an MBA from INSEAD.

Paul Warton . Mr. Warton has served as our President, Automotive Structures & Industry since January 2011, and previously held the same role at Alcan Engineered Products since November 2009. Mr. Warton joined Alcan Engineered Aluminum Products in November 2009. Following manufacturing, sales and management positions in the automotive and construction industries, he has spent 17 years managing aluminum extrusion companies across Europe and in China. He has held the positions of President Sapa Building Systems & President Sapa North Europe Extrusions during the integration process with Alcoa soft alloy extrusions. Mr. Warton served on the Building Board of the European Aluminum Association (EAA) and was Chairman of the EAA Extruders Division. He holds an MBA from London Business School.

Marc Boone . Mr. Boone joined Constellium in June 2011 as Vice-President, Human Resources. From 2003 through 2010, Mr. Boone served as the Human Resources Director at Uniq plc, and prior to 2003 held human resources and change management positions in industrial and service companies such as Alcatel Mietec, Johnson Controls, MasterCard, General Electric and KPMG.

Jeremy Leach . Mr. Leach joined Constellium as Vice President and Group General Counsel and Secretary to the Board of Constellium in January 2011 and previously was Vice President and General Counsel at Alcan Engineered Products. Mr. Leach joined Pechiney in 1991 from the international law firm Richards Butler (now Reed Smith). Prior to becoming General Counsel at Alcan Engineered Products, he was the General Counsel of Alcan Packaging and has held various senior legal positions in Rio Tinto, Alcan and Pechiney. He has been admitted in a number of jurisdictions, holds a law degree from Oxford University (MA Jurisprudence) and an MBA from the London Business School.

Nicolas Brun . Mr. Brun has served as our Vice President, Communications since January 2011, and previously held the same role at Alcan Engineered Products since June 2008. From 2005 through June 2008, Mr. Brun served in the roles of Vice President, Communications for Thales Alenia Space and also as Head of Communications for Thales’ Space division. Prior to 2005, Mr. Brun held senior global communications positions as Vice President External Communications with Alcatel, Vice President Communications Framatome ANP/AREVA, and with the Carlson Wagonlit Travel Group. Mr. Brun attended University of Paris-La Sorbonne and received a degree in economics and also has a master’s degree in corporate communications from Ecole Française des Attachés de Presse and also a certificate in marketing management for distribution networks from the Ecole Supérieure de Commerce in Paris.

Yves Mérel. Mr. Mérel has served as our Vice President, EHS and Lean Transformation, since August 2012. Prior to that, Mr. Mérel led several Lean Transformation programs with impressive improvement track records in the automotive and electronic industries. Mr. Mérel discovered the Lean principles during his 10 years at Valeo,

 

-130-


Table of Contents

mostly as Plant Manager and has since implemented Lean within more than 21 countries and cultures. From May 2008 until he joined Constellium he served as Group Lean Director and then as Vice President Industrial Development at FCI. He also extends his Lean expertise to functions out of the usual EHS, Quality, Supply Chain and Production areas, such as to Engineering, Purchasing, Human Resource, Finance and Sales. Mr. Mérel holds an Engineering degree from Compiegne University of Technology and a degree from Harvard Business School’s General Management Program.

Jean-Christophe Figueroa . Mr. Figueroa has been the President of Constellium Aerospace and Transportation since September 1, 2013. Prior to joining Constellium, Mr. Figueroa served as Vice President, Vehicle Control Systems, for WABCO, leading its combined Vehicle Dynamics and Driveline Control business units. Mr. Figueroa had joined WABCO in 2005 as Vice President, Vehicle Dynamics and Control. WABCO is a leading global supplier for safety systems serving the commercial vehicle industry, listed on NYSE as WBC. Mr. Figueroa joined WABCO from tier-one automotive supplier Valeo, where he served as Chief Purchasing Officer, based in Paris. Mr. Figueroa spent 13 years in senior management business and purchasing positions for Valeo, including leadership of the Automotive Climate Control business in both Mexico and subsequently Western Europe. Prior to joining Valeo, Mr. Figueroa spent seven years with Bocar, Mexico, in various leadership positions in logistics, purchasing and program management. Mr. Figueroa holds a BS in industrial Engineering from Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México and an MBA from INSEAD, France.

Simon Laddychuk . A practiced leader with over 20 years of experience gained in the metals industry, Mr. Laddychuk was appointed Vice President and Chief Technical Officer for Constellium in September 2013. In this role, he oversees the research and development, technology and group engineering activities, including large capital project development and execution. Prior to his current role, Mr. Laddychuk was the Vice President of Manufacturing for the Aerospace and Transportation division (A&T) at Constellium, a global leader serving key aerospace customers with advanced aluminum solutions for current and future aircraft and other value-added market applications. A&T has manufacturing plants in Europe and the United States. Born in South Wales, United Kingdom, Mr. Laddychuk graduated in the UK. He holds a number of engineering qualifications, a Bachelor of Science Degree in Materials Science and an MBA. He joined Constellium (then, Alcan Engineered Products) in 1991, where he has held operational and corporate management positions in different sectors in packaging and aluminum conversion in Europe and North America.

Board Structure

Our board of directors consists of nine directors, less than a majority of who are citizens or residents of the United States.

We maintain a one-tier board of directors consisting of both executive directors and non-executive directors (each a “director”). Under Dutch law, the board of directors is responsible for our policy and day-to-day management. The non-executive directors supervise and provide guidance to the executive directors. Each director owes a duty to us to properly perform the duties assigned to him and to act in our corporate interest. Under Dutch law, the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that our shareholders acting at a general meeting (a “General Meeting”) appoint directors upon a binding nomination by the board of directors. The General Meeting may at all times overrule the binding nature of such nomination by a resolution adopted by a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, provided that such majority represents more than 50% of our issued share capital. If the binding nomination is overruled, the non-executive directors may then make a new nomination. If such a nomination has not been made or has not been made in time, this shall be stated in the notice and the General Meeting shall be free to appoint a director in its discretion. Such a resolution of the General Meeting must be adopted by at least two-thirds of the votes cast, provided that such majority represents more than 50% of our issued share capital.

 

-131-


Table of Contents

The members of our board of directors may be suspended or dismissed at any time by the General Meeting. A resolution to suspend or dismiss a director must be adopted by at least two-thirds of the votes cast, provided that such majority represents more than 50% of our issued share capital. If, however, the proposal to suspend or dismiss the directors is made by the board of directors, the proposal must be adopted by simple majority of the votes cast at the General Meeting. An executive director can at all times be suspended by the board of directors.

Director Independence

As a foreign private issuer under the NYSE rules, we are not required to have independent directors on our board of directors, except to the extent that our Audit Committee is required to consist of independent directors. However, our board of directors has determined that, under current NYSE listing standards regarding independence (which we are not currently subject to), and taking into account any applicable committee standards, Messrs. Maugis, Guillemot, Oosthoek and Paschke are independent directors.

Committees

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of three directors independent under the NYSE requirements. Our board of directors has determined that at least one member is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC and also meets the additional criteria for independence of audit committee members set forth in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee are to oversee and monitor the following:

 

   

our financial reporting process and internal control system;

 

   

the integrity of our consolidated financial statements;

 

   

the independence, qualifications and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function;

 

   

our related party transactions; and

 

   

our compliance with legal, ethical and regulatory matters.

Remuneration Committee

Our remuneration committee consists of three directors. The principal duties and responsibilities of the remuneration committee are as follows:

 

   

to review, evaluate and make recommendations to the full board of directors regarding our compensation policies and establish performance-based incentives that support our long-term goals, objectives and interests;

 

   

to review and approve the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, all employees who report directly to our Chief Executive Officer and other members of our senior management;

 

   

to review and make recommendations to the board of directors with respect to our incentive compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans;

 

   

to set and review the compensation of and reimbursement policies for members of the board of directors;

 

   

to provide oversight concerning selection of officers, management succession planning, expense accounts, indemnification and insurance matters, and separation packages; and

 

   

to provide regular reports to the board of directors and take such other actions as are necessary and consistent with our Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

 

-132-


Table of Contents

Nominating/Governance Committee

Our nominating/corporate governance committee consists of three directors. The principal duties and responsibilities of the nominating/corporate governance committee are as follows:

 

   

to establish criteria for board and committee membership and recommend to our board of directors proposed nominees for election to the board of directors and for membership on committees of our board of directors; and

 

   

to make recommendations to our board of directors regarding board governance matters and practices.

Compensation of Non-Employee Directors and Officers

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Our non-employee directors receive fees for their service as a board member that are substantially similar to the fees paid to non-employee directors for service for the 2012 fiscal year. Mr. Evans and Mr. Maugis, two of our non-employee directors, are each paid an annual retainer of €60,000 and receive €2,000 for each meeting of the board they attend. Mr. Evans is paid €60,000 per year for his services as the chairman of the board, a position to which he was appointed on December 6, 2012. Prior to December 2012, Mr. Evans served as a lead independent director of our board of directors beginning in March 2012 and as chief executive officer of Constellium France Holdco, one of our subsidiaries. Mr. Maugis is paid €2,000 for each meeting of the Audit Committee he attends and €3,500 for each meeting of the Government and Public Affairs Committee he chairs. During 2011, Mr. Evans was paid €3,500 for chairing Audit Committee meetings and €2,000 for attendance at Government and Public Affairs Committee meetings. The remaining directors are employed by or otherwise affiliated with one of our shareholders and therefore do not receive fees for service on our board. The members of our board of directors have not entered into service contracts with the company that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

The following table sets forth the approximate remuneration paid during our 2012 fiscal year to our non-employee directors:

 

Name

   Annual
Director Fees
     Board/Committee
Attendance Fees
     Total  

Guy Maugis

   60,000       30,000       90,000   

Richard B. Evans

   100,000       4,000       104,000   

Officer Compensation

The following table sets forth the approximate remuneration paid during our 2012 fiscal year to our executive officers, including Pierre Vareille, our Chief Executive Officer, Didier Fontaine, our Chief Financial Officer and Arnaud de Weert, our former Chief Operating Officer. Arnaud de Weert resigned from the Company on July 31, 2012. Pierre Vareille and Didier Fontaine joined the Company on March 1, 2012 and September 17, 2012, respectively. The Executive Performance Award Plan (the “EPA”) bonuses paid in March 2012 to certain of our executive officers were paid in respect of 2011 EPA awards granted to such officers, and the payments made to Mr. de Weert were paid in accordance with the provisions of his settlement agreement with the Company.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Base
Salary
Paid (1)
     Non-equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(EPA Bonus)
     Change in
Pension Value (2)
     All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Pierre Vareille, CEO

   520,386       0       97,860       5,500 (3)     623,746   

Didier Fontaine, CFO

   112,292       150,000       71,120       3,300 (4)     336,712   

Arnaud de Weert, former COO

   300,240       440,093       139,204       1,091,458 (5)     1,970,995   

 

-133-


Table of Contents

 

(1) Amounts reflect proration for individuals who were not employed by the Company for all of 2012.
(2) Represents amounts contributed by the Company during our 2012 fiscal year to the French and Swiss states as part of the employer overall pension requirements apportioned to the base salary of these individuals.
(3) Represents €5,500 in costs to the Company of providing a Company car during our 2012 fiscal year.
(4) Represents €3,300 in costs to the Company of providing a Company car during our 2012 fiscal year.
(5) Represents the sum of (i) €2,800 in costs to the Company of providing a Company car during 2012 and (ii) €900,958 in cash severance payments and €187,700 in restrictive covenant indemnity payments provided to the officer during our 2012 fiscal year pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Company and the officer.

The total remuneration paid to our executive officers, including Messrs. Vareille and Fontaine, during our 2012 fiscal year amounted to €5,787,417, consisting of (i) an aggregate base salary of €3,443,740, (ii) aggregate short-term incentive compensation of €2,255,033, and (iii) aggregate benefits in kind in an amount equal to €88,644. The total amount contributed to the value of the pensions for our executive officers, including Messrs. Vareille and Fontaine, during our 2012 fiscal year was €499,070.

Below is a brief description of the compensation and benefit plans in which our officers participate.

Executive Performance Award Plan

Each of our officers participates in the EPA. The EPA is an annual cash bonus plan intended to provide performance-related award opportunities to employees who contribute substantially to the success of Constellium. Under the EPA, participants are granted opportunities to earn cash bonuses (expressed as a percentage of base salary) based on the level of achievement of certain financial metrics established by the Remuneration Committee for the applicable annual performance period, environmental, health and safety (EHS) performance objectives approved by the Audit Committee and individual and team objectives established by the applicable participant’s supervisor. The level of attainment of awards granted under the EPA is generally determined to be 70% based on the level of attainment of the applicable financial metrics, 10% based on the level of attainment of EHS performance objectives and 20% based on the level of attainment of individual and team objectives. Awards are paid (generally subject to continued service through the end of the applicable annual performance period) in the year following the year for which such awards were granted.

Long Term Incentive Cash Plan

The Long Term Incentive Cash Plan is intended to motivate and retain certain key senior employees of Constellium who are not eligible to participate in our management equity plan described below. Approximately 60 of our senior employees were selected by our Remuneration Committee to receive grants of cash awards under the Long Term Incentive Cash Plan during our 2012 fiscal year. Participants’ award opportunities are based on job grade, with the amount earned in respect of such awards based on the level of attainment of the applicable performance criteria for the applicable measurement years. Awards earned under the plan are generally paid in the third year following the applicable measurement year, with the awards generally vesting based on continued service through the end of the year preceding the year in which payment of the award is made.

Constellium N.V. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan

The Company has adopted the Constellium N.V. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Constellium 2013 Equity Plan”). The principal purposes of this plan are to focus directors, officers and other employees and consultants on business performance that creates shareholder value, to encourage innovative approaches to the business of the Company and to encourage ownership of our ordinary shares by directors, officers and other employees and consultants.

 

-134-


Table of Contents

The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan provided for a variety of awards, including “incentive stock options” (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) (“ISOs”), nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, other stock-based awards or any combination of those awards. The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan provides that awards may be made under the plan for ten years. We have reserved 5,292,291 ordinary shares for issuance under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances to prevent dilution or enlargement.

Administration

The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan is administered by our remuneration committee. The board of directors or the remuneration committee may delegate administration to one or more members of our board of directors. The remuneration committee has the power to interpret the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan and to adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan according to its terms. The remuneration committee will determine the number of our ordinary shares that will be subject to each award granted under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan and may take into account the recommendations of our senior management in determining the award recipients and the terms and conditions of such awards. Subject to certain exceptions as may be required pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, if applicable, our board of directors may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the remuneration committee under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan.

Eligibility

Certain directors, officers, employees and consultants are eligible to be granted awards under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan. Our remuneration committee determines:

 

   

which directors, officers, employees and consultants are to be granted awards;

 

   

the type of award that is granted;

 

   

the number of our ordinary shares subject to the awards; and

 

   

the terms and conditions of such awards, consistent with the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan.

Our remuneration committee has the discretion, subject to the limitations of the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan and applicable laws, to grant stock options, SARs and rights to acquire restricted stock (except that only our employees may be granted ISOs).

Stock Options

Subject to the terms and provisions of the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan, stock options to purchase our ordinary shares may be granted to eligible individuals at any time and from time to time as determined by our remuneration committee. Stock options may be granted as ISOs, which are intended to qualify for favorable treatment to the recipient under U.S. federal tax law, or as nonqualified stock options, which do not qualify for this favorable tax treatment. Subject to the limits provided in the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan, our remuneration committee has the authority to determine the number of stock options granted to each recipient. Each stock option grant is evidenced by a stock option agreement that specifies the stock option exercise price, whether the stock options are intended to be incentive stock options or nonqualified stock options, the duration of the stock options, the number of shares to which the stock options pertain and such additional limitations, terms and conditions as our remuneration committee may determine.

Our remuneration committee determines the exercise price for each stock option granted, except that the stock option exercise price may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant. All stock options granted under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. Stock options are nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, in the

 

-135-


Table of Contents

case of nonqualified stock options, as otherwise expressly permitted by our remuneration committee. The granting of a stock option does not accord the recipient the rights of a shareholder, and such rights accrue only after the exercise of a stock option and the registration of ordinary shares in the recipient’s name.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Our remuneration committee in its discretion may grant SARs under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan. SARs may be “tandem SARs,” which are granted in conjunction with a stock option, or “free-standing SARs,” which are not granted in conjunction with a stock option. A SAR entitles the holder to receive from us, upon exercise, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the aggregate fair market value of a specified number of our ordinary shares to which such SAR pertains over the aggregate exercise price for the underlying shares. The exercise price of a free-standing SAR may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant.

A tandem SAR may be granted at the grant date of the related stock option. A tandem SAR may be exercised only at such time or times and to the extent that the related stock option is exercisable and has the same exercise price as the related stock option. A tandem SAR terminates or is forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the related stock option, and the related stock option terminates or is forfeited upon the exercise or forfeiture of the tandem SAR.

Each SAR is evidenced by an award agreement that specifies the exercise price, the number of ordinary shares to which the SAR pertains and such additional limitations, terms and conditions as our remuneration committee may determine. We may make payment of the amount to which the participant exercising the SARs is entitled by delivering ordinary shares, cash or a combination of stock and cash as set forth in the award agreement relating to the SARs. SARs are not transferable except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, with respect to SARs that are not granted in “tandem” with a stock option, as expressly permitted by our remuneration committee.

Restricted Stock

The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan provides for the award of ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture and restrictions on transferability to the extent permitted by applicable law and as set forth in the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan, the applicable award agreement and as may be otherwise determined by our remuneration committee. Except for these restrictions and any others imposed by our remuneration committee to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon the grant of restricted stock, the recipient will have rights of a shareholder with respect to the restricted stock, including the right to vote the restricted stock and to receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect to the restricted stock on such terms as set forth in the applicable award agreement. During the restriction period set by our remuneration committee, the recipient is prohibited from selling, transferring, pledging, exchanging or otherwise encumbering the restricted stock to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Restricted Stock Units

The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan authorizes our remuneration committee to grant restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are not ordinary shares and do not entitle the recipient to the rights of a shareholder, although the award agreement may provide for rights with respect to dividend equivalents. The recipient may not sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber restricted stock units granted under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan prior to their vesting. Restricted stock units may be settled in cash, ordinary shares or a combination thereof as provided in the applicable award agreement, in an amount based on the fair market value of an ordinary share on the settlement date.

 

-136-


Table of Contents

Performance Units

The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan provides for the award of performance units that are valued by reference to a designated amount of cash or to property other than ordinary shares. The payment of the value of a performance unit is conditioned upon the achievement of performance goals set by our remuneration committee in granting the performance unit and may be paid in cash, ordinary shares, other property or a combination thereof. Any terms relating to the termination of a participant’s employment will be set forth in the applicable award agreement.

Other Stock-Based Awards

The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan also provides for the award of ordinary shares and other awards that are valued by reference to our ordinary shares, including unrestricted stock, dividend equivalents and convertible debentures.

Performance Goals

The Constellium 2013 Equity Plan provides that performance goals may be established by our remuneration committee in connection with the grant of any award under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan.

Termination without Cause Following a Change in Control

Upon a termination of employment of a plan participant occurring upon or during the two years immediately following the date of a “change in control” (as defined in the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan) by the Company without “cause” (as defined in the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan), unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, (i) all awards held by such participant will vest in full (in the case of any awards that are subject to performance goals, at target) and be free of restrictions, and (ii) any option or SAR held by the participant as of the date of the change in control that remains outstanding as of the date of such termination of employment may thereafter be exercised until (A) in the case of ISOs, the last date on which such ISOs would otherwise be exercisable or (B) in the case of nonqualified options and SARs, the later of (x) the last date on which such nonqualified option or SAR would otherwise be exercisable and (y) the earlier of (I) the second anniversary of such change in control and (II) the expiration of the term of such nonqualified option or SAR.

Amendment

Our board of directors or our remuneration committee may amend, alter or discontinue the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation will be made that would materially impair the rights of a participant with respect to a previously granted award without such participant’s consent, unless such an amendment is made to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 409A of the Code, stock exchange rules or accounting rules. In addition, no such amendment will be made without the approval of the Company’s shareholders to the extent such approval is required by applicable law or the listing standards of the applicable stock exchange.

Free Share Program

In connection with our initial public offering, our remuneration committee approved a free share program for all employees (other than short-term employees) situated in the United States, France, Germany, Switzerland, and the Czech Republic. Under this program, each eligible employee will receive an award of 25 restricted stock units under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan that will vest and be settled in ordinary shares on the second anniversary of our initial public offering, subject to the applicable employee remaining employed by the Company or its subsidiaries through that date.

 

-137-


Table of Contents

Shareholding Retention Program

In October 2013, our remuneration committee approved a shareholding retention program to encourage critical members of our senior management team to maintain a significant portion of their current investment under the Company’s Management Equity Plan (the “MEP”) (described in “—Management Equity Plan” below). Pursuant to this program, certain members of our senior management team will be awarded a one-time retention award under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan consisting of a grant of restricted stock units with a grant date value equal to a specified percentage of the recipient’s annual base salary. The restricted stock units will vest and be settled for our ordinary shares on the second anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the recipient remaining continuously employed with the Company through that date, his or her retaining at least 75% of his or her interest in our ordinary shares under the MEP (including any interest in ordinary shares that becomes vested following the date of grant), and his or her compliance with the protocol to be established by the Company for the orderly liquidation of shares held in the MEP.

Coinvestment Award Program

Also in October 2013, our remuneration committee approved a coinvestment award program for certain critical members of our senior management team for 2014. Each participant in this program will be given the opportunity to invest, in our ordinary shares, between 30% and 50% of the gross annual bonus he or she earns under the Executive Performance Award Plan (the “EPA”) in respect of 2013. Participants who opt to invest under this program will be granted performance-based restricted stock units under the Constellium 2013 Equity Plan (“performance RSUs”) in an amount equal to a specified multiple of the ordinary shares invested. The performance RSUs will vest and be settled for our ordinary shares on the second anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the achievement of certain performance goals based on total shareholder return, the participant remaining continuously employed with the Company through that date, his or her retaining at least 75% of his or her interest in our ordinary shares under the MEP (including any interest in ordinary shares that becomes vested following the date of grant) and 100% of his or her investment under this program, and his or her compliance with the protocol to be established by the Company for the orderly liquidation of shares held in the MEP.

Employment and Service Arrangements

We are party to employment or services agreements with each of our officers. We may terminate certain officers’ employment with or services to us for “cause” upon advance written notice, without compensation, for certain acts of the officer. Each officer may terminate his or her employment at any time upon advance written notice to us. In the event that the officer’s employment or service is terminated by us without cause or, in the case of certain executives, by him for “good reason,” the officer is entitled to certain payments as provided by applicable laws or collective bargaining agreements or as otherwise provided under the applicable employment or services agreements. Except for the foregoing, our officers are not entitled to any severance payments upon the termination of their employment or services for any reason.

Under such employment and services agreements, each of our officers has also agreed not to engage or participate in any business activities that compete with us or solicit our employees or customers for (depending on the officer) up to two years after the termination of his employment or services. They have further agreed not to use or disseminate any confidential information concerning us as a result of performing their duties or using our resources during their employment with or services to us.

We are party to a director service contract with Christel Bories, our former Chief Executive Officer, who left Constellium in February 2012, that provides her with certain post-employment termination benefits and under which she has retained her rights in a certain pension plan for officers.

Management Equity Plan

Following the Acquisition, a management equity plan (the “MEP”) was established with effect as from February 4, 2011 to facilitate investments by our officers and other members of management in Constellium. In

 

-138-


Table of Contents

connection with the MEP, a German limited partnership, Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG (“Management KG”), was formed. As of September 30, 2013, Management KG held 5.2% of the overall share capital of Constellium, consisting of 4,472,363 Class A ordinary shares and 955,240 Class B ordinary shares.

The indirect owners of the shares in Constellium held by Management KG are current and former directors, officers and employees of Constellium (the “MEP Participants”), and Stichting Management Omega, a foundation under Dutch law. In acquiring limited partnership interests in Management KG (and thereby indirectly investing in Constellium), the MEP Participants invested a total amount of approximately $5,330,539 as of December 31, 2012.

Our chairman of the board, Mr. Evans, and certain of our executive officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Vareille, and our Chief Financial Officer, Mr. Fontaine, each participate in the MEP. As of September 30, 2013, the MEP investment of Mr. Evans represented 105,783 Class A ordinary shares; the MEP investment of Mr. Vareille represented 1,009,439 Class A ordinary shares and 286,667 Class B ordinary shares; and the MEP investment of Mr. Fontaine represented 110,211 Class A ordinary shares and 65,769 Class B ordinary shares.

Each limited partner of Management KG was granted the right to sell up to 25% of the Class A ordinary shares represented by its limited partnership interest in our previous secondary offering that closed on November 14, 2013 (the “November 2013 offering”), with the exception of certain limited partners who are former employees of Constellium or who are leaving Constellium, which limited partners were given the right to sell up to 100% of the Class A ordinary shares represented by their respective limited partnership interests in the November 2013 offering. Management KG offered a total of 808,645 Class A ordinary shares in the November 2013 offering. Limited partners who sold no more than 25% of the Class A ordinary shares they indirectly held under the MEP prior to completion of the November 2013 offering will be eligible to receive certain retention and incentive awards with a time-based vesting requirement of two years and, in some cases, additional performance-based vesting criteria related to shareholder returns, each as described in “Compensation of Non-Employee Directors and Officers—Shareholding Retention Program” and “Compensation of Non-Employee Directors and Officers—Coinvestment Award Program.” Mr. Vareille elected not to exercise his right to sell Class A ordinary shares represented by his limited partnership interest in Management KG in the November 2013 offering.

Once a MEP Participant invests in the MEP and becomes vested in his or her Management KG limited partnership interests, if applicable, he or she becomes eligible to receive the economic benefits relating to a certain proportion of shares held by Management KG attributable to his or her limited partnership interest, such as dividends (if any) on the shares, the Management KG’s annual profits and residual profits, and proceeds of sales of shares held by Management KG upon dissolution of the MEP. A MEP Participant’s benefits may be terminated if, for instance, his or her employment with Constellium terminates. A leaver, either a “good leaver” or “bad leaver” for the purpose of the MEP, may be obliged to sell his or her Management KG limited partnership interests to Stichting Management Omega. The amount paid for those limited partnership interests depends upon, among other things, the reason for the MEP Participant’s termination and the length of his or her investment and the performance of Constellium.

Management KG limited partnership interests held by MEP Participants in respect of Class B ordinary shares are granted in service- and performance-vesting tranches, in an amount solely in the discretion of the MEP Board (as defined below). The service-vesting tranche vests in 20% increments on the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th anniversary of a MEP Participant’s effective investment date if the MEP Participant continues employment with Constellium through the applicable vesting date. The performance-vesting tranches generally vest in 20% increments in respect of the financial year that includes the MEP Participant’s effective investment date and each of the following four financial years only if the MEP Participant continues employment with Constellium through the end of the applicable year and Constellium attains certain Adjusted EBITDA targets in respect of that financial year (as shown by the audited accounts for the relevant financial year), which targets may be adjusted to account for the impact of certain non-ordinary-course transactions. If the Adjusted EBITDA targets with respect

 

-139-


Table of Contents

to a financial year are not attained, the performance-vesting sub-tranches that were eligible to vest during such year remain eligible to vest based on the level of Adjusted EBITDA attainment in the following year, and performance-vesting sub-tranches eligible to vest in a future year may vest earlier based on the level of Adjusted EBITDA attainment during the year prior to the scheduled vesting year, in each case subject to certain terms and conditions set forth in the partnership agreement of Management KG. Because Constellium achieved the Adjusted EBITDA targets for the years 2011, 2012 and 2013, the relevant performance-vesting tranches in respect of those years vested.

The general partner of Management KG is Omega MEP GmbH (“GP GmbH”), a German limited liability company, which is wholly owned by Stichting Management Omega. The main terms and conditions of the MEP are set out in the partnership agreement of Management KG, effective as of May 21, 2013, as amended from time to time. An overview of the corporate structure of the MEP is set out below.

 

LOGO

At the level of GP GmbH, an advisory board consisting of representatives appointed by our board of directors (the “MEP Board”) administers the MEP. Employees and officers who invested in the MEP (either directly or through one or more investment vehicles) hold a limited partnership interest in Management KG that corresponds to a portion of the shares in Constellium held by Management KG. In connection with the initial public offering, the MEP Board determined that the MEP would be frozen to future participation and that no other employees, officers or directors of Constellium would be invited to become MEP Participants.

The main function of Stichting Management Omega is to act as a “warehousing” entity following a situation in which MEP Participants cease to be employed by Constellium. In such a circumstance, Stichting Management Omega is entitled to acquire all or part of the limited partnership interest in Management KG attributable to a departing MEP Participant under the conditions of the MEP. Our board of directors has the power to appoint the board of Stichting Management Omega.

In connection with our initial public offering, our board of directors approved the reacquisition and our shareholders approved the cancellation of all the Constellium shares attributable to the Management KG interests held by Stichting Management Omega, and all such shares were reacquired by us prior to the consummation of that offering. As a result of this reacquisition, the Management KG interests held by Stichting Management Omega ceased to have economic value, and Stichting Management Omega ceased to be an indirect owner of our ordinary shares.

 

-140-


Table of Contents

Following the completion of the initial public offering, Stichting Management Omega continues to be a limited partner of Management KG and remains entitled to acquire all or part of the limited partnership interests in Management KG attributable to any MEP Participant who ceases to be employed by Constellium. If Stichting Management Omega acquires all or a portion of such limited partnership interests, the shares held by Management KG in respect of the acquired limited partnership interests will be sold in the market and/or reacquired and cancelled by Constellium to fund the price payable to such MEP Participant.

 

-141-


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the principal shareholders of Constellium N.V. and the number and percentage of ordinary shares owned by each such shareholder, in each case as of December 10, 2013 and following this offering, in which only Class A ordinary shares will be sold. The selling shareholder in this offering is Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited.

Under the rules of the SEC, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of such security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of such securities as to which such person has voting or investment power.

The beneficial ownership percentages in this table have been calculated on the basis of the total number of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares.

 

Name of beneficial owner

  Number of
Class A
shares
beneficially
owned
prior to  the
offering
    Beneficial
ownership
percentage
    Number of
Class A
shares
being offered
(order
placed for)
in this
offering
    Number of
Class A shares
beneficially
owned after this
offering
and assuming no
exercise of the
underwriters’
purchase
option
    Beneficial
ownership
percentage
    Number of
Class A
shares
beneficially
owned after
this  offering
assuming
exercise of
underwriters’
purchase
option
    Beneficial
ownership
percentage
 

Apollo Funds

    37,561,475 (1)       35.8     0        37,561,475        35.8     37,561,475        35.8

Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited

    9,597,570 (2)       9.1     8,345,713        1,251,857        1.2     10        0.0

Bpifrance Participations

    12,846,969 (3)       12.2     0        12,846,969        12.2     12,846,969        12.2

Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG

    4,226,627 (4)       4.0     0        4,226,627        4.0     4,226,627        4.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Represents the aggregate of (i) 37,561,475 Class A ordinary shares held of record by Apollo Omega (Lux) S.à.r.l. Apollo Omega does not beneficially own any Class B shares.

AIF VII Euro Holdings, L.P. (“Euro Holdings”) is the sole shareholder of Apollo Omega. Apollo Advisors VII (EH), L.P. (“Advisors VII (EH)”) is the general partner of Euro Holdings, and Apollo Advisors VII (EH-GP) Ltd. (“Advisors VII (EH-GP)”) is the general partner of Advisors VII (EH). Apollo Principal Holdings III, L.P. (“Principal III”) is the sole shareholder of Advisors VII (EH-GP) and Apollo Principal Holdings III GP, Ltd. (“Principal III GP”) is the general partner of Principal III. Apollo Management VII, L.P. (“Management VII”) is the manager of Euro Holdings. AIF VII Management, LLC (“AIF VII”) is the general partner of Management VII. Apollo Management, L.P. (“Apollo Management”) is the sole member and manager of AIF VII, and Apollo Management GP, LLC (“Management GP”) is the general partner of Apollo Management. Apollo Management Holdings, L.P. (“Management Holdings”) is the sole member and manager of Management GP. Apollo Management Holdings GP, LLC (“Management Holdings GP”) is the general partner of Management Holdings.

Leon Black, Joshua Harris and Marc Rowan are the managers, as well as principal executive officers, of Management Holdings GP, and the directors of Principal III GP, and as such may be deemed to have voting and dispositive control over our ordinary shares that are held by Apollo Omega.

The principal address of Apollo Omega is 44 Avenue John F. Kennedy, L-1885, Luxembourg. The principal address of each of Euro Holdings, Advisors VII (EH), Advisors VII (EH-GP), Principal III and Principal III GP is c/o Intertrust Corporate Services (Cayman) Limited, 190 Elgin Street, George Town, Grand Cayman, KY1-

 

-142-


Table of Contents

9005, Cayman Islands. The principal address of each of Management VII, AIF VII, Apollo Management, Management GP, Management Holdings, Management Holdings GP, and Messrs. Black, Harris and Rowan, is 9 West 57th Street, 43rd Floor, New York, New York 10019.

 

(2) Represents 9,597,570 Class A ordinary shares held by Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited (“RTIHL”). RTIHL does not own any Class B shares. Rio Tinto will continue to hold a nominal amount of shares after the full exercise of the purchase option. RTIHL is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Rio Tinto plc and is under the common control of Rio Tinto Limited. Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited may therefore be deemed to be indirect beneficial owners of the shares held by RTIHL. The address for Rio Tinto plc and RTIHL is 2 Eastbourne Terrace, London W2 6LG, United Kingdom. The address of Rio Tinto Limited is 120 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia 3000.

 

(3) Consists of 12,846,929 Class A ordinary shares held directly by Bpifrance Participations (“Bpifrance”). Bpifrance does not own any Class B shares. Bpifrance is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BPI-Groupe (bpifrance), a French financial institution (“BPI”) jointly owned and controlled by the Caisse des Dépôts et Consignations, a French special public entity ( établissement special ) (“CDC”) and EPIC BPI-Groupe, a French public institution of industrial and commercial nature (“EPIC”). Neither BPI, CDC nor EPIC holds any ordinary shares directly. BPI may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of 12,846,969 ordinary shares, indirectly through its sole ownership of Bpifrance. CDC and EPIC may be deemed to be the beneficial owners of 12,846,969 ordinary shares, indirectly through their joint ownership and control of BPI. The principal address for CDC is 56, rue de Lille, 75007 Paris, France and for Bpifrance, BPI and EPIC is 27-31 avenue du Général Leclerc 94700 Maisons-Alfort, France.

 

(4) Represents the aggregate of 3,276,290 Class A ordinary shares and 950,337 Class B ordinary shares held of record by Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG, a German limited partnership (“Management KG”). The indirect beneficial owners of the Class A ordinary shares held by Management KG are the limited partners of Management KG, which include current and former directors, officers and employees of Constellium and certain legal entities through which some of such persons hold their ownership interests (the “MEP Participants”) and Stichting Management Omega, a foundation under Dutch law. The limited partnership interests of the MEP Participants also represent an interest in Class B ordinary shares of Constellium. The Class B ordinary shares are granted in service- and performance-vesting tranches and the MEP Participants do not have investment power over such shares until such time the vesting conditions are met and such Class B ordinary shares convert to Class A ordinary shares. The general partner of Management KG is Omega MEP GmbH (“GP GmbH”), a German limited liability company, which is wholly owned by Stichting Management Omega. The main terms and conditions of the Management Equity Plan (“MEP”) are set out in the partnership agreement of Management KG, effective as of May 21, 2013, as amended from time to time and are more fully described in “Management—Management Equity Plan.”

The address of Management KG is Mainzer Landstraße 46, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany, registered in the commercial register of the local court in Frankfurt am Main, Germany under HRA 46208. The address of Stichting Management Omega is 1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk, Tupolevlaan 41-61, Amsterdam (filed at the Trade Register under number 51885247). The address of GP GmbH is Mainzer Landstraße 46, 60325 Frankfurt am Main, Germany, registered in the commercial register of the local court in Frankfurt am Main, Germany under HRB 89488.

None of our principal shareholders have voting rights different from those of other shareholders.

 

-143-


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto, Bpifrance and the other parties thereto entered into a pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement, dated as of January 4, 2011 (the “Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement”). The Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement provided for, among other items, certain restrictions on the transferability of equity ownership in Constellium as well as certain tag-along rights, drag-along rights, and piggy-back registration rights.

We amended and restated the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement in connection with the initial public offering. See “—Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement.”

Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement

The Company, Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance entered into an amended and restated shareholders agreement on May 29, 2013 (the “Shareholders Agreement”). This agreement provides for, among other things, piggyback registration rights and demand registration rights for each of Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance for so long as the shareholder owns any of our ordinary shares.

In addition, the Shareholders Agreement provides that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, (a) Rio Tinto will be entitled to designate for binding nomination one director to our board of directors so long as its percentage ownership interest is equal to or greater than 10% or it continues to hold all of the ordinary shares it subscribed for at the closing of the Acquisition (such share number adjusted for the pro rata share issuance); (b) Bpifrance will be entitled to designate for binding nomination one director to our board of directors so long as its percentage ownership interest is equal to or greater than 4% or it continues to hold all of the ordinary shares it subscribed for at the closing of the Acquisition (such share number adjusted for the pro rata share issuance) and (c) Apollo Omega will be entitled to designate for binding nomination (i) a majority of the directors comprising our board of directors for so long as its percentage ownership interest is equal to or greater than 40% or it continues to hold all of the ordinary shares it subscribed for at the closing of the Acquisition (such share number adjusted for the pro rata share issuance), and in each case provided no person who is not an affiliate of Apollo Omega holds a majority of the ordinary shares then outstanding, or (ii) in the event that Apollo Omega does not satisfy either of the foregoing requirements, two directors to our board of directors so long as its percentage ownership interest is equal to or greater than 10%. Each of Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance has agreed to use its reasonable best efforts and take such action required to effectuate the binding nominations set out above. Our directors will be elected by our shareholders acting at a general meeting upon a binding nomination by the board of directors as described in “Management—Board Structure.” Therefore, Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance are each required to vote the ordinary shares held by them in accordance with the voting arrangement as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement at the general meeting. A shareholder’s percentage ownership interest is derived by dividing (i) the total number of ordinary shares owned by such shareholder and its affiliates by (ii) the total number of outstanding ordinary shares (but excluding ordinary shares issued pursuant to the MEP). As a result of the sale of 19,316,355 Class A ordinary shares by Rio Tinto on November 14, 2013, Rio Tinto’s director designation right terminated under the Shareholders Agreement.

The Company has agreed to share financial and other information with Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance to the extent reasonably required to comply with its or their tax, investor or regulatory obligations and with a view to keeping each of Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance properly informed about the financial and business affairs of the Company. The Shareholders Agreement contains provisions to the effect that each of Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance are obliged to treat all information provided to it as confidential, and to comply with all applicable rules and regulations in relation to the use and disclosure of such information.

 

-144-


Table of Contents

Agreement Relating to 2009 and 2010 Financial Statements

The financial statements relating to 2009 and 2010 and related information contained in this prospectus are the sole responsibility of Constellium N.V. In connection with the purchase of the AEP Business, Constellium has irrevocably acknowledged and agreed with Rio Tinto that Rio Tinto, in its capacity as the prior owner of our business and our subsidiaries, has no responsibility for the financial statements relating to 2009 and 2010 and has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless Rio Tinto against all claims arising out of or in connection with such financials statements. Constellium has also agreed that when providing the financial statements relating to 2009 and 2010 to third parties (other than recipients who receive such information pursuant to this prospectus), the information shall be accompanied by an acknowledgement that by receipt of such information, the recipient waives any right or claim it may have against Rio Tinto in connection with the receipt or use of such information.

Share Sale Agreement

The Share Sale Agreement between the Company and affiliates of Rio Tinto (the “SPA”), dated as of December 23, 2010, contains customary warranties and indemnities given by affiliates of Rio Tinto regarding the Constellium business. The warranties are subject to customary qualifications and limitations on Rio Tinto’s liability and expired generally at the end of March 2013, except for those with respect to certain environmental matters which survive for five years following completion of the Acquisition, certain warranties relating to retirement benefit arrangements and antitrust warranties which survive for three years following completion of the Acquisition and certain warranties regarding taxes and ownership of shares which generally survive until the statutory limitations date. The SPA and certain indemnity agreements executed pursuant to the SPA provide for certain other specific indemnities, in each case subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Shareholder Term Loan Facility

In connection with the Acquisition, Apollo Omega and Bpifrance entered into a term loan facility which provided for an aggregate funding commitment amount of $275 million (equivalent to €212 million at the 2011 year-end exchange rate). See “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” This term loan facility was terminated on May 25, 2012 and all indebtedness outstanding thereunder was repaid in full.

Transitional Services Agreements and Sublease

At the closing of the Acquisition, Constellium Switzerland AG, a wholly owned subsidiary of Constellium, and Alcan France SAS, a wholly owned subsidiary of Alcan Holdings Switzerland AG, the seller in the Constellium SPA, entered into a Transitional Services Agreement to provide, on a transitional basis, certain administrative, information technology, accounting, payroll, human resources, compliance, finance, and treasury services and other assistance, consistent with the services provided by Rio Tinto before the transaction. The charges for the transitional services generally were intended to allow Rio Tinto to fully recover the costs directly associated with providing the services, plus an additional charge for administrative costs for services that were provided beyond the original service term specified in the Transitional Services Agreement.

The services provided under the Transitional Services Agreement terminated at various times specified in the agreement (generally one year after the completion of the Acquisition). Constellium had the right to terminate services by giving prior written notice to the provider of such services and paying any applicable termination charge.

Subject to certain exceptions, the liability of Rio Tinto under the Transitional Services Agreement was generally limited to the aggregate charges actually paid to Rio Tinto by Constellium pursuant to the Transitional Services Agreement. The Transitional Services Agreement also provided that Rio Tinto will be liable to Constellium under the agreement only to the extent any liabilities arise from Rio Tinto’s willful and intentional breach, willful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence, and that Rio Tinto will not be liable to the recipient of such service for any indirect or consequential damages. All services under this agreement have terminated.

 

-145-


Table of Contents

In connection with the Acquisition, an affiliate of Constellium also entered into a sublease of premises in La Défense Paris France, leased by an affiliate of Rio Tinto. The sublease provided for a reimbursement of certain costs under certain conditions to such Constellium affiliate by the Rio Tinto affiliate. The sublease was terminated on November 30, 2011.

Management Agreement with Apollo

Prior to the initial public offering, and in connection with the Acquisition, Apollo entered into a management agreement with Constellium relating to the provision of certain financial and strategic advisory services and consulting services. Constellium agreed to pay Apollo an annual fee equal to the greater of $2 million and 1% of an adjusted EBITDA measure as defined in the Pre-IPO Shareholders Agreement discussed above, plus related expenses. The Apollo management fee was $3 million or €2 million in 2012 and $2 million or €1.5 million in 2011. Constellium also agreed to indemnify Apollo and its affiliates, as well as their respective directors, officers and representatives, for any losses relating to the services contemplated by the management agreement. On May 29, 2013, the Company and Apollo agreed to terminate the management agreement. The Company paid Apollo a $20 million (€16 million) fee to terminate the agreement upon consummation of the initial public offering. We have no further fee obligations pursuant to the management agreement.

Acquisition Expense Reimbursement Agreement

One of the Apollo Funds, Rio Tinto and the Bpifrance entered into an agreement, dated as of August 4, 2010, pursuant to which they agreed that Constellium would reimburse certain transaction costs incurred by them in connection with the Acquisition up to a cap of approximately $90 million. In addition, the agreement provided that upon completion of the Acquisition, a transaction fee of up to $12.5 million payable by Constellium would be split between Apollo, Rio Tinto and the Bpifrance in proportion to their initial equity ownership in Constellium Holdco. These fees were paid by Constellium on or shortly after completion of the Acquisition on January 4, 2011.

Metal Supply Agreements

In connection with the Acquisition, Constellium Switzerland AG (“Constellium Switzerland”), a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Constellium N.V., entered into certain agreements dated as of January 4, 2011 with Rio Tinto Alcan Inc. (“Rio Tinto Alcan”), Aluminium Pechiney and Alcan Holdings Switzerland AG (“AHS”), each of which is an affiliate of Rio Tinto, which provide for, among other things, the supply of metal by Rio Tinto affiliates to Constellium Switzerland, the provision of certain technical assistance and other services relating to aluminum-lithium, a covenant by Rio Tinto Alcan to refrain from producing, supplying or selling aluminum-lithium alloys to third parties and certain cost reimbursement obligations of AHS. Constellium has provided a guarantee to Rio Tinto Alcan and Aluminium Pechiney in respect of Constellium Switzerland’s obligations under the supply agreements. Under the metal supply agreements, Constellium’s credit requirements would become more stringent following an IPO in which Apollo Omega’s and Rio Tinto’s shareholdings each fall below 10%.

European Slab Supply Agreement . Constellium Switzerland and Rio Tinto Alcan have a multi-year supply agreement for the supply of sheet ingot. The agreement provides for certain representations and warranties, audit and inspection rights, on-time shipment requirements and other customary terms and conditions. Each party is required to pay certain penalty or reimbursement amounts in the event it fails or is unable to purchase or supply, as applicable, specified minimum annual quantities of metal.

Billets Supply Agreement . Constellium Switzerland and Aluminium Pechiney entered into an agreement for the supply of extrusion ingot for an initial term that ended in 2011, and thereafter automatically renewed for one-year terms unless a notice of non-renewal is given at least six months prior to expiration of the then-current term. The agreement provided for certain representations and warranties, audit and inspection rights, on-time shipment requirements and other customary terms and conditions. We delivered a notice of non-renewal to Aluminum Pechiney dated as of June 28, 2013.

 

-146-


Table of Contents

Aluminum-Lithium Supply Agreement . Constellium Switzerland and Rio Tinto Alcan entered into a multi-year supply agreement for the supply of aluminum-lithium ingots. The amount of metal to be supplied to Constellium Switzerland is calculated as a percentage of Constellium Switzerland’s aluminum-lithium customer orders, subject to a monthly cap of 58 slabs on Rio Tinto Alcan’s supply obligation. The metal will be supplied to Constellium’s facilities at Ravenswood (United States), Issoire (France) and Montreuil Juigné (France). Constellium Switzerland is required to pay certain penalty amounts in the event it fails to purchase specified minimum annual quantities of metal. The agreement provides for certain representations and warranties, audit and inspection rights, on-time shipment requirements and other customary terms and conditions. Constellium Switzerland has granted Rio Tinto Alcan a license to use certain aluminum-lithium know-how of Constellium in the casting and production of metal alloys. In addition, Constellium Switzerland and Rio Tinto Alcan entered into an agreement for the provision of certain technical assistance and other services by Rio Tinto Alcan to Constellium Switzerland. The agreement expired at the end of 2012.

Rod Supply Agreement . Constellium Switzerland and Aluminium Pechiney entered into an agreement for the supply of aluminum rod that will expire at the end of 2014. The agreement provides for an annual supply of aluminum rod to Constellium’s facility at Montreuil Juigné. The agreement provides for certain representations and warranties, audit and inspection rights, on-time shipment requirements and other customary terms and conditions.

Intellectual Property Licenses

In connection with the Acquisition, affiliates of Rio Tinto have granted a license to Constellium Switzerland to use certain “Pechiney” and “Alcan” trade names and trademarks, subject to terms and conditions specified in the license agreements, for a limited transitional period of two years and three years, respectively, from and after January 4, 2011.

Environmental Liabilities Agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, Constellium Valais SA (formerly Alcan Aluminium Valais SA) and the Canton du Valais entered into an agreement providing for the transfer of land and allocation of costs and risk regarding environmental liabilities pertaining to certain plots at the Valais site (Chippis, Sierre and Steg). Certain plots of land and environmental liabilities relating to land no longer used for operations by Constellium Valais SA were transferred to Metallwerke Refonda AG, a subsidiary of Rio Tinto, and AHS provided a guarantee for the performance of such obligations by Metallwerke Refonda AG.

Management Equity Plan

Investments by our officers and directors in Constellium are facilitated by their participation in a management equity plan (the “MEP”), which plan is described in this prospectus in “Management—Management Equity Plan.” In connection with the MEP, Management KG (a German limited partnership) was formed, which subscribed for Class A and Class B ordinary shares in Constellium. Our board of directors has the power to appoint the board of Stichting Management Omega, a foundation under Dutch law, which is a limited partner of Management KG and wholly owns Omega MEP GmbH, the general partner of Management KG. The main function of Stichting Management Omega is to act as a “warehousing” entity following a situation in which participants in the MEP cease to be employed by Constellium. In such a circumstance, Stichting Management Omega is entitled to acquire all or part of the limited partnership interest in Management KG attributable to a departing participant in the MEP under the conditions of the MEP. See also “Stichting Reacquisition.”

Stichting Reacquisition

Prior to our initial public offering, Rio Tinto, Apollo Omega, Bpifrance, Constellium and Stichting Management Omega had entered into an agreement (the “Funding Agreement”), effective as of July 1, 2011, that

 

-147-


Table of Contents

provided that limited partnership interests in Management KG held by Stichting Management Omega would be so held for the pro rata benefit and risk of Rio Tinto, Apollo Omega, and Bpifrance. In connection with the freezing of the MEP, our board of directors approved the reacquisition and our shareholders approved the cancellation of all Class A ordinary shares and Class B2 ordinary shares attributable to the Management KG interests held by Stichting Management Omega, and all such shares were reacquired by us prior to the completion of the initial public offering for an acquisition amount of approximately €900,000. As a result of this reacquisition, the Management KG interests held by Stichting Management Omega ceased to have economic value, and Stichting Management Omega ceased to be an indirect owner of our ordinary shares. In connection with the initial public offering, the Funding Agreement was amended to provide that any limited partnership interests in Management KG acquired by Stichting Management Omega following the completion of the initial public offering will be held for the benefit of Constellium.

Share Sales by Management KG

In connection with a previous offering of our ordinary shares which closed on November 14, 2013 (the “November 2013 offering”), Management KG offered a total of 808,645 Class A ordinary shares. Certain of our officers who are participants in the MEP and directly or indirectly hold a limited partnership interest in Management KG were allocated a portion of the proceeds from the November 2013 offering in proportion to the number of Class A ordinary shares represented by their respective limited partnership interests that they elected to sell in such offering. Mr. Vareille did not sell in the November 2013 offering.

 

-148-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

The following summary of the material terms of certain financing arrangements to which we and certain of our subsidiaries will be party following the offering contemplated hereby does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the underlying documents. For further information regarding our existing indebtedness, see “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Term Loan

On March 25, 2013, the Company and Constellium France S.A.S. (together, the “Borrowers”) entered into a $360 million and €75 million secured term loan (equivalent to €347 million in the aggregate at the year-end exchange rate), maturing on March 25, 2020, with the lenders from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”). The proceeds of the Term Loan were used to repay the outstanding amounts under the Original Term Loan (which facility was thereafter terminated), to pay fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, and to partially fund the distributions to the equity holders of Constellium N.V. of approximately €250 million in the aggregate.

Interest under the Term Loan is calculated, at our election, based on either the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or base rate (as calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the Term Loan). LIBOR loans accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.25% floor, plus 4.75% per annum in the case of dollar-denominated borrowings and 5.25% per annum in the case of euro-denominated borrowings. Base rate loans accrue interest at the base rate, subject to a 2.25% floor, plus 3.75% per annum.

We are required to prepay the Term Loan, subject to certain exceptions and adjustments, with:

 

   

in the event that our consolidated total net leverage ratio is (i) greater than 2.00, 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan), (ii) less than or equal to 2.00 but greater than 1.00, 25% of excess cash flow, and (iii) less than or equal to 1.00, 0% of excess cash flow; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds above $20 million in any fiscal year of all non-ordinary course asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, if we do not reinvest or commit to reinvest those proceeds in assets to be used in the business or to make certain other permitted investments within 12-months (and, if committed to be reinvested, actually reinvested within 18-months).

Subject to certain exceptions, if the Term Loan (or any portion thereof) is prepaid or repriced on or prior to the third anniversary of the Term Loan, the Term Loan (or such portion thereof) must be prepaid or repriced at:

 

   

if such prepayment or repricing occurs on or prior to the first anniversary of the Term Loan, (i) if prepaid or repriced with the proceeds of an initial public offering, (x) 101% of the first 35% of term loans prepaid or repriced and (y) 102% of any additional term loans prepaid or repriced, (ii) in connection with a qualified M&A transaction, 102% of the amounts prepaid or repriced, or (iii) otherwise, 102% of the amount prepaid or repriced plus a make-whole premium set forth in the Term Loan;

 

   

if such prepayment or repricing occurs after the first anniversary of the Term Loan and on or prior to the second anniversary of the Term Loan, (i) if prepaid or repriced with the proceeds of an initial public offering, 101% of the first 35% of term loans repaid or repriced, or (ii) otherwise, 102% of the amount prepaid or repriced; and

 

   

if such prepayment or repricing occurs after the second anniversary of the Term Loan and on or prior to the third anniversary of the Term Loan, 101% of the amount prepaid or repriced.

The Term Loan may be prepaid at any time after the third anniversary of the Term Loan without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans. The Term Loan amortizes at a rate of 0.25% per quarter.

 

-149-


Table of Contents

The Borrowers’ obligations under the Term Loan are guaranteed by our material subsidiaries located in the Netherlands, France, Germany, Switzerland, United States and Czech Republic. The Borrowers’ obligations under the Term Loan are secured on a first priority basis by (i) a pledge of the capital stock of all guarantors (including Constellium France S.A.S.), (ii) subject to limited exceptions, a pledge of the bank accounts of all guarantors and the Borrowers, (iii) subject to limited exceptions, a pledge of all intra-group receivables owing to guarantors and the Borrowers and (iv) subject to certain prior governmental liens on the property, plant and equipment of Ravenswood (as defined below), substantially all assets of Ravenswood and U.S. Holdings I (as defined below), other than the accounts receivable, inventory and cash of Ravenswood and U.S. Holdings I. The Borrowers’ obligations under the Term Loan are secured on a second priority basis by the accounts receivable, inventory and cash of Ravenswood and U.S. Holdings I.

The Term Loan contains customary terms and conditions, including, among other things, negative covenants limiting our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to incur debt, grant liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make investments, loans and advances, make acquisitions, sell assets, pay dividends and other restricted payments, prepay certain debt, merge, consolidate or amalgamate and engage in affiliate transactions.

In addition, the Term Loan requires us to maintain a consolidated secured net leverage ratio of no more than 3.00 to 1.00, tested on a quarterly basis. We are currently in compliance with our financial maintenance covenant under the Term Loan.

The Term Loan also contains customary events of default.

U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (the “ABL Facility”)

On May 25, 2012, Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC (“Ravenswood, LLC”) entered into a $100 million (equivalent to €76 million at the period closing exchange rate) secured asset-based revolving credit facility (the “U.S. Revolving Credit Facility”), with the lenders from time to time party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and collateral agent. Ravenswood, LLC amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility on October 1, 2013 to, among other things, extend the maturity and reduce pricing. As amended, the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility has sublimits of $25 million for letters of credit and 10% of the revolving credit facility commitments for swingline loans. The U.S. Revolving Credit Facility provides Ravenswood, LLC a working capital facility for its operations.

Ravenswood, LLC’s ability to borrow under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility is limited to a borrowing base equal to the sum of (a) 85% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) up to the lesser of (i) 80% of the lesser of cost or market value of eligible inventory and (ii) 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory minus (c) applicable reserves, and is subject to other conditions, limitations and reserve requirements.

Interest under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility is calculated, at Ravenswood, LLC’s election, based on either the LIBOR or base rate (as calculated by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility). LIBOR loans accrue interest at a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 1.50-2.00% per annum (determined based on average quarterly excess availability). Base rate loans accrue interest at the base rate plus a margin of .50-1.00% per annum (determined based on average quarterly excess availability). Ravenswood, LLC is required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility of 0.25%—or 0.375% per annum (determined on a ratio of unutilized revolving credit commitments to available revolving credit commitments).

Subject to customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans, borrowings under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility may be repaid from time to time without premium or penalty.

Ravenswood, LLC’s obligations under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility are guaranteed by Constellium U.S. Holdings I, LLC (“U.S. Holdings I”) and Constellium Holdco II B.V. (“Holdco II”). Ravenswood, LLC’s obligations under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility are not guaranteed by the Issuer or any of Holdco II’s subsidiaries organized outside of the United States. Ravenswood, LLC’s obligations under the U.S. Revolving

 

-150-


Table of Contents

Credit Facility are secured on a first priority basis by all accounts receivable, inventory and cash of Ravenswood, LLC and U.S. Holdings I. Ravenswood, LLC’s obligations under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility are secured on a second priority basis, subject to certain prior governmental liens on the property, plant and equipment of Ravenswood, LLC, by substantially all other assets of Ravenswood, LLC and U.S. Holdings I. Ravenswood, LLC’s obligations under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility are not secured by any assets of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries organized outside of the United States.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Facility contains customary terms and conditions, including, among other things, negative covenants limiting Ravenswood, LLC and U.S. Holdings I’s ability to incur debt, grant liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make investments, loans and advances (including to other Constellium group companies), make acquisitions, sell assets, pay dividends and other restricted payments, prepay certain debt, merge, consolidate or amalgamate and engage in affiliate transactions. The negative covenants contained in the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility do not apply to the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries organized outside of the United States.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Facility also contains a minimum availability covenant that requires Ravenswood, LLC to maintain excess availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility of at least the greater of (a) $10 million and (b) 10% of the aggregate revolving loan commitments. As of June 30, 2013, there was (i) $27 million or €21 million of borrowings outstanding and (ii) $12 million of undrawn letters of credit issued under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility. Also, as of December 31, 2012, Ravenswood, LLC had excess availability of approximately $55 million or €42 million under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility and was in compliance with all applicable covenants thereunder.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Facility also contains customary events of default.

Factoring Agreements

On January 4, 2011, certain of our French subsidiaries (the “French Sellers”) entered into a factoring agreement with GE Factofrance S.A.S., as factor (the “French Factor”), which has been amended from time to time, most recently on November 8, 2013 (the “French Factoring Agreement”). On December 16, 2010, certain of our German and Swiss subsidiaries (the “German/Swiss Sellers” together with the French Sellers, the “Sellers”) entered into factoring agreements with GE Capital Bank AG, as factor (the “German/Swiss Factor” together with the French Factor, the “Factors”), which have been amended from time to time, most recently on November 12, 2013 (the “German/Swiss Factoring Agreement”, together with the French Factoring Agreement, the “Factoring Agreements”). The Factoring Agreements provide for the sale by the Sellers to the Factors of receivables originated by the Sellers, subject to a maximum financing amount of €235 million available to the French Sellers under the French Factoring Agreement and €115 million available to the German/Swiss Sellers under the German/Swiss Factoring Agreement. The Factoring Agreements have a termination date of June 4, 2017. The funding made available to the Sellers by the Factors will be used by the Sellers for general corporate purposes.

Generally speaking, receivables sold to the Factors under the Factoring Agreements are with limited recourse to the Sellers in the event of a payment default by the relevant customer to the extent that such receivables are covered by credit insurance purchased for the benefit of the Factor. The Factors are entitled to claim the repayment of any amount financed by them in respect of a receivable by withdrawing the financing provided against such assigned receivable or requiring the Sellers to repurchase such receivable under certain circumstances, including when (i) the non-payment of that receivable arises from a dispute between a Seller and the relevant customer, (ii) in relation to the French Factoring Agreement only, the French Factor cannot recover from a credit insurer for such non-payment or (iii) the receivable proves not to have satisfied the eligibility criteria set forth in the Factoring Agreements. The Factoring Agreements allow the Sellers to sell some receivables on a non-recourse basis.

Constellium Holdco II B.V. has provided a performance guaranty for the Sellers’ obligations under the Factoring Agreements.

 

-151-


Table of Contents

Subject to some exceptions, the Sellers will collect the transferred receivables on behalf of the Factors pursuant to a receivables collection mandate under the Factoring Agreements. The receivables collection mandate may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events. In the event that the receivables collection mandate is terminated, the Factors will be entitled to notify the account debtors of the assignment of receivables and collect directly from the account debtors the assigned receivables.

The Factoring Agreements contain customary fees, including (i) a financing fee on the outstanding amount financed in respect of the assigned receivables, (ii) a non-utilization fee on the portion of the facilities not utilized by the Factors and (iii) a factoring fee on all assigned receivables. In addition, the Sellers incur the cost of maintaining the necessary credit insurance (as stipulated in the Factoring Agreements) on assigned receivables.

The Factoring Agreements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants, including relating to the administration and collection of the assigned receivables, the terms of the invoices and the exchange of information, but do not contain restrictive financial covenants other than a group level minimum liquidity covenant that is tested quarterly. As of and for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013, the Sellers were in compliance with all applicable covenants under the Factoring Agreements.

As of September 30, 2013, there were (i) no euros financed under the French Factoring Agreement and (ii) no euros financed under the German/Swiss Factoring Agreement. As of September 30, 2013, the Sellers had availability of (i) €87 million under the French Factoring Agreement and (ii) €54 million under the German/Swiss Factoring Agreement.

 

-152-


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

This section of the prospectus includes a description of the material terms of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association as they will be in effect as of the completion of this offering, and of specific provisions of the Book 2 of the Dutch Civil Code (Boek 2 van het Nederlands Burgerlijk Wetboek), which governs the rights of holders of our ordinary shares, which we refer to as the “Dutch Civil Code.” The following description is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, which will be attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We urge you to read the full text of that exhibit.

Outstanding Capital Stock

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, our authorized share capital consists of 398,500,000 Class A ordinary shares, 1,500,000 Class B ordinary shares and five preference shares, each with a nominal value of €0.02. Each of the Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares and preference shares has one vote. After completion of this offering, Apollo Funds and Bpifrance will hold or exercise voting power over approximately 48% of our ordinary shares. See “Risk Factors—We are principally owned by Apollo Funds and Bpifrance, and their interests may conflict with or differ from your interests as a shareholder” for more information.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that our board of directors, at the request of a holder of a Class B ordinary share, may resolve to convert a Class B ordinary share into a Class A ordinary share. Immediately prior to conversion into a Class A ordinary share, a pro rata part of the Class B dividend reserve is to be paid out to the holder of the Class B share.

The Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares and preference shares are entitled to the profits in the following order: (i) first, an aggregate amount of €147 million is paid to holders of preference shares (which amount was paid on May 21, 2013), and (ii) second, the remaining profits, to the extent not reserved by our board of directors, will be paid to each shareholder in proportion to the total number of shares of the Class A ordinary shares, Class B ordinary shares and preference shares held by each shareholder provided that the pro rata part of the remaining profits that accrue to the Class B ordinary shares will be added to the dividend reserve B.

The distribution of €147 million was paid on the preference shares on May 21, 2013. The preference shares were acquired by the Company for no consideration on May 29, 2013. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and Dutch law provide that so long as the preference shares are held by the Company, they will have no voting rights and no right to profits.

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, upon liquidation of Constellium, following the acquisition by the Company of the preference shares, any liquidation surplus shall be distributed to the shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal amount of shares held by each shareholder.

A shareholder, by reason only of its holdings in Constellium, will not become personally liable for legal acts (rechtshandelingen) performed in the name of Constellium and will not be obliged to contribute to losses of Constellium in excess of the amount which must be paid up on the shares issued to it.

Form of Shares

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, our ordinary shares and preference shares are available in the form of an entry in the share register without issuance of a share certificate. All of our ordinary shares are registered in a register maintained by us and on our behalf by our transfer agent. Transfers of registered shares require a written deed of transfer and an acknowledgement by Constellium N.V. to be effective. Our ordinary shares are freely transferable except as otherwise restricted under U.S. or other applicable securities laws.

 

-153-


Table of Contents

Issuance of Ordinary Shares

We may issue ordinary and preference shares subject to the maximum amounts prescribed by our authorized share capital contained in our Amended and Restated Articles of Association. Our board of directors has the power to issue ordinary and preference shares if and to the extent that the general meeting of shareholders has delegated such authority to the board of directors. A delegation of authority to the board of directors to issue ordinary and preference shares remains effective for the period specified by the general meeting of shareholders and may be up to five years from the date of delegation. The general meeting of shareholders may renew this delegation annually. Without this delegation, only our shareholders acting at a general meeting of shareholders have the power to authorize the issuance of ordinary and preference shares. The general meeting of shareholders has adopted a resolution pursuant to which our board of directors is authorized to issue ordinary and preference shares for a period of five years from the date of such resolution up to a maximum of the amount of shares included in the authorized share capital as it will read from time to time.

Any increase in the number of authorized shares would require the approval of an amendment to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association in order to effectuate such increase. To be effective, any such amendment would need to be proposed by the board of directors and adopted by the shareholders at a general meeting by a majority vote.

Preemptive Rights

Each holder of ordinary shares has a preemptive right to subscribe for ordinary shares that we issue for cash unless the general meeting of shareholders, or its delegate, limits or excludes this right. A holder of ordinary shares does not have a preemptive right to subscribe for preference shares. Furthermore, no preemptive rights exist with respect to ordinary shares issued (i) for consideration other than cash, (ii) to our employees or the employees of our group of companies or, (iii) to a party exercising a previously obtained right to acquire shares.

The right of our shareholders to subscribe for shares pursuant to this preemptive right may be excluded or limited by the general meeting of shareholders. If the general meeting of shareholders delegates its authority to the board of directors for this purpose, then the board of directors will have the power to limit or exclude the preemptive rights of shareholders. Such a delegation requires the approval of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by shareholders at a general meeting of shareholders where less than half of the issued share capital is represented or a majority of the votes cast at the general meeting of shareholders where more than half of the share capital is represented. Designations of authority to the board of directors may remain in effect for up to five years and may be renewed for additional periods of up to five years.

Immediately prior to the completion of our initial public offering, the general meeting of shareholders adopted a resolution pursuant to which our board of directors is authorized to limit or exclude the preemptive rights of holders of ordinary shares for a period of five years from the date of such resolution.

Repurchases of our Shares

We may acquire our shares, subject to applicable provisions of Dutch law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, to the extent that:

 

   

our shareholders’ equity, less the amount to be paid for the shares to be acquired, exceeds the sum of (i) our share capital account plus (ii) any reserves required to be maintained by Dutch law or our Amended and Restated Articles of Association; and

 

   

after the acquisition of shares, we and our subsidiaries would not hold, or would not hold as pledgees, shares having an aggregate nominal value that exceeds 50% of our issued share capital.

Our board of directors may repurchase shares only if our shareholders have authorized the board of directors to do so. The general meeting of shareholders has adopted a resolution pursuant to which our board of directors is

 

-154-


Table of Contents

authorized to repurchase the maximum permissible amount of ordinary shares on the NYSE and Euronext Paris for an 18-month period from the date of such resolution, which is the maximum initial term under Dutch law, at prices between an amount equal to the nominal value of the shares and an amount equal to greater of 110% of the market price of the shares on the NYSE and 110% of the market price of the shares on Euronext Paris (with the market price deemed to be the average of the closing price on each of the five consecutive days of trading preceding the three trading days prior to the date of repurchase). The authorization is not required for the acquisition of our shares listed on the NYSE market or the Euronext Paris market for the purpose of transferring the shares to employees under our management equity incentive plan.

We repurchased the preference shares for no consideration on May 29, 2013. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and Dutch law provide that so long as the preference shares are held by the Company, they will have no voting rights and no right to profits.

Capital Reductions; Cancellation

Upon a proposal of the board of directors, at a general meeting, our shareholders may vote to reduce our issued share capital by (i) cancelling shares or (ii) by reducing the nominal value of the shares by amendment to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association. In either case, this reduction would be subject to applicable statutory provisions. A resolution to cancel shares can only relate to (a) shares held in treasury by the company; (b) all shares of a particular class; or (c) when relating to our preference shares, upon repayment of the nominal value of such shares and payment of the €147 million. In order to be approved, a resolution to reduce the capital requires approval of a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting of shareholders if at least half the issued capital is represented at the meeting or at least two-thirds of the votes cast at the general meeting of shareholders if less than half of the issued capital is represented at the general meeting of shareholders.

A reduction in the number of shares without repayment and without release from the obligation to pay up the shares must be effectuated proportionally on shares of the same class. A resolution that would result in a reduction of capital requires approval of the meeting of each group of holders of shares of the same class whose rights are prejudiced by the reduction. In addition, a resolution to reduce capital requires notice to our creditors, who have a right to object to a reduction in capital under specified circumstances.

General Meetings of Shareholders

Each shareholder has a right to attend general meetings, either in person or by proxy, and to exercise voting rights in accordance with the provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association. We must hold at least one general meeting of shareholders each year. This meeting must be convened at one of four specified locations in the Netherlands (Amsterdam, Rotterdam, the Hague and Haarlemmermeer (Schiphol)) within six months after the end of our fiscal year. Our board of directors may convene additional general meetings of shareholders as often as they deem necessary. Pursuant to Dutch law, one or more shareholders representing at least 10 percent of our issued share capital may request the Dutch courts to order that a general meeting of shareholders be held if our board of directors has not met the request of such shareholders to convene a general meeting of shareholders. Dutch law does not restrict the rights of holders of ordinary shares who do not reside in the Netherlands from holding or voting their shares.

We will give notice of each meeting of shareholders by publication on our website and in any other manner that we may be required to follow in order to comply with applicable stock exchange and SEC requirements. We will give notice at least 42 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders and we are required to publish the following information on our website, and leave such information available on our website for a period of at least one year: (i) the notice convening the general meeting of shareholders, including the place and time of the meeting, the agenda for the meeting and the right to attend the meeting, (ii) any documents to be submitted to the general meeting of shareholders, (iii) any proposals with respect to resolutions to be adopted by the general meeting of shareholders or, if no proposal will be submitted to the general meeting of shareholders,

 

-155-


Table of Contents

an explanation by the board with respect to the items on the agenda, (iv) to the extent applicable, any draft resolutions with respect to items on the agenda proposed by a shareholder, (v) to the extent applicable, a format proxy statement and a form to exercise voting rights in writing and (vi) the total number of outstanding shares and voting rights in our capital on the date of the notice convening the general meeting of shareholders.

Pursuant to Dutch law, shareholders representing at 3% of the issued share capital have the right to request the inclusion of additional items on the agenda of shareholder meetings, provided that such request is received by us no later than 60 days before the day the relevant shareholder meeting is held and such request is not contrary to a significant interest of ours. Our board of directors may decide that shareholders are entitled to participate in, to address and to vote in the general meeting of shareholders by way of an electronic means of communication, in person or by proxy, provided the shareholder may by the electronic means of communication be identified, directly take notice of the discussion in the meeting and participate in the deliberations. Our board of directors may adopt a resolution containing conditions for the use of electronic means of communication in writing. If our board of directors has adopted such regulations, they will be disclosed with the notice of the meeting as provided to shareholders.

The board shall determine a record date ( registratiedatum ) of 28 calendar days prior to a general meeting of shareholders to establish which shareholders are entitled to attend and vote in the general meeting of shareholders. If and to the extent that the total number of outstanding shares and voting rights in our capital are changed on the record date, we have to publish on our website on the first business day following the record date such total number of outstanding shares and voting rights on the record date.

At least within 15 calendar days after the general meeting of shareholders we are required to publish the established voting results for each resolution on our website.

Voting Rights

Each share is entitled to one vote. Voting rights may be exercised by registered shareholders or by a duly appointed proxy of a registered shareholder, which proxy need not be a shareholder. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association do not limit the number of registered shares that may be voted by a single shareholder. Treasury shares, whether owned by us or one of our majority-owned subsidiaries, will not be entitled to vote at general meetings of shareholders. Resolutions of the general meeting of shareholders are adopted by a simple majority of votes cast, except where Dutch law or our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide for a special majority. No shareholder has the right of cumulative voting under Dutch law or our Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and Dutch law provide that decisions of our board of directors involving a significant change in our identity or character are subject to the approval of the general meeting of shareholders. Such changes include:

 

   

the transfer of all or substantially all of our business to a third party;

 

   

the entry into or termination of a longstanding joint venture by us or by any of our subsidiaries with another legal entity or company, or of our position as a fully liable partner in a limited partnership or a general partnership if the joint venture is of a major significance to us; or

 

   

the acquisition or disposal, by us or any of our subsidiaries, of a participating interest in the capital of a company valued at one-third or more of our assets according to our most recently adopted consolidated annual balance sheet with explanatory notes thereto.

Matters requiring a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, which majority votes also represent more than 50% of our issued share capital include, among others:

 

   

a resolution to cancel a binding nomination for the appointment of members of the board of directors;

 

-156-


Table of Contents
   

a resolution to appoint members of the board of directors, if the board of directors fails to exercise its right to submit a binding nomination, or if the binding nomination is set aside; and

 

   

a resolution to dismiss or suspend members of the board of directors other than pursuant to a proposal by the board of directors.

Matters requiring a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast, if less than 50% of our issued share capital is represented include, among others:

 

   

a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders regarding restricting and excluding preemptive rights, or decisions to designate the board of directors as the body authorized to exclude or restrict pre-emptive rights; and

 

   

a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders to reduce our outstanding share capital.

Anti-takeover Provisions

Under Dutch law, protective measures against takeovers are possible and permissible, within the boundaries set by Dutch law and Dutch case law. See “Risk Factors—Provisions of our organizational documents and applicable law may impede or discourage a takeover, which could deprive our investors of the opportunity to receive a premium for their ordinary shares or to make changes in our board of directors.”

Adoption of Annual Accounts and Discharge of Management Liability

We are required to publish our annual accounts within four-months after the end of each financial year and our half-yearly figures within two-months after the end of the first six months of each financial year. Furthermore, we are required to publish interim management statements (containing, among other things, an overview of important transactions and their financial consequences) in the period starting ten weeks after and six weeks before the first and second half of each financial year, or, alternatively, to publish quarterly financial statements. Within five calendar days after adoption of our annual accounts, we are required to submit our adopted annual accounts to the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, or AFM.

The annual accounts must be accompanied by an auditor’s certificate, an annual report and certain other mandatory information and must be made available for inspection by our shareholders at our offices within the same period. Under Dutch law, our shareholders must approve the appointment and removal of our independent auditors, as referred to in Article 2:393 Dutch Civil Code, to audit the annual accounts. The annual accounts are adopted by our shareholders at the general meeting of shareholders and will be prepared in accordance with Part 9 of Book 2 of the Netherlands Civil Code.

The adoption of the annual accounts by our shareholders does not release the members of our board of directors from liability for acts reflected in those documents. Any such release from liability requires a separate shareholders’ resolution.

Our financial reporting will be subject to the supervision of the AFM. The AFM will review the content of the financial reports and has the authority to approach us with requests for information in case on the basis of publicly available information it has reasonable doubts as to the integrity of our financial reporting.

Management Indemnification

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that we will indemnify our directors against all adverse financial effects incurred by such person in connection with any action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably could believe to be in or not opposed to our best interests. In addition, we enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers.

 

-157-


Table of Contents

Dividends

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that dividends may only be paid out of profit as shown in the adopted annual accounts. We will have the ability to make distributions to shareholders and other persons entitled to distributable profits only to the extent that our equity exceeds the sum of the paid and called-up portion of the ordinary share capital and the reserves that must be maintained in accordance with provisions of Dutch law or our Amended and Restated Articles of Association. The profits must first be used to set up and maintain reserves required by law and must then be set off against certain financial losses. Interim dividends may be declared as provided in the articles of association and may be distributed to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the amount of the issued and paid-up capital plus required legal reserves as described herein before as apparent from an (interim) financial statement. Interim dividends should be regarded as advances on the final dividend to be declared with respect to the financial year in which the interim dividends have been declared. Should it be determined after adoption of the annual accounts with respect to the relevant financial year that the distribution was not permissible, the Company may reclaim the paid interim dividends as unduly paid. Distributions in cash that have not been collected within five years and one day after they have become due and payable will revert to us. We may not make any distribution of profits on shares that we hold. Our board of directors will determine whether and how much of the remaining profit they will reserve and the manner and date of such distribution and will notify shareholders thereof. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that our board of directors will reserve a pro rata part attributable to the Class B ordinary shares of the profits available for distribution to the shareholders and add such amount to the Class B dividend reserve. Immediately prior to conversion into a Class A ordinary share, a pro rata part of the Class B dividend reserve is to be paid out to the holder of the Class B share.

All calculations to determine the amounts available for dividends will be based on our annual accounts, which may be different from our consolidated financial statements, such as those included in this prospectus. Our statutory accounts have to date been prepared and will continue to be prepared under EU IFRS and are deposited with the Commercial Register in Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

Liquidation Rights and Dissolution

Under our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, we may be dissolved by a resolution of the general meeting of shareholders, subject to a proposal by the board of directors.

In the event of a dissolution and liquidation, the assets remaining after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses are to be distributed to shareholders in proportion to the aggregate nominal amount of shares held by each shareholder. All distributions referred to in this paragraph will be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of the laws of the Netherlands.

Limitations on Non-residents and Exchange Controls

There are no limits under the laws of the Netherlands or in our Amended and Restated Articles of Association on non-residents of the Netherlands holding or voting our ordinary shares. Currently, there are no exchange controls under the laws of the Netherlands on the conduct of our operations or affecting the remittance of dividends.

Netherlands Squeeze-Out Proceedings

Pursuant to Section 2:92a of the Dutch Civil Code, a shareholder who for its own account holds at least 95% of our issued capital may institute proceedings against our other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to the claimant. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal ( Ondernemingskamer ) and can be instituted by means of a writ of summons served upon each of the minority shareholders in accordance with the provisions of the Dutch Code of Civil Procedure ( Wetboek van Burgerlijke Rechtsvordering ). The Enterprise Chamber may grant the claim for squeeze-out in relation to all

 

-158-


Table of Contents

minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value to be paid for the shares of the minority shareholders. Once the order to transfer by the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal becomes irrevocable, the person acquiring the shares will give written notice of the date and place of payment and the price to the holders of the shares to be acquired whose addresses are known to him. Unless the addresses of all of them are known to him, he will also publish the same in a newspaper with a national circulation.

Registrar and Transfer Agent

A register of holders of the ordinary shares is maintained by us at our offices in the Netherlands, and a branch register is maintained in the United States by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., which is serving as branch registrar and transfer agent.

Dutch Corporate Governance Code

Since we list our ordinary shares on a regulated market, we are subject to the Dutch Code. The Dutch Code, as amended, became effective on January 1, 2009, and applies to all Dutch companies listed on a government-recognized stock exchange, whether in the Netherlands or elsewhere.

The code is based on a “comply or explain” principle. Accordingly, companies are required to disclose in their annual report filed in the Netherlands whether or not they are complying with the various rules of the Dutch Code that are addressed to the board of directors or, if any, the supervisory board of the company and, if they do not apply those provisions, to give the reasons for such non-application. The Code contains principles and best practice provisions for managing boards, supervisory boards, shareholders and general meetings of shareholders, financial reporting, auditors, disclosure, compliance and enforcement standards.

We acknowledge the importance of good corporate governance. The board of directors agrees with the general approach and with the majority of the provisions of the Dutch Code. However, considering our interests and the interest of our stakeholders, at this stage, we do not apply a limited number of best practice provisions either because such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and U.S. securities laws that apply to us, or because such provisions do not reflect best practices of global companies listed on the NYSE.

The best practice provisions we do not apply include the following:

 

   

An executive board member may not be a member of the supervisory board (or be a non-executive board member) of more than two Dutch listed companies. Nor may an executive board member be the chairman of the supervisory board (or a board) of a listed company. Membership of the supervisory board (or non-executive board positions) of other companies within the group to which the Company belongs does not count for this purpose. The acceptance by an executive board member of membership of the supervisory board or acceptance of a position as non-executive member of the board of a listed company requires the approval of the non-executive board members. Other important positions held by an executive board member shall be notified to the board (best practice provision II.1.8).

Our board of directors will adopt a policy with respect to the number of additional board memberships that a board member will have. We will comply with applicable NYSE and SEC rules and the relevant provisions of Dutch law.

 

   

Remuneration (Principles II.2, III.7 and associated best practice provisions).

We believe that our remuneration policy helps to focus directors, officers and other employees and consultants on business performance that creates shareholder value, to encourage innovative approaches to the business of the Company and to encourage ownership of our ordinary shares by directors, officers and other employees and consultants. Aspects of our remuneration policy may deviate from the Dutch Corporate Governance Code to comply with applicable NYSE and SEC rules.

 

-159-


Table of Contents
   

Conflicts of interest and related party transactions (Principles II.3, III.6 and associated best practice provisions).

We have a policy on conflicts of interests and related party transactions. The policy provides that the determination of whether a conflict of interests exists will be made in accordance with Dutch law and on a case-by-case basis. We believe that it is not in the interest of the Company to provide for deemed conflicts of interests.

 

   

Independence (Principle III.2 and associated best practice provisions).

We may need to deviate from the Dutch Corporate Governance Code’s independence definition for board members either because such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and U.S. securities laws that apply to us, or because such provisions do not reflect best practices of global companies listed on the NYSE.

 

   

The chairman of the board may not also be or have been an executive board member (best practice provisions III.4.2 and III.8.1).

Mr. Evans has served as our Chairman since December 2012. Mr. Evans has also served as our interim chief executive officer from December 2011 until the appointment of Mr. Pierre Vareille in March 2012. We believe the deviation from the Dutch Corporate Governance Code is justified considering the short period during which Mr. Evans acted as executive board member.

 

   

The remuneration committee may not be chaired by the chairman of the board or by a former executive member of the board, or by a non-executive board member who is a member of the management board of another listed company (best practice provision III.5.11).

We have appointed Mr. Turner as chairman of the remuneration committee, who served briefly as an executive board member between the date of incorporation of the company on May 14, 2010 and January 4, 2011, the date on which we completed the purchase of the AEP Business. Mr. Turner has extensive experience on Boards of publicly listed companies, including with respect to compensation matters, and the Company has therefore decided to deviate from the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

The vice-chairman of the board shall deputize for the chairman when the occasion arises. By way of addition to best practice provision III.1.7, the vice-chairman shall act as contact for individual board members concerning the functioning of the chairman of the board (best practice provision III.4.4).

We intend to comply with certain corporate governance requirements of the NYSE in lieu of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. Under the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE, we are not required to appoint a vice-chairman. If the chairman of our board of directors is absent, the directors that are present will elect a non-executive board member to chair the meeting.

 

   

The terms of reference of the board shall contain rules on dealing with conflicts of interest and potential conflicts of interest between board members and the external auditor on the one hand and the company on the other. The terms of reference shall also stipulate which transactions require the approval of the non-executive board members. The company shall draw up regulations governing ownership of and transactions in securities by board members, other than securities issued by their “own” company (best practice provision III.6.5).

The Company believes that board members should not be further limited by internal regulations in addition to the rules and restrictions under applicable securities laws.

 

   

The majority of the members of the board of directors shall be non-executive directors and are independent within the meaning of best practice provision III.2.2 (best practice provision III.8.4).

Four non-executive members of our board are independent. It is our view that given the nature of our business and the practice in our industry and considering our shareholder structure, it is justified that only four non-executive directors are independent. We may need to deviate from the Dutch Corporate

 

-160-


Table of Contents

Governance Code’s independence definition for board members either because such provisions conflict with or are inconsistent with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and U.S. securities laws that apply to us, or because such provisions do not reflect best practices of global companies listed on the NYSE, or because such provisions do not reflect best practices of global companies listed on the NYSE. We may need to further deviate from the Dutch Corporate Governance Code’s independence definition for board members when looking for the most suitable candidates. For example, a current board member or future board candidate may have particular knowledge of, or experience in, the downstream aluminum rolled and extruded products and related businesses, but may not meet the definition of independence in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. As such background is very important to the efficacy of our board of directors in managing a highly technical business, and because our industry has relatively few participants, our board may decide to nominate candidates for appointment who do not fully comply with the criteria as listed under best practice provision III.2.2 of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

 

   

The company shall formulate an “outline policy on bilateral contacts,” as described in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, with the shareholders and publish this policy on its website (best practice provision IV.3.13).

We will not formulate an “outline policy on bilateral contacts” with the shareholders. We will comply with applicable NYSE and SEC rules and the relevant provisions of applicable law with respect to contacts with our shareholders. We believe that all contacts with our shareholders should be assessed on a case-by-case basis.

 

   

Pursuant to best practice provision IV.1.1, a general meeting of shareholders is empowered to cancel binding nominations of candidates for the board, and to dismiss members of the board by a simple majority of votes of those in attendance, although the company may require a quorum of at least one-third of the voting rights outstanding. If such quorum is not represented, but a majority of those in attendance vote in favor of the proposal, a second meeting may be convened and its vote will be binding, even without a one-third quorum. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association currently provide that a general meeting of shareholders may at all times overrule a binding nomination by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, if such majority represents more than half of the issued share capital. Although this constitutes a deviation from provision IV.1.1 of the Dutch Code, we hold the view that these provisions will enhance the continuity of our management and policies.

 

   

Best practice provision IV.3.1 recommends that we should enable the shareholders to follow in real time all meetings with analysts, investors and press conferences. However, we believe that enabling shareholders to follow in real time all the meetings with analysts, presentations to analysts, presentations to investors as referred to in best practice provision IV.3.1 of the Dutch Code would create an excessive burden on our resources. We will ensure that analyst presentations made after the offering are posted on our website after meetings with analysts.

Obligations of Shareholders to Make a Public Offer

The European Directive on Takeover Bids (2004/25/EC) has been implemented in Dutch legislation in the Dutch Financial Supervision Act. Pursuant to the Dutch Financial Supervision Act a shareholder who has acquired 30% of the shares in the company or the voting rights attached to the shares has the obligation to launch a public offering for all shares in the company. The legislation also applies to persons acting in concert who jointly acquire 30% of the shares in the company or the voting rights attached to the shares.

 

-161-


Table of Contents

Differences in Corporate Law

We are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. The following discussion summarizes material differences between the rights of holders of our ordinary shares and the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware, which result from differences in governing documents and the laws of the Netherlands and Delaware.

This discussion does not purport to be a complete statement of the rights of holders of our ordinary shares under applicable Dutch law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Association or the rights of holders of the common stock of a typical corporation under applicable Delaware law and a typical certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

 

Delaware    The Netherlands
Duties of directors

The board of directors of a Delaware corporation bears the ultimate responsibility for managing the business and affairs of a corporation. There is generally only one board of directors.

 

In discharging this function, directors of a Delaware corporation owe fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to the corporation and to its shareholders. The duty of care generally requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. In general, but subject to certain exceptions, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Delaware courts have also imposed a heightened standard of conduct upon directors of a Delaware corporation who take any action designed to defeat a threatened change in control of the corporation.

 

In addition, under Delaware law, when the board of directors of a Delaware corporation approves the sale or break-up of a corporation, the board of directors may, in certain circumstances, have a duty to obtain the highest value reasonably available to the shareholders.

  

In the Netherlands, a listed company typically has a two-tier board structure with a management board comprising the executive directors and a supervisory board comprising the non-executive directors. It is, however, also possible to have a single-tier board, comprising both executive directors and non-executive directors. We have a single-tier board.

 

Under Dutch law the board of directors is collectively responsible for the policy and day-to-day management of the company. The non-executive directors will be assigned the task of supervising the executive directors and providing them with advice. Each director has a duty towards the company to properly perform the duties assigned to him. Furthermore, each board member has a duty to act in the corporate interest of the company.

 

Unlike under Delaware law, under Dutch law the corporate interest extends to the interests of all corporate stakeholders, such as shareholders, creditors, employees, customers and suppliers. The duty to act in the corporate interest of the company also applies in the event of a proposed sale or break-up of the company, whereby the circumstances generally dictate how such duty is to be applied. Any board resolution regarding a significant change in the identity or character of the company requires shareholders’ approval. The board of directors may decide in its sole discretion, within the confines of Dutch law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, to incur additional indebtedness subject to any contractual restrictions pursuant to our existing financing arrangements.

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association do not impose any obligation on the members of the board of directors to hold shares in Constellium.

 

-162-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands
Director terms
The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides for a one-year term for directors, but permits directorships to be divided into up to three classes with up to three-year terms, with the years for each class expiring in different years, if permitted by the certificate of incorporation, an initial bylaw or a bylaw adopted by the shareholders. A director elected to serve a term on a “classified” board may not be removed by shareholders without cause. There is no limit to the number of terms a director may serve.    In contrast to Delaware law, under Dutch law a director of a listed company is generally appointed for a maximum term of four years. There is no statutory limit to the number of terms a director may serve. A director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the shareholders’ meeting. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association do not include any provisions regarding the mandatory retirement age of a member of the board of directors.
Director vacancies
The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office (even though less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining director unless (a) otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the corporation or (b) the certificate of incorporation directs that a particular class of stock is to elect such director, in which case a majority of the other directors elected by such class, or a sole remaining director elected by such class, will fill such vacancy.    Under Dutch law, new members of the board of directors of a company such as ours are appointed by the general meeting, rather than appointed by the board of directors as is typical for a Delaware corporation. Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that such occurs from a binding nomination by the board of directors, in which case the general meeting may override the binding nature of such nomination by a resolution of two-thirds of the votes cast, which votes also represent more than 50% of the issued share capital.
Conflict-of-interest transactions
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, transactions with directors must be approved by disinterested directors or by the shareholders, or otherwise proven to be fair to the company as of the time it is approved. Such transaction will be void or voidable, unless (1) the material facts of any interested directors’ interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the transaction is approved by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors constitute less than a quorum; (2) the material facts of any interested directors’ interests are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders; or (3) the transaction is fair to the company as of the time it is approved.   

Under Dutch law, a board member with a conflicting interest must abstain from participating in the decision-making process with respect to the relevant matter. If, however, it becomes apparent that such member was indeed involved in the decision-making process, then such decision may be nullified. Only if all board members have a conflicting interest with the company will the board nonetheless have the authority to decide on the matter.

 

Executive board members with a conflict of interest remain authorized to represent the company. However, the relevant executive board members may under certain circumstances be held personally liable for any damage suffered by the company as a consequence of the transaction.

  

 

Agreements entered into with third parties contrary to the new rules on decision-making in the case of a conflict of interest, may as a rule not be annulled.

 

-163-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands
  

Only under special circumstances will a company be able to annul an agreement or claim damages if a third party misuses a conflict of interest situation.

 

Under our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, a board member may not participate in internal discussions and decision-making on a subject or a transaction in relation to which he or she has a direct or indirect personal conflict of interest with Constellium. In case all board members have a conflict of interest, the board and all of its conflicted board members will retain decision-making authority. Whether or not a potential conflict of interest exists must initially be assessed by that board member. Each board member will immediately disclose any (potential) conflict of interests to the chairman and the other members of the board. The board member with a possible conflict of interest must provide the chairman and the board all information relevant to assessing whether a conflict of interest exists. The non-executive board members will determine—without the potentially conflicted board member taking part in such discussions and decision—whether a disclosed (potential) conflict situation qualifies as a conflict of interest. If the non-executive board members determine that the potential conflict situation of such board member does not qualify as a conflict of interest, such board member will remain authorized to participate in the discussions and decision-making on the matter that gave rise to the potential conflict situation. If the non-executive board members determine that the potential conflict situation of a board member does qualify as a conflict of interest, such board member may not participate in the discussions and decision-making on the subject. If the conflicted board member is prevented from participating in the decision making as a result of a conflict of interest, our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that the conflicted board member may temporarily designate an entrusted independent individual (who does not as such have a conflict of interests) to replace him in the decision-making for the matter at hand.

 

Agreements entered into with third parties contrary to the rules on decision-making in the case of a conflict of interest, may as a rule not be annulled. Only under special circumstances will a company be able to annul an agreement or claim damages if a third party misuses a conflict of interest situation.

 

-164-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands
Proxy voting by directors
A director of a Delaware corporation may not issue a proxy representing the director’s voting rights as a director.    An absent director may issue a proxy for a specific board meeting but only in writing to another director.
Voting rights

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, each shareholder is entitled to one vote per share of stock, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Either the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws may specify the number of shares or the amount of other securities that must be represented at a meeting in order to constitute a quorum, but in no event will a quorum consist of less than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting, except that, where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a quorum will consist of no less than 1/3 of the shares of such class or series or classes or series.

 

Shareholders as of the record date for the meeting are entitled to vote at the meeting, and the board of directors may fix a record date that is no more than 60 days nor less than 10 days before the date of the meeting, and if no record date is set then the record date is the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The determination of the shareholders of record entitled to notice or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting, but the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

  

Under Dutch law, shares have one vote per share, provided such shares have the same nominal value. Certain exceptions may be provided in the Amended and Restated Articles of Association of a company (which is currently not the case in our Amended and Restated Articles of Association). All shareholder resolutions are taken by an absolute majority of the votes cast, unless the articles of association or Dutch law prescribe otherwise. Dutch law does not provide for cumulative voting.

 

Shareholders as of the record date for a shareholders’ meeting are entitled to vote at that meeting, which date will be the 28th day before the meeting. There is no specific provision in Dutch law for adjournments.

Shareholder proposals
Delaware law does not provide shareholders an express right to put any proposal before a meeting of shareholders, but it provides that a corporation’s bylaws may provide that if the corporation solicits proxies with respect to the election of directors, it may be required to include in its proxy solicitation materials one or more individuals nominated by a shareholder. In keeping with common law, Delaware corporations generally afford shareholders an opportunity to make proposals and nominations provided that they comply with the notice provisions in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws.   

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, extraordinary shareholders’ meetings will be held as often as the board of directors deem such necessary. Pursuant to Dutch law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, one or more shareholders representing at least 10% of the issued share capital may request the Dutch Courts to order that a general meeting be held.

 

The agenda for a meeting of shareholders must contain such items as the board of directors or the

 

-165-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands
Additionally, if a Delaware corporation is subject to the SEC’s proxy rules, a stockholder who owns at least $2,000 in market value or 1% of the corporation’s securities entitled to vote for a continuous period of one year as of the date he submits a proposal, may propose a matter for a vote at an annual or special meeting in accordance with those rules.    person or persons convening the meeting decide. Pursuant to Dutch law, unlike under Delaware law, the agenda will also include such other items as one or more shareholders, representing at least 3% of the issued share capital may request of the board of directors in writing, at least 60 days before the date of the meeting.
Action by written consent
Unless otherwise provided in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of shareholders of a corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if one or more consents in writing, setting forth the action to be so taken, are signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.    Under Dutch law, shareholders’ resolutions may be adopted in writing without holding a meeting of shareholders, provided (a) the articles of association expressly so allow, (b) no bearer shares or depositary receipts are issued, (c) there are no persons entitled to the same rights as holders of depositary receipts, (d) the board of directors has been given the opportunity to give its advice on the resolution, and (e) the resolution is adopted unanimously by all shareholders that are entitled to vote. The requirement of unanimity therefore renders the adoption of shareholder resolutions without holding a meeting not feasible. Our Amended Articles of Association do not provide for the adoption of shareholder resolutions without holding a meeting.
Shareholder suits
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the corporation to enforce the rights of the corporation. An individual also may commence a class action suit on behalf of himself and other similarly situated shareholders where the requirements for maintaining a class action under Delaware law have been met. A person may institute and maintain such a suit only if that person was a shareholder at the time of the transaction which is the subject of the suit. In addition, under Delaware case law, the plaintiff normally must be a shareholder not only at the time of the transaction that is the subject of the suit, but also throughout the duration of the derivative suit. Delaware law also requires that the derivative plaintiff make a demand on the directors of the corporation to assert the corporate claim before the suit may be prosecuted by the derivative plaintiff in court, unless such a demand would be futile.    Unlike under Delaware law, in the event a third party is liable to a Dutch company, only the company itself can bring a civil action against that party. Individual shareholders do not have the right to bring an action on behalf of the company. Only in the event that the cause for the liability of a third party to the company also constitutes a tortious act directly against a shareholder does that shareholder have an individual right of action against such third party in its own name. The Dutch Civil Code provides for the possibility to initiate such actions collectively. A foundation or an association whose objective is to protect the rights of a group of persons having similar interests can institute a collective action. The collective action itself cannot result in an order for payment of monetary damages but may only result in a declaratory judgment ( verklaring voor recht ). In order to obtain compensation for damages, the foundation or association and the defendant may reach—often on the basis of such declaratory judgment—a settlement. A Dutch court may declare

 

-166-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands
   the settlement agreement binding upon all the injured parties with an opt-out choice for an individual injured party. An individual injured party may also itself institute a civil claim for damages.
Repurchase of shares
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares unless the capital of the corporation is impaired or the purchase or redemption would cause an impairment of the capital of the corporation. A Delaware corporation may, however, purchase or redeem out of capital any of its preferred shares or, if no preferred shares are outstanding, any of its own shares if such shares will be retired upon acquisition and the capital of the corporation will be reduced in accordance with specified limitations.    Under Dutch law, a company such as ours may not subscribe for newly issued shares in its own capital. Such company may, however, repurchase its existing and outstanding shares or depositary receipts if permitted under its articles of association. We may acquire our own shares either without paying any consideration, or, in the event any consideration must be paid, only if the following requirements are met: (a) the shareholders’ equity less the payment required to make the acquisition is not less than the sum of called and paid-up capital and any reserve required by Dutch law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, (b) we and our subsidiaries would not thereafter hold or hold as a pledgee shares with an aggregate nominal value exceeding 50% of the nominal value of our issued share capital, (c) our Amended and Restated Articles of Association permit such acquisition, which currently is the case, and (d) the general meeting has authorized the board of directors to do so, which authorization has been granted for the maximum period allowed under Dutch law and our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, that period being 18 months.
Anti-takeover provisions

In addition to other aspects of Delaware law governing fiduciary duties of directors during a potential takeover, the Delaware General Corporation Law also contains a business combination statute that protects Delaware companies from hostile takeovers and from actions following the takeover by prohibiting some transactions once an acquirer has gained a significant holding in the corporation.

 

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits “business combinations,” including mergers, sales and leases of assets, issuances of securities and similar transactions by a corporation or a subsidiary with an interested shareholder that beneficially owns 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock (or which is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and owned

   Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association and the laws of the Netherlands could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our board of directors, thereby preventing them from changing the composition of our management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, consolidation or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. Provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for shareholders to effect certain corporate actions. These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of our shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may materially adversely affect the

 

-167-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands

15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock within the past three years), within three years after the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless:

 

•     the transaction that will cause the person to become an interested shareholder is approved by the board of directors of the target prior to the transactions;

 

•     after the completion of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder holds at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation not including shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers of interested shareholders and shares owned by specified employee benefit plans; or

 

•     after the person becomes an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and holders of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares held by the interested shareholder.

 

A Delaware corporation may elect not to be governed by Section 203 by a provision contained in the original certificate of incorporation of the corporation or an amendment to the original certificate of incorporation or to the bylaws of the company, which amendment must be approved by a majority of the shares entitled to vote and may not be further amended by the board of directors of the corporation. Such an amendment is not effective until twelve months following its adoption.

  

market price of our ordinary shares and your ability to realize any potential change of control premium.

 

Our general meeting of shareholders has empowered our board of directors to issue shares and restrict or exclude preemptive rights on those shares for a period of five years. Accordingly, an issue of new shares may make it more difficult for a shareholder to obtain control over our general meeting of shareholders.

 

Inspection of books and records
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any shareholder may inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its shareholders and its other books and records during the corporation’s usual hours of business.    The board of directors provides all information desired by the shareholders’ meeting, but not to individual shareholders, unless a significant interest of the company dictates otherwise. Our shareholders’ register is available for inspection by the shareholders, although such does not apply to the part of our shareholders’ register that is kept in the United States pursuant to U.S. listing requirements.
Removal of directors
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, any director or the entire board of directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors, except (a) unless the certificate of    Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, the general meeting has the authority to suspend or remove members of the board of directors at any time by adopting either: (a) a resolution, approved by an absolute majority of the votes cast at

 

-168-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands
incorporation provides otherwise, in the case of a corporation whose board is classified, shareholders may effect such removal only for cause, or (b) in the case of a corporation having cumulative voting, if less than the entire board is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against his removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire board of directors, or, if there are classes of directors, at an election of the class of directors of which he is a part.   

a meeting, if such suspension or removal is made pursuant to a proposal by the board of directors or (b) a resolution, approved by two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting representing more than half of our issued capital, if such suspension or removal is not pursuant to a proposal by the board of directors.

 

An executive director can at all times be suspended by the board of directors.

Preemptive rights
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, shareholders have no preemptive rights to subscribe to additional issues of stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and except to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the certificate of incorporation.   

Under Dutch law, in the event of an issuance of ordinary shares, each shareholder will have a pro rata preemptive right to the number of ordinary shares held by such shareholder (with the exception of shares to be issued to employees or shares issued against a contribution other than in cash). Pre-emptive rights in respect of newly issued ordinary shares may be limited or excluded by the general meeting or by the board of directors if designated thereto by the general meeting or by the articles of association for a period not exceeding five years.

 

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association conform to Dutch law and authorize the general meeting or the board of directors, if so designated by a resolution of the general meeting or by amended articles of association, to limit or exclude pre-emptive rights for holders of our shares for a period not exceeding five years. In order for such a resolution to be adopted, a majority of at least two-thirds of the votes cast in a meeting of shareholders is required, if less than half of the issued share capital is present or represented or a majority of the votes cast at a general meeting where more than half of the share capital is represented. The authority to limit or exclude preemptive rights relating to issues of our shares was delegated to our board of directors for a period of five years.

Dividends
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a Delaware corporation may, subject to any restrictions contained in its certificate of incorporation, pay dividends out of its surplus (the excess of net assets over capital), or in case there is no surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is    Dutch law provides that dividends may only be distributed after adoption of the annual accounts by the general meeting from which it appears that such dividend distribution is allowed. Moreover, dividends may be distributed only to the extent the shareholders’ equity exceeds the sum of the amount

 

-169-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands
declared or the preceding fiscal year (provided that the amount of the capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). In determining the amount of surplus of a Delaware corporation, the assets of the corporation, including stock of subsidiaries owned by the corporation, must be valued at their fair market value as determined by the board of directors, without regard to their historical book value. Dividends may be paid in the form of ordinary shares, property or cash.    of issued and paid-up capital and increased by reserves that must be maintained under the law or the articles of association. Interim dividends may be declared as provided in the articles of association and may be distributed to the extent that the shareholders’ equity exceeds the amount of the issued and paid-up capital plus required legal reserves as described herein before as apparent from an (interim) financial statement. Interim dividends should be regarded as advances on the final dividend to be declared with respect to the financial year in which the interim dividends have been declared. Should it be determined after adoption of the annual accounts with respect to the relevant financial year that the distribution was not permissible, the Company may reclaim the paid interim dividends as unduly paid. Under Dutch law, the articles of association may prescribe that the board of directors decide what portion of the profits are to be held as reserves. Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, our board of directors may reserve a portion of our annual profits. The portion of our annual profits that remains unreserved will be distributed to holders of our ordinary shares and preference shares in accordance with the provisions of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association. Our board of directors may resolve to make distributions out of our general share premium account or out of any other reserves available for distributions under Dutch law, not being a reserve that must be maintained under Dutch law or pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, subject to the approval of the shareholders’ meeting. Dividends may be paid in the form of shares as well as in cash.
Shareholder vote on certain reorganizations

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon generally is necessary to approve a merger or consolidation or the sale of substantially all of the assets of a corporation. The Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a provision requiring for any corporate action the vote of a larger portion of the stock or of any class or series of stock than would otherwise be required.

 

Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, no vote of the shareholders of a surviving corporation to a

  

Under our amended articles of association, the general meeting may resolve, upon a proposal of the board of directors, that we conclude a legal merger ( juridische fusie ) or a demerger ( splitsing ). In addition, the general meeting must approve resolutions of the board of directors concerning an important change in the identity or character of us or our business, in any event including:

 

•   the transfer of the enterprise or a substantial part thereof to a third party;

 

•   the entering into or ending of a long-lasting co-operation of the company or a subsidiary with a

 

-170-


Table of Contents
Delaware    The Netherlands

merger is needed; however, unless required by the certificate of incorporation, if (a) the agreement of merger does not amend in any respect the certificate of incorporation of the surviving corporation, (b) the shares of stock of the surviving corporation are not changed in the merger and (c) the number of ordinary shares of the surviving corporation into which any other shares, securities or obligations to be issued in the merger may be converted does not exceed 20% of the surviving corporation’s common shares outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger. In addition, shareholders may not be entitled to vote in certain mergers with other corporations that own 90% or more of the outstanding shares of each class of stock of such corporation, but the shareholders will be entitled to appraisal rights.

 

  

third party, if this co-operation or the ending thereof is of far-reaching significance for the company; and

 

•   the acquiring or disposing of an interest in the share capital of a company with a value of at least one-third of the company’s assets according to the most recent annual accounts, by the company or a subsidiary.

 

Under Dutch law, a shareholder who owns at least 95% of the company’s issued capital may institute proceedings against the company’s other shareholders jointly for the transfer of their shares to that shareholder. The proceedings are held before the Enterprise Chamber ( Ondernemingskamer ), which may grant the claim for squeeze out in relation to all minority shareholders and will determine the price to be paid for the shares, if necessary after appointment of one or three experts who will offer an opinion to the Enterprise Chamber on the value of the shares.

Compensation of board of directors
Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the shareholders do not generally have the right to approve the compensation policy for the board of directors or the senior management of the corporation, although certain aspects of the compensation policy may be subject to shareholder vote due to the provisions of federal securities and tax law.   

In contrast to Delaware law, under Dutch law the shareholders must adopt the compensation policy for the board of directors, which includes the outlines of the compensation of any members who serve on our board of directors.

 

Pursuant to our Amended and Restated Articles of Association, the general meeting will determine the remuneration of non-executive board members. The non-executive board members will determine the level and structure of the remuneration of the executive board members.

Market Abuse

The (i) Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht ), or the FSA and (ii) Articles L.465-1 & seq . of the French monetary and financial code and the book VI of the general regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers , implementing the EU Market Abuse Directive 2003/6/EC and related Commission Directives 2003/124/EC, 2003/125/EC and 2004/72/EC, provide for specific rules that intend to prevent market abuse, such as the prohibitions on insider trading, divulging inside information and tipping, and market manipulation (the “EU Market Abuse Rules”). We are subject to the EU Market Abuse Rules and non-compliance with these rules may lead to criminal fines, administrative fines, imprisonment or other sanctions. The EU Market Abuse Rules on market manipulation may restrict our ability to buy back our shares. In certain circumstances, our investors can also be subject to the EU Market Abuse Rules.

Pursuant to the FSA, members of our board of directors and any other person who has (co)managerial responsibilities in respect of us or who has the authority to make decisions affecting our future developments and

 

-171-


Table of Contents

business prospects and who may have regular access to inside information relating, directly or indirectly, to us, must notify the AFM of all transactions with respect to the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is (co)determined by the value of the shares, conducted for its own account.

In addition, certain persons closely associated with members of our board of directors or any of the other persons as described above and designated by the FSA Decree on Market Abuse ( Besluit Marktmisbruik Wft ), or the Decree, must also notify the AFM of any transactions conducted for their own account relating to the shares or in financial instruments the value of which is (co)determined by the value of the shares. The Decree determines the following categories of persons: (i) the spouse or any partner considered by national law as equivalent to the spouse, (ii) dependent children, (iii) other relatives who have shared the same household for at least one year at the relevant transaction date and (iv) any legal person, trust or partnership whose, among other things, managerial responsibilities are discharged by a person referred to under (i), (ii) or (iii) above or by the relevant member of the board of directors or other person with any authority in respect of us as described above.

These notifications must be made no later than on the fifth business day following the transaction date and by means of a standard form. The notification may be postponed until the moment that the value of the transactions performed for that person’s own account, together with the transactions carried out by the persons closely associated with that person, reaches or exceeds an amount of €5,000 in the calendar year in question.

The AFM keeps a public register of all notifications under the FSA. Third parties can request to be notified automatically by e-mail of changes to the public register. Pursuant to the FSA, we will maintain a list of our insiders and adopt an internal code of conduct relating to the possession of and transactions by members of our board of directors and employees in the shares or in financial instruments the value that is (co)determined by the value of the shares, which will be available on our website.

Obligations of Shareholders and Members of the Board to Disclose Holdings and other Notification Requirements

Shareholders may be subject to notification obligations under the Dutch Financial Supervision Act. The Dutch Financial Supervision Act came into force on January 1, 2007 and implements several provisions of Directive 2004/109/EC on the harmonization of transparency requirements in relation to information about issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market. The following description summarizes those obligations. Pursuant to chapter 5.3 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act, any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an actual or potential capital interest and/or voting rights in the Company must immediately give written notice to the AFM of such acquisition or disposal by means of a standard form if, as a result of such acquisition or disposal, the percentage of capital interest and/or voting rights held by such person reaches, exceeds or falls below the following thresholds: 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and 95%. For the purpose of calculating the percentage of capital interest or voting rights, the following interests must, inter alia , be taken into account: (i) shares and/or voting rights directly held (or acquired or disposed of) by any person, (ii) shares and/or voting rights held (or acquired or disposed of) by such person’s controlled entities or by a third party for such person’s account, (iii) voting rights held (or acquired or disposed of) by a third party with whom such person has concluded an oral or written voting agreement, (iv) voting rights acquired pursuant to an agreement providing for a temporary transfer of voting rights in consideration for a payment and (v) shares and/or voting rights which such person, or any controlled entity or third party referred to above, may acquire pursuant to any option or other right to acquire shares and/or the attached voting rights.

Controlled entities (within the meaning of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act) do not themselves have notification obligations under the Dutch Financial Supervision Act as their direct and indirect interests are attributed to their (ultimate) parent. If a person who has a 3% or larger interest in the Company’s share capital or voting rights ceases to be a controlled entity it must immediately notify the AFM and all notification obligations under the Dutch Financial Supervision Act will become applicable to such former controlled entity.

 

-172-


Table of Contents

Special rules apply to the attribution of shares and/or voting rights which are part of the property of a partnership or other form of joint ownership. A holder of a pledge or right of usufruct in respect of shares can also be subject to notification obligations, if such person has, or can acquire, the right to vote on the shares. The acquisition of (conditional) voting rights by a pledgee or beneficial owner may also trigger notification obligations as if the pledgee or beneficial owner were the legal holder of the shares and/or voting rights. Under the Dutch Financial Supervision Act, we are required to file a report with the AFM promptly after the date of listing our ordinary shares setting out our issued and outstanding share capital and voting rights. Thereafter, we are required to notify the AFM promptly of any change of 1% or more in our issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights since the previous notification. The AFM must be notified of other changes in our issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights within eight days after the end of the quarter in which the change occurred. The AFM will publish all our notifications of its issued and outstanding share capital and voting rights in a public register. If a person’s capital interest and/or voting rights reach, exceed or fall below the above-mentioned thresholds as a result of a change in our issued and outstanding share capital or voting rights, such person is required to make a notification not later than on the fourth trading day after the AFM has published our notification as described above.

Furthermore, each member of the board must notify the AFM (a) immediately after the listing of the number of shares he/she holds and the number of votes he/she is entitled to cast in respect of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital, and (b) subsequently of each change in the number of shares he/she holds and of each change in the number of votes he/she is entitled to cast in respect of the Company’s issued and outstanding share capital, immediately after the relevant change.

In addition, the Netherlands introduced on July 1, 2013 an obligation for anyone to notify gross short positions in the capital of a Dutch public company ( naamloze vennootschap ) whose shares are admitted to trading on a regulated market or a legal entity incorporated under the laws of a state that is not a EU Member State whose shares are admitted to trading on a regulated market in the Netherlands and for whom the Netherlands is the host member state within the meaning of the EU Transparency Directive. The thresholds applicable to the notification of long positions apply equally to the notification of short positions (these thresholds are: 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 75% and 95%).

An obligation to disclose short positions is set out not only in Netherlands law but also in the EU Regulation on Short Selling (236/2012). This Regulation has direct effect in the European Union (EU). The disclosure rules under the Regulation differ from those under the Netherlands national law. Firstly, the Regulation relates to net short positions (as opposed to gross short positions). Secondly, different thresholds apply. The disclosure obligations will not apply if it is established that the principal trading venue is not in the EU, but in a third country. Under the Regulation, the obligation to disclose net short positions in companies whose shares have been admitted to trading on a regulated market or multilateral trading facility in the EU is as follows: net short positions as from 0.2% of the issued share capital of the relevant company and each 0.1% above must be notified to the competent regulatory authority in the relevant EU Member State. Such notifications remain confidential; notifications as from 0.5% of the issued share capital of the relevant company and each 0.1% above are included in the register of the competent regulatory authority in the relevant EU Member State and are therefore public.

The AFM keeps a public register of all notifications made pursuant to these disclosure obligations and publishes any notification received.

Non-compliance with these disclosure obligations is an economic offense and may lead to criminal prosecution. The AFM may impose administrative penalties for non-compliance, and the publication thereof. In addition, a civil court can impose measures against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the AFM of matters required to be notified. A claim requiring that such measures be imposed may be instituted by the Company, and/or by one or more shareholders who alone or together with others represent at least 3% of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company or are able to exercise at least 3% of the voting rights. The measures that the civil court may impose include:

 

   

an order requiring the person with a duty to disclose to make the appropriate disclosure;

 

-173-


Table of Contents
   

suspension of the right to exercise the voting rights by the person with a duty to disclose for a period of up to three years as determined by the court;

 

   

voiding a resolution adopted by the general meeting of shareholders, if the court determines that the resolution would not have been adopted but for the exercise of the voting rights of the person with a duty to disclose, or suspension of a resolution adopted by the general meeting of shareholders until the court makes a decision about such voiding; and

 

   

an order to the person with a duty to disclose to refrain, during a period of up to five years as determined by the court, from acquiring shares and/or voting rights in the Company.

Shareholders are advised to consult with their own legal advisers to determine whether the disclosure obligations apply to them.

Transparency Directive

The Company is a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated and existing under the laws of the Netherlands. The Netherlands is the home member state of the Company for the purposes of Directive 2004/109/EC (the “Transparency Directive”) as a consequence of which the Company is subject to the Dutch Financial Supervision Act in respect of certain ongoing transparency and disclosure obligations.

Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act

The Dutch Financial Reporting Supervision Act ( Wet toezicht financiële verslaggeving ) (the “FRSA”) applies to financial years starting from January 1, 2006. On the basis of the FRSA, the AFM supervises the application of financial reporting standards by, among others, companies whose corporate seat is in the Netherlands and whose securities are listed on a regulated Dutch or foreign stock exchange.

Pursuant to the FRSA, the AFM has an independent right to (i) request an explanation from us regarding our application of the applicable financial reporting standards if, based on publicly known facts or circumstances, it has reason to doubt our financial reporting meets such standards and (ii) recommend to us the making available of further explanations. If we do not comply with such a request or recommendation, the AFM may request that the Enterprise Chamber order us to (i) provide an explanation of the way we have applied the applicable financial reporting standards to our financial reports or (ii) prepare our financial reports in accordance with the Enterprise Chamber’s instructions.

 

-174-


Table of Contents

ORDINARY SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of ordinary shares or the availability of ordinary shares for sale will have on the market price of our ordinary shares prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have a total of 104,076,718 Class A ordinary shares and 950,337 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding. The ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any ordinary shares purchased by our “affiliates” (as defined under Rule 144) may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding ordinary shares will also be deemed restricted securities, as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Regulation S.

Rule 144

The availability of Rule 144 will vary depending on whether restricted shares are held by an affiliate or a non-affiliate. Under Rule 144 as in effect on the date of this prospectus an affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding; and

 

   

the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Any sales by affiliates under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

The volume limitation, manner of sale and notice provisions described above will not apply to sales by non-affiliates. For purposes of Rule 144, a non-affiliate is any person or entity who is not our affiliate at the time of sale and has not been our affiliate during the preceding three-months. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for six months may rely on Rule 144 provided that certain public information regarding us is available. A non-affiliate who has beneficially owned the restricted shares proposed to be sold for at least one year will not be subject to any restrictions under Rule 144.

Regulation S

Regulation S under the Securities Act provides that offers or sales, and reoffers or resales, of securities may occur without registration under Section 5 of the Securities Act, provided that the offer or sale is effected in an offshore transaction and no directed selling efforts are made in the U.S. (as these terms are defined in Regulation S), subject to certain other conditions. In general, this means that our shares may be sold in some other manner outside the U.S. without requiring registration in the U.S.

Registration Rights

Our Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement with Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance provide for certain registration rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement.”

 

-175-


Table of Contents

Bpifrance Share Purchase

Under the agreement between Apollo Funds, Rio Tinto and Bpifrance for the Bpifrance Share Purchase, Bpifrance is restricted from buying additional shares in the Company for one year following May 29, 2013, unless this restriction is waived by both Apollo Funds and Rio Tinto or certain specified events occur.

 

-176-


Table of Contents

MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

The following discussion contains a description of certain U.S. federal income tax and Dutch tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares, but it does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase ordinary shares. The discussion is based upon the federal income tax laws of the U.S. and regulations thereunder and the tax laws of the Netherlands and regulations thereunder as of the date hereof, which are subject to change and possibly with retroactive effect.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

The following discussion describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences relating to acquiring, owning and disposing of our ordinary shares by a U.S. Holder (as defined below) that will acquire our ordinary shares in the offering and will hold the ordinary shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion is based upon existing U.S. federal income tax law, including the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations thereunder, rulings and court decisions, all of which are subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) has been sought with respect to any U.S. federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position.

This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances, including investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, broker-dealers, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes and their partners and investors, tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), investors who are not U.S. Holders, U.S. Holders who own (directly, indirectly or constructively) 10% or more of our stock (by vote or value), U.S. Holders that acquire their ordinary shares pursuant to any employee share option or otherwise as compensation, U.S. Holders that will hold their ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, wash sale, constructive sale or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes or U.S. Holders that have a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below). In addition, this discussion does not discuss any U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax consequences, any tax consequences of the Medicare tax on certain investment income pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or any non-U.S. tax consequences. Each U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. income and other tax considerations of an investment in our ordinary shares.

If you are considering acquiring, owning or disposing of our ordinary shares, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to you in light of your particular situation as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

General

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the law of, the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a U.S. person under the Code.

If a partnership (or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the

 

-177-


Table of Contents

partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships holding our ordinary shares, and partners in such partnerships, are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding an investment in our ordinary shares.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Consequences

We believe that we will not be a “passive foreign investment company” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“PFIC”) for the current taxable year and that we have not been a PFIC for prior taxable years and we expect that we will not become a PFIC in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance in this regard. A foreign corporation will be a PFIC in any taxable year in which, after taking into account the income and assets of the corporation and certain subsidiaries pursuant to applicable “look-through rules,” either (i) at least 75% of its gross income is “passive income,” or (ii) at least 50% of its assets produce or are held for the production of “passive income.” For this purpose, “passive income” generally includes dividends, interest, royalties and rents and certain other categories of income, subject to certain exceptions. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a fact-intensive determination that includes ascertaining the fair market value (or, in certain circumstances, tax basis) of all of our assets on a quarterly basis and the character of each item of income we earn. This determination is made annually and cannot be completed until the close of a taxable year. It depends upon the portion of our assets (including goodwill) and income characterized as passive under the PFIC rules, as described above. Accordingly, it is possible that we may become a PFIC due to changes in our income or asset composition or a decline in the market value of our equity. Because PFIC status is a fact-intensive determination, no assurance can be given that we are not, have not been, or will not become, classified as a PFIC.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year, U.S. Holders generally will be subject to special tax rules that could result in materially adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences. In such event, a U.S. Holder may be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the highest applicable ordinary income tax rates on (i) any “excess distribution” that we make to the U.S. Holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. Holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares), or (ii) any gain realized on the disposition of our ordinary shares. In addition, a U.S. Holder may be subject to an interest charge on such “excess distribution” or gain. Furthermore, the favorable dividend tax rates that may apply to certain U.S. Holders on our dividends will not apply if we are a PFIC during the taxable year in which such dividend was paid, or the preceding taxable year.

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares, provided that the ordinary shares are regularly traded. Although no assurances may be given, we expect that our ordinary shares should qualify as being regularly traded. If a U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election, the U.S. Holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of our ordinary shares held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such ordinary shares and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the ordinary shares over the fair market value of such ordinary shares held at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. Gain on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares would be treated as ordinary income, and loss on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares would be treated as an ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. Holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of a corporation classified as a PFIC and such corporation ceases to be classified as a PFIC, the holder will not be required to take into account the gain or loss described above during any period that such corporation is not classified as a PFIC. Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. Holder’s indirect interest in any investment held by us that is treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Subject to certain limitations, a U.S. Holder may make a “qualified electing fund” election (“QEF election”), which serves as a further alternative to the foregoing rules, with respect to its investment in a PFIC in

 

-178-


Table of Contents

which the U.S. Holder owns shares (directly or indirectly) of the PFIC. In order for a U.S. Holder to be able to make a QEF election, we must provide such U.S. Holders with certain information. Because we do not intend to provide U.S. Holders with the information needed to make such an election, prospective investors should assume that the QEF election will not be available.

Each U.S. Holder is advised to consult its tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning or disposing of our ordinary shares if we are or become classified as a PFIC, including the possibility of making a mark-to-market election.

The remainder of the discussion below assumes that we are not a PFIC, have not been a PFIC and will not become a PFIC in the future.

Distributions

The gross amount of distributions with respect to our ordinary shares (including the amount of any non-U.S. withholding taxes) will be taxable as dividends, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Such distributions will be includable in a U.S. Holder’s gross income as ordinary dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder. Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to corporations under the Code.

To the extent that the amount of the distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, the distribution will be treated first as a tax-free return of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our ordinary shares, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds the U.S. Holder’s tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain recognized on a sale or exchange. Because we do not expect to determine our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles, U.S. Holders should expect that a distribution will generally be reported as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a tax-free return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation. A non-U.S. corporation is treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid by that corporation on shares that are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. We believe our ordinary shares, which are listed on the NYSE, are considered to be readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, although there can be no assurance that this will continue to be the case in the future. Non-corporate U.S. Holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss, or that elect to treat the dividend income as “investment income” pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the Code, will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation regardless of our status as a qualified foreign corporation. In addition, even if the minimum holding period requirement has been met, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules given your particular circumstances.

In the event that a U.S. Holder is subject to non-U.S. withholding taxes on dividends paid to such U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares, such U.S. Holder may be eligible, subject to certain conditions and limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit for such non-U.S. withholding taxes against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability or otherwise deduct such non-U.S. withholding taxes in computing such U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. Dividends paid to a U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares are expected to constitute “foreign source income” and to be treated as “passive category income” or, in the case of some U.S. Holders, “general category income,” for purposes of the foreign tax credit. The rules governing the foreign tax credit and ability to deduct such non-U.S. withholding taxes are complex and involve the application of rules that depend upon your particular circumstances. You are urged to consult your own tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit or deduction under your particular circumstances.

 

-179-


Table of Contents

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss on any sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized for our ordinary shares and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in such ordinary shares. Such gain or loss will generally be capital gain or loss. Capital gains of individuals derived with respect to capital assets held for more than one year generally are eligible for reduced rates of U.S. federal income taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations. Any gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder will generally be treated as U.S. source gain or loss. You are urged to consult your tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a non-U.S. tax is imposed on a sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit or deduction under your particular circumstances.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Pursuant to recently enacted legislation, a U.S. Holder with interests in “specified foreign financial assets” (including, among other assets, our ordinary shares, unless such shares were held on such U.S. Holder’s behalf through a financial institution) may be required to file an information report with the IRS if the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year or $75,000 at any time during the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as may be prescribed by applicable IRS guidance). A U.S. Holder may be required to file additional information reports with the IRS in connection with certain transfers of cash to us pursuant to the offering. You should consult your own tax advisor as to the possible obligation to file such information reports in light of your particular circumstances.

Moreover, information reporting generally will apply to dividends in respect of our ordinary shares and the proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares that are paid to a U.S. Holder within the United States (and in certain cases, outside the United States), unless the U.S. Holder is an exempt recipient. Backup withholding (currently at a rate of 28%) may also apply to such payments if the U.S. Holder fails to provide an appropriate certification with such U.S. Holder’s taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. You should consult your tax advisors regarding the application of the U.S. information reporting and backup withholding rules to your particular circumstances.

Material Dutch Tax Consequences

General

The information set out below is a summary of certain material Dutch tax consequences in connection with the acquisition, ownership and transfer of our ordinary shares that will be acquired in the offering. The summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all the Dutch tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular holder of our ordinary shares. Such holders may be subject to special tax treatment under any applicable law and this summary is not intended to be applicable in respect of all categories of holders of our shares.

This summary is based on the tax laws of the Netherlands as in effect on the date of this prospectus, as well as regulations, rulings and decisions of the Netherlands or of its taxing and other authorities available on or before such date and now in effect, and as applied and interpreted by Netherlands courts, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect. All of the foregoing is subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued validity of this summary.

 

-180-


Table of Contents

Because it is a general summary, prospective holders of our ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the Dutch or other tax consequences of the acquisition, holding and transfer of the ordinary shares including, in particular, the application to their particular situations of the tax considerations discussed below, as well as the application foreign or other tax laws.

This summary does not describe any tax consequences arising under the laws of any taxing jurisdiction other than the Netherlands in connection with the acquisition, ownership and transfer of our ordinary shares. The Netherlands means the part of the Kingdom of the Netherlands located in Europe.

Any reference hereafter made to a treaty for the avoidance of double taxation concluded by the Netherlands, includes the Tax Arrangement for the Kingdom of the Netherlands ( Belastingregeling voor het Koninkrijk) and the Tax Arrangement for the country of the Netherlands ( Belastingregeling voor het land Nederland ).

Dividend Withholding Tax

Dividends paid on our ordinary shares to a holder of ordinary shares are generally subject to withholding tax of 15% imposed by the Netherlands. Generally, the dividend withholding tax will not be borne by us, but we will withhold from the gross dividends paid on our ordinary shares. The term “dividends” for this purpose includes, but is not limited to:

 

   

distributions in cash or in kind, deemed and constructive distributions and repayments of paid-in capital not recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

   

liquidation proceeds, proceeds of redemption of shares or, generally, consideration for the repurchase of shares in excess of the average paid-in capital recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes;

 

   

the nominal value of shares issued to a shareholder or an increase of the nominal value of shares, as the case may be, to the extent that it does not appear that a contribution to the capital recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes was made or will be made; and

 

   

partial repayment of paid-in capital, recognized for Dutch dividend withholding tax purposes, if and to the extent that there are net profits ( zuivere winst ), within the meaning of the Dutch Dividend Withholding Tax Act 1965 ( Wet op de dividendbelasting 1965 ), unless the general meeting of shareholders has resolved in advance to make such a repayment and provided that the nominal value of the shares concerned has been reduced by a corresponding amount by way of an amendment of our Amended and Restated Articles of Association.

A holder of our ordinary shares who is, or who is deemed to be, a resident of the Netherlands can generally credit the withholding tax against his Dutch income tax or Dutch corporate income tax liability and is generally entitled to a refund of dividend withholding taxes exceeding his aggregate Dutch income tax or Dutch corporate income tax liability, provided certain conditions are met, unless such holder of our ordinary shares is not considered to be the beneficial owner of the dividends.

A holder of our ordinary shares who is the recipient of dividends (the “Recipient”) will not be considered the beneficial owner of the dividends for this purpose if:

 

   

as a consequence of a combination of transactions, a person other than the Recipient wholly or partly benefits from the dividends;

 

   

whereby such other person retains, directly or indirectly, an interest similar to that in the ordinary shares on which the dividends were paid; and

 

   

that other person is entitled to a credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax that is less than that of the Recipient (“Dividend Stripping”).

With respect to a holder of our ordinary shares, who is not and is not deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch taxation and who is considered to be a resident of a country other than the

 

-181-


Table of Contents

Netherlands under the provisions of a double taxation convention the Netherlands has concluded with such country, the following may apply. Such holder of our ordinary shares may, depending on the terms of and subject to compliance with the procedures for claiming benefits under such double taxation convention, be eligible for a full or partial exemption from or a reduction or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax.

In addition, an exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax will generally apply to dividends distributed to certain qualifying entities, provided that the following tests are satisfied:

 

  (i) the entity is a resident of another EU member state or of a designated state that is a party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (currently Iceland, Norway and Liechtenstein), according to the tax laws of such state;

 

  (ii) the entity at the time of the distribution has an interest in us to which the participation exemption as meant in article 13 of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 or to which the participation credit as meant in article 13aa of the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969 ( Wet op de vennootschapsbelasting 1969 ) would have been applicable, had such entity been a tax resident of the Netherlands;

 

  (iii) the entity does not perform a similar function as an exempt investment institution ( vrijgestelde beleggingsinstelling ) or fiscal investment institution ( fiscale beleggingsinstelling ), as defined in the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969; and

 

  (iv) the entity is, in its state of residence, not considered to be resident outside the EU member states or the designated states that are party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area under the terms of a double taxation convention concluded with a third state.

The exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax is not available if pursuant to a provision for the prevention of fraud or abuse included in a double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the country of residence of the non-resident holder of our ordinary shares, such holder would not be entitled to the reduction of tax on dividends provided for by such treaty. Furthermore, the exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax will only be available to the beneficial owner of the dividend.

Furthermore, certain entities that are resident in another EU member state or in a designated state that is a party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area (currently Iceland, Norway and Liechtenstein) and that are not subject to taxation levied by reference to profits in their state of residence, may be entitled to a refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax, provided:

 

  (i) such entity, had it been a resident in the Netherlands, would not be subject to corporate income tax in the Netherlands;

 

  (ii) such entity can be considered to be the beneficial owner of the dividends;

 

  (iii) such entity does not perform a similar function to that of a fiscal investment institution ( fiscale beleggingsinstelling ) or an exempt investment institution ( vrijgestelde beleggingsinstelling ) as defined in the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969; and

 

  (iv) certain administrative conditions are met.

Dividend distributions to a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares (with an interest of less than 10% of the voting rights in us) are subject to 15% dividend withholding tax, which is equal to the rate such U.S. holder may be entitled to under the Convention Between the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the United States for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income, executed in Washington on December 18, 1992, as amended from time to time (the “Netherlands-U.S. Convention”). As such, there is no need to claim a refund of the excess of the amount withheld over the tax treaty rate.

On the basis of article 35 of the Netherlands-U.S. Convention, qualifying U.S. pension trusts are under certain conditions entitled to a full exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax. Such qualifying exempt U.S. pension trusts must provide us form IB 96 USA, along with a valid certificate, for the application of relief at

 

-182-


Table of Contents

source from dividend withholding tax. If we receive the required documentation prior to the relevant dividend payment date, then we may apply such relief at source. If a qualifying exempt U.S. pension trust fails to satisfy these requirements prior to the payment of a dividend, then such qualifying exempt pension trust may claim a refund of Dutch withholding tax by filing form IB 96 USA with the Dutch tax authorities. On the basis of article 36 of the Netherlands-U.S. Convention, qualifying exempt U.S. organizations are under certain conditions entitled to a full exemption from Dutch dividend withholding tax. Such qualifying exempt U.S. organizations are not entitled to claim relief at source, and instead must claim a refund of Dutch withholding tax by filing form IB 95 USA with the Dutch tax authorities.

The concept of Dividend Stripping, described above, may also be applied to determine whether a holder of our ordinary shares may be eligible for a full or partial exemption from, reduction or refund of Dutch dividend withholding tax, as described in the preceding paragraphs.

In general, we will be required to remit all amounts withheld as Dutch dividend withholding tax to the Dutch tax authorities. However, in connection with distributions received by us from our foreign subsidiaries, we are allowed, subject to certain conditions, to reduce the amount to be remitted to Dutch tax authorities by the lesser of:

 

  (i) 3% of the portion of the distribution paid by us that is subject to Dutch dividend withholding tax; and

 

  (ii) 3% of the dividends and profit distributions, before deduction of non-Dutch withholding taxes, received by us from qualifying foreign subsidiaries in the current calendar year (up to the date of the distribution by us) and the two preceding calendar years, insofar as such dividends and profit distributions have not yet been taken into account for purposes of establishing the above-mentioned deductions.

For purposes of determining the 3% threshold under (i) above, a distribution by us is not taken into account in case the Dutch dividend withholding tax withheld in respect thereof may be fully refunded, unless the recipient of such distribution is a qualifying entity that is not subject to corporate income tax.

Although this reduction reduces the amount of Dutch dividend withholding tax that we are required to pay to Dutch tax authorities, it does not reduce the amount of tax that we are required to withhold from dividends.

Tax on Income and Capital Gains

General

The description of taxation set out in this section of this prospectus is not intended for any holder of our ordinary shares, who:

 

  (i) is an individual and for whom the income or capital gains derived from the ordinary shares are attributable to employment activities the income from which is taxable in the Netherlands;

 

  (ii) is an entity that is a resident or deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands and that is, in whole or in part, not subject to or exempt from Netherlands corporate income tax;

 

  (iii) is an entity that has an interest in us to which the participation exemption ( deelnemingsvrijstelling ) or the participation credit ( deelnemingsverrekening ) is applicable as set out in the Dutch Corporate Income Tax Act 1969;

 

  (iv) is a fiscal investment institution ( fiscale beleggingsinstelling ) or an exempt investment institution ( vrijgestelde beleggingsinstelling ) as defined in the Netherlands Corporate Income Tax Act 1969; or

 

  (v) has a substantial interest ( aanmerkelijk belang ) or a deemed substantial interest as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001 ( Wet inkomstenbelasting 2001 ) in us.

Generally a holder of our ordinary shares will have a substantial interest in us in the meaning of paragraph (v) above if he holds, alone or together with his partner (statutorily defined term), whether directly or indirectly,

 

-183-


Table of Contents

the ownership of, or certain other rights over shares representing 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares), or rights to acquire shares, whether or not already issued, which represent at any time 5% or more of our total issued and outstanding capital (or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of our shares) or the ownership of certain profit participating certificates that relate to 5% or more of the annual profit and/or to 5% or more of the liquidation proceeds of us. A holder of our ordinary shares will also have a substantial interest in us if one of certain relatives of that holder or of his partner (a statutory defined term) has a substantial interest in us.

If a holder of our ordinary shares does not have a substantial interest, a deemed substantial interest will be present if (part of) a substantial interest has been disposed of, or is deemed to have been disposed of, without recognizing taxable gain.

Residents of the Netherlands

Individuals

An individual who is resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands, or who opts to be taxed as a resident of the Netherlands for purposes of Dutch taxation (a “Dutch Resident Individual”) will be subject to Netherlands income tax on income and/or capital gains derived from our ordinary shares at the progressive rate (up to 52%; rate for 2013) if:

 

  (i) the holder derives profits from an enterprise or deemed enterprise, whether as an entrepreneur ( ondernemer ) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net worth of such enterprise (other than as an entrepreneur or a shareholder), to which enterprise the ordinary shares are attributable; or

 

  (ii) the holder derives income or capital gains from the ordinary shares that are taxable as benefits from “miscellaneous activities” ( resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden , as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001), which include the performance of activities with respect to the ordinary shares that exceed regular, active portfolio management ( normaal, actief vermogensbeheer ).

If conditions (i) and (ii) above do not apply, any holder of our ordinary shares who is a Dutch Resident Individual will be subject to Netherlands income tax on a deemed return regardless of the actual income and/or capital gains derived from our ordinary shares. This deemed return has been fixed at a rate of 4% of the individual’s yield basis ( rendementsgrondslag ) insofar as this exceeds a certain threshold ( heffingsvrijvermogen ). The individual’s yield basis is determined as the fair market value of certain qualifying assets (including, as the case may be, the ordinary shares) held by the Dutch Resident Individual less the fair market value of certain qualifying liabilities, both determined on January 1 of the relevant year. The deemed return of 4% will be taxed at a rate of 30% (rate for 2013).

Entities

An entity that is resident or deemed to be resident in the Netherlands (a “Dutch Resident Entity”) will generally be subject to Netherlands corporate income tax with respect to income and capital gains derived from the ordinary shares. The Netherlands corporate income tax rate is 20% for the first € 200,000 of the taxable amount, and 25% for the excess of the taxable amount over € 200,000 (rates applicable for 2013).

Non-Residents of the Netherlands

A person who is neither a Dutch Resident Individual nor Dutch Resident Entity (a “Non-Dutch Resident”) and who holds our ordinary shares is generally not subject to Netherlands income tax or corporate income tax (other than dividend withholding tax described above) on the income and capital gains derived from the ordinary shares, provided that:

 

  (i)

such Non-Dutch Resident does not derive profits from an enterprise or deemed enterprise, whether as an entrepreneur ( ondernemer ) or pursuant to a co-entitlement to the net worth of such enterprise (other than as an entrepreneur or a shareholder) which enterprise is, in whole or in part, carried on through a

 

-184-


Table of Contents
  permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands and to which enterprise or part of an enterprise, as the case may be, the ordinary shares are attributable or deemed attributable;

 

  (ii) in the case of a Non-Dutch Resident who is an individual, such individual does not derive income or capital gains from the Shares that are taxable as benefits from “miscellaneous activities” ( resultaat uit overige werkzaamheden , as defined in the Netherlands Income Tax Act 2001) performed or deemed to be performed in the Netherlands, which include the performance of activities with respect to the ordinary shares that exceed regular, active portfolio management ( normaal, actief vermogensbeheer ); and

 

  (iii) such Non-Dutch Resident is neither entitled to a share in the profits of an enterprise nor co-entitled to the net worth of such enterprise effectively managed in the Netherlands, other than by way of the holding of securities or, in the case of an individual, through an employment contract, to which enterprise the ordinary shares or payments in respect of the ordinary shares are attributable.

A Non-Dutch Resident that nevertheless falls under any of the paragraphs (i) through (iii) mentioned above, may be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporate income tax on income and capital gains derived from our ordinary shares. In case such holder of our ordinary shares is considered to be a resident of a country other than the Netherlands under the provisions of a double taxation convention the Netherlands has concluded with such country, the following may apply. Such holder of ordinary shares may, depending on the terms of and subject to compliance with the procedures for claiming benefits under such double taxation convention, be eligible for a full or partial exemption from Netherlands taxes (if any) on (deemed) income or capital gains in respect of the ordinary shares, provided such holder is entitled to the benefits of such double taxation convention.

Gift or Inheritance Tax

No Netherlands gift or inheritance taxes will be levied on the transfer of our ordinary shares by way of gift by or on the death of a holder of our ordinary shares, who is neither a resident nor deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purpose of the relevant provisions, unless:

 

  (i) the transfer is construed as an inheritance or bequest or as a gift made by or on behalf of a person who, at the time of the gift or death, is or is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purpose of the relevant provisions; or

 

  (ii) such holder dies while being a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands within 180 days after the date of a gift of the ordinary shares.

For purposes of Netherlands gift and inheritance tax, an individual who is of Dutch nationality will be deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands if he has been a resident in the Netherlands at any time during the ten years preceding the date of the gift or his death.

For purposes of Netherlands gift tax, an individual will, irrespective of his nationality, be deemed to be resident of the Netherlands if he has been a resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12-months preceding the date of the gift.

Value Added Tax

No Netherlands value added tax will be payable by a holder of our ordinary shares in consideration for the offer of the ordinary shares (other than value added taxes on fees payable in respect of services not exempt from Netherlands value added tax).

Other Taxes or Duties

No Netherlands registration tax, custom duty, stamp duty or any other similar tax or duty, other than court fees, will be payable in the Netherlands by a holder of our ordinary shares in respect of or in connection with the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares.

 

-185-


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Goldman, Sachs & Co. is acting as the underwriter for this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s address is 200 West Street, New York, New York 10282. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling shareholder and the underwriter, the selling shareholder has agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase from the selling shareholder the number of ordinary shares set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of
Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriter has agreed to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased.

We and the selling shareholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriter and we have agreed to indemnify the selling shareholder against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The selling shareholder may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act with respect to the shares it is offering for resale.

The underwriter is offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by it, subject to approval of legal matters by its counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the absence of any material adverse change in our business, the receipt by the underwriter of officers’ certificates and certain certificates, letters and opinions from our local and international counsel and our independent auditors. The underwriter reserves the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

The underwriter or its affiliates may have an indirect ownership interest in us through various private equity funds, including funds affiliated with Apollo.

Commissions and Discounts

Goldman, Sachs & Co. has advised us and the selling shareholder that the underwriter proposes initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per ordinary share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to the selling shareholders. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Gross
Without Option
     Gross
With Option
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling shareholder

   $         $         $     

The expenses of the offering, including expenses incurred by the selling shareholder but not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $1,425,000 and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain of its expenses in an amount up to $50,000.

 

-186-


Table of Contents

Purchase Option

The underwriter has been granted an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,251,847 additional shares from Rio Tinto at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount as reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and our officers, directors, Apollo Omega, Bpifrance and the selling shareholder, have agreed with the underwriter not to dispose of or hedge any of their ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares for 45 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., subject to certain exceptions, including an exception to permit a certain volume of sales by Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG during the lock-up period pursuant to any trading plans established pursuant to Rule 10b5-1. See “Ordinary Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Stock Exchange Listings

Our ordinary shares are listed on the NYSE and Euronext Paris under the trading symbol “CSTM.”

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriter and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our ordinary shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the ordinary shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price. Such stabilization transactions may occur at any time prior to the completion of the offering.

In connection with the offering, the underwriter may purchase and sell our ordinary shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriter of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriter’s purchase option described above. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising their purchase option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the purchase option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the purchase option. The underwriter must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of ordinary shares made by the underwriter in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriter’s purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriter may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, neither we the underwriter make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

-187-


Table of Contents

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail. In addition, the underwriter may facilitate Internet distribution for this offering to certain of their Internet subscription customers. The underwriter may allocate a limited number of shares for sale to their online brokerage customers. An electronic prospectus is available on the Internet website maintained by the underwriter. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website is not part of this prospectus.

Other Relationships

The underwriter and its affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking, commercial banking, financial advisory, and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates act in various capacities and/or are lenders under our Term Loan and our U.S. Revolving Credit Facility.

The underwriter may enter into derivative transactions in connection with our shares, acting at the order and for the account of their clients. The underwriter may also purchase some of our shares offered hereby to hedge their risk exposure in connection with these transactions. Such transactions may have an effect on demand, price or offer terms of the offering without, however, creating an artificial demand during the offering.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriter and its affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. If the underwriter or its affiliates have a lending relationship with us, they routinely hedge their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, the underwriter and its affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of a short position in our securities including the ordinary shares offered hereby. Any such short position could adversely affect future trading prices of our ordinary shares. The underwriter and its affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

No Public Offering

No action has been taken or will be taken in any jurisdiction by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of our ordinary shares, or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any other offering or publicity material relating to the ordinary shares, in any country or jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required.

The distribution of this prospectus and the offer of the ordinary shares in any jurisdiction may be restricted by law and therefore persons into whose possession this prospectus comes should inform themselves about and observe any such restrictions, including those in the paragraphs that follow. Any failure to comply with these restrictions may constitute a violation of the securities laws of any such jurisdiction.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area (the “EEA”)

In relation to each Member State of the EEA which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of the ordinary shares has not been and may not be made in that

 

-188-


Table of Contents

Relevant Member State, except that an offer in that Relevant Member State of the ordinary shares may be made at any time to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive, if the qualified investor prospectus exemption has been implemented in that Relevant Member State and provided that no such offer shall result in a requirement for the publication of a prospectus in that Member State.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who receives any communication in respect of, or who acquires any ordinary shares under, the offers contemplated in this prospectus will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with the Lead Manager and the Company that:

 

   

it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive; and

 

   

in the case of any ordinary shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the ordinary shares acquired by it in the Offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, as that term is defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Lead Manager has been given to the offer or resale; or (ii) where ordinary shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those new ordinary shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

For the purposes of the above, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the ordinary shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase the ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means European Union (EU) Directive 2010/73/EC.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Netherlands

We have applied for admission to listing and trading (the “French Admission”) of our ordinary shares on the professional segment of NYSE Euronext Paris. The French Admission has taken place on or around May 27, 2013, based on a prospectus approved by the Dutch Autoriteit Financiële Markten and notified to the French Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”) in accordance with Articles 212-40 and 212-41 of the general regulation of the AMF.

Pursuant to Article 516-19 of the general regulation of the AMF, an investor other than a qualified investor (as defined below), may not purchase our ordinary shares on the professional segment of Euronext Paris unless such investor takes the initiative to do so and has been duly informed by the investment services provider about the characteristics of the professional segment.

No offer of ordinary shares, which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, has been made or will be made in the Netherlands, unless in reliance on Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive and provided:

 

   

such offer is made exclusively to legal entities which are qualified investors (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) in the Netherlands; or

 

   

standard exemption logo and wording are disclosed as required by article 5:20(5) of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act ( Wet op het financieel toezicht , the “FSA”); or

 

   

such offer is otherwise made in circumstances in which article 5:20(5) of the FSA is not applicable.

 

-189-


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a “relevant person”). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ordinary shares described in this prospectus has been approved, registered or filed with the Autorité des Marchés Financiers (the “AMF”) or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the AMF in connection with an offering of the ordinary shares to the public in France. Consequently, the ordinary shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ordinary shares has been or will be:

 

   

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

   

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the ordinary shares to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

   

to qualified investors ( investisseurs qualifiés ) investing for their own account, as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier ; and/or

 

   

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties.

The ordinary shares may be resold directly or indirectly in France, only in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and in particular those relating to a public offering (which are embodied in articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier ).

We have applied for admission to listing and trading (the “French Admission”) of our ordinary shares on the professional segment of NYSE Euronext Paris. The French Admission shall take place on or around May 27, 2013, based on a prospectus approved by the Dutch Autoriteit Financiële Markten and notified to the AMF in accordance with Articles 212-40 and 212-41 of the general regulation of the AMF.

Pursuant to Article 516-19 of the general regulation of the AMF, an investor other than a qualified investor (as defined below), may not purchase our ordinary shares on the professional segment of Euronext Paris unless such investor takes the initiative to do so and has been duly informed by the investment services provider about the characteristics of the professional segment.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The ordinary shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result

 

-190-


Table of Contents

in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ordinary shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ordinary shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”), directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person residing in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ordinary shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ordinary shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Qatar

The shares described in this prospectus have not been, and will not be, offered, sold or delivered, at any time, directly or indirectly in the State of Qatar in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by the Qatar Financial Markets Authority or Qatar Central Bank and may not be publicly distributed. This prospectus is intended for the original recipient only and must not be provided to any other person. It is not for general circulation in the State of Qatar and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Saudi Arabia

No offering, whether directly or indirectly, will be made to an investor in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia unless such offering is in accordance with the applicable laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia and the rules and regulations of the Capital Market Authority, including the Capital Market Law of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The shares will not be marketed or sold in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia by us or the underwriter.

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Office of Securities Regulation issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

-191-


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (UAE), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA), a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC). The offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The ordinary shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (which we refer to as the ‘‘SIX’’) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ordinary shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to us, the offering or the ordinary shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of ordinary shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (which we refer to as the ‘‘FINMA’’), and the offer of ordinary shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (which we refer to as the ‘‘CISA’’). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of ordinary shares.

 

-192-


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the offering relating to U.S. law will be passed upon for us by Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering relating to U.S. and English law will be passed upon for the selling shareholder by Linklaters LLP, London, United Kingdom. The validity of the ordinary shares being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to Dutch law will be passed upon for us and the selling shareholder by Stibbe N.V., Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering relating to U.S. law will be passed upon for the underwriter by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York and relating to Dutch law by NautaDutilh N.V., Amsterdam, the Netherlands.

EXPERTS—SUCCESSOR

The financial statements as of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the incorporation and formation of the Group) of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit S.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The address of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit S.A. is 63 Rue de Villiers, 92208 Neuilly-sur-Seine Cedex, Paris, France.

EXPERTS—PREDECESSOR

The financial statements as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, included in this prospectus, have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph that describes the basis of preparation of the combined financial statements) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting. The address of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is 1250 Rene-Levesque Boulevard West, Suite 2800, Montreal, Quebec, Canada H3B 2G4.

 

-193-


Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENTS OF JUDGMENTS

The ability of our shareholders in certain countries other than the Netherlands to bring an action against us may be limited under applicable law. In connection with the initial public offering we converted from a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) to a public limited liability company ( naamloze vennootschap ) incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands. Most of our executive officers and members of our board of directors, and a substantial number of our employees, are citizens or residents of countries other than the United States. All or a substantial portion of the assets of such persons and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or upon us, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon civil liabilities under the securities laws of the United States or any state or territory within the United States. In addition, there is substantial doubt as to the enforceability, in the Netherlands, of original actions or actions for enforcement based on the federal securities laws of the United States or judgments of U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States.

The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitration awards, in civil and commercial matters. Accordingly, a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by U.S. courts based on civil liability, whether or not predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws, would not be directly enforceable in the Netherlands. However, if the party in whose favor such final judgment is rendered brings a new suit in a competent court in the Netherlands, that party may submit to the Dutch court the final judgment that has been rendered in the United States. A judgment by a federal or state court in the United States against us will neither be recognized nor enforced by a Dutch court but such judgment may serve as evidence in a similar action in a Dutch court. Additionally, under current practice, a Dutch court will generally grant the same judgment without a review of the merits of the underlying claim if (i) that judgment resulted from legal proceedings compatible with Dutch notions of due process, (ii) that judgment does not contravene public policy of the Netherlands and (iii) the jurisdiction of the United States federal or state court has been based on internationally accepted principles of private international law.

Subject to the foregoing and service of process in accordance with applicable treaties, investors may be able to enforce in the Netherlands judgments in civil and commercial matters obtained from U.S. federal or state courts. We believe that U.S. investors may originate actions in a Dutch court. There is doubt as to whether a Dutch court would impose civil liability on us, the members of our board of directors, our officers or certain experts named herein in an original action predicated solely upon the U.S. federal securities laws brought in a court of competent jurisdiction in the Netherlands against us or such members, officers or experts, respectively.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (including amendments and exhibits to the registration statement) on Form F-1 under the Securities Act. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as part of the registration statement. If a document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We are required to file reports and other information with the SEC, including annual reports on Form 20-F within four months from the end of each of our fiscal years, and reports on Form 6-K. You may inspect and copy reports and other information filed with

 

-194-


Table of Contents

the SEC at the Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act.

We also maintain an internet site at http://www.constellium.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto will not be deemed to be incorporated into the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and you should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our ordinary shares.

We will send the transfer agent a copy of all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The transfer agent has agreed to mail to all shareholders a notice containing the information (or a summary of the information) contained in any notice of a meeting of our shareholders received by the transfer agent and will make available to all shareholders such notices and all such other reports and communications received by the transfer agent.

 

-195-


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the three month and nine month periods ended September 30, 2013 and 2012

  

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Income Statement

     F-2   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

     F-3   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

     F-4   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

     F-5   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-6   

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements as of and for the three month and six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012

  

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Income Statement

     F-39   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

     F-40   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

     F-41   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

     F-42   

Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-43   

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-44   

Consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-73   

Consolidated Income Statement

     F-74   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

     F-75   

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

     F-76   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

     F-77   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-78   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-79   

Combined financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-136   

Combined Income Statements

     F-138   

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income/(Loss)

     F-139   

Combined Statements of Financial Position

     F-140   

Combined Statements of Changes in Invested Equity

     F-142   

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

     F-143   

Notes to the Combined Financial Statements

     F-145   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes     Three months
ended

September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended

September 30,
2012

Restated*
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012

Restated*
 

Revenue

    3, 4        862        885        2,689        2,796   

Cost of sales

    5        (748     (786     (2,320     (2,423
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

      114        99        369        373   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

    5        (53     (44     (155     (145

Research and development expenses

    5        (9     (10     (27     (30

Restructuring costs

    20        (4     (5     (6     (15

Other gains/(losses)—net

    7        21        41        (10     (2
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

      69        81        171        181   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

      —          (1     (24     (3
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

    9        7        7        18        11   

Finance costs

    9        (17     (19     (62     (60
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

      (10     (12     (44     (49
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of profit of joint-ventures

    24        3        —          3        —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax

      62        68        106        129   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

    10        (21     (18     (43     (42
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income from continuing operations

      41        50        63        87   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

         

Net Income / (Loss) from discontinued operations

    24        4        (1     4        (2
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

      45        49        67        85   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income attributable to:

         

Owners of the Company

      45        48        66        84   

Non-controlling interests

      —          1        1        1   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

      45        49        67        85   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the
Company
(in Euros per share)

  Notes     Three months
ended

September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended

September 30,
2012

Restated*
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2012

Restated*
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

         

Basic

    11        0.43        0.53        0.69        0.94   

Diluted

    11        0.43        0.53        0.69        0.94   

From continuing operations

         

Basic

    11        0.39        0.55        0.65        0.97   

Diluted

    11        0.39        0.55        0.65        0.97   

From discontinued operations

         

Basic

    11        0.04        (0.02     0.04        (0.03

Diluted

    11        0.04        (0.02     0.04        (0.03

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 25—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes     Three
months
ended
September 30,
2013
    Three
months
ended
September 30,
2012

Restated*
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended

September  30,
2012

Restated*
 

Net Income

      45        49        67        85   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

         

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to Profit or Loss

         

Remeasurement on post-employment benefit obligations

    19        9        (16     59        (82

Deferred tax on remeasurement on post-employment benefit obligations

      (1     4        (5     17   

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to Profit or Loss

         

Currency translation differences

      5        6        1        (2
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

      13        (6     55        (67
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

      58        43        122        18   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Owners of the Company

      58        42        121        17   

Non-controlling interests

      —          1        1        1   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

      58        43        122        18   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 25—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes     At September 30,
2013
    At December  31,
2012

Restated*
 

Assets

     

Non-current assets

     

Intangible assets (including goodwill)

      14        11   

Property, plant and equipment

    12        374        302   

Investments in joint ventures

      1        2   

Deferred income tax assets

      197        205   

Trade receivables and other

    14        67        64   

Other financial assets

    22        6        10   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      659        594   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

     

Inventories

    13        369        385   

Trade receivables and other

    14        547        476   

Other financial assets

    22        26        34   

Cash and cash equivalents

    15        199        142   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      1,141        1,037   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets of disposal Group classified as held for sale

    24        19        —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

      1,819        1,631   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

     

Share capital

    16        2        —     

Share premium account

    16        162        98   

Retained deficit and other reserves

      (173     (139
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

      (9     (41

Non-controlling interests

      3        4   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      (6     (37
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

     

Non-current liabilities

     

Borrowings

    17        332        140   

Trade payables and other

    18        37        26   

Deferred income tax liabilities

      14        11   

Pension and other post-employment benefits obligations

    19        526        611   

Other financial liabilities

    22        39        46   

Provisions

    20        61        89   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      1,009        923   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     

Borrowings

    17        34        18   

Trade payables and other

    18        667        656   

Income taxes payable

      36        14   

Other financial liabilities

    22        30        24   

Provisions

    20        39        33   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      806        745   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities of disposal Group classified as held for sale

    24        10        —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

      1,825        1,668   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

      1,819        1,631   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in Note 25—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2013 Restated*

    —          98        (86     (14     1        (40     (41     4        (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          66        66        1        67   

Other comprehensive income

    —          —          54        1        —          —          55        —          55   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

    —          —          54        1        —          66        121        1        122   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owners:

                 

Share premium distribution

    —          (98     —          —          —          (5     (103     —          (103

MEP shares changes

    —          —          —          —          (1     —          (1     —          (1

Prorata share issuance

    2        —          —          —          —          (2     —          —          —     

Interim dividend distribution

    —          —          —          —          —          (147     (147     —          (147

IPO Primary offering

    —          154        —          —          —          —          154        —          154   

IPO Over-allotment

    —          25        —          —          —          —          25        —          25   

IPO Fees

    —          (17     —          —          —          —          (17     —          (17

Transactions with non-controlling interests

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          (2     (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2013

    2        162        (32     (13     —          (128     (9     3        (6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2012 Restated*

    —          98        (22     (14     2        (179     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    —          —          —            —          84        84        1        85   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          (65     (2     —          —          (67     —          (67
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

    —          —          (65     (2     —          84        17        1        18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owners

                 

Other

    —          —          —          —          2        —          2        —          2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2012 Restated*

    —          98        (87     (16     4        (95     (96     3        (93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation

reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2012 Restated*

    —          98        (22     (14     2        (179     (115     2        (113

Net income

    —          —          —          —          —          139        139        2        141   

Other comprehensive loss

    —          —          (64     —          —          —          (64     —          (64
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

    —          —          (64     —          —          139        75        2        77   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owners

                 

Share equity plan

    —          —          —          —          1        —          1        —          1   

Other

    —          —          —          —          (2     —          (2     —          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012 Restated*

    —          98        (86     (14     1        (40     (41     4        (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 25—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended

September 30,
2012

Restated*
 

Cash flows (used in ) / from operating activities

     

Net income

      67        85   

Less: Net income / (loss) from discontinued operations

      (4     2   

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

      (1     (1

Net income from continuing operations before non-controlling interests

      62        86   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

     

Income tax

    10        43        42   

Finance costs—net

    9        44        49   

Depreciation and impairment

      19        7   

Restructuring costs and other provisions

      (2     8   

Defined benefit pension costs

    19        20        31   

Unrealized gains on derivatives—net and from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

    7        (2     (49

Loss on disposal

    7        4        —     

Share of profit of joint-ventures

    24        (3     —     

Changes in working capital:

     

Inventories

      2        3   

Trade receivables and other

      (64     (22

Trade payables and other

      8        (40

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities:

     

Provisions

    20        (12     (15

Income tax paid

      (8     (11

Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefit obligations

      (32     (30

Net cash flows from operating activities

      79        59   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) / from investing activities

     

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

      (92     (70

Proceeds from disposal

      3        —     

Proceeds from disposal of joint-ventures

    24        4        —     

Proceeds from finance lease

      5        6   

Other investing activities

      (1     (14
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

      (81     (78
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

     

Net proceeds received from issuance of shares

    16        162        —     

Interim dividend paid

    16        (147     —     

Withholding tax paid

      (20     —     

Distribution of share premium to owners of the Company

    16        (103     —     

Interests paid

      (29     (22

Net cash flows from factoring

    14        —          30   

Proceeds received from Term Loan

    17        351        154   

Repayment of Term Loan

    17        (156     (148

Proceeds from other loans

    17        13        —     

Payment of deferred financing costs and debt fees

    17        (8     (15

Transactions with non-controlling interests

      (2     —     

Other financing activities

      3        —     

Changes related to discontinued activity

      —          (3
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from / (used in) financing activities

      64        (4
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

      62        (23

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    15        142        113   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

      (1     (3
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

      203        87   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Cash and cash equivalents classified as held for sale

    24        (4     —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents as reported in the Statement of Financial Position

    15        199        87   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents
* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 25—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—GENERAL INFORMATION

Constellium is a global leader in the design and manufacture of a broad range of innovative specialty rolled and extruded aluminum products, serving primarily the aerospace, packaging and automotive end-markets. The Group has a strategic footprint of manufacturing facilities located in the United States, Europe and China, operates 23 production facilities, 10 administrative and commercial sites and one R&D center and has approximately 8,400 employees.

In connection with the initial public offering explained hereafter, the Company was converted from a private company with limited liability (Constellium Holdco B.V.) into a public company with limited liability (Constellium N.V.). On May 16, 2013, the Group increased its shares nominal value from €0.01 to €0.02 per share.

The business address (head office) of Constellium N.V. is Tupolevlaan 41-61, 1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk, the Netherlands.

Initial public offering

On May 22, 2013, Constellium completed an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of Class A ordinary shares; the shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on May 23, 2013, and on the professional segment of Euronext Paris on May 27, 2013.

Constellium offered a total of 13,333,333 of its Class A ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share and the selling shareholders offered 8,888,889 of Class A ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share. The underwriters have exercised their over-allotment option to purchase an additional 2,251,306 Class A Ordinary shares at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. The exercise of the IPO over-allotment option brought the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in the initial public offering to 24,473,528.

The total proceeds received by the Company from the IPO were €179 million. Fees related to the IPO amounted to €44 million, of which €17 million were accounted for as a deduction to share premium and €27 million expensed of which €24 million were incurred in the second quarter of 2013 and recognized in Other expenses.

The Company conducted the IPO in order to provide liquidity for existing shareholders, to enhance its profile through a public market listing and to raise funds to increase its financial flexibility. Constellium intends to use the net proceeds of the IPO for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital, capital expenditures, repayment of debt and funding acquisition opportunities that may become available from time to time.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1. Statement of compliance

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements present the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, Income Statement, Statement of Comprehensive Income, Cash Flows and Changes in Equity of the Group as of September 30, 2013, for the three months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2013 and 2012. They are prepared in accordance with IAS 34—Interim financial reporting .

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements do not include all the information and disclosures required in the annual Financial Statements. They should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, approved by the Board of Directors on March 13, 2013 and authorized in respect of the pro rata share issuance on May 16, 2013.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on November 13, 2013.

2.2. Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

Standards and interpretations with an application date for the Group as of January 1, 2013:

In addition to the application of the amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income”, the following were applied as of January 1, 2013:

IAS 19 Revised changes the accounting for defined benefit plans and termination benefits. The most significant change relates to the accounting for changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets. The amendments require the recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in fair value of plan assets when they occur, and hence eliminate the “corridor approach” permitted under the previous version of IAS 19 and accelerate the recognition of past service costs. The amendments require all actuarial gains and losses to be recognized immediately through other comprehensive income in order for the net pension asset or liability recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position to reflect the full value of the plan deficit or surplus. Furthermore, the interest cost and expected return on plan assets used in the previous version of IAS 19 are replaced with a “net interest” amount, which is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The impacts of the application of IAS 19 revised are disclosed in Note 25—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” supersedes SIC-12 and IAS 27 with respect to the consolidated financial statements. This standard deals with the consolidation of subsidiaries and structured entities, and redefines control which is the basis of consolidation. The application of this standard on the Group’s consolidation scope has no effect on the Group’s financial statements.

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements “supersedes IAS 31 and SIC-13. This standard deals with the accounting for joint arrangements. The definition of joint control is based on the existence of an arrangement and the unanimous consent of the parties which share the control. There are two types of joint arrangements:

 

 

joint ventures: the joint venture has rights to the net assets of the entity to be accounted for using the equity method, and

 

 

joint operations: the parties to joint operations have direct rights to the assets and direct obligations for the liabilities of the entities which should be accounted for as arising from the arrangement.

The application of IFRS 11 has no effect on the Group’s financial statements.

IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities” supersedes disclosures requirements previously included in IAS 27, IAS 28 and IAS 31. This standard includes all the disclosures related to subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates, consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.

IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” applies to IFRS that require or permit fair value measurements or disclosures about fair value measurement. It:

 

 

defines fair value;

 

 

sets out a framework for measuring fair value; and

 

 

requires disclosures about fair value measurements, including the fair value hierarchy already set out in IFRS 7.

The Group periodically estimates the impact of credit risk on its derivative instruments aggregated by counterparties. When the aggregate derivative position is a liability, the credit risk is covered by margin calls and is therefore deemed insignificant. When the aggregate derivative position is an asset, the Group calculates the credit impact based on available external data.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

2.3. Basis of preparation

In accordance with IAS 1—Presentation of Financial Statements , the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the assumption that Constellium is a going concern and will continue in operation for the foreseeable future (at least for the 12-month period starting from September 30, 2013).

2.4. Principles governing the preparation of the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements are consistent with those adopted and disclosed in the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statement for the year ended December 31, 2012, with the exception of the application of IAS 19—Employee Benefits (as revised in 2011) as explained in NOTE 2.2 and the application of the effective tax rate.

The following table summarizes the main exchange rates used for the preparation of the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group:

 

            Nine months ended September 30,
2013
    

Nine months ended

September 30, 2012

    

Year ended

December 31, 2012

 

Foreign exchange rate for 1 Euro

            Average rate          Closing rate          Average rate          Closing rate    

US dollars

     USD         1.3165         1.3504         1.2803         1.3220   

Swiss Francs

     CHF         1.2312         1.2225         1.2042         1.2070   

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in millions of Euros.

2.5. Seasonality of operations

Due to the seasonal nature of the Group’s operations, the Group would typically expect higher revenues and operating profits in the first half of the year compared to the second half.

2.6. Judgments in applying accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) requires the Group to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the financial statements.

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, rarely be equal to the related actual results. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates, the effect of which is recognized in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known.

In preparing these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements, the significant judgments made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were those applied to the Consolidated Financial Statements as of, and for the year ended December 31, 2012. In addition, in the preparation of the interim financial statements and in accordance with IAS 34, the Group applied a projected tax rate to these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the full financial year 2013.

The Group did not identify any triggering event that required it to perform a specific impairment test as of September 2013.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTE 3—OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has defined Constellium’s operating segments based upon product lines, markets and industries it serves, and prepares and reports operating segment information to the Constellium chief operating decision maker (CODM). On that basis, there is no difference with the last annual financial statements in the basis of segmentation or in the basis of measurement of segment profit and loss.

Segment Revenue for the three month period ended September 30

 

     Three months ended September 30, 2013      Three months ended September 30, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third and
related
parties
     Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third  and
related
parties
 

A&T

     292         (2     290         284         (2     282   

P&ARP

     372         (2     370         398         (2     396   

AS&I

     203         (13     190         221         (14     207   

Holdings & Corporate

     12         —          12         —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     879         (17     862         903         (18     885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Management Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

A&T

     15        9   

P&ARP

     21        23   

AS&I

     13        9   

Holdings & Corporate

     1        (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management adjusted EBITDA

     50        31   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     —          10   

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation

     —          (8

Restructuring costs

     (4     (5

Unrealized gains on derivatives

     34        58   

Unrealized exchange (loss) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     (1     —     

Depreciation and impairment

     (10     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     69        81   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

     —          (1

Finance costs—net

     (10     (12

Share of profit of joint-ventures

     3        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax

     62        68   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (21     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income from continuing operations

     41        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) from discontinued operations

     4        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     45        49   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Segment capital expenditure

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012

Restated
 

A&T

     (12     (8

P&ARP

     (8     (6

AS&I

     (15     (9

Holdings & Corporate

     (2     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

     (37     (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Revenue for the nine month period ended September 30

 

     Nine months ended September 30, 2013      Nine months ended September 30, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third  and
related
parties
     Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third  and
related
parties
 

A&T

     910         (6     904         921         (5     916   

P&ARP

     1,165         (6     1,159         1,211         (6     1,205   

AS&I

     654         (42     612         702         (39     663   

Holdings & Corporate

     14         —          14         12         —          12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     2,743         (54     2,689         2,846         (50     2,796   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Management Adjusted EBITDA to Net Income

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Nine months  ended
September 30, 2013
    Nine months  ended
September 30, 2012
Restated
 

A&T

     80        65   

P&ARP

     64        64   

AS&I

     40        32   

Holdings & Corporate

     3        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management adjusted EBITDA

     187        160   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     11        10   

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation

     —          (8

Swiss pension plan settlement

     —          (8

Restructuring costs

     (6     (15

Losses on disposal

     (4     —     

Unrealized gains on derivatives

     2        50   

Unrealized exchange (loss) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     —          (1

Depreciation and impairment

     (19     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     171        181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

     (24     (3

Finance costs—net

     (44     (49

Share of profit of joint-ventures

     3        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax

     106        129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (43     (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income from continuing operations

     63        87   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) from discontinued operations

     4        (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income

     67        85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment capital expenditure

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended September 30,
2012
 

A&T

     (31     (27

P&ARP

     (20     (17

AS&I

     (37     (25

Holdings & Corporate

     (4     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

     (92     (70
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets

Segment assets are comprised of total assets of Constellium by segment, less investments in joint ventures, deferred tax assets, other financial assets (including cash and cash equivalents) and assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale.

The amounts provided to the CODM with respect to segment assets are measured in a manner consistent with that of our interim consolidated statement of financial position.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

There has been no material change in total assets from the amount reported in the last annual consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 4—INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA

The Group reports information by geographic area as follows: revenues from third and related parties are based on destination of shipments and property, plant and equipment are based on the physical location of the assets.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended September 30,
2013
     Three months
ended September 30,
2012
 

Revenue—third and related parties

  

France

     115         134   

Germany

     237         248   

United Kingdom

     98         95   

Switzerland

     19         26   

Other Europe

     190         173   

United States

     119         112   

Canada

     12         14   

Asia and Other Pacific

     33         40   

All Other

     39         43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     862         885   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
     Nine months
ended September 30,
2012
 

Revenue—third and related parties

  

France

     410         461   

Germany

     741         786   

United Kingdom

     291         268   

Switzerland

     66         77   

Other Europe

     568         563   

United States

     329         362   

Canada

     39         42   

Asia and Other Pacific

     106         99   

All Other

     139         138   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,689         2,796   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At
September 30,
2013
     At
December 31,
2012
 

Property, plant and equipment

  

France

     158         134   

Germany

     78         58   

Switzerland

     23         15   

Czech Republic

     16         14   

Other Europe

     2         1   

United States

     94         77   

All Other

     3         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     374         302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTE 5—EXPENSES BY NATURE

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Raw materials and consumables used (A)

        (468     (502

Employee benefit expenses

     6         (162     (168

Energy costs

        (36     (28

Repairs and maintenance expenses

        (20     (22

Sub-contractors

        (19     (14

Freight out costs

        (18     (17

Consulting and audit fees

        (14     (8

Operating supplies (non capitalized purchases of manufacturing consumables)

        (16     (12

Operating lease expenses

        (5     (7

Depreciation and impairment

     12         (10     (5

Other expenses

        (42     (57
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

        (810     (840
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Nine months ended
September 30,

2013
    Nine months ended
September 30,

2012 Restated
 

Raw materials and consumables used (A)

        (1,450     (1,533

Employee benefit expenses

     6         (504     (520

Energy costs

        (114     (102

Repairs and maintenance expenses

        (60     (66

Sub-contractors

        (59     (51

Freight out costs

        (55     (50

Consulting and audit fees

        (36     (28

Operating supplies (non capitalized purchases of manufacturing consumables)

        (47     (43

Operating lease expenses

        (14     (12

Depreciation and impairment

     12         (19     (7

Other expenses

        (144     (186
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

        (2,502     (2,598
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The Company manages fluctuations in raw materials prices in order to protect manufacturing margins through the purchase of derivative instruments (see NOTE 21—Financial Risk Management and NOTE 22—Financial Instruments).

These expenses are split as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Cost of sales

     (748     (786

Selling and administrative expenses

     (53     (44

Research and development expenses

     (9     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

     (810     (840
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-15


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Cost of sales

     (2,320     (2,423

Selling and administrative expenses

     (155     (145

Research and development expenses

     (27     (30
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

     (2,502     (2,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 6—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Wages and salaries (A)

        (151     (157

Pension costs—defined benefit plans

     19         (7     (8

Other post-employment benefits

     19         (4     (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Employee benefit expenses

        (162     (168
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Wages and salaries (A)

        (473     (486

Pension costs—defined benefit plans

     19         (21     (23

Other post-employment benefits

     19         (10     (11
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Employee benefit expenses

        (504     (520
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Wages and salaries exclude restructuring costs and include social security contributions.

NOTE 7—OTHER GAINS/(LOSSES)—NET

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Realized losses on derivatives

        (11     (20

Unrealized gains on derivatives at fair value through Profit and Loss—net (A)

        34        58   

Unrealized exchange loss from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

        (1     —     

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     19         —          10   

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation (B)

        —          (8

Other—net

        (1     1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other gains/(losses)—net

        21        41   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Realized losses on derivatives

        (23     (44

Unrealized gains on derivatives at fair value through Profit and Loss—net (A)

        2        50   

Unrealized exchange loss from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

        —          (1

Swiss pension plan settlement

     19         —          (8

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     19         11        10   

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation (B)

        —          (8

Losses on disposal (C)

        (4     —     

Other—net

        4        (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other gains/(losses)—net

        (10     (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The gains are made up of unrealized losses or gains on derivatives entered into with the purpose of mitigating exposure to volatility in foreign currency and LME prices (refer to NOTE 21—Financial Risk Management for a description of the Group’s risk management).
(B) During the third quarter of 2012, Constellium Ravenswood Rolled Products entered into a period of renegotiation of the Collective bargaining agreement (“CBA”). The negotiation and the settlement of the new CBA involved additional costs which would not be incurred in the ordinary course of business.
(C) The sale of the Group’s plants in Ham and Saint Florentin, France was completed on May 31, 2013. These two plants, which specialize in the production of soft alloys extrusions mainly for the building and construction market in France, are part of the Automotive Structures and Industry segment and together generated revenues of €95 million and a non significant contribution to the profit of the Group for year 2012.

NOTE 8—CURRENCY GAINS/(LOSSES)

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes     Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Included in Cost of sales

       (2     1   

Included in Other gains—net

       15        18   

Included in Finance costs

     9        (2     (3
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       11        16   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized exchange losses on foreign currency derivatives—net

       —          (8

Unrealized exchange gains on foreign currency derivatives—net

       8        25   

Exchange gains/(loss) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

       3        (1
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       11        16   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes     Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Included in Cost of sales

       (1     2   

Included in Other gains—net

       11        3   

Included in Finance costs

     9        (1     (18
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       9        (13
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized exchange losses on foreign currency derivatives—net

       —          (18

Unrealized exchange gains on foreign currency derivatives—net

       4        10   

Exchange gains/(losses) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

       5        (5
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       9        (13
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

See NOTE 21—Financial Risk Management and NOTE 22—Financial Instruments for further information regarding the Company’s foreign currency derivatives and hedging activities.

NOTE 9—FINANCE COSTS—NET

Finance costs—net are comprised of the following items:

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes   Three months
ended September 30,
2013
    Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Finance income:

     

Realized and unrealized exchange gains on financing activities—net

  8     7        7   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance income

      7        7   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs:

     

Interest expense on borrowings and factoring arrangements (A)

  14, 17     (8     (8

Realized and unrealized losses on debt derivatives at fair value (B)

      (9     (2

Realized and unrealized exchange losses on financing activities—net

  8     —          (8

Miscellaneous other interest expense

      —          (1
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance costs

      (17     (19
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

      (10     (12
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-18


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
    Nine months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Finance income:

       

Realized and unrealized gains on debt derivatives at fair value (B)

        4        —     

Realized and unrealized exchange gains on financing activities—net

     8         12        7   

Other finance income

        2        4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance income

        18        11   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs:

       

Interest expense on borrowings and factoring arrangements (A)(C)(D)

     14, 17         (45     (32

Realized and unrealized losses on debt derivatives at fair value (B)

        (12     (13

Realized and unrealized exchange losses on financing activities—net

     8         (5     (12

Miscellaneous other interest expense

        —          (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance costs

        (62     (60
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        (44     (49
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Includes: (i) interest related to the new Term Loan and the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (see NOTE 17—Borrowings); and (ii) interest and amortization of deferred financing costs related to the trade accounts receivable factoring programs (see NOTE 14—Trade Receivables and Other).
(B) The gain and loss recognized reflects the positive and negative changes in the fair value of the cross currency interest rate swaps.
(C) Includes: interest related to the previous Term Loan.
(D) Includes exit fee relating to the termination of the previous Term Loan for €(8) million and €(13) million arrangement fees also relating to the previous Term Loan not amortized under the effective interest rate method and fully recognized as financial expenses during the period to September 30, 2013 (see NOTE 17—Borrowings).

NOTE 10—INCOME TAX

Income tax expense is recognized based on the best estimate of the weighted average annual income tax rate expected for the full financial year (30% for 2013). The tax rate applied as of September 30, 2013 is impacted by non-recurring transactions and subject to country mix effect.

NOTE 11—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended September 30,
2013
     Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Net Profit/(Loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

     45         48   

Earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share

     45         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

     41         49   

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

     4         (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
     Nine months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

Net Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

     66         84   

Earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share

     66         84   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

     62         86   

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

     4         (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of shares—see NOTE 16—Share Capital

On May 16, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors declared an issuance of an additional 22.8 shares for each outstanding share. Our earnings per share numbers have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this pro rata issuance of shares.

 

       Three months
ended September 30,
2013
     Three months
ended September 30,
2012
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate basic earnings per share (A)

     104,063,463         89,442,416   

Effect of other dilutive potential ordinary shares (B)

     963,592         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share

     105,027,055         89,442,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

       Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
     Nine months
ended September 30,
2012
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate basic earnings per share (A)

     96,297,003         89,442,416   

Effect of other dilutive potential ordinary shares (B)

     487,233         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share

     96,784,236         89,442,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Based on the total number of all classes of shares (former “A”, “B1” and “B2”) until the IPO and on the total number of ordinary A shares from the IPO. Ordinary B shares are granted to the MEP participants. Since the IPO, at the request of the MEP participants in certain circumstances, Constellium N.V. is committed to repurchase these shares before the end of their vesting period. Accordingly, ordinary B shares are excluded from the calculation of the weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate the basic earnings per share.
(B) As B shares give rights to profit allocation and dividends, they are dilutive.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Earnings per share

 

(in Euros per share)

   Three months
ended September 30,
2013
     Three months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

     

Basic

     0.43         0.53   

Diluted

     0.43         0.53   

From continuing operations

     

Basic

     0.39         0.55   

Diluted

     0.39         0.55   

From discontinued operations

     

Basic

     0.04         (0.02

Diluted

     0.04         (0.02
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in Euros per share)

   Nine months
ended September 30,
2013
     Nine months
ended September 30,
2012 Restated
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

     

Basic

     0.69         0.94   

Diluted

     0.69         0.94   

From continuing operations

     

Basic

     0.65         0.97   

Diluted

     0.65         0.97   

From discontinued operations

     

Basic

     0.04         (0.03

Diluted

     0.04         (0.03
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 12—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment balances and movements are comprised as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Land and
Property
Rights
     Buildings     Machinery
and
Equipment
    Construction
Work in
Progress
    Other     Total  

Net balance at January 1, 2013

     —           20        154        115        13        302   

Additions

     —           1        18        80        —          99   

Disposals

     —           —          (3     (1     —          (4

Depreciation expense

     —           (1     (14     —          (1     (16

Impairment losses

     —           —          —          —          —          —     

Transfer during the period

     1         2        49        (55     —          (3

Reclassified as Assets held for sale

     —           (1     —          —          —          (1

Exchange rate movements

     —           —          (2     (1     —          (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at September 30, 2013

     1         21        202        138        12        374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At September 30, 2013

             

Cost

     1         23        226        138        16        404   

Less accumulated depreciation and impairment

     —           (2     (24     —          (4     (30
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at September 30, 2013

     1         21        202        138        12        374   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTE 13—INVENTORIES

Inventories are comprised of the following:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At September 30,
2013
    At December 31,
2012
 

Finished goods

     93        113   

Work in progress

     148        148   

Raw materials

     115        114   

Stores and supplies

     20        20   

Net Realizable Value adjustment

     (7     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventories

     369        385   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 14—TRADE RECEIVABLES AND OTHER

Trade receivables and other are comprised of the following:

 

     At September 30, 2013     At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-current      Current     Non-current      Current  

Trade receivables—third parties—gross

     —           444        —           388   

Impairment allowance

     —           (3     —           (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables—third parties—net

     —           441        —           385   

Trade receivables—related parties

     —           1        —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     —           442        —           386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance lease receivables

     27         5        36         6   

Deferred financing costs—net of amounts amortized

     4         3        7         3   

Deferred tooling related costs

     3         16        3         11   

Other (A)

     33         81        18         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other receivables

     67         105        64         90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables and Other

     67         547        64         476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Includes at September 30, 2013 (i) €1 million (€5 million at December 31, 2012) cash pledged to financial counterparties for the issuance of guarantees (cash will remain restricted for as long as the guarantees remain issued by the financial counterparties) and (ii) €8 million (€8 million at December 31, 2012) relating to a pledge given to the State of West Virginia as a guarantee for certain workers’ compensation obligations for which the company is self-insured.

Aging

The aging of total trade receivables—net is as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At September 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Current

     425         371   

1 – 30 days past due

     14         11   

30 – 60 days past due

     2         2   

61 – 90 days past due

     1         —     

Greater than 91 days past due

     —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     442         386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of total Trade receivables—net by currency is shown in Euro equivalents as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At September 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Euro

     245         213   

US Dollar

     173         153   

Swiss franc

     11         7   

Other currencies

     13         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     442         386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Factoring arrangements

On January 4, 2011, the Group entered into five-year factoring arrangements with third parties for the sale of certain of the Group’s accounts receivable in Germany, Switzerland and France. Under these programs, Constellium agrees to sell to the factor eligible accounts receivable, for working capital purposes, up to a maximum financing amount of €300 million, allocated as follows:

 

 

€100 million collectively available to Germany and Switzerland; and

 

 

€200 million available to France.

Under these arrangements, the accounts receivable are sold with recourse. Sales of these receivables do not qualify for derecognition under IAS 39—Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , as the Group retains substantially all of the associated risks and rewards.

The Group entered into specific arrangements with certain of its customers in connection with its factoring agreements in order for the factor to purchase receivables on a non-recourse basis and to allow the derecognition of some receivables.

The total carrying amount of the original assets factored as of September 2013 is €278 million (December 31, 2012: €337 million), of which €244 million (December 31, 2012: €286 million) is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. As at September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was no amount due to the factor relating to trade account receivables sold.

Interest costs and other fees

During the three months ended September 30, 2013, Constellium incurred €2.3 million (three months ended September 30, 2012: €3.0 million) in interest and other fees from these arrangements that are included as finance costs (see NOTE 9—Finance Costs—Net).

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013, Constellium incurred €7.1 million (nine months ended September 30, 2012: €10 million) in interest and other fees from these arrangements that are included as finance costs (see NOTE 9—Finance Costs—Net).

Covenants

The factoring arrangements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants, including relating to the administration and collection of the assigned receivables, the terms of the invoices and the exchange of information, but do not contain restrictive financial covenants other than a Group level minimum liquidity covenant that is tested quarterly. The Group was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of and for the period ended September 30, 2013.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTE 15—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At September 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Cash in bank and on hand

     199         140   

Deposits

     —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cash and cash equivalents

     199         142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2013, cash in bank and on hand includes a total of €7 million held by subsidiaries that operate in countries where capital control restrictions prevent the balances from being available for general use by the Group (€5 million as at December 31, 2012).

NOTE 16—SHARE CAPITAL

 

     Number of shares      In millions of Euros  
     “A”
Shares
    “B1”
Shares
    “B2”
Shares
    “B”
Shares
    Preference
Shares
     Share
capital
     Share
premium
 

Issued and fully paid

                

As of January 1, 2013

     3,697,197        13,666        78,018        —          —           —           98   

Shares converted during the six months ended June 30, 2013

     —          24,526        (24,526     —          —           —           —     

Share premium distribution (March 28, 2013) (A)

     —          —          —          —          —           —           (98

Preference shares issuance (B)

     —          —          —          —          5         —           —     

MEP shares cancellation

     (15,938     (2,441     (12,986     —          —           —           —     

Pro rata share issuance (C)

     83,945,965        815,252        923,683        —          —           2         —     

Shares conversions (D)

     851,003        (851,003     (964,189     964,189        —           —           —     

IPO primary offering (E)

     13,333,333        —          —          —          —           —           154   

IPO Over-allotment (E)

     2,251,306        —          —          —          —           —           25   

IPO fees (E)

     —          —          —          —          —           —           (17

Shares converted during the three months ended September 30, 2013

     8,949        —          —          (8,949     —           —        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of September 30, 2013

     104,071,815        —          —          955,240        5         2         162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012—after pro rata share issuance

     87,627,224        851,003        964,189        —          —           —           —     

 

(A) On March 13, 2013, the Board of directors approved a distribution to the Company’s shareholders. On March 28, 2013 a distribution was made of €103 million. On May 21, 2013 an interim dividend was paid for €147 million on preference shares.
(B) On May 16, 2013, the Group issued preference shares to its existing shareholders and repurchased them for no consideration after the dividend payment.
(C) On May 16, 2013, the Group effected a pro rata share issuance of ordinary shares to the existing shareholders which was implemented through the issuance of 22.8 new ordinary shares to each outstanding ordinary shares. 1
(D) On May 21, 2013, each share A and B1 was converted into one Ordinary Share Class A and each share B2 was converted into one Ordinary Share Class B (the “Share Conversions”).

 

1  

This pro rata share issuance has been retroactively effected in the earnings per share calculation as described in NOTE 11-Earnings Per Share.

 

F-24


Table of Contents
(E) The Group completed an initial public offering (the “IPO”). For further information on this operation, please refer to NOTE 1—General Information.

 

At September 30, 2013

   Class “A” and
“B” Shares
     %  

Apollo Funds

     37,810,518         36.00

Rio Tinto

     28,913,925         27.53

Free Float

     20,028,040         19.07

FSI

     12,846,969         12.23

Other

     5,427,603         5.17
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     105,027,055         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

   Class “A”
Shares

After pro
rata

share
issuance (C)
     %     Class “A”
Shares

Before pro rata
share issuance
 

Apollo Funds

     42,847,555         48.90     1,800,045   

Rio Tinto

     32,765,777         37.39     1,376,505   

FSI

     8,401,481         9.59     352,950   

Other

     3,612,411         4.12     167,697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     87,627,224         100     3,697,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 17—BORROWINGS

 

     At September 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Interest
rate
    Non-
current
     Current      Interest
rate
    Non-
current
     Current  

New floating rate term loan facility (due March 2020) (A)

               

In U.S. Dollar

     6.48     256         2         —          —           —     

In Euro

     7.33     72         1         —          —           —     

Constellium Holdco B.V. and Constellium France SAS

               

Previous floating rate term loan facility (B)

               

Constellium Holdco B.V.

     —          —           —           11.8     136         2   

U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (C)

               

Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC

     3.13     —           29         3.21     —           16   

Others

               

Other miscellaneous

     —          4         2         —          4         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Borrowings

     —          332         34         —          140         18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Represents amounts drawn under the new term loan facility totaling €340 million net of financing costs related to the issuance of the debt totaling €9 million at September 30, 2013.
(B) Represents amounts drawn under the previous term loan facility totaling €138 million net of financing costs related to the issuance of the debt totaling €13 million at December 31, 2012. This facility was repaid on March 25, 2013.
(C) Represents amounts drawn under the revolving line of credit totaling €29 million at September 30, 2013 (€16 million at December 31, 2012).

 

F-25


Table of Contents

New Floating rate term loan facility

On March 25, 2013, Constellium Holdco B.V. entered into a $210 million (equivalent to €156 million at the period end exchange rate) and €45 million seven-year floating rate term loan facility maturing in March 2020. The proceeds were primarily used to repay the previous variable rate term loan facility entered into on May 25, 2012, which was therefore terminated as discussed below.

At the same date, Constellium France entered into a $150 million (equivalent to €111 million at the period end exchange rate) and €30 million seven-year floating rate term loan facility maturing in March 2020.

The term loan is guaranteed by certain of the Group subsidiaries. The term loan facility includes negative, affirmative and financial covenants.

Interest

The interest rate under both U.S. Dollar term loan facilities is the applicable U.S. Dollar interest rate (U.S. Dollar Libor) for the interest period subject to a floor of 1.25% per annum, plus a margin of 4.75% per annum. The interest rate under both Euro term loan facilities is the applicable Euro interest rate (Euribor) for the interest period subject to a floor of 1.25% per annum, plus a margin of 5.25% per annum.

Foreign exchange Exposure

It is the policy of Constellium to hedge all non functional currency loans and deposits. In line with this policy the U.S. Dollar loans were hedged through cross currency interest rate swaps and rolling foreign exchange forwards. The cross currency swaps have a negative fair value of €23M at September 30, 2013. Changes in the fair value of hedges related to this translation exposure are recognized within financial costs in the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Income Statement.

Financing cost

A $2 million (equivalent to €1 million at the issue date of the Term Loan) and €1 million original issue discount (OID) were deducted from the Term Loan. Constellium Holdco B.V. received a net amount of $209 million (€162 million at the issue date of the Term Loan) and €45 million. Constellium France received a net amount of $149 million (€115 million at the issue date of the Term Loan) and €30 million. In addition, the Group incurred debt fees of €8 million. Debt fees and OID are integrated into the effective interest rate of the Term Loan. Interest expenses are included in finance costs.

Covenants

The Term Loan contains customary terms and conditions, including amongst other things, negative covenants limiting the Group’s ability to incur debt, grant liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make investments, loans and advances, make acquisitions, sell assets, pay dividends and other restricted payments, prepay certain debt, merge, consolidate or amalgamate and engage in affiliate transactions.

In addition, the Term Loan requires the Group to maintain a ratio of consolidated secured net debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Term Loan agreement). The Group was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of and for the period ended September 30, 2013.

Previous Floating rate term loan facility

The previous Term Loan was repaid in full on March 25, 2013. All unamortized exit fees and arrangement fees relating to this Term Loan were recognized as financial expenses for €(8) million and €(13) million respectively during the period ended September 30, 2013.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

U.S. Revolving Credit Facility

At September 30, 2013, the Group had $50 million (equivalent to €37 million at the period closing end rate) of unused borrowing availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (at December 31, 2012: $66 million, equivalent to €50 million at the period closing end rate).

Covenants and restrictions

This facility contains a minimum availability covenant that requires Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC to maintain excess availability of at least the greater of (a) $10 million and (b) 10% of the aggregate revolving loan commitments. It also contains customary events of default. Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of September 30, 2013.

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of total non-current and current borrowings due to third and related parties (net of unamortized debt financing costs) in Euro equivalents is denominated in the currencies shown below:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At September 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

U.S. Dollar

     287         153   

Euro

     79         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings net of unamortized debt financing costs

     366         158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 18—TRADE PAYABLES AND OTHER

Trade payables and other are comprised of the following:

 

     At September 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-current      Current      Non-current      Current  

Trade payables

           

Third parties

     —           404         —           397   

Related parties

     —           87         —           85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade payables

     —           491         —           482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other payables

     2         24         1         18   

Employees’ entitlements

     16         125         5         144   

Deferred revenue

     19         11         20         10   

Taxes payable other than income tax

     —           16         —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other

     37         176         26         174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade payables and Other

     37         667         26         656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 19—PENSION AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

Implementation of IAS 19 Revised

See NOTE 2.2—Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and NOTE 25—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

Main events of the period (related impact being recorded in Other gains/(losses)—net, see NOTE 7)

 

   

In 2012 and 2013 the Group implemented certain plan amendments that had the effect of reducing benefits for the participants in the Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood Retiree Medical and Life Insurance Plan. These amendments resulted in the immediate recognition of negative past service cost of €11 million in the second quarter of 2013 and of €10 million in the third quarter of 2012. In accordance with IAS 19 Revised, the prior service costs were fully recognized during the third quarter 2012 in the 2012 restated financial statements.

 

   

Swiss pension plan settlement: during the first quarter of 2012, the Group withdrew from the foundation which administered its employee benefit plans in Switzerland and joined a commercial multi-employer foundation. This change led to a partial liquidation which triggered a settlement. Consequently, related assets and liabilities were transferred to the new foundation and employees’ benefits were also adjusted. The settlement resulted in an €8 million.

Actuarial assumptions

Pension and other post-employment benefit obligations were updated based on the discount rates applicable as of September 30, 2013. Assumptions used (as summarized below) resulted in a €58 million actuarial gain recognized in Other Comprehensive Income.

 

       At September  30,
2013
    At December  31,
2012
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Discount
rate
    Discount
rate
 

Switzerland

     2.40     1.95

United States

    

Hourly pension

     5.00     4.15

Salaried pension

     5.15     4.35

OPEB

     4.85     4.05

France

     3.40     3.20

Germany

     3.40     3.20

Amounts recognized in the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

     At September 30, 2013     At December 31, 2012
Restated
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total  

Present value of funded obligation

     (494     —          (494     (533     —          (533

Fair value of plan assets

     273        —          273        267        —          267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deficit of funded plans

     (221     —          (221     (266     —          (266

Present value of unfunded obligation

     (105     (200     (305     (111     (234     (345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability arising from defined benefit obligations

     (326     (200     (526     (377     (234     (611
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Amounts recognized in the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Income Statement

 

     Three months ended
September 30, 2013
    Three months  ended
September 30, 2012
Restated
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total  

Service cost

            

Current service cost

     (4     (1     (5     (3     —          (3

Past service cost

     —          —          —          —          10        10   

Curtailments

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Losses arising from plan settlements

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net interests

     (3     (3     (6     (5     (2     (7

Immediate recognition of gains arising over the period

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Other gains

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (costs)/income recognized in the Interim Consolidated Income Statement

     (7     (4     (11     (8     8        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Nine months ended
September 30, 2013
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2012

Restated
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total  

Service cost

            

Current service cost

     (12     (4     (16     (12     (3     (15

Past service cost

     —          11        11        20        10        30   

Curtailments

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Losses arising from plan settlements

     —          —          —          (28     —          (28

Net interests

     (9     (6     (15     (11     (7     (18

Immediate recognition of gains arising over the period

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Other gains

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (costs)/income recognized in the Interim Consolidated Income Statement

     (21     1        (20     (31     —          (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The expenses shown in this table are included as employee costs in the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Income Statement within employee benefit expense and in Other gains/(losses)—net (see NOTE 6—Employee Benefit Expenses and NOTE 7—Other Gains/(Losses)—Net).

During the third quarter of 2012, the Group implemented certain plan amendments that had the effect of reducing benefits of the participants in the Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood Retiree Medical and Life Insurance Plan. In February 2013, five Constellium retirees and the United Steelworkers union filed a class action lawsuit against Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC in a federal district court in West Virginia, alleging that Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC improperly modified retiree health benefits. The Groups believe that these claims are unfounded, and that Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC had a legal and contractual right to make the applicable modification.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTE 20—PROVISIONS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Close down
and
environmental
restoration
costs
    Restructuring
costs
    Legal claims
and other
costs
    Total  

At January 1, 2013

     56        19        47        122   

Additional provisions

     —          5        5        10   

Amounts used

     (1     (7     (7     (15

Unused amounts reversed

     (4     (3     (6     (13

Others

     (2     (1     —          (3

Unwinding of discounts

     (1     —          —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At September 30, 2013

     48        13        39        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

     5        10        24        39   

Non-current

     43        3        15        61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Provisions

     48        13        39        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Legal claims and other costs

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At September 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Maintenance and customers related provisions

     17         21   

Litigation

     9         9   

Disease claims

     6         7   

Other

     7         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Provisions for legal claims and other costs

     39         47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 21—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s financial risk management strategy is described in our annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012.

21.1. Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding foreign exchange contracts at September 30, 2013—with maturities ranging between 2013 and 2016—were as follows:

 

Currency

   Forward Exchange
contracts in
currency millions
    Foreign Exchange
Swap contracts in
currency millions
 

CHF

     15        (52

CZK

     153        313   

EUR

     511        121   

GBP

     (7     —     

JPY

     (1,191     (445

SGD

     —          8   

USD

     (700     (121

 

F-30


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2013, the margin requirement balance related to foreign exchange hedges amounted to €11 million (€15 million at December 31, 2012) comprising of €11 million of fixed margin (€12 million at December 31, 2012) and none variable margin (€3 million at December 31, 2012).

Foreign exchange sensitivity: Risks associated with exposure to financial instruments

A 10% weakening in the September 30, 2013 closing Euro exchange rate on the value of financial instruments held by the Group at September 30, 2013 would have decreased earnings (before tax effect) as shown in the table below:

 

At September 30, 2013

(in millions of Euros)

   Sensitivity
impact
 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     6   

Trade receivables

     20   

Trade payables

     (15

Borrowings

     (33

Metal derivatives (net)

     (1

Foreign exchange derivatives (net)

     (63

Cross currency swaps

     29   
  

 

 

 

Total

     (57
  

 

 

 

The amounts shown in the table above may not be indicative of future results since the balances of financial assets and liabilities may change.

A 10% change in the closing Euro exchange rate against currencies other than U.S. Dollar would not have a material impact on earnings.

(ii) Commodity price risk

The Group is subject to the effects of market fluctuations in the price of aluminum, which is the Group’s primary metal input and a significant component of its output. The Group is also exposed to silver, copper and natural gas in a less significant way. The Group has entered into derivatives contracts to manage these risks and carries those instruments at their fair values on the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

As of September 30, 2013, the notional principle amount of aluminum derivatives outstanding was 121,525 tons (approximately $242 million)—113,000 tons at December 31, 2012, (approximately $230 million)—with maturities ranging from 2013 to 2016, copper derivatives outstanding was 4,425 tons (approximately $35 million)—700 tons at December 31, 2012 (approximately $6 million)—with maturities ranging from 2013 to 2016, silver derivatives 302,319 ounces (approximately $7 million)—260,000 ounces at December 31, 2012 (approximately $7 million)—with maturities in 2013 and 450,000 MMBtu of natural gas futures (approximately $2 million)—1,650,000 MMBtu at December 31, 2012 (approximately $5 million) with maturities in 2013.

The value of the contracts will fluctuate due to changes in market prices but is intended to help protect the Group’s margin on future conversion and fabrication activities. At September 30, 2013, these contracts are directly with external counterparties.

As of September 30, 2013, the margin requirement related to aluminum hedges was zero (as of December 31, 2012, margin posted on aluminum hedges was also zero).

Commodity price sensitivity: risks associated with derivatives

Since none of the Group’s derivatives are designated for hedge accounting treatment, the net impact on earnings and equity of a 10% change in the market price of aluminum, based on the aluminum derivatives held by the

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Group at September 30, 2013 (before tax effect), with all other variables held constant was estimated to be €17 million (€19 million at December 31, 2012). The balances of such financial instruments may change in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

(iii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate sensitivity: risks associated with variable-rate financial instruments

The impact (before tax effect) on profit (loss) for the period of a 50 basis point increase or decrease in the LIBOR or EURIBOR interest rates, based on the variable rate financial instruments held by the Group at September 30, 2013, with all other variables held constant, was estimated to be less than €1 million for the periods ended September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The balances of such financial instruments may not remain constant in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

21.2. Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk with financial institutions and other parties as a result of deposits and the mark-to-market on derivative transactions and from customer trade receivables arising from Constellium’s operating activities. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial asset as described in NOTE 22—Financial Instruments. The Group does not generally hold any collateral as security.

Credit risk related to deposits with financial institutions

Credit risk with financial institutions is managed by the Group’s Treasury department in accordance with a Board approved policy. Constellium management is not aware of any significant risks associated with financial institutions as a result of cash and cash equivalents deposits (including short-term investments) and financial derivative transactions.

The number of financial counterparties is tabulated below showing our exposure to the counterparty by rating type (ratings from Moody’s Investor Services).

 

       At September 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  
       Number of
financial
counterparties (A)
     Exposure
(in millions  of
Euros)
     Number of
financial
counterparties (A)
     Exposure
(in millions  of
Euros)
 

Rated Aa or better

     2         14         4         11   

Rated A

     8         190         11         145   

Rated Baa

     3         2         1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     13         206         16         156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Financial Counterparties for which the Group’s exposure is below €250k have been excluded from the analysis See NOTE 14—Trade Receivables and Other for the aging of trade receivables.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

21.3. Liquidity and capital risk management

The table below shows undiscounted contractual values by relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from September 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 to the contractual maturity date.

 

     At September 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Over
5 years
     Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Over
5 years
 

Financial liabilities:

                 

Borrowings (A)

     53         95         353         32         61         149   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

     5         17         —           1         12         —     

Net cash flows from derivatives liabilities related to currencies and metal (B)

     26         12         —           23         17         —     

Trade payables and other (excludes deferred revenue)

     656         18         —           645         7         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     740         142         353         701         97         149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Borrowings include the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility which is considered short-term in nature and is included in the category “Less than 1 year” and undiscounted forecasted interests on the Term Loan.
(B) Foreign exchange options have not been included as they are not in the money.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into derivative contracts to manage operating exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency, aluminum and silver prices. These contracts are not designated as hedges. The tables below show the undiscounted contractual values and terms of derivative instruments.

 

     At September 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Total      Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Total  

Assets—Derivative Contracts

                 

Aluminum future contracts

     1         —           1         6         —           6   

Silver future contracts

     —           —           —           1         —           1   

Currency derivative contracts

     14         5         19         13         5         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15         5         20         20         5         25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities—Derivative Contracts (A)

                 

Aluminum future contracts

     11         1         12         7         1         8   

Copper future contracts

     —           1         1         —           —           —     

Silver and natural gas future contracts

     1         —           1         —           —           —     

Currency derivative contracts

     14         10         24         16         16         32   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

     5         17         22         1         12         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     31         29         60         24         29         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Foreign exchange options have not been included as they are not in the money.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTE 22—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The tables below show the classification of financial assets and liabilities, which includes all third and related party amounts.

Financial assets and liabilities by categories

 

            At September 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Loans
and
receivables
     At Fair
Value
through
Profit and
loss
     Total      Loans
and
receivables
     At Fair
Value
through
Profit and
loss
     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

     15         199         —           199         142         —           142   

Trade receivables and Finance Lease receivables

     14         474         —           474         428         —           428   

Other financial assets (A)

        11         21         32         15         29         44   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        684         21         705         585         29         614   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade payables

     18         491         —           491         482         —           482   

Borrowings

     17         366         —           366         158         —           158   

Other financial liabilities (A)

        —           69         69         —           70         70   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

        857         69         926         640         70         710   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Other financial assets and Other financial liabilities are comprised of derivatives not designated as hedges and also as margin calls:

 

     At September 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-
current
     Current      Total      Non-
current
     Current      Total  

Derivatives (third parties)

     6         15         21         10         19         29   

Margin calls

     —           11         11         —           15         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial assets

     6         26         32         10         34         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives (third parties)

     39         30         69         46         24         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

     39         30         69         46         24         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair values

The fair value of the derivatives approximate their carrying value as they are remeasured to their fair value at the date of each reporting period.

The carrying value of the Group’s borrowings approximates their fair value.

The fair values of other financial assets and liabilities approximate their carrying values, as a result of their liquidity or short maturity.

Margin calls

Constellium Finance S.A.S. and Constellium Switzerland AG entered into agreements with some financial institutions in order to define applicable rules with regards to the setting-up of derivative trading accounts. On a daily or weekly basis (depending on the arrangement with each financial institution) all open currency or metal derivative contracts are revalued to the then current market price. When the change in fair value reaches a certain threshold (positive or negative), a margin call occurs resulting in the Group making or receiving back a cash payment to/from the financial institution.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2013, the Group made cash deposits related to margin calls for a total amount of €11 million (€15 million at December 31, 2012).

Valuation hierarchy

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into levels based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

Level 1 valuation is based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial instruments,

Level 2 valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices), and

Level 3 valuation is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

At September 30, 2013

(in millions of Euros)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Other financial assets

     2         19         —           21   

Other financial liabilities

     14         55         —           69   

 

At December 31, 2012

(in millions of Euros)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Other financial assets

     6         23         —           29   

Other financial liabilities

     8         62         —           70   

NOTE 23—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following table describes the nature and amounts of related party transactions included in the unaudited condensed Interim Consolidated Income Statement.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes    Three months  ended
September 30, 2013
    Three months  ended
September 30, 2012
 

Revenue (A)

        1        3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Metal supply (B)

        (102     (150
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Nine months  ended
September 30, 2013
    Nine months  ended
September 30, 2012
 

Revenue (A)

        2        6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Metal supply (B)

        (381     (479
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exit fees

        —          (2

Interest expense (C)

     9, 17         —          (6

Realized exchange losses on other financial items

        —          (7
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs – net

        —          (15
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct expenses related to IPO (D)

        (15     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The Group sells products to certain subsidiaries and affiliates of Rio Tinto.
(B) Purchases of metal from certain subsidiaries and affiliates of Rio Tinto, net of changes in inventory levels, are included in Cost of sales in the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Income Statement.
(C) Until May 2012, the Group incurred interest expense on borrowings due to Apollo Omega.
(D) Representing termination fees of the management agreement paid to the Owners.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      At September 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Trade receivables

     14         1         1   

Trade payables (A)

     18         87         85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Trade payables to related parties arise from purchases of metal and from various miscellaneous services that are provided to the Group by certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Owners.

NOTE 24—DISPOSALS AND DISPOSALS GROUP CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

 

   

In September 2013, the Group received an offer and considered that it is committed to a plan to sell two companies from the Aerospace and Transportation operating segment; and therefore reclassified the related assets and liabilities as held for sale.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At September 31,
2013
 

Assets of disposal Group classified as held for sale

  

Inventories

     6   

Trade receivable and other

     6   

Cash and Cash equivalents

     4   

Other

     3   
  

 

 

 
     19   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities of disposal Group classified as held for sale

  

Provisions

     —     

Pensions and other post-employment benefits obligations

     4   

Trade payable and other

     6   

Other

     —     
  

 

 

 
     10   
  

 

 

 

 

   

The Alcan International Network (AIN) business was sold on December 30, 2011 and qualified as Discontinued Operations. Final agreement with the acquirer was reached in the third quarter of 2013 and related impact recorded in “Discontinued operations” in the unaudited condensed Interim Consolidated Income Statement.

 

   

In the third quarter of 2013, the investment in Alcan Strojmetal Aluminium Forging s.r.o. previously equity accounted for, was sold, generating a €3 million disposal gain of joint-venture.

NOTE 25—IMPLEMENTATION OF IAS 19 REVISED

Restatement of unaudited condensed Interim Consolidated Financial Statements published in 2012

Following the change in accounting principle and presentation in the income statement of pension and other long-term benefits obligations applied retroactively as of January 1, 2012, the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements and notes have been restated in accordance with IAS 8—Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors .

 

F-36


Table of Contents

Restatement of the unaudited condensed Interim Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

For the nine months ended September 30, 2012, the application of IAS 19 Revised had a positive impact of €10 million on the Total Comprehensive Income. The net profit increased by €7 million (€3 million expenses in Cost of sales and €10 million gain on Other gains) and the other comprehensive loss decreased by €3 million (impact on remeasurement on post-employment benefit obligations).

Restatement of the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At
December  31,
2012

Reported
    Change in
accounting
principle for
pension and
other long-
term
benefits
obligations
    At
December  31,
2012

Restated
 

Total Assets

     1,631        —          1,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

     (47     10        (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which

      

Retained deficit and other reserves

     (149     10        (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     1,678        (10     1,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which

      

Pension and other post-employment benefits obligations

     621        (10     611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

     1,631        —          1,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the €10 million equity impact reflects the immediate recognition of unvested past service costs.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Restatement of the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2012 Reported

    98        (26     (14     2        (175     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in accounting principle—pension and other long-term benefits obligations

    —          4        —          —          (4     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at January 1, 2012 Restated

    98        (22     (14     2        (179     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2012 Reported

    98        (94     (16     4        (98     (106     3        (103
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in accounting principle—pension and other long-term benefits obligations

    —          7        —          —          3        10        —          10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at September 30, 2012 Restated

    98        (87     (16     4        (95     (96     3        (93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012 Reported

    98        (94     (13     1        (43     (51     4        (47
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in accounting principle—pension and other long-term benefits obligations

    —          8        (1     —          3        10        —          10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012 Restated

    98        (86     (14     1        (40     (41     4        (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 26—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On November 7, 2013, Constellium announced the pricing of a secondary offering of 17,500,000 Class A Ordinary Shares at a public offering price of $17.00 per share, less the underwriting discount. The shares were sold by an affiliate of Rio Tinto Plc and by Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG. Constellium further announced on November 11, 2013 exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional 2,625,000 Class A ordinary shares from an affiliate of Rio Tinto Plc. Constellium will not receive any of the proceeds from the secondary offering. The offering is expected to close on or around November 14, 2013.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three
months
ended

June  30,
2013
    Three months
ended

June 30, 2012
Restated*
    Six months
ended

June  30, 2013
    Six months
ended
June 30, 2012
Restated*
 

Revenue

     3, 4         916        976        1,827        1,911   

Cost of sales

     5         (788     (823     (1,572     (1,637
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        128        153        255        274   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

     5         (47     (50     (102     (101

Research and development expenses

     5         (9     (12     (18     (20

Restructuring costs

     20         —          (9     (2     (10

Other gains/(losses)—net

     7         1        (70     (31     (43
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

        73        12        102        100   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

        (24     (1     (24     (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

     9         6        2        11        4   

Finance costs

     9         (15     (30     (45     (41
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        (9     (28     (34     (37
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of profit of joint-ventures

        —          —          —          —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (Loss) before income tax

        40        (17     44        61   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     10         (16     (1     (22     (24
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) from continuing operations

        24        (18     22        37   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

           

Net loss from discontinued operations

        —          (1     —          (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) for the period

        24        (19     22        36   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) attributable to:

           

Owners of the Company

        24        (19     21        36   

Non-controlling interests

        —          —          1        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) for the period

        24        (19     22        36   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the equity holders of the
Company
(in Euros per share)

   Notes      Three
months
ended

June  30,
2013
    Three months
ended

June  30, 2012
Restated*
    Six months
ended

June 30, 2013
    Six months
ended
June 30, 2012
Restated*
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

           

Basic

     11         0.25        (0.21     0.23        0.41   

Diluted

     11         0.25        (0.21     0.23        0.41   

From continuing operations

           

Basic

     11         0.25        (0.20     0.23        0.42   

Diluted

     11         0.25        (0.20     0.23        0.42   

From discontinued operations

           

Basic

     11         —          (0.01     —          (0.01

Diluted

     11         —          (0.01     —          (0.01

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 24—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS)

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes     Three
months
ended

June  30,
2013
    Three
months
ended

June  30,
2012

Restated*
    Six months
ended

June  30, 2013
    Six months
ended

June  30, 2012
Restated*
 

Net Income / (Loss) for the period

      24        (19     22        36   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

         

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to Profit or Loss

         

Remeasurement on post-employment benefit obligations

    19        29        (46     50        (66

Deferred tax on remeasurement on post-employment benefit obligations

      (4     6        (4     13   

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to Profit or Loss

         

Currency translation differences

      3        (18     (4     (8
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

      28        (58     42        (61
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

      52        (77     64        (25
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

         

Owners of the Company

      52        (77     63        (25

Non-controlling interests

      —          —          1        —     
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

      52        (77     64        (25
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 24—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      At June 30,
2013
    At December
31,  2012

Restated*
 

Assets

       

Non-current assets

       

Intangible assets (including goodwill)

        13        11   

Property, plant and equipment

     12         351        302   

Investments in joint ventures

        2        2   

Deferred income tax assets

        208        205   

Trade receivables and other

     14         51        64   

Other financial assets

     22         6        10   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        631        594   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

       

Inventories

     13         391        385   

Trade receivables and other

     14         641        476   

Other financial assets

     22         23        34   

Cash and cash equivalents

     15         163        142   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,218        1,037   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Assets

        1,849        1,631   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

       

Share capital

        2        —     

Share premium account

        162        98   

Retained deficit and other reserves

        (231     (139
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

        (67 )       (41 )  

Non-controlling interests

        5        4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (62     (37
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Non-current liabilities

       

Borrowings

     17         342        140   

Trade payables and other

     18         38        26   

Deferred income tax liabilities

        15        11   

Pension and other post-employment benefits obligations

     19         547        611   

Other financial liabilities

     22         45        46   

Provisions

     20         65        89   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,052        923   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Borrowings

     17         24        18   

Trade payables and other

     18         722        656   

Income taxes payable

        29        14   

Other financial liabilities

     22         43        24   

Provisions

     20         41        33   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        859        745   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        1,911        1,668   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

        1,849        1,631   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 24—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2013 Restated*

    —          98        (86     (14     1        (40     (41     4        (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income for the period

    —          —          —          —          —          21        21        1        22   

Other comprehensive income for the period

    —          —          46        (4     —          —          42        —          42   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income for the period

    —          —          46        (4     —          21        63        1        64   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owners

                 

Share premium distribution

    —          (98     —          —          —          (5     (103     —          (103

MEP shares changes

    —          —          —          —          (1     —          (1     —          (1

Prorata share issuance

    2        —          —          —          —          (2     —          —          —     

Interim dividend distribution

    —          —          —          —          —          (147     (147     —          (147

IPO Primary offering

    —          154        —          —          —          —          154        —          154   

IPO Over-allotment

    —          25        —          —          —          —          25        —          25   

IPO Fees

    —          (17     —          —          —          —          (17     —          (17
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at June 30, 2013

    2        162        (40     (18     0        (173     (67     5        (62
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2012 Restated*

      98        (22     (14     2        (179     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income for the period

    —          —          —          —          —          36        36        —          36   

Other comprehensive loss for the period

    —          —          (53     (8     —          —          (61     —          (61
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive (Loss) for the period

    —          —          (53     (8     —          36        (25     —          (25
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owners

                 

Other

    —          —          —          —          1        —          1        —          1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at June 30, 2012 Restated*

    —          98        (75     (22     3        (143     (139     2        (137
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2012 Restated*

    —          98        (22     (14     2        (179     (115     2        (113

Net income for the period

    —          —          —          —          —          139        139        2        141   

Other comprehensive loss for the period

    —          —          (64     —          —          —          (64     —          (64
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income for the period

    —          —          (64     —          —          139        75        2        77   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owners

                 

Share equity plan

      —          —          —          1        —          1        —          1   

Other

    —          —          —          —          (2     —          (2     —          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012 Restated*

    —          98        (86     (14     1        (40     (41     4        (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised. The impacts of the restatements are disclosed in NOTE 24—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Six months
ended

June  30,
2013
    Six months
ended

June  30,
2012

Restated*
 

Cash flows used in operating activities

       

Net income for the period

        22        36   

Less: Net loss from discontinued operations

        —          1   

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

        (1     —     

Net profit for the period from continuing operations before non-controlling interests

        21        37   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

       

Income tax

     10         22        24   

Finance costs—net

     9         34        37   

Depreciation and impairment

     12         9        2   

Restructuring costs and other provisions

     20         (5     4   

Defined benefit pension costs

     19         10        31   

Unrealized losses on derivatives—net and from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     7         31        8   

Gain on disposal

     7         4        —     

Changes in working capital:

       

Inventories

        (11     (54

Trade receivables and other

        (136     (97

Trade payables and other

        52        9   

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities:

       

Provisions

     20         (8     (12

Income tax paid

        (2     (3

Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefit obligations

        (22     (20
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in operating activities

        (1     (34
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) / from investing activities

       

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     12         (55     (47

Proceeds from disposal

        3        —     

Proceeds from finance lease

        3        4   

Other investing activities

        4        (6
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

        (45     (49
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Net proceeds received from issuance of shares

     16         162        —     

Interim dividend paid

     16         (147     —     

Withholding tax paid

        (20     —     

Distribution of share premium to owners of the Company

     16         (103     —     

Interests paid

        (21     (16

Net cash flows from factoring

     14         —          110   

Proceeds received from Term Loan

     17         351        154   

Repayment of Term Loan

     17         (155     (148

Proceeds from other loans

     17         4        —     

Payment of deferred financing costs and debt fees

     17         (8     (13

Other financing activities

        3        (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from financing activities

        66        85   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        20        2   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     15         142        113   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        1        (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

     15         163        114   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

* Comparative financial statements have been restated following the application of IAS 19 revised.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTE 1—GENERAL INFORMATION

Constellium is a global leader in the design and manufacture of a broad range of innovative specialty rolled and extruded aluminum products, serving primarily the aerospace, packaging and automotive end-markets. The Group has a strategic footprint of manufacturing facilities located in the United States, Europe and China, operates 26 production facilities, 10 administrative and commercial sites and one R&D center and has approximately 8,845 employees.

In connection with the Initial Public Offering explained hereafter, the Company was converted from a private company with limited liability (Constellium Holdco B.V.) into a public company with limited liability (Constellium N.V.). On May 16, 2013, the Group increased its shares nominal value from €0.01 to €0.02 per share.

The business address (head office) of Constellium N.V. is Tupolevlaan 41-61, 1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk, the Netherlands.

Initial public offering

On May 22, 2013, Constellium completed an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of Class A ordinary shares; the shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on May 23, 2013, and on the professional segment of Euronext Paris on May 27, 2013.

Constellium offered a total of 13,333,333 of its Class A ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share and the selling shareholders offered 8,888,889 of Class A ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share. The underwriters exercised their over-allotment option to purchase an additional 2,251,306 Class A ordinary shares at a public offering price of $15.00 per share. The exercise of the IPO over-allotment option brought the total number of Class A ordinary shares sold in the initial public offering to 24,473,528.

The total proceeds received from by the Company from the IPO were €179 million. Fees related to the IPO amounted to €44 million, of which €17 million was accounted for as a deduction to share premium and €27 million expensed through the profit or loss of which €24 million were incurred in the second quarter of 2013 and recognized in Other expenses.

The Company conducted the IPO in order to provide liquidity for existing shareholders, to enhance its profile through a public market listing and to raise funds to increase its financial flexibility. Constellium intends to use the net proceeds of the IPO for general corporate purposes, which may include working capital, capital expenditures, repayment of debt and funding acquisition opportunities that may become available from time to time.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1. Statement of compliance

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements present the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, Income Statement, Statements of Comprehensive Income, Cash Flows and Changes in Equity of the Group as of June 30, 2013, for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. They are prepared in accordance with IAS 34—Interim financial reporting .

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements do not include all the information and disclosures required in the annual Financial Statements. They should be read in conjunction with the Group’s annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, approved by the Board of Directors on March 13, 2013 and authorized in respect of the pro rata share issuance on May 16, 2013.

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements have been authorized for issue by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on October 20, 2013.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

2.2. Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

Standards and interpretations with an application date for the Group as of January 1, 2013:

In addition to the application of the amendments to IAS 1 “Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income,” the following were applied as of January 1, 2013:

IAS 19 Revised changes the accounting for defined benefit plans and termination benefits. The most significant change relates to the accounting for changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets. The amendments require the recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in fair value of plan assets when they occur, and hence eliminate the “corridor approach” permitted under the previous version of IAS 19 and accelerate the recognition of past service costs. The amendments require all actuarial gains and losses to be recognized immediately through other comprehensive income in order for the net pension asset or liability recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position to reflect the full value of the plan deficit or surplus. Furthermore, the interest cost and expected return on plan assets used in the previous version of IAS 19 are replaced with a “net interest” amount, which is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The impacts of the application of IAS 19 revised are disclosed in Note 24—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” supersedes SIC-12 and IAS 27 with respect to the consolidated financial statements. This standard deals with the consolidation of subsidiaries and structured entities, and redefines control which is the basis of consolidation. The application of this standard on the Group’s consolidation scope has no effect on the Group’s financial statements as of December 31, 2012.

IFRS 11 “Joint Arrangements “supersedes IAS 31 and SIC-13. This standard deals with the accounting for joint arrangements. The definition of joint control is based on the existence of an arrangement and the unanimous consent of the parties which share the control. There are two types of joint arrangements:

 

 

joint ventures: the joint venture has rights to the net assets of the entity to be accounted for using the equity method, and

 

 

joint operations: the parties to joint operations have direct rights to the assets and direct obligations for the liabilities of the entities which should be accounted for as arising from the arrangement.

The application of IFRS 11 has no effect on the Group’s financial statements as of December 31, 2012.

IFRS 12 “Disclosure of Interest in Other Entities” supersedes disclosures requirements previously included in IAS 27, IAS 28 and IAS 31. This standard includes all the disclosures related to subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates, consolidated and unconsolidated structured entities.

IFRS 13 “Fair Value Measurement” applies to IFRS that require or permit fair value measurements or disclosures about fair value measurement. It:

 

 

defines fair value;

 

 

sets out a framework for measuring fair value; and

 

 

requires disclosures about fair value measurements, including the fair value hierarchy already set out in IFRS 7.

The Group periodically estimates the impact of credit risk on its derivative instruments aggregated by counterparties. When the aggregate derivative position is a liability, the credit risk is covered by margin calls and is therefore deemed insignificant. When the aggregate derivative position is an asset, the Group calculates the credit impact based on available external data.

2.3. Basis of preparation

In accordance with IAS 1—Presentation of Financial Statements , the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared on the assumption that Constellium is a going concern and will continue in operation for the foreseeable future (at least for the 12-month period starting from June 30, 2013).

 

F-45


Table of Contents

2.4. Principles governing the preparation of the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements

The accounting policies adopted in the preparation of these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements are consistent with those adopted and disclosed in the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statement for the year ended December 31, 2012, with the exception of the application of IAS 19—Employee Benefits (as revised in 2011) as explained in NOTE 2.2 and the application of the effective tax rate.

The following table summarizes the main exchange rates used for the preparation of the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group:

 

            Six months ended June 30,
2013
    

Six months ended

June 30, 2012

     Year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Foreign exchange rate for 1 Euro

            Average rate          Closing rate        Average rate      Closing rate  

U.S. dollars

     USD         1.3127         1.3029         1.2962         1.3220   

Swiss Francs

     CHF         1.2296         1.2305         1.2045         1.2070   

The unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in millions of Euros.

2.5. Seasonality of operations

Due to the seasonal nature of the Group’s operations, the Group would typically expect higher revenues and operating profits in the first half of the year compared to the second half.

2.6. Judgments in applying accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) requires the Group to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in the financial statements.

Estimates and judgments are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, rarely be equal to the related actual results. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates, the effect of which is recognized in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known.

In preparing these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements, the significant judgments made by management in applying the Group’s accounting policies and the key sources of estimation uncertainty were those applied to the Consolidated Financial Statements as of, and for the year ended December 31, 2012. The addition, in the preparation of the interim financial statements and in accordance with IAS 34, the Group applied a projected tax rate to these unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements for the full financial year 2013.

The Group did not identify any triggering event that required it to perform a specific impairment test for the recognized Goodwill as of June 30, 2013.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

NOTE 3—OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has defined Constellium’s operating segments based upon product lines, markets and industries it serves, and prepares and reports operating segment information to the Constellium chief operating decision maker (CODM). On that basis, there is no difference with the last annual financial statements in the basis of segmentation or in the basis of measurement of segment profit and loss.

Segment Revenue for the three months period ended June 30

 

     Three months ended June 30, 2013      Three months ended June 30, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third  and
related
parties
     Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third  and
related
parties
 

A&T

     312         (2     310         338         (2     336   

P&ARP

     403         (2     401         413         (2     411   

AS&I

     218         (15     203         238         (12     226   

Holdings & Corporate

     2         —          2         3         —          3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     935         (19     916         992         (16     976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Management Adjusted EBITDA to Net Profit / (Loss)

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

A&T

     33        34   

P&ARP

     21        23   

AS&I

     16        10   

Holdings & Corporate

     —          5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management adjusted EBITDA

     70        72   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     11        —     

Restructuring costs

     —          (9

Losses on disposal

     (4     —     

Unrealized gains/(losses) on derivatives

     2        (52

Unrealized exchange (losses) / gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     (1     2   

Depreciation and impairment

     (5     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     73        12   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

     (24     (1

Finance costs—net

     (9     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (Loss) before income tax

     40        (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (16     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) from continuing operations

     24        (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (Loss) for the period

     24        (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Segment capital expenditure

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012
 

A&T

     (9     (5

P&ARP

     (8     (5

AS&I

     (14     (7

Holdings & Corporate

     (1     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditure

     (32     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment Revenue for the six months period ended June 30

 

     Six months ended June 30, 2013      Six months ended June 30, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third  and
related
parties
     Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third  and
related
parties
 

A&T

     618         (4     614         637         (3     634   

P&ARP

     793         (4     789         813         (4     809   

AS&I

     451         (29     422         481         (25     456   

Holdings & Corporate

     2         —          2         12         —          12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,864         (37     1,827         1,943         (32     1,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Management Adjusted EBITDA to Net Profit / (Loss)

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Six months ended
June 30, 2013
    Six months ended
June 30, 2012
Restated
 

A&T

     65        56   

P&ARP

     43        41   

AS&I

     27        23   

Holdings & Corporate

     2        9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management adjusted EBITDA

     137        129   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ravenswood pension plan amendment

     11        —     

Swiss pension plan settlement

     —          (8

Restructuring costs

     (2     (10

Losses on disposal

     (4     —     

Unrealized losses on derivatives

     (32     (8

Unrealized exchange gain / (loss) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     1        (1

Depreciation and impairment

     (9     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     102        100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

     (24     (2

Finance costs—net

     (34     (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income tax

     44        61   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     (22     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income from continuing operations

     22        37   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

     —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income for the period

     22        36   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Segment capital expenditure

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Six months
ended June 30,
2013
    Six months
ended June 30,
2012

Restated
 

A&T

     (19     (19

P&ARP

     (12     (11

AS&I

     (22     (16

Holdings & Corporate

     (2     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

     (55     (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets

Segment assets are comprised of total assets of Constellium by segment, less investments in joint ventures, deferred tax assets, other financial assets (including cash and cash equivalents) and assets of disposal groups classified as held for sale. The amounts provided to the CODM with respect to segment assets are measured in a manner consistent with that of our interim consolidated statement of financial position.

There has been no material change in total assets from the amount reported in the last annual consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 4—INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA

The Group reports information by geographic area as follows: revenues from third and related parties are based on destination of shipments and property, plant and equipment are based on the physical location of the assets.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended June 30,
2013
     Three months
ended June 30,
2012
 

Revenue—third and related parties

     

France

     141         167   

Germany

     250         249   

United Kingdom

     99         100   

Switzerland

     22         23   

Other Europe

     196         195   

United States

     103         136   

Canada

     13         15   

Asia and Other Pacific

     38         35   

All Other

     54         56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     916         976   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Six months
ended June 30,
2013
     Six months
ended June  30,
2012
 

Revenue—third and related parties

     

France

     295         327   

Germany

     504         538   

United Kingdom

     193         173   

Switzerland

     47         51   

Other Europe

     378         390   

United States

     210         250   

Canada

     27         28   

Asia and Other Pacific

     73         59   

All Other

     100         95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,827         1,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At
June 30,
2013
     At
December 31,
2012
 

Property, plant and equipment

     

France

     148         134   

Germany

     74         58   

Switzerland

     20         15   

Czech Republic

     14         14   

Other Europe

     2         1   

United States

     91         77   

All Other

     2         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     351         302   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 5—EXPENSES BY NATURE

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Raw materials and consumables used (A)

        (481     (515

Employee benefit expense

     6         (168     (177

Energy costs

        (36     (47

Repairs and maintenance expenses

        (21     (20

Sub-contractors

        (21     (19

Freight out costs

        (19     (18

Consulting and audit fees

        (12     (11

Operating supplies (non capitalized purchases of manufacturing consumables)

        (15     (16

Operating lease expenses

        (5     (3

Depreciation and impairment

        (5     (1

Other expenses

        (61     (58
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

        (844     (885
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Six months
ended June 30,
2013
    Six months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Raw materials and consumables used (A)

        (982     (1,031

Employee benefit expense

     6         (342     (352

Energy costs

        (78     (87

Repairs and maintenance expenses

        (40     (44

Sub-contractors

        (40     (37

Freight out costs

        (37     (33

Consulting and audit fees

        (22     (20

Operating supplies (non capitalized purchases of manufacturing consumables)

        (31     (31

Operating lease expenses

        (9     (5

Depreciation and impairment

     12         (9     (2

Other expenses

        (102     (116
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

        (1,692     (1,758
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The Company manages fluctuations in raw materials prices in order to protect manufacturing margins through the purchase of derivative instruments (see NOTE 21—Financial Risk Management and NOTE 22—Financial Instruments).

These expenses are split as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Three months
ended June  30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Cost of sales

     (788     (823

Selling and administrative expenses

     (47     (50

Research and development expenses

     (9     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

     (844     (885
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Six months
ended June  30,
2013
    Six months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Cost of sales

     (1,572     (1,637

Selling and administrative expenses

     (102     (101

Research and development expenses

     (18     (20
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

     (1,692     (1,758
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 6—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Wages and salaries (A)

        (158     (165

Pension costs—defined benefit plans

     19         (7     (8

Other post-employment benefits

     19         (3     (4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Employee benefit expenses

        (168     (177
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Six months
ended June 30,
2013
    Six months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Wages and salaries (A)

        (322     (329

Pension costs—defined benefit plans

     19         (14     (15

Other post-employment benefits

     19         (6     (8
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Employee benefit expenses

        (342     (352
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Wages and salaries exclude restructuring costs and include social security contributions.

NOTE 7—OTHER GAINS/(LOSSES)—NET

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Realized losses on derivatives (A)

        (10     (17

Unrealized gains/(losses) on derivatives at fair value through Profit and Loss—net

        2        (52

Unrealized exchange (losses) / gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

        (1     2   

Ravenswood pension plan amendment (B)

     19         11        —     

Losses on disposal (D)

        (4     —     

Other—net

        3        (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other gains/(losses)—net

        1        (70
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Six months
ended June 30,
2013
    Six months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Realized losses on derivatives (A)

        (12     (24

Unrealized losses on derivatives at fair value through Profit and Loss—net

        (32     (8

Unrealized exchange gain / (loss) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

        1        (1

Ravenswood pension plan amendment (B)

     19         11        —     

Swiss pension plan settlement (C)

     19         —          (8

Losses on disposal (D)

        (4     —     

Other—net

        5        (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other gains/(losses)—net

        (31     (43
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The losses are made up of unrealized losses or gains on derivatives entered into with the purpose of mitigating exposure to volatility in foreign currency and LME prices (refer to NOTE 21—Financial Risk Management for a description of the Group’s risk management).
(B) See NOTE 19—Pension and other post employment benefit obligations.
(C) During the first quarter of 2012, the Group withdrew from the foundation which administered its employee benefit plans in Switzerland and joined a commercial multi-employer foundation. This change led to a partial liquidation which triggered a settlement. Consequently, related assets and liabilities were transferred to the new foundation and employees’ benefits were also adjusted. The settlement resulted in an €8 million loss recognized in Other losses—net.
(D) The sale of the Group’s plants in Ham and Saint Florentin, France was completed on May 31, 2013. These two plants, which specialize in the production of soft alloys extrusions mainly for the building and construction market in France, are part of the Automotive Structures and Industry segment and together generated revenues of €95 million and a non significant contribution to the profit of the Group for year 2012.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

NOTE 8—CURRENCY GAINS/(LOSSES)

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes     Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Included in Cost of sales

       2        1   

Included in Other gains/(losses)—net

       11        (39

Included in Finance cost

     9        2        (3
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       15        (41
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized exchange losses on foreign currency derivatives—net

       —          (7

Unrealized exchange gains/(losses) on foreign currency derivatives—net

       12        (33

Exchanges gains/(losses) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

       3        (1
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

       15        (41
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Six months
ended June 30,
2013
    Six months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Included in Cost of sales

        1        1   

Included in Other losses—net

        (4     (15

Included in Finance cost

     9         —          (4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        (3     (18
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized exchange losses on foreign currency derivatives—net

        (1     (11

Unrealized exchange losses on foreign currency derivatives—net

        (4     (3

Exchanges gains/(losses) from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

        2        (4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        (3     (18
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See NOTE 21—Financial Risk Management and NOTE 22—Financial Instruments for further information regarding the Company’s foreign currency derivatives and hedging activities.

NOTE 9—FINANCE COSTS—NET

Finance costs—net are comprised of the following items:

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes   Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Finance income:

     

Realized and unrealized exchange gains on financing activities—net

      5        —     

Other finance income

      1        2   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance income

      6        2   
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs:

     

Interest expense on borrowings and factoring arrangements (A)

  14, 17     (9     (16

Realized and unrealized losses on debt derivatives at fair value (B)

      (3     (11

Realized and unrealized exchange losses on financing activities—net

  8     (3     (3
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance costs

      (15     (30
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

      (9     (28
   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-53


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Six months
ended June 30,
2013
    Six months
ended June  30,
2012 Restated
 

Finance income:

       

Realized and unrealized gains on debt derivatives at fair value (B)

        4        —     

Realized and unrealized exchange gains on financing activities—net

        5        —     

Other finance income

        2        4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance income

        11        4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs:

       

Interest expense on borrowings and factoring arrangements (A)(C)(D)

     14, 17         (37     (24

Realized and unrealized losses on debt derivatives at fair value (B)

        (3     (11

Realized and unrealized exchange losses on financing activities—net

     8         (5     (4

Miscellaneous other interest expense

        —          (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance costs

        (45     (41
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        (34     (37
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Includes: (i) interest related to the new Term Loan and the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (see NOTE 17—Borrowings); and (ii) interest and amortization of deferred financing costs related to the trade accounts receivable factoring programs (see NOTE 14—Trade Receivables and Other).
(B) The gain and loss recognized reflects the positive and negative changes in the fair value of the cross currency interest rate swaps.
(C) Includes: interest related to the previous Term Loan.
(D) Includes exit fee relating to the termination of the previous Term Loan for €(8) million and €(13) million arrangement fees also relating to the previous Term Loan not amortized under the effective interest rate method and fully recognized as financial expenses during the period to June 30, 2013 (see NOTE 17—Borrowings).

NOTE 10—INCOME TAX

Income tax expense is recognized based on the best estimate of the weighted average annual income tax rate expected for the full financial year (30% for 2013). The tax rate applied as of June 30, 2013 is impacted by non recurring transactions and subject to country mix effect.

NOTE 11—EARNINGS PER SHARE

Earnings

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Net Profit / (Loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

    24        (19

Earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share

    24        (19
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

    24        (18

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

    —          (1
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-54


Table of Contents

(in millions of Euros)

   Six months
ended June 30,
2013
     Six months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

Net Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent

     21         36   

Earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share

     21         36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

     21         37   

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

     —           (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of shares—see NOTE 16—Share Capital

On May 16, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors declared an issuance of an additional 22.8 shares for each outstanding share. Our earnings per share numbers have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this pro rata issuance of shares.

 

    Three months
ended June 30,
2013
    Three months
ended June 30,
2012
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate basic earnings per share (A)

    95,073,824        89,442,416   

Effect of other dilutive potential ordinary shares (B)

    476,797        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share

    95,550,620        89,442,416   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Six months
ended June 30,
2013
     Six months
ended June 30,
2012
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate basic earnings per share (A)

     92,273,677         89,442,416   

Effect of other dilutive potential ordinary shares (B)

     239,715         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share

     92,513,392         89,442,416   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Based on the total number of all classes of shares (former “A”, “B1” and “B2”) until the IPO and on the total number of ordinary A shares from the IPO. Ordinary B Shares are granted to the MEP participants. Since the IPO, at the request of the MEP participants in certain circumstances, Constellium N.V. is committed to repurchase these shares before the end of their vesting period. Accordingly, Ordinary B shares are excluded from the calculation of the weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate the basic earnings per share.
(B) As B shares give rights to profit allocation and dividends, they are dilutive.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Earnings per share

 

(in Euros per share)

   Three months
ended June 30,
2013
     Three months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

     

Basic

     0.25         (0.21

Diluted

     0.25         (0.21

From continuing operations

     

Basic

     0.25         (0.20

Diluted

     0.25         (0.20

From discontinued operations

     

Basic

     —           (0.01

Diluted

     —           (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in Euros per share)

   Six months
ended June 30,
2013
     Six months
ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

     

Basic

     0.23         0.41   

Diluted

     0.23         0.41   

From continuing operations

     

Basic

     0.23         0.42   

Diluted

     0.23         0.42   

From discontinued operations

     

Basic

     —           (0.01

Diluted

     —           (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 12—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment balances and movements are comprised as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Land and
Property
Rights
     Buildings     Machinery
and
Equipment
    Construction
Work in
Progress
    Other     Total  

Net balance at January 1, 2013

     —           20        154        115        13        302   

Additions

     —           —          9        52        —          61   

Disposals

     —           —          (3     —          (1     (4

Depreciation expense

     —           (1     (7     —          (1     (9

Impairment losses

     —           —          —          —          —          —     

Transfer during the period

     1         2        49        (52     —          —     

Exchange rate movements

     —           —          1        —          —          1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at June 30, 2013

     1         21        203        115        11        351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

             

Cost

     1         23        220        115        14        373   

Less accumulated depreciation and impairment

     —           (2     (17     —          (3     (22
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at June 30, 2013

     1         21        203        115        11        351   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-56


Table of Contents

NOTE 13—INVENTORIES

Inventories are comprised of the following:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At June 30,
2013
    At December 31,
2012
 

Finished goods

     103        113   

Work in progress

     152        148   

Raw materials

     125        114   

Stores and supplies

     18        20   

NRV adjustment

     (7     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total inventories

     391        385   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 14—TRADE RECEIVABLES AND OTHER

Trade receivables and other are comprised of the following:

 

     At June 30, 2013     At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-current      Current     Non-current      Current  

Trade receivables—third parties—gross

     —           527        —           388   

Impairment allowance

     —           (3     —           (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables—third parties—net

     —           524        —           385   

Trade receivables—related parties

     —           1        —           1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     —           525        —           386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance lease receivables

     28         4        36         6   

Deferred financing costs—net of amounts amortized

     5         3        7         3   

Deferred tooling related costs

     1         14        3         11   

Other (A)

     17         95        18         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other receivables

     51         116        64         90   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables and Other

     51         641        64         476   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Includes at June 30, 2013 (i) €1 million (€5 million at December 31, 2012) cash pledged to financial counterparties for the issuance of guarantees (cash will remain restricted for as long as the guarantees remain issued by the financial counterparties) and (ii) €9 million (€8 million at December 31, 2012) relating to a pledge given to the State of West Virginia as a guarantee for certain workers’ compensation obligations for which the Company is self-insured.

Aging

The aging of total trade receivables—net is as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At June 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Current

     501         371   

1 – 30 days past due

     20         11   

30 – 60 days past due

     2         2   

61 – 90 days past due

     1         —     

Greater than 91 days past due

     1         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     525         386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of total Trade receivables—net by currency is shown in Euro equivalents as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At June 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Euro

     307         213   

U.S. Dollar

     193         153   

Swiss franc

     9         7   

Other currencies

     16         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     525         386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Factoring arrangements

On January 4, 2011, the Group entered into five-year factoring arrangements with third parties for the sale of certain of the Group’s accounts receivable in Germany, Switzerland and France. Under these programs, Constellium agrees to sell to the factor eligible accounts receivable, for working capital purposes, up to a maximum financing amount of €300 million, allocated as follows:

 

 

€100 million collectively available to Germany and Switzerland; and

 

 

€200 million available to France.

Under these arrangements, the accounts receivable are sold with recourse. Sales of these receivables do not qualify for derecognition under IAS 39—Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , as the Group retains substantially all of the associated risks and rewards.

In December 2011 and 2012, the Group entered into specific arrangements with certain of its customers in connection with its factoring agreements in order for the factor to purchase receivables on a non-recourse basis and to allow the partial derecognition of some receivables (90% of the related receivables). The Group kept a residual risk of 10% on these receivables in the case of a defaulting event. The portion of these receivables corresponding to the retained risk amounted to €4.5 million as of June 30, 2013, (€6 million as of December 31, 2012). This portion has not been derecognized.

The total carrying amount of the original assets factored as of June 2013 is €274 million (December 31, 2012: €337 million), of which €233 million (December 31, 2012: €286 million) is recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. As at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there was no amount due to the factor relating to trade account receivables sold.

Interest costs and other fees

During the three months ended June 30, 2013, Constellium incurred €3.2 million (three months ended June 30, 2012: €4.9 million) in interest and other fees from these arrangements that are included as finance costs (see NOTE 9—Finance Costs—Net).

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, Constellium incurred €4.8 million (six months ended June 30, 2012: €7 million) in interest and other fees from these arrangements that are included as finance costs (see NOTE 9—Finance Costs—Net).

 

F-58


Table of Contents

Covenants

The factoring arrangements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants, including relating to the administration and collection of the assigned receivables, the terms of the invoices and the exchange of information, but do not contain restrictive financial covenants other than a Group level minimum liquidity covenant that is tested quarterly. The Group was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of and for the period ended June 30, 2013.

NOTE 15—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At June 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Cash in bank and on hand

     163         140   

Deposits

     —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cash and cash equivalents

     163         142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at June 30, 2013, cash in bank and on hand includes a total of €8 million held by subsidiaries that operate in countries where capital control restrictions prevent the balances from being available for general use by the Group (€5 million as at December 31, 2012).

NOTE 16—SHARE CAPITAL

 

     Number of shares      In millions of Euros  
     “A”
Shares
    “B1”
Shares
    “B2”
Shares
    “B”
Shares
     Preference
Shares
     Share
capital
     Share
premium
 

Issued and fully paid

                 

As of January 1, 2013

     3,697,197        13,666        78,018        —           —           —           98   

Shares converted during the six months ended June 30, 2013

     —          24,526        (24,526     —           —           —           —     

Share premium distribution (March 28, 2013) (A)

     —          —          —          —           —           —           (98

Preference shares issuance (B)

     —          —          —          —           5         —           —     

MEP shares cancellation

     (15,938     (2,441     (12,986     —           —           —           —     

Pro rata share issuance (C)

     83,945,965        815,252        923,683        —           —           2         —     

Shares conversions (D)

     851,003        (851,003     (964,189     964,189         —           —           —     

IPO primary offering (E)

     13,333,333        —          —          —           —           —           154   

IPO Over-allotment (E)

     2,251,306                     25   

IPO fees (E)

     —          —          —          —           —           —           (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2013

     104,062,866        —          —          964,189         5         2         162   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012—after pro rata share issuance

     87,627,224        851,003        964,189        —           —           —           —     

 

(A) On March 13, 2013, the Board of directors approved a distribution to the Company’s shareholders. On March 28, 2013 a distribution was made of €103 million. On May 21, 2013 an interim dividend was paid for €147 million on preference shares.
(B) On May 16, 2013, the Group issued preference shares to its existing shareholders and repurchased them for no consideration after the dividend payment.
(C) On May 16, 2013, the Group effected a pro rata share issuance of ordinary shares to the existing shareholders which was implemented through the issuance of 22.8 new ordinary shares to each outstanding ordinary shares. 1

 

1   This pro rata share issuance has been retroactively effected in the earnings per share calculation as described in NOTE 11—Earnings Per Share.

 

F-59


Table of Contents
(D) On May 21, 2013, each share A and B1 was converted into one Ordinary Share Class A and each share B2 was converted into one Ordinary Share Class B (the “Share Conversions”).
(E) The Group completed an initial public offering (the “IPO”). For further information on this operation, please refer to NOTE 1—General Information.

 

At June 30, 2013

   Class “A”
and “B”
Shares
     %  

Apollo Funds

     37,810,518         36.00

Rio Tinto

     28,913,925         27.53

Free Float

     20,028,040         19.07

Bpifrance

     12,846,969         12.23

Other

     5,427,603         5.17
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     105,027,055         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

   Class “A”
Shares

After pro
rata

share
issuance (C)
     %     Class “A”
Shares

Before pro rata
share issuance
 

Apollo Funds

     42,847,555         48.90     1,800,045   

Rio Tinto

     32,765,777         37.39     1,376,505   

Bpifrance

     8,401,481         9.59     352,950   

Other

     3,612,411         4.12     167,697   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     87,627,224         100     3,697,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 17—BORROWINGS

 

     At June 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Interest
rate
    Non-
current
     Current      Interest
rate
    Non-
current
     Current  

New floating rate term loan facility (due March 2020) (A)

               

In U.S. Dollar

     6.48     266         2         —          —           —     

In Euro

     7.33     72         —           —          —           —     

Constellium N.V. and Constellium France SAS

               

Previous floating rate term loan facility (B)

               

Constellium N.V.

     —          —           —           11.8     136         2   

U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (C)

               

Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC

     3.19     —           21         3.21     —           16   

Others

               

Other miscellaneous

     —          4         1         —          4         —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Borrowings

     —          342         24         —          140         18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Represents amounts drawn under the new term loan facility totaling €340 million net of financing costs related to the issuance of the debt totaling €10 million at June 30, 2013.
(B) Represents amounts drawn under the previous term loan facility totaling €138 million net of financing costs related to the issuance of the debt totaling €13 million at December 31, 2012. This facility was repaid on March 25, 2013.
(C) Represents amounts drawn under the revolving line of credit totaling €21 million at June 30, 2013 (€16 million at December 31, 2012).

 

F-60


Table of Contents

New Floating rate term loan facility

On March 25, 2013, Constellium Holdco B.V. entered into a $210 million (equivalent to €161 million at the period end exchange rate) and €45 million seven-year floating rate term loan facility maturing in March 2020. The proceeds were primarily used to repay the previous variable rate term loan facility entered into on May 25, 2012, which was therefore terminated as discussed below.

At the same date, Constellium France entered into a $150 million (equivalent to €115 million at the period end exchange rate) and €30 million seven-year floating rate term loan facility maturing in March 2020.

The term loan is guaranteed by certain of the Group subsidiaries. The term loan facility includes negative, affirmative and financial covenants.

Interest

The interest rate under both U.S. Dollar term loan facilities is the applicable U.S. Dollar interest rate (U.S. Dollar Libor) for the interest period subject to a floor of 1.25% per annum, plus a margin of 4.75% per annum. The interest rate under both Euro term loan facilities is the applicable Euro interest rate (Euribor) for the interest period subject to a floor of 1.25% per annum, plus a margin of 5.25% per annum.

Foreign exchange Exposure

It is the policy of Constellium to hedge all non functional currency loans and deposits. In line with this policy, the U.S. Dollar loans were hedged. Changes in the fair value of hedges related to this translation exposure are recognized within Financial income and Finance costs in the Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss.

Financing cost

A $2 million (equivalent to €1 million at the issue date of the Term Loan) and €1 million original issue discount (OID) were deducted from the Term Loan. Constellium Holdco B.V. received a net amount of $209 million (€162 million at the issue date of the Term Loan) and €45 million. Constellium France received a net amount of $149 million (€115 million at the issue date of the Term Loan) and €30 million. In addition, the Group incurred debt fees of €8 million. Debt fees and OID are integrated into the effective interest rate of the Term Loan. Interest expenses are included in finance costs.

Covenants

The Term Loan contains customary terms and conditions, including amongst other things, negative covenants limiting the Group’s ability to incur debt, grant liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make investments, loans and advances, make acquisitions, sell assets, pay dividends and other restricted payments, prepay certain debt, merge, consolidate or amalgamate and engage in affiliate transactions.

In addition, the Term Loan requires the Group to maintain a ratio of consolidated secured net debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Term Loan agreement). The Group was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of and for the period ended June 30, 2013.

Previous Floating rate term loan facility

The previous Term Loan was repaid in full on March 25, 2013. All unamortized exit fees and arrangement fees relating to this Term Loan were recognized as financial expenses for €(8) million and €(13) million respectively during the period ended June 30, 2013.

U.S. Revolving Credit Facility

At June 30, 2013, the Group had $55 million (equivalent to €42 million at the period closing end rate) of unused borrowing availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (at December 31, 2012: $66 million, equivalent to €50 million at the period closing end rate).

 

F-61


Table of Contents

Covenants and restrictions

This facility contains a minimum availability covenant that requires Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC to maintain excess availability of at least the greater of (a) $10 million and (b) 10% of the aggregate revolving loan commitments. It also contains customary events of default. Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of June 30, 2013.

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of total non-current and current borrowings due to third and related parties (net of unamortized debt financing costs) in Euro equivalents is denominated in the currencies shown below:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At June 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

U.S. Dollar

     289         153   

Euro

     77         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings net of unamortized debt financing costs

     366         158   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 18—TRADE PAYABLES AND OTHER

Trade payables and other are comprised of the following:

 

     At June 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-current      Current      Non-current      Current  

Trade payables

           

Third parties

     —           438         —           397   

Related parties

     —           105         —           85   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade payables

     —           543         —           482   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other payables

     1         30         1         18   

Employees’ entitlements

     17         128         5         144   

Deferred revenue

     20         9         20         10   

Taxes payable other than income tax

     —           12         —           2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other

     38         179         26         174   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade payables and Other

     38         722         26         656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 19—PENSION AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

Implementation of IAS 19 Revised

See NOTE 2.2—Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and

NOTE 24—Implementation of IAS 19 Revised.

Main events of the period

During the second quarter of 2013, the Group continued to implement certain plan amendments that had the effect of reducing benefits for the participants in the Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood Retiree Medical and Life Insurance Plan. These additional amendments resulted in the immediate recognition in Other gains/(losses)—net of €11 million of past service cost.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

Actuarial assumptions

Pension and other post-employment benefit obligations were updated based on the discount rates applicable as of June 30, 2013. Assumptions used (as summarized below) resulted in a €46 million actuarial gain (net of tax) recognized in Other Comprehensive Income.

 

     At June  30,
2013
    At December  31,
2012
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Discount
rate
    Discount
rate
 

Switzerland

     2.30     1.95

United States

    

Hourly pension

     5.00     4.15

Salaried pension

     5.15     4.35

OPEB

     4.85     4.05

France

     3.36     3.20

Germany

     3.38     3.20

Amounts recognized in the Interim unaudited condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

     At June 30, 2013     At December 31, 2012
Restated
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total  

Present value of funded obligation

     (503     —          (503     (533     —          (533

Fair value of plan assets

     270        —          270        267        —          267   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deficit of funded plans

     (233     —          (233     (266     —          (266

Present value of unfunded obligation

     (107     (207     (314     (111     (234     (345
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability arising from defined benefit obligations

     (340     (207     (547     (377     (234     (611
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Interim unaudited condensed Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

 

     Three months ended
June 30, 2013
    Three months ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total  

Service cost

            

Current service cost

     (4     (2     (6     (5     (2     (7

Past service cost

     —          11        11        —          —          —     

Curtailments

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Loss arising from plan settlements

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Net interest

     (3     (1     (4     (3     (2     (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income / (costs) recognized in the Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

     (7     8        1        (8     (4     (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-63


Table of Contents
     Six months ended
June 30, 2013
    Six months ended June 30,
2012 Restated
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total     Pension
benefits
    Other
benefits
    Total  

Service cost

            

Current service cost

     (8     (3     (11     (9     (3     (12

Past service cost

     —          11        11        20        —          20   

Curtailments

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Loss arising from plan settlements

     —          —          —          (28     —          (28

Net interest

     (6     (3     (9     (6     (5     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income / (costs) recognized in the Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

     (14     5        (9     (23     (8     (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The expenses shown in this table are included as employee costs in the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss within employee benefit expense and in Other gains/(losses)—net (see NOTE 6—Employee Benefit Expenses and NOTE 7—Other Gains / (Losses)—Net).

During the second half of 2012, the Group implemented certain plan amendments that had the effect of reducing benefits of the participants in the Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood Retiree Medical and Life Insurance Plan. In February 2013, five Constellium retirees and the United Steelworkers union filed a class action lawsuit against Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC in a federal district court in West Virginia, alleging that Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC improperly modified retiree health benefits. The Group believes that these claims are unfounded, and that Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC had a legal and contractual right to make the applicable modification.

NOTE 20—PROVISIONS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Close down
and
environmental
restoration
costs
    Restructuring
costs
    Legal claims
and other
costs
    Total  

At January 1, 2013

     56        19        47        122   

Additional provisions

     —          2        4        6   

Amounts used

     —          (5     (3     (8

Unused amounts reversed

     (4     (3     (4     (11

Others

     (2     —          —          (2

Unwinding of discounts

     (1     —          —          (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At June 30, 2013

     49        13        44        106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current

     4        9        28        41   

Non-current

     45        4        16        65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Provisions

     49        13        44        106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Legal claims and other costs

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At June 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Maintenance and customers related provisions

     18         21   

Litigation

     11         9   

Disease claims

     6         7   

Other

     9         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Provisions for legal claims and other costs

     44         47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTE 21—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s financial risk management strategy is described in our annual Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012.

21.1. Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding foreign exchange contracts at June 30, 2013 with maturities ranging between 2013 and 2016 were as follows:

 

Currency

   Forward Exchange
contracts in
currency millions
    Foreign Exchange
Swap contracts in
currency millions
 

CHF

     22        (35

CZK

     203        238   

EUR

     541        120   

GBP

     (8     —     

JPY

     (1,337     (466

SGD

     —          8   

USD

     (748     (134

At June 30, 2013, the margin requirement related to foreign exchange hedges amounted to €13 million (€15 million at December 31, 2012) comprising of €11 million of fixed margin (€12 million at December 31, 2012) and €2 million of variable margin (€3 million at December 31, 2012).

Foreign exchange sensitivity: Risks associated with exposure to financial instruments

A 10% weakening in the June 30, 2013 closing Euro exchange rate on the value of financial instruments held by the Group at June 30, 2013 would have decreased earnings (before tax effect) as shown in the table below:

 

At June 30, 2013

(in millions of Euros)

   Sensitivity
impact
 

Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

     3   

Trade receivables

     22   

Trade payables

     (15

Borrowings

     (33

Metal derivatives (net)

     (3

Foreign exchange derivatives (net)

     (66

Cross currency swaps

     30   
  

 

 

 

Total

     (62
  

 

 

 

The amounts shown in the table above may not be indicative of future results since the balances of financial assets and liabilities may change.

A 10% change in the closing Euro exchange rate against currencies other than U.S. dollar would not have a material impact on earnings.

(ii) Commodity price risk

The Group is subject to the effects of market fluctuations in the price of aluminum, which is the Group’s primary metal input and a significant component of its output. The Group is also exposed to silver, copper and natural gas in a less significant way. The Group has entered into derivatives contracts to manage these risks and carries those instruments at their fair values on the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

As of June 30, 2013, the notional principle amount of aluminum derivatives outstanding was 140,550 tons (approximately $285 million)—113,000 tons at December 31, 2012, (approximately $230 million)—with maturities ranging from 2013 to 2016, copper derivatives outstanding was 4,575 tons (approximately $36 million)—700 tons at December 31, 2012 (approximately $6 million)—with maturities ranging from 2013 to 2016, silver derivatives 145,358 ounces (approximately $4 million)—260,000 ounces at December 31, 2012 (approximately $7 million)—with maturities in 2013 and 900,000 MMBtu of natural gas futures (approximately $4 million)—1,650,000 MMBtu at December 31, 2012 (approximately $5 million) with maturities in 2013.

The value of the contracts will fluctuate due to changes in market prices but is intended to help protect the Group’s margin on future conversion and fabrication activities. At June 30, 2013, these contracts are directly with external counterparties.

As of June 30, 2013, the margin requirement related to aluminum hedges was zero (as of December 31, 2012, margin posted on aluminum hedges was also zero).

Commodity price sensitivity: risks associated with derivatives

Since none of the Group’s derivatives are designated for hedge accounting treatment, the net impact on earnings and equity of a 10% change in the market price of aluminum, based on the aluminum derivatives held by the Group at June 30, 2013 (before tax effect), with all other variables held constant was estimated to be €19 million (€19 million at December 31, 2012). The balances of such financial instruments may change in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

(iii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate sensitivity: risks associated with variable-rate financial instruments

The impact (before tax effect) on profit (loss) for the period of a 50 basis point increase or decrease in the LIBOR or EURIBOR interest rates, based on the variable rate financial instruments held by the Group at June 30, 2013, with all other variables held constant, was estimated to be less than €1 million for the periods ended June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The balances of such financial instruments may not remain constant in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

21.2. Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk with financial institutions and other parties as a result of deposits and the mark-to-market on derivative transactions and from customer trade receivables arising from Constellium’s operating activities. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial asset as described in NOTE 22—Financial Instruments. The Group does not generally hold any collateral as security.

Credit risk related to deposits with financial institutions

Credit risk with financial institutions is managed by the Group’s Treasury department in accordance with a Board approved policy. Constellium management is not aware of any significant risks associated with financial institutions as a result of cash and cash equivalents deposits (including short-term investments) and financial derivative transactions.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

The number of financial counterparties is tabulated below showing our exposure to the counterparty by rating type (ratings from Moody’s Investor Services).

 

     At June 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  
       Number of
financial
counterparties (A)
     Exposure
(in millions  of
Euros)
     Number of
financial
counterparties (A)
     Exposure
(in millions  of
Euros)
 

Rated Aa or better

     3         13         4         11   

Rated A

     6         150         11         145   

Rated Baa

     1         1         1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10         164         16         156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Financial Counterparties for which the Group’s exposure is below €250k have been excluded from the analysis.

See NOTE 14—Trade Receivables and Other for the aging of trade receivables.

21.3. Liquidity and capital risk management

The table below shows undiscounted contractual values by relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 to the contractual maturity date.

 

     At June 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Over
5 years
     Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Over
5 years
 

Financial liabilities:

                 

Borrowings (A)

     45         99         369         32         61         149   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

     2         11         —           1         12         —     

Net cash flows from derivatives liabilities related to currencies and metal (B)

     42         24         —           23         17         —     

Trade payables and other (excludes deferred revenue)

     713         18         —           645         7         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     802         152         369         701         97         149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Borrowings include the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility which is considered short-term in nature and is included in the category “Less than 1 year” and un-discounted forecasted interests on the Term Loan.
(B) Foreign exchange options have not been included as they are not in the money.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into derivative contracts to manage operating exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency, aluminum and silver prices. These contracts are not designated as hedges. The tables below show the undiscounted contractual values and terms of derivative instruments.

 

     At June 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Total      Less than
1 year
     Between
1 and 5 years
     Total  

Assets—Derivative Contracts

                 

Aluminum future contracts

     1         —           1         6         —           6   

Silver future contracts

     —           —           —           1         —           1   

Currency derivative contracts

     9         3         12         13         5         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10         3         13         20         5         25   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities—Derivative Contracts (A)

                 

Aluminum future contracts

     22         3         25         7         1         8   

Copper future contracts

     1         3         4         —           —           —     

Silver and natural gas future contracts

     2         —           2         —           —           —     

Currency derivative contracts

     17         18         35         16         16         32   

Cross currency interest rate swaps

     2         11         13         1         12         13   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     44         35         79         24         29         53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Foreign exchange options have not been included as they are not in the money.

NOTE 22—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The tables below show the classification of financial assets and liabilities, which includes all third and related party amounts.

Financial assets and liabilities by categories

 

            At June 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Loans
and
receivables
     At Fair
Value
through
Profit and
loss
     Total      Loans
and
receivables
     At Fair
Value
through
Profit and
loss
     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

     15         163         —           163         142         —           142   

Trade receivables and Finance Lease receivables

     14         557         —           557         428         —           428   

Other financial assets (A)

        13         16         29         15         29         44   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        733         16         749         585         29         614   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade payables

     18         543         —           543         482         —           482   

Borrowings

     17         366         —           366         158         —           158   

Other financial liabilities (A)

        —           88         88         —           70         70   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

        909         88         997         640         70         710   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents
(A) Other financial assets and Other financial liabilities are comprised of derivatives not designated as hedges:

 

     At June 30, 2013      At December 31, 2012  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-
current
     Current      Total      Non-
current
     Current      Total  

Derivatives (third parties)

     6         10         16         10         19         29   

Margin calls

     —           13         13         —           15         15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial assets

     6         23         29         10         34         44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives (third parties)

     45         43         88         46         24         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

     45         43         88         46         24         70   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair values

The fair value of the derivatives approximate their carrying value as they are remeasured to their fair value at the date of each reporting period.

The carrying value of the Group’s borrowings approximates their fair value.

The fair values of other financial assets and liabilities approximate their carrying values, as a result of their liquidity or short maturity.

Margin calls

Constellium Finance S.A.S. and Constellium Switzerland AG entered into agreements with some financial institutions in order to define applicable rules with regards to the setting-up of derivative trading accounts. On a daily or weekly basis (depending on the arrangement with each financial institution) all open currency or metal derivative contracts are revalued to the then current market price. When the change in fair value reaches a certain threshold (positive or negative), a margin call occurs resulting in the Group making or receiving back a cash payment to/from the financial institution.

At June 30, 2013, the Group made cash deposits related to margin calls for a total amount of €13 million (€15 million at December 31, 2012).

Valuation hierarchy

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into levels based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

Level 1 valuation is based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial instruments,

Level 2 valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices), and

Level 3 valuation is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

At June 30, 2013

(in millions of Euros)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Other financial assets

     1         15         —           16   

Other financial liabilities

     25         63         —           88   

 

F-69


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2012

(in millions of Euros)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Other financial assets

     6         23         —           29   

Other financial liabilities

     8         62         —           70   

NOTE 23—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following table describes the nature and amounts of related party transactions included in the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Three months ended
June  30, 2013
    Three months ended
June  30, 2012
 

Revenue (A)

        1        1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Metal supply (B)

        (143     (150
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exit fees

        —          (2

Interest expense (C)

     9, 17         —          (2

Realized exchange loss on other financial items

        —          (7

Unrealized exchange gain on financing activities

     9         —          2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        —          (9
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct expenses related to IPO (D)

        (15     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Six months ended
June 30, 2013
    Six months ended
June 30, 2012
 

Revenue (A)

        1        3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Metal supply (B)

        (279     (329
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exit fees

        —          (2

Interest expense (C)

     9, 17         —          (6

Realized exchange loss on other financial items

        —          (7
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        —          (15
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct expenses related to IPO (D)

        (15     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The Group sells products to certain subsidiaries and affiliates of Rio Tinto.
(B) Purchases of metal from certain subsidiaries and affiliates of Rio Tinto, net of changes in inventory levels, are included in Cost of sales in the Interim Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss.
(C) Until May 2012, the Group incurred interest expense on borrowings due to Apollo Omega and Bpifrance.
(D) Representing termination fees of the management agreement paid to the Owners.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      At June 30,
2013
     At December 31,
2012
 

Trade receivables

     14         1         2   

Trade payables (A)

     18         105         85   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Trade payables to related parties arise from purchases of metal and from various miscellaneous services that are provided to the Group by certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Owners.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTE 24—IMPLEMENTATION OF IAS 19 REVISED

Restatement of Interim unaudited condensed Consolidated Financial Statements published in 2012

Following the change in accounting principle and presentation in the statement of profit or loss of pension and other long-term benefits obligations applied retroactively as of January 1, 2012, the unaudited condensed interim Consolidated Financial Statements and notes have been restated in accordance with IAS 8—Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors .

Restatement of the Interim unaudited condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income / (Loss)

For the three months ended June 30, 2012, the application of IAS 19 Revised had no impact on the Total Comprehensive Income. The net profit decreased by €1 million (impact on Cost of Sale) and the other comprehensive loss decreased by €1 million (impact on remeasurement on post employment benefit obligations).

Restatement of the Interim unaudited condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At
December  31,
2012

Reported
    Change in
accounting
principle for
pension and
other long-
term
benefits
obligations
    At
December  31,
2012

Restated
 

Total Assets

     1,631        —          1,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

     (47     10        (37
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which

      

Retained deficit and other reserves

     (149     10        (139
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

     1,678        (10     1,668   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which

      

Pension and other post-employment benefits obligations

     621        (10     611   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

     1,631        —          1,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the €10 million equity impact reflects the immediate recognition of unvested past service costs.

 

F-71


Table of Contents

Restatement of the interim unaudited condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
premium
    Remeasurement     Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
share
    Non-controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

As at January 1, 2012 Reported

    98        (26     (14     2        (175     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in accounting principle—pension and other long-term benefits obligations

    —          4        —          —          (4     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at January 1, 2012 Restated

    98        (22     (14     2        (179     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at June 30, 2012 Reported

    98        (77     (22     3        (141     (139     2        (137
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in accounting principle—pension and other long-term benefits obligations

    —          2        —          —          (2     —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at June 30, 2012 Restated

    98        (75     (22     3        (143     (139     2        (137
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012 Reported

    98        (94     (13     1        (43     (51     4        (47
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in accounting principle—pension and other long-term benefits obligations

    —          8        (1     —          3        10        —          10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012 Restated

    98        (86     (14     1        (40     (41     4        (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 25—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

No significant events have occurred since June 30, 2013.

 

F-72


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the board of directors

Constellium Holdco B.V.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial position of Constellium Holdco B.V. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Group is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis of designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Constellium Holdco B.V. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.

We draw attention to the Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements which describes the incorporation and formation of the Group.

Neuilly-sur-Seine, May 17, 2013

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

Olivier Lotz

Partner

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit, SA, 63, rue de Villiers, 92208 Neuilly-sur-Seine Cedex

Téléphone: +33 (0)1 56 57 58 59, Fax: +33 (0)1 56 57 58 60, www.pwc.fr

Société d’expertise comptable inscrite au tableau de l’ordre de Paris—Ile de France. Société de commissariat aux comptes membre de la compagnie régionale de Versailles. Société Anonyme au capital de 2 510 460 €. Siège social : 63, rue de Villiers 92200 Neuilly-sur-Seine. RCS Nanterre 672 006 483. TVA n° FR 76 672 006 483. Siret 672 006 483 00362. Code APE 6920 Z. Bureaux : Bordeaux, Grenoble, Lille, Lyon, Marseille, Metz, Nantes, Neuilly-Sur-Seine, Nice, Poitiers, Rennes, Rouen, Strasbourg, Toulouse.

 

F-73


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Revenue

     4, 5         3,610        3,556   

Cost of sales

     6         (3,132     (3,235
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        478        321   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses

     6         (212     (216

Research and development expenses

     6         (36     (33

Restructuring costs

     22         (25     (20

Other gains/(losses)—net

     8         52        (111
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (loss) from operations

        257        (59
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

     3         (3     (102
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

     —          4        2   

Finance costs

     —          (64     (41
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

     10         (60     (39
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share of loss of joint-ventures

     —          (5     —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (loss) before income tax

        189        (200
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax (expense) / benefit

     11         (47     34   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (loss) from continuing operations

        142        (166
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations

       

Net loss from discontinued operations

     31         (8     (8
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income / (loss)

        134        (174
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income attributable to:

       

Owners

        132        (175

Non-controlling interests

        2        1   

Net Income / (loss)

        134        (174
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the equity holders

of the Company (in € per share)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

       

Basic

     12         1.5        (2.0

Diluted

     12         1.5        (2.0

From continuing operations

       

Basic

     12         1.6        (1.9

Diluted

     12         1.6        (1.9

From discontinued operations

       

Basic

     12         (0.1     (0.1

Diluted

     12         (0.1     (0.1

Pro forma information (unaudited)

       

Pro forma earnings per share from continuing operations—basic and diluted

     33         1.4     

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME / (LOSS)

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Net Income / (loss)

        134        (174
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss)

       

Currency translation differences

     9         1        (14

Actuarial losses on post-employment benefit obligations

     21         (84     (27

Deferred tax on actuarial gains and losses on post-employment benefit obligations

     25         16        1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss

        (67     (40
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income / (loss)

        67        (214
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Attributable to:

       

Owners

        65        (215

Non-controlling interests

        2        1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income / (loss)

        67        (214
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Notes     At
December 31,
2012
    At
December 31,
2011
    Pro Forma At
December 31, 2012
(unaudited, Note 33)
 

Assets

       

Non-current assets

       

Intangible assets (including goodwill)

    13        11        12        11   

Property, plant and equipment

    14        302        198        302   

Investments in joint ventures

      2        1        2   

Deferred income tax assets

    25        205        205        205   

Trade receivables and other

    16        64        91        64   

Other financial assets

    24        10        3        10   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      594        510        594   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current assets

       

Inventories

    15        385        422        385   

Trade receivables and other

    16        476        529        476   

Other financial assets

    24        34        32        34   

Cash and cash equivalents

    17        142        113        142   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      1,037        1,096        1,037   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Assets of disposal Group classified as held for sale

    31        —         6        —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

      1,631        1,612        1,631   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity

       

Share capital

    18        —         —         —    

Share premium account

    18        98        98        98   

Retained deficit and other reserves

      (149     (213     (399
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

      (51     (115     (301

Non controlling interests

      4        2        4   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      (47     (113     (297
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

       

Non-current liabilities

       

Borrowings

    19        140        141        140   

Trade payables and other

    20        26        3        26   

Deferred income tax liabilities

    25        11        29        11   

Pension and other post-employment benefits obligations

    21        621        578        621   

Other financial liabilities

    24        46        47        46   

Provisions

    22        89        86        89   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      933        884        933   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Borrowings

    19        18        73        18   

Trade payables and other

    20        656        663        656   

Dividend payable

      —         —         250   

Income taxes payable

      14        3        14   

Other financial liabilities

    24        24        51        24   

Provisions

    22        33        42        33   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      745        832        995   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities of disposal Group classified as held for sale

    31        —         9        —    
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

      1,678        1,725        1,928   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity and liabilities

      1,631        1,612        1,631   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
Premium
    Actuarial
losses
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
Share
    Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

As at January 1, 2011

    —         —          —          —          —          —          —          —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss for the period

    —          —          —          —          (175     (175     1        (174

Other comprehensive loss for the period

    —          (26     (14     —            (40     —          (40
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

    —          (26     (14     —          (175     (215     1        (214
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owner

               

Issuance (amendment) of share capital

    98        —          —          —          —          98        —          98   

Other

    —          —          —          2        —          2        —          2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with non-controlling interests

               

Non-controlling interests assumed in acquisition

    —          —          —          —          —          —          1        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2011

    98        (26     (14     2        (175     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

  Share
Premium
    Actuarial
losses
    Foreign
currency
translation
reserve
    Other
reserves
    Retained
losses
    Total
Group
Share
    Non-
controlling
Interests
    Total
Equity
 

As at January 1, 2012

    98        (26     (14     2        (175     (115     2        (113
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Income for the period

    —          —          —          —          132        132        2        134   

Other comprehensive loss for the period

    —          (68     1        —          —          (67     —          (67
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

    —          (68     1        —          132        65        2        67   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Transactions with the owner

               

Share equity plan

    —          —          —          1        —          1        —          1   

Other

    —          —          —          (2     —          (2     —          (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012

    98        (94     (13     1        (43     (51     4        (47
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Cash flows from / (used in) operating activities

       

Net income / (loss)

        134        (174

Less: Net loss from discontinued operations

        8        8   

Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests

        (2     (1

Net income / (loss) for the year from continuing operations before non-controlling interests

        140        (167
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments:

       

Income tax

     11         47        (34

Finance costs—net

     10         60        39   

Depreciation and impairment

     14         14        2   

Share of loss of joint-ventures

        5        —     

Restructuring costs and other provisions

     22         16        14   

Defined benefit pension costs

     21         4        38   

Unrealized (losses) / gains on derivatives and from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities

     8         (60     140   

Other

        2        —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in working capital:

       

Inventories

        35        23   

Trade receivables and other

        93        (31

Trade payables and other

        (11     40   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in other operating assets and liabilities:

       

Provisions

     22         (31     (14

Income tax paid

        (28     (38

Pension liabilities and other post-employment benefit obligations

        (40     (41
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from / (used in) operating activities

        246        (29
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

       

Purchase of net assets on acquisition—net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

        —          13   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     14         (126     (97

Proceeds from disposal of AIN entities

        —          9   

Proceeds from finance lease

        8        7   

Other investing activities

        (13     (1
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

        (131     (69
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows (used in) / from financing activities

       

Proceeds received from issuance of shares

     18         —          98   

Interests paid

        (28     (31

Net cash flows (used in) / from factoring

     16         (49     56   

Proceeds received from Term Loan

     19         154        137   

Repayment of Term Loan

     19         (148     —     

Proceeds / Repayment of other loans

     19         6        (20

Payment of deferred financing costs and debt fees

     16, 19         (14     (23

Other financing activities

        (7     (16
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows (used in) / from financing activities

        (86     201   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

        29        103   

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

     17         113        —     

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        —          10   

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

     17         142        113   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—GENERAL INFORMATION

Incorporation and formation

On May 14, 2010, Omega Holdco B.V. (“Holdco”) was incorporated as a limited liability company in the Netherlands with authorized capital of 9 million ordinary shares with a stated nominal value of euro (€) 0.01 per share. As of August 2, 2011 Omega Holdco B.V. changed its legal name to Constellium Holdco B.V. (“Constellium”). Constellium is hereinafter referred to as the “Company”. Constellium and its subsidiaries are hereinafter referred to as the “Group”.

Apollo Omega (Lux) S.à.r.l (“Apollo Omega”), an entity which is wholly-owned by investment funds affiliated with, or co-investment vehicles that are managed (or the general partners of which are managed) by subsidiaries of, Apollo Global Management, LLC (Apollo Global Management, LLC and its subsidiaries collectively, and each such entity individually, “Apollo” and such investment funds and co-investment vehicles collectively, “Apollo Funds”), subscribed cash of €18,000 for 1.8 million ordinary shares of Holdco in connection with Holdco’s formation.

On January 4, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), Constellium amended its authorized capital. Constellium amended the class of its ordinary shares to class A shares and authorized a total of 17.3 million class A shares, and 0.1 million shares each of class B1 and B2.

On the Closing Date, Apollo Omega, Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited (“Rio Tinto”), and Bpifrance Participations (f/k/a Fonds Stratégique d’Investissements) (collectively the “Owners”) subscribed in U.S. Dollars (USD) for class A shares to bring their equity holdings in Holdco to 51%, 39% and 10%, respectively (see Note 18—Share capital).

Through its newly formed wholly-owned subsidiaries, on the Closing Date, Constellium acquired substantially all of the entities and businesses of Rio Tinto Engineered Aluminium Products (“the Acquisition”), which was a component of Rio Tinto (see Note 3—Acquisition of Rio Tinto Engineered Aluminium Products Entities).

From the date of Constellium’s incorporation to the Closing Date, Constellium was wholly-owned by Apollo Funds with no operating or investing activities for the period from the date of its incorporation to the Closing Date. As a result, no information is presented for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Description of businesses

The Group is comprised of substantially all of the operating entities, divisions and businesses formerly included in an operating segment known as Engineered Aluminium Products (“EAP”) within subsidiaries or affiliates of Rio Tinto, excluding its Cable and Composite operating businesses. The Group produces engineered and fabricated aluminum products and structures and operates production facilities throughout Europe, North America and Asia.

The business address (head office) of Constellium Holdco B.V. is Tupolevlaan 41-61, 1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk, the Netherlands.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

2.1. Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements of Constellium Holdco B.V. and its subsidiaries are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). All standards applied by the Group have been endorsed by the European Union and are effective for the year beginning on January 1, 2012.

The full set of standards endorsed by the European Union can be consulted on the website of the European Commission at: http://ec.europa.eu/internal_market/accounting/ias/index-fr.htm .

 

F-79


Table of Contents

The consolidated financial statements have been authorized for issue by the Board of Directors at its meeting held on March 13, 2013 and authorised in respect of the pro rata share issuance on May 16, 2013.

2.2. Application of new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)

The Group has applied the amendments to IFRS 7—Disclosures—Transfers of financial assets in the current year. The amendments increase the disclosure requirements for transactions involving the transfer of financial assets in order to provide greater transparency around risk exposures when financial assets are transferred.

In accordance with transitional provisions set out in the amendments to IFRS 7, the Group has not provided comparative information for the disclosures required by the amendments.

2.3. New standards and interpretations not yet mandatorily applicable

The Group has not applied the following new, revised or amended IFRSs and interpretations that have been issued but are not yet effective:

 

 

Amendments to IAS 1— Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income 1

 

 

Amendments to IAS 12— Deferred Tax—Recovery of Underlying Assets 2

 

 

IFRS 13— Fair Value Measurement 3

 

 

IAS 19 (as revised in 2011)—Employee Benefits 3

 

 

Amendment to IFRS 7—Disclosures—Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 3

 

 

IFRS 10—Consolidated Financial Statements 4

 

 

IFRS 11—Joint Arrangements 4

 

 

IFRS 12—Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities 4

 

 

IAS 27 (as revised in 2011)—Separate Financial Statements 4

 

 

IAS 28 (as revised in 2011)—Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 4

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 10, IFRS 11, IFRS 12—Consolidated Financial Statements, Joint Arrangements and Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: Transition Guidance 5

 

 

Amendments to IFRS— Annual improvements to IFRSs 2009-2011 Cycle 5

 

 

Amendments to IAS 32— Offsetting Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities 6

 

 

IFRS 9—Financial Instruments—Classification and measurement of financial assets 7

 

 

Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7—Mandatory Effective Date of IFRS 9 and Transition Disclosures 7

Those which are considered to be relevant to the Group or where the Group is currently assessing the impact of the standard on its results, financial position and cash flows are set out below:

IAS 19—Employee Benefits (as revised in 2011) changes the accounting for defined benefit plans and termination benefits. The most significant change relates to the accounting for changes in defined benefit obligations and plan assets. The amendments require the recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations

 

1   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 July 2012
2   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2012 (IASB), 1 January 2013 (EU)
3   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013
4   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 (IASB), 1 January 2014 (EU)
5   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013 (IASB), not yet endorsed in Europe
6   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014
7   Effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2015 (IASB), not yet endorsed in Europe

 

F-80


Table of Contents

and in fair value of plan assets when they occur, and hence eliminate the “corridor approach” permitted under the previous version of IAS 19 and accelerate the recognition of past service costs. The amendments require all actuarial gains and losses to be recognized immediately through other comprehensive income in order for the net pension asset or liability recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position to reflect the full value of the plan deficit or surplus. Furthermore, the interest cost and expected return on plan assets used in the previous version of IAS 19 are replaced with a “net interest” amount, which is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset.

The amendments to IAS 19 require retrospective application. Based on the Group’s preliminary assessment, when the Group applies the amendments to IAS 19 for the first time for the year ending December 31, 2013, the net income for the year ended December 31, 2012 would be increased by €6 million and the other comprehensive loss after income tax for the said year would be decreased by €4 million with the corresponding adjustments being recognized in the pension benefit obligation and deferred tax asset (liability). This net effect reflects a number of adjustments, including their tax effect: a) immediate recognition of past service costs in profit or loss and decrease in the net pension deficit and b) reversal of the difference between the gain arising from the expected rate of return on pension plan assets and the discount rate through other comprehensive income.

IFRS 13—Fair value measurement explains how to measure fair value and aims to enhance fair value disclosures. It does not say when to measure fair value or require additional fair value measurements. It aims to improve consistency and reduce complexity by providing a precise definition of fair value and a single source of fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for use across IFRS financial information.

2.4. Basis of preparation

In accordance with IAS 1—Presentation of financial statements , the consolidated financial statements are prepared on the assumption that Constellium is a going concern and will continue in operation for the foreseeable future (at least for the 12 month period starting from December 31, 2012). Management considers that this assumption is not overcome by Constellium’s negative equity as of December 31, 2012. This assessment was confirmed during the board of directors’ meeting held on March 13, 2013.

The following significant accounting policies have been used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group.

2.5. Presentation of the operating performance of each operating segment and of the Group

In accordance with IFRS 8—Operating Segments , operating segments are based upon product lines, markets and industries served, and are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer.

The profitability and financial performance of the operating segments is measured based on Management Adjusted EBITDA, as it illustrates the underlying performance of continuing operations by excluding non-recurring and non-operating items.

Management Adjusted EBITDA is defined in Note 4—Operating Segment Information.

2.6. Principles governing the preparation of the consolidated financial statements

Acquisitions

The Group applies the acquisition method to account for business combinations.

The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities assumed and the equity interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair

 

F-81


Table of Contents

values at the acquisition date. In accordance with IFRS 3, the amount of non-controlling interest is determined for each business combination and is either the fair value (full goodwill method) or the present ownership instruments’ proportionate share in the recognized amounts of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets, resulting in recognition of only the share of goodwill attributable to equity holders of the parent (partial goodwill method).

Goodwill is initially measured as the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the amount of non-controlling interest over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If this consideration is lower than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized as a gain in Other gains/(losses)—net in the Consolidated Income Statement.

On acquisition, the Group recognizes the identifiable acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities (identifiable net assets) of the subsidiaries on the basis of fair value at the acquisition date. Recognized assets and liabilities may be adjusted during a maximum of 12 months from the acquisition date, depending on new information obtained about the facts and circumstances existing at the acquisition date.

In determining fair values, the significant assumptions which were used in determining the allocation of fair value include the following valuation approaches: the cost approach, the income approach and the market approach. Significant assumptions used in the determination of fair values include cash flow projections and related discount rates, industry indices, market prices regarding replacement cost and comparable market transactions. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation methodologies were reasonable, different assumptions could have resulted in different fair values. In respect of discount rates, the discounted cash flow model used for business segments valuation reflects discount rates of 17% through 18.5% as of the date of acquisition. After taking into account independent studies published by a reputable investment research firm to determine the applicable size premium, a premium of 10.06% was used to arrive at these discount rates, and the Company believes that this represented an appropriate company premium.

Cash-generating units

The reporting units (which generally correspond to an industrial site), the lowest level of the Group’s internal reporting, have been identified as its cash-generating units.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on a business combination is carried at cost as established at the date of the business combination less accumulated impairment losses, if any.

Goodwill is allocated and monitored at the operating segments level which are the groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. The operating segments represent the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

The initial allocation of goodwill is completed before the end of the annual period in which the business combination is effected or, if impracticable, before the end of the first annual period beginning after the acquisition date.

On disposal of the relevant cash-generating units, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the gain in disposal.

Impairment of goodwill

A cash-generating unit or a group of cash-generating units to which goodwill is allocated is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently when there is an indication that the unit (or group of units) may be impaired.

The net carrying value of the cash-generating unit (or the group of cash-generating units) is compared to its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the value in use and the fair value less cost to sell.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Value in use calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets approved by management and covering usually a 5 year period. Cash flows beyond this period are estimated using a perpetual long-term growth rate for the subsequent years.

The value in use is the sum of discounted cash flows and the terminal residual value. Discount rates are determined using the weighted-average cost of capital of each operating segment.

Any impairment loss of goodwill is recognized for the amount by which the cash-generating unit’s (or group of units) carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

The impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the cash-generating unit (or group of cash-generating units) and then, to the other assets of the unit (or group of units) pro rata on the basis of the carrying amount of each asset in the unit (or group of units).

Any impairment loss is recognized directly in the line “Other gains/(losses)—net” in the Consolidated income statement. An impairment loss recognized for goodwill cannot be reversed in subsequent periods.

Non-current assets (and disposal groups) classified as held for sale & Discontinued operations

IFRS 5—Non-current Assets Held For Sale and Discontinued Operations defines a discontinued operation as a component of an entity that (i) generates cash flows that are largely independent from cash flows generated by other components, (ii) is held for sale or has been sold, and (iii) represents a separate major line of business or geographic areas of operations.

The Group has determined that, given the way it is organized, its segments presented in the segment information correspond to the definition of components stated under IFRS 5.

Assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. This condition is regarded as met only when the sale is highly probable and the non-current asset (or disposal group) is available for immediate sale in its present condition.

When an entity acquires assets and liabilities exclusively with a view to their subsequent disposal, it shall classify these assets and liabilities as held for sale at the acquisition date if the criteria set out in the previous paragraphs are fulfilled in a short period of time after the acquisition and if the sale occurs in a period of one year following the classification.

Assets and liabilities are stated at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell if their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use.

Assets and liabilities held for sale are reflected in separate line items in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position of the period during which the decision to sell is made.

The results of discontinued operations are shown separately in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Basis of consolidation

These consolidated financial statements include all the assets, liabilities, equity, revenues, expenses and cash flows of the entities and businesses of Constellium.

Subsidiaries are entities over which the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies in order to obtain benefits from their activities. Control is presumed to exist where the Group owns more than 50% of the voting rights (which does not always equate to percentage ownership) unless it can be demonstrated that ownership does not constitute control. Control does not exist where outside stakeholders hold veto rights over significant operating and financial decisions. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently

 

F-83


Table of Contents

exercisable or convertible are taken into account. Substantially all of the subsidiaries in Constellium are wholly-owned. All of the assets and liabilities and results of operations of majority-owned subsidiaries are included in the consolidated financial statements, which show the amounts of net assets, income for the year and comprehensive income (loss) attributable to both the Owners and Non-controlling Interests. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control such that significant operating and financial decisions require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. The Group accounts for joint ventures using the equity accounting method.

Jointly controlled operations arise when two or more parties combine their operations, resources and expertise to manufacture, market and distribute jointly a particular product. In respect of its interests in jointly controlled operations, the Group recognizes in its financial statements:

 

   

The assets that it controls and the liabilities that it incurs; and

 

   

The expenses that it incurs and its share of the income that it earns from the sale of goods or services by the joint venture.

All intercompany balances and transactions between and among the Group’s subsidiaries are eliminated in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements.

Balances and transactions between the Company and its Owners have been identified as related party balances and transactions in the consolidated financial statements.

Foreign currency transactions and remeasurement

Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are converted to the functional currency at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction.

Functional currency

Items included in the consolidated financial statements of each of the entities and businesses of Constellium are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each of them operates (their functional currency).

Presentation currency and foreign currency translation

In the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, the year-end balances of assets, liabilities and components of equity of Constellium’s entities and businesses are translated from their functional currencies into Euros, the presentation currency of the Group, at the respective year-end exchange rates; and the revenues, expenses and cash flows of Constellium’s entities and businesses are translated from their functional currencies into Euros using average exchange rates for the period.

The net differences arising from exchange rate translation are recognized in the foreign currency translation reserve.

The following table summarizes the main exchange rates used for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of the Group:

 

            Year ended December 31,
2012
     Year ended December 31,
2011
 

Foreign exchange rate for 1 €

          Closing rate      Average rate      Closing rate      Average rate  

U.S. dollars

     USD         1.3220         1.2847         1.2979         1.3905   

Swiss Francs

     CHF         1.2070         1.2051         1.2170         1.2306   

Czech Koruna

     CZK         25.1256         25.1256         25.5364         24.5761   

 

F-84


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable.

Revenue from product sales, net of trade discounts, allowances and volume-based incentives, is recognized once delivery has occurred provided that persuasive evidence exists that all of the following criteria are met:

 

   

The significant risks and rewards of ownership of the product have been transferred to the buyer;

 

   

Neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership, nor effective control over the goods sold, has been retained by Constellium;

 

   

The amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

   

It is probable that the economic benefits associated with the sale will flow to Constellium; and

 

   

The costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the sale can be measured reliably.

The Group also enters into tolling agreements whereby the clients loan the metal which the Group will then manufacture for them. In these circumstances, revenue is recognized when services are provided as of the date of redelivery of the manufactured metal.

Amounts billed to customers in respect of shipping and handling are classified as revenue where the Group is responsible for carriage, insurance and freight. All shipping and handling costs incurred by the Group are recognized in cost of sales.

Deferred tooling revenue and related costs

Certain automotive long term contracts include the design and manufacture of customized parts. To manufacture such parts, certain specialized or customized tooling is required. The Group accounts for the tooling costs provided by third party manufacturers in accordance with the provisions of IAS 11—Construction Contracts .

Research and development costs

Research expenditures are recognized as expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement as incurred. Costs incurred on development projects are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

 

   

It is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use;

 

   

Management intends to complete and use the intangible asset;

 

   

There is an ability to use the intangible asset;

 

   

It can be demonstrated how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

   

Adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and use or sell the intangible asset are available; and

 

   

The expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be reliably measured.

Where development expenditures do not meet these criteria, they are recognized as expenses in the Consolidated Income Statement when incurred. Development costs previously recognized as expenses are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period.

Other gains/(losses)—net

Other gains/(losses)—net include realized gains and losses on derivatives, unrealized gains and losses on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss and unrealized exchange gains and losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

Other gains/(losses)—net separately identifies other unusual, infrequent or non-recurring items. Such items are those that in management’s judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence. In determining whether an event or transaction is specific, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Board and Executive Committee and assists in providing a meaningful analysis of the trading results of the Group. The directors believe that this presentation aids the readers understanding of the financial performance as these items are identified by virtue of their size, nature or incidence.

Interest income and expense

Interest income is recorded using the effective interest rate method on loans receivable and on the interest bearing components of cash and cash equivalents.

Interest expense on short and long-term financing is recorded at the relevant rates on the various borrowing agreements. Borrowing costs (including interest) incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use.

Share-based payment arrangements

Equity-settled share-based payments to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date.

The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of equity instruments that will eventually vest, with a corresponding increase in equity. At the end of each reporting year, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest.

Property, plant and equipment

Recognition and measurement

As a result of the application of purchase accounting under IFRS 3—Business combinations, property, plant and equipment acquired by the Company on January 4, 2011 were recorded at fair value.

Property, plant and equipment acquired by the Company subsequent to January 4, 2011 are recorded at cost, which comprises the purchase price, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management and the estimated close down and restoration costs associated with the asset. Subsequent to the initial recognition, property, plant and equipment is measured at cost less accumulated depreciation. For major capital projects, costs are capitalized into Construction Work in Progress until such projects are completed and the assets are available for use.

Subsequent costs

Improvements and replacements are capitalized as additions to property, plant and equipment only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with them will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured with reliability. Ongoing regular maintenance costs related to property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation

Land is not depreciated. Property, plant and equipment are depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method as follows:

 

   

Buildings 10—50 years

 

   

Machinery and equipment 3—10 years

 

   

Vehicles 5—8 years

 

F-86


Table of Contents

Impairment tests for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are reviewed for impairment if there is any indication that the carrying amount of the asset (or group of assets to which it belongs) may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell (market value) and value in use (determined using estimates of discounted future net cash flows of the asset or group of assets to which it belongs).

Financial instruments

(i) Financial assets

Financial assets are classified as follows: (a) at fair value through profit or loss and (b) loans and receivables. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of Constellium’s financial assets at initial recognition.

 

  (a) At fair value through profit or loss: These are financial assets held for trading. A financial asset is classified in this category if it is acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term. Derivatives are also categorized as held for trading. Assets in this category are classified as current assets if expected to be settled within 12 months; otherwise, they are classified as non-current. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

  (b) Loans and receivables: These are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are classified as current or non-current assets based on their maturity date. Loans and receivables are comprised of Trade receivables and other and non-current and current loans receivable in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment.

(ii) Financial liabilities

Borrowings and other financial liabilities (excluding derivative liabilities) are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred and directly attributable to the issuance of the liability. These financial liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method. Any difference between the amounts originally received (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement over the year to maturity using the effective interest method.

(iii) Derivative financial instruments

All derivatives are classified as held for trading and initially recognized at their fair value on the date at which the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value based upon published market quotations at the date of each Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, with the changes in fair value included in Other gains/(losses)—net (see Note 8—Other gains/(losses)—net). The Group has no derivatives designated for hedge accounting treatment.

(iv) Fair value

Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction between informed and willing parties. Where available, relevant market prices are used to determine fair values.

(v) Offsetting financial instruments

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

F-87


Table of Contents

Leases

Constellium as the lessee

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as operating leases. Various buildings, machinery and equipment from third parties are leased under operating lease agreements. Under such operating lease agreements, the total lease payments are recognized as rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement, and are included in Cost of sales or Selling and administrative expenses, depending on the nature of the leased assets.

Leases of property, plant and equipment where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Various equipment from third parties are leased under finance lease agreements. Under such finance leases, the asset financed is recognized in Property, Plant and Equipment and the financing is recognized as a financial liability.

Constellium as the lessor

Certain land, buildings, machinery and equipment are leased to third parties under finance lease agreements. During the period of lease inception, the net book value of the related assets is removed from property, plant and equipment and a Finance lease receivable is recorded at the lower of the fair value and the aggregate future cash payments to be received from the lessee less unearned finance income computed at an interest rate implicit in the lease. As the Finance lease receivable from the lessee is collected, unearned finance income is also reduced, resulting in interest income.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value, primarily on a weighted-average cost basis.

Weighted-average costs for raw materials, stores, work in progress and finished goods are calculated using the costs experienced in the current period based on normal operating capacity (and include the purchase price of materials, freight, duties and customs, the costs of production, which includes labor costs, materials and other expenses which are directly attributable to the production process and production overheads).

Trade accounts receivable

Recognition and measurement

Trade accounts receivable are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment.

Subsequent measurement

An impairment allowance of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due. Indicators of impairment would include financial difficulties of the debtor, likelihood of the debtor’s insolvency, late payments, default or a significant deterioration in creditworthiness. The amount of the provision is the difference between the assets’ carrying value and the present value of the estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. The expense (income) related to the increase (decrease) of the impairment allowance is recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement. When a trade receivable is deemed uncollectible, it is written off against the impairment allowance account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Factoring arrangements

In a non-recourse factoring arrangement, where the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the receivables, the receivables are de-recognized under the provisions of IAS 39—Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . Where trade accounts receivable are sold with limited recourse, and

 

F-88


Table of Contents

substantially all the risks and rewards associated with these receivables are retained, receivables continue to be included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Inflows and outflows from factoring agreements in which the Group does not derecognize receivables are presented on a net basis as cash flows from financing activities. Arrangements in which the Group derecognizes receivables result in changes in trade receivables which are reflected as cash flows from operating activities.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash in bank accounts and on hand, short-term deposits held on call with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value, less bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand, provided there is a right of offset.

Share capital

Ordinary, Class A and Class B shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

On May 16, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors declared an issuance of an additional 22.8 shares for each outstanding share.

Our earnings per share numbers have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this pro rata issuance of shares as if it had occurred on January 4, 2011.

Trade payables

Trade payables are initially recorded at fair value and classified as current liabilities if payment is due in one year or less.

Provisions

Provisions are recorded for the best estimate of expenditures required to settle liabilities of uncertain timing or amount when management determines that a legal or constructive obligation exists as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and such amounts can be reasonably estimated. Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to be required to settle the obligation.

The ultimate cost to settle such liabilities is uncertain, and cost estimates can vary in response to many factors. The settlement of these liabilities could materially differ from recorded amounts. In addition, the expected timing of expenditure can also change. As a result, there could be significant adjustments to provisions, which could result in additional charges or recoveries affecting future financial results.

Types of liabilities for which the Group establishes provisions include:

Close down and restoration costs

Estimated close down and restoration costs are provided for in the accounting year when the legal or constructive obligation arising from the related disturbance occurs and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation. These costs are based on the net present value of estimated future costs. Provisions for close down and restoration costs do not include any additional obligations which are expected to arise from future disturbance. The costs are estimated on the basis of a closure plan including feasibility and engineering studies, are updated annually during the life of the operation to reflect known developments (e.g. revisions to cost estimates and to the estimated lives of operations) and are subject to formal review at regular intervals throughout each year.

 

F-89


Table of Contents

The initial closure provision together with subsequent movements in the provisions for close down and restoration costs, including those resulting from new disturbance, updated cost estimates, changes to the estimated lives of operations and revisions to discount rates are capitalized within Property, plant and equipment. These costs are then depreciated over the remaining useful lives of the related assets. The amortization or “unwinding” of the discount applied in establishing the net present value of the provisions is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement as a financing cost in each accounting year.

Environmental remediation costs

Environmental remediation costs are provided for based on the estimated present value of the costs of the Group’s environmental clean-up obligations. Movements in the environmental clean-up provisions are presented as an operating cost within Cost of sales. Remediation procedures may commence soon after the time at which the disturbance, remediation process and estimated remediation costs become known, and can continue for many years depending on the nature of the disturbance and the technical remediation.

Restructuring costs

Provisions for restructuring are recorded when Constellium’s management is demonstrably committed to the restructuring plan and where such liabilities can be reasonably estimated. The Group recognizes liabilities that primarily include one-time termination benefits, or severance, and contract termination costs, primarily related to equipment and facility lease obligations. These amounts are based on the remaining amounts due under various contractual agreements, and are periodically adjusted for any anticipated or unanticipated events or changes in circumstances that would reduce or increase these obligations. These costs are charged to restructuring costs in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Legal and Other potential claims

Provisions for legal claims are made when it is probable that liabilities will be incurred and when such liabilities can be reasonably estimated. Depending on their nature, these costs may be charged to Cost of sales or Other gains/(losses)—net in the Consolidated Income Statement. Included in other potential claims are provisions for product warranties and guarantees to settle the net present value portion of any settlement costs for potential future legal actions, claims and other assertions that may be brought by Constellium’s customers or the end-users of products. Provisions for product warranty and guarantees are charged to Cost of sales in the Consolidated Income Statement. In the accounting year when any legal action, claim or assertion related to product warranty or guarantee is settled, the net settlement amount incurred is charged against the provision established in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. The outstanding provision is reviewed periodically for adequacy and reasonableness by Constellium management.

Pension, other post-employment healthcare plans and other long term employee benefits

Payments to defined contribution retirement benefit plans are recognized as an expense when employees have rendered service entitling them to the contributions. Constellium’s contributions to defined contribution pension plans are charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in the year to which the contributions relate. This expense is included in Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses or Research and development costs, depending on its nature.

For defined benefit plans, the retirement benefit obligation recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position represents the present value of the defined benefit obligation as adjusted for unrecognized past service cost, and as reduced by the fair value of plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses arising in the year are charged or credited to Other comprehensive income/(loss). Actuarial gains and losses are comprised of both the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and experience adjustments.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

The amount charged to the Consolidated Income Statement in respect of these plans (including the current service cost, any amortization of past service cost and the effect of any curtailment or settlement, interest cost and the expected return on assets) is included within the income/(loss) from operations.

The defined benefit obligations are assessed in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries. The most significant assumptions used in accounting for pension plans are the long-term rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate.

Post-employment benefit plans relate to health and life insurance benefits to retired employees and in some cases to their beneficiaries and covered dependants. Eligibility for coverage is dependent upon certain age and service criteria. These benefit plans are unfunded and are accounted for as defined benefit obligations, as described above.

Other long term employee benefits include jubilees and other long-term disability benefits. For these plans, actuarial gains and losses arising in the year are recognized immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement.

Taxation

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position date in the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income.

The Group is subject to income taxes in the Netherlands, France and numerous other jurisdictions. Certain of Constellium’s businesses may be included in consolidated tax returns within the Company. In certain circumstances, these businesses may be jointly and severally liable with the entity filing the consolidated return, for additional taxes that may be assessed.

Management establishes tax reserves and accrues interest thereon, if deemed appropriate, in expectation that certain tax return positions may be challenged and that the Group might not succeed in defending such positions, despite management’s belief that the positions taken were fully supportable.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. This approach also requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets for operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards.

The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates and laws is recognized as tax income in the year when the rate change is substantively enacted. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the date of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Presentation of financial statements

The consolidated financial statements are presented in millions of Euros. Certain reclassifications may have been made to prior year amounts to conform to current year presentation.

2.7. Judgments in applying accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

Many of the amounts included in the consolidated financial statements involve the use of judgment and/or estimation. These judgments and estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the relevant facts and

 

F-91


Table of Contents

circumstances, giving consideration to previous experience. However, actual results may differ from the amounts included in the consolidated financial statements. Key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year include the items presented below.

Further details on the nature of these assumptions and conditions can be found in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

Purchase Accounting

Business combinations are recorded in accordance with IFRS 3 using the acquisition method. Under this method, upon the initial consolidation of an entity over which the Group has acquired exclusive control, the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed are recognized at their fair value on the acquisition date.

Therefore, through a number of different approaches and with the assistance of external independent valuation experts, the Group identified what it believes to be the fair value of the assets and liabilities at the acquisition date. These valuations will by necessity include a number of assumptions, estimations and judgments. Quantitative and qualitative information is further disclosed in Note 3—Acquisition of Rio Tinto Engineered Aluminium Product Entities.

In determining fair values, the significant assumptions which were used in determining the allocation of fair value include the following valuation approaches: the cost approach, the income approach and the market approach. Significant assumptions used in the determination of fair values include cash flow projections and related discount rates, industry indices, market prices regarding replacement cost and comparable market transactions. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation methodologies were reasonable, different assumptions could have resulted in different fair values. In respect of discount rates, the discounted cash flow model used for business segments valuation reflects discount rates of 17 through 18.5% as of the date of acquisition. After taking into account independent studies published by a reputable investment research firm to determine the applicable size premium, a premium of 10.06% was used to arrive at these discount rates, and the Company believes that this represented an appropriate company premium. A 4% decrease in discount rates applied would have increased our property, plant and equipment value by approximately €145 million and increased our annual depreciation by €10 million. Additionally, goodwill of €11 million would have been eliminated and a gain attributable to negative goodwill of €134 million would have been recognized.

Pension, other post-employment benefits and other long-term employee benefits

The present value of the defined benefit obligations depends on a number of factors that are determined on an actuarial basis using a number of assumptions. The assumptions used in determining the defined benefit obligations and net pension costs include the expected long-term rate of return on the relevant plan assets and the rate of future compensation increases. In making these estimates and assumptions, management considers advice provided by external advisers, such as actuaries.

Any material changes in these assumptions could result in a significant change in employee benefit expense recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement, actuarial gains and losses recognized in equity and prepaid and accrued benefits. Details of the key assumptions applied are set out in Note 21—Pension liabilities and Other Post-employment benefits Obligations.

Taxes

Significant judgment is sometimes required in determining the accrual for income taxes as there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of

 

F-92


Table of Contents

business. The Group recognizes liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax provisions, results of operations and possibly cash flows in the year in which such determination is made.

Management judgment is required to determine the extent to which deferred tax assets can be recognized. Constellium recognizes deferred tax assets when it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which the deductible temporary differences can be utilized. This assessment is conducted through a detailed review of deferred tax assets by jurisdiction and takes into account past, current and expected future performance deriving from the budget and the business plan.

Assumptions about the generation of future taxable profits depend on management’s estimates of future cash flows. These depend notably on estimates of future production and sales volumes, commodity prices, operating costs and capital expenditure. Judgments are also required about the application of income tax legislation. These judgments and assumptions are subject to risk and uncertainty, and therefore there is a possibility that changes in circumstances will alter expectations, which may impact the amount of deferred tax assets recognized on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and the amount of other tax losses and temporary differences not yet recognized. In such circumstances, some or all of the carrying amount of recognized deferred tax assets may require adjustments, resulting in a corresponding charge to the Consolidated Income Statement. Further quantitative information is provided in Note 25—Deferred Income taxes.

Provisions

Provisions have been recorded for: (a) close-down and restoration costs; (b) environmental remediation and monitoring costs; (c) restructuring programs; (d) legal and other potential claims including provisions for product warranty and guarantees, at amounts which represent management’s best estimates of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the date of the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Expectations will be revised each year until the actual liability is settled, with any difference accounted for in the year in which the revision is made. Principal assumptions used are described in Note 22—Provisions.

NOTE 3—ACQUISITION OF RIO TINTO ENGINEERED ALUMINIUM PRODUCT ENTITIES

On January 4, 2011 (the “Acquisition Date”), Constellium acquired substantially all of the entities and businesses of Rio Tinto Engineered Aluminum Products from Rio Tinto for an initial purchase price of $125 million (€93 million), as adjusted for delivered working capital and other financial targets, as described in Note 1—General Information.

At the Acquisition Date, the total consideration Constellium paid to Rio Tinto, representing the adjusted purchase price for the net assets acquired was $17 million (€12 million).

On October 10, 2011, the adjusted purchase price was agreed between Rio Tinto and Constellium. Rio Tinto reimbursed the amount paid by Constellium and paid an additional premium which amounted to $6 million (€4 million).

The Company recognized the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed at fair value at the Acquisition Date.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the net cash flows used in operating activities include cash outflows of €102 million of expenses directly related to the acquisition and subsequent separation from Rio Tinto.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

The fair values of the assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and the total consideration for the acquisition are shown in the following table:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Fair value
at January 4,
2011
 

Property, plant and equipment

     91   

Investments in joint ventures

     1   

Deferred income tax assets

     188   

Trade receivables and other

     564   

Other financial assets

     103   

Inventories

     442   

Cash and cash equivalents

     9   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired—continuing operations

     1,398   

Discontinued operations

     103   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     1,501   
  

 

 

 

Borrowings—related parties

     (21

Trade payables and other

     (613

Pension liabilities

     (282

Other post-employment benefits obligations

     (262

Other financial liabilities

     (39

Deferred tax liabilities

     (80

Provisions

     (124

Non-controlling interests

     (1
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed—continuing operations

     (1,422

Discontinued operations

     (94
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     (1,516
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired at fair value

     (15

Goodwill

     11   

Total consideration for the acquisition (negative consideration)

     (4
  

 

 

 

In accordance with IFRS 3, the valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their fair value has resulted in the remeasurement of property, plant and equipment, trade receivables and other, inventories and liabilities.

Property, plant and equipment and inventories were valued with the support of an independent expert. The fair values were determined based upon assumptions related to future cash flows, discount rates and asset lives. The main fair value adjustments relate to the fair value adjustment of Property, plant and equipment and inventories and the recognition of deferred tax assets relating to these fair value adjustments.

The fair value of net liabilities assumed over the aggregate consideration received for the acquisition amounted to €11 million. It was recognized as goodwill in the balance sheet.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

In connection with the Acquisition and subsequent separation of the business from Rio Tinto, the Group incurred expenses from both related and third parties (all of which are recorded in Other expenses). They comprised the following:

 

     Period ended
December 31, 2012
     Period ended
December 31, 2011
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Third
party
     Related
party
     Total      Third
party
     Related
party
     Total  

Transaction costs and equity fees directly related to acquisition

     —           —           —           —           44         44   

Other costs related to acquisition and separation

     3         —           3         50         8         58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Expenses related to acquisition and separation

     3         —           3         50         52         102   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 4—OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has defined Constellium’s operating segments based upon product lines, markets and industries it serves, and prepares and reports operating segment information to the Constellium chief operating decision maker (CODM) (see Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) on that basis. The Group’s operating segments are described below.

Aerospace and Transportation (A&T)

A&T produces and supplies high value-added plate, sheet, extruded and precision cast products to customers in the aerospace, marine, automotive, and mass-transportation markets and engineering industries. It offers a comprehensive range of products and services including technical assistance, design and delivery of cast, rolled, extruded, rolled pre-cut or shaped parts, and the recycling of customers’ machining scrap metal. A&T is also a key supplier of new alloy solutions, such as Aluminium Lithium. A&T operates 8 facilities in 3 countries.

Packaging and Automotive Rolled Products (P&ARP)

This segment produces and provides coils and sheet to customers in the beverage and closures, automotive, customized industrial sheet solutions and high-quality bright surface product markets. It includes world-class rolling and recycling operations, as well as dedicated research and development capabilities. P&ARP operates 3 facilities in 2 countries.

Automotive Structures and Industry (AS&I)

AS&I focuses on specialty products and supplies a variety of hard and soft alloy extrusions, including technically advanced products, to the automotive, industrial, energy, electrical and building industries, and to manufacturers of mass transport vehicles and shipbuilders. AS&I serves major automotive and transportation manufacturers with innovative and cost-effective aluminum solutions using advanced technology. It develops and manufactures aluminum crash management systems, front-end components, cockpit carriers and Auto Body Sheet structural components. AS&I operates 17 facilities in 7 countries.

Holdings & Corporate

Holdings & Corporate include the net cost of Constellium’s head office in Schiphol-Rijk, its treasury center in Zurich and its other corporate support services functions in Paris.

Intersegment elimination

Intersegment trading is conducted on an arm’s length basis and reflects market prices.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

Constellium CODM measures the profitability and financial performance of its operating segments based on Management Adjusted EBITDA (Management Adjusted EBITDA is defined as gross profit for the period less Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses excluding amortization, depreciation and impairment less realized gains or losses on derivatives).

The accounting principles used to prepare the Company’s operating segment information are the same as those used to prepare the consolidated financial statements.

Segment Revenue

 

     Year ended December 31, 2012      Year ended December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third and
related
parties
     Segment
revenue
     Inter
segment
elimination
    Revenue
Third and
related
parties
 

A&T

     1,188         (6     1,182         1,024         (8     1,016   

P&ARP

     1,561         (7     1,554         1,633         (8     1,625   

AS&I

     910         (49     861         960         (50     910   

Holdings & Corporate

     13         —          13         5         —          5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     3,672         (62     3,610         3,622         (66     3,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of Management Adjusted EBITDA to Net income / (loss)

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

A&T

     92        26   

P&ARP

     80        63   

AS&I

     40        20   

Holdings & Corporate

     (9     (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Management Adjusted EBITDA

     203        103   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ravenswood OPEB plan amendment

     48        —     

Swiss pension plan settlement

     (8     —     

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation

     (7     —     

Restructuring costs

     (25     (20

Unrealized gains/(losses) on derivatives

     61        (144

Unrealized exchange (losses) / gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     (1     4   

Depreciation and impairment

     (14     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (loss) from operations

     257        (59
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses

     (3     (102

Finance costs—net

     (60     (39

Share of profit of joint-ventures

     (5     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income / (loss) before income taxes

     189        (200
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax

     (47     34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income / (loss) from continuing operations

     142        (166
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (8     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income / (loss)

     134        (174
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-96


Table of Contents

Segment Capital expenditures

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

A&T

     (42     (40

P&ARP

     (39     (26

AS&I

     (40     (20

Holdings & Corporate

     (5     (11
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capital expenditures—Property, plant and equipment

     (126     (97
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets

Segment assets are comprised of total assets of Constellium by segment, less investments in joint ventures, deferred tax assets, other financial assets (including cash and cash equivalents) and assets of the disposal group classified as held for sale.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

A&T

     506         468   

P&ARP

     403         414   

AS&I

     238         240   

Holdings & Corporate

     91         130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Segment Assets

     1,238         1,252   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unallocated:

     

Adjustments for investments in joint-ventures

     2         1   

Deferred tax assets

     205         205   

Other financial assets (including cash and cash equivalents)

     186         148   

Assets of disposal group classified as held for sale

     —           6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Assets

     1,631         1,612   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Information about major customers

Included in revenue arising from the P&ARP segment for the period ended December 31, 2012 is revenue of approximately €441 million (period ended December 31, 2011: €503 million) which arose from sales to the Group’s largest customer. No other single customers contributed 10% or more to the Group’s revenue for both 2012 and 2011.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTE 5—INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA

The Group reports information by geographic area as follows: revenue from third and related parties are based on destination of shipments and property, plant and equipment are based on the physical location of the assets.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Revenue—third and related parties

     

France

     596         590   

Germany

     1,073         1,089   

United Kingdom

     275         297   

Switzerland

     98         111   

Other Europe

     723         778   

United States

     471         379   

Canada

     56         46   

Asia and Other Pacific

     136         171   

All Other

     182         95   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,610         3,556   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At
December 31,
2012
     At
December 31,
2011
 

Property, plant and equipment

     

France

     134         81   

Germany

     58         32   

Switzerland

     15         13   

Czech Republic

     14         5   

Other Europe

     1         1   

United States

     77         63   

Other

     3         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     302         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 6—EXPENSES BY NATURE

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Raw materials and consumables used (A)

        (1,987     (2,161

Employee benefit expense

     7         (697     (650

Energy costs

        (140     (139

Repairs and maintenance expenses

        (91     (98

Sub-contractors

        (66     (69

Freight out costs

        (66     (64

Consulting and audit fees

        (43     (54

Operating supplies (non capitalized purchases of manufacturing consumables)

        (58     (52

Operating lease expenses

        (16     (14

Depreciation and impairment

     14         (14     (2

Other expenses (B)

        (202     (181
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

        (3,380     (3,484
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-98


Table of Contents
(A) The Company manages fluctuations in raw materials prices in order to protect manufacturing margins through the purchase of derivative instruments (see Note 23—Financial Risk Management and Note 24—Financial Instruments).
(B) These expenses include local taxes, packaging, dies and insurance.

These expenses are split as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Cost of sales

     (3,132     (3,235

Selling and administrative expenses

     (212     (216

Research and development expenses

     (36     (33
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cost of sales, Selling and administrative expenses and Research and development expenses

     (3,380     (3,484
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 7—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSE

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Wages and salaries (A)

        (653     (611

Pension costs—defined benefit plans

     21         (25     (24

Other post-employment benefits

     21         (18     (15

Share equity plan expense

     30         (1     —     
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Employee benefit expense

        (697     (650
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Wages and salaries exclude restructurings costs and include social security contribution.

NOTE 8—OTHER GAINS / (LOSSES)—NET

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Realized (losses) / gains on derivatives (A)

        (45     31   

Unrealized gains/(losses) on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss—net (A)

        61        (144

Unrealized exchange (losses) / gains from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

        (1     4   

Ravenswood OPEB plan amendment (B)

     21         48        —    

Swiss pension plan settlement (B)

     21         (8     —    

Ravenswood CBA renegotiation (C)

        (7     —    

Other—net

        4        (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Other gains/(losses)—net

        52        (111
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) During the period ended December 31, 2012, there were no transactions with related parties relative to derivatives. During the period ended December 31, 2011, Rio Tinto was counterparty to our derivatives and realized gains with Rio Tinto amounted to €37 million. The gains/losses are made up of unrealized losses or gains on derivatives entered into with the purpose of mitigating exposure to volatility in foreign currency and LME prices (refer to Note 23—Financial Risk management for risk management description).

 

F-99


Table of Contents
(B) See Note 21—Pensions and other post-employment benefit obligations.
(C) During the third quarter, Constellium Ravenswood Rolled Products entered into a period of renegotiation of the collective bargaining agreement (“CBA”). The negotiation and the settlement of the new CBA involved additional costs which would not be incurred in the ordinary course of business.

NOTE 9—CURRENCY GAINS (LOSSES)

The currency gains and losses are included in the consolidated financial statements as follows:

Consolidated income statement

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Included in Cost of sales

        1        3   

Included in Other gains/(losses)—net

        19        (59

Included in Finance cost

     10         (3     (6
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        17        (62
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized exchange (losses) on foreign currency derivatives—net

        (15     (4

Unrealized exchange gains/(losses) on foreign currency derivatives—net

        35        (59

Exchanges (losses) / gain from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

        (3     1   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

        17        (62
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Foreign currency translation reserve—January 1

     (14     —    

Effect of exchange rate changes—net

     1        (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve—December 31

     (13     (14
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Note 23—Financial Risk Management and Note 24—Financial Instruments for further information regarding the Company’s foreign currency derivatives and hedging activities.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTE 10—FINANCE COSTS—NET

Finance costs—net are comprised of the following items:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Finance income:

       

Other finance income

        4        2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance income

        4        2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs:

       

Interest expense on borrowings and factoring arrangements (A)(B)

     16, 19         (39     (31

Realized and unrealized losses on debt derivatives at fair value (C)

        (18     —    

Realized and unrealized exchange losses on financing activities—net

     9         (3     (6

Miscellaneous other interest expense

        (4     (4
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance costs

        (64     (41
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        (60     (39
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Includes: (i) interests related to the Term Loan and the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 19—Borrowings); and (ii) interest and amortization of deferred financing costs related to the trade accounts receivable factoring programs (see Note 16—Trade Receivables and Other).
(B) Interest on borrowings includes interest payable to related parties which amounted to €7 million for the period ended December 31, 2012 (€16 million for the period ended December 31, 2011). During the second quarter of 2012, Constellium entered into a new term loan facility and a new U.S. Revolving Credit Facility. These loans were used to repay the previous variable term loan facility and the previous U.S Revolving Credit Facility. Arrangement fees which were not amortized under the effective rate method were fully recognized as financial expenses during this period. This amounted to €7 million (€5 million related to the Term Loan and €2 million related to the U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (see Note 19—Borrowings).
(C) The loss recognized reflects the negative change in the fair value of the cross currency interest rate swap (see Note 19—Borrowings).

NOTE 11—INCOME TAX

The current and deferred components of income tax are as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Current tax expense

     (31     (31

Deferred tax (expense) / benefit

     (16     65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax (expense) / benefit

     (47     34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-101


Table of Contents

Using a composite statutory income tax rate applicable by tax jurisdiction, the income tax can be reconciled as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Profit / (loss) before income tax

     189        (200

Composite statutory income tax rate applicable by tax jurisdiction

     38.6     33.5

Income tax (expense) / benefit calculated at composite statutory tax rate applicable by tax jurisdiction

     (73     67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax effect of:

    

Tax gains/(losses) not recognized as deferred tax assets

     25        (24

Other (A)

     1        (9

Income tax (expense)/benefit

     (47     34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rate

     25     17
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Mainly relating to non-recurring items (acquisition costs considered as non-deductible in certain jurisdictions).

NOTE 12—EARNINGS PER SHARE

We maintain three classes of shares: Class A ordinary, Class B1 ordinary and Class B2 ordinary. We maintain separate share premium reserves and dividend reserves for each of these classes of shares. Distributions from each of these reserves may only be made following the approval of the holders of the relevant class of shares and, with respect to the Class B2 reserves, by our board of directors. The entitlement of each class of shares to the relevant share premium reserves may differ depending on the share premium that the holders of shares of such class have contributed. All profits of the Company are reserved and allocated to the dividend reserve for each class of shares ( i.e. , Class A ordinary, Class B1 ordinary and Class B2 ordinary) on a pro rata basis to reflect the total number of shares of each class outstanding. Our board of directors may resolve to distribute dividends after approval of the Company’s annual accounts or interim dividends, which may be subject to return until approval of the Company’s annual accounts for the relevant year.

Earnings

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Net Income / (loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent

     132        (175

Earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share

     132        (175
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

     140        (167

Earnings used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

     (8     (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Number of shares—after pro rata share issuance

Pro rate share issuance

On May 16, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors declared an issuance of an additional 22.8 shares for each outstanding share.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

Our earnings per share numbers have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this pro rata issuance of shares as if it had occurred on January 4, 2011.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate basic earnings per share (A)

     89,442,416         89,338,433   

Effect of other dilutive potential ordinary shares (B)

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used to calculate diluted earnings per share

     89,442,416         89,338,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Based on the total number of all classes of shares (“A”, “B1” and “B2”), given their equal rights to profit allocation and dividends adjusted for the pro rata share issuance (see Note 18). This does not reflect the issuance of 5 preference shares (see Note 33).
(B) As at December 31, 2012, no instruments have been issued that may potentially have a dilutive effect.

Earnings per share

 

(in Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

From continuing and discontinued operations

    

Basic

     1.5        (2.0

Diluted

     1.5        (2.0

From continuing operations

    

Basic

     1.6        (1.9

Diluted

     1.6        (1.9

From discontinued operations

    

Basic

     (0.1     (0.1

Diluted

     (0.1     (0.1

NOTE 13—INTANGIBLE ASSETS (including GOODWILL)

Goodwill in the amount of €11 million (relating solely to the acquisition of the entities and business of Rio Tinto Engineered Aluminium Products on January 4, 2011) has been allocated to the Group’s operating segment Aerospace and Transportation (“A&T”) for €5 million, Packaging and Automotive Rolled Products (“P&ARP”) for €4 million and Automotive Structures and Industry (“AS&I”) for €2 million.

During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, no other material movements occurred in intangible assets, including goodwill.

Impairment tests for goodwill

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the recoverable amount of the operating segments has been determined based on value-in-use calculations and significantly exceeded their carrying value.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTE 14—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment balances and movements are comprised as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Buildings     Machinery
and
Equipment
    Construction
Work in
Progress
    Other     Total  

Net balance at January 1, 2012

     10        46        130        12        198   

Additions

     3        23        94        2        122   

Disposals

     —         (2     —         —         (2

Depreciation expense

     (1     (7     —         (3     (11

Impairment losses

     —         (3     —               (3

Transfer during the year

     8        99        (109     2        —    

Exchange rate movements

     —         (2     —         —         (2

Net balance at December 31, 2012

     20        154        115        13        302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

          

Cost

     21        165        115        16        317   

Less accumulated depreciation and impairment

     (1     (11     —         (3     (15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31, 2012

     20        154        115        13        302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Buildings      Machinery
and
Equipment
    Construction
Work in
Progress
    Other      Total  

Net balance at January 1, 2011

     —          —         —         —          —    

Property, plant and equipment acquired through business combinations

     —          —         91        —          91   

Additions

     7         22        72        6         107   

Depreciation expense

     —          (1     —         —          (1

Transfer during the year

     3         25        (35     6         (1

Exchange rate movements

     —          —         2        —          2   

Net balance at December 31, 2011

     10         46        130        12         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

            

Cost

     10         47        130        12         199   

Less accumulated depreciation and impairment

     —          (1     —         —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net balance at December 31, 2011

     10         46        130        12         198   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense and impairment losses

Total depreciation expense and impairment losses relating to property, plant and equipment are included in the Consolidated Income Statement as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Cost of sales

     (8     (1

Selling and administrative expenses

     (6 )     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (14     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amount of contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment is disclosed in Note 26—Commitments.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTE 15—INVENTORIES

Inventories are comprised of the following:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At
December 31,
2012
    At
December 31,
2011
 

Finished goods

     113        140   

Work in progress

     148        115   

Raw materials

     114        152   

Stores and supplies

     20        22   

NRV adjustments

     (10     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Inventories

     385        422   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Constellium records inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value (NRV). Increases / (decreases) in the NRV adjustments on inventories are included in Cost of sales in the Consolidated Income Statement.

NOTE 16—TRADE RECEIVABLES AND OTHER

Trade receivables and other are comprised of the following:

 

     At December 31, 2012     At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-current      Current     Non-current      Current  

Trade receivables—third parties—gross

     —          388        —          423   

Impairment allowance

     —          (3     —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade receivables—third parties—net

     —          385        —          422   

Trade receivables—related parties

     —          1        —          1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     —          386        —          423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance lease receivables

     36         6        42         6   

Deferred financing costs—net of amounts amortized

     7         3        9         4   

Financial receivables (factoring)

     —          —         —          9   

Deferred tooling related costs

     3         11        —          10   

Other (A)

     18         70        40         77   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other receivables

     64         90        91         106   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables and Other

     64         476        91         529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Includes at December 31, 2012 (i) €5 million cash pledged to financial counterparties for the issuance of guarantees (cash will remain restricted for as long as the guarantees remain issued by the financial counterparties) and (ii) €8 million relating to a pledge given to the State of West Virginia as a guarantee for certain workers’ compensation obligations for which the company is self-insured.

Ageing

The ageing of total trade receivables—net is as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Current

     371         398   

1 – 30 days past due

     11         20   

30 – 60 days past due

     2         2   

61 – 90 days past due

     —          1   

Greater than 91 days past due

     2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     386         423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-105


Table of Contents

Impairment allowance

The Group periodically reviews its customers’ account ageing, credit worthiness, payment histories and balance trends in order to evaluate trade accounts receivable for impairment. Management also considers whether changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which the Group operates in particular, are likely to impact the ability of the Group’s customers to remain within agreed payment terms or to pay their account balances in full.

Revisions to the impairment allowance arising from changes in estimates are included as either additional allowance or recoveries, with the offsetting expense or income included in Selling and administrative expenses. An impairment allowance amounting to €(2) million was recognized during the year ended December 31, 2012 (€1 million during the year ended December 31, 2011).

None of the other amounts included in Other receivables was deemed to be impaired.

The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable shown above. The Group does not hold any collateral from its customers or debtors as security.

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of total trade receivables—net by currency is shown in Euro equivalents as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Euro

     213         244   

U.S. dollar

     153         153   

Swiss franc

     7         14   

Other currencies

     13         12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade receivables—net

     386         423   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Factoring arrangements

On January 4, 2011, the Group entered into five-year factoring arrangements with third parties for the sale of certain of the Group’s accounts receivable in Germany, Switzerland and France. Under these programs, Constellium agrees to sell to the factor eligible accounts receivable, for working capital purposes, up to a maximum financing amount of €300 million, allocated as follows:

 

 

€100 million collectively available to Germany and Switzerland; and

 

 

€200 million available to France.

Under these arrangements, the accounts receivable are sold with recourse. Sales of these receivables do not qualify for de-recognition under IAS 39—Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement , as the Group retains substantially all of the associated risks and rewards.

In December 2011 and 2012, the Group entered into specific arrangements with certain of its customers in connection with its factoring agreements in order for the factor to purchase receivables on a non-recourse basis and to allow the partial derecognition of some receivables (90% of the related receivables). The Group kept a residual risk of 10% on these receivables in the case of a default event. The portion of these receivables corresponding to the retained risk, amounting to €6 million as of December 31, 2012 has not been derecognized (€4 million as of December 31, 2011).

The total carrying amount of the original assets factored as of December 31, 2012 is €337 million (December 31, 2011: €348 million), of which €286 million (December 31, 2011: €310 million) is recognized on the Consolidated

 

F-106


Table of Contents

Statement of Financial Position. As at December 31, 2012, there was no amount due to the factor relating to trade account receivables sold (December 31, 2011: €58 million, reflected in current liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position) (see Note 19—Borrowings).

Interest costs and other fees

Under both the Germany/Switzerland and France factoring agreements, interest is charged at the three-month EURIBOR (Euro Interbank Offered Rate) or LIBOR (London Interbank Offered Rate) rate plus 2.25% and is payable monthly. Other fees include an unused facility fee of 1% per annum (calculated based on the unused amount of the net position, as defined in the agreements). Additional factoring commissions and administration fees (based on the volume of sold receivables) are also assessed and payable monthly.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, Constellium incurred €8 million in interest and other fees (€13 million during the year ended December 31, 2011) from these arrangements that are included as finance costs (see Note 10—Finance Costs—Net).

Additionally, under each of the factoring agreements, the Group paid a one-time, up-front arrangement fee of 2.25% of the aggregate maximum financing amount of €300 million (for both agreements), which totaled €7 million. These arrangement fees plus an additional €7 million in legal and other fees related to the factoring agreements are being amortized as finance costs over a period of five years (see Note 10—Finance Costs—Net). During the year ended December 31, 2012, €3 million of such costs was amortized as finance costs (€3 million during the year ended December 31, 2011). At December 31, 2012, the Group had €8 million (€11 million as at December 31, 2011) in unamortized up-front and legal fees related to the factoring arrangements (included in deferred financing costs).

Covenants

The factoring arrangements contain certain affirmative and negative covenants, including relating to the administration and collection of the assigned receivables, the terms of the invoices and the exchange of information, but do not contain restrictive financial covenants other than a Group level minimum liquidity covenant that is tested quarterly. The Group was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Intercreditor agreement

On January 4, 2011, the Group entered into an Intercreditor Agreement between the French, German and Swiss sellers of the Group’s receivables under the various accounts receivable factoring programs described above and the purchasers of those receivables.

In accordance with the requirements of the Intercreditor Agreement, the parent company of the sellers has guaranteed amounts sold under the factoring program to the purchasers of such accounts receivable. The Intercreditor Agreement also places limitations on prepayments of the Term Loan facility and requires, in certain circumstances, certain capital contributions to Constellium Rolled Products—Ravenswood LLC (see

Note 19—Borrowings).

The Intercreditor Agreement remains in effect for any seller of receivables until all of the factoring agreements for such seller are terminated.

Deferred financing costs

The Group incurs certain financing costs with third parties associated with its factoring arrangements and U.S. Revolving Credit facility. Amortization of these deferred finance costs is included in Finance costs—net in the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

Costs incurred and amortization recognized throughout the periods presented are shown in the table below.

 

    Year ended December 31, 2012     Year ended December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

  Factoring
Arrangements
    U.S.
Revolving
Credit facility
    Total     Factoring
Arrangements
    U.S.
Revolving
Credit facility
    Total  

Financing costs incurred and deferred

           

Up-front facility arrangement fees

    7        3        10        7        2        9   

Other direct expenses

    7        2        9        7        1        8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total incurred and deferred

    14        5        19        14        3        17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: amounts amortized during the year

           

2012

    (3     (2     (5     —         —         —    

2011

    (3     (1     (4     (3     (1     (4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred financing costs at December 31

    8        2        10        11        2        13   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance lease receivables

The Company is the lessor on certain finance leases with third parties for certain of its property, plant and equipment located in Sierre, Switzerland and Teningen,Germany. The following table shows the reconciliation of the Group’s gross investments in the leases to the net investment in the leases as at December 31, 2011 and 2012.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2012      Year ended December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Gross
investment
in the lease
     Unearned
interest
income
    Net
investment
in the lease
     Gross
investment
in the lease
     Unearned
interest
income
    Net
investment
in the lease
 

Within 1 year

     8         (2     6         8         (2     6   

Between 1 and 5 years

     28         (3     25         29         (4     25   

Later than 5 years

     11         —          11         17         —          17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Finance lease receivables

     47         (5     42         54         (6     48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest received in the year ended December 31, 2012 totaled €2 million (€2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

NOTE 17—CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Cash in bank and on hand

     140         103   

Deposits

     2         10   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Cash and cash equivalents

     142         113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As at December 31, 2012, cash in bank and on hand includes a total of €5 million held by subsidiaries that operate in countries where capital control restrictions prevent the balances from being available for general use by the Group (€3 million as at December 31, 2011).

 

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTE 18—SHARE CAPITAL

On May 16, 2013, the Group effected a pro rata share issuance of ordinary shares to our existing shareholders, which will be implemented through the issuance of 22.8 new ordinary shares to each outstanding ordinary shares. This pro rata share issuance has been retroactively effected in the earnings per share calculation as described in Note 12.

 

At December 31, 2012

and December 31, 2011

   Class “A” Shares (1)      Class “A” Shares
—after pro rata
share issuance
     Subscription Amount
(in millions of
U.S. dollars)
     Subscription Amount
(in millions of Euros)
 

Apollo Funds

     1,800,045         42,847,555         64         48   

Rio Tinto

     1,376,505         32,765,777         49         36   

Bpifrance

     352,950         8,401,481         12         9   

Other

     167,697         3,612,411         7         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,697,197         87,627,224         132         98   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Prior to the pro rata share issuance

 

     Number of shares     In millions of Euros  
     “A”
Shares
    “B1”
Shares
     “B2”
Shares
    Share
capital
     Share
premium
 

Authorized:

            

As of January 1, 2011

     9,000,000        —           —          —           —     

Ordinary Shares redeemed

     (9,000,000     —           —          —           —     

Shares authorized

     17,300,000        100,000         100,000        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     17,300,000        100,000         100,000        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Movements during the year ended December 31, 2012

     —          —           —          —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     17,300,000        100,000         100,000        —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011—after pro rata share issuance—our authorized share capital was 4,000,000

            

Issued and Fully Paid:

            

As of January 1, 2011 (A)

     1,800,000        —           —          —           —     

Redeemed at par on January 4, 2011

     (1,800,000     —           —          —           —     

Issued on January 4, 2011

     3,529,500        —           —          —           93   

Issued for the MEP 1 on April 12, 2011

     148,998        —           82,032        —           4   

Issued for the MEP on July 19, 2011

     18,699        —           9,652        —           1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011

     3,697,197        —           91,684        —           98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares converted during the year ended December 31, 2012

     —          13,666         (13,666     —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012

     3,697,197        13,666         78,018        —           98   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011—after pro rata share issuance

     87,627,224        815,252         1,002,381        

As of December 31, 2012—after pro rata share issuance

     87,627,224        851,003         964,189        

 

1  

MEP: Management equity plan

 

(A) Designated as Ordinary Shares until January 4, 2011 when the class was amended to A shares.

On January 4, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), Constellium amended its authorized capital by: (i) amending the class of its ordinary shares to class A shares; (ii) authorizing a total of 17.3 million class A shares and (iii) authorizing 0.1 million shares each of class B1 and B2 shares.

All of the Company’s shares have a stated nominal value of €0.01 per share. All shares attract one vote and none are subject to any vesting restrictions.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

According to Dutch law and the articles of association of Constellium Holdco B.V, the following characterizations, rights and obligations are attached to the shares:

 

 

Constellium Holdco B.V shares are divided in three classes: A shares, B1 shares and B2 shares;

 

 

A shares can be held by anyone approved by the general meeting of shareholders; and

 

 

B1 shares and/or B2 shares can only be held by (i) German limited partnerships which have entered into an agreement pursuant to a management equity plan, or (ii) the Company itself.

As described in Note 30—Share Equity Plan, in connection with the implementation of a management equity plan for Constellium management (the “MEP”) in the beginning of 2011, Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG, a German limited partnership (“Management KG”), was formed to hold B1 and B2 shares in accordance with the articles of association of Constellium Holdco B.V. Although the B1 and B2 shares held by Management KG are not themselves subject to any vesting restrictions, under the terms of the MEP, vested limited partnership interests in Management KG (“MEP interests”) are attributable to B1 shares held by Management KG, while unvested MEP interests are attributable to B2 shares held by Management KG.

The class A shares, class B1 shares and Class B2 shares are entitled to an equal profit allocation. Separate share premium reserves and dividend reserves are maintained for each of the classes of shares. Upon the vesting of unvested MEP interests attributable to B2 shares held by Management KG and the associated conversion of such B2 shares to B1 shares, the corresponding amount of allocated profits in the B2 dividend reserve is transferred to the B1 dividend reserve. Distributions from each of the A, B1 and B2 dividend reserves may only be made following the approval of the board of directors and the holders of the relevant class of shares, as appropriate, in accordance with the Constellium Holdco B.V. articles of association.

If the unvested MEP interests are no longer capable of vesting (the vesting conditions being summarized in Note 30—Share Equity Plan) and thus the related B2 shares are not converted into B1 shares, these B2 shares will continue to be held by Management KG and such MEP interests may be re-granted for a new vesting period (as defined in Note 30—Share Equity Plan) together with the previously accumulated profits in the B2 dividend reserve.

NOTE 19—BORROWINGS

 

     At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Interest
Rate
    Non-
current
     Current      Interest
Rate
    Non-
current
     Current  

Variable rate term loan facility

               

Constellium Holdco II, B.V.

     —          —           —           10.50     138         3   

Floating rate term loan facility (due May 2018) (A)

               

Constellium Holdco B.V.

     11.8     136         2         —          —           —     

Amounts due to factors related to trade accounts receivable

               

Various entities in Germany, Switzerland and France

     —          —           —           —          —           58   

U.S. Revolving Credit Facility (B)

               

Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood LLC

     3.21     —           16         6.75     —           12   

Others

               

Other miscellaneous

     —          4         —           —          3         —     
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Borrowings

       140         18           141         73   
    

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Represents amounts drawn under the new term loan facility totaling €138 million net of financing costs related to the issuance of the debt totaling €13 million at December 31, 2012.
(B) Represents amounts drawn under the revolving line of credit totaling €16 million at December 31, 2012 (€12 million at December 31, 2011).

 

F-110


Table of Contents

Floating rate term loan facility

On May 25, 2012, Constellium entered into a $200 million (equivalent to €151 million at the period end exchange rate) six-year floating rate term loan facility maturing in May 2018. The proceeds were primarily used to repay the Variable rate term loan facility provided by Apollo Omega and Bpifrance on January 4, 2011, which was therefore terminated as discussed below.

The term loan is guaranteed by certain of the Group subsidiaries. The term loan facility includes negative, affirmative and financial covenants.

Interest

The interest rate under the term loan facility is the applicable U.S. Dollar interest rate (U.S. Dollar LIBOR) for the interest period subject to a floor of 1.25% per annum, plus a margin of 8% per annum.

Cross-currency interest rate swap

Constellium entered into a cross-currency interest rate swap to hedge the term loan which converted a $200 million notional and floating USD interest (being the aggregate of the greater of 3-month USD-LIBOR and a floor of 1.25% plus a spread of 8%) into a €162 million notional with floating EUR-interest (being the aggregate of the greater of a 3-month Euribor and a floor of 1.25% plus a spread of 8.64%).

On December 31, 2012, the notional of this cross-currency interest rate swap decreased to an amount of $149 million. The remaining balance of the term loan is hedged by simple rolling foreign exchange forwards.

Financing cost

A $6 million (equivalent to €5 million at the issue date of the term loan) original issue discount (OID) was deducted from the term loan. Constellium Holdco B.V. received a net amount of $194 million (€154 million at the issue date of the term loan). In addition, the Group incurred debt fees of €10 million. Debt fees and OID are integrated in the effective interest rate of the term loan. Interest expenses are included in finance costs.

Covenants

The Term Loan contains customary terms and conditions, including amongst other things, negative covenants limiting the Group’s ability to incur debt, grant liens, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make investments, loans and advances, make acquisitions, sell assets, pay dividends and other restricted payments, prepay certain debt, merge, consolidate or amalgamate and engage in affiliate transactions.

In addition, the Term Loan requires the Group to maintain a ratio of consolidated secured net debt to EBITDA (as defined in the Term Loan agreement). The Group was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Variable rate term loan facility

On January 4, 2011, the Group entered into a $275 million, five year variable rate term loan facility, with a minimum rate of 10.5% with Apollo Omega and Bpifrance. The term loan Facility provided for an additional $125 million of uncommitted loans in the event of Constellium insolvency, as defined under the Term Loan agreement. At December 31, 2011, the Group had utilized $185 million (equivalent to €143 million at the year-end exchange rate) of the Term Loan.

In 2012, the Group repaid $185 million of the term loan facility (€148 million at the date of repayment) with the proceeds from the new term loan facility entered into on May 25, 2012 and thereafter this facility was terminated.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

Interest and Financing costs

Under the Term Loan Facility, interest was charged for each utilized loan at a rate equal to a margin of 8.5% plus the greater of either the six-month USD-based LIBOR (London Interbank Offer Rate) rate or 2.0%.

As of December 31, 2011, the Group had incurred debt fees of €6 million and other Term Loan Facility related expenses of €1 million (totaling €7million); €2 million of which was integrated in the effective interest rate of the term loan. Interest expenses were included in Finance costs.

All unamortized debt fees and exit fees linked to this term loan were recognized as financial expenses during the year 2012. They amounted to €4 and €3 million respectively (see Note 10—Finance Costs—Net).

New U.S. Revolving Credit Facility

On May 25, 2012, Constellium Holdco II B.V., Constellium Holdings I, LLC and Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC subsidiaries of Constellium Holdco B.V entered into a $100 million (equivalent to €76 million at the period closing end rate), five-year secured asset-based variable rate revolving credit facility and letter of credit facility (“the ABL facility”). The proceeds from this ABL facility were used to repay amounts owed under the previous ABL facility entered into by Constellium Rolled Product Ravenswood, LLC on January 4, 2011.

Certain assets of the Borrower have been pledged as collateral for the ABL Facility.

At December 31, 2012, the Group has not utilized any letter of credit (at the year ended December 31, 2011: $12 million, equivalent to €9 million at the year-end exchange rate). A fronting fee of 0.125% per annum of the face amount of each letter of credit is expensed as incurred and payable in arrears on the last day of each calendar quarter after the letter of credit issuance.

At December 31, 2012, the Group had $66 million (equivalent to €50 million at the period closing end rate) of unused borrowing availability under the ABL Facility.

Interest

Under the ABL Facility, interest charged is dependent upon the type of loan as follows:

 

  (a) Base Rate Loans will bear interest at an annual rate equal to the sum of an applicable margin comprised between 1% and 1.5% of the base rate, which is the greater of: (i) the prime rate in effect on any given day; (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on any given day plus 0.5% and (iii) the British Banker Association LIBOR Rate (BBA LIBOR);

 

  (b) Eurodollar Rate Loans will bear interest at an annual rate equal to the sum of the Eurodollar Rate (essentially LIBOR) plus the applicable margin comprised between 2% and 2.5%; and

 

  (c) Any other obligations will bear interest at an annual rate equal to the base rate plus the applicable margin of 2%.

Financing costs

 

 

Former ABL Facility

During the year ended December 31, 2011 the Group incurred non-refundable, up-front fees of €2 million and other ABL facility related expenses of €1 million (totaling €3 million). At December 31, 2011, these fees were included in Deferred financing costs—non-current (included in Trade receivables and other). They have been fully amortized as interest expense in 2012, included in Finance costs—net.

 

 

New ABL facility

 

F-112


Table of Contents

During the period ended December 31, 2012, the Group incurred ABL facility related expenses of €3 million, included in Deferred financing costs—non-current (included in Trade receivables and other) in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position at December 31, 2012. Such fees are being amortized as interest expense included in Finance costs—net.

Covenants and restrictions

 

 

Former ABL Facility

The former ABL Facility included customary affirmative and negative covenants including covenants with respects to the Group’s financial statements, litigation and other reporting requirements, insurance, payments of taxes, and employee benefits.

Additionally, the former ABL Facility included customary negative covenants including limitations on the ability of the ABL Borrower and its immediate parent to make certain restricted payments, incur additional indebtedness, sell certain assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions, make investments, pay dividends and distributions, engage in mergers, amalgamations or consolidations, engage in certain transactions with affiliates, or prepay certain indebtedness.

Under the former ABL Facility, Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC was required to restrict its cumulative cash outflows (defined as EBITDA plus or minus certain cash adjustments). For the period from January 1, 2011 through December 31, 2011, Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC was not in compliance with this covenant.

In February 2012, Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC and the lenders agreed a waiver in respect of the specific default.

 

 

New ABL facility

This facility contains a minimum availability covenant that requires Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC to maintain excess availability of at least the greater of (a) $10 million and (b) 10% of the aggregate revolving loan commitments. It also contains customary events of default.

Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC was in compliance with all applicable covenants as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of total non-current and current borrowings due to third and related parties (excluding unamortized debt financing costs) in Euro equivalents is denominated in the currencies shown below:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

U.S. dollar

     153         172   

Euro

     5         47   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings excluding unamortized debt financing costs

     158         219   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTE 20—TRADE PAYABLES AND OTHER

Trade payables and other are comprised of the following:

 

     At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-Current      Current      Non-Current      Current  

Trade payables

           

Third parties

     —           397         —           452   

Related parties

     —           85         —           12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade payables

     —           482         —           464   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other payables

     1         18         —           25   

Employees entitlements

     5         144         3         130   

Deferred revenue

     20         10         —           29   

Taxes payable other than income tax

     —           2         —           15   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Other

     26         174         3         199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Trade payables and other

     26         656         3         663   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 21—PENSION AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATIONS

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, actuarial valuations were performed with the support of an independent expert and are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as described in Note 2.6—Principles governing the preparation of the consolidated financial statement.

Description of plans

The Group operates a number of pension, other post-employment benefits and other long-term employee benefit plans. Some of these plans are defined contribution plans and some are defined benefit plans, with assets held in separate trustee-administered funds.

Pension plans

Constellium’s pension obligations are in the U.S., Switzerland, Germany, and France. Pension benefits are generally based on the employee’s service and highest average eligible compensation before retirement, and are periodically adjusted for cost of living increases, either by company practice, collective agreement or statutory requirement.

Other post-employment benefits (OPEB)

The Group provides health and life insurance benefits to retired employees and in some cases to their beneficiaries and covered dependents, mainly in the U.S. Eligibility for coverage is dependent upon certain age and service criteria. These benefit plans are unfunded.

Other long-term employee benefits

Other long term employee benefits include jubilees in France and Switzerland, other long-term disability benefits in the U.S. and medical care in France.

Main events of the year

During the second half of 2012, the Group implemented certain plan amendments that had the effect of reducing benefits for the participants in the Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood Retiree Medical and Life Insurance

 

F-114


Table of Contents

Plan. These amendments resulted in the immediate recognition in Other gains/(losses)—net of €48 million of negative past service cost for the portion attributable to current retirees for which the benefits were vested and €10 million of unrecognized past service cost for the portion attributable to future retirees for which the benefits were not vested.

In 2012, the Group withdrew from the foundation which administered its employees benefit plans in Switzerland and joined a commercial multi-employer foundation. This change led to a partial liquidation which triggered a settlement. Consequently, related assets and liabilities were transferred to the new foundation and employees’ benefits were also adjusted. The settlement resulted in a €8 million loss recognized in Other gains/(losses)—net.

Actuarial assumptions:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2012     Year ended December 31, 2011  
     Rate of
increase
in
salaries
    Rate of
increase
in
pensions
    Discount
rate
    Inflation     Rate of
increase
in
salaries
    Rate of
increase
in
pensions
    Discount
rate
    Inflation  

Switzerland

     2.00     —          1.95     1.25     2.00     —          2.35     —     

USA

     3.80     —          —          —          3.80     —          —          —     

Hourly pension

     —          1.10     4.15     —          —          2.30     4.95     —     

Salaried pension

     —          —          4.35     —          —          —          5.05     —     

OPEB (A)

     —          —          4.05     —          —          —          4.95     —     

France

     2.50     2.00     3.20     2.00     2.00     2.10     4.50     2.00

Germany

     2.75     2.10     3.20     2.10     2.75     2.10     4.50     2.00

 

(A) Other main financial assumptions used for the OPEB (healthcare plans, which are predominantly in the U.S.), were:

 

 

medical trend rate: 7.00 % reducing to 5.00 % by the year 2020 (pre 65: 7.50% starting in 2013 reducing to 5.00% by 2020, post 65: 7.00% starting in 2013 grading down to 5.00% by 2020), and

 

 

claims cost based on individual company experience.

For both pension and healthcare plans, the post-employment mortality assumptions allow for future improvements in life expectancy.

An increase in Assumed Health Care Trend Rates of 1% would result in an increase in the estimated Welfare liability of €8 million (€20 million for the year ended December 31, 2011) and a decrease in Assumed Health Care Trend Rates of 1% would result in a decrease in the estimated Welfare liability of €7 million (€17 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

Expected Long-term rate of return

 

     Year ended December 31,
2012
    Year ended December 31,
2011
 
     Switzerland     USA     Switzerland     USA  

Weighted average rate

     3.20     7.00     3.4     7.5

The expected rate of return on pension plan assets is determined as management’s best estimate of the long-term returns of the major classes of assets—equities, bonds, property and other—weighted by the actual allocation of assets among the categories at the measurement date. The expected rate of return is calculated using geometric averaging. The expected rates of return shown have been reduced to allow for plan expenses including, where appropriate, taxes incurred on investment returns within pension plans. The sources used to determine management’s best estimate of long-term returns are numerous and include country-specific bond yields, which may be derived from the market using local bond indices or by analysis of the local bond market, and country-specific inflation and investment market expectations derived from market data and analysts’ or governments’ expectations as applicable.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

     At December 31, 2012     At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total     Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Present value of funded obligation

     (533     —          (533     (505     —          (505

Fair value of plan assets

     267        —          267        287        —          287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deficit of funded plans

     (266     —          (266     (218     —          (218

Present value on unfunded obligation

     (111     (234     (345     (89     (271     (360
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized past service cost

     —          (10     (10     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability arising from defined benefit obligations

     (377     (244     (621     (307     (271     (578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Movements in the present value of the Defined Benefit Obligations

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Defined Benefit Obligations at beginning of year

     (865     —     

Net increase in liabilities from acquisitions/disposals

     —          (839

Current service cost

     (20     (21

Interest cost

     (35     (36

Actual plan participants’ contributions

     (5     (5

Past service cost

     56        —     

Curtailments

     —          2   

Settlements

     20        —     

Transfers

     —          1   

Actual benefits paid out

     46        33   

Actuarial (losses) / gains on plan liabilities

     (81     18   

Exchange rate gain / (loss)

     6        (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Obligations at end of year

     (878     (865
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Of which:

    

Funded

     (533     (505

Unfunded

     (345     (360
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Movements in the fair value of plan assets

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Plan assets at beginning of year

     287        —     

Net increase in assets from acquisitions

     —          295   

Expected return on plan assets

     13        15   

Actuarial (losses) on plan assets

     (4     (44

Actual employer contributions

     40        41   

Actual plan participants’ contributions

     5        5   

Actual benefits paid out

     (46     (33

Settlements

     (28     —     

Exchange rate gain

     —          8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

     267        287   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-116


Table of Contents

Variation of the net pension liabilities

 

     At December 31, 2012     At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total     Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Net (liability) recognized at beginning of year

     (307     (271     (578                  

Effect of acquisitions

                       (282     (262     (544

Total amounts recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement

     (32     28        (4     (24     (15     (39

Total amounts recognized in the SoCI

     (66     (19     (85     (25     (1     (26

Actual employer contributions

     26        14        40        28        13        41   

Exchange rate loss/(gain)

     2        4        6        (4     (6     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liability recognized at end of year

     (377     (244     (621     (307     (271     (578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement

 

     Year ended December 31,
2012
    Year ended December 31,
2011
 

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total     Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Current service cost

     (15     (5     (20     (17     (4     (21

Interest cost

     (22     (13     (35     (24     (12     (36

Expected return on plan assets

     13        —          13        15        —          15   

Immediate recognition of gains arising over the year

     —          1        1        —          1        1   

Past service cost

     20        45        65        —          —          —     

Loss arising from plan settlements

     (28     —          (28     —          —          —     

Other gains (including curtailments)

     —          —          —          2        —          2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (costs)/income recognized in Income Statement

     (32     28        (4     (24     (15     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The expenses shown in this table are included as employee costs in the Consolidated Income Statement within employee benefit expense and in Other gains/(losses)—net (see Note 7—Employee Benefit Expense and Note 8—Other Gains / (Losses)—Net).

Analysis of amounts recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (SoCI)

 

     At December 31, 2012     At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Pension
Benefits
     Other
Benefits
    Total     Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
     Total  

Cumulative amount of losses recognized in the SoCI at beginning of year

     26         1        27        —          —           —     

Liability losses due to changes in assumptions

     60         24        84        9        —           9   

Liability experience losses / (gains) arising during the year

     2         (5     (3     (28     1         (27

Asset losses arising during the year

     4         —          4        45        —           45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loss recognized in SoCI

     66         19        85        26        1         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cumulative amount of losses recognized in the SoCI at end of year

     92         20        112        26        1         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-117


Table of Contents

Defined benefit obligations by countries

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
    At December 31,
2011
 

France

     (119     (94

Germany

     (136     (118

Switzerland

     (205     (206

United States

     (418     (447
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Defined Benefit Obligations

     (878     (865
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Value of plan assets at year end by major classes of assets

 

     At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   USA      Switzerland      Total      USA      Switzerland      Total  

Equities

     61         36         97         64         43         107   

Bonds

     42         73         115         42         29         71   

Property

     4         18         22         8         50         58   

Other

     19         14         33         6         45         51   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value of plan assets

     126         141         267         120         167         287   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The actual return on plan assets was €10 million in 2012 (€(29) million in 2011).

Contributions to plans

Contributions to pension plans totaled €26 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (€28 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

Contributions to other benefits totaled €14 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (€13 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

Expected contributions to pension for the year ending December 31, 2013 is €28 million and other post-employment benefits (healthcare obligations) is €14 million.

Sensitivity analysis

As at December 31, 2012, a 0.50% increase / decrease in the discount rates would impact the Defined Benefit Obligations as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   0.5% increase
in discount rates
    0.5% decrease
in discount rates
 

France

     (7     7   

Germany

     (8     9   

Switzerland

     (18     19   

United States

     (25     27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total sensitivity on Defined benefit obligations

     (58     62   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTE 22—PROVISIONS

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Close down
and
environmental
restoration
costs
    Restructuring
costs
    Legal claims
and other
costs
    Total  

At January 1, 2012

     55        25        48        128   

Additional provisions

     1        20        16        37   

Amounts used

     (2     (26     (3     (31

Unused amounts reversed

     (1     (2     (14     (17

Unwinding of discounts

     3        —          —          3   

Other

     —          2        —          2   

At December 31, 2012

     56        19        47        122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2012

        

Current

     3        14        16        33   

Non current

     53        5        31        89   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Provisions

     56        19        47        122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Close down
and
environmental
restoration
costs
    Restructuring
costs
    Legal claims
and other
costs
    Total  

At January 1, 2011

     —          —          —          —     

Provisions assumed at fair value

     53        20        51        124   

Additional provisions

     —          20        5        25   

Amounts used

     —          (12     (2     (14

Unused amounts reversed

     (1     (3     (7     (11

Unwinding of discounts

     3        —          —          3   

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates

     —          —          1        1   

At December 31, 2011

     55        25        48        128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011

        

Current

     3        15        24        42   

Non current

     52        10        24        86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Provisions

     55        25        48        128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Close down and environmental restoration costs

The Group records provisions for the estimated present value of the costs of its environmental clean-up obligations and close down and restoration efforts based on the net present value of estimated future costs of the dismantling and demolition of infrastructure and the removal of residual material of disturbed areas, using an average discount rate of 1.8%. A change in the discount rate of 0.50% would impact the provision by €2 million.

It is expected that these provisions will be settled over the next 40 years depending on the nature of the disturbance and the technical remediation plans.

Restructuring costs

The Group records provisions for restructuring costs when management has a detailed formal plan, is demonstrably committed to its execution and can reasonably estimate the associated liabilities. The related expenses are included in Restructuring costs in the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

F-119


Table of Contents

The net increase in restructuring provisions amounting to €18 million (2011: €17 million) mainly relates to operations in France (€9 million in 2012, €14 million in 2011), Switzerland (€8 million in 2012) and Germany (€1 million in 2012, €3 million in 2011). The Group expensed €25 million related to restructuring operations during the year ended December 31, 2012 (2011: €20 million). The provision is expected to be mainly utilized in 2013.

Legal claims and other costs

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Maintenance and customers related provisions (A)

     21         27   

Litigation (B)

     9         8   

Disease claims (C )

     7         6   

Other

     10         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Provisions for legal claims and other costs

     47         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) These provisions include €13 million (2011: €15 million) related to general equipment maintenance, mainly linked to the Group’s leases. These provisions also include €3 million (2011: €8 million) related to product warranties and guarantees and €5 million (2011: €4 million) related to late delivery penalties. These provisions are expected to be utilized in the next 5 years.
(B) The Group is involved in litigation and other proceedings, such as civil, commercial and tax proceedings, incidental to normal operations. It is not anticipated that the resolution of such litigation and proceedings will have a material effect on the future results, financial position, or cash flows of the Group.
(C) Since the early 1990s, certain activities of the Group’s businesses have been subject to claims and lawsuits in France relating to occupational diseases, such as mesothelioma and asbestosis. It is not uncommon for the investigation and resolution of such claims to go on over many years as the latency period for acquiring such diseases is typically between 25 and 40 years. For any such claim, it is up to the social security authorities in each jurisdiction to determine if a claim qualifies as an occupational illness claim. If so determined, the Group must settle the case or defend its position in court. The number of claims filed for asbestos exposure for the period from 1998 to 2010 is 163, 10 in 2011 and 1 in 2012. As at December 31, 2012, 14 cases in which gross negligence is alleged (“ faute inexcusable ”) remain outstanding, the average amount per claim being €0.3 million. The average settlement amount per claim in 2012 and 2011 was below €0.1 million. The following assumptions underlie the provision: the amount of damages sought by the claimant, the Group and claimant’s willingness to negotiate a settlement, the terms of settlement of other defendants with asbestos-related liabilities, the nature of pending and future claims, the volatility of the litigation environment, the defense strategies available to the Group, the level of future claims and the rate of receipt of claims. It is not anticipated that the resolution of such litigation and proceedings will have a material effect on the future results from continuing operations of the Group.

NOTE 23—FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s financial risk management strategy focuses on minimizing the cost and cash flow impacts of volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, metal prices and interest rates, while maintaining the financial flexibility the Group requires in order to successfully execute the Group’s business strategies.

Due to Constellium’s capital structure and the nature of its operations, the Group is exposed to the following financial risks: (1) market risk (including foreign exchange risk, commodity price risk and interest rate risk); (2) credit risk and (3) liquidity and capital management risk.

 

F-120


Table of Contents

23.1. Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

Net assets, earnings and cash flows are influenced by multiple currencies due to the geographic diversity of sales and the countries in which the Group operates. The Euro and the U.S. dollar are the currencies in which the majority of sales are denominated. Operating costs are influenced by the currencies of those countries where Constellium’s operating plants are located and also by those currencies in which the costs of imported equipment and services are determined. The Euro and U.S. dollar are the most important currencies influencing operating costs.

The policy of the Group is to hedge committed and highly probable forecasted foreign currency operational transactions. The Group uses both forwards and combinations of zero cost collars.

In June 2011, the Group entered into a multiple-year frame agreement with a major customer for the sale of fabricated metal products in U.S. Dollars. In line with its hedging policy, the Group entered into significant foreign exchange derivative transactions to forward sell U.S. dollars versus the euro following the signing of the multiple-year frame agreement to match these future sales.

As at December 31, 2012, our largest derivative transactions related to this contract.

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding foreign exchange contracts at December 31, 2012 with maturities ranging between 2013 and 2016 were as follows:

 

Currency

   Forward Exchange
contracts in
currency millions
    Foreign Exchange
Swap contracts in
currency millions
 

CHF

     50        (8

CZK

     —         247   

EUR

     746        (44

GBP

     (9     2   

JPY

     (739     (470

SGD

     —         7   

USD

     (1,043     52   

Hedge accounting is not applied and therefore the mark-to-market impact is recorded in Other gains/(losses)—net.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, the impact of the Group’s hedging strategy in relation to foreign currency led to unrealized losses on derivatives of €59 million which related primarily to the exposure on the multiple year sale agreement for fabricated products in U.S. dollars by a euro functional subsidiary of the group. In the year ended December 31, 2012, the impact of these derivatives was an unrealized gain of €35 million as the U.S. dollar weakened against the euro in the second half of 2012. The offsetting risk relating to forecasted sales are not visible due to the sales not yet being recorded in the books of the Group.

As the U.S. dollar appreciates against the euro, the derivative contracts entered into with financial institutions have a negative mark-to-market. Our financial derivative counterparties require margin should our mark-to-market exceed a pre-agreed contractual limit. In order to protect from the potential margin calls for significant market movements, the Group holds a significant liquidity buffer in cash or in availability under its various borrowing facilities, enters into derivatives with a large number of financial counterparties and monitors margin requirements on a daily basis for adverse movements in the U.S. dollar versus the euro.

At year end 2012, the margin requirement related to foreign exchange hedges amounted to €15 million, comprising of €12 million of fixed margin and €3 million of variable margin (as of December 31, 2011: €21 million).

 

F-121


Table of Contents

The largest margin call paid posted in 2012 related to foreign exchange derivatives was €51 million on July 26, 2012.

During 2012, the Group has decided to limit the liquidity risk arising from potential margin calls on operational hedges by entering into a portfolio of foreign exchange zero cost collars (combinations of bought calls and sold puts). As of December 31, 2012, the Group had entered into $647 million of collars, with maturities ranging between 2013 and 2016 where the Group bought a call on the U.S. dollar (put on the euro) with average strike $1.0811 and sold a put on the U.S. dollar (call on the euro) with an average strike of $1.4021.

Borrowings are principally in U.S. dollars and euros (see Note 19—Borrowings). It is the policy of the Group to hedge all foreign currency debt and cash. At the inception of the U.S. dollar term loan in May 2012, the Group entered into a cross currency interest rate swap to hedge the foreign exchange and interest rate risk inherent in our financing. As of December 31, 2012, the notional outstanding on the cross currency basis swap was $149 million (€120 million). The unrealized loss related to the economic hedge of the loan amounted to €16 million during the year ended December 31, 2012.

Foreign exchange sensitivity: Risks associated with exposure to financial instruments

A 10% weakening in the December 31, 2012 closing Euro exchange rate on the value of financial instruments held by the Group at December 31, 2012 would have decreased earnings (before tax effect) as shown in the table below:

 

At December 31, 2012

(in millions of Euros)

   Sensitivity
impact
 

Cash and cash equivalents

     1   

Trade receivables

     17   

Trade payables

     (9

Borrowings

     (19

Metal derivatives (net)

     —    

Foreign exchange derivatives (net)

     (67

Cross currency swap

     15   
  

 

 

 

Total

     (62
  

 

 

 

The amounts shown in the table above may not be indicative of future results since the balances of financial assets and liabilities may change.

A 10% change in the closing Euro exchange rate against currencies other than U.S. dollar would not have a material impact on earnings.

(ii) Commodity price risk

The Group is subject to the effects of market fluctuations in the price of aluminum, which is the Group’s primary metal input and a significant component of its output. The Group is also exposed to silver, copper and natural gas in a less significant way. The Group has entered into derivatives contracts to manage these risks and carries those instruments at their fair values on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.

As of December 31, 2012, the notional principle amount of aluminum derivatives outstanding was 113,000 tons (approximately $230 million) with maturities ranging from 2013 to 2015, copper derivatives outstanding was 700 tons (approximately $6 million) with maturities in 2013, silver derivatives 260,000 ounces (approximately $7 million) with maturities in 2013 and 1,650,000 MMBtu of natural gas futures (approximately $5 million) with maturities in 2013.

 

F-122


Table of Contents

The value of the contracts will fluctuate due to changes in market prices but is intended to help protect the Group’s margin on future conversion and fabrication activities. At December 31, 2012, these contracts are directly with external counterparties.

When the Group is unable to align the price and quantity of physical aluminum purchases with that of physical aluminum sales, it enters into derivative financial instruments to pass through the exposure to metal price fluctuations to financial institutions at the time the price is set. Therefore, the Group has purchased fixed price aluminum forwards to offset the exposure of LME volatility on its fixed price sales agreements for the supply of metal. The Group does not apply hedge accounting and therefore any mark-to-market movements are recognized in Other gains/(losses)—net.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, €86 million of unrealized losses were recorded in relation to LME futures entered into to minimize the exposure to aluminum volatility. A steep decline in the LME price of aluminum led to unrealized losses with the revaluation of the underlying transaction continuing to be off balance sheet as the sales had not yet been invoiced and recognized as revenue. In the year ended December 31, 2012, this resulted in an unrealized gain of €25 million. Hedges which had a significant negative mark-to-market at year end 2011 expired and offset the underlying commercial transactions during 2012. Further, the aluminum market traded sideways during 2012 and the mark-to-market at year end of derivatives related to aluminum hedging was close to zero.

As the LME price for aluminum falls, the derivative contracts entered into with financial institution counterparties have a negative mark-to-market. The Group’s financial institution counterparties may require margin calls should the negative mark-to-market exceed a pre-agreed contractual limit. In order to protect from the potential margin calls for significant market movements, the Group enters into derivatives with a large number of financial counterparties and monitors margin requirements on a daily basis for adverse movements in aluminum prices.

As of December 31, 2012, the margin requirement related to aluminum hedges was zero (as of December 31, 2011, margin posted on aluminum hedges was also zero).

The largest margin call paid in 2012 related to aluminum hedges was €2 million on June 29, 2012.

Commodity price sensitivity: risks associated with derivatives

Since none of the Group’s derivatives are designated for hedge accounting treatment, the net impact on earnings and equity of a 10% change in the market price of aluminum, based on the aluminum derivatives held by the Group at December 31, 2012 (before tax effect), with all other variables held constant was estimated to be €19 million (€3 million at December 31, 2011). The balances of such financial instruments may change in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

(iii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk refers to the risk that the value of financial instruments held by the Group and that are subject to variable rates will fluctuate, or the cash flows associated with such instruments will be impacted due to changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate risk arises principally from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash and cash equivalents deposits (including short-term investments) earning interest at variable interest rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk. Management believe that floating interest rates are advantageous as a significant portion of Constellium’s funding requirements is working-capital related and all excess cash is invested in very short term deposits. As of the end of December 2012, substantially all of the Group’s gross debt balance was subject to floating interest rates.

 

F-123


Table of Contents

Interest rate sensitivity: risks associated with variable-rate financial instruments

The impact (before tax effect) on net income of a 50 basis point increase or decrease in the LIBOR or EURIBOR interest rates, based on the variable rate financial instruments held by the Group at December 31, 2012, with all other variables held constant, was estimated to be lower than €1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. The balances of such financial instruments may not remain constant in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

23.2. Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk with financial institutions and other parties as a result of deposits and the mark-to-market on derivative transactions and from customer trade receivables arising from Constellium’s operating activities. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial asset as described in Note 24—Financial Instruments. The Group does not generally hold any collateral as security.

Credit risk related to deposits with financial institutions

Credit risk with financial institutions is managed by the Treasury department in accordance with a Board approved policy. Constellium management is not aware of any significant risks associated with financial institutions as a result of cash and cash equivalents deposits (including short-term investments) and financial derivative transactions.

The number of financial counterparties is tabulated below showing our exposure to the counterparty by rating type (ratings from Moody’s Investor Services).

 

     As at December 31, 2012      As at December 31, 2011  

Number of financial counterparties (A)

   Number of
financial
counterparties
     Exposure
(In millions  of
Euros)
     Number of
financial
counterparties
     Exposure
(In millions  of
Euros)
 

Rated Aa or better

     4         11         —          —    

Rated A

     11         145         9         111   

Rated Baa

     1         —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     16         156         9         111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Financial Counterparties for which the Group’s exposure is below EUR250k have been excluded from the analysis

Credit risks related to customer trade receivables

The Group has a diverse customer base geographically and by industry. The responsibility for customer credit risk management rests with Constellium management. Payment terms vary and are set in accordance with practices in the different geographies and end-markets served. Credit limits are typically established based on internal or external rating criteria, which take into account such factors as the financial condition of the customers, their credit history and the risk associated with their industry segment. Trade accounts receivable are actively monitored and managed, at the business unit or site level. Business units report credit exposure information to Constellium management on a regular basis. Over 70% of the Group’s trade account receivables are insured by insurance companies rated A3 1 or better. In situations where collection risk is considered to be above acceptable levels, risk is mitigated through the use of advance payments, bank guarantees or letters of credit. Historically we have a very low level of customer default as a result of long history of dealing with our customer base and an active credit monitoring function.

 

1   Rating from Moody’s Investor Services

 

F-124


Table of Contents

See Note 16—Trade Receivables and Other for the ageing of trade receivables.

23.3. Liquidity and capital risk management

The Group’s capital structure includes shareholder’s equity, borrowings from related parties and various third-party financing arrangements. Constellium’s total capital is defined as total equity plus net debt. Net debt includes borrowings due to third parties less cash and cash equivalents.

Constellium’s overriding objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the business as a going concern, to maximize returns for its owners and to maintain an optimal capital structure in order to minimize the weighted cost of capital.

All activities around cash funding, borrowings and financial instruments are centralized within Constellium’s Treasury department. Direct external funding or transactions with banks at the operating plant entity level are generally not permitted, and exceptions must be approved by Constellium’s Treasury department.

The liquidity requirements of the overall Company is funded by drawing on available credit facilities, while the internal management of liquidity is optimized by means of cash pooling agreements and/or intercompany loans and deposits between the Company’s operating entities and central Treasury. The capital structure of individual operating entities within Constellium is determined with reference to Corporate Finance department objectives and tax structure optimization strategies.

The contractual agreements that the Group has with derivative financial counterparties required the posting of collateral once a certain threshold has been reached. In order to protect the Group from the potential margin calls for significant market movements, the Group holds a significant liquidity buffer in cash or availability under its various borrowing facilities, enters into derivatives with a large number of financial counterparties, entered into a series of zero cost collars (see section 23.1 (i)) and monitors margin requirements on a daily basis for adverse movements in the U.S. dollar versus the euro and in aluminum prices.

The table below shows undiscounted contractual values by relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from December 31, 2012 and 2011 to the contractual maturity date.

 

     At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Less Than
1 Year
     Between
1 and 5 Years
     Over
5 Years
     Less Than
1 Year
     Between
1 and 5 Years
     Over
5 Years
 

Financial liabilities:

                 

Borrowings (A)

     32         61         149         85         188         —    

Cross currency interest rate swap

     1         12         —          —          —          —    

Net cash flows from derivatives liabilities related to currencies and metal (B)

     23         17         —          49         33         —    

Trade payables and other (excludes deferred revenue)

     645         7         —          634         3         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     701         97         149         768         224         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Borrowings include the U.S. Revolving credit facility which is considered short-term in nature and is included in the category “Less than 1 year” and un-discounted forecasted interests on the term loan.
(B) Foreign exchange options have not been included as they are not in the money.

 

F-125


Table of Contents

Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into derivatives contracts to manage operating exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency, aluminum and silver prices. These contracts are not designated as hedges. The tables below show the undiscounted contractual values and terms of derivative instruments.

 

     At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Less than
1 year
     1 to 5
years
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1 to 5
years
     Total  

Assets—Derivative Contracts

                 

Aluminium futures contracts

     6         —          6         2         1         3   

Silver future contracts

     1         —          1         —          —          —    

Currency derivative contracts

     13         5         18         8         1         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     20         5         25         10         2         12   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities—Derivative Contracts (A)

                 

Aluminium future contracts

     7         1         8         26         3         29   

Currency derivative contract

     16         16         32         23         30         53   

Cross currency interest rate swap

     1         12         13         —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     24         29         53         49         33         82   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Foreign exchange options have not been included as they are not in the money.

NOTE 24—FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The tables below show the classification of financial assets and liabilities, which includes all third and related party amounts.

Financial assets and liabilities by categories

 

            At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Loans
and
receivables
     At Fair
Value
Through
Profit and
Loss
     Total      Loans
and
receivables
     At Fair
Value
Through
Profit and
Loss
     Total  

Cash and cash equivalents

     17         142         —           142         113         —           113   

Trade receivables and Finance Lease receivables

     16         428         —           428         471         —           471   

Financial receivables (factoring)

     16         —           —           —           9         —           9   

Other financial assets (A)

        15         29         44         21         14         35   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        585         29         614         614         14         628   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade payables

     20         482         —           482         464         —           464   

Borrowings

     19         158         —           158         214         —           214   

Other financial liabilities (B)

        —           70         70         —           98         98   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

        640         70         710         678         98         776   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-126


Table of Contents
(A) Other financial assets are comprised of derivatives not designated as hedges and are with counterparties as follows:

 

     At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-
Current
     Current      Total      Non-
Current
     Current      Total  

Third parties

     10         19         29         3         11         14   

Derivatives

     10         19         29         3         11         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Margin calls

     —           15         15         —           21         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial assets

     10         34         44         3         32         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(B) Other financial liabilities are comprised of derivatives not designated as hedges and are with counterparties as follows:

 

     At December 31, 2012      At December 31, 2011  

(in millions of Euros)

   Non-
Current
     Current      Total      Non-
Current
     Current      Total  

Third parties

     46         24         70         47         51         98   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities

     46         24         70         47         51         98   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair values

The fair value of the derivatives approximate their carrying value because they are remeasured to their fair value at the date of each reporting period.

The carrying value of the Group’s borrowings approximates their fair value.

The fair values of other financial assets and liabilities approximate their carrying values, as a result of their liquidity or short maturity.

Margin calls

Constellium Finance S.A.S. and Constellium Switzerland AG entered into agreements with some financial institutions in order to define applicable rules with regards to the setting-up of derivative trading accounts. On a daily or weekly basis (depending on the arrangement with each financial institution) all open currency or metal derivative contracts are revalued to the current market price. When the change in fair value reaches a certain threshold (positive or negative), a margin call occurs resulting in the Group making or receiving back a cash payment to/from the financial institution.

At December 31, 2012, the Group made cash deposits related to margin calls for a total amount of €15 million (€21 million at December 31, 2011).

Valuation hierarchy

The following table provides an analysis of financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into levels based on the degree to which the fair value is observable:

 

 

Level 1 valuation is based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial instruments;

 

 

Level 2 valuation is based on inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly (i.e. prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

 

F-127


Table of Contents
 

Level 3 valuation is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

At December 31, 2012

(in millions of Euros)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Other financial assets

     6         23         —          29   

Other financial liabilities

     8         62         —          70   

 

At December 31, 2011

(in millions of Euros)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Other financial assets

     2         12         —          14   

Other financial liabilities

     29         69         —          98   

Level 1 includes aluminum futures that are traded on the LME. Level 2 includes foreign exchange derivatives.

NOTE 25—DEFERRED INCOME TAXES

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
    At December 31,
2011
 

Shown in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position:

    

Deferred income tax assets

     205        205   

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (11     (29
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets

     194        176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table shows the changes in net deferred income tax assets (liabilities) for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Balance at beginning of year

     176        —    

Net deferred income tax assets acquired

     —         108   

Deferred income taxes recognized in the Consolidated Income Statement

     (16     65   

Effects of changes in foreign currency exchange rates

     —         2   

Deferred income taxes recognized directly in other comprehensive income

     16        1   

Other

     18        —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     194        176   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Opening
Balance
    Acquisitions
/Disposals
     Recognized in      FX     Other      Closing
balance
 

Year ended December 31, 2012

(in millions of Euros)

        Profit or
loss
    OCI          

Deferred tax (liabilities) / assets in relation to:

                 

Long-term assets

     121        —          (47     —          1        —          75   

Inventories

     (14     —          31        —          (1     —          16   

Pensions

     45        —          1        16         —         —          62   

Derivative valuation

     30        —          (21     —          —         —          9   

Tax losses Carried forward

     —         —          6        —          —         —          6   

Other

     (6     —          14        —          —         18         26   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     176        —          (16     16         —         18         194   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-128


Table of Contents
     Opening
Balance
     Acquisitions
/Disposals
    Recognized in      FX      Other     Closing
balance
 

Year ended December 31, 2011

(in millions of Euros)

        Profit or
loss
    OCI          

Deferred tax (liabilities) / assets in relation to:

                 

Long-term assets

     —          139        (18     —          —          —         121   

Inventories

     —          (29     14        —          1         —         (14

Pensions

     —          42        1        1         —          1        45   

Derivative valuation

     —          (16     45        —          1         —         30   

Tax losses Carried forward

     —          —         —         —          —          —         —    

Other

     —          (28     23        —          —          (1     (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     —          108        65        1         2         —         176   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Based on the expected taxable income of the entities, the Group believes that it is more likely than not that a total of €497 million (€651 million at December 31, 2011) of deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses and unused tax credits will not be used. Consequently, no deferred tax assets have been recognized. The related tax impact of €175 million (€188 million at December 31, 2011) is attributable to the following:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
    At December 31,
2011
 

Tax losses

     (40     (32

In 2012

     —         (1

In 2013

     (2     (2

In 2014

     (2     (2

In 2015

     —         —    

In 2016

     —         —    

In 2017 and after (limited)

     (17     (8

Unlimited

     (19     (19
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unused tax credits

     —         —    

Deductible temporary differences

     (135     (156

Depreciation and Amortization

     (14     14   

Pensions

     (116     (131

Other

     (5     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31

     (175     (188
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 26—COMMITMENTS

Non-cancellable operating leases commitments

The Group leases various buildings, machinery, and equipment under operating lease agreements. Total rent expense was €16 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 (€14 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Less than 1 year

     16         11   

1 to 5 years

     39         28   

More than 5 years

     3         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-cancellable operating leases minimum payments

     58         39   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-129


Table of Contents

Capital expenditure commitments

 

(in millions of Euros)

   At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Property, Plant and equipment

     49         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditure commitments

     49         37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 27—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following table describes the nature and amounts of related party transactions included in the Consolidated Income Statement.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      Year ended
December 31,
2012
    Year ended
December 31,
2011
 

Revenue (A)

        6        8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Metal supply (B)

        (583     (536
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense (C)

     10, 19         (7     (16

Exit fees

        (2     —    

Realized exchange (loss) on financing activities

        (7     —    

Unrealized exchange (loss) on financing activities

     10         —         (5
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        (16     (21
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized gains on derivatives

     8         —          37   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other gains—net

        —         37   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Direct expenses related to acquisition and separation (D)

     3         —         (52
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The Group sells products to certain subsidiaries and affiliates of Rio Tinto.
(B) Purchases of metal from certain subsidiaries and affiliates of Rio Tinto, net of changes in inventory levels, are included in Cost of sales in the Consolidated Income Statement.
(C) Until May 2012, the Group incurred interest expense on borrowings due to Apollo Omega and Bpifrance.
(D) Representing transaction costs, equity fees and other costs paid to the Owners.

The following table describes the nature and year-end related party balances of amounts included in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, none of which is secured by pledged assets or collateral.

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Notes      At December 31,
2012
     At December 31,
2011
 

Trade receivables and other

     16         2         40   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade payables

     20         85         12   

Interest payable

     19         —          3   

Other payables (A)

        —          —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade payables and other—current

        85         15   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

     19         —          143   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Trade payables to related parties arise from purchases of metal and from various miscellaneous services that are provided to the Group by certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Owners. In addition, the Group has interest payable to related parties arising from borrowings as described above and in Note 19—Borrowings.

The Company has a service agreement with Apollo for the provision of management and support services. The annual fee is equal to the greater of $2 million per annum and 1% of the Company’s Adjusted EBITDA before such fees. Fees and expenses of $3 million equivalent to €2 million are included in the Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended December 31, 2012 ($2 million equivalent to €1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTE 28—KEY MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION

Aggregate compensation for the Group’s key management is comprised of the following:

 

(in millions of Euros)

   Year ended
December 31,
2012
     Year ended
December, 31,
2011
 

Short-term employee benefits

     9         9   

Termination benefits

     2         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     11         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the entity, directly or indirectly. They are the members of the Executive Management Committee and Vice-Presidents of key activities of the Group and make up the “Constellium Management Team”.

 

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTE 29—SUBSIDIARIES AND OPERATING SEGMENTS

The following is a list of the Group’s principal subsidiaries. They are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Constellium and are legal entities for which all or a substantial portion of the operations, assets, liabilities, and cash flows are included in the continuing operations of the consolidated reporting Group.

 

Entity

   Country    Ownership  

Cross Operating Segment

     

Constellium France S.A.S. (A&T, P&ARP and Holdings and Corporate)

   France      100

Constellium Singen GmbH (AS&I, P&ARP and Holdings and Corporate)

   Germany      100

Constellium Valais S.A. (A&T and AS&I)

   Switzerland      100

AS&I

     

Constellium Extrusions Decin S.r.o.

   Czech Republic      100

Constellium Extrusion France Saint Florentin S.A.S.

   France      100

Constellium Extrusions France S.A.S.

   France      100

Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH

   Germany      100

Constellium Extrusions Levice S.r.o.

   Slovak Republic      100

Constellium Automotive USA, LLC

   U.S.      100

Constellium Engley (Changchun) Automotive Structures Co Ltd.

   China      54

A&T

     

Constellium Aerospace S.A.S.

   France      100

Constellium Aviatube

   France      100

Constellium Sabart S.A.S.

   France      100

Constellium Ussel S.A.S.

   France      100

Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC

   U.S.      100

Constellium Property and Equipment Company, LLC

   U.S.      100

Constellium South East Asia

   Singapore      100

Constellium China

   China      100

Constellium Japan KK

   Japan      100

Holdings & Corporate

     

Constellium Holdco II B.V

   Netherlands      100

Constellium Centre de Recherches de Voreppe S.A.S. (Research and Development Facility)

   France      100

Constellium Finance S.A.S.

   France      100

Engineered Products International S.A.S.

   France      100

Constellium France Holdco SAS

   France      100

Constellium Germany Holdco Gmbh

   Germany      100

Constellium U.S. Holdings I, LLC

   U.S.      100

Constellium U.S. Holdings II, LLC

   U.S.      100

Constellium Deutschland GmbH

   Germany      100

Constellium Switzerland AG

   Switzerland      100

Constellium (UK) Limited

   United Kingdom      100

Refer to Note 4—Operating Segment Information for definition and description of operating segments.

In addition, the Group holds a 49.85% interest in Rhenaroll S.A. which specializes in the chrome-plating, grinding and repairing of rolling mill’s rolls and rollers, and a 50% interest in Alcan Strojmetal Aluminium Forging, s.r.o., which specializes in the forging of products primarily for the automotive industry. These investments are accounted for using the equity accounting method.

 

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTE 30—SHARE EQUITY PLAN

The Company implemented a share equity plan for Constellium management in order to align the interests of management with the interests of shareholders and to enable Company management to participate in the long-term growth of Constellium. The share equity plan was implemented at the beginning of 2011, with an effective date of February 4, 2011, through the establishment of a management investment company, Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG (“Management KG”). Individual managers may be invited to invest as limited partners in Management KG in order to have the opportunity to hold interests in the Company’s shares indirectly through this limited partnership.

Under the terms of the share equity plan, limited partnership interests in Management KG (“MEP interests”) that represent individual managers’ capital contributions to Management KG are attributable to A shares held by Management KG. In addition, vested MEP interests are attributable to B1 shares held by Management KG, while unvested MEP interests are attributable to B2 shares held by Management KG. Upon the vesting of an unvested MEP interest, the corresponding B2 shares held by Management KG in respect of such unvested MEP interest are converted to B1 shares.

It is intended that Management KG hold up to 190,784 A shares with a nominal amount of €0.01 each, 95,392 B1 shares with a nominal value of €0.01 each and 95,392 B2 shares with a nominal amount of €0.01 each, resulting in a total participation in the Company of up to 7.5%.

On April 12, 2011 and July 19, 2011, the Company issued capital comprised of 148,998 and 18,699 A shares and 82,032 and 9,652 B2 shares, respectively, to Management KG for consideration totaling $6 million:

 

 

A shares were acquired at their fair value (the value of the shares at the transaction date of $35.42 per share).

 

 

B2 shares were acquired at $10.50 per share. As described above, these B2 shares can be converted in one or more tranches into B1 shares if the related vesting conditions with respect to the unvested MEP interests attributable to such B2 shares are satisfied.

MEP interests held by share equity plan participants in respect of B2 shares are granted in service- and performance-vesting tranches. The service-vesting tranche vests in 20% increments on the 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th anniversary of a share equity plan participant’s effective investment date if the share equity plan participant continues employment with Constellium through the applicable vesting date. The performance-vesting tranches generally vest in respect of the financial year that includes the share equity plan participant’s effective investment date and each of the following four financial years only if the share equity plan participant continues employment with Constellium through the end of the applicable year and Constellium attains certain Adjusted EBITDA targets in respect of that financial year. As a result, the service period of the MEP interest attributable to a B2 share is considered the vesting period pursuant to IFRS 2—Share-based Payments.

In addition and in accordance with IFRS 2—Share-based Payments , the difference between the fair value and the acquisition amount the B2 shares is accounted for, over the vesting period of the related MEP interests, in the Consolidated Income Statement, with a corresponding increase in equity. An expense amounting to approximately €0.9 million was recorded in the Consolidated Income Statement for the year ended at December 31, 2012 (€0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011).

NOTE 31—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

At the date of the Acquisition, the Group organized the acquired business into four operating segments:

 

 

Aerospace & Transportation (A&T);

 

 

Automotive Structures & Industry (AS&I);

 

 

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products (P&ARP);

 

 

Alcan International Network (AIN).

 

F-133


Table of Contents

Constellium did not intend to retain the AIN Business and therefore a sale process commenced as of the Acquisition date.

On October 25, 2011, Constellium received a binding offer from CellMark for the purchase of 13 entities which was effective as of December 30, 2011.

At December 31, 2011, 10 remaining AIN entities were classified as held for sale. The rest of the entities included in the AIN Business were not sold in 2012.

As at December 31, 2012, the Group has ceased operations of these entities, therefore abandoning them. The cash flows and results of these entities are presented as discontinued operations.

The loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 amounted to €8 million (€8 million for the period ended December 31, 2011), mostly relating to abandonment costs in 2012 and restructuring, separation and completion costs in 2011.

NOTE 32—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On March 25, 2013, the Group entered into a new term loan facility consisting of a $360 million U.S. dollar denominated tranche and a €75 million Euro-denominated tranche the (Term Loan). The proceeds of the Term Loan were primarily intended for anticipated future distributions and dividend payments to shareholders of €250 million, and also to be used for general corporate purposes and to repay our existing floating rate term loan facility.

On March 13, 2013, the Board of directors approved a distribution to our shareholders of up to €250 million. It was expected that the distribution will be accomplished through a combination of a distribution of currently available share premium reserve and payment of one or more interim dividends. On March 28, 2013, the Group distributed share premium reserves of approximately €103 million. The board of directors further approved a distribution of profits of an additional €147 million to the existing Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 shareholders. In order to facilitate the payment of such distribution, the Group plans to issue preference shares to the existing Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 shareholders. These preference shares will entitle their holders to receive distributions in priority to ordinary shareholders in the aggregate amount of approximately €147 million in proportion to the percentage ownership of the existing shareholders. The Group currently anticipate this distribution will be made in the coming months.

On May 16, 2013, the Group effected a pro rata share issuance of Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 ordinary shares to our existing shareholders, was implemented through the issuance of 22.8 new Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 ordinary shares for each outstanding Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 ordinary share. As a result, the Group issued an aggregate amount of 83,945,965 additional Class A, 815,252 additional Class B1 and 923,683 additional Class B2 ordinary shares with a nominal value of €0.02 per share.

In March 2013, Constellium received a binding offer for the purchase of two of its plants by a third party. These two plants are located in Ham and Saint-Florentin (France) and specialize in the production of aluminum extrusions mainly for the building market in France. In 2012, the Ham and Saint Florentin plants had a combined workforce of approximately 360 employees and generated revenues of €75 million. As of May 16, 2013, certain significant elements of this transaction, such as the conditions relating to the transfer of the existing supply agreements are not finalized and are still under discussion with the potential acquirer.

During the fourth quarter of 2012, the Group implemented certain plan amendments that had the effect of reducing benefits of the participants in the Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood Retiree Medical and Life Insurance Plan (see Note 21—Pension and other post-employment benefit obligations). In February 2013, five Constellium retirees and the United Steelworkers union filed a class action lawsuit against Constellium Rolled

 

F-134


Table of Contents

Products-Ravenswood, LLC in a federal district court in West Virginia, alleging that Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood, LLC improperly modified retiree health benefits. The Group believes that these claims are unfounded, and that Constellium Rolled Products-Ravenswood, LLC had a legal and contractual right to make the applicable modification.

NOTE 33—PRO FORMA INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Balance Sheet

The pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012 has been presented to show the effects of the Company’s financial condition of dividends declared to shareholders on March 13, 2013 of €250 million, as if all the dividends had been declared on December 31, 2012. The total dividend has increased dividend payable and reduced retained deficit and other reserves by €250 million.

Earnings per Share

The computation of pro forma earnings per share assumes that additional units were outstanding from the beginning of the period. The additional assumed shares represent the number shares sold in this offering whose proceeds are assumed for the purposes of this calculation to have been used to pay the dividend declared on March 13, 2013 that are (i) in excess of the income for the 12 month period ended March 31, 2013, or (ii) funded by the proceeds of the offering as follows:

 

Historical weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted—adjusted for the pro rata share issuance (note 12)

        89,442,416   

Additional preference shares issued

        5   

Shares to be issued in excess of earnings to pay the dividend:

     

Dividend declared

    250 million      

Less: Earnings for the 12 months preceding the dividend declaration

     85 million      
  

 

 

    

Dividend deemed to be paid with IPO proceeds

     165 million      

IPO shares presumed to be used to pay dividend ($15.00 per share)

        13,333,333   
     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

        102,775,754   
     

 

 

 

 

F-135


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Directors of Constellium Holdco B.V.

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Engineered Aluminum Products, a component of Rio Tinto plc as described in Notes 1 and 2 (Basis of preparation) which comprise the combined statements of financial position as at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the combined statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), changes in invested equity and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2010, and the related notes, which comprise a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s responsibility for the combined financial statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these combined financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of combined financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free from material misstatement. International Standards on Auditing require that we comply with ethical requirements.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the combined financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the component’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the component’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the combined financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP/s.r.l./s.e.n.c.r.l., Chartered Accountants

1250 René-Lévesque Boulevard West, Suite 2800, Montréal, Quebec, Canada H3B 2G4

T:+1 514 205 5000, F:+1 514 205 5675, www.pwc.com/ca

“PwC” refers to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP/s.r.l./s.e.n.c.r.l., an Ontario limited liability partnership, which is a member firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, each member firm of which is a separate legal entity.

 

F-136


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Opinion

In our opinion, the combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Engineered Aluminum Products as at December 31, 2010 and 2009 and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Emphasis of matter

Without qualifying our opinion, we draw attention to the fact that, as described in Notes 1 and 2 (Basis of preparation), the Engineered Aluminum Products component has not operated as a separate entity. These combined financial statements are, therefore, not necessarily indicative of results that would have occurred if the Engineered Aluminum Products component had been a separate standalone entity during the years presented or of the future results of the Engineered Aluminum Products component.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 1

April 24, 2012

 

1   Chartered Accountant auditor permit No. 15621

 

F-137


Table of Contents

COMBINED INCOME STATEMENTS

(in millions of euros)

 

Year ended December 31,

   Notes      2010     2009  

Continuing operations:

       

Revenue

       

—third parties

     29         2,937        2,247   

—related parties

     24, 29         20        45   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,957        2,292   

Cost of sales

     3         2,715        2,250   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        242        42   

Selling and administrative expenses

       

—third parties

     3         173        151   

—related parties

     3, 24         17        9   

Research and development expenses

     3         53        61   

Restructuring costs

     20         6        38   

Impairment charges

     9, 10         224        214   

Other expenses (income)—net

       

—third parties

     5         (8     15   

—related parties

     5, 24         25        (206
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

        (248     (240
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income (costs)—net

       

—third parties

     7         (1     —    

—related parties

     7, 24         (6     (14

Share of profit of joint ventures

     11         2        —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

        (253     (254

Income tax benefit

     8         44        39   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year from continuing operations

        (209     (215
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

       

Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations (which is attributable solely to the Owner of the Group)

        2        (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

        (207     (218
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year attributable to:

       

Owner of the Group

        (207     (218

Non-controlling interests

     25         —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (207     (218
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-138


Table of Contents

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in millions of euros)

 

Year ended December 31,

   Notes      2010     2009  

Loss for the year

        (207     (218

Other comprehensive income (loss):

       

Foreign currency translation adjustments—net

     6         (14     11   

Actuarial gains (losses) on post-retirement benefit plans—net of tax of €7 and €(1), respectively

     18         (34     9   

Gains (losses) on available for sale securities

     22         (1     2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) for the year

        (49     22   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year

        (256     (196
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income (loss) for the year attributable to:

       

Owner of the Group

       

—continuing operations

        (258     (193

—discontinued operations

     25         2        (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (256     (196
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-controlling interests

     25         —         —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (256     (196
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-139


Table of Contents

ENGINEERED ALUMINUM PRODUCTS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in millions of euros)

 

At December 31,

   Notes      2010      2009  

Assets

        

Non-current assets

        

Intangible assets

     9         —          9   

Property, plant and equipment

     10         214         425   

Investments in joint ventures

     11         13         11   

Deferred income tax assets

     12         222         173   

Long-term loans receivable

        

—related parties

     24         14         258   

Other financial assets

        

—third parties

     13         —          7   

—related parties

     13, 24         13         41   

Trade receivables and other

        

—third parties

     15         66         52   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        542         976   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

        

Inventories

     14         500         358   

Trade receivables and other

        

—third parties

     15         463         388   

—related parties

     15, 24         20         18   

Short-term loans receivable

        

—related parties

     24         206         244   

Other financial assets

        

—related parties

     13, 24         91         48   

Recoverable income taxes

        —          1   

Cash and cash equivalents

        15         7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        1,295         1,064   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        1,837         2,040   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-140


Table of Contents

ENGINEERED ALUMINUM PRODUCTS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION (continued)

(in millions of euros)

 

At December 31,

   Notes      2010     2009  

Invested equity

       

Owner of the Group

       

—Owner’s net investment

        234        96   

—Reserves

        (37     12   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        197        108   

Non-controlling interests

     25         2        —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total invested equity

        199        108   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

       

Borrowings

       

—third parties

     16         2        2   

—related parties

     16, 24         —         5   

Trade payables and other

       

—third parties

     17         54        62   

Deferred income tax liabilities

     12         9        18   

Income taxes payable

        4        3   

Post-retirement benefits

     18         521        468   

Other financial liabilities

       

—related parties

     19, 24         3        2   

Provisions

     20         55        80   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        648        640   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current liabilities

       

Borrowings

       

—third parties

     16         3        4   

—related parties

     16, 24         195        679   

Trade payables and other

       

—third parties

     17         578        450   

—related parties

     17, 24         119        81   

Income taxes payable

        1        8   

Post-retirement benefits

     18         16        16   

Other financial liabilities

       

—related parties

     19, 24         43        4   

Provisions

     20         35        50   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        990        1,292   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        1,638        1,932   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total invested equity and liabilities

        1,837        2,040   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-141


Table of Contents

ENGINEERED ALUMINUM PRODUCTS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED EQUITY

 

    Owner Of The Group              
          Reserves              

(in millions of euros)

  Owner’s
Net
Investment
    Foreign Currency
Translation
Reserve
    Pension
Reserve
    Other
Reserves
    Total
Reserves
    Non-Controlling
Interests
    Total
Invested
Equity
 

At January 1, 2009

    237        47        (56     (1     (10     —         227   

Year ended December 31, 2009 Activity:

             

Comprehensive income (loss)

             

Loss for the year

    (218     —         —         —         —         —         (218

Other comprehensive income (loss)

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments—net

    —         12        —         —         12        —         12   

Realized currency translation (gains) losses

    —         (1     —         —         (1     —         (1

Actuarial gains (losses) on post-retirement benefit plans—net of tax

    —         —         9        —         9        —         9   

Gains (losses) on available for sale securities

    —         —         —         2        2        —         2   

Transactions with the Owner

             

General corporate expenses allocated by the Owner

    9        —         —         —         —         —         9   

Net transfers (to) from the Owner

    68        —         —         —         —         —         68   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

    96        58        (47     1        12        —         108   

Year ended December 31, 2010 Activity:

             

Comprehensive income (loss)

             

Loss for the year

    (207     —         —         —         —         —         (207

Other comprehensive income (loss)

             

Foreign currency translation adjustments—net

    —         (17     —         —         (17     —         (17

Realized currency translation (gains) losses

    —         3        —         —         3        —         3   

Actuarial gains (losses) on post-retirement benefit plans—net of tax

    —         —         (34     —         (34     —         (34

Gains (losses) on available for sale securities

    —         —         —         (1     (1     —         (1

Transactions with the Owner

             

General corporate expenses allocated by the Owner

    17        —         —         —         —         —         17   

Net transfers (to) from the Owner

    328        —         —         —         —         —         328   

Transactions with the Non-controlling interests

             

Contribution by the Non-controlling interests

    —         —         —         —         —         2        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

    234        44        (81     —         (37     2        199   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-142


Table of Contents

ENGINEERED ALUMINUM PRODUCTS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in millions of euros)

 

Year ended December 31,

   Notes      2010     2009  

Cash flows from (used in) operating activities

       

Loss for the year

        (207     (218

Less: Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations

        2        (3
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year from continuing operations

        (209     (215

Adjustments to determine cash flow from (used in) operating activities:

       

Income tax benefit

     8         (44     (39

Finance costs—net

     7         7        14   

Depreciation and amortization

     3, 9, 10         38        85   

General corporate expenses allocated by the Owner

     2,3         17        9   

Share of profit of joint ventures

     11         (2     —    

Restructuring costs

     20         6        38   

Impairment charges

     9, 10         224        214   

(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment—net

     5, 10         1        —    

(Gains) losses on disposals of businesses and investments—net

     5, 26         —         17   

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss—net

     5, 24         31        (162

(Gain) on forgiveness of related party loan

     5, 16, 24         —         (29

Increase (decrease) in net realizable value reserves for inventories—net

     14         —         (26

Provisions for (recoveries of) trade accounts receivable impairment—net

     5, 15         (1     5   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Inventories

     14         (118     213   

Trade receivables and other

       

—third parties

     15         (78     73   

—related parties

     15, 24         (7     14   

Trade payables and other

       

—third parties

     17         87        (16

—related parties

     17, 24         30        (8

Other financial assets

       

—third parties

     13         2        (2

—related parties

     13, 24         (5     2   

Other financial liabilities

       

—related parties

     19, 24         1        —    

Provisions

     20         (44     (21

Post-retirement benefits

     18         4        (6

Interest paid

       

—third parties

     7, 16         (2     (2

—related parties

     7, 16, 24         (4     (9

Income taxes (paid) recovered

        (21     32   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from (used in) operating activities in continuing operations

        (87     181   

Net cash flows from operating activities in discontinued operations

     26         21        43   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from (used in) operating activities

        (66     224   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-143


Table of Contents

ENGINEERED ALUMINUM PRODUCTS

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

(in millions of euros)

Year ended December 31,

   Notes      2010     2009  

Cash flows from (used in) investing activities

       

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     10, 28         (51     (61

Purchases of businesses and investments, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

     26         —         (1

Net proceeds from disposals of businesses, investments and other assets

     10, 26         8        —    

Net collection of short-term loans receivable

     24         178        22   

—related parties

       

Collection of long-term loans receivable

       

—related parties

     24         —         2   

Advances on long-term loans receivable

       

—related parties

     24         —         (3

Interest received

       

—third parties

     7         2        2   

—related parties

     7, 24         1        1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from (used in) investing activities in continuing operations

        138        (38

Net cash flows from investing activities in discontinued operations

     26         23        2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows from (used in) investing activities

        161        (36
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from (used in) financing activities

       

Net repayments of current borrowings

       

—related parties

     16, 24         (136     (225

Repayments on non-current borrowings

       

—related parties

     16, 24         (5     (1

Net cash transfers from the Owner

        93        83   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities in continuing operations

        (48     (143

Net cash flows used in financing activities in discontinued operations

     26         (38     (46
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in financing activities

        (86     (189
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

        9        (1

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

        7        8   

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

        (1     —    
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

        15        7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplementary disclosures of non-cash investing and financing information:

       

Non-cash transfers (to) from the Owner

       

Borrowings converted to Owner’s net investment

     16         336        —    

Loans receivable charged against Owner’s net investment

     24         (29     —    

Restructuring liabilities settled by the Owner on our behalf

     20         2        —    

Other non-cash transfers from the Owner

        —         17   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        309        17   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash transfers from the Non-controlling interests

       

Property, plant and equipment contributed by the Non-controlling interests

     25         2        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined financial statements.

 

F-144


Table of Contents
NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

1. GENERAL INFORMATION

On January 4, 2011 (the Completion Date), Rio Tinto Group (Rio Tinto) sold its engineered aluminum products businesses under the terms and conditions of a Sale and Purchase Agreement (the Agreement) to a company now known as Constellium Holdco B.V. (the Purchaser), which is an entity owned by investment funds affiliated with, or co-investment vehicles that are managed (or the general partners of which are managed) by subsidiaries of, Apollo Global Management, LLC, affiliates of Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited and Fonds Stratégique d’Investissement.

Purpose for issuing these combined financial statements

Background

During July 2011, Rio Tinto issued audited 2010 combined historical carve-out financial statements for a group of operating entities, divisions and businesses that were formerly included in the Engineered Products operating segment within a subsidiary and affiliates of Rio Tinto (excluding its Cable and Composite operating entities, divisions and businesses), together with some head office entities that provide certain general and administrative services. These engineered aluminum products businesses are herein referred to as Engineered Aluminum Products (EAP or the Group).

Subsequent to the Completion Date, the Purchaser sold and discontinued certain operations and changed the method of measuring operating segment profit or loss, as further described below. The Group has re-presented its results of operations and cash flows between continuing and discontinued operations to reflect the operations that have been subsequently discontinued by the Purchaser and has also provided an additional measurement of profitability of its operating segments, Management Adjusted EBITDA, as supplementary information, which is consistent with the measurement used by the Purchaser in its consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011.

Discontinued operations

During the year ending December 31, 2011, the Purchaser sold all of the businesses it had acquired from Rio Tinto related to one of the Group’s operating segments, Alcan International Network (AIN). The disclosures related to AIN in these combined financial statements of the Group have been re-presented as those of discontinued operations for all periods presented consistent with the requirements of IFRS 5, Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations. The assets and liabilities of AIN have not been re-presented as a disposal group classified as held for sale in these combined financial statements as the criteria for such classification were not met at December 31, 2010. See Note 26—Purchases and Disposals of Businesses and Investments, including Discontinued Operations.

Segment reporting

In its consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011, the Purchaser has presented Management Adjusted EBITDA as its measure of operating segment profit or loss, which differs from the measure of Business Group Profit historically used by the Group. Disclosures have been added to these combined financial statements to present Management Adjusted EBITDA as supplementary information. The Purchaser has subsequently changed the names of our operating segments as described in Note 28—Operating Segment Information.

Issuing responsibility and references

These audited 2010 combined carve-out financial statements are the responsibility of the executive management of Constellium Holdco B.V., having been derived: (i) from the underlying financial information used to prepare the 2010 audited combined carve-out financial statements of the Group that were previously prepared and issued by Rio Tinto, and (ii) in consideration of and with the application of the presentation changes described above.

 

F-145


Table of Contents

When used throughout the carve-out financial statements, Rio Tinto and Owner refers to Rio Tinto Group and, where applicable, one or more of its subsidiaries, affiliates and joint ventures. Further, references to Rio Tinto, the Owner and the Group within the context of activities and events occurring prior to the Completion date have the same historical meaning in consideration of the entities and relationships in existence during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Description of the business

The Group produces engineered and fabricated aluminum products and structures. The Group operates production facilities throughout Europe and North America and has sales and supply chain logistics offices (AIN) which are located globally. As described above, AIN was sold by the Purchaser during the year ending December 31, 2011, and has been re-presented as a discontinued operation in these combined financial statements.

Through December 31, 2010, the Predecessor was headquartered and domiciled in Paris, France (at 17 Place des Reflets; La Defense 2—Tour CB 16; Courbevoie, France 92400). These combined financial statements were authorized for issue on April 24, 2012 by Constellium Holdco B.V.’s executive management, who have the authority to amend them under appropriate circumstances, if necessary.

Sale of Engineered Aluminum Products

Transaction

On August 5, 2010, Rio Tinto announced that it had received a binding offer from funds affiliated with third parties (Funds) to acquire a 61% stake in a group of Rio Tinto’s Engineered Products operating entities, divisions and businesses, which is comprised of substantially all of the entities, divisions and businesses comprising the Group. On December 23, 2010, Rio Tinto and the Funds executed the Agreement establishing the terms, conditions and consideration for the Transaction, which was closed on the Completion Date. On January 4, 2011, Rio Tinto announced that it had completed the sale (the Transaction), leaving Rio Tinto with a remaining 39% ownership.

On April 4, 2011, Rio Tinto delivered the Draft Completion Statement to the Purchaser as required under the terms of the Agreement, which established the total preliminary purchase price for the Transaction and was the basis for the exchange of consideration between the parties. As a result of establishing the preliminary purchase price, Rio Tinto management determined that the carrying amounts of the Group’s net assets were in excess of their recoverable amounts and recorded impairment charges of €224 during the year ended December 31, 2010 (see Note 9—Intangible Assets and Note 10—Property, Plant and Equipment).

Under the terms of the Agreement, the Purchaser had the right to accept the Draft Completion Statement or provide Rio Tinto with a Purchaser’s Disagreement Notice to dispute the preliminary purchase price within 75 days. On June 17, 2011, Rio Tinto received the Purchaser’s Disagreement Notice and subsequent to that date, the final terms of the Transaction were settled (see Note 30—Subsequent Events).

Changes to capital structure

In contemplation of the Transaction, during 2010, the Group and the Owner undertook several steps to effect certain capital restructuring transactions to facilitate the consummation of the Transaction, including: (i) the Owner making certain capital contributions to specific entities within the Group; (ii) the Group repaying or converting to Owner’s net investment (included in Invested equity) certain related party borrowings from the Owner; and (iii) the Group collecting certain related party loans receivable from the Owner or charging them against Owner’s net investment.

 

F-146


Table of Contents
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these combined financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all of the periods and balances presented, unless otherwise stated.

Basis of preparation

Presentation currency

The Group prepared these 2010 audited combined financial statements using the EUR as its presentation currency. The Group’s policies and practices with respect to functional currency, presentation currency and foreign currency translation and disposals of operations are described below.

Functional currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the entities, divisions and businesses of the Group are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each of them operate (their functional currency).

Presentation currency and foreign currency translation

The financial results of the Owner are presented in USD. As such, the USD is the currency in which the Group’s financial results are combined (but not presented). In the preparation of the Group’s combined financial statements, the year end balances of assets, liabilities and components of invested equity of the Group’s entities, divisions and businesses were first translated from their functional currencies into USD at the respective year-end exchange rates; and the annual revenues, expenses, cash flows and transactions within invested equity of the Group’s entities, divisions and businesses were first translated from their functional currencies into USD at the average exchange rates for the respective years. The net differences arising from the exchange rate translation from functional currencies to USD were recognized in the foreign currency translation reserve, included in Invested equity.

In order to present these EUR-denominated combined financial statements, the USD-denominated year end balances of the Group’s combined assets, liabilities and components of invested equity were translated into EUR at the respective year-end exchange rates; and the Group’s combined USD-denominated annual revenues, expenses, cash flows and transactions within invested equity were translated into EUR at the average exchange rates for the respective years. The net differences arising from the exchange rate translation from USD to EUR were also recognized in the foreign currency translation reserve, included in Invested equity.

The Group used the following exchange rates to translate the Group’s combined financial statements from USD to EUR:

 

     2010      2009  

Year-end exchange rate at December 31,

     1.34         1.44   

Average exchange rate for the year ended December 31,

     1.33         1.39   

Disposals of operations

When an operation is disposed of, the portion of the accumulated balance of the foreign currency translation reserve relating to such operation is realized as a gain or loss in Other expenses (income)—net in the Group’s combined income statement at the time of the disposal.

Carve-out accounting

The Group’s combined income statements and combined statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in invested equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009; the Group’s combined

 

F-147


Table of Contents

statements of financial position at December 31, 2010 and 2009; and the related notes thereto (collectively, the Group’s combined financial statements) are prepared on a carve-out basis, having been derived from the accounting records of the Owner using the historical results of operations and historical bases of assets and liabilities of the entities, divisions and businesses comprising the Group. These combined financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The net assets of the Group may be carried at different values in the consolidated statements of financial position of its Owner as a result of the application of carve-out accounting.

Management believes the assumptions underlying the combined financial statements, including the Allocations from Owner described below, are reasonable. However, the combined financial statements included herein may not necessarily be representative of the Group’s combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what its historical results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Group been a standalone entity during the periods presented.

As these combined financial statements represent a group of operating entities, divisions and businesses of the Owner which do not constitute a separate legal entity, the net assets of the Group have been presented as Total invested equity, which includes Owner’s net investment, Reserves and Non-controlling interests. The Owner’s net investment in the Group is comprised primarily of (i) the initial investment to establish the net assets of the Group (and any subsequent adjustments thereto); (ii) the Owner’s share of accumulated earnings (including other comprehensive earnings) of the Group; (iii) general corporate cost allocations from the Owner; and (iv) all other transfers to and from the Owner, including those related to non-cash items, cash management functions performed by the Owner and changes in certain income tax liabilities or assets.

As described further in Note 21—Financial Risk Management, the Owner manages the overall liquidity and capital of the Group. To the extent that the Group has capital and liquidity requirements in excess of internally generated funds, it obtains financing from the Owner in the form of cash transfers, cash pooling agreements and/or loans. The Group’s total capital is defined as total invested equity plus net debt. Net debt includes borrowings from third and related parties, less loans receivable from related parties.

Transactions and outstanding balances between the Group and the Owner have been reported as related party transactions for all periods and period end dates presented herein.

International Financial Reporting Standards

The Group adopted “Annual Improvements to IFRSs” during the years 2010 and 2009. Annual improvements provide a vehicle for making non-urgent but necessary amendments to IFRS standards and cover a broad range of topics.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group during 2010

The Group adopted amendments made to International Accounting Standard (IAS) 27 “(Amendment) Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements,” which requires the effects of all transactions with non-controlling interests to be recorded in equity if there is no change in control. Such effects no longer result in goodwill or gains and losses. The standard also specifies the accounting treatment when control is lost. Any remaining interest in the entity is remeasured to fair value and a gain or loss is recognized in the income statement. The adoption of these amendments to IAS 27 had no significant impact on the Group’s combined financial statements.

The Group adopted amendments made to IAS 39, “(Amendment) Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement—Eligible Hedged Items” which make two significant changes on hedged items by prohibiting: (i) the designation of inflation as a hedgeable component of a fixed-rate debt and (ii) the inclusion of time value in the one-sided hedge risk when designating options as hedges. The adoption of these amendments to IAS 39 had no significant impact on the Group’s combined financial statements.

 

F-148


Table of Contents

The Group adopted amendments made to IFRS 3, “(Revised) Business Combinations” which continues to apply the acquisition method to business combinations but applies some significant changes. Under the revised standard, all payments to purchase a business are to be recorded at fair value at the acquisition date with contingent payments classified as debt subsequently remeasured through the income statement. All acquisition related costs should be expensed. When a business is acquired in which the Group previously held a non-controlling stake, the existing stake is remeasured to fair value at the date of acquisition. Any difference between fair value and carrying value is taken to the income statement. The adoption of these amendments to IFRS 3 had no significant impact on the Group’s combined financial statements.

Standards adopted by the Group during 2009

The Group adopted amendments made to IAS 1 “(Revised) Presentation of Financial Statements,” effective January 1, 2009. The relevant impact from the adoption of these amendments to IAS 1 on the Group’s financial statements was that the Group was required to present all changes in equity arising from transactions with owners in their capacity as owners ( i.e. owner changes in equity) separately from non-owner changes in equity in the Group’s statements of changes in invested equity.

The Group adopted amendments made to IAS 23 “Borrowing Costs,” effective January 1, 2009. IAS 23 provides guidance on the recognition, capitalization and disclosure of borrowing costs. The adoption of these amendments to IAS 23 had no significant impact on the Group’s combined financial statements.

The Group adopted amendments made to IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement,” effective January 1, 2009. The amendments provide guidance on eligible hedged items. The adoption of this standard had no significant impact on the Group’s combined financial statements.

The Group adopted amendments made to IFRS 7 “Financial Instruments: Disclosures,” effective January 1, 2009. IFRS 7 requires disclosures that enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the significance of financial instruments and the nature and extent of risks arising from those financial instruments. The adoption of the amendments to this standard had no significant impact on the disclosures related to the Group’s financial instruments, included in Note 21—Financial Risk Management and Note 22—Financial Instruments.

The Group adopted IFRS 8 “Operating Segments,” effective January 1, 2009. IFRS 8 replaces IAS 14 “Segment Reporting” and requires a management approach, under which segment information is presented on the same basis as that used for internal reporting purposes. Segment information is reported in a manner that is more consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s chief operating decision maker (CODM). The adoption of this standard had no significant impact on the measurement or disclosure of the Group’s segment information, included in Note 28—Operating Segment Information and Note 29—Information by Geographic Area.

Standards, amendments and interpretations applicable to future reporting periods

 

   

IAS 24, “(Revised) Related Party Disclosures” (required to be adopted in 2011);

 

   

IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (required to be adopted in 2013);

 

   

IFRIC 14, “(Amendment) Prepayments of a Minimum Funding Requirement” (required to be adopted in 2011);

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 7, “Disclosures—Transfer of Financial Assets” (required to be adopted in 2011); and

 

   

Annual Improvements to IFRSs (2010) (most changes are required to be adopted in 2011).

The Group has not yet evaluated the potential impact that any of the pending future standards, amendments and interpretations would have on its combined financial statements.

 

F-149


Table of Contents

Other standards

The Group has determined that all other recently issued accounting standards will not have a material impact on its combined results of operations, financial position and cash flows, or do not apply to its operations.

Allocations from Owners

In addition to the carve-out of businesses and entities comprising the operations and the net assets of the Group, the accompanying combined income statements also include allocations of certain Owner’s expenses, with corresponding offsetting amounts included in Owner’s net investment. Allocated items are described below.

The expenses allocated are not necessarily indicative of the expenses that would have been incurred had the Group performed these functions as a standalone entity, nor are they indicative of expenses that will be charged or incurred in the future. It is not practicable to estimate the amount of expenses the Group would have incurred for the periods presented had it not been an affiliated entity of the Owner in each of those periods.

The financial statements reflect all material and significant costs of doing business related to these operations. These costs of doing business include expenses incurred by other entities on our behalf which relate to general corporate expenses and pension and post retirement benefits. Such costs of doing business have been allocated to the combined carve out business based on average headcount and, in the case of general corporate expenses, average capital employed. Management believes that such allocation is reasonable for the type of cost allocated.

General corporate expenses

The Owner has allocated certain of its general corporate expenses to the Group based on a combination of average headcount and average capital employed. Capital employed represents total Group assets, less: (a) trade payables and other; (b) provisions; (c) deferred income tax assets; (d) other financial liabilities; (e) post-retirement benefits; and (f) short-term and long-term loans receivable—related parties on a historical basis. The general corporate expense allocations are included in Selling and administrative expenses—related parties in the Group’s combined income statements. These allocations are primarily for finance, human resources, legal, corporate and external affairs and the executive office of Rio Tinto and are mainly comprised of salaries, including variable compensation and normal current service cost for pensions, and other direct costs of the various functions. These general corporate expense allocations amounted to €17 and €9 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and are included in Selling and administrative expenses—related parties (none was attributed to discontinued operations). The allocation was lower for 2009 than 2010 due primarily to a lower pool of costs being incurred and allocated by the Owner. The Group’s total corporate office costs, including the amounts allocated, amounted to €31 and €12 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Pensions and post-retirement benefits

Certain businesses included in the Group have pension and post-retirement obligations mostly comprised of funded defined benefit pension plans in the United States (U.S.), unfunded pension plans in France and Germany and lump sum indemnities payable upon retirement to employees of businesses in France. Certain businesses included in the Group also have unfunded other post-retirement benefit obligations, mostly comprised of health and life insurance benefits in the U.S.

The Group participates in a multi-employer defined benefit plan in Switzerland. The Group’s proportionate share of the plan’s defined benefit obligation, plan assets and costs are included in the Group’s combined financial statements.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are calculated as if all of the Group’s operations had been separate tax paying legal entities, each filing a separate tax return in its local tax jurisdiction. For jurisdictions where there is a tax sharing agreement or

 

F-150


Table of Contents

where the Group’s operations represent a division of a larger legal entity, tax amounts currently payable or receivable by the Group are included in Owner’s net investment, because the net liability (receivable) for the taxes due (refundable) is recorded in the financial statements of the Owner’s non-Group entity that files the consolidated or combined tax return. As a result of the aforementioned structure, substantially all of the Group’s income tax liabilities (refunds) are also paid (collected) by the various Owner’s non-Group entities. These net changes in income tax amounts currently payable or receivable are included in net cash transfers (to) from Owner in the accompanying combined financial statements.

Cash Management

Cash and cash equivalents in the combined statements of financial position are comprised of the cash and cash equivalents of the Group’s businesses. Historically, the Owner has performed cash management functions on behalf of the Group. The Owner manages certain cash pooling activities among the Group’s operating units, including the arrangement of borrowings from and loans to related parties and the transfer of cash balances to the Owner. None of the Owner’s cash and cash equivalents has been allocated to the Group in the combined statements of financial position. Transfers to and from the Owner are recorded as adjustments to Owner’s net investment.

Basis of combination

The combined financial statements include all of the assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of the entities, divisions and businesses included in the Group.

Subsidiaries : Subsidiaries are entities over which the Owner has the power to govern the financial and operating policies in order to obtain benefits from their activities. Control is presumed to exist where the Owner owns more than 50% of the voting rights (which does not always equate to percentage ownership) unless it can be demonstrated that ownership does not constitute control. Control does not exist where outside stakeholders hold veto rights over significant operating and financial decisions. In assessing control, potential voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are taken into account. Substantially all of the subsidiaries in the Group are wholly-owned. All of the assets and liabilities and results of operations of subsidiaries are included in the Group’s combined financial statements, which show the amounts of net assets (invested equity), loss for the year and comprehensive income (loss) attributable to both the Owner of the Group and the Non-controlling interests.

Joint ventures : A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity that is subject to joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control such that significant operating and financial decisions require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. The Group accounts for its joint ventures using the equity accounting method.

All intra-Group balances and transactions between and among the Group’s subsidiaries, divisions and businesses are eliminated in the preparation of the Group’s combined financial statements. Balances and transactions between the Group and the Owner are identified as related party balances and transactions in the accompanying combined financial statements.

Revenue recognition

Revenue from product sales is comprised of sales to third parties at invoiced amounts, with most sales being priced on ex works, free on board (f.o.b.) terms, or on cost, insurance and freight (c.i.f.) terms. Amounts billed to customers in respect of shipping and handling are classified as Revenue where the Group is responsible for carriage, insurance and freight. All shipping and handling costs incurred by the Group are recognized in Cost of sales. Delivery is considered to have occurred when title and risk of loss have transferred to the customer.

 

F-151


Table of Contents

Revenue from product sales, net of trade discounts, allowances and volume-based incentives, is recognized once delivery has occurred provided that persuasive evidence exists that all of the following criteria are met:

 

   

the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the product have been transferred to the buyer;

 

   

neither continuing managerial involvement to the degree usually associated with ownership, nor effective control over the goods sold, has been retained by the Group;

 

   

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

   

it is probable that the economic benefits associated with the sale will flow to the Group; and

 

   

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the sale can be measured reliably.

Revenue from services is recognized as services are rendered.

Deferred tooling revenue and development costs

Certain of the Group’s customers (principally in the automotive industry) contract with the Group to design a part, produce the necessary tooling and then manufacture the parts for sale to the customer over a long term period. The Group contracts with third party tool suppliers to construct the tooling required to manufacture the part. The activities associated with automotive tooling construction meet the definition of building an asset over an extended period and are accounted for by the Group in accordance with the provisions of IAS 11 “Construction Contracts”.

Interest income and expense

The Group records interest income using the effective interest rate method on loans receivable—related parties and on the interest bearing components of its cash and cash equivalents. Interest income is included in Finance income (costs)—net in the Group’s combined income statements.

The Group obtains short- and long-term financing from third and related parties and incurs interest expense at the stated rates on the various borrowing agreements into which the Group enters. The Owner does not allocate any additional interest expense to the Group. Borrowing costs (including interest) incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use. All other borrowing costs are charged to interest expense in Finance income (costs)—net in the Group’s combined income statements.

Dividends and distributions

Income

The Group records dividend income as it is deemed earned, i.e. —when dividends are declared and payable. Dividend income from investments at cost is included in Other expenses (income)—net (related parties) in the Group’s combined income statements. Dividends earned from joint ventures are credited against Investments in Joint Ventures in accordance with the equity method of accounting.

Any dividends declared or distributions made by any of the subsidiaries in the Group to the Owner are recorded as a reduction of Owner’s net investment.

Any intra-Group dividends are eliminated in the preparation of the Group’s combined financial statements.

Foreign currency transactions and remeasurement

Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are converted to the functional currency at the exchange rate in effect at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities carried on the statement of financial position at each year end that are denominated in foreign currencies are remeasured at year-end exchange rates, with corresponding exchange gains or losses included in Other expenses (income)—net.

 

F-152


Table of Contents

Intangible assets

Intangible assets are primarily trademarks, patented and non-patented technology and customer contracts, all of which have finite lives. Intangible assets are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized over their useful lives (generally 15 years) using the straight-line method.

Research and development costs

Research expenditures are recognized as expenses in the combined income statements as incurred. Costs incurred on development projects are recognized as intangible assets when the following criteria are met:

 

   

it is technically feasible to complete the intangible asset so that it will be available for use;

 

   

management intends to complete and use the intangible asset;

 

   

there is an ability to use the intangible asset;

 

   

it can be demonstrated how the intangible asset will generate probable future economic benefits;

 

   

adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the development and use or sell the intangible asset are available; and

 

   

the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development can be reliably measured.

Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognized as expenses in the combined income statements when incurred. Development costs previously recognized as expenses are not recognized as an asset in a subsequent period. Capitalized development costs, if any, are recorded as intangible assets and amortized from the point at which the assets are ready for use, on a straight-line basis over the useful lives of the related assets.

Property, plant and equipment

The cost of property, plant and equipment is comprised of its purchase price, any costs directly attributable to bringing the asset to the location and condition necessary for it to be capable of operating in the manner intended by management and the estimated close down and restoration costs associated with the asset. For major capital projects, costs are capitalized into Construction Work in Progress (CWIP) until such projects are completed and the assets are available for use, at which time such costs are transferred out of CWIP into the appropriate asset class and depreciation commences.

Major betterments are capitalized as additions to property, plant and equipment and depreciated. Ongoing regular maintenance costs related to property, plant and equipment are expensed as incurred.

Property, plant and equipment is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method. The principal estimated useful lives used by the Group range from: 10 to 50 years for buildings; 10 to 15 years for plant machinery and equipment; and 5 to 8 years for vehicles, office and computer equipment and software (which is included within machinery and equipment).

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Group reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable. Impairment is normally assessed at the level of cash generating units (CGUs), which are identified as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other groups of assets. When a review for impairment is conducted, the recoverable amount is based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell (market value) and value in use (determined using estimates of discounted future net cash flows). Where there is no binding sale agreement or active market, fair value less costs to sell is based on the best information available

 

F-153


Table of Contents

to reflect the amount the Group could receive for the asset or cash generating unit in an arm’s length transaction. The estimates of future cash flows are based on management’s estimate of the present value of expected future revenues, costs and costs to sell. As a result of impairment reviews, an impairment loss would be recognized in the amount that the carrying amount exceeded the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU.

The expected future cash flows of CGUs reflect long-term plans which are based on detailed research, analysis and iterative modeling to optimize the level of return from investment. Cost levels incorporated in the cash flow forecasts are based on the current long-term plan for the cash generating unit. For impairment reviews, recent cost levels are considered, together with expected changes in costs that are compatible with the current condition of the business and which meet the requirements of IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”.

The discount rate applied in determining net present value is based on a rate that is reflective of the way the market would assess the specific risks associated with the estimated cash flows to be generated by the assets.

Financial instruments

(i) Financial assets

The Group classifies its financial assets as follows: (a) at fair value through profit or loss; (b) loans and receivables; and (c) available for sale. The classification depends on the purpose for which the financial assets were acquired. Management determines the classification of the Group’s financial assets at initial recognition.

(a) At fair value through profit or loss: Derivatives (included in other financial assets) are included in this category. Generally, the Group does not acquire financial assets for the purpose of selling in the short-term. Financial assets carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the combined income statements.

(b) Loans and receivables: Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They are classified as current or non-current assets based on their maturity date. Loans and receivables are comprised of cash and cash equivalents, non-current and current loans receivable and Trade receivables and other in the combined statements of financial position. Loans and receivables are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment.

(c) Available for sale financial assets: Investments not held for trading nor intended to be held to maturity are measured and carried on the combined statements of financial position at fair value, with any gains or losses arising from the change in fair value being recognized in other comprehensive income and included in equity, except for impairment losses. Upon disposal and derecognition of available for sale securities, any cumulative gains or losses from the change in fair value are removed from equity and recognized as gains or losses in the combined income statements.

(ii) Financial liabilities

Borrowings and other financial liabilities (excluding derivative liabilities) are recognized initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred and are subsequently stated at amortized cost. Any difference between the amounts originally received (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognized in the income statement over the period to maturity using the effective interest method.

(iii) Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into derivative contracts designed to reduce exposures related to assets and liabilities or firm commitments. The Group’s policy with regard to financial risk management is described in Note 21—Financial Risk Management.

 

F-154


Table of Contents

All derivatives are initially recognized at their fair value on the date at which the derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value based upon published market quotations at the date of each statement of financial position, with the changes in fair value included in Other expenses (income)—net. The Group had no derivatives designated for hedge accounting treatment during the periods presented.

(iv) Fair value

Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction between informed and willing parties. Where relevant market prices are available, these have been used to determine fair values.

Leases

Group as the lessee

The Group leases various buildings, machinery and equipment from third parties under operating lease agreements. Under such operating lease agreements, the total lease payments are recognized as rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease agreement, and are included in Cost of sales or Selling and administrative expenses, depending on the nature of the leased assets.

Group as the lessor

The Group leases certain land, buildings, machinery and equipment to third parties under finance lease agreements. The Group’s policy is, during the period of the lease, to remove the net book value of the related assets from property, plant and equipment and record a net finance lease receivable in the amount of the aggregate future cash payments to be received from the lessee, less unearned finance income computed at the interest rate implicit in the lease. As the net finance lease receivable from the lessee is collected, unearned finance income is also reduced, resulting in interest income.

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value, primarily on a weighted-average cost basis. Weighted-average costs for raw materials, work in process and finished goods are calculated using the costs experienced in the current period (including the purchase price of materials; freight, duties and customs; the costs of production, which includes labor costs, materials and other expenses which are directly attributable to the production process; and production overheads) together with those similar costs in opening inventories.

Trade accounts receivable

The Group records trade accounts receivable associated with sales of products and services arising in the normal course of business, under the same terms and conditions as described in its accounting policy for revenue recognition. Trade accounts receivable are recognized initially at fair value based upon the Group’s contractually agreed upon prices with customers, net of trade discounts, allowances and volume-based incentives. Trade receivables are subsequently measured at amortized cost reduced by any provision for impairment.

A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due. Indicators of impairment would include financial difficulties of the debtor, likelihood of the debtor’s insolvency, late payments, default or a significant deterioration in creditworthiness. Management also considers trends and changes in general economic conditions, and in the industries in which the Group operates, in the establishment of an adequate provision for impairment. The expense (income) related to the increase (decrease) of the provision for impairment is recognized in the combined income statements within Other expenses (income)—net. When a trade receivable is deemed uncollectible, it is written off against the provision for impairment account. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to Other expenses (income)—net in the combined income statements.

 

F-155


Table of Contents

The Group sells certain of its trade accounts receivable under various programs. Where trade accounts receivable are sold without recourse, the amounts are derecognized under the provisions of IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” from the combined statements of financial position, as substantially all the risks and rewards associated with these receivables have been transferred. Where trade accounts receivable are sold with limited recourse, the amounts do not qualify for derecognition, as the Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards associated with these receivables. The Group accounts for limited recourse sales of trade accounts receivable as secured financing transactions, and such trade receivables continue to be included in Group’s trade receivables and other balance until the receivables are settled by the customer.

Provisions

The Group records provisions for the best estimate of expenditures required to settle liabilities of uncertain timing or amount (using present values when appropriate) when management determines that a legal or constructive obligation exists, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and such amounts can be reasonably estimated. The ultimate cost to settle these liabilities is uncertain, and cost estimates can vary in response to many factors. The settlement of these liabilities could differ materially from recorded amounts. In addition, the expected timing of expenditure can also change. As a result, there could be significant adjustments to the Group’s provisions, which could result in additional charges or recoveries affecting future financial results. Types of liabilities for which the Group establishes provisions include:

Product warranty and guarantees

The Group records provisions for product warranty and guarantees to settle the uninsured net present value portion of any settlement costs for potential future legal actions, claims and other assertions that may be brought by its customers or the end-users of products. Provisions for product warranty and guarantees are charged to Cost of sales in the combined income statements. In the accounting period when any legal action, claim or assertion related to product warranty or guarantee is settled, the net settlement amount incurred by the Group is charged against the provision established on the combined statement of financial position. The outstanding provision is reviewed periodically for adequacy and reasonableness by Group management.

Close down and restoration costs

Close down and restoration costs include the dismantling and demolition of infrastructure and the removal of residual material of disturbed areas. Estimated close down and restoration costs are provided for in the accounting period when the legal or constructive obligation arising from the related disturbance occurs and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation. These costs are based on the net present value of estimated future costs. Provisions for close down and restoration costs do not include any additional obligations which are expected to arise from future disturbance. The costs are estimated on the basis of a closure plan including feasibility and engineering studies, are updated annually during the life of the operation to reflect known developments (e.g. revisions to cost estimates and to the estimated lives of operations) and are subject to formal review at regular intervals throughout each year.

The initial closure provision together with other movements in the provisions for close down and restoration costs, including those resulting from new disturbance, updated cost estimates, changes to the estimated lives of operations and revisions to discount rates are capitalized within Property, plant and equipment. These costs are then depreciated over the remaining useful lives of the related assets. The amortization or “unwinding” of the discount applied in establishing the net present value of the provisions is charged to the income statement as a financing cost in each accounting period.

Environmental remediation costs

The Group records provisions for the estimated present value of the costs of its environmental cleanup obligations. Movements in the environmental cleanup provisions are presented as an operating cost within Cost

 

F-156


Table of Contents

of sales, except for the unwinding of the discount which is included in Finance income (costs)—net. Remediation procedures may commence soon after the time at which the disturbance, remediation process and estimated remediation costs become known, and can continue for many years depending on the nature of the disturbance and the remediation techniques.

Restructuring costs

Provisions for restructuring are recorded when the Group’s management is demonstrably committed to the restructuring plan and where such liabilities can be reasonably estimated. The Group recognizes liabilities that primarily include one-time termination benefits, or severance, and contract termination costs, primarily related to equipment and facility lease obligations. These amounts are based on the remaining amounts due under various contractual agreements, and are periodically adjusted for any anticipated or unanticipated events or changes in circumstances that would reduce or increase these obligations. These costs are charged to Restructuring costs in the combined income statements.

Legal and other potential claims

Provisions for legal and other potential claims are made when it is probable that liabilities will be incurred and where such liabilities can be reasonably estimated. Depending on their nature, these costs may be charged to Cost of sales or Other expenses (income)—net in the combined income statements.

Post-retirement benefits

For defined benefit plans, the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the present value of the plan liabilities (if any) is recognized as an asset or liability on the combined statement of financial position. Any asset recognized is restricted to the present value of any amounts the Group expects to recover by way of refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions. Actuarial gains and losses arising in the year are charged or credited to Other comprehensive income (loss), which is included in Invested equity. For this purpose, actuarial gains and losses are comprised of both the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and experience adjustments arising because of differences between the previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred.

Other movements in the net surplus or deficit are recognized in the combined income statement, including the current service cost, any amortization of past service cost and the effect of any curtailment or settlement. The interest cost less the expected return on assets is also charged to the combined income statement. The amounts charged to the combined income statement in respect of these plans are included within operating costs.

The most significant assumptions used in accounting for pension plans are the long-term rate of return on plan assets, the discount rate and mortality assumptions. The long-term rate of return on plan assets is used to calculate interest income on pension assets, which is credited to the Group’s combined income statements. The discount rate is used to determine the net present value of future liabilities. Each year, the unwinding of the discount on those liabilities is charged to interest expense in the Group’s combined income statements, included in Finance income (costs)—net. The mortality assumption is used to project the future stream of benefit payments, which is then discounted to arrive at a net present value of liabilities.

The values attributed to plan liabilities are assessed in accordance with the advice of qualified actuaries.

The Group’s contributions to defined contribution pension plans are charged to the combined income statements in the period to which the contributions relate.

Taxation

The Group uses the liability approach for accounting for income taxes (also refer to Allocations from Owner—Income Taxes above). Under this approach, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for

 

F-157


Table of Contents

the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. This approach also requires the recognition of deferred income tax assets for operating loss carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards.

The effect on deferred tax income assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates and laws is recognized in income in the period that the rate change is substantively enacted. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the date of the statement of financial position. Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that they will be recovered. Recoverability is assessed having regard to the reasons why the deferred income tax asset has arisen and projected future taxable profit for the relevant entity in the Group.

The Group is subject to income taxes in the Netherlands, France and numerous other jurisdictions. Certain businesses included in the Group are separate legal entities, while others may represent only a portion of an existing legal entity. Certain of the Group’s businesses may be included in consolidated tax returns with the Owner, in some cases under the terms of non-compensatory tax sharing agreements. In certain circumstances, the Group may be jointly and severally liable with other members of the entity filing the consolidated return for additional taxes that may be assessed. For purposes of these combined financial statements, income taxes are calculated as if all of the Group’s operations had been separate tax-paying legal entities, each filing a separate tax return in its local tax jurisdiction. As a result of using the separate return method, the resulting income tax attributes reflected in these combined financial statements may not reflect the historical or going forward position of income tax balances, especially those related to tax loss carryforwards. The application of a tax allocation method requires significant judgment and making certain assumptions, mainly related to opening balances, applicable income tax rates, valuation allowances and other considerations. Certain income tax amounts currently payable or receivable by the Group are included in Owner’s net investment, because the net liability (receivable) for the taxes due (refundable) and the actual payment or receipt of income taxes (refunds) are recorded in the financial statements of the Owner’s non-Group entity that files the consolidated tax return.

Management establishes tax reserves and accrues interest thereon, if deemed appropriate, in expectation that certain of the Group’s tax return positions may be challenged and that the Group might not succeed in defending such positions, despite management’s belief that the positions taken were fully supportable. Management believes that the Group’s accruals for tax liabilities are sufficient to settle the probable outcome of all material tax contingencies.

Government grants

The Group records the economic benefit of government grants when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will be able to comply with the conditions attached to the grant and that the grants will be received. Grants are recognized in income over the periods to which they are intended to compensate the Group, or for those grants where the Group will incur no future related costs or is receiving compensation for costs already incurred, in the period in which the grant becomes receivable.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash in bank accounts and on hand, short-term deposits held on call with banks and highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash and which are subject to insignificant risk of changes in value, less bank overdrafts that are repayable on demand, provided there is a right of offset.

Operating segments

The Group determines its operating segments based upon product lines, markets and industries served. Operating segment information is prepared and reported to the CODM of the Group on that basis.

 

F-158


Table of Contents

Information by geographic area

The Group reports information by geographic area as follows: revenues from third and related parties are based on destination; and property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are based on the physical location of the assets.

Judgments in applying accounting policies and key sources of estimation uncertainty

Many of the amounts included in the combined financial statements involve the use of judgment and/or estimation. These judgments and estimates are based on management’s best knowledge of the relevant facts and circumstances, giving consideration to previous experience. However, actual results may differ from the amounts included in the combined financial statements. Information about such judgments made by management is contained throughout the notes to the combined financial statements; however the key areas are summarized as follows:

 

   

Allocations of expenses, assets and liabilities to the Group;

 

   

Identification of derivative instruments and relevant accounting treatments;

 

   

Determination of fair value of assets and liabilities where no established market exists;

 

   

Estimation of asset lives; and

 

   

Identification of functional currencies.

Key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year include the following items:

Pension and post-retirement benefits

The present value of the Group’s defined benefit obligations depends on a number of factors that are determined on an actuarial basis using a number of assumptions. The assumptions used in determining the defined benefit obligations and net pension costs include the expected long-term rate of return on the relevant plan assets and the discount rate. Any changes in these assumptions may impact the amounts recorded in the Group’s combined financial statements.

Income tax expense

Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes as there are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognizes liabilities based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were recorded, such differences will impact the current and deferred income tax provisions, results of operations and possibly cash flows in the period in which such determination is made.

Impairment of long-lived assets

Assets are subject to impairment reviews whenever changes in events or circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Assets are written down to the higher of: (a) fair value less costs to sell; or (b) value in use. Value in use is calculated by discounting the expected cash flows from the asset at an appropriate discount rate which uses management’s assumptions and estimates of the future performance of the asset. Differences between expectations and the actual cash flows will result in differences in the level of impairment charges required.

As a result of the binding offer and Transaction as described in Note 1—General Information, the Group determined that the carrying amounts of the Group’s assets were in excess of their recoverable amounts. As a result, the Group recorded impairment charges of €216 million in respect of property, plant and equipment in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

F-159


Table of Contents

The fair value less cost to sell used in the impairment testing was derived from the enterprise value agreed between us and the purchaser. The fair value of each cash generating unit was determined using a discounted cash flow model utilizing discount rates of between 11.5% and 14%. While the Company believes that the estimates and assumptions underlying the valuation methodologies were appropriate, if the Company had kept all other estimates and assumptions constant and only increased the discount rates used by 4% the hypothetical resulting impairment charge would have increased by approximately €72 million. However, this change in assumption would have resulted in an implied total enterprise value that was significantly lower than the agreed enterprise value between the parties which would not be consistent with the guidance of IAS 36.25.

Provisions

Provisions have been recorded for: (a) product warranty and guarantees; (b) close-down and restoration costs; (c) environmental remediation costs; (d) restructuring programs; (e) litigation and other claims; and (f) other liabilities, at amounts which represent management’s best estimates of the liabilities at the date of the combined statement of financial position. Expectations will be revised each period until the actual liability is settled, with any difference accounted for in the period in which the revision is made.

Inventory provisions

Inventories are carried at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which requires the estimation of the future sales price of goods. Any differences between the expected and actual sales price achieved will be recognized in the combined income statement in the period in which the sale is made.

Provision for impairment of trade accounts receivable

A provision for impairment of trade receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due. Indicators of impairment would include financial difficulties of the debtor, likelihood of the debtor’s insolvency, default in payment by the debtor or a significant deterioration in the debtor’s creditworthiness. Group management also considers trends and changes in general economic conditions and in the industries in which it operates.

 

3. EXPENSES BY NATURE

 

Year ended December 31,

   Notes    2010     2009  

Raw materials and consumables used

        1,837        1,198   

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

   14      (39     37   

Employee benefit expense

   4      569        523   

Energy costs

        110        112   

Depreciation and amortization

   9, 10      38        85   

Repairs and maintenance expense

        92        87   

Transportation and warehousing expenses

        64        60   

General corporate expenses allocated by the Owner

   2      17        9   

Consulting fees and expenses

        30        9   

Operating lease expense

   23      19        18   

Other expenses

        221        333   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses and research and development expenses

        2,958        2,471   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-160


Table of Contents
4. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSE

 

Year ended December 31,

   Notes    2010      2009  

Wages and salaries, excluding amounts in restructuring costs

        419         386   

Social security costs

        113         105   

Post-retirement costs:

        

Defined contribution plans

   18      2         2   

Defined benefit plans

   18      19         15   

Other post-retirement benefits

   18      16         15   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total employee benefit expense

        569         523   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

5. OTHER EXPENSES (INCOME)—NET

The components of Other expenses (income)—net—third and related parties are as follows:

 

Third Parties—Year ended December 31,

   Notes      2010     2009  

Exchange (gains) losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     6         7        (1

(Gains) losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment—net

     10         1        —     

(Gains) losses on disposals of businesses and investments—net

     26         —          17   

Provisions for (recoveries of) trade accounts receivables impairment—net

     15         (1     5   

Other—net

        (15     (6
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses (income)—net—third parties

        (8     15   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Related Parties—Year ended December 31,

   Notes      2010     2009  

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss—net

     24         31        (162

(Gain) on forgiveness of loan due to related party

     24         —          (29

Service fee income

     24         (6     (19

Service fee expense

     24         —          4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses (income)—net—related parties

        25        (206
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6. CURRENCY (GAINS) LOSSES

The Group incurs current period gains and losses (recognized in the combined income statements) and deferred translation adjustments (recognized in Other comprehensive income and included in Invested equity) arising from changes in foreign currency exchange rates. These are included in the Group’s combined financial statements as follows:

COMBINED INCOME STATEMENTS

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010      2009  

Loss for the year from continuing operations:

     

Other expenses (income)—net (third and related party combined)

     

Exchange (gains) losses from the remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities—net

     7         (1

Unrealized (gains) losses on foreign currency derivatives—net

     5         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     12         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations:

     

Realized translation (gains) losses—net (A)

     3         (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-161


Table of Contents

COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN INVESTED EQUITY

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010     2009  

Foreign currency translation reserve—beginning of year

     58        47   

Effect of exchange rate changes—net

     (17     12   

Realized translation adjustments—net (A)

     3        (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation reserve—end of year

     44        58   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) Accumulated deferred translation adjustments that are included in the Foreign currency translation reserve component of the Group’s Invested equity, arising from the Group’s ownership in operations where the euro is not the entity’s functional currency, are released from the Foreign currency translation reserve and realized when such foreign operations are divested. The realized translation (gains) losses—net are included in Other expenses (income)—net within (Gains) losses on sales of businesses and investments—net or Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations, depending on the nature of the disposal.

 

7. FINANCE INCOME (COSTS)—NET

Finance income (costs)—net are comprised of the following items:

 

          2010     2009  

Year Ended December 31,

   Notes    Third
Parties
    Related
Parties
    Total     Third
Parties
    Related
Parties
    Total  

Finance income:

               

Interest income earned on:

               

Interest income on loans receivable

   24      —         —          —         —         2        2   

Finance lease

   15      2        —          2        2        —         2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2       —          2        2        2        4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs:

               

Interest expense on borrowings

   16, 24      —          (6     (6     —         (16     (16

Miscellaneous other interest expense

        (3 )     —          (3     (2     —         (2
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (3     (6     (9     (2     (16     (18
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs—net

        (1     (6     (7     —         (14     (14
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

8. INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

The current and deferred components of the Group’s income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010     2009  

Current income tax expense

     5        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax expense (benefit), relating to:

    

Tax losses

     1        (16

Decelerated capital allowances

     (50     (48

Accounting provisions

     6        (3

Post-retirement benefits

     —         4   

Other—net

     (6     21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax benefit

     (49     (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

     (44     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-162


Table of Contents

The Group’s effective income tax rates and the amount of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 differ from the rates and amounts that would arise using the composite statutory income tax rates applicable by tax jurisdiction, as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010     2009  

Loss for the year before income taxes from continuing operations

     (253     (254
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Composite statutory income tax rates applicable by tax jurisdiction

     33.6     26.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax benefit calculated at composite statutory tax rates applicable by tax jurisdiction

     (85     (68

Tax effects of:

    

Unrecorded tax benefits

     43        29   

Other—net

     (2     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

     (44     (39
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective income tax rates

     17.4     15.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following amounts relating to tax have been recognized directly in other comprehensive income:

 

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Intangible asset balances and activity are comprised as follows:

 

     Trademarks
and Licenses
    Patented and
Non-Patented
Technology
    Customer
Contracts
    Total  

At January 1, 2009

        

Cost

     12        4        17        33   

Accumulated amortization and impairment

     (5     (1     (17     (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at January 1, 2009

     7        3        —         10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009 Activity

        

Net book amount at January 1, 2009

     7        3        —         10   

Amortization expense

     (1     —         —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2009

     6        3        —         9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

        

Cost

     12        4        17        33   

Accumulated amortization and impairment

     (6     (1     (17     (24
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2009

     6        3        —         9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010 Activity

        

Net book amount at January 1, 2010

     6        3        —         9   

Impairment charges

     (5     (3     —         (8

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates

     (1     —         —         (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2010

     —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

        

Cost

     12        3        19        34   

Accumulated amortization and impairment

     (12     (3     (19     (34
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2010

     —         —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization expense

Total amortization expense related to intangible assets is included in Cost of sales in the Group’s combined income statements.

 

F-163


Table of Contents

Impairment tests for intangible assets

Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment at least annually, or if there is any indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell (market value) and value in use (determined using estimates of discounted future net cash flows).

Impairment charges

Year Ended December 31, 2010

As a result of the binding offer and Transaction as described in Note 1—General Information, the Group determined that the carrying amounts of the Group’s assets were in excess of their recoverable amounts. As a result, the Group recorded impairment charges of €8 in its Aerospace & Transportation operating segment (see Note 28—Operating Segment Information).

 

10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Property, plant and equipment balances and activity are as follows:

 

    Notes     Land
And
Property
Rights
    Buildings     Machinery
And
Equipment
    Construction
Work In
Progress
(Cwip)
    Total  

At January 1, 2009

           

Cost

      191        385        811        72        1,459   

Less: Accumulated depreciation, amortization and impairment

      (69     (226     (474     (24     (793
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at January 1, 2009

      122        159        337        48        666   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009 Activity

           

Net book amount at January 1, 2009

      122        159        337        48        666   

Additions

    28        —         1        13        48        62   

Transfers in from (out of) CWIP

      2        6        55        (63     —    

Depreciation and amortization expense

    3        —         (25     (59     —         (84

Impairment charges

      (39     (54     (118     (3     (214

Disposals

      (11     (1     (6     —         (18

Other adjustments—net

      —         —         3        —         3   

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates

      1        2        6        1        10   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2009

      75        88        231        31        425   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2009

           

Cost

      185        397        888        62        1,532   

Less: Accumulated depreciation, amortization and impairment

      (110     (309     (657     (31     (1,107
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2009

      75        88        231        31        425   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010 Activity

           

Net book amount at January 1, 2010

      75        88        231        31        425   

Additions

    28        —         —         13        38        51   

Disposals

    5        —         —         (1     —         (1

Transfers in from (out of) CWIP

      1        1        1        (3     —    

Depreciation and amortization expense

    3        —         (9     (29     —         (38

Impairment charges

      (31     (23     (106     (56     (216

Contribution by the Non-controlling interests

    25        —         —         2        —         2   

Other adjustments—net

      (3     1        (8     9        (1

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates

      (3     —         (4     (1     (8
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2010

      39        58        99        18        214   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

           

Cost

      180        398        856        102        1,536   

Less: Accumulated depreciation, amortization and impairment

      (141     (340     (757     (84     (1,322
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book amount at December 31, 2010

      39        58        99        18        214   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-164


Table of Contents

Depreciation and amortization expense

Total depreciation and amortization expense related to property, plant and equipment is included in the Group’s combined income statements as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010      2009  

Cost of sales

     30         70   

Selling and administrative expenses

     4         5   

Research and development expenses

     4         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     38         84   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Impairment tests for property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment if there is any indication that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. The recoverable amount is based on the higher of fair value less costs to sell (market value) and value in use (determined using estimates of discounted future net cash flows).

Impairment charges

Year Ended December 31, 2010

As a result of the binding offer and Transaction as described in Note 1—General Information, the Group determined that the carrying amounts of the Group’s assets were in excess of their recoverable amounts. As a result, the Group recorded impairment charges of €216.

Year Ended December 31, 2009

Based on calculations performed by expert valuation consultants using primarily a “market approach” whereby fair value is based on a comparison to publicly traded companies and transactions in its industry and markets, the estimated overall value of the Group decreased significantly. The decline in overall value was primarily a result of (i) the global economic downturn; (ii) the adverse trading performance of the Group’s companies in their respective markets; and (iii) adverse changes in the capital markets, which made it difficult to finance the acquisitions of companies in general. As a result, the Group recorded impairment charges of €214.

All of the Group’s impairment charges related to property, plant and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were associated with the Group’s continuing operations. Impairments of property, plant and equipment by operating segment (see Note 28—Operating Segment Information) are as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010      2009  

Aerospace & Transportation

     65         5   

Automotive Structures & Industry

     24         123   

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products

     93         86   

Intersegment and other

     34         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total impairment charge

     216         214   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11. INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

The activity in the Group’s investments in joint ventures is summarized as follows:

 

     2010      2009  

At January 1,

     11         12   

Group’s share of profit of joint ventures

     2         —    

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates

     —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31,

     13         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-165


Table of Contents

None of the joint ventures in which the Group holds an interest is a publicly listed or traded entity. The Group’s share of each of the revenues, profit (loss) for the year, assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of its principal joint ventures, and a description of the business of each such venture is as follows:

 

     Consortium Strojmetal
A.S. Kamenice (A)
  Rhenaroll  S.A. (B)

Country of incorporation:

   Czech Republic   France

Interest held by the Group:

   50%   49.85%

2010:

    

Revenues

   21   2

Profit (loss) for the year

   3   (1)

Assets

   15   1

Liabilities

   3   —  

2009:

    

Revenues

   11   1

Profit (loss) for the year

   —     —  

Assets

   12   3

Liabilities

   4   —  

 

(A) Specializes in the forging of products primarily for the automotive industry.
(B) Specializes in the chrome-plating, grinding and repairing of rolling mills’ rolls and rollers.

 

12. DEFERRED INCOME TAXES

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities arise from the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when the deferred income tax asset and liability amounts are due from and to the same tax jurisdiction and fiscal authority.

The Group’s total deferred income tax assets and liabilities, before offsetting amounts by tax jurisdiction, and the amounts shown in the Group’s combined statements of financial position are as follows:

 

At December 31,

   2010     2009  

Deferred income tax assets arising from:

    

Tax losses

     (69     (69

Post-retirement benefits

     (46     (40

Accounting provisions

     (33     (36

Capital allowances

     (94     (51

Other

     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     (242     (196
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax liabilities arising from:

    

Accelerated capital allowances

     15        27   

Other

     14        14   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax liabilities

     29        41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax (assets) liabilities

     (213     (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As shown in the Group’s combined statements of financial position:

    

Deferred income tax assets

     (222     (173

Deferred income tax liabilities

     9        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax (assets) liabilities

     (213     (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-166


Table of Contents

In France, the Group incurred losses in the year ended December 31, 2009 and had net deferred income tax assets of €203 and €160 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The losses were mainly due to conditions existing as a result of the economic downturn. The Group expects future operations to generate sufficient taxable income to realize these net deferred income tax assets.

At December 31, 2010, the Group has unrecognized deferred income tax assets mostly related to U.S. businesses comprised of: (i) deductible temporary differences of €371; and (ii) unused tax losses of €334, which expire at various dates between 2012 and 2030.

The following table shows the changes in the Group’s net deferred income tax liabilities (assets) for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and where the offsetting impact of the changes appears in the Group’s combined financial statements.

 

     2010     2009  

Balance at January 1,

     (155     (119
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes charged (credited) to the combined income statement:

    

Continuing operations

     (49     (42

Discontinued operations

     —         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (49     (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes charged (credited) directly to Invested equity

     (1     5   

Disposals of businesses

     —         (1

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates

     (8     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31,

     (213     (155
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

13. OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS

Other financial assets are comprised of the following:

 

     Non-Current      Current  

At December 31,

   2010      2009      2010      2009  

Available for sale securities

     —          7         —          —    

Derivatives not designated as hedges—related parties

     13         41         91         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other financial assets

     13         48         91         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Details of derivatives not designated as hedges—related parties are described in Note 21—Financial Risk Management, Note 22—Financial Instruments and Note 24—Related Party Transactions.

 

14. INVENTORIES

Inventories are comprised of the following:

 

At December 31,

   2010      2009  

Finished goods

     113         86   

Work in progress

     85         69   

Raw materials

     274         175   

Stores and supplies

     28         28   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

     500         358   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group carries inventories at the lower of cost and net realizable value (NRV). Adjustments to increase (decrease) the NRV reserve for inventories are included as charges (credits) in Cost of sales. During the years

 

F-167


Table of Contents

ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the Group recorded total (decreases) to the NRV reserve for inventories of €(1) and €(27), respectively, of which €(1) resulted in a credit to Loss for the year from discontinued operations during each year, and zero and €(26) resulted in credits to Cost of sales during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

15. TRADE RECEIVABLES AND OTHER

Trade receivables and other are comprised of the following:

 

            Non-Current      Current  

At December 31,

   Notes      2010      2009      2010     2009  

Trade receivables—third parties—gross

        —          —          426        358   

Less: Provision for impairment

        —          —          (8     (18
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Trade receivables—third parties—net

        —          —          418        340   

Trade receivables—related parties

     24         —          —          20        14   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trade receivables—net

        —          —          438        354   

Net finance lease receivable

        39         36         4        4   

Other debtors

        22         12         29        20   

Deferred tooling development costs

        5         4         —         —    

Other prepayments and accrued income

        —          —          12        24   

Interest receivable—related parties

     24         —          —          —          4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total trade receivables and other

        66         52         483        406   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ageing of trade receivables

The ageing of total trade receivables by percentage of the total, including third parties—gross and related parties, is as follows:

 

At December 31,

   2010     2009  

Current

     94     86

1 – 30 days past due

     3     6

31 – 60 days past due

     1     1

61 – 90 days past due

     —      1

Greater than 90 days past due

     2     6
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for impairment

Group management periodically reviews its customers’ account ageings, credit worthiness, payment histories and balance trends in order to evaluate trade accounts receivable for impairment. Group management also considers whether changes in general economic conditions, and in the industries in which the Group operates in particular, are likely to impact the ability of the Group’s customers to remain current or pay their account balances in full.

Revisions to the provision for impairments arising from changes in estimates are included as either additional provisions or recoveries, with the offsetting expense or income included in Other expenses (income)—net.

Changes in the Group’s provision for impairment are as follows:

 

     2010     2009  

Provision for impairment at January 1,

     (18     (13

(Additions to) recoveries of impairment provisions—net

     1        (5

Trade receivables written off as uncollectible

     9        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for impairment at December 31,

     (8     (18
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-168


Table of Contents

None of the other amounts included in the Group’s other receivables was deemed to be impaired. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of receivable shown above. The Group does not hold any collateral from its customers or debtors as security.

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of the Group’s trade receivables—net in EUR equivalents is denominated in the currencies shown below.

 

At December 31,

   2010      2009  

Euro

     240         189   

U.S. dollar

     170         143   

Swiss franc

     9         11   

All other

     19         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade receivables—net

     438         354   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Sales of trade receivables

Germany

During September 2010, the Group entered into a program to sell certain trade receivables without recourse to a financial institution. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group entered into an agreement to sell up to €5 of trade receivables under this program. At December 31, 2010, the Group had sold trade receivables of €3 related to this program. These receivables were derecognized from the combined statements of financial position as the Group had transferred substantially all of the associated risks and rewards. The Group incurred no significant fees in connection with this program for the year ended December 31, 2010.

France

In France, the Group participated in two programs to sell certain trade receivables without recourse to a financial institution. During the year ended December 31, 2010, both of these programs were terminated by the Group. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Group entered into agreements to sell up to €56 of trade receivables under these programs. At December 31, 2009, the Group had sold trade receivables of €2 related to these programs. These receivables were derecognized from the combined statements of financial position as the Group had transferred substantially all of the associated risks and rewards. There were no net fees incurred by the Group in association with these programs as the fees charged by the financial institution are reimbursed to the Group by the customers participating in the programs.

North America

In March 2005, certain of the Owner’s businesses in North America entered into a program to sell an undivided interest in certain trade receivables with limited recourse to a third party. Certain Group trade receivables were used in this program. Under this program, the Owner (which owns the Group entities for which the receivables are used and is not included in the Group) sold an undivided interest in the receivables of the Group’s entities, under an Eligible Operating Subsidiary Receivables Purchase Agreement. The sales of these receivables did not qualify for derecognition under IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement” as the Owner retained substantially all of the associated risks and rewards. The Owner’s use of the Group’s receivables had no financial impact on the Group’s combined financial statements and accordingly, the Group continued to include these receivables in Trade receivables and other in its combined statements of financial position.

In August 2009, the program was terminated by mutual consent of the Owner and the Group and therefore, none of the Group’s trade receivables was used for this program at December 31, 2010 or 2009.

 

F-169


Table of Contents

Net finance leases receivable

In December 2003, Alcan entered into a 13-year finance lease as lessor with a third party for certain of its property, plant and equipment located in Teningen, Germany. The lease has an interest rate of 3.52% and the Group receives fixed monthly payments of €0.1. The amounts receivable under this lease are included in Other debtors in the table shown above.

In December 2004, Alcan entered into a 15-year finance lease as lessor with a third party for certain of its property, plant and equipment located in Sierre, Switzerland. The lease has an interest rate of 3.43% and the Group receives fixed quarterly payments of 1.7 million Swiss francs (approximately €1.4 at December 31, 2010 using the prevailing foreign exchange rate). The following tables show the reconciliation of the Group’s gross investment in finance lease to the net finance lease receivable (which is the present value of minimum lease payments receivable) by period.

 

At December 31,

   2010      2009  
   Gross
Investment
In Finance
Lease
     Less
Unearned
Finance
Lease
Income
    Net
Finance
Lease
Receivable
     Gross
Investment
In Finance
Lease
     Less
Unearned
Finance
Lease
Income
    Net
Finance
Lease
Receivable
 

Period:

               

Within 1 year

     6         (2     4         5         (1     4   

Between 2 and 5 years

     22         (4     18         19         (4     15   

Later than 5 years

     22         (1     21         23         (2     21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     50         (7     43         47         (7     40   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

16. BORROWINGS

Borrowings due to third parties

The Group’s non-current and current borrowings due to third parties are comprised of various non-interest bearing instruments (typically from government entities) and other fixed and variable rate loans.

Borrowings due to related parties

The Group and its related parties (the Owner and its subsidiaries, businesses and entities) have historically loaned and borrowed funds among themselves through intercompany term loans, revolving credit facilities and cash pooling agreements on an as needed basis. As of December 31, 2010, there are no material committed and undrawn facilities from related parties upon which the Group has the availability to draw down additional borrowings.

Non-current borrowings due to related parties

The following table shows the details of the Group’s non-current borrowings due to related parties.

 

                  Non-Current
Borrowings
Due to Related
Parties
 

At December 31,

          Interest
Rates (A)
    2010      2009  

Borrower and Instrument (B)

   Counterparty                      

PRP Property & Equipment, LLC

          

Fixed rate loan due 2017 (USD 7 million) (C)

     Pechiney Metals LLC         5.50     —          5   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-current borrowings due to related parties

          —          5   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-170


Table of Contents
(A) Interest rates are the effective rates at the most recent year end date for which a borrowing balance is presented.
(B) Amounts owed in currencies other than the euro indicate the denomination of the borrowing instrument and the stated foreign currency equivalent of the outstanding balance at the most recent year end date for which a borrowing balance is presented.
(C) This loan was paid in full during the year ended December 31, 2010, in advance of its maturity date, in contemplation of the Transaction as described in Note 1—General Information.

Current borrowings due to related parties

In contemplation of the Transaction as described in Note 1—General Information, during the year ended December 31, 2010 the Group repaid or converted to Owner’s net investment (included in Invested equity) a substantial portion of its current borrowings due to related parties. The following table shows the details of the Group’s current borrowings due to related parties.

 

                Current
Borrowings
Due to Related
Parties
 

At December 31,

        Interest
Rates (1)
    2010      2009  

Borrower and Instrument (2)

  

Counterparty

                   

Engineered Products France S.A.S.

          

Variable rate multi-currency revolving credit facility (3)

   Alcan France S.A.S.      1.86     134         311   

Ravenswood Rolled

          

Variable rate revolving credit facility (USD 384 million) (4)

   Alcan Corporation      1.43     —          268   

Alcan Holdings Germany GmbH

          

Variable rate cash pooling agreement (5)

   Alcan Packaging Tscheulin-Rothal GmbH      1.64     —          38   

Variable rate cash pooling agreement (6)

   Alcan Packaging Muehltal GmbH      1.64     —          14   

Variable rate cash pooling agreement (5)

   Alcan Packaging Neumunster GmbH      1.64     —          7   

Alcan Alesa Engineering AG

          

Variable rate multi-currency revolving credit facility

   Alcan France S.A.S.      1.34     39         —    

Pechiney Aviatube Ltd.

          

Variable rate loan (16 million British pounds (GBP))

   Pechiney Holdings UK Limited      1.74     19         18   

Alcan Rhenalu

          

Variable rate multi-currency revolving credit facility

   Alcan France S.A.S.      1.44     —          12   

Other miscellaneous

   Various      Various        3         11   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current borrowings due to related parties

          195         679   
       

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Interest rates are the effective rates at the most recent year end date for which a borrowing balance is presented, and for multi-currency revolving credit facilities are the weighted-average interest rate for each respective facility.
(2) Amounts owed in currencies other than the euro indicate the denomination of the borrowing instrument and the stated foreign currency equivalent of the outstanding balance at the most recent year end date for which a borrowing balance is presented.

 

F-171


Table of Contents
(3) The significant reduction of this credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2010 was due to repayment in contemplation of the Transaction. Additionally, subsequent to December 31, 2010, approximately €47 of the credit facility was converted to Owner’s net investment during January 2011 prior to and in contemplation of the Transaction.
(4) This balance of this credit facility was converted to Owner’s net investment during the year ended December 31, 2010 in contemplation of the Transaction.
(5) The balances of these cash pooling agreements were repaid during the first quarter of 2010 as part of the sale of certain Rio Tinto Packaging entities (including the named counterparties to these debt instruments).
(6) This balance of this cash pooling agreement was repaid during the year ended December 31, 2010 in contemplation of the Transaction.

Currency concentration

The composition of the carrying amounts of the Group’s total non-current and current borrowings due to third and related parties in EUR equivalents is denominated in the currencies shown below.

 

At December 31,

   2010      2009  

U.S. dollar

     1         442   

Euro

     88         199   

British pound

     27         23   

Swiss franc

     73         21   

Other currencies

     11         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     200         690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Variable rate borrowings and interest rate sensitivity

At December 31, 2010 and 2009, substantially all of the Group’s total borrowings were at variable rates. The annual effect on net earnings of a 50 basis point increase or decrease in the LIBOR interest rates on the portion of the Group’s borrowings at variable interest rates at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (using the Group’s composite statutory tax rates) was estimated to be €1 and €2 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Fair value

The carrying value of Group’s borrowings approximate their fair value due to their short maturity or because they are at variable interest rates.

 

17. TRADE PAYABLES AND OTHER

Trade payables and other are comprised of the following:

 

            Non-Current      Current  

At December 31,

   Notes      2010      2009      2010      2009  

Trade payables

              

—third parties

        —          —          300         216   

—related parties

     24         —          —          119         80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        —          —          419         296   

Other payables

        —          —          15         13   

Employee entitlements

        35         34         141         120   

Other accruals

        4         4         80         61   

Deferred revenues, including tooling

        15         24         32         32   

Taxes payable other than income

        —          —          10         8   

Accrued interest payable—related parties

     24         —          —          —          1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade payables and other

        54         62         697         531   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-172


Table of Contents
18. POST-RETIREMENT BENEFITS

Description of plans

The Group operates a number of pension and post-retirement healthcare plans. Some of these plans are defined contribution plans and some are defined benefit plans, with assets held in separate trustee-administered funds. Valuations of these plans are produced and updated annually to December 31, by qualified actuaries.

Pension plans

The Group’s pension obligations are in the U.S., Switzerland, Germany, France and Japan. Pension benefits are generally based on the employee’s service and highest average eligible compensation before retirement, and are periodically adjusted for cost of living increases, either by Group practice, collective agreement or statutory requirement.

Post-retirement healthcare plans

The Group provides health and life insurance benefits to retired employees and in some cases to their beneficiaries and covered dependents, mainly in the U.S. Eligibility for coverage is dependent upon certain age and service criteria. These benefit plans are unfunded.

Plan assets

The assets of the plans are generally managed on a day-to-day basis by external specialist fund managers. The proportions of the aggregate fair value of assets held by all of the Group’s pension plans for each asset class were as follows:

 

At December 31,

   2010     2009  

Equities

     44     45

Bonds

     25     28

Property

     18     17

Other

     13     10
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Main assumptions (rates per annum)

The main assumptions used in the valuations of the plans are set out below:

 

     Switzerland     U.S.     Eurozone     Other  

At December 31, 2010

        

Rate of increase in salaries

     2.6     3.8     2.1     2.1

Rate of increase in pensions

     —       —       2.1     —  

Discount rate

     2.6     5.3     4.9     2.0

Inflation

     1.6     2.3     2.1     1.0

At December 31, 2009

        

Rate of increase in salaries

     2.7     4.0     2.1     2.1

Rate of increase in pensions

     —       —       1.8     —  

Discount rate

     2.9     5.9     5.3     2.0

Inflation

     1.5     2.5     2.1     1.0

The main financial assumptions used for the healthcare plans, which are predominantly in the U.S., were: discount rate: 5.3% (2009: 5.9%); medical trend rate: 8.5%, reducing to 5.0% by the year 2017 broadly on a straight-line basis (2009: 8.5%, reducing to 5.0% by the year 2016); and claims cost based on individual

 

F-173


Table of Contents

company experience. For both the pension and healthcare benefit plans, the post-retirement mortality assumptions allow for future improvements in life expectancy. The mortality tables used for the main benefit plans imply that a male aged 60 at December 31, 2010 has an expected future life expectancy of 24 years (2009: 24 years), and that a male reaching age 60 at December 31, 2030 would have an expected future life expectancy of 26 years (2009: 25 years).

 

Long-term rate of return expected at:

   Switzerland     U.S.     Eurozone      Other  

January 1, 2010

         

Equities

     6.4     8.3     N/A         N/A   

Bonds

     2.8     5.0     N/A         N/A   

Property

     4.4     6.3     N/A         N/A   

Other

     3.4     3.1     N/A         N/A   

January 1, 2009

         

Equities

     6.5     7.5     N/A         N/A   

Bonds

     3.2     4.0     N/A         N/A   

Property

     4.5     5.0     N/A         N/A   

Other

     2.4     2.2     N/A         N/A   

The expected rate of return on pension plan assets is determined as management’s best estimate of the long-term returns of the major asset classes—equities, bonds, property and other—weighted by the actual allocation of assets among the categories at the measurement date. The expected rate of return is calculated using geometric averaging. The expected rates of return shown have been reduced to allow for plan expenses including, where appropriate, taxes incurred on investment returns within pension plans. The pension plan assets of Eurozone and Other are not significant or nil, therefore the expected rates of return are not meaningful and not presented above.

The sources used to determine management’s best estimate of long-term returns are numerous and include country-specific bond yields, which may be derived from the market using local bond indices or by analysis of the local bond market, and country-specific inflation and investment market expectations derived from market data and analysts’ or governments’ expectations as applicable.

Total expense recognized in the Group’s combined income statements

The expenses shown as attributable to continuing operations in the following tables are included as an employee cost within employee benefit expense. See Note 4—Employee Benefit Expense.

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
     Total  

Current employer service cost for defined benefit plans

     15        4         19   

Current employer service cost for defined contribution plans

     2        —          2   

Interest cost

     26        13         39   

Expected return on assets

     (15     —          (15

Gains on curtailment and settlement

     (6     —          (6
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

     22        17         39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Attributable to:

       

Continuing operations

     21        16         37   

Discontinued operations

     1        1         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

     22        17         39   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-174


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2009

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
     Total  

Current employer service cost for defined benefit plans

     14        4         18   

Current employer service cost for defined contribution plans

     2        —          2   

Interest cost

     26        12         38   

Expected return on assets

     (12     —          (12

Gains on curtailment and settlement

     (12     —          (12
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense

     18        16         34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Attributable to:

       

Continuing operations

     17        15         32   

Discontinued operations

     1        1         2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18        16         34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gains (losses) recognized in the Group’s combined financial statements

 

     2010     2009  

Cumulative gains (losses) recognized directly in the combined statements of changes in invested equity:

    

At January 1,

     (47     (56

Actuarial gains (losses) for the year—net of tax, recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) for the year

     (34     9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31,

     (81     (47
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair values, obligations and deficits in pension and other benefit plans

The following amounts were measured in accordance with IAS 19:

 

At December 31, 2010

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Total fair value of plan assets

     300        —         300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of obligations:

      

Funded

     (496     —         (496

Unfunded

     (108     (233     (341
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (604     (233     (837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aggregate plan deficit to be shown in the combined statements of financial position

     (304     (233     (537
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprised of:

      

Deficits in pension plans

     (304     —         (304

Unfunded post-retirement healthcare obligation

     —         (233     (233
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (304     (233     (537
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-175


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Total fair value of plan assets

     252        —         252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of obligations:

      

Funded

     (432     —         (432

Unfunded

     (102     (202     (304
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (534     (202     (736
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Aggregate plan deficit to be shown in the combined statements of financial position

     (282     (202     (484
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprised of:

      

Deficits in pension plans

     (282     —         (282

Unfunded post-retirement healthcare obligation

     —         (202     (202
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (282     (202     (484
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amounts shown above as Deficits in pension plans and Unfunded post-retirement healthcare obligations are included in Post-retirement benefits in the combined statements of financial position.

Contributions to plans

Contributions to pension plans totaled €31 and €27 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These contributions include €2 in each year relating to plans providing purely defined contribution benefits (including 401k plans in the U.S.). These contributions are charged to expense and are included in the amounts shown above as “current employer service cost”.

Contributions for other benefits totaled €12 for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Contributions to pension plans for the year ending December 31, 2011 are expected to be approximately €4 higher than 2010 contributions. Healthcare plans are unfunded and contributions for future years will be equal to benefit payments and therefore cannot be predetermined.

Change in present value of the defined benefit obligation and in the fair value of plan assets

The amounts shown below include, where appropriate, 100% of the costs, contributions, gains and losses in respect of employees who participate in the plans and who are employed in operations that are proportionally consolidated or accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Consequently, the costs, contributions, gains and losses do not correspond directly to the amounts disclosed above in respect of the Group.

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Change in present value of obligation:

      

Present value of obligation at January 1,

     (534     (202     (736

Current employer service cost

     (15     (4     (19

Interest cost

     (26     (13     (39

Contributions by plan participants

     (5     —         (5

Experience gains (losses)

     (3     5        2   

Changes in actuarial assumptions gains (losses)

     (26     (16     (42

Benefits paid

     42        12        54   

Curtailment gains (losses)

     6        —         6   

Currency exchange rate gains (losses)

     (43     (15     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of obligation at December 31,

     (604     (233     (837
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-176


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2009

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Change in present value of obligation:

      

Present value of obligation at January 1,

     (515     (201     (716

Current employer service cost

     (14     (4     (18

Interest cost

     (26     (12     (38

Contributions by plan participants

     (5     —         (5

Experience gains (losses)

     12        4        16   

Changes in actuarial assumptions gains (losses)

     (25     (5     (30

Benefits paid

     23        12        35   

Curtailment gains (losses)

     12        —         12   

Currency exchange rate gains (losses)

     4        4        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Present value of obligation at December 31,

     (534     (202     (736
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gains and losses on obligations:

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010     2009  

Experience gains (losses)

     2        16   

As a percentage of the present value of the obligations

     0.2     2.2

Change in assumptions gains (losses)

     (42     (30

Change in plan assets:

 

Year ended December 31, 2010

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at January 1,

     252        —         252   

Expected return on plan assets

     15        —         15   

Actuarial gains (losses) on plan assets

     6        —         6   

Contributions by plan participants

     5        —         5   

Contributions by employer

     29        12        41   

Benefits paid

     (42     (12     (54

Currency exchange rate gains (losses)

     35        —         35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31,

     300        —         300   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

     21        —         21   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2009

   Pension
Benefits
    Other
Benefits
    Total  

Change in plan assets:

      

Fair value of plan assets at January 1,

     212        —         212   

Expected return on plan assets

     11        —         11   

Actuarial gains (losses) on plan assets

     24        —         24   

Contributions by plan participants

     5        —         5   

Contributions by employer

     25        12        37   

Benefits paid

     (23     (12     (35

Currency exchange rate gains (losses)

     (2     —         (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at December 31,

     252        —         252   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

     35        —         35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-177


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31,

   2010     2009  

Actuarial return on plan assets:

    

Gains (losses)

     6        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As a percentage of plan assets

     2.0     9.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Post-retirement healthcare—sensitivity to changes in assumptions

An increase of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rates would increase the aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost components of the post-retirement healthcare expense by €2 and €1 in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and increase the benefit obligation at December 31, for these plans by €20 and €17 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. A decrease of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rates would decrease the aggregate of the current service cost and interest cost components of the post-retirement healthcare expense by €1 in each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, and decrease the benefit obligation for these plans by €17 and €14 at December 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

19. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Other financial liabilities are comprised of the following:

 

     Non-Current      Current  

At December 31,

   2010      2009      2010      2009  

Derivatives not designated as hedges—related parties

     3         2         43         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Details of derivatives not designated as hedges—related parties are described in Note 21—Financial Risk Management, Note 22—Financial Instruments and Note 24—Related Party Transactions.

 

F-178


Table of Contents
20. PROVISIONS

Provision balances and activity are comprised as follows:

 

    Close Down
and
Environmental
Restoration
Costs
    Restructuring
Costs
    Legal Claims
and Other
Costs
    Total  

At December 31, 2009

       

Current

    7        30        13        50   

Non-current

    58        9        13        80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    65        39        26        130   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Year ended December 31, 2010 Activity

       

Additional provisions (recoveries)—net

    (21     8        (1     (14

Discounting of provisions (recoveries)—net

    1        —         —         1   

Unwinding of discount

    3        —         —         3   

Payments

    (2     (26     (1     (29

(Recoveries) due to disposals of businesses within AIN (discontinued operations) (A)

    —         (1     —         (1

Amounts settled by Owner (non-cash transfer of liability to Owner)

    —         (2     —         (2

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates

    1        —         1        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

    47        18        25        90   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

       

Current

    6        17        12        35   

Non-current

    41        1        13        55   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    47        18        25        90   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) See Note 26—Purchases and Disposals of Businesses and Investments, including Discontinued Operations.

Close down and environmental restoration costs

The Group records provisions for the estimated present value of the costs of its environmental cleanup obligations and close down and restoration efforts based on the net present value of estimated future costs of the dismantling and demolition of infrastructure and the removal of residual material of disturbed areas. Certain of these matters are also described in Note 23—Contingencies and Commitments.

The majority of the Group’s close down and environmental restoration provisions relate to closed sites or certain non-operational facilities within operating sites and are expected to be settled over the next five years.

Restructuring costs

The Group records provisions for restructuring costs when management has a detailed formal plan, is demonstrably committed to its execution, and can reasonably estimate the associated liabilities. The related charges are included in restructuring costs in the Group’s combined income statements. Subsequent changes to restructuring plans may result in further adjustments (including recoveries) of provisions. The following restructuring plan actions resulted in changes to the provisions for the Group, with corresponding charges and reversals included in Restructuring costs in the combined income statements.

 

F-179


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2010

The Group incurred restructuring provisions of €8 (including €2 in discontinued operations) during the year ended December 31, 2010 related primarily to restructuring programs in France, of which €2 was settled on our behalf by the Owner and included by us as a non-cash transfer of the liability to the Owner within Invested equity.

Year ended December 31, 2009

The Group incurred restructuring provisions of €43 (including €5 in discontinued operations) during the year ended December 31, 2009, of which €25, €6 and €6 relates to restructuring programs in France, the U.S. and Germany, respectively, and an additional €6 relates to programs throughout the rest of the world.

Legal claims and other costs

At December 31, 2010, the provision for legal claims and other costs includes €8 in litigation accruals, and other costs comprised of €9 relating to an estimate for potential occupational disease claims in France, €4 relating to tool dismantling, €3 relating to product warranties and guarantees and €1 relating to late delivery penalties (see Note 23—Contingencies and Commitments).

 

21. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Group’s policies with regard to financial risk management are determined and governed by its Owner. The Owner’s financial risk management strategy focuses on having the financial flexibility required to execute its business strategy, by achieving the best mix of capital structure and risk transfer instruments in support of its business portfolio composition, business plan, growth plans, investment program and investor expectations.

Due to the Group’s capital structure and the nature of its operations, the Group is exposed to the following financial risks: (a) market risk (including foreign exchange risk, commodity price risk and interest rate risk); (b) credit risk and (c) liquidity and capital management risk.

(a) Market risk

(i) Foreign exchange risk

The Group’s net investment, earnings and cash flows are influenced by multiple currencies due to the geographic diversity of the Group’s sales and the countries in which it operates. The euro and the U.S. dollar are the currencies in which the majority of the Group’s sales are denominated. Operating costs are influenced by the currencies of those countries where the Group’s operating plants are located and also by those currencies in which the costs of imported equipment and services are determined. The euro and U.S. dollar are the most important currencies influencing operating costs.

To the extent that the Group hedges foreign exchange transaction exposures, it is required to do so with the Owner’s risk management group.

As described in Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, the Group’s combined financial statements are presented in euros. Borrowings are typically executed in the functional currencies of the borrowers, which at December 31, 2010 is primarily the euro (see Note 16—Borrowings).

 

F-180


Table of Contents

Foreign exchange sensitivity: Risks associated with exposure to financial instruments

A 10% strengthening in the year end closing EUR exchange rate on the value of financial instruments not denominated in euros held by the Group at December 31, 2010 and 2009 would have impacted the Group’s earnings and Owner’s net investment (using the Group’s composite statutory income tax rates) by amounts as shown in the table below, which may not be indicative of future results since the balances of financial assets and liabilities may not remain constant throughout 2011.

 

     Impact (Increase/(Decrease)) on Earnings and Owner’s  Net
Investment Arising from the Balances of

Foreign-Currency-Denominated Instruments Included in:
 
     Trade
Receivables
    Loans
Receivable
    Trade
Payables
     Borrowings  

At December 31, 2010

         

U.S. dollar

     (11     (14     10         —    

Swiss franc

     (1 )     —          1         5   

British pound

     —          —          —          2   

At December 31, 2009

         

U.S. dollar

     (10     (9     9         32   

Swiss franc

     (1     (17     1         2   

British pound

     —          —          —          2   

Czech koruna

     —          (1     —          —    

(ii) Commodity price risk

The Group is subject to the effects of market fluctuations in aluminum, which is its primary metal input. At December 31, 2010, the Group has entered into derivatives (forward purchase contracts) for aluminum. Commodity price risk refers to the risk that the value of financial instruments that are held by the Group related to aluminum will fluctuate due to changes in market prices. During 2010 and in prior years, the Group also entered into derivatives for natural gas; however, at December 31, 2010 all such contracts had expired.

Commodity price sensitivity: Risks associated with derivatives

Since none of the Group’s derivatives are designated for hedge accounting treatment, the net impact on the Group’s net earnings and Owners’ net investment of a 10% increase in the market price of aluminum, based on the aluminum derivatives held by the Group at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (using the Group’s composite statutory tax rates), with all other variables held constant was estimated to be €20 and €24 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The balances of such financial instruments may not remain constant in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

(iii) Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk refers to the risk that the value of financial instruments that are held by the Group and that are subject to variable rates will fluctuate, or the cash flows associated with such instruments will be impacted due to changes in market interest rates. The Group’s interest rate risk arises from borrowings. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk which is partially offset by cash and loans receivable at variable rates. Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.

Interest rate sensitivity: Risks associated with variable-rate financial instruments

The net impact on the Group’s net earnings of a 50 basis point increase or decrease in LIBOR interest rates, based on the variable rate financial instruments held by the Group at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (using the Group’s composite statutory tax rates), with all other variables held constant, was estimated to be €1 and €2 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The balances of such financial instruments may not remain constant in future periods however, and therefore the amounts shown may not be indicative of future results.

 

F-181


Table of Contents

(b) Credit risk

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from deposits it has with banks and financial institutions and from its operating activities, primarily related to customer trade receivables. The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying value of each class of financial asset as described in Note 22—Financial Instruments. The Group does not generally hold any collateral as security.

Credit risk related to deposits with banks and financial institutions

Credit risk from balances with banks and financial institutions has historically been managed by the Owner’s treasury department in accordance with a Board approved policy. Group management is not aware of any significant risks associated with its cash and cash equivalents deposits.

Credit risks related to customer trade receivables

The Group has a diverse customer base geographically and by industry. The responsibility for customer credit risk management rests with Group management. Payment terms vary and are set in accordance with practices in the different geographies and end-markets served. Credit limits are typically established based on internal or external rating criteria, which take into account such factors as the financial condition of the customers, their credit history and the risk associated with their industry segment. Trade accounts receivable are actively monitored and managed, at the business unit or site level. Business units report credit exposure information to Group management on a regular basis. In situations where collection risk is considered to be above acceptable levels, risk is mitigated through the use of advance payments, letters of credit or credit insurance.

(c) Liquidity and capital risk management

The Group’s capital structure is a component of the capital structure of the Owner (see Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Basis of Presentation), and includes borrowings and loans receivable. The Group’s total capital is defined as total invested equity plus net debt. Net debt includes borrowings from third and related parties, less loans receivable from related parties.

The Group’s over-riding objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the business as a going concern; to maximize returns for its Owner and to maintain an optimal capital structure in order to reduce the cost of capital.

All activities around cash funding, borrowings and financial instruments are centralized within the Owner’s treasury department. Direct external funding or transactions with banks at the Group entity level are generally not permitted, and exceptions must be approved by the Owner. Capital and liquidity requirements within the Group are funded by the Owner in the form of cash transfers, cash pooling agreements and/or loans. Capital structures of entities within the Group are determined in consideration of tax and corporate finance objectives in order to ensure an optimal cost efficient financial structure for the Owner.

The tables below show the Group’s financial liabilities by relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period from the respective dates of the statements of financial position to the contractual maturity date.

 

At December 31, 2010

   Less Than
1 Year
     Between
1 and 5
Years
     Over
5 Years
 

Borrowings (A)

     198         1         1   

Derivatives related to currencies and aluminum

     43         3         —     

Trade payables and other (excludes deferred revenue)

     665         16         23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     906         20         24   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-182


Table of Contents

At December 31, 2009

   Less Than
1 Year
     Between
1 and 5
Years
     Over
5 Years
 

Borrowings (A)

     683         4         3   

Derivatives related to currencies, aluminum and natural gas

     4         2         —     

Trade payables and other (excludes deferred revenue)

     499         20         18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

     1,186         26         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Borrowings include revolving credit facilities and cash pooling agreements which are considered short-term in nature and are included in the category “Less than 1 year”.

 

22. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The tables below show the classification of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities, and include all third and related party amounts.

 

Financial assets and liabilities

   Notes      Loans and
Receivables
     Available
For Sale
Securities
     At Fair
Value
Through
Profit and
Loss
     Other
Financial
Assets /
Liabilities
     Total  

At December 31, 2010

                 

Financial assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

        15         —           —           —           15   

Trade receivables and other (A)

     15         481         —           —           —           481   

Investments in joint ventures

     11         —           —           —           13         13   

Loans receivable—related parties

                 

Short-term

     24         206         —           —           —           206   

Long-term

     24         14         —           —           —           14   

Other financial assets—related parties

     13                  

Short-term

        —           —           91         —           91   

Long-term

        —           —           13         —           13   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        716         —           104         13         833   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

                 

Trade payables and other (B)

     17               —           419         419   

Current borrowings

     16               —           198         198   

Non-current borrowings

     16               —           2         2   

Other financial liabilities—related parties

     19, 24                  

Short-term

              43         —           43   

Long-term

              3         —           3   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

              46         619         665   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-183


Table of Contents

Financial assets and liabilities

   Notes      Loans and
Receivables
     Available
For Sale
Securities
     At Fair
Value
Through
Profit and
Loss
     Other
Financial
Assets /
Liabilities
     Total  

At December 31, 2009

                 

Financial assets:

                 

Cash and cash equivalents

        7         —           —           —           7   

Trade receivables and other (A)

     15         394         —           —           —           394   

Investments in joint ventures

     11         —           —           —           11         11   

Loans receivable—related parties

                 

Short-term

     24         244         —           —           —           244   

Long-term

     24         258         —           —           —           258   

Other financial assets

     13                  

Short-term—related parties

        —           —           48         —           48   

Long-term—third parties

        —           7         —           —           7   

Long-term—related parties

        —           —           41         —           41   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        903         7         89         11         1,010   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

                 

Trade payables and other (B)

     17               —           296         296   

Current borrowings

     16               —           683         683   

Non-current borrowings

     16               —           7         7   

Other financial liabilities—related parties

     19, 24                  

Short-term

              4         —           4   

Long-term

              2         —           2   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

              6         986         992   
           

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(A) Trade receivables and other includes only Total trade receivables—net and net finance lease receivable amounts.
(B) Trade payables and other includes only Total trade payables amounts.

Derivative financial instruments

The Group enters into forward contracts to manage operating exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency, aluminum and natural gas prices. These contracts are not designated as hedges. The tables below show the fair values of the Group’s Other financial assets and liabilities regarding derivative instruments, all of which are classified as short- or long-term—related parties in the preceding tables.

 

At December 31,

   2010      2009  

Assets

     

Forward Contracts

     

Aluminum forward contracts

     

Less than 1 year

     88         48   

1 to 5 years

     12         41   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total aluminum forward contracts

     100         89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Currency forward contracts

     

Less than 1 year

     3         —     

1 to 5 years

     1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total currency forward contracts

     4         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets relating to derivative instruments

     104         89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-184


Table of Contents

At December 31,

   2010      2009  

Liabilities

     

Forward Contracts

     

Aluminum forward contracts

     

Less than 1 year

     35         4   

1 to 5 years

     2         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total aluminum forward contracts

     37         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Currency forward contracts

     

Less than 1 year

     8         —     

1 to 5 years

     1         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total currency forward contracts

     9         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Natural gas forward contracts

     

Less than 1 year

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total natural gas forward contracts

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities relating to derivative instruments

     46         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair values

The fair values of all of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities approximate their carrying values as a result of their liquidity or short maturity, or because they are at variable interest rates, or in the case of derivatives, because they are remeasured to their fair value at the date of each statement of financial position.

Valuation hierarchy

The tables below shows the fair value, by valuation method, of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities, other than investments in joint ventures, trade receivables and other and trade payables and other at December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Financial assets and liabilities

   Notes      Total      Level  1 (1)      Level  2 (2)      Level  3 (3)      Not Held
At Fair
Value
 

At December 31, 2010

                 

Financial assets:

                 

Loans receivable—related parties short-term and long-term

     24         220         —           —           —           220   

Other financial assets—related parties

     13                  

Short-term

        91         —           91         —           —     

Long-term

        13         —           13         —           —     

Cash and cash equivalents

        15         —           —           —           15   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        339         —           104            235   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

                 

Current borrowings

     16         198         —           —           —           198   

Non-current borrowings

     16         2         —           —           —           2   

Other financial liabilities—related parties

     19, 24                  

Short-term

        43         —           43         —           —     

Long-term

        3         —           3         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

        246         —           46         —           200   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-185


Table of Contents

Financial assets and liabilities

   Notes    Total      Level  1 (1)      Level  2 (2)      Level  3 (3)      Not Held
At Fair
Value
 

At December 31, 2009

                 

Financial assets:

                 

Loans receivable—related parties Short-term and long-term

   24      502         —           —           —           502   

Other financial assets

   13               

Short-term—related parties

        48         —           48         —           —     

Long-term—third parties

        7         7         —           —           —     

Long-term—related parties

        41         —           41         —           —     

Cash and cash equivalents

        7         —           —           —           7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

        605         7         89            509   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

                 

Current borrowings

   16      683         —           —           —           683   

Non-current borrowings

   16      7         —           —           —           7   

Other financial liabilities—related parties

   19, 24               

Short-term

        4         —           4         —           —     

Long-term

        2         —           2         —           —     
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

        696         —           6         —           690   
     

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Valuation is based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical financial instruments. This category includes listed equity shares and other quoted funds.
(2) Valuation is based on inputs that are observable for the financial instruments which include quoted prices for similar instruments or identical instruments in markets which are not considered to be active or either directly or indirectly based on observable market data.
(3) Valuation is based on inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

 

23. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

Contingencies

Environmental remediation

In July 2006, Alcoa Inc. (Alcoa) filed suit against Alcan, Alcan Rolled Products—Ravenswood, LLC (ARP) and Pechiney Cast Plate, Inc. (PCP) as well as Century Aluminum Company (Century) in the United States District Court in Wilmington, Delaware. Alcoa, a former owner of a property known as the Vernon Facility, seeks a declaratory judgment that would allow it to avoid indemnification for the cost of remedying environmental conditions at the PCP facility in Vernon, California, which is being purchased by the City of Vernon, California.

The nature of the suit is to determine Alcoa’s obligations resulting from ARP’s claim for indemnification against Century and Century’s indemnification claim against Alcoa for the cost of remedying environmental conditions at the PCP facility. ARP, formerly named Pechiney Rolled Products (PRP), purchased the cast plate facility from Century in September 1999. Century had owned the cast plate facility since December 1998. Alcoa operated the facility for many years previous to Century. Century had an indemnification agreement with PRP, which extends for 12 years from date of purchase.

Alcan was dismissed from the suit for lack of personal jurisdiction. The Court vacated all court dates and will set new ones once the Remediation Action Plan in California has been finalized. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Group spent approximately €1 on remediation efforts related to this matter. The Group has accrued €8 at December 31, 2010 related to the remaining environmental remediation of this site (see Note 20—Provisions).

 

F-186


Table of Contents

Occupational disease claims

Since the early 1990s, certain businesses included in the Group have been subject to claims and lawsuits in France relating to occupational diseases, such as mesothelioma and asbestosis. It is not uncommon for the investigation and resolution of such claims to go on over many years as the latency period for acquiring such diseases is typically between 25 and 40 years. For any such claim, it is up to the social security authorities in each jurisdiction to determine if a claim qualifies as an occupational illness claim. If so determined, the Group must settle the case or defend its position in court. In relation to known and unknown unsettled occupational disease claims, the Group has accrued €9 at December 31, 2010 (see Note 20—Provisions).

Commitments

Capital projects

Capital expenditures contracted for but not yet incurred totaled €40 at December 31, 2010.

Operating leases

The Group leases various buildings, machinery, and equipment under operating lease agreements. Total rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010      2009  

Rent expense attributable to:

     

Continuing operations

     19         18   

Discontinued operations

     6         3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     25         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s future aggregate minimum operating lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases at December 31, 2010 for continuing operations are as follows:

 

     Total  

Less than 1 year

     10   

Between 1 and 5 years

     22   

Over 5 years

     2   
  

 

 

 
     34   
  

 

 

 

 

F-187


Table of Contents
24. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following table describes the nature and amounts of related party transactions included in the Group’s combined income statements.

 

Year ended December 31,

   Notes    2010     2009  

Revenue (A)

        20        45   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchases of inventory (B)

        574        246   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selling and administrative expenses (C)

   2      17        9   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance income

   7     

Interest income (D)

        —         2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Finance costs

   7     

Interest expense (E)

        6        16   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other expenses (income)—net

   5     

Unrealized (gains) losses on derivatives at fair value through profit and loss—net (F)

        31        (162

(Gain) on forgiveness of related party loan

   16      —         (29

Service fee income (G)

        (6     (19

Service fee expense (G)

              4   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other expenses (income)—net

        25        (206
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(A) The Group sells products to certain subsidiaries and entities of the Owner.
(B) Purchases of inventory from certain subsidiaries and entities of the Owner, net of changes in inventory levels, are included in Cost of sales in the Group’s combined income statements.
(C) The Owner performs certain centralized corporate office general and administrative services for the benefit of its owned subsidiaries and entities, including those in the Group, and allocates expenses accordingly. See Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Allocations from Owner—General corporate expenses.
(D) The Group earns interest income on its short-term and long-term loans receivable from certain subsidiaries and entities of the Owner. See Note 7—Finance Income (Costs)—Net. Details of loans receivable—related parties are included in the table below.
(E) The Group incurs interest expense on its borrowings from related parties. See Note 16—Borrowings and Note 7—Finance Income (Costs)—Net.
(F) The Owner is the counterparty to all of the Group’s derivative instruments. See Note 21—Financial Risk Management and Note 22—Financial Instruments.
(G) The Group and the Owner provide various miscellaneous services to each other, such as support for payroll and post-retirement benefits, human resources and legal functions. These amounts are billed directly from party to party and are included in Other expenses (income)—net as service fee income and expense, with the corresponding invoices included in Trade receivables and other and Trade payables and other, as included in the table below.

 

F-188


Table of Contents

The following table describes the nature and year-end related party balances of amounts included in the Group’s combined statements of financial position, none of which is secured by pledged assets or collateral.

 

At December 31,

   Notes      2010      2009  

Trade receivables and other—current (1)

     15         

Trade receivables

        20         14   

Interest receivable

        —          4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade receivables and other—current

        20         18   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial assets (2)

     13, 22         

Current

        91         48   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

        13         41   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term loans receivable (3)

        

Alcan Corporation

        

Variable rate loans USD 159 million at 0.00%

        115         106   

Variable rate loan USD 2 million at 1.46%

        2         —    
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        117         106   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Alcan France S.A.S. (Holding Company)

        

Variable rate multi-currency loans at 0.00%

        88         87   

Variable rate loan Czech koruna (CZK) 534 million at 1.02%

        —          20   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        88         107   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Alcan Packaging Singen GmbH

        

Variable rate loan at 0.00%

        —          24   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other subsidiaries and entities of the Owner

        

Various loans and terms

        1         7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term loans receivable

        206         244   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term loans receivable (3)

        

Alcan Holdings Switzerland AG (Holding Company)

        

Fixed rate loan Swiss franc (CHF) 311 million at 3.75%; matures June 2014 (4)

        —          210   

Alcan Aluminium Valais, S.A.—AAV Smelter Steg

        

Fixed rate loan CHF 39 million at 2.28%; no maturity date (5)

        —          26   

Pechiney Becancour Inc.

        

Non-interest bearing loan USD 19 million; no maturity date

        14         13   

Tscheulin-Rothal GmbH

        

Non-interest bearing capital lease; matures December 2016 (6)

        —          9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term loans receivable

        14         258   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade payables and other—current (7)

     17         

Trade payables

        119         80   

Interest payable

        —          1   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total trade payables and other—current

        119         81   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other financial liabilities (2)

     19, 22         

Current

        43         4   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

        3         2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

     16         

Current

        195         679   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

        —          5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-189


Table of Contents
(1) The Group sells products and provides various miscellaneous services to certain subsidiaries and entities of the Owner and has interest receivable related to its loans receivable—related parties.
(2) The Owner is the counterparty to all of the Group’s derivative instruments. See Note 21—Financial Risk Management and Note 22—Financial Instruments.
(3) The Group’s capital structure includes related party short-term and long-term loans receivable from subsidiaries and entities of the Owner. Details of these related party loans receivable, including the counterparty names, balances receivable, currency of denomination (unless euro-denominated), maturity dates and interest rates at December 31, 2010 (or the most recent date for which a balance is presented) are included in this table. Short-term variable rate related party loans are typically based on the London Interbank Offered Rate or Euro Interbank Offered Rate plus or minus a margin, as established from time to time by the Group.

At December 31, 2010, the weighted-average interest rates on the Group’s short- and long-term related party loans receivable were 0.01% and 0.00%, respectively.

At December 31, 2010, the composition of the Group’s related party loans receivable in EUR equivalents, using prevailing foreign exchange rates was as follows:

 

At December 31, 2010

   Current      Non-Current  

USD

     204         14   

EUR

     1         —    

Other

     1         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     206         14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(4) The balance due on this loan receivable was collected in full during the year ended December 31, 2010 in contemplation of the Transaction described in Note 1—General Information.
(5) The balance due on this loan receivable was charged (as a non-cash transaction) against Owner’s net investment (included in Invested equity) as the counterparty to the loan was a business entity that was discontinued by Rio Tinto.
(6) As a result of Rio Tinto’s sale of certain of its Packaging entities (including the named counterparty to this debt instrument), the balance due on this capital lease became due from a third party during the year ended December 31, 2010.
(7) Trade payables to related parties arise from the Group’s purchase of inventory and from certain centralized corporate office general and administrative services and various miscellaneous services that are provided to the Group by certain subsidiaries and entities of the Owner. In addition, the Group has interest payable to related parties arising from borrowings as described above and in Note 16—Borrowings.

In addition to the amounts and balances shown in the tables above, the Group entered into certain additional arrangements with related parties, involving the sales of trade receivables and the Group’s participation in certain post-retirement benefit plans. The transaction amounts and balances associated with these arrangements are described in Note 15—Trade Receivables and Other and Note 18—Post-Retirement Benefits, and are not otherwise identified as related party amounts and balances in the accompanying combined financial statements. Key management remuneration is described in Note 27—Key Management Remuneration.

 

F-190


Table of Contents
25. PRINCIPAL SUBSIDIARIES AND BUSINESSES

The following wholly-owned subsidiaries of Rio Tinto are legal entities where all or a substantial portion of the operations, assets, liabilities, and cash flows are included in the Group (along with the operations, assets, liabilities and cash flows of certain businesses, subsidiaries and divisions of Rio Tinto) as defined in Note 1—General Information. Only the financial information related to the portion of the operations included in the Group have been included in the Group’s combined financial statements.

 

Subsidiary

   Principal  Operating
Segments (A)
  Country of
Incorporation

Engineered Products International S.A.S.

   AIN (B)   France

Alcan Rhenalu S.A.S.

   A&T

P&ARP

  France

Alcan Aerospace S.A.S.

   A&T   France

Societe des Fonderies d’Ussel

   A&T   France

Alcan Centre de Recherches de Voreppe

   All except AIN

(Research
and Development Facility)

  France

Alcan France Extrusions S.A.S.

   AS&I   France

Alcan Holdings Germany GmbH

   AS&I

P&ARP

  Germany

Alcan Slovensko Extrusions s.r.o.

   AS&I   Slovakia

Alcan Aluminium Valais S.A.

   A&T

AS&I

  Switzerland

Alcan Decin Extrusions s.r.o.

   AS&I   Czech Republic

Alcan Rolled Products Ravenswood LLC

   A&T   U.S.

PRP Property & Equipment Co., LLC

   A&T   U.S.

Alcan Automotive LLC

   AS&I   U.S.

AIN U.S.A. Inc.

   AIN (B)   U.S.

Constellium (UK) Limited

   AIN (B)   UK

 

(A) See Note 28—Operating Segment Information for definition and description of operating segments.
(B) The businesses within the Alcan International Network operating segment are presented herein as discontinued operations. See Note 26—Purchases and Disposals of Businesses and Investments, Including Discontinued Operations.

In addition to the wholly-owned subsidiaries described above, the Group is the 54% majority shareholder in Alcan Engley (Changchun) Automotive Structures Co Ltd. (hereafter, Engley), an entity incorporated in the People’s Republic of China on December 24, 2009. The initial net investment in Engley was comprised of €3 in cash contributed by the Group and €2 in property, plant and equipment contributed by the Non-controlling interests. Engley commenced operations in 2010 and is included in the Group’s Automotive Structures and Industry operating segment. As the Group exercises control over this majority-owned subsidiary, all of its assets and liabilities and results of operations are included in the Group’s combined financial statements, which present the amounts of net assets (invested equity), loss for the year and comprehensive income (loss) attributable to both the Owner of the Group and the Non-controlling interests. For the year ended December 31, 2010, the non-controlling interests’ share of Engley’s total net income was approximately €0.4.

26.    PURCHASES AND DISPOSALS OF BUSINESSES AND INVESTMENTS, INCLUDING DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

Purchases and Disposals of Businesses and Investments

Purchases

The Group had no significant purchases of businesses or investments during the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

F-191


Table of Contents

During February 2009, the Group’s Alcan International Network operating segment (see Note 28—Information by Operating Segment) acquired a 100% controlling interest in Franck and Schulte in Austria GmbH at a total cost of approximately €1.

Disposals

During June 2010, the Group disposed of its entire 100% controlling interest in Service Centres Aero (Aero), a business entity included in AIN, which is included in discontinued operations in the Group’s combined income statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as described in Note 1—General Information. Of the total proceeds of €15 received in the sale, the Group directly received €5, which is included in cash flows from (used in) investing activities from discontinued operations in the Group’s combined statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010. The remaining proceeds of €10 were received directly by the Owner. As a result, the Group transferred net assets of Aero totaling €10 to the Owner, which is included in Owner’s net investment as part of the other non-cash transfers (to) from Owner during the year ended December 31, 2010. In connection with this disposition, the Group incurred a loss before income taxes of approximately €5, included in Loss for the year from discontinued operations in the Group’s combined income statement for the year ended December 31, 2010.

During November 2009, the Group disposed of its entire 100% controlling interest in Alcan Technology and Management, a business entity included in intersegment and other. In connection with the disposition, the Group received no proceeds and incurred a loss before income taxes of approximately €18, included in Other expenses (income)—net in the Group’s combined income statement.

Discontinued Operations

As described in Note 1—General Information, the operating results of AIN are presented as discontinued operations in the Group’s combined income statements and statements of cash flows.

AIN is a sales and supply chain logistics service organization comprised of 23 offices in 22 countries, selling specialty products and sourcing materials for industrial applications in 36 countries. AIN’s product portfolio includes primary aluminum for the aluminum and steel industries, semi-fabricated products for the construction, transportation, general engineering, packaging and other industrial sectors, minerals for the glass, ceramics and refractories industries, and specialty chemicals for industrial and healthcare applications.

The condensed income statement comprising the discontinued operations of AIN is as follows:

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010     2009  

Revenue

     357        351   

Expenses

     350        352   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     7        (1

Income tax (expense) benefit

     (5     (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations

     2        (3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1. KEY MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION

Aggregate compensation expense for the Group’s key management, all of which is included in continuing operations, is comprised of the following:

 

     2010      2009  

Short-term employee benefits

     8         5   

Long-term employee benefits

     1         2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total key management remuneration

     9         7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-192


Table of Contents
28. OPERATING SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management has defined the Group’s operating segments based upon product lines, markets and industries its serves, and prepares and reports operating segment information to the Group’s CODM on that basis.

The Group’s measure of segment profit or loss has historically been Business Group Profit or (Loss) as defined below. As described in Note 1—General Information and further below, the Purchaser uses Management Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below, as its measure of operating segment profit or loss. In these combined financial statements, Management Adjusted EBITDA has been provided as supplementary information only for comparative purposes with the consolidated financial statements of the Purchaser and not as the measure of operating segment profit or loss used historically by the Group.

Operating segments

The Group’s operating segments within both continuing and discontinued operations are described below.

Continuing Operations

Aerospace & Transportation (previously Global Aerospace & Transportation Industry)

Aerospace and Transportation (A&T) produces and supplies high value-added plate, sheet, extruded and precision cast products to customers in the aerospace, marine, automotive, and mass-transportation markets and engineering industries. It offers a comprehensive range of products and services including technical assistance, design and delivery of cast, rolled, extruded, rolled pre-cut or shaped parts, and the recycling of customers’ machining scrap metal. A&T is also a key supplier of new alloy solutions, such as Aluminum Lithium. A&T operates 7 facilities in 3 countries.

Automotive Structures & Industry (previously Extrusions & Automotive Structures)

On January 1, 2010, the Group combined the businesses in its Extruded Products segment with the Automotive Structures businesses of its Engineered and Automotive Solutions segment to form a new operating segment called Automotive Structures and Industry (AS&I). The Forging businesses previously included in the Group’s Engineered and Automotive Solutions segment were moved to Intersegment and other. Extrusions focuses on specialty products and supplies a variety of hard and soft alloy extrusions, including technically advanced products, to the automotive, industrial, energy, electrical and building industries, and to manufacturers of mass transport vehicles and shipbuilders. Automotive Structures serves major automotive and transportation manufacturers with innovative and cost-effective aluminum solutions using advanced technology. It develops and manufactures aluminum crash management systems, front-end components, cockpit carriers and Auto Body Sheet structural components. AS&I operates 15 facilities in 7 countries.

Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products (previously Specialty Sheet)

This segment produces and provides coils and sheet to customers in the beverage and closures, automotive, customized industrial sheet solutions and high-quality bright surface product markets. It includes world-class rolling and recycling operations, as well as dedicated research and development capabilities. Packaging & Automotive Rolled Products (P&ARP) operates 3 facilities in 2 countries.

Discontinued Operations

Alcan International Network (AIN)

AIN is a sales and supply chain logistics service organization comprised of 23 offices in 22 countries, selling specialty products and sourcing materials for industrial applications in 36 countries. AIN’s product portfolio

 

F-193


Table of Contents

includes primary aluminum for the aluminum and steel industries, semi-fabricated products for the construction, transportation, general engineering, packaging and other industrial sectors, minerals for the glass, ceramics and refractories industries, and specialty chemicals for industrial and healthcare applications.

Intersegment and Other

The Group recognizes certain sales and operating revenues, costs and net assets as Intersegment and other for those operations or items that are not under the control of the operating segments or considered in the measurement of their profitability. These items are generally managed by the Group’s head office, which focuses on strategy development and oversees governance, policy, legal, compliance, human resources and finance matters. Intersegment and other costs include such items as non-integral operating entities such as our forging businesses, pass-through entities for import/export or income tax purposes, corporate and head office costs, non-service related pension and other post-retirement benefit costs (actuarial gains and losses and other adjustments), businesses that have been sold, the deferral or realization of profits on intersegment sales, and other non-operating items. For supplementary segment operating profit measure reporting (Management Adjusted EBITDA), Intersegment and Other is presented as an operating segment within continuing operations in the relevant table below.

Segment Profitability Measures

Business Group Profit or (Loss) (BGP)

Group management has historically measured the profitability and financial performance of the Group’s operating segments based on BGP. BGP is not a measurement of profitability that is recognized under IFRS. Nonetheless, the Group’s CODM has historically used BGP to measure the Group’s underlying operating segment results in a manner that is in line with the Group’s portfolio approach to risk management. BGP is comprised of earnings before: (a) depreciation and amortization; (b) certain restructuring costs (relating to major corporate-wide acquisitions or initiatives); (c) impairment charges related to long-lived assets; (d) unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives—net; (e) share of profit of joint ventures; (f) certain finance income (costs)—net; (g) income tax expense (benefit); and (h) intersegment and other costs (as described above).

Unrealized gains (losses) resulting from changes in fair market value of derivative instruments are excluded from BGP because this presentation provides a more accurate portrayal of underlying segment operating results and is in line with the Owner’s portfolio approach to risk management.

BGP for the operating segments include the Group’s proportionate share of the profit of joint ventures as they are managed within each operating segment, with the adjustments for these investments shown on a separate line in the reconciliation of BGP to Loss for the year from continuing operations and Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations.

With the exception of the items excluded from BGP as described above, the accounting principles used to prepare the information by operating segment are the same as those used to prepare the Group’s combined financial statements. Transactions between operating segments are conducted on an arm’s-length basis and reflect market prices.

 

F-194


Table of Contents

The following table presents BGP by segment and reconciles Total BGP for continuing operations, discontinued operations and in Total to Loss for the year from continuing operations, Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations and Loss for the year, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010     2009  
     Continuing
Operations
    Discontinued
Operations
    Total     Continuing
Operations
    Discontinued
Operations
    Total  

BGP by Segment

            

A&T

     36        —           (13     —      

P&ARP

     79        —           33        —      

AS&I

     (2     —           (25     —      

AIN (comprising discontinued operations)

     —         9          —         —      
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total BGP

     113        9          (5     —      

Depreciation and amortization

     (38     —           (85     —      

Certain restructuring costs

     (2     —           (33     (5  

Impairment charges

     (224     —           (214     —      

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivatives

     (31     —           162        (1  

Share of profit of joint ventures

     2        —           —         —      

Certain finance income (costs)—net

     (5     4          (13     8     

Income tax (expense) benefit

     43        (4       39        (2  

Intersegment and other costs

     (67     (7       (66     (3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss for the year from continuing operations

     (209       (209     (215       (215

Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations

       2        2          (3     (3
    

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year

         (207         (218
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Supplementary Information—Management Adjusted EBITDA

As described above and in Note 1—General Information, Management Adjusted EBITDA is presented only as supplementary information for comparison with the measure of operating segment profit or loss used by the Purchaser in its consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2011.

Management Adjusted EBITDA is comprised of earnings before: (a) depreciation and amortization; (b) all restructuring costs; (c) impairment charges related to long-lived assets; (d) unrealized gains or losses on derivatives—net; (e) foreign currency gains or losses—net; (f) share of profit of joint ventures; (g) certain finance costs or income—net; (h) gains or losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment, businesses and investments—net; (i) certain separation costs included in other expenses (income)—net; and (j) income tax expense or benefit—net.

 

F-195


Table of Contents

The following table presents Management Adjusted EBITDA by segment and reconciles Total Management Adjusted EBITDA for continuing operations, discontinued operations and in Total to Loss for the year from continuing operations, Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations and Loss for the year, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

Year ended December 31,

  2010     2009  
  Continuing
Operations
    Discontinued
Operations
    Total     Continuing
Operations
    Discontinued
Operations
    Total  

Management Adjusted EBITDA by Segment

           

A&T

    35        —           (31     —      

AS&I

    (4     —           (25     —      

P&ARP

    74        —           28        —      

Intersegment and Other

    (47     (1       (21    

AIN (comprising discontinued operations)

    —         1          —         (2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Management Adjusted EBITDA

    58        —           (49     (2  

Depreciation and amortization

    (38     —           (85     —      

Restructuring costs

    (6     (3       (38     (5  

Impairment charges

    (224     —           (214     —      

Unrealized gains or losses on derivatives—net

    (31     —           162        (1  

Foreign currency gains or losses—net

    (7     10          1        (1  

Share of profit of joint ventures

    2        —           —         —      

Certain finance costs or income—net

    (6     4          (14     8     

Gains or losses on disposals of property, plant and equipment, businesses and investments—net

    —         (5       (17     —      

Certain separation costs

    (1     —           —         —      

Income tax expense or benefit—net

    44        (4       39        (2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss for the year from continuing operations

    (209       (209     (215       (215

Income (loss) for the year from discontinued operations

      2        2          (3     (3
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Loss for the year

        (207         (218
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Additional Operating Segment Information

 

    Continuing Operations     Discontinued
Operations
 
    A&T     AS&I     P&ARP     Intersegment
and Other
    Total     AIN  

Year ended December 31, 2010

           

Revenues—third and related parties

    810        754        1,373        20        2,957        357   

Revenues—intersegment

    43        83        16        (142     —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

    3        15        16        4        38        —    

Capital expenditures—property, plant and equipment

    26        14        10        1        51        —    

Year ended December 31, 2009

           

Revenues—third and related parties

    729        610        934        19        2,292        351   

Revenues—intersegment

    68        53        11        (132     —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

    4        42        29        10        85        —    

Capital expenditures—property, plant and equipment

    23        12        25        1        61        1   

Investments in Joint Ventures

           

At December 31, 2010

    —         —         1        12        13        —    

At December 31, 2009

    —         —         2        9        11        —    

 

F-196


Table of Contents

Segment assets are comprised of total assets of the Group by segment, less adjustments for equity-accounted joint ventures (as described above) and intersegment and other assets. The amounts provided to the CODM with respect to segment assets are measured in a manner consistent with that of the Group’s combined statements of financial position. Assets are allocated based on the operations of the segment.

SEGMENT ASSETS AND RECONCILIATION TO TOTAL ASSETS

 

At December 31,

   2010     2009  

Continuing operations:

    

A&T

     502        507   

AS&I

     241        230   

P&ARP

     510        528   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,253        1,265   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

AIN

     330        293   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Segment assets

     1,583        1,558   

Unallocated:

    

Adjustments for equity-accounted joint ventures

     (2     (3

Intersegment and other

     256        485   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     1,837        2,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

29. INFORMATION BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA

 

Year ended December 31,

   2010      2009  

Revenue—third and related parties (by destination)

     

France

     512         463   

Germany

     777         444   

United Kingdom

     570         463   

Switzerland

     93         86   

Other Europe

     487         395   

United States

     293         289   

Canada

     36         33   

Asia and Other Pacific

     83         58   

All Other

     106         61   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,957         2,292   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

At December 31,

   2010      2009  

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (by physical location)

     

France

     17         116   

Germany

     150         183   

Switzerland

     —          33   

Czech Republic

     28         32   

Other Europe

     18         25   

United States

     —          45   

All other

     1         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     214         434   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-197


Table of Contents
30. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

As described in Note 1—General Information, on June 17, 2011 Rio Tinto received the Purchaser’s Disagreement Notice related to the Transaction. The Purchaser’s Disagreement Notice proposed certain reductions to the preliminary purchase price paid by the Purchaser to Rio Tinto for the net assets received in the Transaction. During 2011, Rio Tinto and the Purchaser negotiated a settlement of the amounts in dispute, the outcome of which was that there was no further impairment charges required to the Group’s combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010.

The sale of the Group on January 4, 2011 effectively liquidates the reporting entity, and therefore no further subsequent events can be derived or attributable to the Group for disclosure.

 

F-198


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our Amended and Restated Articles of Association provide that we will indemnify our directors against all adverse financial effects incurred by such person in connection with any action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably could believe to be in or not opposed to our best interests. In addition, we may enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. We also purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of our directors and officers to insure them against such liabilities, expenses and claims.

The underwriting agreement, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide for indemnification by the underwriter of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, but only to the extent that such liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriter furnished to us in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On May 14, 2010, Constellium Holdco B.V. issued the following shares: 1,800,000 Class A ordinary shares to Apollo Omega (Lux) S.à r.l. for an aggregate subscription price of €18,000.

On January 4, 2011, Constellium Holdco B.V. issued the following shares: 45 Class A ordinary shares to Apollo Omega (Lux) S.à r.l. for an aggregate subscription price of $63,750,000; 1,376,505 Class A ordinary shares to Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited for an aggregate subscription price of $48,750,000; and 352,920 Class A ordinary shares to Fonds Stratégique d’Investissement for an aggregate subscription price of $12,500,000.

On April 12, 2011, Constellium Holdco B.V. issued 148,998 Class A ordinary shares in consideration for $35.42 per share and 82,032 Class B2 shares in consideration for $10.50 per share to Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG.

On July 19, 2011, Constellium Holdco B.V. issued 18,699 Class A ordinary shares in consideration for $35.42 per share and 9,652 Class B2 shares in consideration for $10.50 per share to Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG.

On February 28, 2012, 4,027 Class B2 shares were converted into Class B1 shares. On May 22, 2012, an additional 9,639 Class B2 shares were converted into Class B1 shares.

On March 13, 2013, 24,526 Class B2 shares were converted into Class B1 shares.

On May 16, 2013, we effected a pro rata share issuance of Class A ordinary shares, Class B1 ordinary shares and Class B2 ordinary shares to our existing pre-IPO shareholders, which we implemented through the issuance of 22.8 new Class A ordinary shares, 22.8 Class B1 ordinary shares and 22.8 Class B2 ordinary shares for each outstanding Class A, Class B1 and Class B2 ordinary share prior to our initial public offering, respectively. As a result, the Company issued an aggregate amount of 83,945,965 additional Class A ordinary shares, 815,252 additional Class B1 ordinary shares and 923,683 additional Class B2 ordinary shares, nominal value €0.02 per share, prior to consummation of the initial public offering.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

On May 21, 2013, each Class A share and Class B1 share was converted into one Class A ordinary share and each Class B2 share was converted into one Class B ordinary share.

On September 24, 2013, 8,949 Class B ordinary shares were converted into Class A ordinary shares.

On December 6, 2013, 4,903 Class B ordinary shares were converted into Class A ordinary shares.

The issuance of the foregoing securities in each of the transactions described above was made in reliance in the Netherlands upon either the qualified investor exemption pursuant to Article 2(1)(e) of the European Union Prospectus Directive or the 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors) exemption pursuant to the 2010 PD Amending Directive, and in reliance in the United States on Regulation S of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Item 8. Exhibits

 

  (a) See Exhibit Index beginning on page II-7 of this registration statement.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted since they are not required or are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.

 

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned hereby undertakes:

 

  (a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

  (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
(c) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in in Zurich, Switzerland on December 10, 2013.

 

Constellium N.V.

By: 

 

/s/ Pierre Vareille

  Name:    Pierre Vareille
  Title:    Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been executed as a deed by the following persons on December 10, 2013 in the capacities indicated:

 

Name

 

Title

/s/ Pierre Vareille

Pierre Vareille

  Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Didier Fontaine

Didier Fontaine

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

*

Richard B. Evans

  Chairman

/s/ Pierre Vareille

Pierre Vareille

  Director

*

Gareth N. Turner

  Director

*

Guy Maugis

  Director

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Name

 

Title

*

Werner P. Paschke

  Director

*

Pieter Oosthoek

  Director

*

Matthew H. Nord

  Director

*

Bret Clayton

  Director

*

Philippe Guillemot

  Director

*By:

 

/s/ Pierre Vareille

  Pierre Vareille
  Attorney-in-fact

 

Constellium U.S. Holdings I, LLC

 

Authorized U.S. Representative

  By:

 

/s/ Yves Monette

  Yves Monette
  Finance Manager & Assistant Secretary

 

 

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement†
  3.1    Amended and Restated Articles of Association of Constellium N.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Constellium N.V.’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 21, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
  3.2   

Deed of Conversion-Constellium N.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Constellium N.V.’s Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 21, 2013,

File No. 333-188556)

  4.1    Partnership Agreement of Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG as amended and restated as of May 21, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Constellium N.V.’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 21, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
  4.2    Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2013, among Constellium Holdco B.V., as the Dutch Borrower, Constellium France S.A.S., as the French Borrower, the new Term Lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as the Existing Administrative Agent, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as the successor Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
  4.3    Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013, among Constellium N.V., as the Dutch Borrower, Constellium France S.A.S., as the French Borrower, the lenders party thereto, and Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on October 23, 2013, File No. 333-191863)
  4.4    ABL Credit Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2012, among Constellium Holdco II B.V., Constellium U.S. Holdings I, LLC, Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC, as borrower, the lenders from time to time party hereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
  4.5    Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2013, among Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC, as borrower, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
  4.6    Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2013, among Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on October 23, 2013, File No. 333-191863)
  5.1    Opinion of Stibbe, Dutch counsel to Constellium N.V., as to the validity of the ordinary shares**
10.1    Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, dated May 29, 2013, among Constellium N.V. and the other signatories thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.2    2012 Executive Performance Award Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.3    2012 Long-Term Incentive (Cash) Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)

 

II-6


Table of Contents
10.4    Employment Letter by and between Constellium Switzerland AG and Pierre Vareille, dated August 30, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.5    Employment Letter by and between Constellium France Holdco SAS and Didier Fontaine, dated May 11, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.6    Severance Agreement between Constellium Switzerland AG Zurich and Arnaud de Weert, dated March 21, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.7    Amended and Restated Factoring Agreement between Alcan Rhenalu S.A.S. as French Seller, Alcan Aerospace S.A.S. as French Seller, Alcan Softal S.A.S. as French Seller, Alcan France Extrusions S.A.S. as French Seller, Alcan Aviatube S.A.S. as French Seller, Omega Holdco II B.V. as Parent Company, Engineered Products Switzerland A.G. as Sellers’ Agent and GE Factofrance S.N.C. as Factor, dated January 4, 2011, as amended as of November 8, 2013**
10.8    Factoring Agreement between GE Capital Bank AG and Alcan Aluminium Valais S.A., dated December 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.9    Country Specific Amendment Agreement (Switzerland) to the Factoring Agreement between GE Capital Bank AG and Alcan Aluminium Valais S.A., dated December 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.9.1    Amendment Agreement to a Factoring Agreement between GE Capital Bank AG and Constellium Valais AG (formerly: Alcan Aluminium Valais AG), dated November 12, 2013**
10.10    Factoring Agreement between GE Capital Bank AG and Alcan Aluminium-Presswerke GmbH, dated December 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.10.1    Amendment Agreement to a Factoring Agreement between GE Capital Bank AG and Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH (formerly Alcan Aluminium-Presswerke GmbH), dated November 12, 2013**
10.11    Factoring Agreement between GE Capital Bank AG and Alcan Singen GmbH, dated December 16, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)
10.11.1    Amendment Agreement to a Factoring Agreement between GE Capital Bank AG and Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly: Alcan Singen GmbH), dated November 12, 2013**
10.12    Metal Supply Agreement between Engineered Products Switzerland AG and Rio Tinto Alcan Inc. for the supply of sheet ingot in Europe, dated January 4, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Constellium N.V.’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on May 13, 2013, File No. 333-188556)+
10.13    Constellium N.V. 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (as adopted) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on October 23, 2013, File No. 333-191863)
21.1    List of subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 of Constellium N.V.’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed on October 23, 2013, File No. 333-191863)
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm**

 

II-7


Table of Contents
23.2    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit S.A., Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm**
23.3    Consent of Stibbe (included in Exhibit 5.1)**
24.1    Powers of attorney (included on signature page to the registration statement)†

 

* To be filed by amendment
** Filed herein.
Previously filed.
+ Confidential treatment granted as to certain portions, which portions have been provided separately to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

II-8

Exhibit 5.1

 

Constellium N.V.

Tupolevlaan 41-61

1119 NW Schiphol-Rijk

The Netherlands

   Stibbe N.V.

Advocaten en notarissen                

Strawinskylaan 2001

P.O. Box 75640

1070 AP Amsterdam

The Netherlands

T +31 20 546 0 606

F +31 20 546 0 123

   www.stibbe.com

 

Date

10 December 2013

Constellium N.V. – SEC Exhibit 5.1 opinion letter

Ladies and Gentlemen,

 

(1) We have acted as counsel as to matters of Netherlands law to Constellium N.V. (the “ Company ”) in connection with the offering (the “ Offering ”) by Rio Tinto International Holdings Limited (“ RTIHL ” or the “ Selling Shareholder ”) of 8,345,713 Class A ordinary shares with a nominal value of € 0.02 in the capital of the Company (the “ Secondary Shares ”) and at the request of the underwriter by the Selling Shareholder of up to 1,251,847 Class A ordinary shares with a nominal value of € 0.02 in the capital of the Company (the “ Purchase Option Shares ”) to be sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement among the underwriter named in schedule I thereto, the Company and the Selling Shareholder (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”).

This opinion is furnished to you in order to be filed as an exhibit to the form F-1 registration statement relating to the Offering filed by you with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Registration Statement ”).

 

(2) For the purpose of this opinion, we have examined and relied upon photocopies or copies received by fax or by electronic means, or originals if so expressly stated, of the following documents:

 

  (a) the Registration Statement;

 

  (b) the Underwriting Agreement;

 

  (c) the deed of incorporation of the Company dated 14 May 2010 and the Company’s articles of association ( statuten ) as lastly amended on 21 May 2013 pursuant to the Deed of Conversion (as defined below), which according to the Extract (as defined below) are the articles of association of the Company as currently in force;

The practice is conducted by Stibbe N.V. (registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under number 34198700). The general conditions of Stibbe N.V. are applicable and include a clause on limitation of liability. The general conditions have been deposited with the Amsterdam District Court and are available on request and free of charge. They can also be found at www.stibbe.com .


  (d) a copy of the deed of conversion and amendment of the Company’s articles of association executed before P.H.N. Quist, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on 21 May 2013 (by which deed, inter alia , Constellium Holdco B.V. was converted from a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) into a public limited company ( naamloze vennootschap ) and renamed Constellium N.V.) (the “ Deed of Conversion ”);

 

  (e) an on-line extract from the Commercial Register of the Chamber of Commerce ( Kamer van Koophandel, afdeling Handelsregister ) relating to the Company dated the date hereof (the “ Extract ”);

 

  (f) the shareholders register of the Company;

 

  (g) a Company certificate dated the date of this opinion; and

 

  (h) each of the documents listed in Annex 1 hereto.

The resolutions listed in (4)-(6) and (10)-(12) of the Annex are hereinafter collectively also referred to as the “ Resolutions ”. The Registration Statement, the Underwriting Agreement and the documents listed under (h) are collectively also referred to as the “ Documents ”.

 

(3) In rendering this opinion we have assumed:

 

  (a) the legal capacity of natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures on, and the authenticity and completeness of all documents submitted to us as copies of drafts, originals or execution copies and the exact conformity to the originals of all documents submitted to us as photocopies or copies transmitted by facsimile or by electronic means and that all documents were at their date, and have through the date hereof remained, accurate and in full force and effect without modification;

 

  (b) that the information set forth in the Extract is complete and accurate on the date hereof and consistent with the information contained in the files kept by the Commercial Register with respect to the Company;

 

  (c) that the information set forth in the shareholders register of the Company is complete and accurate on the date hereof; and

 

  (d) that the Resolutions have not been annulled, revoked or rescinded and are in full force and effect as at the date hereof.

 

(4) We have not investigated the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Netherlands. This opinion is limited to matters of the laws of the Netherlands as they presently stand and as they are interpreted in case law of the courts of the Netherlands and in administrative rulings, in each case published in printed form as at the date of this opinion. We do not express any opinion with respect to any public international law or on the rules of or promulgated under any treaty or by any treaty organisation, other than any EC law provisions having direct effect. We express no opinion about matters of taxation.

 

2


(5) Based upon and subject to the foregoing and to the further qualifications, limitations and exceptions set forth herein, and subject to any factual matters not disclosed to us and inconsistent with the information revealed by the documents reviewed by us in the course of our examination referred to above we are as at the date hereof of the following opinion:

 

  (a) the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of the Netherlands as a public limited company ( naamloze vennootschap ); and

 

  (b) the Secondary Shares and the Purchase Option Shares are validly issued and fully paid and will be non-assessable.

 

(6) The term “non-assessable” as used in this opinion means that a holder of a Share will not by reason of merely being such a holder, be subject to assessment or calls by the Company or its creditors for further payment on such share.

 

(7) As to matters of fact, we have relied upon oral and written representations and certificates or comparable documents of the management board and/or responsible officers and representatives of the Company.

 

(8) In this opinion, Netherlands legal concepts are expressed in English terms and not in their original Dutch terms. The concepts concerned may not be identical to the concepts described by the same English terms as they exist under the laws of other jurisdictions. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency, the relevant concept shall be deemed to refer only to the Netherlands legal concepts described by the English terms.

 

(9) We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the SEC as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Legal Matters” in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC.

Yours faithfully,

Stibbe N.V.

 

/s/ Hans Witteveen    /s/ Derk Lemstra
Hans Witteveen    Derk Lemstra

 

3


ANNEX 1

 

(1) A copy of a notarial deed of issue of shares in the capital of the Company executed before P.H.N. Quist, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on 4 January 2011, pursuant to which the Company issued the following shares (i) 45 Class A ordinary shares to Apollo Omega (Lux) S.à r.l., (ii) 1,376,505 Class A ordinary shares to RTIHL, and (iii) 352,920 Class A ordinary shares to Fonds Stratégique d’Investissement.

 

(2) A copy of a notarial deed of issue of shares in the capital of the Company executed before P.H.N. Quist, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on 12 April 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued 148,998 Class A ordinary shares and 82,032 Class B2 ordinary shares to Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG.

 

(3) A copy of a notarial deed of issue of shares in the capital of the Company executed before P.H.N. Quist, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on 19 July 2011 pursuant to which the Company issued 18,699 Class A ordinary shares and 9,652 Class B2 ordinary shares to Omega Management GmbH & Co. KG.

 

(4) Minutes of the meeting of the Board of the Company dated 28 February 2012 containing resolutions regarding, inter alia , the conversion of 4,027 Class B2 into Class B1 shares.

 

(5) Minutes of the meeting of the Board of the Company dated 22 May 2012 containing resolutions regarding, inter alia , the conversion of 9,639 Class B2 shares into Class B1 shares.

 

(6) Minutes of the meeting of the Board of the Company dated 13 March 2013 containing resolutions regarding, inter alia , the conversion of 24,526 Class B2 shares into Class B1 shares.

 

(7) A copy of a notarial deed of exchange and transfer executed before P.H.N. Quist, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on 16 May 2013 pursuant to which the Company acquired 15,938 Class A ordinary shares, 2,441 Class B1 ordinary shares and 12,986 Class B2 ordinary shares.

 

(8) A copy of the deed of issue of shares in the capital of the Company executed before P.H.N. Quist, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on 16 May 2013 pursuant to which the Company, inter alia , issued 1 preference share to RTIHL.

 

(9) A copy of the deed of issue of shares in the capital of the Company executed before P.H.N. Quist, civil law notary in Amsterdam, on 16 May 2013 between, among others, the Company and the Selling Shareholder in connection with, inter alia , the issuance of 31,389,272 Class A ordinary shares with a nominal value of € 0.02 in the capital of the Company to RTIHL.

 

(10) Written resolutions of the board of the Company adopted on 16 May 2013 approving, inter alia , the issuance of shares pursuant to the deed of issuance mentioned under (9) of this Annex.

 

4


(11) Written resolutions of the general meeting and the meeting of holders of shares A, B1 and B2 of the Company adopted on 16 May 2013 approving, inter alia , the issuance of shares to, among others, the Selling Shareholder in accordance with the deed of issuance mentioned under (9) of this Annex.

 

(12) Minutes of the general meeting and the meeting of holders of shares A, B1 and B2 of the Company dated 21 May 2013 regarding, inter alia , the conversion from the private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) Constellium Holdco B.V. into a public limited company ( naamloze vennootschap ) and renaming the Company Constellium N.V.

 

(13) A certificate dated 17 May 2013 of the chief financial officer of the Company confirming that the reserves of the Company were sufficient as at 16 May 2013 to make the payment on the shares as set out in and in accordance with the deed of issuance mentioned under (9) of this Annex.

 

5

Exhibit 10.7

4 January 2011

 

(1) CONSTELLIUM FRANCE (formerly, ALCAN RHENALU) as French Seller

 

(2) CONSTELLIUM AEROSPACE (formerly, ALCAN AEROSPACE) as French Seller

 

(3) CONSTELLIUM EXTRUSIONS FRANCE (formerly, ALCAN SOFTAL) as French Seller

 

(4) CONSTELLIUM AVIATUBE (formerly, ALCAN AVIATUBE) as French Seller

 

(5) CONSTELLIUM HOLDCO II B.V. (formerly, OMEGA HOLDCO II B.V.) as Parent Company

 

(6) CONSTELLIUM SWITZERLAND A.G. (formerly, ENGINEERED PRODUCTS SWITZERLAND A.G.) as Sellers’ Agent

 

(7) GE FACTOFRANCE as Factor

 

 

FACTORING AGREEMENT

(as amended on 14 December 2011, 21 December 2011, 25

May 2012, 25 June 2012, 18 December 2012, 14 June 2013,

19 June 2013 and 8 November 2013)

 

 

 

En accord avec les parties, les présentes ont été reliées par le procédé ASSEMBLACT R.C. empêchant toute substitution ou addition et sont seulement signées à la dernière page.

 

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Clause    Page  
1  

Definitions and Interpretation

     4   
2  

Purpose

     18   
3  

Scope

     19   
4  

Representations, warranties and undertakings

     23   
5  

Payment and financing of Receivables

     29   
6  

Approval

     37   
7  

Collection Mandate and Cashing Mandate

     41   
8  

Factoring Accounts

     49   
9  

Remuneration of the Factor

     55   
10  

Taxes

     57   
11  

Term and Termination

     59   
12  

Revision of the allocation of the Maximum Financing Amount

     64   
13  

Access to Web Services

     64   
14  

Costs and expenses

     65   
15  

Confidentiality – Utilisation of information collected by the Factor – Substitution

     66   
16  

Applicable law – Jurisdiction

     68   
17  

Miscellaneous provisions

     68   

 

2


THIS FACTORING AGREEMENT is made on 4 January 2011 (as amended on 14 December 2011, 21 December 2011, 25 May 2012, 25 June 2012, 18 December 2012, 14 June 2013, 19 June 2013 and on 8 November 2013),

BETWEEN :

 

(i) CONSTELLIUM FRANCE (formerly, Alcan Rhenalu S.A.S.), a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société par actions simplifiée with a share capital of EUR 123,547,875.00, whose registered office is located at 40/44 rue de Washington, 75008 Paris, France, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris under number 672 014 081, whose seller codes ( codes vendeur ) are No. 24862 (for domestic invoices) and No. 24861 (for export invoices), including Constellium Aerospace upon completion of the Merger (“ Constellium France ”);

 

(ii) CONSTELLIUM AEROSPACE (formerly, Alcan Aerospace S.A.S.), a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société par actions simplifiée with a share capital of EUR 26,296.90, whose registered office is located at 40/44 rue de Washington, 75008 Paris, France, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris under number 479 791 931, whose seller codes ( codes vendeur ) are No. 24876 (for domestic invoices) and No. 24875 (for export invoices), to be merged into Constellium France upon completion of the Merger (“ Constellium Aerospace ”);

 

(iii) CONSTELLIUM EXTRUSIONS FRANCE (formerly, Alcan Softal S.A.S.), a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société par actions simplifiée with a share capital of EUR 22,265,000.00, whose registered office is located at 40/44 rue de Washington, 75008 Paris, France, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Auxerre under number 662 032 374, whose seller codes ( codes vendeur ) are No. 24865 (for domestic invoices) and No. 24864 (for export invoices) (“ Constellium Extrusions France ”);

 

(iv) CONSTELLIUM AVIATUBE (formerly, Alcan Aviatube S.A.S.), a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société par actions simplifiée with a share capital of EUR 3,284,400.00, whose registered office is located at Zone Industrielle, 44470 Carquefou, France, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Nantes under number 712 032 705, whose seller codes ( codes vendeur ) are No. 24869 (for domestic invoices) and No. 24867 (for export invoices) (“ Constellium Aviatube ”)

 

   (Constellium France, Constellium Aerospace, Constellium Extrusions France and Constellium Aviatube hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ French Sellers ” and individually, as a “ French Seller ”);

 

(v) CONSTELLIUM HOLDCO II B.V. (formerly, OMEGA HOLDCO II B.V.) , a company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands as a besloten vennootschap , whose registered office is located at Tupolevlaan 41-61, 1119 NW Schipol-Rijk, The Netherlands, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of The Netherlands under number 34393946 0000, in its capacity of holding company of the French Sellers as from completion of the Acquisition (the “ Parent Company ”);

 

(vi) CONSTELLIUM SWITZERLAND AG (formerly, ENGINEERED PRODUCTS SWITZERLAND AG) , a company incorporated under the laws of Switzerland with a share capital of CHF 600,000.00, whose registered office is located at Max Högger-Strasse 6 8048 Zürich, Switzerland, registered with the Commercial Registry of Zürich under number CH17030058406, acting as agent of the French Sellers pursuant to the Factoring Agreement for certain matters relating to the Agreement (the “ Sellers’ Agent ”);

 

3


AND

 

(vii) GE FACTOFRANCE S.A.S., a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société par actions simplifiée and licensed as a credit institution (établissement de crédit) , whose registered office is located at Tour Facto, 18, rue Hoche, 92988 Paris-La Défense Cedex, France, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Nanterre under number 063 802 466 (the “ Factor ”)

(the French Sellers, the Parent Company, the Sellers’ Agent and the Factor hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Parties ” and individually, as a “ Party ”).

WHEREAS:

 

(A) Each of the French Sellers has decided to finance their general corporate requirements by entering into Financing Facilities provided by the Factor.

 

(B) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, (i) the French Sellers will assign the Relevant Receivables to the Factor pursuant to the provisions of Article L. 313-23 et seq . of the French Monetary and Financial Code, (ii) the Factor will pay the Transferred Receivables to the French Sellers by way of Payments and will Finance the Financeable Amounts prior to the collection of the Transferred Receivables, it being understood that the Financing Facilities made available by the Factor to the French Sellers shall not exceed the Maximum Financing Amount.

 

(C) The Parties have therefore decided to enter into this Agreement in order to set out the terms and conditions applicable to the assignment of the Relevant Receivables to the Factor and the Financing Facilities resulting therefrom.

 

(D) The Parties have amended this Agreement on 14 December 2011, 21 December 2011, 25 May 2012, 25 June 2012, 18 December 2012, 14 June 2013 and 19 June 2013, in order to make certain adjustments to the Transaction.

 

(E) The Parties have decided, on 8 November 2013, to (i) further amend certain terms and conditions of the Factoring Agreement, in particular, for the purposes of increasing the Maximum Financing Amount, extending the Commitment Period and introducing specific provisions in respect of certain Transferred Receivables; and (ii) consolidate, in a single document, all changes to the Factoring Agreement agreed upon so far by the Parties on 14 December 2011, 21 December 2011, 25 May 2012, 25 June 2012, 18 December 2012, 14 June 2013 and on 19 June 2013 and which remain relevant as of the date hereof.

IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

In this Agreement, the following expressions used with a capital letter shall, except where the context otherwise requires, have the following meanings:

Acquisition ” means the purchase, directly or indirectly, by the Parent Company from Alcan Holdings Switzerland A.G. and others, of inter alia all the shares and other equity interests in the capital of the Sellers pursuant to the terms of a share sale agreement dated 4 August 2010.

Acquisition Steps Paper ” means the steps paper (reasonably satisfactory to the Factor and based on the draft acquisition steps paper provided to the Factor on 4 August 2010) to be delivered by the Parent Company to the Factor pursuant to the Agreement evidencing that the funds raised from the

 

4


Financing Facilities (i) will be used for general corporate purposes (including the refinancing of any of working capital facilities and, subject to compliance with financial assistance rules, the financing or refinancing of any debt used to finance the Acquisition of any of the German Sellers and Swiss Seller (other than the French Sellers and the shareholders of the French Sellers) or of any of their respective direct or indirect shareholders) and (ii) will not be used for the financing or refinancing of any equity used to capitalize Constellium N.V. (which equity will be used, among other, to acquire the French Sellers).

Additional Tax Payment ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 10(g).

Affected Receivables ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.7.

Affiliate ” means as to a specified entity, an entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the entity specified.

Agreement ” means the present factoring agreement dated the date hereof, as amended from time to time.

Applicable Rate ” means:

 

(i) in respect of the Receivables denominated in Euro, the arithmetic average of the daily EURIBOR 3 month rates of the preceding month applicable to that currency plus a margin of one point ninety five per cent (1.95%) per annum (excluding VAT); and

 

(ii) in respect of the Receivables denominated in currencies other than Euro (such as Great Britain Pounds (GBP), United States Dollars (USD) or Swiss Francs (CHF)), the arithmetic average of the daily LIBOR 3 month rates of the preceding month applicable to that currency plus a margin of one point ninety five per cent (1.95%) per annum (excluding VAT).

Apollo ” means Apollo Management VII, L.P.; each Affiliate of Apollo Management VII, L.P.; and/or any individual who is a partner or employee of Apollo Management, L.P. or of Apollo Management VII, L.P.

Apollo/FSI Term Loan ” means the USD 135,000,000 term loan made available by AIF VII Euro Holdings L.P and the Fonds Stratégique d’Investissement to the Group on or about the completion of the Acquisition.

Approval ” means the approval given by the Credit Insurer (or by the Factor (as pursuant to Clause 6.3.2(a)), in relation to each of the Debtors to which the Non-Recourse Receivables or the Off BS Receivables relate to) in relation to a particular Debtor whereby the Credit Insurer agrees to insure the Approved Receivables up to the Approval Limit in accordance with the Credit Insurance Policy.

Approval Limit ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.3.

Approved Jurisdiction ” means any of the jurisdictions contemplated in the column “ Jurisdiction of incorporation of the Debtor ” of the Jurisdiction Matrix (as listed in Annex 13 and amended from time to time); or such other jurisdiction that may be approved by the Factor from time to time upon receiving satisfactory legal advice to that effect.

Approved Law ” means any of the laws referred to in the column “ Governing Law of the Transferred Receivable ” of the Jurisdiction Matrix (as listed in Annex 13 and amended from time to time); or such other law that may be approved by the Factor from time to time upon receiving satisfactory legal advice to that effect.

 

5


Approved Receivables ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.3.

Arrangement Fee ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 9.3.

Asset Account ” means the account recording the outstanding amounts of Transferred Receivables.

Authority ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 10(f).

Assignment ” means any assignment of receivables ( cession à titre d’escompte ) made by any French Seller to the Factor in accordance with article L. 313-23 et seq . of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the Agreement and each Deed of Transfer executed and remitted or electronically transferred, as the case may be, to the Factor in relation thereto; and to “ Assign ” means the making of an Assignment pursuant to the Agreement.

Authorized Assignee ” means any entity in the GE Group, any special purpose vehicle created pursuant to Articles L. 214-42-1 et seq. of the French Monetary and Financial Code, or any other securitization vehicle, or any regulatory or banking institution, as set out in Clause 17.5.

Availability Account ” means the Sub-Account to which Payments corresponding to Financeable Amounts for which no Funding Request has been made are transferred.

Average Dilution Rates ” means, in relation to any French Seller, as observed over the last three (3) calendar months, the average rate of the Dilutions calculated by the Factor on a monthly basis as a percentage of the aggregate amount of all Transferred Receivables relating to that French Seller.

Ban on Assignment ” means, for the purposes of any Assignment under this Agreement, any requirement of any prior consent from the relevant Debtor or from any third parties which would validly prevent the legal transfer of the Receivable if such consent would not be obtained.

Banks ” means the credit institutions in the books of which the Collection Accounts are opened, that is, BNP Paribas, HSBC and Deutsche Bank, together with any other credit institution that may be agreed from time to time between the Factor and the relevant French Seller.

Business Day ” means a day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are generally open in Paris for normal business.

Capital Structure ” means the features of the capital structure of Constellium N.V. and the Parent Company to be met on completion of the Acquisition, that is, the fact that, on or about the date of completion of the Acquisition, (a) a cash equity contribution of seventy-six million two hundred and fifty thousand United States Dollars (USD 76,250,000) has been made in satisfaction of the purchase price of shares and/or assets from Rio Tinto corresponding to sixty-one per cent (61%) of the equity of Constellium N.V., (b) a final long form credit agreement has been signed between Constellium N.V. and Apollo for the term loan substantially in the form agreed by the Factor on 4 August 2010 and (c) the gross proceeds of at least one hundred and thirty five million United States Dollars (USD 135,000,000) from the Apollo/FSI Term Loan have been funded into the Parent Company.

Cashing Mandate ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 7.3.

Change of Control ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 11.2.2(c)(vi).

Client Guide ” means the guide which has been given by the Factor to the French Sellers and which is also accessible through Web Services.

Closing Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 11.1(a).

 

6


Collectability ” means the right to demand or claim payment to the Debtor in respect of a Transferred Receivable.

Collectability List ” means the list of countries attached as Annex 12; as amended and updated from time to time by the Factor (acting reasonably).

Collection Accounts ” means, for each French Seller, the bank accounts listed in Annex 11 hereto (as amended from time to time) opened in the name of each of the French Sellers for each relevant currency in the books of the Banks and under which the settlements that each of the French Sellers will receive under the Collection Mandate will be credited or any other bank account opened after the date hereof for the purposes of receiving the settlements under the Transferred Receivables originated by the French Sellers, as agreed from time to time between the relevant French Seller and the Factor.

Collection Accounts Guarantee Agreements ” means the agreements entered into between each of the French Sellers and the Factor and which provide for the assignment for the benefit of the Factor of the receivable arising from the positive balance of the Collection Accounts, in accordance with the provisions of Article L.313-23 to L.313-35 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

Collection Accounts Opening Agreements ” means the agreements relating to the Collection Accounts entered into between each of the French Sellers, the relevant Bank and the Factor and setting forth, together with the principles detailed in Clause 7.3 below, the main terms and conditions for the operation of the Collection Accounts.

Collection Mandate ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 7.2.

Commitment Period ” means a period of seventy seven (77) months from the Closing Date (unless this Agreement is terminated earlier).

Computer Relationship Guide ” means the procedures and outlines as set out by the Factor, as amended from time to time, that shall be used by the French Sellers for formatting and tele-transmitting information to the Factor in accordance with the Client Guide specifications, as set out in Annex 8 hereto.

Concentration Limit ” means, for all French Sellers, that the maximum (including VAT) of the Financeable Amounts in respect of a Debtor or group of Debtors shall not exceed forty per cent (40%) of the total amount of the Transferred Receivables in respect of all Debtors, except for the EADS Group for which the Concentration Limit shall be set at twenty per cent (20%) of the total amount of the Transferred Receivables in respect of all Debtors.

Confidential Information ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 15.

Credit and Collection Procedures ” means the French Sellers’ own credit and collection procedures and processes, as amended from time to time, as set out in Annex 7 hereto.

Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements ” means the credit insurance assignment agreements entered into at the latest on 4 January 2011 by and between (i) the Factor, (ii) each of the French Sellers and (iii) the Credit Insurer, by which each of the French Sellers delegates to the Factor its rights to Insurance Indemnification under the Credit Insurance Policy to the Factor.

Credit Insurance Policy ” means the credit insurance policy of the Credit Insurer subscribed by each French Seller with the Credit Insurer in relation to the Transferred Receivables.

Credit Insurer ” means (i) COFACE, a French société anonyme , with registered offices at 12, cours Michelet, La Défense 10, 92800 Puteaux (postal address being Coface, 92065 Paris La Défense

 

7


Cedex), registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Nanterre under number 552 069 791; (ii) EULER-HERMES, a French société anonyme , with registered offices at 1, rue Euler, 75008 Paris, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry of Paris under number 552 040 594; or (iii) any other credit insurer whose long term unguaranteed and unsubordinated debt obligations are being rated at least “A-” by Standard & Poor’s or “A3” by Moody’s and capable of making electronic data transfers with the Factor.

Credit Note ” means any credit note issued by a French Seller to a Debtor in respect of an invoice relating to a Transferred Receivable for the same or lower amount than the invoice.

Cross-Default ” means with respect to the German Agreements and the Swiss Agreement, any event of default or termination event that has occurred and is continuing thereunder which has led the German Purchaser to notify the German Sellers and the Swiss Seller of the termination of all of the German Agreements and the Swiss Agreement.

Cure Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 11.2.1(a).

Current Accounts ” means the accounts opened in the Factor’s books in the name of each of the French Sellers and recording the amounts paid or payable by the Factor to each French Seller pursuant to the Agreement and those which are due by each of the French Sellers pursuant to the Agreement.

Debtor ” means, with respect to each Transferred Receivable, any legal entity being primarily obliged to pay all or part of the amount due under the corresponding Transferred Receivable, as clearly identified at any time in the records of the relevant French Seller.

Debtor Outstanding Threshold ” means five per cent (5%) of the aggregate outstanding amount of all Transferred Receivables of all French Sellers.

Decision Process Charts ” means the charts, attached as Annex 14, for illustration purposes only, showing the eligibility procedure for the Untested Receivables.

Deed of Transfer ” means any deed of transfer ( acte de cession de créances professionnelles ) of Relevant Receivables pursuant to the provisions of Article L. 313-23 et seq. of the French Monetary and Financial Code, in the form described in Annex 3 .

Default ” means any event or circumstance which, with the expiry of a grace period (if any), the giving of notice (if any), the satisfaction of any condition (if any) or combination of the foregoing, would constitute an Event of Default.

Default Notice ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 11.2.

Defaulted Receivable ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.4.

Deferred Availability Accounts (or Reserves) ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.5.1.

Definance ” means, for each Transferred Receivable to be definanced pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the fact of debiting, from the relevant Current Account, an amount equal to the amount of that Transferred Receivable and of crediting such amount to the relevant Deferred Availability Account.

Determination Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 3.3(d).

Devaluation Reserve ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.5.3(a).

 

8


Devaluation Reserve Calculation Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.5.3(b).

Devaluation Reserve Reference Month ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.5.3(b).

Dilution ” means, with respect to the Transferred Receivables of any specific French Seller, (i) all Reductions or Cancellations Items as well as (ii) all Transfer-Backs of Receivables occurring pursuant to the Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the Dilutions shall exclude (i) any Reductions or Cancellations Items due to Insolvency Proceedings or protracted default ( carence ) of the relevant Debtor and (ii) such amounts accounted for in the Specific Reserve and the Devaluation Reserve.

Disputed Receivable ” means a Receivable which is subject to any dispute (as the term “dispute” ( litige ) is defined under the Credit Insurance Policy from time to time, it being understood that, as at of 8 November 2013, the term “dispute” ( litige ) is referred to thereunder as any dispute on the amount or the validity of any person’s right or receivables, including on any payment being made by set-off with receivables the relevant debtor may have against such person); provided that such Receivable shall be deemed to be a “ Disputed Receivable ” up to the relevant amount so disputed.

EADS Group ” means EADS and all Affiliates of EADS from time to time.

Embraer Receivable ” means any Receivable arising from time to time from any contract between the relevant French Sellers and Embraer and its Affiliates located in Brazil.

Effective Global Rate ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 9.6.

EURIBOR ” means, in respect of the Special Financing Commission, on any day:

 

(i) the euro interbank offered rate administered by the Banking Federation of the European Union (or any person which takes over the administration of that rate) for Euros on such day and for a three month term, as displayed on the page EURIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate (being specified that if the relevant page or service is replaced or ceases to be available, the Factor, in consultation with the Parent Company and the relevant French Seller, may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate);or

 

(ii) (if no such rate is available) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Factor at its request quoted by Société Générale, Natixis and Crédit Industriel et Commercial to leading banks in the European interbank market,

at such time as is customary for fixing the rate applicable to such term for the offering of deposits in Euro for a period comparable to that term and, if any such rate is below zero, EURIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Event(s) of Default ” means an event referred to in Clause 11.2.1(c) (for all French Sellers and the Parent Company) or in Clause 11.2.2(c) (for any French Seller).

Exceeding Amount ” means the amount calculated by the Factor on each date an Assignment is made pursuant to the Agreement and which shall be equal to:

 

(i) the positive difference between the Financeable Amounts with respect to a Debtor and the Concentration Limit for such Debtor; and

 

(ii) the outstanding amount of all Untested Small Receivables which exceed the Debtor Outstanding Threshold.

Excluded Receivables ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 3.2.

 

9


Extended Maturity Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.4(b)(ii).

Factoring Commission ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 9.1.

Finance ” means the fact, for the Factor, of making the Financing available to the French Sellers pursuant to the terms of Clause 5.2 of the Agreement.

Financeable Amounts ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.2.1.

Financed Amounts ” means such amounts referred to in Clause 5.2.4(a) and 5.2.4(b).

Financing ” means the financing made available by the Factor to the French Sellers in respect of Financeable Amounts pursuant to the terms of Clause 5.2 of the Agreement.

Financing Facilities ” means the financing facilities made available by the Factor to the French Sellers under the Agreement.

Financing Facilities Documents ” means (i) the Agreement, (ii) the Intercreditor Agreement, (iii) the Parent Performance Guarantee, (iv) the Collection Account Opening Agreements, (v) the Collection Account Guarantee Agreements, (vi) the Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements, (vii) any Deed of Transfer and (viii) the reporting file(s) (including the Transferred Receivables Ledgers, the reports on Tolling and Pseudo Tolling referred to in Clause 4.2(m)(ii)(c) transmitted by any French Seller to the Factor pursuant to the Agreement.

First Assignment Date ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.1.3(b).

Foreign Eligibility Conditions ” means, in relation to any Receivable purported to be Assigned under the Agreement, the following eligibility conditions: (i) it must be governed by an Approved Law, (ii) the Debtor thereof must be incorporated in an Approved Jurisdiction and (iii) no Ban on Assignment shall be preventing its Assignment to the Factor (unless the relevant Debtor has given its consent in accordance with Clause 3.1(vi) below).

Funding Request ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.2.3.

GE Group ” means any entity which is an Affiliate of the Factor.

German Agreements ” means the factoring agreements entered into on 16 December 2010 between GE Capital Bank AG and each of Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly Alcan Singen GmbH) and Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH (formerly Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH), as amended from time to time.

German Purchaser ” means GE Capital Bank AG, Heinrich-von-Brentano-Straße 2, 55130 Mainz, Amtsgericht Mainz HRB 0224.

German Sellers ” means Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly Alcan Singen GmbH) and Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH (formerly Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH).

Group ” means Constellium N.V. (formerly Constellium Holdco B.V. and Omega Holdco B.V.), the Parent Company (or, as the case may be, any holding company of the French Sellers that may be substituted subsequently to the rights and obligations of the Parent Company), the US Seller, the French Sellers, the German Sellers, the Swiss Seller, together with any entities owned or controlled directly or indirectly by Constellium N.V. (formerly Omega Holdco B.V.), the Parent Company or by any such subsequent holding company.

Holdback Reserve ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.4.

 

10


Indemnification Basis ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.3.

Indirect Payment ” means any payment by a Debtor in respect of a Transferred Receivable which is not remitted to a Collection Account.

Indirect Payment and Dilutions Threshold ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 7.7.1.2.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means, in respect of any person, any proceeding referred to in the definition of insolvency ( insolvabilité ) under the Credit Insurance Policy (as such definition refers to, as of 8 November 2013, (i) any judgement for safeguard ( sauvegarde ), judicial restructuring ( redressement judiciaire ), or liquidation ( liquidation judiciaire ) or (ii) if such person is located in any country other than France, any judicial decision triggering a stay of proceeding or the immediate acceleration of non matured receivables; and as such definition may be further amended from time to time).

Insurance Indemnification ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.3.

Intercreditor Agreement ” means the intercreditor agreement entered into on 4 January 2011 by and among, Constellium N.V., the Parent Company, the French Sellers, the German Sellers, the Swiss Seller, the Factor and the German Purchaser as amended from time to time.

Jurisdiction Matrix ” means the document attached in Annex 13 hereto, as amended from time to time by the French Sellers’ external counsel, at the French Sellers’ costs.

Letter of Consent and Waiver ” means an original copy of a letter of consent and waiver in respect of the proposed Off BS Receivables executed by Rexam Beverage Can Europe Limited, Crown Packaging UK plc, and/or Can Pack SA (as the case may be) as addressed and remitted to the Factor (directly to it or through Constellium France), such letter to be governed by English law and provide in substance that, in relation to all products to which the proposed Off BS Receivables relate (as adapted and finalized to the satisfaction of the Factor):

“To GE Factofrance SAS,

We, [ ], acknowledge that we are in receipt of goods specified in various orders (and for which the invoices are specified in the Appendix to this letter); we have inspected the goods which are held at our own risk; they appear to be of satisfactory merchantable quality and fit for purpose. Without prejudice to our rights against Constellium France (672 014 081 RCS Nanterre) under our Supply Agreement with Constellium France, we can confirm that as of today’s date, we are not aware of any grounds for bringing any claim against Constellium France and you, GE Factofrance SAS, in relation to the quality of such goods. We have requested that the payment date be extended to [ ], that is no more than thirty-five (35) days after the original maturity date of such receivables, which Constellium France has agreed to. We irrevocably confirm that we will pay an amount of USD [ ] and Euro [ ], related to the invoices specified in the Appendix to this letter, in full without set off, deduction or counterclaim on Constellium France into collection accounts No. FR76 [ ] with [ ] (for the payment of Euro [ ]) and No. FR76 [ ] with [ ] (for the payment of USD [ ]), in each case, by no later than [ ] .”

Legal Reservations ” means any legal reservations that are inserted in the legal opinions delivered in relation to this Agreement.

LIBOR ” means, in respect of the Special Financing Commission (for currencies other than Euros), on any day:

 

(i)

the London interbank offered rate administered by the British Bankers Association (or any person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency on such day and for a three month term, as displayed on the pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Reuters

 

11


  screen (or any replacement Reuters page which displays that rate (being specified that if the relevant page or service is replaced or ceases to be available, the Factor, in consultation with the Parent Company and the relevant French Seller, may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate); or

 

(ii) (if no such rate is available) the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Factor at its request quoted by the principal office in London of HSBC, RBS and Barclays Bank (or any other credit institution selected by the Factor in consultation with the Parent Company or the Sellers’ Agent) to leading banks in the London interbank market;

at such time as is customary for fixing the rate applicable to such term for the offering of deposits in GBP or currencies other than Euro for a period comparable to that term and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Liquidity Test ” means the liquidity to be available at the level of the Group (including any new parent company of Omega) on any Quarter Date, being calculated so that the sum of (i) cash and (ii) any unfunded availability under the Transaction Documents, the Ravenswood ABL and any other financing available to the Group, is equal to a minimum of the Euro equivalent of fifty million United States Dollars (USD 50,000,000).

Mandates ” means the Collection Mandate and the Cashing Mandate.

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on:

 

(i) the ability of the Parent Company or the French Sellers to perform their payment or other material obligations (including with respect to their obligations pursuant to the Mandates) under the Financing Facilities Documents; or

 

(ii) the Collectability or credit quality of the Transferred Receivables (taken as a whole), on a French Seller by French Seller basis; or

 

(iii) the validity or the enforceability of any of the Financing Facilities Documents.

Maximum Financeable Amount ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.2.2(b)

Maximum Financing Amount ” means, on the date of signature of the Agreement, three hundred and fifty million Euros (EUR 350,000,000), allocated among the Sellers as follows:

 

(i) two hundred and thirty five million Euros (EUR 235,000,000), collectively available to the French Sellers; and

 

(ii) one hundred and fifteen million Euros (EUR 115,000,000), collectively available to the German Sellers and the Swiss Seller,

as such allocation may be revised pursuant to Clause 12.

Merger ” means the merger of Constellium Aerospace into Constellium France by way of fusion-absorption which is due to be completed on or about 31 December 2013.

Metal Floating Price ” means, in respect of any Devaluation Reserve Reference Month, the amount expressed in US Dollars equal to the relevant LME (London Metal Exchange) average price of metal three (3) months prior to such Devaluation Reserve Reference Month , as calculated in accordance with the terms of the contract entered into between Constellium France and Airbus Operations SAS.

 

12


Metal Invoicing Price ” means, in respect of any Devaluation Reserve Reference Month, the price per ton of metal expressed in US Dollars actually invoiced, to Airbus Operations SAS by Constellium France during such Devaluation Reserve Reference Month.

Metal Price Devaluation ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.5.3(a).

Monthly Cut-off Date ” means, in relation to any calendar month, the last day of such month.

Non-Approved Receivables ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.3.

Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction ” means a “non-cooperative state or territory” ( Etat ou territoire non coopératif ), as set out in the list referred to in Article 238-0 A of the French Tax Code ( Code Général des Impôts ), as such list may be amended from time to time.

Non-Financeable Amounts ” means the sum of (without double counting):

 

(i) the amounts of the Non-Approved Receivables; and

 

(ii) the Exceeding Amount.

Non-Recourse Receivables ” means the outstanding Transferred Receivables originated from time to time by Constellium France on (i) Rexam Beverage Can Europe Limited, (ii) Crown Packaging UK plc, and/or (iii) Can Pack SA, which are Approved Receivables at the time of their Assignment and for which the Non-Recourse Test is satisfied at the time of their Assignment.

Non-Recourse Test ” means that the sum of (i) all claims ( déclarations d’intervention contentieuse ) filed with the Credit Insurer for the relevant year (to the extent, in respect of such claims, (a) no Insurance Indemnification has been received from the Credit Insurer as at such date and (b) the relevant French Seller remains entitled to indemnification as at such date, (provided that the relevant French Seller shall be deemed to be entitled to indemnification with respect to such claims unless demonstrated to the contrary by such French Seller to the Factor) and (ii) all Insurance Indemnification received from the Credit Insurer for the relevant year is lower in aggregate than 70% of the Credit Insurer’s maximum liability ( limite maximum de décaissement ) under the Credit Insurance Policy, it being specified that the satisfaction of such test will be assessed by the Factor on the basis of the information provided to it by Constellium France under Clause 6.1(c)(ii).

Non-Utilization Fee ” means, for each given French Seller, one per cent (1%) per annum (excluding VAT) of the monthly average credit balance of the relevant Availability Account.

Off BS Receivables ” means the Non-Recourse Receivables in respect of which the mechanics set forth in Clause 6.4 have been applied.

OFF BS Request Letter ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.4.

Offset and Adjustment Account ” or “ OAA ” is a Sub-Account the characteristics of which are set out in Clause 8.3.

Outstandings Test ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 3.3(c).

Overdue Threshold ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 7.7.1.2.

Parent Performance Guarantee ” means the performance guarantee dated the Closing Date, an agreed form copy of which is attached hereto as Annex 5 , granted to the Factor by the Parent Company, in order to guarantee the performance of all the obligations of, notably, the French Sellers under the Financing Facilities Documents.

 

13


Pay ” means the making of a Payment in respect of the Transferred Receivables.

Payment ” means the payment of any Transferred Receivables by way of the credit of any amount on the Current Account.

Pseudo Tolling ” means any repurchase by the relevant French Seller of inventory from any Debtor.

Quarter Date ” means 31 March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December of each calendar year.

Ravenswood ABL ” means the asset-based revolving facility dated on or about 25 May 2012, among Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC, Constellium US Holdings I, LLC, the lenders party thereto from time to time and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as administrative agent.

Receivables ” means any indebtedness owed to a French Seller by a Debtor as the price for goods or services supplied by such French Seller to such Debtor in the ordinary course of its business (including, without limitation, any applicable value added tax), together with all rights to payment and the proceeds thereof including (i) all records related to such Receivable, (ii) all accessory rights, guarantees and security interests, (iii) the right to demand payment of principal, interest (except late payment interest, as indicated in Clause 3.2(iii)) and any other sum howsoever due in respect of such Receivable and all proceeds at any time howsoever arising out of the resale, redemption or other disposal of (net of collection costs) such Receivable and (iv) to the extent applicable and permitted under French law, the French Seller’s rights to refunds from the relevant tax authorities on account of, if applicable, value added tax in respect of any goods sold or services rendered to a Debtor.

Reductions or Cancellation Items ” means, with respect to the Transferred Receivables, all reductions or cancellations materialized or not by Credit Notes granted by a French Seller resulting inter alia from invoicing error, volume rebates, bonuses, premiums or monthly discounts.

Relevant Receivables ” means the Receivables (i) which are eligible for assignment to the Factor, in accordance with the eligibility criteria and procedures specified in Clause 3.1 and Clause 3.3 (as the case may be); and (ii) which shall not be Excluded Receivables.

Remaining Indemnification Amount ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.3.

Reserves ” means the Deferred Availability Accounts.

Sellers ” means the French Sellers, the German Sellers, the Swiss Seller and the US Seller.

Sellers Code ” means the following seller codes ( codes vendeur ) to be used by each French Seller to record the invoices relating to the Transferred Receivables, it being understood that there shall be a domestic seller code ( code domestique ) in respect of all invoices relating to Transferred Receivables with Debtors located in France (irrespective of the currency of that Transferred Receivable) and an export seller code ( code export ) in respect of all invoices relating to Transferred Receivables with Debtors located outside of France (irrespective of the currency of that Transferred Receivable):

 

Constellium France ( code domestique )

    24862      

Constellium France ( code export )

    24861      

Constellium Aerospace ( code domestique )

    24876       (until completion of the Merger)

Constellium Aerospace ( code export )

    24875       (until completion of the Merger)

Constellium Extrusions France ( code domestique )

    24865      

Constellium Extrusions France ( code export )

    24864      

Constellium Aviatube ( code domestique )

    24869      

Constellium Aviatube ( code export )

    24867      

 

14


“Special Financing Commission or “SFC has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 9.2.

“Special Financing Commission Period means, for each Off BS Receivable, the period beginning on the Transition Date and ending one (1) Business Day after the Extended Maturity Date, as such period may be adjusted by the Factor on a foregoing basis ( i.e ., for Off BS Receivables to be Assigned to the Factor on the following quarter), provided that in such case such adjusted period shall correspond to the exact collection period actually recorded by the Factor in respect of the last batch of Off BS Receivables having been Assigned to the Factor (which collection period corresponds to the time period between the Transition Date applicable to those Off BS Receivables and the date those Off BS Receivables were actually collected by the Factor).

“Specific Reserve has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 8.5.2.

“Sub-Account(s) means any sub-account(s) opened by the Factor under each of the Current Accounts.

“Substitute Sellers’ Agent has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 1.3(f).

“Swiss Agreement means the factoring agreement entered into on 16 December 2010 between the Swiss Seller and the German Purchaser.

Swiss Seller ” means Constellium Valais S.A. (formerly Alcan Aluminium Valais S.A.), a company incorporated under the laws of Switzerland as a société anonyme , whose registered office is located at 3960 Sierre, Switzerland, registered under number CH-626.3.000.048-9.

“Tax has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 10(a).

“Tax Deduction has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 10(c).

“Tax Saving has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 10(g).

“Tax Saving Risk has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 10(h).

“Termination Notice has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 11.2.1(b).

“Tested Approved Receivables means any Receivables offered for Assignment by a French Seller pursuant to this Agreement (either as at the First Assignment Date or at any time thereafter) and for which it has been effectively determined by the relevant French Seller (pursuant to their testing under the Jurisdiction Matrix or any legal analysis provided to the Factor (and satisfactory to it)) that all the Foreign Eligibility Conditions have been met in respect thereof.

“Tolling means any provision of services by the relevant French Seller to any Debtor out of inventory owned by such Debtor.

“Top Five Debtors” means, for all French Sellers, the five Debtors in respect of which the largest outstanding amounts of Receivables are expected to be Assigned to the Factor under the Agreement for the twelve (12) coming months from each anniversary date of the relevant Credit Insurance Policy, as determined by the Sellers’ Agent and communicated to the Factor pursuant to Clause 6.1(b).

“Transaction means the financing facilities provided by the Factor and the German Purchaser to the French Sellers, the German Sellers and the Swiss Seller pursuant to the Transaction Documents.

“Transaction Document(s) means (i) the Financing Facilities Documents, (ii) the German Agreements and (iii) the Swiss Agreement.

 

15


Transferred Back and Transferring Back means any retransfer of Transferred Receivables from the Factor to the relevant French Sellers arising as a result of Clauses 2.2. and 5.3. to 5.6. and made pursuant to the procedure set forth in Clause 5.7.

“Transfer-Back File has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.7.

“Transfer-Back Price has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 5.7.

“Transferred Receivable Ledgers means the monthly reportings of the outstanding Transferred Receivables into the French Seller’s account receivable ledger including the month end balance of each Transferred Receivable and to be provided in the manner set forth in Clause 7.4., substantially in the form of Annex 9 hereto.

“Transferred Receivables means the Relevant Receivables assigned to the Factor pursuant to the Agreement and which have not been Transferred Back.

“Transition Date has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 6.4(b).

“Untested Large Receivables has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 3.3(c).

“Untested Receivables has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 3.3(a).

“Untested Small Receivables has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 3.3(b).

“US Seller means Constellium Rolled Products Ravenswood, LLC.

“Value Dates has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 9.2.3. and Annex 1 .

“VAT means value added tax.

“Web Services has the meaning ascribed to such term in Clause 13.

 

1.2 Interpretation

 

(a) The Agreement sets forth all the rights and obligations of the Parties. It replaces and substitutes any and all prior letters, proposals, offers and agreements between the Parties.

 

(b) In this Agreement, unless the contrary intention appears, any reference to:

 

  (i) this Agreement includes a reference to its Recitals and the Annexes;

 

  (ii) a Clause, a Paragraph or an Annex is a reference to a clause, a paragraph or an annex of this Agreement;

 

  (iii) the singular shall include the plural and vice-versa; and

 

  (iv) time in this Agreement are to local time in Paris (France), unless expressly provided to the contrary.

 

(c) Words appearing therein in French shall have the meaning ascribed to them under French law and such meaning shall prevail over their translation into English, if any.

 

(d) Where an obligation is expressed in a Financing Facility Document to be performed on a date which is not a Business Day, such date shall be postponed to the first following day that is a Business Day unless that day falls in the next month in which case that date will be the first preceding day that is a Business Day.

 

16


(e) Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Financing Facility Document, any reference in a Financing Facility Document to:

 

  (i) any agreement or other deed, arrangement or document shall be construed as a reference to the relevant agreement, deed, arrangement or document as the same may have been, or may from time to time be, replaced, extended, amended, varied, supplemented or superseded;

 

  (ii) any statutory provision or legislative enactment shall be deemed also to refer to any re-enactment, modification or replacement and any statutory instrument, order or regulation made thereunder or under any such re-enactment; and

 

  (iii) any party to a Financing Facility Document shall include references to its successors, permitted assigns and any person deriving title under or through it; references to the address of any person shall, where relevant, be deemed to be a reference to the location of its then registered office or equivalent as current from time to time.

 

(f) Unless expressly provided to the contrary, all references made in this Agreement to a day, are references to a calendar day.

 

(g) A Default or an Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied (within the applicable grace period, if any) or waived.

 

(h) As from the completion date of the Merger, (i) all references to Constellium Aerospace shall deemed to be references to Constellium France (as having absorbed Constellium Aerospace) and (ii) the minimum amount of the Holdback Reserve relating to Constellium France shall become equal to EUR 13,500,000.

 

1.3 Appointment of Sellers’ Agent

 

(a) Each French Seller hereby appoints the Sellers’ Agent as its lawful agent ( mandataire ) in order to do all such things that may be specifically delegated to it under this Agreement for and on behalf of such French Seller.

 

(b) The Sellers’ Agent hereby accepts its appointment to act as lawful agent ( mandataire ) of each French Seller in respect of the foregoing tasks.

 

(c) Subject to sub-paragraph (f) below, the appointment, duties and authority of the Sellers’ Agent shall be valid and effective as from the date of its appointment and remain in full force and effect until the termination of this Agreement.

 

(d) The Sellers’ Agent shall have such rights, powers and authorities and discretions as are conferred on it by this Agreement, together with such rights, powers and discretions as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

(e) The performance of its obligations by the Sellers’ Agent shall release and discharge the relevant French Seller with respect to, and to the extent of, the obligations, duties and liabilities so performed by the Sellers’ Agent.

 

(f) The Sellers’ Agent may be replaced by another member of the Group (a “ Substitute Sellers’ Agent ”) upon written request sent by all French Sellers to the Factor subject to 30 days’ prior written notice and provided that such Substitute Sellers’ Agent has accepted in writing to perform all obligations of the Sellers’ Agent hereunder.

 

17


(g) The Sellers’ Agent shall not be liable to any person for any breach by any French Seller of this Agreement (or any other document) or be liable to any French Seller for any breach by any other person of this Agreement or any other document.

 

(h) The Sellers’ Agent shall not be remunerated.

 

2 PURPOSE

 

2.1 Services provided by the Factor

 

(a) The Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions upon and subject to which (i) each French Seller assigns to the Factor, Relevant Receivables pursuant to articles L. 313-23 to L. 313-34 and R. 313-15 et seq. of the French Monetary and Financial Code and (ii) the Factor will purchase Relevant Receivables from the French Sellers. The Agreement shall apply automatically to any Deed of Transfer delivered by each French Seller to the Factor.

 

(b) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, and for all Relevant Receivables assigned to it by the French Sellers pursuant to the Agreement, the Factor shall:

 

  (i) Pay the Transferred Receivables to the relevant French Seller; and

 

  (ii) Finance the Financeable Amounts prior to the collection of the Transferred Receivables.

 

(c) It is agreed between the Parties that (i) no notice of Assignment shall be sent to Debtors and (ii) the Factor grants Mandates to each of the French Sellers for the collection and cashing of the Transferred Receivables assigned by it to the Factor. However, in case of revocation of the Mandates, the Factor shall be responsible for:

 

  (i) notifying the Debtors of the Assignment of the Transferred Receivables;

 

  (ii) ensuring the collection and cashing of the Transferred Receivables; and

 

  (iii) managing the Debtors’ positions.

 

2.2 Exclusive rights

 

(a) As consideration for the services provided by the Factor, each of the French Sellers undertakes to transfer title to the Transferred Receivables exclusively to the Factor. Consequently, the French Sellers undertake not to enter into any agreement which would grant rights to third parties over such Transferred Receivables which would negatively affect the rights granted to the Factor hereunder over those Transferred Receivables. For the avoidance of doubt, this Clause 2.2. does not affect the right for a French Seller to grant Reductions or Cancellations Items in respect of a Transferred Receivable.

 

(b) In addition, once a Transferred Receivable has been assigned to the Factor in relation to a Debtor, the French Sellers undertake to subsequently offer to transfer to the Factor all the Relevant Receivables related to such Debtor.

 

(c) Should Financed Amounts in respect of Transferred Receivables over a given Debtor represent less than seventy per cent (70%) of the total amount of Transferred Receivables over that Debtor, any French Seller may request the Factor in writing to no longer transfer Receivables over such given Debtor. The Factor shall consent to such request within ten (10) Business Days of receipt thereof, it being understood that, upon the Factor agreeing to such request, all Transferred Receivables (other than the Off BS Receivables) over that Debtor shall be Transferred Back to the relevant French Seller pursuant to Clause 5.7.

 

18


(d) The Parties agree that, in the event any portfolio of outstanding Receivables over a given Debtor is no longer included in the scope of the Agreement (including as a result of all Transferred Receivables relating to that Debtor having been Transferred-Back), the relevant French Seller may raise financing with third parties (by way of assignment, pledge or transfer) out of the Receivables over such Debtor, provided that, in case such French Seller intends to raise financing out of Receivables which have been previously Assigned pursuant to the Agreement, it shall inform the Factor prior to raising that financing.

 

3 SCOPE

 

3.1 Relevant Receivables

Each Relevant Receivable under this Agreement shall meet, on the date on which it is transferred to the Factor, the following eligibility criteria:

 

(i) it shall correspond to the firm sale of products (or to the related provision of services) by each of the French Sellers in the ordinary course of its business and in accordance with any document evidencing the origination of the Receivables;

 

(ii) it shall have been originated and monitored pursuant to the Credit and Collection Procedures;

 

(iii) it shall be denominated in Euros (EUR), Great Britain Pounds (GBP), United States Dollars (USD) or Swiss Francs (CHF) or any other currency approved by the Factor;

 

(iv) it shall be a Receivable (1) on a Debtor incorporated in a jurisdiction appearing in the Collectability List and (2) which is either a Tested Approved Receivable or an Untested Receivable which complies with the eligibility procedure set forth in Clause 3.3 below; it being understood that the Embraer Receivables, on the basis of the legal analysis carried out as at the date hereof showing that they do not comply with the Foreign Eligibility Conditions, will be treated as Tested Unpproved Receivables and will not be eligible for Assignment to the Factor (i) unless the Factor, at its entire discretion, accept at the request of the relevant French Seller to purchase such Receivables (provided that the Factor may at any time cease to purchase such Receivables) and (ii) provided that, on the basis that the Factor shall have recourse against the relevant French Seller pursuant to Clause 5.5 in case the Assignment of those Embraer Receivables to the Factor proves to be invalid and/or would prove to be unenforceable after notification is made to the relevant Debtor by way of a letter;

 

(v) the relevant Debtor shall not be an affiliated company of any of the Sellers (an affiliate being the Parent Company and any other entities that are controlled by the Parent Company);

 

(vi) it shall be fully capable of transfer without any Ban on Assignment; and when a consent is required (such as in case of a Ban on Assignment), such consent must have been obtained (a) to the satisfaction of the Factor, in a form and substance substantially similar to the model form of consent letter set out in Annex 10, and (b) from the relevant Debtor (acting on its behalf) or from the relevant Affiliate of that Debtor (acting on behalf of the relevant Debtor), on or prior to the date on which the Receivable is intended to be Assigned (for the avoidance of doubt, failing to receive such consent, the Receivables shall not be eligible for Assignment to the Factor), it being understood that the consent letters received as of the date of signature of the Agreement in respect of the contracts existing with Rexam and Crown shall be deemed to be satisfactory;

 

19


(vii) each Receivable shall exist and constitute legal valid, binding and enforceable payment obligations of the relevant Debtor;

 

(viii) it shall be free from any security interest, rights of third parties or adverse claims, and shall not have been previously assigned to third parties or as the case may be, such security interest, rights of third parties or adverse claims will have been waived to the satisfaction of the Factor prior to the transfer of the relevant Transferred Receivable;

 

(ix) subject to Clause 5.1.3, the invoice documenting it shall have been issued less than 30 calendar days prior to the contemplated assignment to the Factor;

 

(x) its maturity date shall fall after the date of the contemplated assignment to the Factor and its maturity shall not be contrary to applicable law and in no case exceed one hundred and twenty (120) calendar days from the date of the invoice (except as specifically set out in the Credit and Collection Procedures); and

 

(xi) except for the Receivables deriving from contractual relationships with Debtors that include Tolling and/or Pseudo Tolling transactions (such Receivables being subject to the application of Clause 8.5.2 below), a Receivable shall not be subject to a right of set-off or counterclaim of the relevant Debtor (except if it is strictly related to such Receivables (such as Reductions or Cancellations Items)). In particular, for so long as a prepayment, a contribution to finance investments, or a similar arrangement, including inter alia from Airbus Operation SAS or Airbus Operation Limited is outstanding, such Receivables held against the entity having granted such outstanding prepayment or contribution will not be eligible for assignment to the Factor unless, prior to any proposed transfer, such Debtor has written to the relevant French Seller and the Factor in terms satisfactory to the Factor agreeing that it will not set off any such prepayment, contribution or similar arrangement due to it from the French Seller against monies payable by it in respect of that Receivable to the Factor.

 

3.2 Excluded Receivables

The following Receivables shall be excluded from the scope of application of the Agreement:

 

(i) receivables arising from a contract of which the performance has been wholly or partly subcontracted under French law n°75-1334 of 31 December 1975, or any similar applicable law or regulation granting to the subcontractor a direct claim on the relevant Debtor for the payment owed to it by the relevant French Seller under the subcontract (save if, to the reasonable satisfaction of the Factor, bank guarantees (to guarantee payments to the relevant subcontractors) or other relevant arrangements have been implemented in advance in accordance with the above laws and regulations so as to avert the exercise of any such direct claim);

 

(ii) receivables the payment of which, even if unconditionally accepted by the Debtor, is on the date on which is transferred to the Factor, is the subject of verifying the performance of an obligation by the relevant French Seller;

 

(iii) receivables evidenced by invoices solely corresponding to penalties and late payment interests;

 

(iv) receivables evidenced by invoices corresponding to Receivables which are, on the date on which it is transferred to the Factor, Disputed Receivables.

 

20


3.3 Eligibility Procedure for the Untested Receivables

 

(a) Untested Receivables

 

  (i) Any Receivable on any Debtor (whether it is a new Debtor or an existing Debtor) that any French Seller wishes to offer for Assignment pursuant to this Agreement (either as at the First Assignment Date or at any time thereafter) and in relation to which no effective determination has been made by such French Seller as to its compliance with the Foreign Eligibility Conditions shall be deemed to be an “ Untested Receivable ”.

 

  (ii) For the avoidance of doubt, subject to Clauses 3.1 and 3.2 above, the relevant French Seller shall not be obliged, in relation to such Untested Receivables, to carry out any audit or analysis to assess their compliance with the Foreign Eligibility Conditions for the purposes of their Assignment under the Agreement until such date as they become Untested Large Receivables.

 

(b) Untested Small Receivables

All Untested Receivables on any Debtor (whether it is a new Debtor or an existing Debtor and with respect to all French Sellers) the aggregate outstanding amount of which is below five hundred thousand Euros (EUR 500,000) as at any date on which an Assignment is made under this Agreement shall be deemed to be “ Untested Small Receivables ”.

 

(c) Outstandings Test and Untested Large Receivables

 

  (i) On each Quarter Date, each French Seller (or the Sellers’ Agent) shall carry out a test (the “ Outstandings Test ”) over each Debtor whose Receivables are currently Assigned to the Factor under the Agreement as Untested Small Receivables.

 

  (ii) If it appears that, on such Quarter Date, the aggregate outstanding amount of the Receivables Assigned by such French Seller(s) over a given Debtor on such Quarter Date and as at the two (2) immediately preceding Monthly Cut-off Dates exceeds five hundred thousand Euros (EUR 500,000), then, the Receivables to be Assigned to the Factor over that Debtor shall as from such date be treated as “ Untested Large Receivables ”.

 

  (iii) Each French Seller (or the Sellers’ Agent) shall communicate the results of the Outstandings Test to the Factor in the manner and timing set forth in Clause 4.2(m)(iv).

 

(d) Eligibility procedure for the Untested Receivables

 

  (i) Subject to Clause 3.1 and 3.2 above and this Clause 3.3(d), all Untested Receivables shall be eligible for Assignment pursuant to the Agreement, provided that:

 

  (A) with respect to Untested Small Receivables:

 

  (i) the Factor shall have recourse against the relevant French Seller (by way of Definancing or Transfer-Back, as the case may be) with respect to Untested Small Receivables, in accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions set out in Clause 5.5 below, in case the Assignment of such Untested Small Receivables to the Factor proves to be invalid and/or would prove to be unenforceable after appropriate notification is made to the relevant Debtor;

 

  (ii) the portion of the outstanding amount of the Untested Small Receivables exceeding the Debtor Outstanding Threshold shall be considered as Exceeding Amounts (such excess portion to be allocated among the French Sellers by applying, for each French Seller, the pro rata share of such French Seller in the aggregate balance of the Asset Accounts of all French Sellers, unless otherwise notified by the Sellers’ Agent to the Factor);

 

21


  (B) with respect to the Untested Large Receivables:

 

  (i) within 20 Business Days from the Quarter Date on which Untested Receivables are deemed Untested Large Receivables pursuant to Clause 3.3(c) above (the “ Determination Date ”), the relevant French Seller shall (A) determine on the basis of any appropriate audit (and having regard in particular to the Jurisdiction Matrix and provided that such French Seller may decide to provide the Factor with additional legal analysis for the purpose of updating the Jurisdiction Matrix in case the Jurisdiction Matrix does not contemplate the relevant governing law and/or jurisdiction of incorporation of the relevant Debtor) whether such Untested Large Receivables are (a) eligible for Assignment to the Factor or (b) not eligible for Assignment to the Factor (in particular if any of the Foreign Eligibility Conditions has failed to be met) and (B)communicate to the Factor the results of such determination in the manner and timing set forth in Clause 4.2(m)(iv);

 

  (ii) subject to Clause 3.1 and 3.2 above, all Untested Large Receivables Assigned or intended to be Assigned over such Debtor under the Agreement shall be eligible for Assignment pursuant to the Agreement only to the extent it has been effectively determined by the relevant French Seller (on the basis of its audit and provided that any additional legal analysis made for the purpose of the updating of the Jurisdiction Matrix that may be requested by such French Seller (if any) shall have been approved by the Factor, acting reasonably) that, as at the relevant Determination Date, such Untested Large Receivables qualify as Tested Approved Receivables (it being understood that Untested Large Receivables (i) for which it has been determined in the manner set out above that at least one of the Foreign Eligibility Conditions has failed to be met or is no longer met, shall not be eligible for Assignment to the Factor; or (ii) for which no effective determination has been made on the Foreign Eligibility Conditions, shall not be Financed by the Factor so long as and until the time the determination on the Foreign Eligibility Conditions has not been completed in the manner set out above to the satisfaction of the Factor (acting reasonably).

 

  (ii) For the avoidance of doubt, any Receivables on a new Debtor the aggregate outstanding amount of which is above five hundred thousand Euros (EUR 500,000) (with respect to all French Sellers) as at any date on which an Assignment is purported to be made for the first time pursuant to Clause 5.1.3 of this Agreement must be a Tested Approved Receivable to be eligible for Assignment pusuant to the Agreement.

 

(e) The Parties agree (i) that the Factor shall inform the French Sellers and the Sellers’ Agent (x) promptly, each time the Collectability List is being updated and (y) as soon as practicable upon being aware that the Collectability List will be updated; and (ii) to update the Jurisdiction Matrix from time to time to include the results of any additional legal analysis reasonably satisfactory to it provided by any French Seller.

 

(f) The Parties have agreed to attach the Decision Process Charts, as Annex 14 , to summarise the provisions of Clause 3.1(iv) and this Clause 3.3. The Parties further agree that the Decision Process Charts are attached herein for illustration purposes only and that, in case of discrepancy between the provisions of Clause 3.1(iv) or this Clause 3.3 and the Decision Process Charts, the provisions of Clause 3.1(iv) and this Clause 3.3, as applicable, shall prevail.

 

22


4 REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS

 

4.1 Representations and warranties

Each of the French Sellers, the Sellers’ Agent and the Parent Company (each only for itself) represents and warrants to the Factor as follows in Clause 4.1.1 and Clause 4.1.2 These representations and warranties are made by the French Sellers, the Sellers’ Agent and the Parent Company as of the Closing Date, and they shall be repeated in the manner set out in Clause 4.1.3 below.

 

4.1.1 Representations and warranties relating to the French Sellers

 

(a) Status: it is a company validly incorporated and existing under the laws of its place of incorporation, it is in compliance with all of the applicable laws and regulations relating to its incorporation;

 

(b) Powers, authorisations and consents: it has full power and authority to enter into the Financing Facilities Documents to which it is a party, and no governmental or regulatory consent is required in order to enter into the Financing Facilities Documents to which it is a party, and it has taken all action necessary to authorise the execution, delivery and performance by it of the Financing Facilities Documents to which it is a party;

 

(c) Non-violation: the execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Facilities Documents to which it is a party do not contravene or violate (i) its memorandum and Articles of association, (ii) any law, rule, regulation or orders applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract, deed or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, or (iv) any order, writ, judgement, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any adverse claim on or with respect to any of its assets or undertakings to the extent that such contravention, violation or result would have a Material Adverse Effect ;

 

(d) Legal validity: Subject to the Legal Reservations, its obligations under the Financing Facilities Documents currently in force to which it is a party constitute legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms;

 

(e) Accounts: each of the French Sellers’ most recent audited annual accounts, and the Parent Company’s most recent non audited consolidated quarterly accounts and audited consolidated annual accounts, copies of which have been furnished to the Factor pursuant to the Agreement, respectively (i) present a true and fair view of each of the French Sellers’ and the Parent Company’s financial condition (for the audited accounts) or (ii) have been prepared in good faith by the Parent Company pursuant to the Group’s accounting policy and practice (for the unaudited accounts), as applicable, as at that date and of the results of their operations for the period then ended, all in accordance with applicable accounting standards consistently applied;

 

(f) No litigation: there are to its knowledge no current material actions, suits or proceedings pending against or affecting it, in or before any judicial or administrative court, arbitrator or regulatory authority, which, based on information provided by it as well as any public information relating to such actions, suits or proceedings, which has a Material Adverse Effect;

 

23


(g) No default: it is not in default with respect to any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body, or under any contractual or other obligation, which is material to its business or operations and which has a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(h) Accuracy of information: to its best knowledge, all information furnished in writing by it to the Factor (excluding the accounts mentioned in Clause 4.1.1(e)), and including the information provided in connection with each Assignment) for the purposes of or in connection with the Financing Facilities Documents, is true and accurate in every material respect on the date such information is stated or certified and does not contain any material misstatement of fact;

 

(i) Principal place of business: in relation to the French Sellers only, its principal place of business and main executive office and the offices where it keeps all its books, records and documents evidencing the Transferred Receivables and the related contracts are located at the addresses stated in Annex 15 ;

 

(j) Capacity to identify and individualise: in relation to the French Sellers only, it has operating systems capable of identifying and individualising in a clear and precise manner each Transferred Receivable and all collections received in respect thereof;

 

(k) Records: in relation to the French Sellers only, all IT and accounting records are accurate in all material respects and all back-up systems are accessible to the Factor and are regularly updated in light of the Group’s current business practices;

 

(l) No VAT: in relation to the French Sellers only, no VAT or equivalent tax is applicable in respect of any sale of Transferred Receivables by it to the Factor.

 

4.1.2 Representations and warranties relating to the Receivables

 

(a) No fraud, etc: (i) each of the Relevant Receivables has not been offered for Assignment to the Factor as a result of fraud, gross negligence or wilful misconduct ( dol ) from the relevant French Seller and (ii) subject to the Untested Receivables which have been Assigned to the Factor pursuant to the Agreement, the relevant French Seller has not knowingly offered Receivables for Assignment that do not comply, at the time of the relevant offer and assignment date, with the criteria set out in Clause 3.1 or are Excluded Receivables and to the extent only that such offer affect a material portion of the outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables in respect of such French Seller (for the avoidance of doubt, it is specified that the Factor shall not be responsible for verifying such compliance);

 

(b) No Violation: upon any Assignment of Relevant Receivables, such Transferred Receivables will not be available any longer to the creditors of the relevant French Seller in the context of an Insolvency Proceeding or any other procedure under Livre VI of the French Commercial Code, as amended from time to time; and

 

(c) Transfer of title: subject to the Legal Reservations, upon the assignment of any Transferred Receivables, the Factor will have all the rights, interests and title of the relevant French Seller in respect thereof as well as the related and accessory security then existing in respect thereof.

 

24


4.1.3 Repetition

The representations and warranties in this Clause 4.1 are made by the French Sellers, the Sellers’ Agent and the Parent Company as of the Closing Date, and they shall be repeated in the frequency set out below, in each case, by reference to the facts and circumstances existing on that date, as long as any amount or any obligation is outstanding towards the Factor under the Agreement:

 

(a) the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 4.1.1(i) and 4.1.1(l) shall not be repeated after the Closing Date;

 

(b) the representation and warranty set out in Clause 4.1.1(e) shall be repeated on each date of remittance to the Factor of the relevant annual or quarterly or accounts;

 

(c) the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 4.1.1(f), 4.1.1(g), 4.1.1(h), 4.1.1(k) shall be repeated on the first Business Day of each calendar month; and

 

(d) the representations and warranties set out in Clauses 4.1.1(a), 4.1.1(b), 4.1.1(c), 4.1.1(d), 4.1.1(j) and 4.1.2(a) to 4.1.2(c) shall be repeated on each date of Assignment of Relevant Receivables.

 

4.2 Undertakings

Each of the French Sellers, the Sellers’ Agent and the Parent Company (each only for itself) undertakes to the Factor as follows. These undertakings are to be complied by each of the French Sellers, the Sellers’ Agent and the Parent Company as long as any amount or any obligation is outstanding towards the Factor under the Agreement.

 

(a) Obligation of transfer: following any assignment of a Transferred Receivable regarding a specific Debtor, it shall be obliged to offer to transfer to the Factor all Relevant Receivables arising from time to time in respect of the said Debtor, except if all Transferred Receivables relating to that Debtor have been Transferred Back, in particular, pursuant to Clause 2.2;

 

(b) Delivery of documents, obligation of information and access: (i) it shall supply to the Factor (or to any person appointed by the Factor) such documents and information with respect to itself, to the Credit Insurance Policy, to the Transferred Receivables and to the related security as the Factor may reasonably request, notably, in order to verify each of the French Sellers’ compliance with its obligations under the Agreement or the Credit Insurance Policy; (ii) it shall, as soon as possible upon becoming aware of such facts or events, notify the Factor of any facts or events concerning the Transferred Receivables, the Credit Insurance Policy or the Parent Performance Guarantee which has a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) it shall permit the Factor and its agents or representatives, upon reasonable notice, to visit its operational offices at least twice a year for field audits during normal office hours, to carry out a financial review with respect to it, the Credit Insurance Policy and the relevant Transferred Receivables (such review being on field or not, as the case may be) and to examine, make and take away copies of the records that are in its possession or under its control including, without limitation, any contracts related to the transactions under the Agreement, and to discuss matters relating to the Transferred Receivables or its performance under the Financing Facilities Documents or the Credit Insurance Policy, with any of the officers or employees designated by it as having knowledge of such matters (provided that if the delivery of any document is not possible or may, in such French Seller’s reasonable opinion, affect the best commercial interests of the relevant French Seller, then the French Sellers undertake to make available any such document for inspection by the Factor or its agents in every instance (provided that each French Seller is entitled not to disclose the parts of the documents that it in good faith considers as (a) commercially sensitive information and (b) not necessary for the purpose of the Factor preserving or exercising its rights under the Transferred Receivables))

 

(c) Collection and cashing: as far as each French Seller is concerned, it shall maintain and implement the Credit and Collection Procedures, and procure that they are maintained and implemented (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records in the event of their destruction), and it shall keep and maintain, all documents, computer discs, books, records and other information necessary for the collection of all Transferred Receivables, and procure that they be kept and maintained (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of all collections);

 

25


(d) Payment of taxes (Transferred Receivables): it shall pay punctually all amounts of VAT, if any, and other taxes in connection with any Transferred Receivables or any related contract and shall comply with all obligations with respect thereto;

 

(e) No assignment: it shall not (otherwise than in accordance with the Agreement) (a) sell, assign or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any adverse claim upon or in respect to any Transferred Receivable or any contracts relating thereto, nor (b) assign any right to receive payment in respect thereof and it shall defend the title and interest of the Factor in, to and under any of the foregoing property relating to any Transferred Receivable, against all claims of third parties as if it were the owner of such Transferred Receivable;

 

(f) No change in business: it shall not make any change in its business which might materially and adversely impair (a) the Collectability of any of the Transferred Receivables or (b) the enforcement of any related contracts against the underlying Debtors or (c) the operation of the Agreement or which might materially and adversely decrease the credit quality of the Transferred Receivables (taken as a whole) or otherwise materially and adversely affect the interests or remedies of the Factor;

 

(g) Preservation of corporate existence: it shall preserve and maintain its corporate existence and shall maintain all licences, authorizations and certifications necessary to the performance of its business, where failure to maintain or preserve would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(h) Safe-keeping of documents: it shall hold in a reasonably secure and safe from damage location all documents relating to Transferred Receivables;

 

(i) No amendment to the contracts: it shall not modify the terms and conditions of any contract relating to any Relevant Receivable to be offered for assignment or, any Transferred Receivable, which adversely affect or could adversely affect the eligibility or the Collectability thereof, unless it has received the prior written approval of the Factor (not to be unreasonably withheld);

 

(j) No change in place of storage: it will not change any office or location mentioned in Annex 15 where books, records and documents evidencing the Transferred Receivables are kept without prior notifying the Factor at the latest thirty (30) calendar days before making such change of the new location of such books, record and documents;

 

(k) Notification: it will notify the Factor within ninety (90) calendar days prior to changing its name, identity or corporate structure or relocating its registered office;

 

(l) No merger: it shall not, if it would have a Material Adverse Effect, operate a legal reorganization, merge or consolidate with or into, or contribute, transfer or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions, and except as otherwise contemplated herein) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, any person, it being understood that should a voluntary reorganization or restructuration of companies of the Group (including by a way of amalgamation, merger, demerger, spin-off or voluntary liquidation) involving one or more French Sellers is intended to take place, the relevant French Sellers shall notify the Factor of any such event as soon as possible after all internal corporate approvals have been obtained and being legally entitled to do so;

 

26


(m) Provision of financial information:

 

  (i) each of the French Sellers and the Parent Company, as applicable, will deliver to the Factor:

 

  (a) if applicable, as from the Closing Date and until the First Assignment Date, monthly, and no more than 30 days after its month end (and forty-five (45) days for the first six (6) monthly statements to be remitted as from the Closing Date), an interim unaudited monthly income statement and balance sheet for each French Seller (on a reporting unit basis);

 

  (b) the Transferred Receivable Ledgers, in the manner set out in Clause 7.4 below;

 

  (ii) each of the French Sellers and the Parent Company, as applicable, will deliver to the Factor:

 

  (a) annually, as soon as reasonably practicable and no more than one hundred and fifty (150) days from its year end (and one hundred and eighty (180) days from year end in respect of the 2010 financial year), copies of (A) the audited consolidated annual financial statements (balance sheet, related income statement and cash flow statement) of the Parent Company (including its consolidated subsidiaries and the French Sellers), and (B) the audited statutory annual financial statements prepared under French GAAP (balance sheet and related income statement) of each of the French Sellers and each of their respective subsidiaries (to the extent that filing of the same is required under applicable law), in each case together with the relevant auditors’ reports;

 

  (b) as from 30 June 2011, quarterly, and no more than forty-five (45) days after each Quarter Date (seventy-five (75) days for the Quarter Date occurring on 30 June 2011 and sixty (60) days for the Quarter Dates occurring on 30 September 2011 and 31 December 2011), copies of (A) the Parent Company’s unaudited and unreviewed consolidated quarterly balance sheet and related income statement (including its consolidated subsidiaries and the French Sellers) (together with a quarterly cash flow statement), (B) each of the French Seller’s (to the extent that filing of the same is required under applicable law) unaudited and unreviewed quarterly balance sheet and related income statement (on a reporting unit basis) and (C) a certificate from the Parent Company in an agreed form justifying compliance of the Group with (i) the Liquidity Test as at the preceding Quarter Date and (ii) the covenants set out in Clause 8.2(b) of the Intercreditor Agreement;

 

  (c) monthly, and no more than thirty (30) days after its month end, copies of the monthly account payable ledger and monthly Tolling, Pseudo Tolling and scrap report of each of the French Sellers;

 

  (d) monthly (except for the month of January of each year), and no more than thirty (30) days after its month end (and forty-five (45) days for the first six (6) monthly statements to be remitted as from the Closing Date), copies of each of the French Seller’s (to the extent that filing of the same is required under applicable law) unaudited and unreviewed monthly balance sheet and related income statement (on a reporting unit basis); and

 

  (e) such other financial information as the Factor may reasonably request in writing;

 

27


It being understood that the Parties agree to reconsider the terms of this sub-paragraph (ii) within one (1) year after the date of signature of the Agreement in order to amend, in light of the Group’s current practices and as required for the performance of the Agreement, the relevant reporting obligations of the French Sellers and the Parent Company;

 

  (iii) it undertakes to the Factor, in relation to any financial projection or forecast transmitted or to be transmitted to the Factor, if any, to prepare such financial projection or forecast on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions;

 

  (iv) each French Seller (or the Sellers’ Agent) shall, no later than each Determination Date occurring after each Quarter Date, communicate to the Factor (A) the results of the Outstandings Test and (B) the results of the appropriate audits made by it pursuant to Clause 3.3(d)(i)(B) to determine whether the relevant Untested Large Receivables are eligible for Assignment to the Factor or not and, on that basis, it shall indicate to the Factor the names of the Debtors in relation to which Untested Large Receivables have been determined as non-eligible for Assignment or eligible for Assignment pursuant to Clause 3.3(d) above.

 

(n) Authorisations: it will promptly obtain, maintain and comply with the terms of, any authorisation required under any law or regulation (i) to enable it to perform its obligations under, or (ii) for the validity or enforceability of, the relevant Financing Facility Documents;

 

(o) No security interest: it will not create or allow to exist any pledge, lien, charge, assignment or security interest, or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect, on the Transferred Receivables or on the Collection Account (except as contemplated in the Financing Facility Documents);

 

(p) Financial records: it will record the Assignment of a Transferred Receivable pursuant to the Agreement in its financial records;

 

(q) Rebates: it shall supply to the Factor, (i) prior to the First Assignment Date (if applicable) and (ii) thereafter on a monthly basis, no more than thirty (30) days after the relevant month end, reports listing the accrued rebates or rebate payments remaining due to the Debtors;

 

(r) Information on Insolvency Proceedings: subject to applicable law, and as soon as becoming aware of such event, it undertakes to inform the Factor of the commencement or taking of any step relating to it that would constitute or already constitutes an Insolvency Proceeding (or any other procedure under Livre VI of the French Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, or any equivalent proceeding under any applicable law);

 

(s) Liquidity Test: the Liquidity Test, as determined by the Parent Company, will be complied with on each Quarter Date, it being understood that only the Parent Company is making this undertaking under Clause 4.2(s);

 

(t) [ Reserved ];

 

(u) Information on the Acquisition: if applicable, as from the Closing Date until the First Assignment Date, any of the French Sellers or the Parent Company undertake to notify the Factor, as soon as reasonably practicable, of any change to the Capital Structure that would cause (i) the draft Acquisition Steps Paper provided to the Factor on 4 August 2010 to cease to be accurate and up-to-date in any material respect (for the purpose of assessing compliance with financial assistance rules) or (ii) applicable financial assistance rules to be breached;

 

28


(v) Use of proceeds: each of the French Sellers and the Parent Company undertakes to use the proceeds arising from the Financing Facilities in a manner compliant with applicable laws by using such proceeds in particular, for the avoidance of doubt, for the refinancing of working capital facilities and, subject to compliance with financial assistance rules, for the financing or refinancing of any debt used to finance the purchase price of the Acquisition of any of the German Sellers or Swiss Seller (to the exclusion of the French Sellers and the shareholders of the French Sellers) or of any of their respective direct or indirect shareholders, but in any case not for the financing or refinancing of any equity used to capitalize Constellium N.V. (which equity will be used, among other, to acquire the French Sellers);

 

(w) Change in Credit and Collection Procedures: each of the French Sellers will promptly inform the Factor of any change made or to be made in the Credit and Collection Procedures which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(x) Ban on Assignment: upon renegotiating the terms of its commercial contracts with Can Pack, Crown, Rexam and Ball Packaging in 2010 and onwards, it undertakes to use its best efforts so that any “Ban on Assignment” clause be deleted from such contracts and, more particularly, all commercial contracts or applicable terms and conditions of sale (as the case may be) of Constellium France with (i) Rexam Beverage Can Europe Limited, (ii) Crown Packaging UK plc and/or (iii) Can Pack SA shall no longer provide for “Ban on Assignment” clauses.

 

5 PAYMENT AND FINANCING OF RECEIVABLES

 

5.1 Payment and Assignment of Transferred Receivables

 

5.1.1 Submission of invoices by the French Sellers

On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, each French Seller may offer to assign (and the Factor undertakes to accept to purchase) all Relevant Receivables arising from time to time, provided that each French Seller shall, subject to the terms hereof, either provide the Factor with, or make available to the Factor, the invoices evidencing such Relevant Receivables.

 

5.1.1.1 Frequency of submissions

Each French Seller (or the Factor, in the event of the revocation of the Mandates) shall be responsible for sending originals of the invoices to the Debtors. Submissions of the relevant lists of invoices by each of the French Sellers to the Factor shall be made once or twice a week.

 

5.1.1.2 Justifying documents

 

(a) Each of the French Sellers undertakes to promptly upon request provide the Factor with relevant invoices at first demand together with any other documents evidencing the Relevant Receivables.

 

(b) In relation to each assignment of a Transferred Receivable, each of the French Sellers shall:

 

  (i) transmit by tele-transmission to the Factor a file complying with the Computer Relationship Guide (together with the relevant Sellers Codes); and

 

  (ii) keep the following documents at its premises, to be remitted to the Factor promptly upon request:

 

    any document evidencing the origination of the Receivables (apart from invoices);

 

    purchase order ( bon de commande );

 

29


    certificate of transport ( bon du transporteur ) or expedition certificate ( bon d’expédition );

 

    delivery certificate ( bon de livraison );

or any equivalent documents issued by the Debtor (fax, e-mail, etc.), and, more generally, any documents evidencing the existence and validity of the Transferred Receivables.

 

5.1.1.3 Other specific requirements

Prior to any invoicing in connection with a contract entered into by a French Seller with the French public entity being the signatory of the public sector contract ( marché public ), each of the French Sellers agrees to assign to the Factor, pursuant to Articles L. 313-23 to L. 313-35 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and in the manner set out in the Agreement, the public sector contract ( marché public ) in connection with which the invoice has been issued and to deliver to the Factor the sole original ( exemplaire unique ) of the public sector contract or, if applicable, the certificate of assignability ( certificat de cessibilité ).

 

5.1.2 Assignments – Payment by the Factor

 

(a) Each Assignment made pursuant to the Agreement shall be made by each French Seller to the Factor by remittance or electronic transmission of a duly completed and signed Deed of Transfer to the Factor on the frequency set out in Clause 5.1.1.1.

 

(b) Each Deed of Transfer shall be prepared in compliance with the model form set out in Annex 3 and shall (i) clearly identify the relevant Transferred Receivables (together with the relevant Sellers Codes) and incorporate all specific requirements of Article L. 313-23 et seq of the French Monetary and Financial Code and all regulations in force relating thereto, (ii) be signed by an authorised representative of the relevant French Seller and (iii) set out the Factor as assignee. The Parties agree that, should a French Seller fail to provide, on or before the expiry of the powers of attorney (or other appropriate corporate authorisation) entitling any authorised representative(s) thereof to sign the relevant Deeds of Transfer on its behalf, the Factor with certified copies of the relevant corporate documents evidencing that such powers of attorney (or other appropriate corporate authorisation) have been renewed or extended in an appropriate manner (or that new powers of attorney or other appropriate corporate authorisation have been granted), the Factor shall be entitled to stop accepting, as from that date, the purchase of Relevant Receivables from that French Seller so long as and until it has received the justification that such powers of attorney have been renewed or extended in an appropriate manner (or that new powers of attorney or other appropriate corporate authorisation have been granted).

 

(c) Each Deed of Transfer shall be delivered (or electronically transmitted) by the relevant French Seller to the Factor and the Factor shall date the Deed of Transfer forthwith upon delivery by the relevant French Seller and shall hold such Deed of Transfer.

 

(d) Each of the French Sellers guarantees to the Factor:

 

  (i) the legal validity of each Deed of Transfer, and in particular the existence of the Transferred Receivables (subject to any Credit Notes appearing on the file relating to the Transferred Receivables attached to the Deed of Transfer and sent by the French Sellers to the Factor); and

 

30


  (ii) the fact that the Transferred Receivables and the Assignment of such Transferred Receivables would be, as from the date on which the relevant formalities described in the Jurisdiction Matrix are complied with, enforceable against the Debtors and (from a French law perspective) any and all other third parties (subject to Untested Receivables which have been Assigned to the Factor pursuant to the terms of the Agreement).

 

(e) The Assignments carried out in accordance with the Agreement shall constitute outright assignments ( cessions à titre d’escompte ) under Article L. 313-23 et seq. of the French Monetary and Financial Code of the Transferred Receivables in favour of the Factor.

 

(f) With respect to each Relevant Receivable, the transfer of ownership shall operate at the date of delivery of the Deed of Transfer in which such Transferred Receivable is identified.

 

(g) In accordance with Article L. 313-23 et seq. of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the delivery or transmission of any Deed of Transfer pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall transfer absolute title and full ownership to the Factor of:

 

  (i) the principal amount of the Transferred Receivables transferred by way of such Deed of Transfer, the interest and all other accessory rights ( accessoires ) relating thereto; and

 

  (ii) all accessory rights, guarantees and security interests existing with respect to these Transferred Receivables, and

as from that date, the Factor shall have absolute title to, and shall remain the sole owner of any Transferred Receivable so assigned, even in the event that the relevant Current Account is debited and until the Transferred Receivable shall have been actually Transferred Back pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and the Transfer-Back Price has been fully paid to the Factor.

 

(h) By derogation to Article L. 313-24 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, none of the French Sellers shall be jointly and severally liable with the relevant Debtors for the payment of the Transferred Receivables. For the avoidance of doubt, this paragraph shall be without prejudice to any recourse the Factor may have pursuant to the terms of the Financing Facilities Documents.

 

(i) The Factor shall:

 

  (i) if the relevant Deed of Transfer is received not later than 12.00 noon Paris time on any Business Day, on the Business Day immediately following such receipt;

 

  (ii) if the relevant Deed of Transfer is received after 12.00 noon Paris time on any Business Day, on the second Business Day following such receipt,

(A) send the relevant French Seller with the details of the Financeable Amount and, as the case may be, the Maximum Financeable Amount; and (B) Pay the Transferred Receivables by crediting the relevant Current Account of the relevant French Seller with an amount equal to the face value of such Transferred Receivables (in which case such payment shall constitute a Payment as a consideration of which each of the French Sellers has assigned those Transferred Receivables to the Factor under the Agreement).

 

31


5.1.3 Takeover of existing Relevant Receivables

 

(a) At any time Receivables on new Debtors are purported to be offered for Assignment by a French Seller pursuant to this Agreement (either as at the First Assignment Date or at any time thereafter, for the takeover of all Relevant Receivables over new Debtors), the relevant French Seller shall offer to Assign all Relevant Receivables already existing and outstanding on that Debtor as at that relevant date, provided that (i) such Relevant Receivables have not been discounted ( escomptées ), pledged or assigned previously to a third party, (ii) no Relevant Receivables dating more than 365 days as from the date the Agreement enters into force shall be Assigned to the Factor and (iii) the Factor shall not Finance Relevant Receivables so Assigned which are more than 30 days overdue.

 

(b) Subject to such conditions and in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, the Factor will proceed to a Payment in respect of all Relevant Receivables over new Debtors that may be assigned to the Factor at any time after the First Assignment Date, provided the Factor has received a duly completed Deed of Transfer together with the related IT files and the Transferred Receivables Ledgers at the latest five (5) Business Days prior to making such Payment. For the purposes of the Payment relating to the first Assignment of Relevant Receivables to be made pursuant to this Agreement on any Business Day falling on or after the Closing Date (the “ First Assignment Date ”), the relevant Deed of Transfer shall be delivered by no later than 12.00 noon Paris time to the Factor on the First Assignment Date, together with the related IT files and Transferred Receivables Ledgers and provided that a copy of such IT files and Transferred Receivables Ledgers shall have been transferred to the Factor by no later than 29 December 2010.

 

5.2 Financing of Financeable Amounts

Following the receipt of each Deed of Transfer, the Factor shall communicate to the French Sellers and the Sellers’ Agent, within the timeframe specified in Clause 5.1.2(i) above:

 

(a) the Financeable Amounts; and

 

(b) as the case may be, the Maximum Financeable Amount.

 

5.2.1 Financeable Amounts

The amounts which may be Financeable (the “ Financeable Amounts ”) shall correspond to the sum of (without double counting):

 

(a) the amounts of the Approved Receivables, less the amounts of the Holdback Reserve, the Specific Reserve and the Reserves referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be); and

 

(b) the Non-Financeable Amounts that the Factor has elected, in its absolute discretion, to convert into Financeable Amounts.

 

5.2.2 Maximum Financeable Amount

 

(a) The Parties agree that (i) the relevant Financeable Amounts, for all French Sellers, cannot exceed in aggregate the Maximum Financing Amount less the aggregate Financed Amounts and (ii) that, for the avoidance of doubt, the total amount of the Financed Amounts shall never exceed the Maximum Financing Amount.

 

(b) Should the aggregate Financeable Amounts for all French Sellers potentially exceed the Maximum Financing Amount less the aggregate Financed Amounts, the maximum Financeable Amount in respect of which such French Sellers may request Financing from the Factor shall be reduced pro tanto up to the Maximum Financing Amount less the aggregate Financed Amounts (the “ Maximum Financeable Amount ”).

 

32


5.2.3 Funding Requests

 

(a) Following receipt by the French Sellers of the determinations made by the Factor pursuant to Clauses 5.2.1 and 5.2.2 above, each French Seller (or the Seller’s Agent, acting on behalf of the relevant French Sellers) shall promptly send to the Factor an e-mail specifying the relevant Financeable Amount in respect of which each such French Seller is authorized to request Financing from the Factor (a “ Funding Request ”). Funding Requests shall be sent to the following addressees: gefacto-dge2@ge.com ; and christine.vadon@ge.com .

 

(b) If a Funding Request is sent by the relevant French Seller (or the Seller’s Agent) to the Factor (i) before 10 a.m. on a given Business Day, Financing will be made available by the Factor to such French Seller on the same Business Day, or (ii) after 10 a.m. on a given Business Day, Financing will be made available by the Factor to such French Seller on the following Business Day.

 

(c) The Factor shall allocate the Maximum Financeable Amount among the French Sellers by applying, for each French Seller, the pro rata share of such French Seller in the aggregate balance of the Asset Accounts of all French Sellers, unless otherwise notified by the Sellers’ Agent to the Factor at the latest at the time the relevant Funding Request is sent to the Factor.

 

5.2.4 Financing, transfer to the Availability Account, or transfer to a Deferred Availability Account

 

(a) For each French Seller, in respect of the Financeable Amounts for which a Funding Request has been sent to the Factor, the Factor shall promptly make the Financing available to the relevant French Seller by debiting such amounts from the available balance of the applicable Current Account and paying them to the relevant French Seller by issuing a wire transfer ( virement ) to the account of the Seller’s Agent (acting on behalf of all French Sellers) or to such account as such French Seller may from time to time specify. The Financeable Amounts referred to in this sub-paragraph (a) shall become Financed Amounts.

 

(b) In respect of the Financeable Amounts for which no Funding Request has been made to the Factor, the Factor shall promptly debit such amounts from the available balance of the Current Account applicable to the relevant French Seller and credit them to the relevant Availability Account. The Financeable Amounts referred to in this sub-paragraph (b) shall also become Financed Amounts.

 

(c) In case of a Funding Request concerning an amount credited to the Availability Account, the Factor will promptly debit such amount from the Availability Account applicable to the relevant French Seller, credit it to the applicable Current Account, and then make the Financing available to such French Seller by debiting such amount from the available balance of the applicable Current Account and paying it to the relevant French Seller by issuing a wire transfer ( virement ) to the account of the Seller’s Agent (acting on behalf of all French Sellers) or to such account as such French Seller may from time to time specify.

 

(d) The Factor shall debit the relevant Non-Financeable Amounts (to the extent not converted into Financeable Amounts in accordance with Clause 5.2.1(b)) from the Current Account applicable to the relevant French Seller and credit them to the applicable Deferred Availability Account.

 

33


5.2.5 Request for transfer of amounts collected with respect to Financed Amounts for which no Funding Request has been made and with respect to Non-Financeable Amounts

 

(a) For each French Seller, amounts collected with respect to (i) Transferred Receivables corresponding to Financeable Amounts for which no Funding Request has been made and (ii) Non-Financeable Amounts will be credited by the Factor to the available balance of the relevant Current Account of the relevant French Seller. Such French Seller may request to the Factor, once per calendar week only (except if the available balance of the applicable Current Account is above five million Euros (EUR 5,000,000), or the Euro equivalent thereof for any applicable foreign currency, in which case such amount may be requested at any time, once per Business Day and before 10.00 am on that Business Day), the payment of such amounts by sending an e-mail to the addressees specified in Clause 5.2.3. For the avoidance of doubt, the amounts so collected shall not be credited to the relevant Availability Account.

 

(b) Any payment made under this Clause shall be made available by the Factor to the relevant French Seller by debiting such amounts from the available balance of the relevant Current Account and paying them to such relevant French Seller by issuing a wire transfer ( virement ) to the account of the Seller’s Agent (acting on behalf of all French Sellers) or to such account as such French Seller may from time to time specify. Cut-off times and value date terms shall be the same as those specified in Clause 5.2.3.

 

5.2.6 Specific treatment for Off BS Receivables

 

(a) To the extent the Factor has agreed to make the relevant Non-Recourse Receivables (requested to be treated as Off BS Receivables) subject to the procedure and terms set forth in Clause 6.4 following its receipt of an Off BS Request Letter (and notably to isolate all cash flows in respect of those Non-Recourse Receivables (requested to be treated as Off BS Receivables) into a specific Sub Account in the manner set forth in Clause 8.7), the Factor shall make sure the Financeable Amounts in respect of each Non-Recourse Receivable (requested to be treated as an Off BS Receivable) have been paid in full by the Factor to Constellium France pursuant to Clause 5.2.4(a) above.

 

(b) Therefore, to the extent there are Financeable Amounts in respect of a Non-Recourse Receivable (requested to be treated as an Off BS Receivable) for which no Funding Request has been made and/or which remain unpaid to Constellium France as at the date of receipt by the Factor of the Off BS Request Letter, the Factor shall pay such remaining portion of the Financeable Amount thereof by way of wire transfer ( virement ) to such account as Constellium France may specify on or immediately prior to accepting the request made under the Off BS Request Letter pursuant to Clause 6.4(b).

 

(c) Financings (and all related movements or application of reserves) from the Factor to Constellium France in respect of the Non-Recourse Receivables (requested to be treated as Off BS Receivables) shall be made in the relevant currency of such Non-Recourse Receivables ( i.e ., in Euros or in USD only) and, for the avoidance of doubt, all foreign exchange risk and costs (if any) on Insurance Indemnification relating to such Non-Recourse Receivables shall be borne by Constellium France (it being understood that any foreign exchange gain made by the Factor on Insurance Indemnification relating to such Non-Recourse Receivables shall be promptly restituted by the Factor to Constellium France).

 

5.3 Definancing or Transfer-Back of Disputed Receivables

 

(a) Each French Seller undertakes to promptly inform the Factor upon becoming aware that a Transferred Receivable (including a Non-Recourse Receivable or an Off BS Receivable) has become a Disputed Receivable.

 

34


(b) From the issuance of a notice of dispute by the French Seller to the Factor, the relevant French Seller shall have a maximum term of thirty (30) calendar days to obtain a commitment to pay from the Debtor of the relevant non matured Disputed Receivable. If the relevant Disputed Receivable is overdue, such period shall not exceed thirty (30) calendar days after its due date. At the end of such period and in case of non payment, a Disputed Receivable shall be deemed a Non-Approved Receivable. Disputed Receivables becoming Non-Approved Receivables may be Definanced.

 

(c) In any case, at the sole discretion of the Factor, any Disputed Receivable remaining unpaid in whole or in part by a Debtor for over one hundred and twenty (120) days after its due date may be Transferred Back pursuant to the procedure set forth in Clause 5.7 below. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the relevant French Seller shall be entitled, at any time, to request that a Disputed Receivable be Transferred Back pursuant to the procedure set forth in Clause 5.7 below.

 

(d) If the claim concerns the existence of the Transferred Receivable (absence of an order or delivery, etc.), or if the Transferred Receivable is disputed in the context of a legal action, the relevant French Seller may not benefit from the period mentioned in paragraph (b) above and the Transferred Receivable may be immediately Transferred Back pursuant to the procedure set forth in Clause 5.7 below.

 

5.4 Definancing of Defaulted Receivables

 

5.4.1 Transferred Receivables other than Non-Recourse Receivables and Off BS Receivables

Subject to Clause 5.4.2 below:

 

(a) any Transferred Receivable remaining unpaid in whole or in part by a Debtor for over thirty (30) calendar days after its due date (a “ Defaulted Receivable ”) will be Definanced by way of debit from the relevant Current Account of an amount equal to the amount of the Defaulted Receivable and of credit of such amount to the relevant Deferred Availability Account;

 

(b) so long as the relevant French Seller is not in breach of its obligations under the Financing Facilities Documents, the procedure detailed in paragraph (a) above shall not apply if the relevant French Seller has requested the Credit Insurer to handle the collection of such relevant Defaulted Receivables, in which case the relevant French Seller shall (a) notify the Factor of its intention to do so no later than five (5) Business Days before the end of the 30-calendar day past due period for the relevant Defaulted Receivables and (b) provide the Factor with satisfactory evidence in relation to the taking of proceedings and/or recovery under the Credit Insurance Policy so as to demonstrate that the relevant French Seller has duly informed the Credit Insurer (including by making the required declarations to the Credit Insurer in a timely manner), it being understood that if such relevant Defaulted Receivable remains unpaid for a period of ninety (90) calendar days following its due date, the Factor will have the right to Definance the relevant Defaulted Receivable; and

 

(c) in any case, at the sole discretion of the Factor, any relevant Defaulted Receivable remaining unpaid in whole or in part by a Debtor for over one hundred and twenty (120) days after its due date may be Transferred Back pursuant to the procedure set forth in Clause 5.7 below. Without prejudice to the foregoing, the relevant French Seller shall be entitled, at any time, to request that a relevant Defaulted Receivable be Transferred Back pursuant to the procedure set forth in Clause 5.7 below.

 

35


5.4.2 Non-Recourse Receivables and Off BS Receivables

 

(a) Despite the foregoing Clause 5.4.1, the Factor shall not be entitled to Definance (or to request the Transfer-Back of) any Non-Recourse Receivable which becomes a Defaulted Receivable (or any portion thereof, as applicable, even if the relevant Debtor thereof is subject to an Insolvency Proceeding), unless it is determined by the Factor (acting reasonably) that such Non-Recourse Receivable:

 

  (A) did not comply with the eligibility criteria set forth in Clause 3.1 and 3.2 of the Factoring Agreement on its date of Assignment to the Factor (in which case Clause 5.6(a) of the Factoring Agreement shall apply); or

 

  (B) constitutes a Disputed Receivable (in which case Clause 5.3 shall apply).

 

(b) Moreover, the Factor may Definance (or request the Transfer-Back of) any Non-Recourse Receivable which becomes a Defaulted Receivable if and to the extent the Credit Insurer is entitled not to give Insurance Indemnification in respect of such Defaulted Receivables pursuant to the terms of the Credit Insurance Policy.

 

(c) It is further understood that this Clause 5.4.2 shall apply mutadis mutandis to the Off BS Receivables.

 

5.5 Definancing or Transfer-Back of Untested Small Receivables or Embraer Receivables

The Factor may, at its entire discretion (subject to prior notice to the relevant French Seller and to the Seller’s Agent), Definance or, at the request of the relevant French Seller, Transfer Back, any Untested Small Receivable or Embraer Receivable (i) that proves to be invalid and/or would prove to be unenforceable after appropriate notification is made to the relevant Debtor; or (ii) representing Exceeding Amounts (as the case may be).

 

5.6 Transfer-Backs of certain Transferred Receivables

 

(a) Any Transferred Receivable (i) which did not comply with the eligibility criteria set forth in Clause 3.1 above at the time of its Assignment or (ii) was an Excluded Receivable at the time of its Assignment to the Factor may be Transferred Back either at any time by the Factor or at the request of the relevant French Seller (subject to the approval of the Factor, acting reasonably).

 

(b) Any Transferred Receivable (other than an Off BS Receivable) in respect of which a Default under Clause 11.2.2(c)(iii) has occurred may be Transferred Back at the request of the relevant French Seller, unless the relevant Transfer-Back relates to a Default under Clause 11.2.2(c)(iii) which has occurred in respect of Clause 4.1.2(a), in which case the Transfer-Back shall be subject to the prior approval of the Factor (not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

5.7 Procedure for the Transfer-Back of Transferred Receivables

 

(a) The Parties agree that any Transfer-Back of all relevant Transferred Receivables to be made pursuant to this Agreement shall take place through an automatic rescission ( résolution de plein droit ) of the Assignment having taken place over such Transferred Receivables, in accordance with the following procedure:

 

  (i) if the Transfer-Back is requested by a Party pursuant to the Agreement, by no later than 10.00 a.m. on each relevant Business Day, that Party shall deliver to the other Party a Transfer-Back File containing the list of all outstanding Transferred Receivables originated by such French Seller which have been assigned to the Factor and that are to be Transferred Back to it (the “ Affected Receivables ”),

 

36


  (ii) by no later than 10.00 a.m. on the immediately following Business Day, the Factor shall notify to the relevant French Seller the details of the calculations of the rescission price of the Affected Receivables which shall be, unless otherwise agreed by the Parties, equal to the amount of the Payment made by the Factor with respect to such Affected Receivables less the collections, the Reductions or Cancellations Items and any Insurance Indemnification relating thereto (the “ Transfer-Back Price ”);

 

  (iii) by no later than 10.00 a.m. on the immediately following Business Day, the relevant French Seller shall instruct the Factor to make the payment of the relevant Transfer-Back Price by way of debit of such relevant Transfer-Back Price from the relevant Current Account and credit of such amount to the Asset Account, provided that the payment of such Transfer-Back Price shall only be deemed to occur once the rule set forth in Clause 8.1.5 has been complied with.

 

(b) Upon full payment of the agreed Transfer-Back Price, the Assignment of the Transferred Receivables shall be automatically rescinded ( résolu de plein droit ) without any further formality.

 

6 APPROVAL

Each of the French Sellers’ rights to Insurance Indemnification under the Credit Insurance Policies shall be delegated to the Factor pursuant to the Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements.

 

6.1 Management of the Credit Insurance Policies

 

(a) Each of the French Sellers shall remain responsible for managing the Credit Insurance Policy being applicable to it and the obligations attaching thereto, and in particular, each of the French Sellers will seek the Approval of the Credit Insurer by providing the Credit Insurer with a list of Debtors.

 

(b) The Parties agree that the Credit Insurance Policy for each French Seller shall be structured such that in each year, the annual Credit Insurer maximum liability ( limite maximum de décaissement , as defined in the Credit Insurance Policy) under the relevant Credit Insurance Policy is sufficient to cover the applicable Top Five Debtors, it being understood that the list of the Top Five Debtors shall be determined by the Sellers’ Agent and provided by the French Sellers (or by the Sellers’ Agent) to the Factor at the latest 45 days before the anniversary date of each relevant Credit Insurance Policy.

 

(c) (i) Each of the French Sellers undertakes to provide the Factor, promptly at its first request, with a copy of its turnover statements, as well as evidence of payment of premiums and evidence of filings of insurance claims ( déclarations de sinistre ) by the relevant French Sellers to the Credit Insurer. (ii) In addition, Constellium France undertakes to provide the Factor, on an on-going basis and in relation to Transferred Receivables purported to be treated as Non-Recourse Receivables, with evidence of filings of insurance claims ( déclarations de sinistre ) to the Credit Insurer and indemnification notices (avis d’indemnisation ) received from the Credit Insurer.

 

(d) It is agreed between the Parties that the Factor may, in order to protect its rights, after a period of five (5) days following a written notice to the relevant French Seller, step in and act in the name and on behalf of any French Seller as may be required with respect to:

 

    production and management of statements of factored turnover ;

 

37


    payment of due premiums and/or applicable fees pursuant to the Credit Insurance Policy out of the available amount in the Current Account ;

 

    notifications relating to litigation and extensions of payment due dates;

 

    notification of non-payments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Credit Insurance Policy.

 

(e) Each of the French Sellers expressly authorises the Factor and the Credit Insurer to exchange all information relating to a French Seller, its business, clientèle and all payment defaults likely to arise in connection with the Transferred Receivables.

 

6.2 Changes to the Credit Insurance Policy

 

(a) Each of the French Sellers shall seek the prior approval of the Factor for any change relating to the terms of any Credit Insurance Policy, the Credit Insurer (to the extent such credit insurer does not meet the criteria set out in the definition of Credit Insurer) or the terms of the Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements, unless any such change shall not affect the level of protection or management of the Credit Insurance Policy from which the Factor benefits pursuant to the terms of the Financing Facilities Documents.

 

(b) Any non-renewal or termination of a Credit Insurance Policy or any other circumstance that may result in the Factor no longer benefitting from the delegation of rights to Insurance Indemnification under the Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements, must be promptly notified to the Factor, and if the Factor is not informed in due time by the French Sellers, the Factor shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement without notice, without prejudice to any other rights it may have.

 

(c) The Factor shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with respect to one or more French Sellers in case:

 

  (i) the Credit Insurer’s rating falls below “investment grade” (that is, below BBB- for Standard & Poor’s and below Baa3 for Moody’s) and, within thirty (30) calendar days of the Factor notifying the relevant French Seller of the downgrading, (A) the relevant French Seller does not find a successor credit insurer capable of making electronic data transfers with the Factor and whose rating is at least “investment grade” and (B) the Factor does not benefit from satisfactory replacement Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements from the new credit insurer, it being understood that, during that 30-day period, the Factor may Finance new Receivables from the relevant French Sellers at its entire discretion;

 

  (ii) it cannot benefit, in full or in part, of the delegation of rights to Insurance Indemnification under the Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements.

 

(d) The Factor shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement in case of termination or non-renewal of a Credit Insurance Policy, with effect as of such termination date or non-renewal date and such terminated Credit Insurance Policy has not been replaced, as of such termination date, by another Credit Insurance Policy approved by the Factor.

 

38


6.3 No recourse up to the Insurance Indemnification – Non-Recourse Receivables and Off BS Receivables

 

6.3.1 Transferred Receivables

 

(a) Subject to Clause 6.3.2 and Clause 6.4, any Transferred Receivable, taken individually, (i) in respect of which the relevant Debtor is not in a “state of failure” ( état de manquement ) under the Credit Insurance Policy, (ii) being within the Approval Limit and (iii) subject to sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) below, remaining within the limit of the Credit Insurer’s maximum liability ( limite maximum de décaissement ) shall be deemed to be an “ Approved Receivable ” and the Transferred Receivables which are not Approved Receivables shall be deemed to be “ Non-Approved Receivables ”.

 

(b) For the avoidance of doubt, upon any claim ( sinistre ) arising in respect of a Transferred Receivable and any Insurance Indemnification being paid by the Credit Insurer in that respect, the Credit Insurer’s maximum liability ( limite maximum de décaissement ) shall be adjusted to an amount equal to (i) the Credit Insurer’s maximum liability ( limite maximum de décaissement ) prior to that indemnification event less (ii) the amount of such Insurance Indemnification (the “ Remaining Indemnification Amount ”).

 

(c) It is further understood that, following the application of sub-paragraph (b) above, the determination of whether or not a Transferred Receivable is an Approved Receivable shall be made pursuant to the absence of a “state of failure” ( état de manquement ) with respect to the relevant Debtor, (ii) the relevant Approval Limit and (iii) the applicable Remaining Indemnification Amount.

 

(d) The amount up to which the Credit Insurer (or the Factor (as pursuant to Clause 6.3.2(a), in relation to each of the Debtors to which the Non-Recourse Receivables or the Off BS Receivables relate to) has given its Approval in relation to the Approved Receivables shall constitute the “ Approval Limit ”.

 

(e) The “ Indemnification Basis ” will be determined by the Credit Insurer after the conduct of all customary checks of any potential disputes and exclusions under the Credit Insurance Policy.

 

(f) The “ Insurance Indemnification ” actually paid by the Credit Insurer will be calculated as the Indemnification Basis multiplied by the applicable indemnification rate (or quotité garantie , i.e ., as of 8 November 2013, 95%) as specified in the Credit Insurance Policy.

 

(g) Subject to Clause 6.3.2 and Clause 6.4, the Factor shall have no recourse against the French Sellers up to the Insurance Indemnification according to the terms and conditions of the relevant Credit Insurance Policy as amended from time to time (including, for the avoidance of doubt, as from the date of this Agreement, Insolvency Proceeding (or any equivalent proceedings under any applicable law) or protracted default ( carence ).

 

6.3.2 Specific treatment for Non-Recourse Receivables or Off BS Receivables

 

(a) By derogation to Clause 6.3.1 above, and subject to the Factor confirming to Constellium France that the Non-Recourse Test has been satisfied in respect of the Transferred Receivables purported to be treated as Non-Recourse Receivables at the time of their Assignment, the Factor:

 

  (i) will make Financings available to Constellium France in respect of the Non-Recourse Receivables in accordance with the terms of the Agreement;

 

39


  (ii) will bear the Debtor’s insolvency risk (and related non-payment risk) in respect of the Non-Recourse Receivables in full (including with respect to such portion of each Non-Recourse Receivable corresponding to the residual risk (or risque résiduel , i.e ., as of 8 November 2013, 5% of the Indemnification Basis) that is not actually covered by the Credit Insurer (the “ Residual Risk Amount ”)); and

 

  (iii) may decide to reduce (or increase, as the case may be) any Approval Limit in respect of a Debtor to which a Non-Recourse Receivable relates to, subject to giving ten (10) days prior notice to the Sellers’ Agent by e-mail and providing reasonable explanations to the latter, provided for the avoidance of doubt that no such reduction (or increase, as the case may be) may affect any Receivable already transferred to the Factor.

 

(b) By derogation to the other provisions of the Agreement, Non-Recourse Receivables shall be Assigned to the Factor on a non-recourse basis and, therefore, shall not be subject to any recourse from the Factor against Constellium France, except for the cases occurring under Clause 5.4.2 (in which case a Definancing or a Transfer-Back may occur for the Non-Recourse Receivables and/or the Off BS Receivables) or under Clauses 5.6(b) and 11.3 (in which case only a Transfer-Back may occur for the Non-Recourse Receivables only).

 

(c) Moreover, for the avoidance of doubt, Transferred Receivables on Rexam Beverage Can Europe Limited, Crown Packaging UK plc, and/or Can Pack SA which do not qualify as Non-Recourse Receivables will be Financed by the Factor pursuant to Clause 5.2.1(b) and Clauses 5.4.1 and 6.3.1 shall apply.

 

(d) In case claims ( déclarations d’intervention contentieuse ) are filed with the Credit Insurer in respect of Transferred Receivables on (i) Rexam Beverage Can Europe Limited, (ii) Crown Packaging UK plc, and/or (iii) Can Pack SA, any Insurance Indemnification amounts received from the Credit Insurer in respect of such Transferred Receivables (without taking into account whether they are Non-Recourse Receivables or not) shall be applied in chronological order by allocating such amounts starting with the Receivables having the oldest maturity, in each case, for each relevant Receivable, provided that any amount (if any) to be repaid by the Factor to Constellium France shall be repaid by the Factor to Constellium France as soon as possible and in any event within 10 Business Days from receipt thereof by the Factor, without set-off (other than set-off relating solely to Non-Recourse Receivables).

 

(e) In case post bankruptcy recoveries ( récupérations après procedure collective ) are received in respect of Transferred Receivables on Rexam Beverage Can Europe Limited, Crown Packaging UK plc, and/or Can Pack SA (irrespective of whether they are Non-Recourse Receivables or not), any such recoveries shall be applied according to the terms of the Credit Insurance Policy, provided that any amount (if any) to be repaid by the Factor to Constellium France shall be repaid by the Factor to Constellium France as soon as possible and in any event within 10 Business Days from receipt thereof by the Factor, without set-off (other than set-off relating solely to Non-Recourse Receivables).

 

(f) It is further agreed that this Clause 6.3.2 shall apply mutadis mutandis to the Off BS Receivables.

 

40


6.4 Specific treatment for Non-Recourse Receivables which are requested to be treated as Off BS Receivables

In addition to the specific non-recourse treatment which applies to the Non-Recourse Receivables pursuant to the Agreement (and notably Clause 6.3.2), Constellium France may request that certain Non-Recourse Receivables be subject to the terms, conditions and procedure detailed below in this Clause 6.4 and the relevant provisions of the Agreement (it being understood that the Factor shall disclaim any liability in respect of the accounting analysis and treatment of the Off BS Receivables):

 

(a) At any time during the Commitment Period, and once every quarter only, Constellium France may send a letter to the Factor (such letter to be substantially in the form attached as Annex 16, the “ Off BS Request Letter ”) pursuant to Clause 17.1 with a view to request that certain Non-Recourse Receivables denominated in Euros (EUR) or in US Dollars (USD) and specifically listed in the Off BS Request Letter become subject to the mechanics set forth in this Clause 6.4 and the relevant provisions of the Agreement (the “ Off BS Receivables ”).

 

(b) At the latest five (5) Business Days after the receipt of the Off BS Request Letter, and subject to sub-paragraph (c) below and to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

  (i) each relevant Debtor having provided a Letter of Consent and Waiver to the Factor (directly to it or though Constellium France) for the settlement of each Non-Recourse Receivable requested to be treated as an Off BS Receivable;

 

  (ii) Constellium France confirming that the relevant Debtor and Constellium France have agreed to extend the original maturity date of each Non-Recourse Receivable requested to be treated as an Off BS Receivable by no more than thirty-five (35) days after its original maturity date (the “ Extended Maturity Date ”); and

 

  (iii) the treatment of such Receivables as Off BS Receivables will not result in the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Off BS Receivables as at such date exceeding fifty per cent (50%) of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Transferred Receivables of the French Sellers collectively,

the Factor shall agree to the request so made under the Off BS Request Letter and confirm its consent to Constellium France that relevant Non-Recourse Receivables identified in the relevant Off BS Request Letter be treated as Off BS Receivables, at which point the transition date shall occur (the “ Transition Date ”). As from the Transition Date, subject to sub-paragraph (c) below, the following consequences shall apply in respect thereto for those Off BS Receivables:

 

  (A) the Off BS Receivables will have been Financed to Constellium France in full in their respective currencies pursuant to Clause 5.2 (and more particularly Clause 5.2.6) and within the limits set forth in Clause 6.3.2(a);

 

  (B) the Off BS Receivables will not be capable of being Definanced or Transferred Back pursuant to the Agreement other than for the reasons set forth in Clause 5.4.2(a) or Clause 5.4.2(b);

 

  (C) all cash flows relating to the Off BS Receivables will be isolated into a specific, dedicated, Sub Account at from the Transition Date in the manner set forth in Clause 8.7 in order to be separated from the other Transferred Receivables;

 

  (D) the Special Financing Commission applying to the Off BS Receivables shall be charged by anticipation with no further possible adjustment in accordance with Clause 9.2.4; and

 

  (E) the Holdback Reserve relating to the Off BS Receivables will be segregated from the remaining portion of the Holdback Reserve in accordance with Clause 8.4.3.

 

7 COLLECTION MANDATE AND CASHING MANDATE

Each of the French Sellers has well-proven administrative structures and methods for the management of its Receivables and the Parties agree that each French Seller should retain control of collection and

 

41


cashing in respect of its Debtors. Consequently, the Factor accepts to grant each of the French Sellers mandates ( mandats ) under the terms specified below and subject to compliance by each of the French Sellers with the Credit and Collection Procedures, which form an integral part of the Agreement.

 

7.1 Common interest

The Mandates are stipulated in the joint interest of both Parties. Consequently, the Parties agree that the Mandates are not without consideration, since each of the French Sellers has an essential commercial interest in keeping control of collection and cashing from its Debtors and the terms and conditions of the Mandates have been considered by the Parties in the context of the global economy of the Agreement. In particular, the remuneration to be paid by the French Sellers to the Factor takes into account the fact that there is no collection fee to be paid by the Factor to the French Sellers in consideration for the collection of the Transferred Receivables.

 

7.2 Collection Mandate

Each of the French Sellers is appointed by the Factor as its agent ( mandataire ) to carry out collection ( recouvrement ) of Transferred Receivables (the “ Collection Mandate ”).

 

7.3 Cashing Mandate

 

(a) Each of the French Sellers is appointed by the Factor as its agent ( mandataire ) to receive the collections of the Transferred Receivables onto the Collection Accounts in accordance with the Collection Accounts Opening Agreements ( encaissement and lettrage , the “ Cashing Mandate ”).

 

(b) Each of the French Sellers shall expressly indicate the domiciliation and details of the relevant Collection Account in any of the invoices sent to the Debtors. The settlements and payments that each of the French Sellers will receive under the Collection Mandate and Cashing Mandate will be credited to the Collection Account, the operating methods of which are established in the relevant Collection Account Opening Agreement.

 

(c) The Collection Account Opening Agreement shall expressly provide in this respect that:

 

  (i) the exclusive purpose of the Collection Account is to receive funds corresponding to Transferred Receivables in order for those funds to be swept on a daily basis onto the Factor’s account in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Collection Accounts Opening Agreements;

 

  (ii) each of the French Sellers shall refrain from debiting funds from the Collection Account, the Factor being the only Party authorised to withdraw funds by debiting the Collection Account; and

 

  (iii) the Bank shall refrain from operating any set-off between the balance of the Collection Account and that of any other accounts opened with the Bank in the name of each of the French Sellers.

 

(d) (i) Should:

 

  (A)

the Factor (in its reasonable opinion) require a French Seller to open a new Collection Account with a new Bank as a result of either (i) the inability of the intended parties to a Collection Account Opening Agreement to agree on terms of a Collection Account Opening Agreement which are satisfactory to the Factor or the termination of the relevant Collection Account Opening Agreement; or (ii) the occurrence or continuation of any issue in the

 

42


  performance of the relevant Collection Account Opening Agreement resulting from the non compliance by the Bank of its obligations under the relevant Collection Account Opening Agreements; or (iii) the long term unguaranteed and unsubordinated debt obligations of the Bank falling under “A” (for Standard & Poor’s) and “A2” (Moody’s), or

 

  (B) the relevant French Seller be required to open a new Collection Account (and consequently the relevant French Seller and the Factor be required to enter into a new Collection Account Opening Agreement and a new Collection Account Guarantee Agreement) with a new Bank as a result of the existing Bank having sent a notice in order to terminate the relevant Collection Account Opening Agreement pursuant to the terms thereof (and the applicable termination period),

then, in each case, the relevant French Seller(s) shall use its best efforts ( obligation de moyens ) (by the sending of written notices instructing the Debtors to pay on such new Collection Account with the new Bank) to ensure that such Debtors effectively pay the Transferred Receivables to the credit of the relevant new Collection Account.

 

  (ii) If a Debtor continues to settle the invoices sent to it be the relevant French Seller on to an erroneous bank account for more than four (4) months from the receipt by the relevant Debtor of the initial written notice from the relevant French Seller instructing such Debtor to pay on such new Collection Account pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) above, the relevant French Seller may be required by the Factor to send to the relevant Debtors monthly reminders of such new payment instructions and the Factor shall have the right to:

 

  (A) exclude the relevant Debtor from the Financing Facilities until such time as such Debtor effectively pays the Transferred Receivables into the relevant and adequate Collection Account; or

 

  (B) with the prior consent of the French Seller, disclose the purchase and assignment of the Transferred Receivables to the relevant Debtor by sending a notification letter to the relevant Debtor.

 

  (iii) Should any Debtor not comply with the instruction received by it from the relevant French Seller to pay the Transferred Receivables into the new Collection Account, such non-compliance shall not be deemed to adversely affect the rights and obligations of the French Sellers under the Financing Facilities so as to give rise to a Default hereunder.

 

(e) Any amount (including any Insurance Indemnification) relating to (i) Receivables that have been Definanced or Transferred Back by the Factor pursuant to the Agreement or (ii) Receivables which have not been assigned to the Factor or (iii) any amounts unrelated to the Transaction will be turned over to the relevant French Seller following reconciliation of the relevant French Seller’s debtor files with the Factor’s debtor files, such reconciliation to be initiated by the relevant French Seller. Such amounts shall be paid by the Factor to such account as the relevant French Seller may designate, at the latest on the day falling five (5) Business Days following the sending by such French Seller of a written and justified request.

 

7.4 Diligence and general obligations of the agent

 

(a)

Each of the French Sellers undertakes to identify and individualise the Transferred Receivables, both in its computer systems and accounting ledgers, as from the entry into force of the Agreement. In order to prove its diligence, each of the French Sellers will forward the

 

43


  Transferred Receivable Ledgers (made substantially in the form of Annex 9 hereto) to the Factor at the latest five (5) Business Days after the end of each month, or at any time upon the request of the Factor (acting reasonably), for the purposes of the reconciliation of the relevant Asset Accounts with the Transferred Receivables Ledgers.

 

(b) Each of the French Sellers undertakes to exercise its duties under the Mandates in a wise and prudent manner as if it were managing its own Receivables and if it were handling the collection and cashing of its own Transferred Receivables, the preservation of its rights related thereof and, more generally, to perform its obligations under the Mandates in the manner of a careful, diligent and informed agent ( mandataire ). Furthermore, each of the French Sellers undertakes to comply with its Credit and Collection Procedures.

 

7.5 Report on the performance of the Mandates

Each of the French Sellers undertakes to:

 

(a) report on the performance of the Mandates on a weekly basis to the Factor in accordance with the Credit and Collection Procedures, by providing all information relating to the management of the Transferred Receivables and in particular, any related breakdown of cashing and related charges (it being understood that this report shall take the form of the A/R ledger ( grand livre clients non soldés ));

 

(b) promptly notify the Factor, (i) in respect of all Transferred Receivables other than the Non-Recourse Receivables or the Off BS Receivables, by any written means or any other support approved by the Parties, of it becoming aware of the occurrence of any demand for extension, litigation relating to such Transferred Receivables or Insolvency Proceeding in relation to any Debtor to the extent such outstanding Transferred Receivable owed by such Debtor is in an amount in excess of one hundred and fifty thousand Euros (EUR 150,000) and (ii) in respect of any Non-Recourse Receivable or Off BS Receivable, by any written means or any other support approved between Constellium France and the Factor, of it becoming aware of the occurrence of any demand for extension, any litigation relating to such Non-Recourse Receivable or Off BS Receivable or Insolvency Proceeding in relation to any Debtor to which any such Non-Recourse Receivable or Off BS Receivable relates; and

 

(c) inform the Factor of any change affecting the terms and conditions governing its contractual relations with its Debtors, to the extent such change may have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.6 Factor’s controls and audits

 

(a) The Factor shall be entitled at all times to carry audits or financial reviews on each of the French Sellers, by itself or through a third party, in accordance with Clause 4.2(b). The cost of each such audit (except the financial review, which shall be free of charge) is established at three thousand Euros (EUR 3,000), excluding VAT and disbursements. Such costs shall be borne by each relevant French Seller up to an aggregate maximum amount per year of six thousand Euros (EUR 6,000) and in any case to an aggregate amount of thirty thousand Euros (EUR 30,000) for all the French Sellers and, in any amount beyond this limit by the Factor.

 

(b) Each of the French Sellers undertakes to provide its full cooperation to the Factor for the implementation of these audits and controls, as well as for all procedures of issuing circulars to the Debtors on the relevant French Seller’s letterhead, with a view to obtain confirmation from that Debtor on the outstanding amount of their receivables toward such French Seller. In order to preserve the confidentiality of the transactions during the term of the Mandates, these circulars will be addressed on the relevant French Seller’s letterhead.

 

44


(c) For compliance purposes, subject to Clause 4.2(b) above, the Factor (or its designee) will also be entitled to review, on a random basis, during the two yearly field audits referred to in Clause 4.2(b) above, any and all documents evidencing the existence and validity of the Transferred Receivables including, notably, the related invoices ( factures ), purchase orders ( bons de commande ), certificates of transport ( bons du transporteur ), or expedition certificate ( bon d’expédition ), or delivery certificate ( bon de livraison ).

 

7.7 Revocation of Mandates

 

7.7.1 Global revocation

 

7.7.1.1 Revocation of Mandates as a result of the termination of the Agreement

The termination of the Agreement may, at the sole discretion of the Factor, entail the simultaneous revocation of the Mandates.

 

7.7.1.2 Revocation on specific grounds

The global revocation of the Mandates for any French Seller, notified in accordance with Clause 17.1, may occur in the following cases:

 

  (a) Revocation of the Mandates with ten 10 (ten) Business Days’ prior notice

 

  (i) irrespective of whether a Default Notice has been sent to the Factor in that respect, in case of the occurrence of (A) a material change in a French Seller’s legal situation; or (B) a significant deterioration of a French Seller’s financial position; or (C) severe deficiencies in a French Seller’s accounting management; or (D) significant delays or any aggravation of delays for payment in respect of suppliers and unsecured or secured creditors (such as inter alia the French Trésor Public, Urssaf, caisses de retraite etc.) of a French Seller (other than resulting from the normal course of such French Seller’s business) which, individually or collectively, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (ii) for a period of forty-five (45) days, the occurrence of at least three (3) seizures or attachments from several creditors of a French Seller (or other equivalent proceedings under relevant laws, such as inter alia under French law avis à tiers détenteurs and saisies of all types) for an aggregate amount in excess of (A) three hundred thousand Euros (EUR 300,000), for any of the French Sellers (other than Constellium France); and (B) six hundred thousand Euros (EUR 600,000), for Constellium France, unless such seizures or attachments are finally dismissed within forty-five (45) days from the sending of a notice to that effect to the relevant French Seller;

 

  (iii) in case of the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to a French Seller which is continuing (other than resulting from Clause 11.2.2(c)(iv)), for which the Factor has decided not to terminate the Agreement, and in particular, a failure by a French Seller to comply with its Credit and Collection Procedures or a failure to domicile payments of Transferred Receivables in the relevant Collection Account;

then the Factor may, by sending a ten (10) Business Days prior notice to the relevant French Seller (with a copy to the Parent Company) terminate the Mandates in relation to such relevant French Seller;

 

  (b) Revocation of the Mandates with a twenty (20) Business Days’ prior notice

 

45


in case of the Factoring Accounts, the ledgers or any documents of a French Seller in relation to the Transferred Receivables evidence any of the following events:

 

  (i) for a continuous period of three (3) consecutive months, the percentage of invoices overdue by more than thirty (30) calendar days is in excess of ten per cent (10%) of the outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables assigned to the Factor as calculated on a monthly basis (the “ Overdue Threshold ”), provided that:

 

  (A) if, upon the Overdue Threshold being exceeded, it appears that the invoices overdue by more than thirty (30) calendar days for one Debtor account for more than seven per cent (7%) of the outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables, the Factor may terminate the Mandates of such relevant French Seller in relation to that Debtor only and the Factor shall be entitled to stop being assigned Receivables over that Debtor; and, then

 

  (B) if the Overdue Threshold is still in excess of ten per cent (10%) of the outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables after having excluded the amount of invoices overdue relating to the Debtor referred in sub-paragraph (A) above from the calculation thereof, the Factor may terminate the Mandates of such relevant French Seller in relation to all Debtors of that French Seller;

 

  (ii) for a continuous period of three (3) consecutive months, the existence of Indirect Payments and Dilutions, in excess of ten per cent (10%) of the outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables assigned to the Factor, without prejudice of the application of Clause 8.4, (the “ Indirect Payments and Dilutions Threshold ”), provided that:

 

  (A) if, upon the Indirect Payments and Dilutions Threshold being exceeded, it appears that the Indirect Payments and Dilutions for one Debtor account for more than seven per cent (7%) of the outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables, the Factor may terminate the Mandates of such relevant French Seller in relation to that Debtor only and the Factor shall be entitled to stop being assigned Receivables over that Debtor; and, then

 

  (B) if the Indirect Payments and Dilutions Threshold is still in excess of ten per cent (10%) of the outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables after having excluded the amount of Indirect Payments and Dilutions relating to the Debtor referred in sub-paragraph (A) above from the calculation thereof, the Factor may terminate the Mandates of such relevant French Seller in relation to all Debtors of that French Seller;

 

  (iii) for a continuous period of three (3) consecutive months, a negative difference of ten per cent (10 %) or more between (i) the amount of settlements actually cashed, as recorded to the credit of the OAA and (ii) cash application details ( lettrage ), as recorded to the debit balance of the OAA;

 

  (iv) any absence of credit movements noted in the relevant Collection Account for five (5) consecutive Business Days (or ten (10) consecutive Business Days during each month of August);

 

  (v) breach of any of a French Seller’s undertakings under Clause 4.2 to the extent that such breach has a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (vi) any change in the Credit and Collection Procedures (to the extent that such change has a Material Adverse Effect) and has not been approved by the Factor,

 

46


then the Factor may, by sending a twenty (20) Business Days prior notice to the relevant French Seller (with a copy to the Parent Company), terminate the Mandates in relation to such relevant French Seller.

 

7.7.2 Specific revocation

 

7.7.2.1 Transfers Back

The Mandates cease to be applicable when a Transferred Receivable is Transferred Back to a French Seller or when a legal action is filed by the Factor under Clause 5.3(d). For the avoidance of doubt, in case of a Transfer-Back of a Transferred Receivable, Clause 7.8 shall not be applicable.

 

7.7.2.2 Revocation of relevant Mandates relating to Non-Recourse Receivables or Off BS Receivables

 

(a) If and to the extent the Factor has not received payment in full for any Non-Recourse Receivable or Off BS Receivable ninety (90) calendar days after its due date, the Factor may terminate the Mandates in respect of the relevant Debtors to which the relevant unpaid Non-Recourse Receivable or Off BS Receivable relates.

 

(b) The Parties agree that, upon termination of the relevant Mandates pursuant to this Clause 7.7.2.2, the provisions of Clause 7.8 shall apply and, in particular, the Factor may notify the relevant Debtors to which the Non-Recourse Receivables or Off BS Receivables relate to (and for which the relevant Mandate has been terminated) of the existence of the Factoring Agreement and the Assignments of Receivables made thereunder.

 

7.8 Consequences of the revocation of the Mandates

 

7.8.1 Information of the Debtors, collection and cashing by the Factor

 

(a) Upon revocation of the Mandates, the Factor may in relation to the relevant French Seller:

 

  (i) notify the Debtors, and any other third parties as the case may be, of the existence of this Agreement and the Assignment of the Transferred Receivables, and it shall restrain them from paying the French Sellers. Such notification shall be made under the form set out in Annex 4 ;

 

  (ii) address to the Debtors the originals of invoices obtained from such French Seller;

 

  (iii) ensure the collection of all Transferred Receivables, including Transferred Receivables assigned prior to the date of revocation of the Mandates;

 

  (iv) set the Holdback Reserve for all new Receivables (other than the Off BS Receivables) to be Assigned as from the relevant revocation date, at the higher of (i) ten per cent (10%) of all Transferred Receivables outstanding (other than the Off BS Receivables), including VAT, less (A) the Specific Reserve (and the Reserves referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be)) and (B) the sums credited to the relevant Deferred Availability Accounts; (ii) the sum of ten per cent (10%) and the Average Dilution Rate of all Transferred Receivables outstanding (other than the Off BS Receivables), including VAT, less (A) the Specific Reserve and (B) the sums credited to the relevant Deferred Availability Accounts; and (iii) the minimum amount set out in Clause 8.4.2(b) below;

 

47


  (v) charge five Euros (EUR 5) of fixed servicing and notification costs per outstanding Transferred Receivable or Receivable to be Assigned as from the relevant revocation date (if any) by immediate debit of the Current Account.

 

(b) As soon as the revocation of the Mandates becomes effective and in relation to any new Transferred Receivable (if any), the relevant French Seller shall include the following wording in its invoices: “ La créance relative à la présente facture a été cédée à GE FACTOFRANCE S.A.S. dans le cadre des articles L. 313-23 à L. 313-34 du Code monétaire et financier . Pour être libératoire, votre règlement doit être effectué directement à l’ordre de GE FACTOFRANCE Tour FACTO – 18 rue Hoche – Cedex 88 – 92988 LA DEFENSE CEDEX TEL : 01.46.35.70.00 – GE FACTOFRANCE (RIB : 13580 00001 [ ]) qui devra être avisé de toute réclamation relative à cette créance ”.

 

7.8.2 Management of the Debtors positions

 

7.8.2.1 Ordinary Collection

 

(a) As from the revocation of the Mandates and as long as it remains the owner of the Transferred Receivables, the Factor (or its agent, as the case may be) shall have the exclusive right to manage the collection and recovery thereof. It shall manage the relevant accounts, grant or refuse any postponements, extensions or arrangements, with or without discounts, as may be requested by the Debtors. Subject to actual collection, the Factor (or its agent, as the case may be) shall credit payments to the Asset Account.

 

(b) Each of the French Sellers agrees to provide its assistance to the Factor and to provide in particular any and all documents, correspondence and special powers of attorney that may be reasonably requested in writing by the Factor for the purpose of collecting the Transferred Receivables (subject to confidentiality undertaking). For the Non-Approved Receivables which are also Disputed Receivables, the Factor shall not bear the duly justified collection fees and expenses which may be incurred after their maturity date for a contested collection. In the event that the Factor prepays such duly justified fees and expenses, the Factor shall be entitled to debit the relevant amounts from the Current Account.

 

7.8.2.2 Power of Attorney

In order to enable the Factor to cash without delay any instruments of payment relating to a Transferred Receivable received by it from the Debtors, each of the French Sellers grants the Factor a power of attorney in order to affix any indication or signature necessary onto the said instruments of payment. In the event that it appears that payments made in favour of the Factor are not related to Transferred Receivables, the Factor shall be deemed to have cashed the same in its capacity as an agent, even after the termination of this Agreement. Amounts so cashed shall be credited to the Current Account and the provisions of Clause 7.3(e) shall apply. The powers of attorney mentioned in this Clause are stipulated in the joint interest of both Parties.

 

7.8.2.3 Retention of title

 

(a) For sales made subject to retention of title, the Factor shall not be required to exercise the French Sellers’ rights of revendication in its stead, unless requested in writing by the relevant French Seller and accepted by the Factor.

 

(b)

Any such exercise of the relevant French Seller’ rights of revendication shall be carried out at the French Seller’s expense (other than relating to the Off BS Receivables, which shall be made at the Factor’s request and at the Factor’s expense). In the event that the relevant French Seller’s rights of revendication are exercised by the Factor, the French Seller agrees to provide any assistance necessary to the Factor, in particular for the identification and recovery of the

 

48


  assets and (except if such recovery relates to Off BS Receivables) to repurchase the recovered assets for a price which may not be less than two thirds of the amount initially invoiced to the Debtor. In any event, the French Seller shall not be entitled to require the Factor to bear the risks of loss or destruction of the goods sold (other than relating to the Off BS Receivables).

 

7.8.2.4 Penalties and late payment interest

Each of the French Sellers shall remain entitled to waive its rights to any penalties and late payment interests payable by the Debtors in relation to the Transferred Receivables and to make corresponding adjustments to its books. For this purpose, each of the French Sellers shall verify the Asset Account by all means at its disposal. As specified in Clause 3.2, invoices corresponding to penalties and late payment interests are Excluded Receivables.

 

7.8.3 Direct payments, Credit Notes

 

7.8.3.1 Payment to the French Sellers

When Indirect Payments are made directly to the French Sellers for the payment of Transferred Receivables, the French Sellers may only receive them as an agent of the Factor, and an equivalent amount shall be paid once a week by such French Seller to the Collection Account or to such other account as the Factor may designate in writing. Failing such repayment being made within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such Indirect Payment, the Factor may debit the corresponding amount from the Current Account, without prejudice to any other recourse.

 

7.8.3.2 Compliant Credit Notes

Each of the French Sellers agrees not to change the scope of the rights attached to a Transferred Receivable in a manner which would negatively affect the rights granted to the Factor hereunder over those Transferred Receivables, subject to the Factor’s approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Factor shall be deemed to have accepted (i) Credit Notes and adjusted invoices issued in the normal course of business and in accordance with normal trade practices or (ii) any extension on payment terms, within the limit set forth in the relevant Credit Insurance Policy or subject to the Factor’s approval. In any event, the French Sellers agree to deliver to the Factor all information on Credit Notes or extensions on payment terms related to the Transferred Receivables no later than five (5) Business Days after their issuance or granting. For the avoidance of doubt, such Credit Notes will be included in the file transmitted by the French Sellers to the Factor pursuant to Clause 5.1.1.2(b)(i).

 

7.8.3.3 Non-compliant Credit Notes

Credit notes that are not in accordance with usual business practices or issued in fraud of the Factor’s rights shall be deemed unenforceable against the Factor even where they have been credited to the Asset Account. Without prejudice to any and all recourse existing against the French Sellers, this rule shall apply in particular to all unsubstantiated or non-compliant Credit Notes, Credit Notes for which a written justification has not yet been provided by the relevant French Seller to the Factor five (5) Business Days following a request to that effect.

 

8 FACTORING ACCOUNTS

The Factor shall open and manage the Current Accounts (as well as all related sub-accounts detailed below) in order to record the amounts paid or payable by the Factor to each French Seller pursuant to the Agreement and those which are due for any reason whatsoever by each of the French Sellers to the Factor.

 

49


8.1 Current Accounts

 

8.1.1 Single Accounts

 

(a) Transferred Receivables and liabilities of each French Seller towards the Factor (and vice-versa) arising under the Transaction which are reciprocal, connected and indivisible, shall be reflected as respective credit and debit items under the Current Accounts and shall therefore be subject to set-off when due for payment. The same rule shall apply in the event of the opening of Sub-Accounts in order to enhance the monitoring of the transactions made under the Agreement.

 

(b) There shall be one Current Account between each of the French Sellers and the Factor for each currency in which Transferred Receivables are denominated in accordance with the Agreement.

 

(c) Each of the Current Accounts and the Sub-Accounts shall form an indivisible whole and single account between each of the French Sellers and the Factor and the overall balance thereof after set-off of credits and debits shall be considered at all times – and in particular after the termination of the factoring transactions arising hereunder – as the balance of each of the Current Accounts.

 

(d) At the request of either a French Seller or the Factor, if such Parties agree to do so, the Factor may set-off the credit and debit balances of Current Accounts denominated in different currencies (other than those Sub-Accounts relating to the Off BS Receivables).

 

8.1.2 Overdraft

The existence of a Current Account shall not give rise to any overdraft rights. Any debit balance shall be immediately due without any need for a formal notice and shall be immediately reconstituted with amounts resulting from the Assignments of new Transferred Receivables or, failing such Assignments, with cash transferred by the relevant French Sellers upon request from the Factor, it being understood that the relevant French Seller shall make the requested cash payment within five (5) Business Days from such request. In any case, any debit balance of a Current Account shall bear interest, even after the relevant Current Account shall have been closed, at the rate of the Special Financing Commission, until full reimbursement.

 

8.1.3 Transactions

Each Current Account shall in particular be credited with the amount of the relevant Transferred Receivables, as well as all with debits from the Sub-Accounts.

The Current Account shall be debited by the amounts made available by the Factor to the relevant French Seller, as well as the amounts transferred to the credit of the Sub-Accounts and any and all amounts due by any French Seller to the Factor under this Agreement.

 

8.1.4 Statements

Monthly statements issued by the Factor shall be deemed to have been irrevocably accepted by the French Sellers, except if a written and valid claim is raised within the applicable statute of limitations for commercial matters, that is, five (5) years from the closing date of the said statements.

Any French Seller (or the Parent Company) shall be entitled to request in writing from the Factor any information or justification relating to any credit or debit entry.

 

50


8.1.5 Payments

Any payment made with respect to a Transferred Receivable by way of debit from the relevant Current Account shall be deemed to have effectively occurred only up to, and to the extent of, the amount of the credit balance (if any) of the Current Account as at the relevant date the Current Account is so debited.

 

8.1.6 Closing

After the termination of the Agreement and the complete settlement of transactions with respect to the relevant French Sellers, the Current Accounts with respect to such relevant French Sellers shall be closed and the remaining balances (if they are positive) shall be refunded to such relevant French Sellers.

 

8.2 Asset Account

Outstanding amounts of Transferred Receivables are recorded as debit items under the Asset Account. Any payments related to Transferred Receivables are recorded as credit items under the Asset Account. For the avoidance of doubt, the Asset Account is not a Sub-Account.

 

8.3 Offset and Adjustment Account

In order to enable an accounting follow-up of the performance of the Mandates, it is agreed to record, in a Sub-Account named Offset and Adjustment Account, the following operations:

 

(i) on the credit side, cashing of Transferred Receivables,

 

(ii) on the debit side, information on transfers, cheques for cashing and bills due as itemised in the “settlements situation” files forwarded by each of the French Sellers, in accordance with the technical methods approved by the Parties, as well as pursuant to Clause 5.1.1.2(b)(i).

In principle, the balance of the Offset and Adjustment Account should be zero. In practice, this will not be the case due to the time difference of operations. If there are credit balances relating to payments of amounts which are not related to Transferred Receivables, such balances will thus be charged to the Current Account, after evidence from the relevant French Seller substantiating them as indicated in Clause 7.3(e). In case of a debit balance of the Offset and Adjustment Account, such balance may be applied to a Deferred Availability Account.

 

8.4 Holdback Reserve

 

8.4.1 Purpose

The Holdback Reserve is placed into Sub-Account(s) to guarantee that the Factor may exercise all contractual remedies.

 

8.4.2 Constitution

 

(a)

For each French Seller, the Holdback Reserve shall be set at the higher of (i) ten per cent (10%) of all Transferred Receivables outstanding, including VAT, less (A) the Specific Reserve (and the Reserve referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be)) and (B) the sums credited to the relevant Deferred Availability Accounts, (ii) the sum of five per cent (5%) and the Average Dilution Rate of all Transferred Receivables outstanding, including VAT, less (A) the Specific Reserve (and the Reserve referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be)) and (B) the sums credited to the relevant Deferred Availability Accounts and (iii) the minimum amount set out in paragraph (b) below, and shall be funded by way of direct debit on

 

51


  Payments. Downward or upward adjustments shall be calculated by the Factor and shall apply to new Receivables to be Assigned and made by it by crediting the relevant Current Account at the relevant Assignment date. Any event taken into account in the Holdback Reserve shall be taken into account only once, and only with respect to such reserve (to the exclusion of the Specific Reserve (and the Reserve referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be)).

 

(b) The minimum amount of the Holdback Reserve is fixed for each French Seller as follows:

 

  (i) for Constellium France, at EUR 12,350,000 (or EUR 13,500,000 as from the Merger completion of the Merger);

 

  (ii) for Constellium Aerospace, at EUR 1,150,000 (until completion of the Merger);

 

  (iii) for Constellium Extrusions France, at EUR 370,000; and

 

  (iv) for Constellium Aviatube, at EUR 160,000.

In any case, the amount of the Holdback Reserve for all French Sellers shall never be higher than the total outstanding amount of the Transferred Receivables.

 

(c) In the event that a French Seller is placed under an Insolvency Proceeding or that the termination of the Agreement occurs, the applicable Holdback Reserve for all new Receivables to be Assigned (other than the Off BS Receivables) as from the relevant date shall be increased by another ten per cent (10%) of all Transferred Receivables outstanding (other than the Off BS Receivables), including VAT, less (A) the Specific Reserve (and the Reserve referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be)) and (B) the sums credited to the relevant Deferred Availability Accounts.

 

8.4.3 Specific treatment for Off BS Receivables

 

(a) The portion of the Holdback Reserve applying to the Off BS Receivables shall be placed onto two (2) distinct and segregated Sub Accounts (one for EUR and one for USD, with no set-off between the two Sub-Accounts) of Constellium France and shall be applied solely to secure any recourse the Factor may have against Constellium France pursuant to the Agreement in respect of such Off BS Receivables (to the exclusion of any other risk relating to such Off BS Receivables, including in particular the non-payment thereof). By way of consequence, any Holdback Reserve that is not placed onto the relevant Sub-Accounts above shall not be used to the guarantee of any contractual remedies relating to the Off BS Receivables (and vice-versa).

 

(b) It is further agreed that, by derogation to the other provisions of the Agreement, including after termination of the Agreement, upon the earlier of (i) any definitive settlement of any relevant Off BS Receivable or (ii) any Insolvency Proceeding being opened in respect of the relevant Debtor, the respective amount of the Holdback Reserve that has been specifically applied to such Off BS Receivable shall be restituted to Constellium France as soon as possible and in any case within five (5) Business Days from such settlement or the opening of Insolvency Proceeding.

 

8.4.4 Utilisation

 

(i) the Factor may draw from the Holdback Reserve the sums necessary to cover a debit position of the relevant Current Account. In such case, the contractual percentage and/or threshold shall be immediately reconstituted with amounts resulting from the Assignments of new Transferred Receivables or, failing such Assignments, with cash transferred by the relevant French Sellers upon request from the Factor, it being understood that the relevant French Seller shall make the requested cash payment within five (5) Business Days from such request.

 

52


(ii) upon termination of the relationship between the Parties or at any other time as agreed between the Factor and the relevant French Seller, the remaining balance (if it is positive) of the Holdback Reserve, as calculated on the basis of the amounts of all Transferred Receivables outstanding (including VAT) (other than the Off BS Receivables) and the Specific Reserve (and the Reserve referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be)) fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the agreed restitution date, shall be restituted to the relevant French Seller, in which case it shall be transferred to the credit of the relevant Current Account on such agreed restitution date.

 

(iii) This Clause 8.4.4 does not apply to the portion of the Holdback Reserve applying to the Off BS Receivables.

 

8.5 Deferred Availability Accounts or Reserves

 

8.5.1 Purpose

Deferred Availability Accounts (or Reserves) will be opened for each French Seller (in relation to each applicable currency) to facilitate the monitoring of (i) Non-Financeable Amounts for the Transferred Receivables other than the Off BS Receivables, (ii) Disputed Receivables which have been Definanced, (iii) Defaulted Receivables which have been Definanced and (iv) the debit balance of the Offset and Adjustment Accounts for the Transferred Receivables other than the Off BS Receivables, as well as amounts which are subject to seizure or opposition. These amounts are transferred to the credit of the Current Account upon the regularization of the relevant transaction.

 

8.5.2 Constitution of a Specific Reserve

 

(a) The Specific Reserve refers to Tolling and Pseudo Tolling reserve which is respectively set up for each French Seller in order to cover compensation risks arising from Transferred Receivables (other than the Off BS Receivables) deriving from contractual relationships with Debtors that include Tolling and/or Pseudo Tolling transactions, unless non set-off agreements satisfactory to the Factor are entered into between the French Sellers and their relevant Debtors. For the avoidance of doubt, such agreements shall be fully enforceable by the Factor against the relevant Debtors. Any event taken into account in the Specific Reserve shall be taken into account only once, and only with respect to such reserve (to the exclusion of the Holdback Reserve (and the Reserve referred to in Clause 8.5.3 (as the case may be))).

 

(b) The Specific Reserve shall be determined by the Factor on the Closing Date on the basis of the Tolling report for the month of November 2010, as transmitted to the Factor on or prior to the Closing Date and shall be adjusted on a monthly basis by the Factor according to the representation and data received from the relevant French Sellers and based on and in respect of the account payable ledger and the Tolling report provided by the French Sellers in accordance with the provisions of Clause 4.2(m)(ii)(c).

 

8.5.3 Devaluation Reserve

 

(a) As from the date on which Constellium France transfers to the Factor Receivables held against Airbus Operations SAS arising from any commercial contract other than an airware contract (the “ Airbus Receivables ”), a devaluation reserve (the “Devaluation Reserve ”) shall be constituted by the Factor in respect of such Airbus Receivables in order to cover the Factor against additional set-off risk if, with respect to any calendar month during which Airbus Receivables have been transferred to the Factor, the Metal Floating Price is below the Metal Invoicing Price (the positive difference between the Metal Floating Price and the Metal Invoicing Price being referred to herein as the “ Metal Price Devaluation ”).

 

53


(b) Within five (5) Business Days (the “ Devaluation Reserve Calculation Date ”) following the last Business Day of each calendar month during which the Devaluation Reserve is required to be constituted pursuant to sub-paragraph (a) above (the “ Devaluation Reserve Reference Month ”), Constellium France shall communicate to the Factor (i) the Metal Floating Price and (ii) the turnover ( chiffres d’affaires ) and related metal tonnage carried out by Constellium France with Airbus Operations SAS (excluding those corresponding to supplies under the airware contracts) during the Devaluation Reserve Reference Month, as well as the Metal Invoicing Price on the basis of which such turnover has been invoiced to Airbus Operations SAS. To the extent a Metal Price Devaluation appears on the Devaluation Reserve Calculation Date, the Factor shall constitute the Devaluation Reserve on such date by way of debit from the relevant Current Account by an amount equal to the Metal Price Devaluation, as applied to the metal tonnage communicated by Constellium France for the relevant Devaluation Reserve Reference Month.

 

(c) The Devaluation Reserve shall be restituted to Constellium France by way of credit from the relevant Current Account on the immediately following Devaluation Reserve Calculation Date (at which date the Devaluation Reserve (if any) for the following Devaluation Reserve Reference Month shall be calculated and constituted in accordance with the foregoing).

 

(d) Any event taken into account in any Reserve constituted pursuant to this Clause 8.5.3 shall be taken into account only once, and only in respect of such reserve (to the exclusion of the Holdback Reserve or the Specific Reserve (as the case may be)).

 

8.6 Availability Account

The Availability Account is a Sub-Account to be opened for each French Seller (in relation to each applicable currency), the purpose of which is to record the amount of Financeable Amounts being available to such French Seller (other than in respect of the Off BS Receivables, for which all Financings shall have been made in full to Constellium France pursuant to Clause 5.2.6), as such amount has been determined by the Factor pursuant to Clause 5.2 and in respect of which the relevant French Seller has not sent a Funding Request to the Factor in relation thereto.

 

8.7 Isolation of movements on the Off BS Receivables

 

(a) By derogation to Clause 8 above (and notably Clause 8.1.1), (i) all present and future, debit and credit, movements relating to the Off BS Receivables shall be isolated into a specific Sub-Account No. 002111 of the Current Account No. 24862 of Constellium France to be specifically opened by the Factor for the specific treatment of the Off BS Receivables thereunder and (ii) cash flows and movements on the Off BS Receivables (as well as all Collections relating thereto) shall be segregated between flows in EUR and flows in USD (with no set-off between the two) and be isolated from all cash flows or movements relating to the Transferred Receivables other than the Off BS Receivables (without set-off or other counterclaim) and be transferred to such Sub-Account as from the Transition Date.

 

(b) It is further understood that Constellium France shall make sure all cash flows and movements on the Off BS Receivables are properly identified and shall provide the Factor with all allocation details ( détails de paiement ) on such Off BS Receivables as soon as they receive the information from the relevant Debtors.

 

54


9 REMUNERATION OF THE FACTOR

 

9.1 Factoring Commission

 

9.1.1 Purpose

The Factor shall receive a Factoring Commission in consideration of the non-financial services it provides to the French Sellers, as specified in Clause 2.1.

 

9.1.2 Establishment

 

(a) The rate of the Factoring Commission is set at zero point fifteen per cent (0.15%) (excluding VAT) of the amount (including VAT) of each Transferred Receivable. The aggregate minimum annual amount of the Factoring Commission for all French Sellers shall be one million two hundred thousand Euros (EUR 1,200,000) excluding VAT.

 

(b) The aggregate amount of Factoring Commission collected during a calendar year shall not, in any case, be less than the minimum annual amount referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above (such amount to be calculated, upon termination of the Agreement, on a pro rata basis from the beginning of the calendar year until the termination date).

 

(c) In case of termination of the Agreement by reason of the Factor’s decision, the minimum annual amount referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above shall only be paid with respect to the then current six-month period at the termination of the notice period. In case of termination of the Agreement resulting from the French Sellers’ decision, the minimum annual amount referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above shall be immediately payable as soon as the termination of the Agreement is notified.

 

(d) Should the Agreement be terminated after the Commitment Period, the minimum annual amount referred to in sub-paragraph (a) above shall be calculated, upon termination of the Agreement, on a pro rata temporis basis from the beginning of the calendar year until the termination date.

 

9.2 Special Financing Commission (SFC)

 

9.2.1 Principle

 

(a) The Factor shall be entitled to a Special Financing Commission in respect of the amounts it Finances.

 

(b) Subject to sub-paragraph (d) below (and subject to Clause 9.2.4 in respect of the Off BS Receivables), the Special Financing Commission for the Transferred Receivables other than the Off BS Receivables shall be equal to:

 

  (i) in respect of the Receivables denominated in Euro, the Applicable Rate; and

 

  (ii) in respect of the Receivables denominated in currencies other than Euro (such as Great Britain Pounds (GBP), United States Dollars (USD) or Swiss Francs (CHF)), the Applicable Rate.

 

(c) Subject to Clause 9.2.4 in respect of the Off BS Receivables, it shall be calculated at the end of each month on the outstanding amounts Financed and actually paid by the Factor from the sending of Funding Requests (including VAT) and it shall be paid monthly.

 

55


(d) At the end of each month, subject to Clause 9.2.4 in respect of the Off BS Receivables, after taking into account the Value Date applied to the cash receipts and outlays, an SFC statement shall be prepared and the debit balance shall be debited from the relevant Current Account.

 

9.2.2 Reduction of the Special Financing Commission

As soon as the Holdback Reserve will be at least equal to the minimum threshold amount specified in Clause 8.4.2, and as long as it will remain at least the same, the Holdback Reserve will be remunerated by an amount equal to one hundred per cent (100%) of the Special Financing Commission rate. Once calculated, such amount will be deducted from the Special Financing Commission to be paid by the relevant French Seller in accordance with Clause 9.2 for the relevant month (subject to Clause 9.2.4 in respect of the Off BS Receivables).

 

9.2.3 Value Dates

Any payment made from the Current Account, or to the Asset Account, shall be made for value in accordance with the provisions of Annex 1 ( Value Dates ).

 

9.2.4 Special Financing Commission for the Off BS Receivables

 

(a) The Special Financing Commission being applicable to the Off BS Receivables shall be equal to:

     SFC (OffBSRec) = FA x ( AR x SFCP/360 )

where, in respect of such commission:

“AR” means the Applicable Rate;

“FA” means the amounts Financed on each Off BS Receivable;

“SFC (OffBSRec)” means the Special Financing Commission being applicable to the Off BS Receivables;

“SFCP” means the Special Financing Commission Period;

 

(b) It shall be calculated by way of précompte with no further possible adjustment for such calculations and paid as at the date the Factor transfers all cash flows relating to the Off BS Receivables on a specific Sub-Account pursuant to Clause 8.7 above.

 

9.3 Arrangement Fee

An Arrangement Fee equal to two point twenty five per cent (2.25%) of the Maximum Financing Amount (excluding VAT) shall be paid by the French Sellers and the Parent Company, acting jointly and severally, to the Factor, which fee shall come into existence as at the date of signature of the Agreement and shall become due and payable at completion of the Acquisition.

 

9.4 Non-Utilization Fee

So long as the Commitment Period is outstanding, each of the French Sellers shall pay monthly the Non-Utilization Fee to the Factor.

 

9.5 Specific pricing and collection or transfer charges

 

(a) All additional services of the Factor other than those described in Clause 2.1 shall be subject to a specific price determination detailed in the Client Guide or, otherwise, in a quotation submitted to the French Sellers for their approval.

 

56


(b) The Current Account shall be debited by the amount of collection or transfer charges all of which shall be entirely borne by the French Sellers.

 

9.6 Effective Global Rate

 

(a) For the application of the provisions of Clause R. 313-1-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, each Party acknowledges that, taking into account the specificity of this Agreement (in particular the variable nature of the SFC rate), the Effective Global Rate cannot be calculated on the signing date of the Agreement but an indicative calculation of such rate shall be provided in this Clause 9.6.

 

(b) In application of Clause R. 313-1-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the indicative calculation, as of 9 December 2010, on the basis of a EURIBOR 3 month at 1.04% as of 9 December 2010, of the Effective Global Rate applicable to the Agreement is 3.35% per year.

 

(c) This rate is calculated, as an indication only, on the basis of a 365 day year (366 days for leap years) during the term of the Agreement, pursuant to the terms and conditions that normally apply, namely the following assumptions:

 

  (i) an average delay in payments by the Debtors of sixty (60) calendar days;

 

  (ii) a Special Financing Commission as specified in Clause 9.2; and

 

  (iii) a Non-Utilization Fee as specified in Clause 9.4; and

 

  (iv) the Holdback Reserve as specified in Clause 8.4.

 

(d) Even if the reference rate of the Special Financing Commission does not vary, the Effective Global Rate may increase or decrease during the term of the Agreement depending on changes to the various assumptions set out above and/or contractual parameters.

 

10 TAXES

 

(a) Each of the French Sellers shall pay all duties, taxes (including withholding tax) and levies (a “ Tax ”) which are due in connection with the Assignment of the Transferred Receivables and the perfection of such Assignments, as of the date of their performance (except corporate income Taxes or branch profit Taxes derived from profit recorded at the level of the Factor).

 

(b) The Factor declares that it will act for the purposes of this Agreement from its head office in France. The Factor shall inform the French Sellers if it intends to act through another office outside of France and undertakes not to act from an establishment or office situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction. Should the establishment or office through which the Factor acts under this Agreement become situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction, the Factor undertakes to take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming not deductible from that French Seller’s taxable income for French tax purposes by reason of that amount being paid or accrued to the Factor being established or acting through an establishment or office situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction, including (but not limited to) by transferring its rights and obligations under the Factoring Agreement to another establishment or office.

 

(c) Each French Seller and the Parent Company shall make all payments to be made by it hereunder without any tax deduction or withholding (a “ Tax Deduction ”), unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

57


(d) Each of the French Sellers shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Factor accordingly. During the thirty (30) days following the giving of the notice to the Factor of the Tax Deduction, the relevant Parties shall negotiate in good faith in order to mitigate the application of that Tax Deduction, it being understood that, during that thirty (30) day period, the relevant French Seller shall be entitled, by sending another four (4) Business Days prior notice to the Factor, to suspend temporally the offer of the affected Receivables. The Parties further agree to negotiate in good faith the consequences of any change in the laws or regulations on the VAT rate being applicable to assignment of receivables.

 

(e) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by a French Seller and that no agreement is found by the Parties at the end of the thirty (30) day period referred in sub-paragraph (d) above, the amount of the payment due from the French Seller (including the payment of fees) pursuant to the terms of the Agreement shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

(f) A payment shall not be increased under sub-paragraph (e) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by France on a payment made to the Factor if such Tax Deduction is imposed solely because this payment is made to an account opened in the name of or for the benefit of that Factor in a financial institution situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction.

 

(e) To this effect, the Factor is hereby authorised to debit the relevant Current Account by the full amounts due by the French Seller to the Factor under this Agreement assuming that there is no Tax Deduction required or, if required, by the effect of the application of sub-paragraph (e) above.

 

(f) If a French Seller makes any payment in respect of which it is required to make any deduction or withholding, it shall pay the full amount required to be deducted or withheld to the relevant taxation or other authority (an “ Authority ”) within the time allowed for such payment under Applicable Law and shall deliver the Factor within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof an original receipt issued by such Authority evidencing the payment to such Authority.

 

(g) In the event that any French Seller pays any additional amount or amounts pursuant to sub-paragraph (e) above (an “ Additional Tax Payment ”), and in the event the recipient thereof determines in good faith, that, as a result of such Additional Tax Payment, it (or the tax group to which it belongs) is effectively entitled to obtain and retain a refund of any taxes or a tax credit in respect of taxes which reduces the tax liability of such recipient (or the tax group to which it belongs) (a “ Tax Saving ”), then such recipient shall, after effective receipt of such Tax Saving, under the terms and conditions under sub-paragraphs (h) and (i), reimburse to such French Seller such amount as such recipient shall reasonably determine in good faith to be the proportion of the Tax Savings as will leave such recipient (after such reimbursement) in no better or worse position than it would have been in had the payment by such French Seller in respect of which the foregoing additional tax payment was made not been subject to any withholding or deduction on account of Taxes.

 

(h) No provision of this Agreement shall interfere with the right of the Factor to arrange its Tax or any other affairs in whatever manner it thinks fits. Therefore, if the Factor determines that a claim of any Tax Saving entails an identified tax risk for it or requires the Factor to disclose information relating to its Tax or other affairs in a manner which is identified as being possibly harmful to the Factor (the “ Tax Saving Risk ”), then upon reasonable justification of such Tax Saving Risk to the French Seller, the Parties agree to discuss the tax issue of the Tax Saving to which the French Seller is entitled to under the terms and conditions of sub-paragraph (g) and negotiate in good faith to try to avoid or mitigate any damageable consequences of such Tax Saving. The Parties agree that this negotiation will take place no later than ninety (90) days following the end of the financial year to which the Tax Saving relates.

 

58


(i) If the Factor makes any payment to a French Seller pursuant to sub-paragraph (g) and the Factor subsequently determines, subject to reasonable justification to the French Seller, that the Tax Saving in respect of which the reimbursement was made was not available or has been withdrawn or that it was unable to use such Tax Saving in full, the Seller shall reimburse the Factor such amount equal to the Tax Saving previously reimbursed to the Seller that became unavailable, withdrawn or that the Factor was not able to use.

 

(j) The rights of the Factor under this Clause 10 shall not benefit to any Authorised Assignee (or more generally to any assignee of the Transferred Receivables other than the Factor).

 

(k) If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by a French Seller (or that there is any increase in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction), or if any amount payable to the Factor is not, or will not be (when the relevant corporate income tax is calculated) treated as a deductible charge or expense for French tax purposes for that French Seller by reason of that amount being paid or accrued to the Factor being incorporated, domiciled, established or acting through an office situated in a Non-Cooperative Jurisdiction, and as a result such French Seller decides to withdraw from this Agreement, then no early termination premium will be due by such French Seller or the Parent Company.

 

11 TERM AND TERMINATION

 

11.1 Term

 

(a) This Agreement is entered into on the date hereof, that is, 4 January 2011, and shall not come into effect, and no Assignment of Receivables shall be made pursuant to the Agreement, until the Acquisition has been completed and all of the conditions precedent set forth in Annex 2 have been satisfied in full (the “ Closing Date ”).

 

(b) During the Commitment Period, and subject to the application of Clauses 11.2 and 11.3, the Factor and each of the French Sellers agree not to terminate the Agreement.

 

(c) As from the end of the Commitment Period, this Agreement will be deemed to be of indeterminate duration, with each of the Factor and the French Sellers having the right to terminate the Agreement at any time, subject to a three (3) month prior notice, by sending a registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

11.2 Termination by the Factor

To the best of its knowledge, upon the relevant French Seller or the Parent Company becoming aware of the occurrence of an event occurring under this Clause 11.2 and constituting a Default, it shall promptly notify the Factor of the occurrence of such Default by sending a default notice to the Factor (the “ Default Notice ”).

 

11.2.1 Termination by the Factor for all French Sellers and the Parent Company

 

(a) Upon receiving a Default Notice from the relevant French Seller or the Parent Company in respect of a Default referred to in this Clause 11.2.1, or upon becoming aware of a Default referred to in this Clause 11.2.1, the Factor may send a cure notice to the French Sellers and the Parent Company (a “ Cure Notice ”) setting forth the relevant Default(s) and the applicable grace period(s) (if any).

 

59


(b) If the relevant Default(s) referred to in the Cure Notice is(are) not cured or waived within applicable grace period (if any), the Factor may, after due consideration of the impact of such termination on the situation of the French Sellers (taken as a whole), terminate the Agreement with respect to all the French Sellers and the Parent Company, upon three (3) Business Day notice (a “ Termination Notice ”) sent to the French Sellers and the Parent Company to that effect.

 

(c) Each of the following events constitutes an Event of Default in respect of the French Sellers and the Parent Company, whether or not the occurrence of the relevant event is outside the control of any entity of the Group or any other person:

 

  (i) a French Seller or the Parent Company (i) is in a state of cessation des paiements (or becomes insolvent for the purposes of any insolvency law); or (ii) by reason of its actual or anticipated financial difficulties, suspends making payments on all or a substantial part of its debts;

 

  (ii) steps have been taken by the Parent Company or a French Seller or, so far as the Parent Company any French Seller is aware, by any other person, that would constitute, or already constitutes, an Insolvency Proceeding in respect of such French Seller or the Parent Company (or any other equivalent proceeding under any applicable law) unless, in relation to such steps or procedures effectively taken or started, such steps or procedures are (i) promptly contested by the relevant French Seller or the Parent Company and (ii) are finally dismissed within twenty (20) days from the sending of the Cure Notice;

 

  (iii) the occurrence of a Cross-Default;

 

  (iv) the occurrence of an Event of Default as specified in Clause 11.2.2(c) below with respect to all French Sellers;

 

  (v) (A) any party to the Factoring Agreement, the Parent Performance Guarantee or the Intercreditor Agreement (other than the Factor or the German Purchaser) challenges the validity or enforceability ( opposabilité ) of any material right or obligation thereunder (subject to Untested Receivables which have been Assigned to the Factor pursuant to the Agreement); or (B) subject to the Legal Reservations, any of the Factoring Agreement, the Parent Performance Guarantee or the Intercreditor Agreement ceases to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable ( opposable ) in its entirety unless, with respect to the Parent Performance Guarantee, it is replaced by equivalent security (satisfactory to the Factor) within ten (10) Business Days from the sending of the Cure Notice; or

 

  (vi) a change of control occurs with respect to any French Seller or the Parent Company, pursuant to which:

 

  (a) Apollo ceases to own (whether directly or indirectly through any natural person or legal entity) (i) at least thirty five per cent (35%) of the issued share capital of the Parent Company or of any French Seller; (ii) the issued share capital having the right to cast at least thirty five per cent (35%) of the votes capable of being cast in general meetings of the Parent Company or of any French Seller; or (iii) the right to determine the composition of the majority of the board of directors or equivalent body of the Parent Company or to designate the Président of any French Seller (as the case may be); or

 

  (b) any person (other than an intermediate holding company or a person, in either case, controlled directly or indirectly by Apollo) shall own a greater proportion of the voting rights of any French Seller or the Parent Company than Apollo

 

60


(in either case, a “ Change of Control ”);

Provided that if, prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, (a) the Factor is informed by the Parent Company or any of the French Sellers that any shareholder (or group of shareholders acting in concert) other than Apollo, the FSI or Rio Tinto is purporting to own (whether directly or indirectly through any natural person or legal entity) such portion of the issued share capital and/or voting rights of the relevant entity as would give rise to a Change of Control in respect of the Parent Company or of the relevant French Seller(s) and (b) such new shareholder (or group of shareholders) is approved by the Factor (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld), then the relevant Change of Control shall not constitute an Event of Default pursuant to this Agreement.

 

11.2.2 Termination by the Factor for any French Seller

 

(a) Upon receiving a Default Notice from the relevant French Seller in respect of a Default referred to in this Clause 11.2.2, or upon becoming aware of a Default referred to in this Clause 11.2.2, the Factor may send a Cure Notice to the relevant French Seller setting forth the relevant Default(s) and the applicable grace period(s) (if any).

 

(b) If the relevant Default(s) referred to in the Cure Notice is(are) not cured or waived within applicable grace period (if any), the Factor may, after due consideration of the impact of such termination on the situation of the French Sellers (taken as a whole), terminate the Agreement with respect to the relevant French Seller, upon three (3) Business Day Termination Notice sent to the relevant French Seller to that effect.

 

(c) Each of the following events constitutes an Event of Default in respect of the relevant French Seller, whether or not the occurrence of the relevant event is outside the control of any entity of the Group or any other person:

 

  (i) steps have been taken by a French Seller or, so far as any French Seller is aware, by any other person, that would constitute, or already constitutes any in respect of such French Seller, any proceeding (other than an Insolvency Proceeding) under Livre VI of the French Commercial Code, as amended from time to time (or equivalent proceeding under any applicable law) unless, in relation to such steps or procedures effectively taken or started, such steps or procedures are (i) promptly contested by the relevant French Seller and (ii) are finally dismissed within twenty (20) days from the sending of the Cure Notice to the relevant French Seller;

 

  (ii) a French Seller fails to comply with its obligations under the Financing Facilities Documents (other than resulting from Clause 4) to the extent such failure has a Material Adverse Effect and, if capable of remedy, continues unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days from the sending of the Cure Notice to the relevant French Seller;

 

  (iii) a French Seller is in breach of any of the representations, warranties and undertakings given in Clause 4 to the extent such failure has a Material Adverse Effect, and, if capable of remedy, continues unremedied for a period of:

 

  (A) five (5) Business Days, for the events referred to in Clauses 4.1.1(e), 4.1.2(b), 4.1.2(c), 4.2(b) to 4.2(d), 4.2(f), 4.2(h) to 4.2(n) and 4.2(p) to 4.2(x); or

 

61


  (B) seven (7) Business Days, for the events referred to in Clauses 4.1.1(a) and 4.1.1(d); or

 

  (C) ten (10) Business Days, for the events referred to in Clauses 4.1.1(b), 4.1.1(c) 4.1.1(f) to 4.1.1(i), 4.1.1(k), 4.1.1(l), 4.2(e), 4.2(g) and 4.2(o); or

 

  (D) fifteen (15) Business Days, for the event referred to in Clause 4.1.1(j); or

 

  (E) up to the next Assignment date, for the event referred to in Clause 4.2(a);

from the sending of the Cure Notice to the relevant French Seller;

 

  (iv) the occurrence of (A) a material change in a French Seller’s legal situation; or (B) a significant deterioration of a French Seller’s financial position; or (C) severe deficiencies in a French Seller’s accounting management; or (D) significant delays or any aggravation of delays for payment in respect of suppliers and unsecured or secured creditors (such as inter alia the French Trésor Public , Urssaf , caisses de retraite etc.) of a French Seller (other than resulting from the normal course of such French Seller’s business) which, individually or collectively, would have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

  (v) (A) any party to any of the Financing Facilities Documents (other than the Factoring Agreement, the Parent Performance Guarantee or the Intercreditor Agreement) (other than the Factor) challenges the validity or enforceability ( opposabilité ) of any material right or obligation thereunder, subject to Untested Receivables which have been Assigned to the Factor pursuant to the Agreement; or (B) subject to the Legal Reservations and Clause 7.3(d), any of the Financing Facilities Documents (other than the Factoring Agreement, the Parent Performance Guarantee or the Intercreditor Agreement) ceases to be legal, valid, binding and enforceable ( opposable ) in its entirety (or, with respect to the Deeds of Transfer, would prove to be unenforceable after appropriate notification is made to the Debtor) unless, with respect to the Collection Account Assignment Agreements or the Credit Insurance Assignment Agreements, it is replaced by equivalent security (satisfactory to the Factor) within ten (10) Business Days from the sending of the Cure Notice;

 

  (vi) a French Seller has knowingly omitted or concealed material information or has knowingly made false statements to the Factor regarding any material information to be provided by a French Seller upon the signature of any of the Financing Facilities Documents or during the course of the performance thereof; or

 

  (vii) the occurrence of one of the events specified in Clause 6.2(b) to (d) above with respect to a French Seller.

 

11.3 Voluntary Withdrawal

 

(a) Any or all French Sellers shall be entitled to withdraw from the Agreement at any time, subject to:

 

  (i) thirty (30) days’ prior notice; and

 

  (ii) in case voluntary termination of the Agreement is requested for all French Sellers, the payment by the French Sellers and the Parent Company, acting jointly and severally, on the date of termination of an early termination premium equal to one million two hundred thousand Euros (EUR 1,200,000); and

 

62


  (iii) in case voluntary termination of the Agreement is requested for a given French Seller, the payment by such French Seller and the Parent Company, acting jointly and severally, on the date of termination of an early termination premium equal to its pro rata share of one million two hundred thousand Euros (EUR 1,200,000), it being understood that such pro rata share shall be calculated according to the respective outstanding amount of Transferred Receivables assigned by such French Seller compared to the total aggregate amount of all Transferred Receivables assigned by all French Sellers.

 

(b) Other than in respect of the Off BS Receivables for which there shall be no Transfer-Back, the relevant French Seller(s) shall, to the extent possible, specify in their termination notice whether the Financing Facilities should be terminated by way of buy-back in full of the outstanding Transferred Receivables or by way of amortization of the Transferred Receivables.

 

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, upon termination of the Agreement (such termination to occur at the end of the notice period specified in paragraph (a) above) and subject to the payment of the early termination premium specified in paragraph (b) above: (a) the relevant French Seller(s) shall no longer make offers to the Factor for the purchase of Receivables, (b) the Factor shall not be committed any longer to purchase Relevant Receivables, (c) Non-Utilization Fee and Factoring Commission shall no longer be payable by the relevant French Seller(s) to the Factor and (d) the relevant French Seller(s) will cease to be subject to any obligations under the Agreement other than to obligations outstanding on the date of termination.

 

(d) If the relevant French Seller(s) elect to buy-back the Transferred Receivables (other than in respect of the Off BS Receivables for which there shall be no Transfer-Back), the Parties shall then agree in good faith during the notice period referred to in paragraph (a) above on the terms of the buy-back documentation and the buy-back will be implemented as soon as reasonably practicable following termination of the Agreement.

 

(e) The buy-back will be completed on the date on which the outstanding Transferred Receivables are transferred back to the relevant French Seller(s) having originated such Transferred Receivables (other than in respect of the Off BS Receivables for which there shall be no Transfer-Back) and an amount equal to the outstanding amount paid by the Factor to acquire such outstanding Transferred Receivables less all amounts and collections received by the Factor in relation to such Receivables plus any funding costs related to the Financing not yet charged by the Factor that are due by the relevant French Seller(s) on the date of payment shall be paid to the Factor.

 

11.4 Consequence of termination

As a consequence of the termination of the Agreement, the Factor shall no longer be obliged to purchase any new Receivables. The Transferred Receivables already recorded in the Asset Accounts will wind down according to their amortization.

 

11.5 Preservation of parameters

Upon termination of the Agreement with respect to a French Seller arising under Clause 11.2.2 or the withdrawal of a French Seller arising under Clause 11.3, the Parties agree to negotiate in good faith on any amendment to the Agreement or the Financing Facilities Documents which would be required or desirable to ensure the economic and financial parameters of the Transaction, as originally set out on the date of signature of the Agreement, are preserved.

 

63


12 REVISION OF THE ALLOCATION OF THE MAXIMUM FINANCING AMOUNT

 

(a) Subject to the conditions set forth in sub-paragraph (b) below, the Parent Company shall be entitled to send a notice in the form described in Annex 6 to the Factor and the German Purchaser with a view to revise the allocation of the Maximum Financing Amount among the Sellers.

 

(b) The allocation of the Maximum Financing Amount may only be revised within the following parameters :

 

  (i) such revision shall only be requested by the Parent Company once a quarter, at the latest sixty (60) days before each Quarter Date;

 

  (ii) upon written agreement of the Factor and the German Purchaser to the proposed revision of the allocation of the Maximum Financing Amount, such revised allocation shall take effect on the following the request mentioned in paragraph (i) above.

 

(c) The French Sellers and the Parent Company undertake to provide all information necessary to the Factor enabling the Factor to submit the contemplated revision of allocation to its credit committee for approval and the German Sellers, the Swiss Seller and the Parent Company shall do the same vis-à-vis the German Purchaser.

 

13 ACCESS TO WEB SERVICES

 

13.1 General

 

(a) In order to enable the French Sellers to access all management information in connection with this Agreement, the Factor has created Web Services (FACTONET) the content and mode of operation whereof are described in the Client Guide. Web Services provide detailed online information regarding each of the French Sellers’ factoring accounts and those of its Debtors, which the French Sellers may download onto its micro-computer. The French Sellers shall bear all related costs, including the costs of telecommunications. Access to the Web Services is only possible through confidential codes, an identification code and a password, which shall be communicated to the French Sellers upon the signature of this Agreement.

 

(b) Web Services as a whole will be free of charge for the French Sellers. Any additional information services, namely documentation in paper form, will be subject to the specific pricing outlined in the Client Guide or, failing this, in a quotation submitted to the French Sellers’ approval. Such remuneration will be drawn on the Current Account.

 

13.2 Intellectual property rights – Granting of a license

 

(a) All intellectual property rights and copyright concerning the Web Services, their presentation, contents (software, visual, sound functionalities, Clauses and generally all information contained in relation to such services) are works protected by the French Intellectual Property Code and international agreements concerning copyright, that exclusively belong to the Factor, in their former, current and future versions. Any complete or partial reproduction or broadcast by whatever means, is strictly forbidden without the prior written agreement of the Factor.

 

(b) The Factor grants to the French Sellers a non exclusive license to use the specific software referred to in Clause 13.1 above, exclusively for its own use and for the sole purpose of carrying out, in connection with the performance of this Agreement, the transactions which are described in the Client Guide. The French Sellers shall comply with the conditions of the license contract which shall be given to it with the software. It agrees to return the said software to the Factor upon the expiration of the Agreement and to destroy all copies thereof which it may have made.

 

64


13.3 Factor’s liability

The Factor shall not be liable for the malfunction of the telephone lines and equipment necessary for using the Web Services, for the use which is made thereof or for the results obtained. Moreover, it may interrupt or modify at any time the operation of the Web Services, in particular in order to maintain the quality, reliability, safety and/or performance thereof. In no event shall it be liable for the consequences, in particular, loss of data, operational losses or any other financial loss which may result from any of the events above.

 

13.4 Confidentiality – Liability

The Factor has taken all necessary measures in order to protect the confidentiality of access to information. The French Sellers agree that the access codes shall remain secret. It shall be solely responsible for the said codes, including their conservation, confidentiality and use. The Factor shall in no event be liable in the event of abusive or fraudulent use thereof, due to a voluntary or involuntary disclosure of the confidential codes by the French Sellers to any person whatsoever. The French Sellers guarantee that it will at all times comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the use of Web Services. The French Sellers undertake that its employees shall comply with the provisions of this Clause.

 

14 COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

(a) Subject to paragraph (b) below, the French Sellers and the Parent Company shall bear all external costs and expenses reasonably incurred and duly documented by the Factor, if any (including external counsel and other third party costs) in connection with (i) due diligences carried out in relation to the Financing Facilities Documents, (ii) the preparation, negotiation, execution and completion of the Financing Facilities Documents, (iii) legal opinions or confirmations required by the Factor under the Financing Facilities Documents, including, without limitation, in relation to the Parent Performance Guarantee or for conflicts of law purposes and (iv) all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Factor in connection with the formalities required to be carried out for the enforceability of the transfers of Receivables being made pursuant to the transaction.

 

(b) Provided the Acquisition is consummated, but regardless of whether the Transaction Documents are executed, the Parties agree that the total amount of external legal fees, costs and expenses of the Factor and the German Purchaser (including their external counsel and selected Swiss counsel and other third party costs) shall be limited to a maximum cap of three hundred and ten thousand Euros (EUR 310,000), subject to the conditions set out in the fee cap provided by the legal counsel to the Factor. In the event that the fees of counsel shall exceed the cap as a result of services rendered falling outside the defined scope of work that is subject to the cap, then prior to such additional work being carried-out, a new cap for that additional work must be agreed between such counsel, the Parent Company and the Sellers as a condition to the Sellers and the Parent Company assuming any increased fees arising from that additional work.

 

(c) The French Sellers and the Parent Company shall bear all costs and expenses reasonably incurred and duly documented by the Factor in connection with the protection or enforcement of any guarantee, pledge or any other security interest constituted pursuant to, or in relation with, the Financing Facilities Documents.

 

65


15 CONFIDENTIALITY – UTILISATION OF INFORMATION COLLECTED BY THE FACTOR – SUBSTITUTION

 

15.1 Confidentiality

 

(a) Each Party agrees that both prior to the end of the Commitment Period and thereafter until the expiry of a (24) twenty four month period therefrom it will (i) keep confidential and not divulge or disclose to any individual, person or entity whatsoever, in whole or in part, neither orally nor in writing nor in whatever other form, any information of whatever nature obtained in the context of the Transaction relating to the French Sellers, the Debtors, the Receivables and the Factor or any other matters communicated by a Party to another in the context of the Transaction or of which it may otherwise have come in possession in the context of the Transaction (including the Financing Facilities Documents and any information concerning the identity of any Debtors) (the “ Confidential Information ”) and (ii) take all the steps necessary to avoid any such disclosure or use so as to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information and not use, in whole or in part, any Confidential Information for any purpose other than the purpose for which it is disclosed.

 

(b) Upon request of a Party, the recipient shall promptly return to such Party, or confirm in writing to such Party, the intervened destruction of any documents containing Confidential Information, with the exception such copies (i) as have become a part of the recipient’s corporate records and which shall be required for audit, legal, regulatory or internal compliance purposes as set out below or (ii) that the relevant Party reasonably needs for the protection or enforcement of any of its rights under this Agreement, insofar as such disclosure is expressly permitted by the provisions of the Financing Facilities Documents or strictly necessary for the purpose of discharging its obligations under or in connection with the Financing Facilities Documents. Such return, or confirmation of destruction, shall be not only of all such documents, but also of any copies thereof made by the recipient and any other documents in the possession of the recipient incorporating Confidential Information.

 

(c) The relevant recipient will be responsible for making its own evaluation of, and enquiries with respect to, the Confidential Information. A Party does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of the Confidential Information and shall have no liability as a result or use of, or reliance on, any information delivered to the recipient in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(d) Without prejudice to any other provision of this Clause 15.1, the following information may be disclosed by the Factor, GE Capital Bank AG, General Electric Capital Corporation, Apollo, the Parent Company, the French Sellers or their respective advisers for the conduct of their commercial communication without the other Parties’ prior written consent: the amount of the Transaction, the countries involved, the number of the Sellers, the names of the Sellers, the main features of the structure utilised, the identity of the legal advisors involved in the Transaction and the signing date of the Transaction.

 

(e) The provisions of this Clause 15.1 shall not apply to the divulgation or disclosure of Confidential Information by any of the parties to the Financing Facilities Documents:

 

  (i) to its employees, officers or agents;

 

  (ii) in connection with any proceedings arising out of or in connection with the Financing Facilities Documents or the preservation or maintenance of its rights thereunder;

 

66


  (iii) if required to disclose Confidential Information by an order of a court of competent jurisdiction whether in pursuance of any procedure for discovering documents or otherwise;

 

  (iv) pursuant to any law or regulation (including any applicable US law disclosure regulation) or requirement of any governmental agency in accordance with which that party is required or accustomed to act;

 

  (v) to any governmental, regulatory, banking or taxation authority having jurisdiction over that party; and

 

  (vi) to its auditors or legal or other professional advisers on a “need-to-know basis” only (provided that such third party owe a duty of confidentiality to that party).

 

15.2 Utilisation of information collected by the Factor

 

(a) For the purpose of internal control, the Factor is expressly authorised by the French Sellers to provide the information referred to in Article L.511-34 al. 1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, to its shareholder.

 

(b) Any information to which the Factor may have access to in the context of the performance of this Agreement may be provided (i) to any majority-owned entity of the GE Group, for statistical, commercial or risk purposes, subject to a confidentiality undertaking; or (ii) to any entity outside of the GE Group for statistical purposes only; or (iii) for the performance of the Agreement, to agents ( mandataires ) of the Factor, subject (for items (ii) and (iii)) to a confidentiality undertaking (satisfactory to the Sellers’ Agent) and provided that no commercially sensitive information shall be disclosed to any such parties without the relevant French Sellers’ prior consent (not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(c) The French Sellers may, unless they express a contrary desire, receive commercial proposals from companies of the GE Group, including through the intermediation of the Factor. The French Sellers will inform their banks of the existence of the Agreement and of its scope and provide evidence of such information to the Factor.

 

(d) In case it happens that, pursuant to the Agreement, the Factor has access or has knowledge of any Confidential Information relating to a Debtor or the business of such Debtor, the Factor undertakes to promptly execute a confidentiality undertaking (in a form and substance satisfactory to the Factor) as may be requested from time to time by such Debtor (acting reasonably and in relation to Confidential Information relating to it or its business only).

 

15.3 Substitution

Unless agreed in writing by the Factor, the French Sellers shall not in any form whatsoever be substituted by another party for the performance of its rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

15.4 Collection of personal data

 

(a) In compliance with the provisions of French Data Protection Law No. 78-17 of 6 January 1978, as amended by the Law of 6 August 2004, the Factor automatically processes personal information relating to the corporate officers of the French Sellers and some of its employees, in particular, the Factor’s contact persons or the representatives that sign the Deeds of Transfer and related documents.

 

67


(b) Personal data is processed and kept strictly to provide the services hereunder. However, the Factor may need to provide such data to other companies of the group to which it belongs, in particular, in the USA, in accordance with applicable law or regulations. In this regard, the French Sellers acknowledge and agree that its corporate officers and employees agree that the information referred to in this clause may be transferred.

 

(c) The individuals in question may have access to their personal data and request that any errors relating to them be rectified or deleted by contacting the Factor’s sales department at the address mentioned in Clause 17.1.

 

16 APPLICABLE LAW – JURISDICTION

 

(a) The provisions of the Agreement shall be governed by French law. For the performance of the Agreement, the Parties elect domicile at their respective head offices.

 

(b) The Parties agree that any and all disputes arising in connection with the Agreement and in particular with its validity, interpretation, performance or non-performance, shall be exclusively referred to the competent courts of the Paris Court of Appeals.

 

17 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

17.1 Notices between the Parties

 

(a) Notices shall be deemed to have been given on the date of the first presentation of a registered letter, or on the date of the document attesting the receipt of a fax or an e-mail by the duly authorised representative of the other Party. In the event that contractual provisions provide for notification without specifying the form thereof, the said notification may be made by e-mail, fax, normal letter mailed or hand delivered, registered letter or registered letter return receipt requested.

 

(b) The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, to whom attention the communication is addressed) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with this Agreement is, in the case of each Party that identified with its name below, or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the other Party by not less than five (5) Business Days’ notice:

Constellium France

Address: 40-44, rue Washington, 75008 Paris, France

Attention: Mr. Michel Baude

e-mail: michel.baude@constellium.com

Fax: + 33 (0)1 49 68 38 93

Constellium Aerospace

Address: Site d’Issoire, ZI des Listes - 63502 Issoire

Attention: Ms. Ariane Frossard

e-mail: frederic.bailleul@constellium.com

Fax: + 33 (0)4 73 55 78 19

Constellium Extrusions France

Address: Site de Nuits-Saint-Georges, 1 pas Eiffel, BP 46 Nuits-Saint-Georges, 21702 Nuits-Saint-Georges Cedex

Attention: Mr. Matthieu Tardi

e-mail:  Matthieu.Tardi@constellium.com

Fax: + 33 (0)3 86 43 57 36

 

68


Constellium Aviatube

Address: 6, rue Pierre et Marie Curie - 49245 Montreuil-Juigne

Attention: Mr. Eric Leroyer

e-mail:  eric.leroyer@constellium.com

Fax: + 33 (0)2.41.37.44.07

each time with a copy to the Sellers’ Agent and to Mr. Jeremy Leach, VP and General Counsel Constellium, 40-44, rue Washington, 75008 Paris, France - Fax : + 33 (0) 1 57 00 33 07 - jeremy.leach@constellium.com

The Sellers’ Agent

Address: Constellium Switzerland AG, Max-Högger-Strasse 6 - 8048 Zurich

Attention: Mr. Mark Kirkland, Director Treasury & Enterprise Risk Management

e-mail:  Mark.Kirkland@constellium.com

Fax: + 41 43 49 74 014

Constellium Holdco II B.V.

(c/o Constellium France)

40-44, rue Washington, 75008 Paris, France

Attention: Mr. Michel Baude

e-mail: michel.baude@constellium.com

Attention: Ms Karlien Jehee

With a copy to:

Mr. Jeremy Leach, VP and General Counsel Constellium,

40-44, rue Washington, 75008 Paris, France –

Fax : + 33 (0) 1 57 00 33 07

 

The Factor

  

Address:

  

GE Factofrance S.A.S

Tour Facto

18, rue Hoche

92988 Paris La Défense

Attention:

   Ms. Christine Vadon

e-mail:

   christine.vadon@ge.com

Fax:

   +33 (0)1 46.35.68.52 (fax : 17.04)

 

17.2 Rights of the Parties

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right or remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

17.3 Amendments

Any amendment of the terms of the Agreement shall be made in writing by the Parties.

 

17.4 Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

69


17.5 Assignment

 

(a) The French Sellers are not authorized to assign all or part of its rights and obligations under the terms of the Financing Facilities Documents.

 

(b) The Factor may, for the purposes of its refinancing, (a) assign, sell, transfer or pledge as security to any Authorized Assignees, in full or in part, its rights and/or obligations under the Financing Facilities Documents and (b) enter into any sub-participation or syndication agreement relating thereto, subject, however, to informing the Parent Company in advance and to ensuring that no assignee or pledgee is entitled to notify any Debtor or to inform any of them of any Assignment if and to the extent the Mandates have not been revoked pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c) If the assignee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) above is not an Authorized Assignee, the Factor shall obtain the prior consent of the Parent Company, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

17.6 Signatories

The signatories of the Agreement are the legal representatives of the Parties or their duly authorized representatives. They procure that the Parties they represent will comply with the contractual obligations mentioned herein.

 

 

Executed in Paris, in eight (8) originals, on 4 January 2011

 

[signature]

    

[signature]

CONSTELLIUM FRANCE      CONSTELLIUM AEROSPACE

[signature]

    
CONSTELLIUM EXTRUSIONS FRANCE     

[signature]

    

[signature]

CONSTELLIUM AVIATUBE      CONSTELLIUM HOLDCO II B.V.

 

70


[signature]

    

[signature]

CONSTELLIUM SWITZERLAND AG      GE FACTOFRANCE S.A.S.
    

En accord avec les parties, les présentes ont été reliées par le procédé ASSEMBLACT R.C. empêchant toute substitution ou addition et sont seulement signées à la dernière page

 

71


ANNEX 1

VALUE DATES

ANNEX 1.1

PAYMENTS FROM THE CURRENT ACCOUNT

 

Payment type

  

Value date

Check to the French Sellers    Issue date
Wire transfer to the French Sellers    Issue date

ANNEX 1.2

PAYMENTS TO THE ASSET ACCOUNT

 

Payment type

  

Value date

Check payable by a bank located in Paris

  

Date on which the payment is recorded by the

Factor plus one (1) Business Day

Check payable by a bank in France out of

Paris

  

Date on which the payment is recorded by the

Factor plus one (1) Business Day

Fixed maturity negotiable instrument ( effet de

commerce payable à échéance )

   Instrument’s maturity date

Bearer negotiable instrument ( effet de

commerce payable à vue )

  

Paying date of the instrument plus one (1)

Business Day

Bank or postal wire transfer

   Transferee’s bank value date

Foreign wire transfer

  

Date on which the payment is recorded by the

Factor

 

72


ANNEX 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

CP

  

Items

1.

   Constitutional documents and authorizations/KYC

1.1.

  

Certified copies of the constitutional documents ( Statuts or equivalent document) of:

1. Constellium Holdco;

2. the Parent Company;

3. Constellium France;

4. Constellium Aerospace;

5. Constellium Aviatube;

6. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;]

7. Constellium Extrusions France;

8. Sellers’ Agent.

1.2.

  

An original copy or certified copy of the certificate of incorporation ( K-bis extract or equivalent document) dated no later than one month prior the signing date of the Agreement and to the first assignment of Receivables under the Agreement of:

1. Constellium Holdco;

2. the Parent Company;

3. Constellium France;

4. Constellium Aerospace;

5. Constellium Aviatube;

6. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin; ]

7. Constellium Extrusions France; and

8. Sellers’ Agent.

1.3.

  

Original copies of a solvency certificate ( certificat de non faillite or equivalent in the relevant jurisdiction) issued by the relevant Trade and Companies Registry in relation dated no later than two weeks prior to the signing date of the Agreement and to the first assignment of Receivables under the Agreement of:

1. Constellium Holdco;

2. the Parent Company;

3. Constellium France;

4. Constellium Aerospace;

5. Constellium Aviatube;

6. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin]; and

7. Constellium Extrusions France;

8. Sellers’ Agent.

1.4.

  

Copies of the resolutions of the board of directors (or any competent body) approving the terms of, the transactions contemplated by, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Financing Facilities Documents to which they are parties of:

1. Constellium Holdco;

2. the Parent Company;

3. Constellium France;

4. Constellium Aerospace;

5. Constellium Aviatube;

6. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;]

7. Constellium Extrusions France; and

8. Sellers’ Agent

 

73


CP

  

Items

1.5.

  

Powers of attorney of the persons signing the Financing Facilities Documents on the date of signing, as well as the powers of attorney for all persons signing the Bordereau Dailly on an ongoing basis during the life of the transaction, for:

1. Constellium Holdco (as applicable);

2. the Parent Company;

3. Constellium France;

4. Constellium Aerospace;

5. Constellium Aviatube;

6. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;]

7. Constellium Extrusions France; and

8. Sellers’ Agent.

1.6.

  

A certificate of an authorized signatory certifying that each copy/document specified in this Section 1 is correct and complete and that the original of each of those documents is in full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the Signing Date of the French Factoring Agreement and/or the first assignment of Receivables under the French Factoring Agreement, as the case may be, of:

1. Constellium Holdco;

2. the Parent Company;

3. Constellium France;

4. Constellium Aerospace;

5. Constellium Aviatube;

6. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;]

7. Constellium Extrusions France; and

8. Sellers’ Agent.

1.7.

  

Specimens of the signature of each person authorized to execute the Financing Facilities Documents or to sign any document or notice in connection with the Financing Facilities Documents to which they are parties on behalf of:

1. Constellium France;

2. Constellium Aerospace;

3. Constellium Aviatube;

4. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

5. Constellium Extrusions France.

1.8.

  

Certified copies of the identification papers of the directors and all authorized signatories of:

1. the Parent Company;

2. Constellium France;

3. Constellium Aerospace;

4. Constellium Aviatube;

5. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

6. Constellium Extrusions France;

7. Sellers’ Agent.

1.9.

   Copy of the power of attorney granted by Mr. Patrice Coulon ( Directeur Général Adjoint of the Factor) to Mr. François Terrade or Mrs. Hélène Dubly.

2.

   Transaction Documents

2.1.

   Collection Account Opening Agreements

2.1.1.

  

Each of the Collection Account Opening Agreements entered into with BNPP in respect of the Collection Accounts relating to:

1. Constellium France;

2. Constellium Aerospace;

3. Constellium Aviatube;

4. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

5. Constellium Extrusions France.

2.1.2.

  

Each of the Collection Account Opening Agreements entered into with Deutsche Bank in respect of the Collection Accounts relating to:

1. Constellium France;

2. Constellium Aerospace;

3. Constellium Aviatube;

4. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

5. Constellium Extrusions France.

 

74


CP

  

Items

2.1.3.

  

Each of the Collection Account Opening Agreements entered into with HSBC in respect of the Collection Accounts relating to:

1. Constellium France;

2. Constellium Aerospace;

3. Constellium Aviatube;

4. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

5. Constellium Extrusions France.

2.2.

   Collection Account Guarantee Agreements ( Bordereaux Dailly )

2.2.1.

  

Each of the Collection Account Guarantee Agreements ( Bordereaux Dailly ) entered into with BNPP relating to:

– Constellium France;

– Constellium Aerospace;

– Constellium Aviatube;

– [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

– Constellium Extrusions France.

2.2.2.

  

Each of the Collection Account Guarantee Agreements ( Bordereaux Dailly ) entered into with Deutsche Bank relating to:

– Constellium France;

– Constellium Aerospace;

– Constellium Aviatube;

– [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

– Constellium Extrusions France.

2.2.3.

  

Each of the Collection Account Guarantee Agreements ( Bordereaux Dailly ) entered into with HSBC relating to:

– Constellium France;

– Constellium Aerospace;

– Constellium Aviatube;

– [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

2.3.

   Copy of the existing Credit Insurance Policies.

2.4.

  

Each of the Credit Insurance Delegation Agreements and all standard credit insurance information relating to:

1. Constellium France;

2. Constellium Aerospace;

3. Constellium Aviatube;

4. [Constellium Extrusions Saint-Florentin;] and

5. Constellium Extrusions France.

2.5.

   A list of the Debtors with the Approval Limits delivered, a letter from the Credit Insurer stating the amount of the Insurance Indemnification paid or to be paid for the outstanding insurance period.

2.6.

   Execution of the Intercreditor Agreement.

2.7.

   The Parent Guarantee (France).

2.8.

   Certified copy of the executed Share Purchase Agreement between inter alia AIF VII Euro Holdings, L.P. and Rio Tinto in the form agreed by the Factor, together with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Factor and the German Purchaser that completion of the Acquisition has occurred.

3.

   Other documents and factual matters

3.1.

   Legal opinion delivered by law firm appointed by the Parent Company and satisfactory to the Factor in respect of the capacity and authority of the Parent Company in connection with the execution and performance of the relevant Financing Facilities Documents to which it is a party (including the Agreement) and all other relevant Transaction Documents.

3.2.

   Legal opinions delivered by law firm appointed by the Parent Company and satisfactory to the Factor in respect of the capacity (including vis-à-vis any prohibition or restriction of assignment) and authority of the French Sellers in connection with the execution and performance of the Financing Facilities Documents and all other relevant Transaction Documents

 

75


CP

  

Items

3.3.

   Legal opinion delivered by law firm appointed by the Parent Company and satisfactory to the Factor in respect of the capacity and authority of the Parent Company in connection with the execution and performance of the Parent Guarantee and all other relevant Transaction Documents.

3.4.

   Legal opinions delivered by counsel to the Factor relating to the validity of the Financing Facilities Documents governed by French law and all other relevant Transaction Documents governed by French law.

3.5.

   Transferred Receivables Ledgers

3.6.

   Certified copy confirming the account number(s) of the bank account(s) on which Financings shall be made to the French Sellers.

3.7.

   Implementation of IT and electronic systems in a form satisfactory to the Factor in order to exchange debtor data and other technical data, required for the operation of the Financing Facilities by the French Sellers.

3.8.

   Approval by the Factor of the Credit and Collection Procedures of each of the French, German and Swiss Sellers, such approval which will not be unreasonably withheld.

3.9.

   Break-up fee letter

3.10.

   Confirmation by legal opinions delivered by a law firm appointed by Apollo that the AR Financing Facilities are not in conflict with the Seller’s existing financing facilities.

3.11.

   Confirmation from Constellium Holdco, satisfactory to the Factor, evidencing that the funds raised from the Financing Facilities (i) will be used for general corporate purposes (including the refinancing of any of their relevant working capital facilities and, subject to compliance with financial assistance rules, the financing or refinancing of any debt used to finance the Acquisition of any of the German Sellers and Swiss Seller (other than the French Sellers and the shareholders of the French Sellers) or of any of their respective direct or indirect shareholders) and (ii) will not be used for the financing or refinancing of any equity used to capitalize the Constellium Holdco (which equity will be used, among other, to acquire the French Sellers); the confirmation from Constellium Holdco of the compliance with financial assistance rules will be evidenced by the delivery to the Factor of the Acquisition Steps Paper (reasonably satisfactory to the Factor and the German Purchaser and based on the draft acquisition steps paper provided to the Factor and the German Purchaser on 4 August 2010) and a legal memorandum (reasonably satisfactory to the Factor) from Apollo’s counsel and addressed to the Factor and confirming, on the basis of the information contained in the Acquisition Steps Paper, compliance of the Capital Structure with financial assistance rules (if any) in France, Germany and Switzerland.

3.12.

   A certificate of an authorized signatory of the Parent Company confirming that, since the delivery to the Factor of the draft Acquisition Steps Paper on 4 August 2010, there has been no change to the Capital Structure that would cause financial assistance rules to be breached.

3.13.

   Certificates by the French Sellers stating that there are no security interests over or in respect of all Transferred Receivables or the Collection Accounts.

3.14.

   Delivery to the Factor of sufficient customary information reasonably satisfactory to the Factor on the existing Relevant Receivables to be purchased on the first assignment date.

3.15.

   Evidence that, where applicable, each Debtor has been advised of the applicable details (and Collection Account) to pay by means of electronic transmission (to the extent new Collection Accounts need to be established).

3.16.

   Evidence that the $275,000,000 AIF VII Euro Holdings, L.P. and the Fonds Stratégique d’Investissement term loan agreement will be made available to Constellium Holdco II B.V. with a total funding at Closing Date of USD 135,000,000.

3.17.

   Confirmation by the French Sellers of the implementation of IT and electronic systems in a form satisfactory to the Factor in order to exchange debtor data and other technical data, required for the operation of the Financing Facilities by the French Sellers.

3.18.

   an audited balance sheet and income statement in connection with the Acquisition (comprised of all of the operating entities, divisions and businesses included in the Engineered Products operating segment of Rio Tinto Alcan, excluding its Cable and Composite operating entities, divisions and businesses) prepared on a carve-out basis for the fiscal period ending 31 December 2009, with 2008 comparative figures.

 

76


CP

  

Items

4.

   Costs and expenses

4.1.

   Evidence that all costs and expenses then due and payable by each of the French Sellers and the Parent Company under the Financing Facilities Documents have been or will be paid on or around the date of first assignment of Receivables under the French Factoring Agreement.

 

77


ANNEX 3

ACTE DE CESSION DE CREANCES PROFESSIONNELLES

SOUMIS AUX DISPOSITIONS DES ARTICLES L.313-23 A L.313-34 DU CODE

MONETAIRE ET FINANCIER

 

1. ACTE DE CESSION

Le présent acte de cession de créances professionnelles est soumis aux dispositions des articles L.313-23 à L.313-34 du Code monétaire et financier et est établi en application des stipulations d’un contrat en langue anglaise intitulé Factoring Agreement conclu le 4 janvier 2011 (tel qu’amendé) entre, notamment, le Cédant ( French Seller ), Constellium HoldCo II B.V. ( Parent Company ) et GE Factofrance S.A.S ( Factor ) (le “ Contrat ”).

 

2. IDENTIFICATION DU CEDANT

[ ], société [ ] de droit [ ] ayant son siège social [ ], immatriculée au Registre du commerce et des sociétés sous le numéro [ ] RCS [ ] (le Cédant ).

 

3. IDENTIFICATION DU CESSIONNAIRE

GE FACTOFRANCE, société par actions simplifiée de droit français ayant le statut d’établissement de crédit, dont le siège social est situé Tour Facto, 18, rue Hoche, 92988 Paris-La Défense Cedex, France, immatriculée au Registre du commerce et des sociétés sous le numéro 063 802 466 RCS Nanterre (le “ Cessionnaire ”).

 

4. DESIGNATION DES CREANCES

Le Cédant cède au Cessionnaire les créances qu’il détient au titre des factures dont la liste figure dans le fichier informatique transmis au Cessionnaire par le Cédant concomitamment à la remise du présent acte de cession.

Conformément à l’Article L. 313-23 du Code monétaire et financier, le fichier ainsi transmis permet l’identification des créances cédées au titre du présent acte. En outre :

 

(i) le nombre total de créances cédées au titre du présent acte est de [ ] ; et

 

(ii) le montant global des créances cédées au titre du présent acte est de [ ].

NB: Il est nécessaire de remettre, concomitamment à la remise du bordereau ci-dessus, le fichier informatique comprenant la liste des créances cédées au titre du bordereau, telles d’identifiées par les enregistrements “101” (avec, dans la mesure du possible, l’indication du débiteur cédé, du montant de la créance, de la référence ou du numéro de facture, du lieu et de l’échéance de paiement). Ce fichier doit permettre l’identification des créances cédées.

Conformément à l’article L. 313-24 du Code monétaire et financier, le Cédant n’est pas garant solidaire du paiement des créances cédées au titre du présent acte.

Fait à                      , le                      , en 1 (un) exemplaire. 1

 

1   Date à apposer par GE Factofrance

 

78


[ Dénomination sociale du Cédant ]

en sa qualité de Cédant

 

 

Par : [ Nom du signataire autorisé ]

Le présent acte de cession est stipulé à ordre, transmissible par endos au profit d’un autre établissement de crédit.

 

79


(TRANSLATION FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY)

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF PROFESSIONAL RECEIVABLES

PURSUANT TO ARTICLES L.313-23 TO L.313-34 OF THE FRENCH MONETARY AND

FINANCIAL CODE

 

1. FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

This form of assignment of professional receivables is subject to the provisions of the articles L.313-23 to L.313-34 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and is made pursuant to the agreement encaptioned “Factoring Agreement” entered into on 4 January 2011 among, notably, the Assignor (as French Seller), Constellium HoldCo II B.V. (as Parent Company) and GE Factofrance S.A.S. (as Factor) (the “ Agreement ”).

Unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms used in this form of assignment of professional receivables shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Agreement.

 

2. ASSIGNOR

[ ], a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société [ ], whose registered office is located at [ ], registered with the Trade and Companies Registry under number [ ] RCS [ ] (the “ Assignor ”).

 

5. ASSIGNEE

GE FACTOFRANCE SNC, a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société par actions simplifiée and licensed as a credit institution ( établissement de crédit ), whose registered office is at Tour Facto, 18, rue Hoche, 92988 Paris-La Défense Cedex, France, registered with the Trade and Companies Registry ( Registre du Commerce et des Sociétés ) under number 063 802 466 RCS Nanterre.

 

4. IDENTIFICATION OF THE RECEIVABLES

The Assignor assigns to the Assignee the receivables owed to it under the invoices listed and identified in the electronic file transmitted to the Assignee by the Assignor on the date this assignment form has been remitted to the Assignee.

Pursuant to Article L. 313-23 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the file so transmitted will allow for the identification of the receivables assigned hereunder. Moreover,

 

(i) the total number of the receivables assigned hereunder is [ ]; and

 

(ii) the total amount of the receivables assigned hereunder is [ ] €.

Note: It is necessary to hand, at the same time the assignment form is remitted to the Assignee, an electronic file listing and identifying the receivables assigned hereunder as identified pursuant to the “101” records (with, if possible, the debtor’s name, the amount of the receivable, the reference of the invoice, the location and date of payment). This file will allow the identification of the assigned receivables.:

Pursuant to Article L. 313-24 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, the Assignor shall not be jointly and severally liable for the payment of the receivables assigned hereunder.

 

80


Executed in              , on                      , in one original. 2

[ Insert Name of Assignor ]

As Assignor

Name: [Insert name of authorised signatory]

This assignment form may be transferred to any financial institution by endorsement.

 

2   Date to be inserted by GE Factofrance (in its name and in the name of the Beneficiaries).

 

81


ANNEX 4

FORM OF NOTIFICATION TO DEBTORS

[ Papier à en-tête de GE Factofrance S.A.S. ]

Acte de Notification de Cession de Créances Professionnelles

Lettre recommandée avec accusé de réception

 

Le [ ]

[ Identification du débiteur cédé ]

Messieurs,

Réf: Acte de notification de cession de créances professionnelles

 

Dans les conditions prévues par les articles L. 313-23 à L. 313-35 du Code monétaire et financier, la société [ ], société [ ] de droit [ ] ayant son siège social [ ], immatriculée au Registre du commerce et des sociétés sous le numéro [ ] RCS [ ] (le Cédant ) nous a cédé des créances identifiées ci-après dont vous êtes débiteur envers elle.

Les créances dont la cession est l’objet de la présente notification sont identifiées et individualisées par leur numéro, montant et date de facture énumérées dans la liste figurant en annexe de la présente lettre (les “ Créances ”).

Conformément aux dispositions de l’article L. 313-28 du Code monétaire et financier, nous vous demandons de cesser, à compter de la présente notification, tout paiement au titre de ces Créances à la société [ Insérer dénomination sociale du Cédant ].

En conséquence, le règlement de votre dette devra être effectué à l’ordre de GE Factofrance par virement bancaire au crédit du compte dont les coordonnées figurent ci-après : [ Insérer références IBAN du numéro de compte ].

Par ailleurs, conformément à l’article R. 313-16 du Code monétaire et financier, nous vous demandons de faire figurer sur toute facture présente ou future relative à toute Créance qui ne serait pas en notre possession les mentions obligatoires suivantes : “ La créance relative à la présente facture a été cédée à GE Factofrance S.A.S. dans le cadre des articles L. 313-23 à L. 313-34 du Code monétaire et financier. Le paiement doit être effectué par virement au compte n° [ Insérer références IBAN du numéro de compte ] chez [ Insérer nom de la banque teneuse de compte ] .

Cette lettre, ainsi que toute annexe y attachée, fait partie intégrant de la présente notification.

Cordialement,

 

 

GE Factofrance

Par: [ ]

 

82


Annexe 1

Créances

[ A compléter ]

 

83


[ Letterhead of GE Factofrance S.A.S. ]

Notice of Assignment of Professional Receivables

Registered letter with acknowledgement of receipt

[ Date ]

[ Identification of Assigned Debtor ]

 

Dear Sirs,

Re: Form of Notice of Assignment of Professional Receivables

 

In compliance with the terms and conditions set out in Articles L. 313-23 to L. 313-35 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, [ ], a company incorporated under the laws of France as a société [ ], whose registered office is located at [ ], registered with the Trade and Companies Registry under number [ ] RCS [ ] (the “ Assignor ”) has assigned to us the receivables identified below owed by you to the Assignor.

The receivables whose assignment are subject to this notification are identified and individualized by their number, amount, invoice date, as mentioned in the listed appended hereto (the “ Receivables ”).

In accordance with the provisions of Article L. 313-28 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, we hereby request you to cease to make, as of the date hereof, any payment with respect to the Receivables to [ Insert name of Assignor ].

As a consequence, payment of these Receivables shall be in our favour by wire transfer to the credit of the bank account with number: [ Insert IBAN references ].

Moreover, pursuant to Article R. 313-16 of the French Monetary and Financial Code, we hereby request you that all present and future invoice(s) not in our possession relating to the Receivables include the following compulsory mention: “ The receivable arising out of the present invoice has been assigned to GE Factofrance S.A.S. pursuant to Articles L. 313-23 à L. 313-34 of the French Monetary and Fina ncial Code. Payment must be made by wire transfer to the following account No. [ Insert IBAN references ] with [ Insert name of bank account ] .

This letter, as well as any schedule appended thereto, shall be an integral part of this notification.

Truly yours,

 

 

GE Factofrance

By: [ ]

 

84


Schedule 1

Receivables

[ To be completed ]

 

85


ANNEX 5

PARENT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

[ ]

 

86


ANNEX 6

REQUEST FOR THE REVISION OF THE ALLOCATION OF THE MAXIMUM

FINANCING AMOUNT

 

Date:    [ ]
From :    [Name of the Parent Company]
To:    GE Factofrance / GE Capital Bank AG

Dear Sirs,

We refer to the agreement encaptioned “Factoring Agreement” entered into on 4 January 2011 (as amended from time to time) among, notably, certain French entities of the Constellium (formerly Alcan) Group (as French Sellers), Constellium Holdco II B.V. (formerly Omega HoldCo II B.V.) (as Parent Company) and GE Factofrance S.A.S (as Factor) (the “ Agreement ”).

[ Insert any relevant background information, if needed ]

We write to inform you that, pursuant to Clause 12 of the Agreement, we request that the allocation of the Maximum Financing Amount be revised as follows:

[ ]

We would appreciate if you could acknowledge receipt of this letter by returning a signed copy of this letter to our attention.

 

 

Parent Company

Acknowledged and agreed

 

 

[ GE ]

 

87


ANNEX 7

CREDIT AND COLLECTION PROCEDURES

[Please refer to following page]

 

88


ANNEX 8

COMPUTER RELATIONSHIP GUIDE

[Please refer to following page]

 

89


ANNEX 9

TRANSFERRED RECEIVABLE LEDGERS

[Please refer to following page]

 

90


ANNEX 10

FORM OF CONSENT LETTER

[ Letterhead of Constellium [ ] ]

 

Date:    [ ]
From :    Constellium [ ]
To:    Name of Debtor

Dear Sirs,

We refer to the [supply/purchase] agreement dated [ ] between [ Name of Debtor ] and Constellium [ ] (the “ Agreement ”).

[ Insert any relevant background information, if needed ]

We write to inform you that we will be seeking to raise finance for our general corporate and other purposes and that we will obtain such financing by way of transferring, assigning or collateralizing receivables payable to us by our customers, including [ Name of Debtor ], notably pursuant to the Agreement.

In this context, we will be assigning, pledging, transferring or otherwise disposing of, by way of security or otherwise, some or all of our receivables arising (whether in the past, now or in the future) from the Agreement to one or more persons (which will be entities providing financing to the Constellium Group, being either (a) financial institutions or (b) special purpose entities funded by (i) financial institutions and/or (ii) the capital markets, in each case in the context of factoring/true sale arrangements, which are in line with general market standards) in connection with any such proposed financing and we kindly ask you (on your own behalf and for and on behalf of your European and Middle East affiliates from time to time party to the Agreement (whether in the past, now or in the future) (together, from time to time, your “ Affiliates ”)) to consent and agree to us doing so, if and to the extent such consent and agreement is required by the Agreement.

We also kindly ask you to confirm that, by your signature of this letter, each of your Affiliates from time to time party to the Agreement (whether in the past, now or in the future) will also have consented and agreed to and be bound by the matters contemplated by this letter.

Your (including those of your Affiliates) and our rights and obligations under the Agreement otherwise remain unchanged.

If you have any questions concerning this letter, please contact us at +[ ].

Yours faithfully,

 

 

Constellium [ ]

 

91


We hereby consent, on our own behalf and for and on behalf of our Affiliates (as defined in the above letter), whose consent and agreement and agreement to be bound we are duly authorized to give, to Constellium [ ] assigning, pledging, transferring or otherwise disposing of, by way of security or otherwise, some or all of its receivables arising under the Purchase Agreement (as described and on the terms of the above letter).

 

 

duly authorized for and on behalf of

[ Name of Debtor ]

acting on our own behalf and for and

on behalf of our Affiliates (as defined in the above letter)

 

92


ANNEX 11

COLLECTION ACCOUNTS

 

LOGO

 

Constellium France SAS   BNP Paribas  

Centre d’Affaires La Défense

5 bis, place de la Défense

92974 Paris La Défense Cedex

  France   BNPAFRPPPTX   EUR   FR76 30004 01328 00012723010 04   30004 01328 00012723010 04
Constellium France SAS   BNP Paribas  

Centre d’Affaires La Défense

5 bis, place de la Défense

92974 Paris La Défense Cedex

  France   BNPAFRPPPTX   USD   FR76 30004 01328 00010162327 41   30004 01328 00010162327 41
Constellium France SAS   BNP Paribas  

Centre d’Affaires La Défense

5 bis, place de la Défense

92974 Paris La Défense Cedex

  France   BNPAFRPPPTX   EUR   FR76 30004 01328 00012723107 04   30004 01328 00012723107 04
Constellium France SAS   BNP Paribas  

Centre d’Affaires La Défense

5 bis, place de la Défense

92974 Paris La Défense Cedex

  France   BNPAFRPPPTX   USD   FR76 30004 01328 00010162424 41   30004 01328 00010162424 41

 

93


ANNEX 12

COLLECTABILITY LIST

 

ANDORRA    LITHUANIA
ARGENTINA    Luxembourg
ARUBA    MALAYSIA
AUSTRALIA    MALTA
AUSTRIA    MAURITIUS
BAHAMAS    MEXICO
BELGIUM    MONACO
BRAZIL    MOROCCO
BRUNEI DARRUSSALAM    NETHERLANDS
BULGARIA    NEW ZEALAND
CANADA    NORWAY
CHANNEL ISLANDS    PERU
CHILE    POLAND
COSTA RICA    Portugal including AZORES MADEIRA
CROATIA    ROMANIA
CZECH REPUBLIC    SAN MARINO
DENMARK    SINGAPORE
ESTONIA    SLOVAKIA
FINLAND    SLOVENIA
FRANCE & O. DPTS & TERRIT.    SOUTH AFRICA
GERMANY   

SOUTH KOREA

SPAIN

HONG KONG    SWEDEN
HUNGARY    SWITZERLAND
ICELAND    TAIWAN
INDIA    THAILAND
IRELAND AND NORTH IRELAND    TUNISIA
   TURKEY
ITALY   

JAPAN

JORDAN

  

UAE (Dubaï)

UNITED KINGDOM

LATVIA    USA
LIECHTENSTEIN   

 

94


ANNEX 13

JURISDICTION MATRIX*

 

No.

  

Governing Law of the Transferred

Receivable

(Approved Law)

  

Jurisdiction of incorporation of the

Debtor

(Approved Jurisdiction)

  

Comments

1.    Austrian Law    European Union   
2.        Austrian Law    Turkey   
3.    Austrian Law    Canada (Ontario)   
4.    Austrian Law    Jordan   
5.    Austrian Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
6.    Austrian Law    USA (Tennessee)   
7.    Austrian Law    Australia   
8.    Austrian Law    Switzerland   
9.    Belgian Law    European Union   
10.    Belgian Law    Turkey   
11.    Belgian Law    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
12.    Belgian Law    Jordan   
13.    Belgian Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
14.    Belgian Law    USA (State of Tennessee)   
15.    Belgian Law    Australia   
16.    Belgian Law    Switzerland   
17.    Dutch Law    European Union   
18.    Dutch Law    Turkey   
19.    Dutch Law    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
20.    Dutch Law    Jordan   
21.    Dutch Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
22.    Dutch Law    USA (State of Tennessee)   
23.    Dutch Law    Australia   
24.    Dutch Law    Switzerland   
25.    English Law    European Union   
26.    English Law    Turkey   
27.    English Law    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
28.    English Law    Jordan   
29.    English Law    South Korea   
30.    English Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
31.    English Law    USA (State of Tennessee)   
32.    English Law    Australia   
33.    English Law    Switzerland   
34.    French Law    European Union   
35.    French Law    Turkey   
36.    French Law    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
37.    French Law    Jordan   
38.    French Law    South Korea   
39.    French Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
40.    French Law    USA (State of Tennessee)   
41.    French Law    Australia   
42.    French Law    Switzerland   
43.    Italian Law    European Union   
44.    Italian Law    Turkey   
45.    Italian Law    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
46.    Italian Law    Jordan   
47.    Italian Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
48.    Italian Law    USA (State of Tennessee)   
49.    Italian Law    Australia   

 

95


No.

  

Governing Law of the Transferred

Receivable

(Approved Law)

  

Jurisdiction of incorporation of the

Debtor

(Approved Jurisdiction)

  

Comments

50.    Italian Law    Switzerland   
51.    New York Law    European Union   
52.    New York Law    Turkey   
53.    New York Law    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
54.    New York Law    Jordan   
55.    New York Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
56.    New York Law    USA (State of Tennessee)   
57.    New York Law    Australia   
58.    New York Law    Switzerland   
59.    Swiss Law    European Union   
60.    Swiss Law    Turkey   
61.    Swiss Law    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
62.    Swiss Law    Jordan   
63.    Swiss Law    UAE (Dubaï)**   
64.    Swiss Law    USA (State of Tennessee)   
65.    Swiss Law    Australia   
66.    Swiss Law    Switzerland   
67.    Laws of Quebec    European Union   
68.    Laws of Quebec    Turkey   
69.    Laws of Quebec    Canada (Ontario and Quebec)   
70.    Laws of Quebec    Jordan   
71.    Laws of Quebec    UAE (Dubaï)**   
72.    Laws of Quebec    USA (State of Tennessee)   
73.    Laws of Quebec    Australia   
74.    Laws of Quebec    Switzerland   

 

* Based on the memorandum from Clifford Chance Europe LLP to Apollo Management International LLP (with a copy to the Factor) entitled “Jurisdiction Matrix” and dated 16 December 2010.

 

** Subject to consent from any relevant Debtor(s) located in Dubaï other than Crown.

 

96


ANNEX 14

DECISION PROCESS CHARTS

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

97


 

LOGO

 

98


ANNEX 15

LOCATION OF RECORDS

 

Name of French Seller

  

Registered office

  

Location of records and documents

evidencing the Transferred Receivables

Constellium France    As indicated in the Recitals   

Services Partagés Finance Alcan CRV

12 Rue Jean Kuntzmann Inovallée 38334 Saint Ismier

 

Constellium France - Site d’Issoire - ZI des Listes, 63502 Issoire

 

Constellium France - Site de Neuf Brisach - ZI et Portuaire Rhenane Nord - RD42 - 68600 Biesheim

Constellium Extrusions France    As indicated in the Recitals   

Alcan France Extrusion

Route de Tonnerre - 89600 Germigny

 

Constellium Extrusions France - 38 Route de Chauny - 80400 Ham

 

Constellium Extrusions France - 21 Voie Gustave Eiffel - 21700 Nuit St Georges

Constellium Aerospace    As indicated in the Recitals   

Services Partagés Finance Alcan CRV

12 Rue Jean Kuntzmann Inovallée - 38334 Saint Ismier

 

Constellium France - Site d’Issoire - ZI des Listes - 63502 Issoire

Constellium Aviatube    As indicated in the Recitals    Constellium Aviatube - 6, rue Pierre et Marie Curie - 49245 Montreuil-Juigne

 

99


ANNEX 16

FORM OF OFF BS REQUEST LETTER

[ Letterhead of Constellium France ]

 

Date:    [ ]
From :    Constellium France
To:    GE Factofrance SAS

Dear Sirs,

We refer to the agreement encaptioned “Factoring Agreement” entered into on 4 January 2011 (as amended from time to time) among, notably, certain French entities of the Constellium (formerly Alcan) Group (as French Sellers), Constellium Holdco II B.V. (formerly Omega HoldCo II B.V.) (as Parent Company) and GE Factofrance S.A.S (as Factor) (the “ Agreement ”).

Unless the context otherwise requires, capitalised terms used in this letter shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Agreement.

This is an Off BS Request Letter. We therefore write to you pursuant to Clause 6.4 of the Agreement in order to request that the Non-Recourse Receivables denominated in Euros (EUR) or in US Dollars (USD) and specifically listed in Appendix 1 below be subject to the mechanics set forth in Clause 6.4 of the Agreement and be treated as Off BS Receivables under the Agreement.

Moreover, for the purposes of this letter, we confirm to you that:

 

(i) each relevant Debtor has provided a Letter of Consent and Waiver to your benefit for the settlement of the Non-Recourse Receivables listed in the Appendix 1 below (original copies of such letters are attached hereto in Appendix 2); and

 

(ii) the relevant Debtor and ourselves have agreed to extend the original maturity date of each such Non-Recourse Receivable which is requested to be treated as an Off BS Receivable up to the Extended Maturity Date, that is, by no more than thirty-five (35) days after their original maturity date,

We would appreciate if you could acknowledge receipt of this letter and confirmation on our requests above by returning a signed copy of this letter to our attention, in which case the Transition Date shall occur in respect of the Off BS Receivables referred to in Appendix 1 below.

 

 

Constellium France

Acknowledged and agreed

 

 

[ GE Factofrance SAS ]

 

100


Appendix 1

List of Non-Recourse Receivables requested to be treated as Off BS Receivables

[ ]

 

101


Appendix 2

Letters of Waiver and Consent

[ ]

 

102

Exhibit 10.9.1

Execution Version

Dated 12 November 2013

GE CAPITAL BANK AG

Heinrich-von-Brentano-Str. 2, 55130 Mainz, Germany

and

Constellium Valais AG (formerly: Alcan Aluminium Valais AG)

3960 Sierre, Switzerland

 

 

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

to a Factoring Agreement (dated 16 December 2010)

 

 


Execution Version

 

Index

 

Section    Page  

1. DEFINITIONS

     3   

2. INTERPRETATION

     3   

3. AMENDMENT TO THE FACTORING AGREEMENT

     4   

4. PARTIAL INVALIDITY; WAIVER

     4   

5. APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

     4   


Execution Version

 

This Amendment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is dated 12 November 2013, and entered into between

 

(1) GE Capital Bank AG, Heinrich-von-Brentano-Str. 2, 55130 Mainz, Germany, (hereafter referred to as “ GE CAPITAL ”); and

 

(2) Constellium Valais AG (formerly: Alcan Aluminium Valais AG), registered with the commercial register of the canton of Valais with company number CH-6263.000.048-9, having its registered seat at 3960 Sierre, Switzerland, (hereafter referred to as the “ Originator ”).

GE CAPITAL and the Originator are hereafter referred to as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS:

 

(1) GE CAPITAL as purchaser and the Originator as seller entered into a factoring agreement and an amendment agreement to such factoring agreement, both dated 16 December 2012, pursuant to which the Originator sells certain receivables to GE CAPITAL (the “ Factoring Agreement ”).

 

(2) Due to a corporate restructuring within the Originator’s group (the “ Restructuring ”), the names of certain members of the Group (as defined by reference be!ow) have been changed.

 

(3) GE Capital together with further GE companies, and further companies belonging to the same group as the Originator, entered into additional factoring agreements, and are in the process to enter into that certain refinancing transaction (the “ Refinancing ”).

 

(4) In the course of the Refinancing, the Parties have agreed to amend the Factoring Agreement with respect to the Maximum Commitment and the Termination Date (each as defined in the Factoring Agreement).

GE CAPITAL and the Originator have agreed to enter into this Agreement in order to amend the Factoring Agreement which is necessary due to the Restructuring and the Refinancing.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

Capitalised terms have the meaning ascribed to them in the Factoring Agreement, unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2. I NTERPRETATION

Due to the Restructuring, the names of certain companies of the Group have changed. Accordingly, any reference to the companies’ former names shall be construed as to references to their current names as follows, (as applicable):

 

Former Name

  

Current name

Alcan Singen GmbH    Constellium Singen GmbH
Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH    Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH
Alcan Aluminium Valais AG,    Constellium Valais AG

 

- 3 -


Execution Version

 

3. AMENDMENT TO THE FACTORING AGREEMENT

 

3.1. Schedule 1 ( Terms and Conditions ) clause 4 ( Maximum Commitment ) shall be amended in whole and read as follows:

“GE CAPITAL will set a maximum limit for each Constellium Singen GmbH, Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH and Constellium Valais AG provided that the total aggregate Maximum Commitment under the respective factoring agreements between GE CAPITAL and Constellium Singen GmbH, Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH and Constellium Valais AG amounts to 115,000,000.00 EUR (one hundred and fifteen million Euro) and which can be changed upon request of the respective originator(s).”

 

3.2. Schedule 1 ( Terms and Conditions ) clause 6 ( Termination Date ) shall be amended in whole and read as follows:

“04 June 2017”

 

4. PARTIAL INVALIDITY; WAIVER

 

4.1. Invalidity

If any provision of this Agreement should be or become invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof. The invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed replaced by that provision which best meets the intent and the economic purpose of the void or unenforceable provision.

 

4.2. Waiver

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Originator or GE CAPITAL, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

5. APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

 

5.1. Applicable Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Switzerland.

 

5.2. Swiss Courts

Any and all litigation to which this Agreement may give rise shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of the competent courts in Zurich 1, Switzerland, with reservation of the right of appeal to the Swiss Federal Court in Lausanne.

 

- 4 -


Execution Version

 

SIGNATORIES

 

GE CAPITAL BANK AG
  LOGO     LOGO
 

 

   

 

Signed by:      
Title:   LOGO     LOGO
  13. NOV. 2013     13. NOV. 2013
Constellium Valais AG    
  LOGO    
 

 

   

 

Signed by:   C. Sahyoun    
Title:      

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 10.10.1

Execution Version

Dated 12 November 2013

GE CAPITAL BANK AG

Heinrich-von-Brentano-Str. 2, 55130 Mainz, Germany

and

Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH

(formerly: Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH)

Bildstraße 4, 74564 Crailsheim, Germany

 

 

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

to a Factoring Agreement (dated 16 December 2010)

 

 

 

LOGO


Index

 

Section    Page  

1. DEFINITIONS

     3   

2. INTERPRETATION

     3   

3. AMENDMENT TO THE FACTORING AGREEMENT

     4   

4. PARTIAL INVALIDITY; WAIVER

     4   

5. APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

     4   


This Amendment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is dated 12 November 2013, and entered into between

 

(1) GE CAPITAL BANK AG , Heinrich-von-Brentano-Str. 2, 55130 Mainz, Germany, (hereafter referred to as “GE CAPITAL”); and

 

(2) CONSTELLIUM EXTRUSIONS DEUTSCHLAND GMBH (formerly: Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH), registered with the commercial register of the local court ( Amtsgericht ) of Ulm, with registration number HRB 670619, having its registered seat at Bildstraße 4, 74564 Crailsheim, Germany, (hereafter referred to as the “Originator”).

GE CAPITAL and Constellium Extrusions are hereafter referred to as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS:

 

(1) GE Capital as purchaser and the Originator as seller entered into a factoring agreement 16 December 2012, pursuant to which the Originator sells certain receivables to GE CAPITAL (the “Factoring Agreement”).

 

(2) Due to a corporate restructuring within the Originator’s group (the “Restructuring”), the names of certain members of the Group (as defined by reference below) have changed.

 

(3) GE Capital together with further GE companies, and further companies belonging to the same group as the Originator, entered into additional factoring agreements, and are in the process to enter into that certain refinancing transaction (the “Refinancing”).

 

(4) In the course of the Refinancing, the Parties have agreed to amend the Factoring Agreement with respect to the Maximum Commitment and the Termination Date (each as defined in the Factoring Agreement).

GE CAPITAL and the ORIGINATOR have agreed to enter into this Agreement in order to amend the Factoring Agreement which are necessary due to the Restructuring and the Refinancing.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

Terms in italics have the meaning ascribed to them in the Factoring Agreement , unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

Due to the Restructuring , the names of certain companies of the Group have changed. Accordingly, any reference to the companies’ former names shall be construed as to references to their current names as follows, (as applicable):

 

Former Name

  

Current name

Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH    Constellium Singen GmbH
Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH    Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH
Alcan Aluminium Valais SA, Sierre    Constellium Valais SA

 

- 3 -


3. AMENDMENT TO THE FACTORING AGREEMENT

 

3.1. Schedule 1 ( Terms and Conditions ) clause 4 ( Maximum Commitment ) shall be amended in whole and read as follows:

“GE CAPITAL will set a maximum limit for each Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly Alcan Singen GmbH), Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH (formerly Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH) and Constellium Valais SA (formerly Alcan Aluminium Valais SA, Sierre), provided that the total aggregate Maximum Commitment under the respective factoring agreements between GE CAPITAL and Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly Alcan Singen GmbH), Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH (formerly Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH) and Constellium Valais SA (formerly Alcan Aluminium Valais SA, Sierre) amounts to 115,000,000.00 EUR (one hundred and fifteen million Euro) and which can be changed upon request of the respective originator(s).”

 

3.2. Schedule 1 ( Terms and Conditions ) clause 6 ( Termination Date ) shall be amended in whole and read as follows:

“04 June 2017”

 

4. PARTIAL INVALIDITY; WAIVER

 

4.1. Invalidity

If any provision of this Agreement should be or become invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof. The invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed replaced by that provision which best meets the intent and the economic purpose of the void or unenforceable provision.

 

4.2. Waiver

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Originator or GE CAPITAL, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

5. APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

 

5.1. Applicable Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

5.2. German Courts

The courts of Mainz have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity).

 

- 4 -


SIGNATORIES

 

GE CAPITAL BANK AG
  LOGO     LOGO
 

 

   

 

Signed by:      
Title:   LOGO     LOGO
  13. NOV. 2013     13. NOV. 2013
Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH
  LOGO    
 

 

   

 

Signed by:   C. Sahyoun    
Title:      

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 10.11.1

Execution Version

Dated 12 November 2013

GE CAPITAL BANK AG

Heinrich-von-Brentano-Str. 2, 55130 Mainz, Germany

and

Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly: Alcan Singen GmbH)

Alusingen-Platz 1, 78224 Singen, Germany

 

 

AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

to a Factoring Agreement (dated 16 December 2010)

 

 

 

LOGO


Index

 

Section    Page  

1. DEFINITIONS

     3   

2. INTERPRETATION

     3   

3. AMENDMENT TO THE FACTORING AGREEMENT

     4   

4. PARTIAL INVALIDITY; WAIVER

     4   

5. APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

     4   


This Amendment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is dated 12 November 2013, and entered into between

 

(1) GE CAPITAL BANK AG , Heinrich-von-Brentano-Str. 2, 55130 Mainz, Germany, (hereafter referred to as “GE CAPITAL”); and

 

(2) CONSTELLIUM SINGEN GMBH (formerly: Alcan Singen GmbH), registered with the commercial register of the local court ( Amtsgericht ) of Freiburg, with registration number HRB 540034, having its registered seat at Alusingen-Platz 1, 78224 Singen, Germany, (hereafter referred to as the “Originator”).

GE CAPITAL and Constellium Singen are hereafter referred to as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS:

 

(1) GE Capital as purchaser and the Originator as seller entered into a factoring agreement 16 December 2012, pursuant to which the Originator sells certain receivables to GE CAPITAL (the “Factoring Agreement”).

 

(2) Due to a corporate restructuring within the Originator’s group (the “Restructuring”), the names of certain members of the Group (as defined by reference below) have changed.

 

(3) GE Capital together with further GE companies, and further companies belonging to the same group as the Originator, entered into additional factoring agreements, and are in the process to enter into that certain refinancing transaction (the “Refinancing”).

 

(4) In the course of the Refinancing, the Parties have agreed to amend the Factoring Agreement with respect to the Maximum Commitment and the Termination Date (each as defined in the Factoring Agreement).

GE CAPITAL and the ORIGINATOR have agreed to enter into this Agreement in order to amend the Factoring Agreement which are necessary due to the Restructuring and the Refinancing.

 

1. DEFINITIONS

Terms in italics have the meaning ascribed to them in the Factoring Agreement , unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2. INTERPRETATION

Due to the Restructuring , the names of certain companies of the Group have changed. Accordingly, any reference to the companies’ former names shall be construed as to references to their current names as follows, (as applicable):

 

Former Name

  

Current name

Alcan Singen GmbH    Constellium Singen GmbH
Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH    Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH
Alcan Aluminium Valais SA, Sierre    Constellium Valais SA

 

- 3 -


3. AMENDMENT TO THE FACTORING AGREEMENT

 

3.1. Schedule 1 ( Terms and Conditions ) clause 4 ( Maximum Commitment ) shall be amended in whole and read as follows:

“GE CAPITAL will set a maximum limit for each Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly Alcan Singen GmbH), Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH (formerly Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH) and Constellium Valais SA (formerly Alcan Aluminium Valais SA, Sierre), provided that the total aggregate Maximum Commitment under the respective factoring agreements between GE CAPITAL and Constellium Singen GmbH (formerly Alcan Singen GmbH), Constellium Extrusions Deutschland GmbH (formerly Alcan Aluminium Presswerke GmbH) and Constellium Valais SA (formerly Alcan Aluminium Valais SA, Sierre) amounts to 115,000,000.00 EUR (one hundred and fifteen million Euro) and which can be changed upon request of the respective originator(s).”

 

3.2. Schedule 1 ( Terms and Conditions ) clause 6 ( Termination Date ) shall be amended in whole and read as follows:

“04 June 2017”

 

4. PARTIAL INVALIDITY; WAIVER

 

4.1. Invalidity

If any provision of this Agreement should be or become invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part, this shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions hereof. The invalid or unenforceable provision shall be deemed replaced by that provision which best meets the intent and the economic purpose of the void or unenforceable provision.

 

4.2. Waiver

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Originator or GE CAPITAL, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

5. APPLICABLE LAW; JURISDICTION

 

5.1. Applicable Law

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

5.2. German Courts

The courts of Mainz have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity).

 

- 4 -


SIGNATORIES

 

GE CAPITAL BANK AG
  LOGO     LOGO
 

 

   

 

Signed by:      
Title:   LOGO     LOGO
  13. NOV. 2013     13. NOV. 2013
Constellium Singen GmbH    
  LOGO    
 

 

   

 

Signed by:   C. Sahyoun    
Title:      

 

- 5 -

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Constellium N.V. of our report dated April 24, 2012 relating to the financial statements of Engineered Aluminium Products, a component of Rio Tinto plc for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP/s.r.l./s.e.n.c.r.l.

Montreal, Quebec, Canada

December 10, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of Constellium N.V. of our report dated May 17, 2013 relating to the financial statements of Constellium Holdco B.V. for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers Audit

/s/ Olivier Lotz

Olivier Lotz

Partner

Neuilly-sur-Seine Cedex, France

December 10, 2013